--- /dev/null
+
+Copyright © 2001,2003 Keith Packard
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
+advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
+representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright (c) 1993, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+commit 2d689ac861085d1d74bcbd05d1595bac0bf67d20
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Thu Mar 15 22:51:45 2012 -0700
+
+ libXt 1.1.3
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 75bef5b488245467b6638e25cd22006b306e8536
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+Date: Mon Mar 12 18:36:52 2012 -0700
+
+ Revert "Treat unexpected returned events from poll as errors"
+
+ This commit caused regressions:
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=47203
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=47216
+
+ This reverts commit 70bb9e28d37fff4ead4d0a2c672af77059765fa4.
+
+commit 8ab1833a80a18131d897f6d9965545c16acef921
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Wed Mar 7 17:57:26 2012 -0800
+
+ libXt 1.1.2
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit aa0f30641769968e0453a7d02f3f8e5955641336
+Author: Matt Dew <marcoz@osource.org>
+Date: Mon Jan 16 16:24:32 2012 -0700
+
+ informaltable cleanup
+
+ On certain tables, add top and bottom borders to table header
+ and a bottom border to the table. This matches what those
+ tables in the old pdfs looked like.
+
+ the <?dbfo keep-together='always'> prevents tables from
+ splitting across pages. Useful for tiny tables.
+
+ Converting the colwidth to a floating point, IE, 1* -> 1.0*
+ cleans up these build errors:
+ WARNING: table-layout="fixed" and column-width unspecified =>
+ falling back to proportional-column-width(1)
+
+ Signed-off-by: Matt Dew <marcoz@osource.org>
+
+commit 70bb9e28d37fff4ead4d0a2c672af77059765fa4
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+Date: Wed Jan 4 10:33:29 2012 -0800
+
+ Treat unexpected returned events from poll as errors
+
+ Inspired by libxcb's f0565e8f06aadf760a9065a97b8cf5ab9cbd18de
+
+ Resolves https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=20048
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+
+commit 6dd231d37c036d182e789f0af37ee5417792ad4e
+Author: Stephen Turnbull <stephenjturnbull@gmail.com>
+Date: Wed Jan 4 10:18:29 2012 -0800
+
+ Don't re-enter the WaitLoop if block is set to false
+
+ See: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=20048
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+
+commit 0d8ef503e2d51d727a912d6ef3cf017608e45b7f
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <nadon@memsize.(none)>
+Date: Sat Dec 31 09:03:39 2011 -0500
+
+ Add .gitignore for the newly added DocBook/XML generated files.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <nadon@memsize.(none)>
+
+commit 9cbf06b9f7b1378ce3424837c979c3241516bf9b
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <nadon@memsize.(none)>
+Date: Fri Dec 30 17:08:14 2011 -0500
+
+ docbook.am: embed css styles inside the HTML HEAD element
+
+ Rather than referring to the external xorg.css stylesheet, embed the content
+ of the file in the html output produced. This is accomplished by using
+ version 1.10 of xorg-xhtml.xsl.
+
+ This makes the whole html docs tree much more relocatable.
+ In addition, it eliminates xorg.css as a runtime file which makes
+ xorg-sgml-doctools a build time only package.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <nadon@memsize.(none)>
+
+commit 7aa5d801d3b17fc9a1af9d5f6bc0283e3762cca2
+Author: Matt Dew <marcoz@osource.org>
+Date: Wed Dec 28 21:17:53 2011 -0700
+
+ Remove old files.
+
+commit b8818e1233b75c6bd47a6d2197fabf3a036a2119
+Author: Matt Dew <marcoz@osource.org>
+Date: Wed Dec 28 20:34:51 2011 -0700
+
+ Initial docbook conversion.
+
+commit fd0da0d44a8501edaac3be7fac9449ad730d8bf4
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Oct 7 19:45:21 2011 -0700
+
+ Add const attributes to TMparse typedefs to fix gcc -Wwrite-strings warnings
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit af9e4b75167c0e31ec02d5ababf204daa12f500d
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Oct 7 19:32:08 2011 -0700
+
+ Add const attributes to slashDotXdefaults to fix gcc -Wwrite-strings warnings
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 682ca8daf29285ef5013751784a7ec98962b7cbb
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Oct 7 19:30:11 2011 -0700
+
+ Make implementation_default_path return const char *
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit d3c2fbcd83ed9ae9b6cc8d765badca7f8d3261b2
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Oct 7 19:23:37 2011 -0700
+
+ Make gravity strings const to fix gcc -Wwrite-strings warnings
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 94ffb37790ce33fdf49d07dd1ade60b6d8376aa7
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Oct 7 19:21:10 2011 -0700
+
+ Convert ISOLatin1 functions to specify args as const char *
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 1f48cadaa88423a012613a0b456ec8795c8c0992
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+Date: Fri Oct 7 17:08:07 2011 -0700
+
+ Whitespace changes related to cleaning up previous patch
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+
+commit 9e898aa4fd964e888044e2fa2d64089505331f62
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+Date: Fri Oct 7 17:01:34 2011 -0700
+
+ Don't pop elements from our array while we're itterating through it.
+
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=22543
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+
+commit df2008411a5c6a735af2b0fced01df660bb6978a
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Mon Sep 26 15:29:45 2011 -0700
+
+ makestrs: Add const attributes to fix gcc -Wwrite-strings warnings
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 9347b890ba24db41c7cb6c6e76564e4896bc8cac
+Author: Olivier Fourdan <fourdan@xfce.org>
+Date: Tue Sep 20 16:45:02 2011 -0700
+
+ Bug 40577 - Missing bound checking in FreeSelectionProperty()
+
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=40577
+
+ FreeSelectionProperty() did not check for the count of items in array
+ and relied on a NULL terminated list, which can cause libXt to crash if
+ FreeSelectionProperty() follows a call to GetSelectionProperty() which
+ reallocates the array.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 5691187ced24b16a951e2b8308bcc2b65dd36eee
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Sep 16 22:54:05 2011 -0700
+
+ Strip trailing whitespace
+
+ Performed with: find * -type f | xargs perl -i -p -e 's{[ \t]+$}{}'
+ git diff -w & git diff -b show no diffs from this change
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 6c0b44caa9b424c7e05327e8ddc9273b87a0f81f
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+Date: Sun Oct 2 13:35:26 2011 -0700
+
+ LP64 fix for TypedArgToArg()
+
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12662
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+
+commit 2c29b8b71575d73db6b9542b24fa3312a2cf2f86
+Author: Jon TURNEY <jon.turney@dronecode.org.uk>
+Date: Wed Apr 27 12:32:39 2011 +0100
+
+ Only link with ws2_32 for mingw target
+
+ For the Cygwin target, we will be using the socket functions provided
+ by the Cygwin DLL, so linking with ws2_32 is unnecessary, even though
+ it may be present.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jon TURNEY <jon.turney@dronecode.org.uk>
+ Reviewed-by: Cyril Brulebois <kibi@debian.org
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 4ee8867047eaff3b121478b7199201d669e2c85d
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue May 24 14:37:03 2011 -0400
+
+ Update README for documentation reference
+
+ Reviewed-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Cyril Brulebois <kibi@debian.org>
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 5e299936489bf3476464f00ebf3ffa3fa893cc23
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Mar 18 19:36:05 2011 -0700
+
+ Add test case for XtCvtIntToPixmap fix in commit 16d9941f3aa38
+
+ Expanded from original Sun test case for Solaris bug 4163152.
+ Verified that with commit 16d9941f3aa38 reverted, this test case
+ fails on amd64, with it present, this test case passes.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 6fc14afa3fa98503248138f7f6984ee33a9bd889
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Mon Mar 14 19:07:12 2011 -0700
+
+ Add test case for XtAppMainLoop bug 34715
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 4bf003a824577b5a46a59b3b3e91687b530ee48f
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Thu Mar 10 14:23:44 2011 -0800
+
+ Add test framework similar to xserver and use it to test XtAsprintf
+
+ Only two simple test cases to start with:
+ - compares the results of snprintf of a short string to a static buffer
+ with the new buffer returned by XtAsprintf.
+ - compare the results of using XtAsprintf to replicate a portion of a
+ very long string with the original string.
+
+ Uses malloc debugging flags for various platforms to try to catch errors
+ with uninitialized memory (such as the recently fixed failure to terminate
+ the string).
+
+ Requires xorg-macros 1.13 for XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS and XORG_WITH_GLIB.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 42c611d9f8c80528f6e36ceb0ce245b06e8b1e8e
+Author: Jordan Hayes <jordan@bitway.com>
+Date: Sun Mar 6 11:35:47 2011 -0800
+
+ Bug 34715: XtAppMainLoop doesn't work without a Display
+
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34715
+
+ XtAppNextEvent() doesn't return until there's an actual XEvent to be
+ handled; it handles Xt-internal events (inputs, timers, signals)
+ itself, but doesn't return (because of course, those aren't XEvents).
+ Which means that the exit flag doesn't get a chance to break the loop
+ until/unless there's an actual XEvent.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit c16d3cc264c45601f0e59bdd29e438c7c9679721
+Author: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
+Date: Thu Mar 10 10:19:59 2011 +0100
+
+ Bump to 1.1.1
+
+ Signed-off-by: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
+
+commit fe2cf6e2b70e57624aad71f510ff8c6addaae196
+Author: Cyril Brulebois <kibi@debian.org>
+Date: Tue Mar 8 16:09:49 2011 +0100
+
+ XtAsprintf: Fix memory corruption.
+
+ Don't write the null terminator to a random place, this can trigger some
+ segfault in XtOpenDisplay() and other annoyances.
+
+ Debian Bug #617208 <http://bugs.debian.org/617208>
+
+ Signed-off-by: Cyril Brulebois <kibi@debian.org>
+ Reviewed-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit f6c791b5f318d8805db4cb6c74b1bc2e91d6c15c
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sun Mar 6 13:43:46 2011 -0500
+
+ man: replace hard coded section number 3Xt with __libmansuffix__ #35050
+
+ http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=512130
+
+ The Xt manpages are installed in section 3 (and not 3Xt as upstream
+ would have it). But, internal cross-references (in particular, in the
+ SEE ALSO part) are left alone, and keep pointing at Foo(3Xt). The
+ result is that they can't be automatically followed from manpage
+ sanitizers such as dwww or emacs.
+
+ Reviewed-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 9ccf14fddedc11bd17b3ae30612c6f70f4cd7e14
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Mar 4 16:31:59 2011 -0800
+
+ Don't need to use target-specific CFLAGS for makestrs
+
+ It's the only thing built in that directory, so we can use AM_CFLAGS
+ and drop the requirement for AM_PROG_CC_C_O in configure.ac
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+ Tested-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 16d9941f3aa38dde115cbff639e131761c1b36d0
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Mar 4 15:43:43 2011 -0800
+
+ Incorrect cast in XtCvtIntToPixmap could cause bus error on 64-bit machines
+
+ Originally fixed by Leo Binchy for Sun Bug 4163152 to resolve bus error
+ on VSW5 (XTS) testing on 64-bit SPARC test run on Solaris 7.
+ ( Testcase: XtCvtIntToPixmap, Purpose: 1)
+
+ Since we're converting from Int to Pixmap, need to access the argument
+ passed in as an int, not a Pixmap, which is consistent with the other
+ IntToXXX converters in this file.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
+
+commit 994443524ade46bad03eea0acbd1410d561c591d
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+Date: Fri Mar 4 16:30:58 2011 -0800
+
+ configure: Bump version to 1.1.0 for release
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+
+commit c0a233895cc8270ec0ff0bd2abb88d3f6dd524c3
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+Date: Fri Mar 4 12:49:48 2011 -0800
+
+ darwin: Don't use poll() when expected to run on darwin10 and prior
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+
+commit abf6062715c7d1390e516261a31abde4ed7ea64e
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Wed Feb 2 23:29:46 2011 -0800
+
+ Shell.c: TopLevelSetValues ignores iconic state if shell not yet realized
+
+ Fix originally created by Leo Binchy for Sun to fix Solaris bug
+ 1243761 The XmNiconic resource doesn't work
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit b1eaa18835ec7c3a11e580340625b35c18edf7ca
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Wed Feb 2 23:21:02 2011 -0800
+
+ GetResources: protect against underflow when type conversion fails
+
+ Fix originally created by Leo Binchy for Sun to fix Solaris bug 1211553:
+ XtVaCreateManagedWidget with list of resources XtVaTypedArg cause core dump
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 21c1cc98d8210a3ce2a4bf62ecee9168fdd99dcb
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Wed Feb 2 22:42:13 2011 -0800
+
+ Remove unused #ifdef UNALIGNED version of Xt macros & functions
+
+ Trying to outsmart the compiler and libc is a losing battle, but
+ since UNALIGNED was never defined, we weren't even trying.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 19538f2b4553221b35831e13ec70ed9db436dd32
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Wed Feb 2 11:43:44 2011 -0500
+
+ config: comment, minor upgrade, quote and layout configure.ac
+
+ Group statements per section as per Autoconf standard layout
+ Quote statements where appropriate.
+ Autoconf recommends not using dnl instead of # for comments
+
+ Use AC_CONFIG_FILES to replace the deprecated AC_OUTPUT with parameters.
+ Add AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([Makefile.am])
+
+ This helps automated maintenance and release activities.
+ Details can be found in http://wiki.x.org/wiki/NewModuleGuidelines
+
+commit 7fd1e98987967b23f66da4b18ebf9798a68cd370
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Fri Jan 28 16:07:07 2011 -0500
+
+ config: replace deprecated AC_HELP_STRING with AS_HELP_STRING
+
+ This silences an Automake warning.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 84e512a94295387bd0625ce619fc8bd381395c71
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Wed Dec 22 10:49:42 2010 -0800
+
+ Convert ALLOCATE_LOCAL + sprintf to XtAsprintf
+
+ Now that we don't need to separately strlen the format string, put it
+ directly into the function call to clear gcc warnings of:
+ Initialize.c:397: warning: format not a string literal, argument types not checked
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit c80650fddec8596ef7278e37aa12ce2076c54e93
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Thu Dec 9 23:36:31 2010 -0800
+
+ Convert ResConfig.c to use XtAsprintf() instead of XtMalloc + sprintf
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit ac07da253415ccb8b6322feedf7969967357050e
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Wed Jan 12 23:09:29 2011 -0800
+
+ Add XtAsprintf() as a new exported API
+
+ Like asprintf() but using XtMalloc() to tie into the Xt memory allocation
+ and error handling subsystems.
+
+ Bumps libXt version to 1.0.99.1 so that modules can set their pkg-config
+ dependency to libXt >= 1.0.99.1 to require XtAsprintf().
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 84f73c49db8071c06f27609ce7cc7a32a17351a9
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Thu Dec 9 23:44:42 2010 -0800
+
+ Convert some sprintf calls to snprintf
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
+
+commit 14145f3e87a039640cd8bdb2e2f4f30ca9b2a710
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Sun Dec 5 01:21:06 2010 -0800
+
+ config: AC_PROG_CC is provided by XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS now
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit a73b8f06b95216083c8335fad45dd0de7f44a529
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Sun Dec 5 01:19:10 2010 -0800
+
+ config: replace deprecated AM_CONFIG_HEADER with AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
+
+ Regroup AC statements under the Autoconf initialization section.
+ Regroup AM statements under the Automake initialization section.
+ Add missing AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 2bf988d229d2b85208cc42094ce7202204d628af
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Sun Dec 5 00:33:44 2010 -0800
+
+ Remove ancient #if defined(macII) hack for A/UX from makestrs.c
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 96508e1b9da790d4b824a42246d1e86379101733
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Sun Dec 5 00:19:30 2010 -0800
+
+ Remove non-USE_SNPRINTF case from src/Error.c
+
+ unifdef -DUSE_SNPRINTF src/Error.c
+ Plus manual removal of old #ifdef notyet section that said not enough
+ platforms had snprintf support yet. Welcome to the new millenium!
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 0b780f8cc8bc2606fc3173628c4d3065aae190f8
+Author: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+Date: Sun Nov 7 18:51:19 2010 +0100
+
+ remove strcmp in src/ResConfig.c
+
+ Make remainder check like in the rest of code and replace strcmp()
+
+ Signed-off-by: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+ Reviewed-by: Mikhail Gusarov <dottedmag@dottedmag.net>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 59598f20ba160fd92abcf88a30f0008425e7b1ec
+Author: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+Date: Tue Oct 26 13:46:32 2010 +0200
+
+ QueryEventMask: fix NULL check
+
+ _XtGetPerWidgetInput may return NULL
+ avoid possible NULL references
+
+ Signed-off-by: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 8572cba2b9094dcd8ee5b4c5bcf3c38f1f291918
+Author: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+Date: Sat Oct 30 10:47:23 2010 +0200
+
+ src/Resource.c: Fix possible NULL access
+
+ Signed-off-by: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 6c75b449f6436b787247e164bee03691af2a4f55
+Author: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+Date: Fri Oct 29 17:24:48 2010 +0200
+
+ XtFree() can handle NULL , remove check
+
+ Signed-off-by: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+ Reviewed-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 0d29ca61b94cd34b04c5eedae443620a616d01c3
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Thu Oct 28 12:03:25 2010 -0700
+
+ libXt 1.0.9
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 87d019acc715c5ab4a5b2431ec882a0f84946c20
+Author: Jesse Adkins <jesserayadkins@gmail.com>
+Date: Tue Sep 28 13:30:03 2010 -0700
+
+ Purge cvs tags.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jesse Adkins <jesserayadkins@gmail.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit aa70c813f6eac2cad2944a98a1a444ea69dc024f
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue Oct 5 09:07:30 2010 -0400
+
+ makestrs: Use MAN_SUBST now supplied in XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
+
+ The value of MAN_SUBST is the same for all X.Org packages.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 9d80fae6bc2cff26f320ff5b7b2ca7333ab3d677
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue Oct 5 09:04:19 2010 -0400
+
+ makestrs: Use $(SED) from AC_PROG_SED supplied by XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+
+ Use the appropriate platform version of sed
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 71a7e999a4d99aa54ea7268b928d87e27cea6279
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue Oct 5 09:02:41 2010 -0400
+
+ makestrs: remove unsed $(appman_DATA)
+
+ Man page is not installed, this variable is not defined.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 0c968d108d8575db0149922b8375533fc54d0b7a
+Author: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+Date: Fri Oct 1 15:13:43 2010 +0200
+
+ Honor that GetClassActions() may return NULL.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Walter <wharms@bfs.de>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 6e4dbf06d4d049666cf81207d9f853a0a40c71b7
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Thu Sep 23 18:27:46 2010 -0700
+
+ Sun's copyrights belong to Oracle now
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 94680a56a32ada91f07db34e02a526dca5ecbbf4
+Author: Ryan Hajdaj <rhajdaj@gotnothin.com>
+Date: Thu Sep 23 18:13:28 2010 -0700
+
+ Bug 1478: Selection.c damages user error handler function
+
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1478
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit d53a3deb52100596bef9fb7b6c6e7ba15ed18bda
+Author: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+Date: Wed Sep 22 19:25:20 2010 +0200
+
+ fix dereference in TMprint.c
+
+ the current codes checks for
+ eventWidget == NULL after accessing
+ eventWidget->core.tm.proc_table
+
+ now it checks for eventWidget before access eventWidget->core.tm.proc_table.
+
+ Signed-off-by: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
+ Reviewed-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@apple.com>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 47e73791d4a88e59a797e9dde1ab2d5f58ff774c
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue Aug 17 10:17:57 2010 -0400
+
+ man: whitespace management
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 8c307c168c724368be2b9e784365b40d4b001aa3
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue Aug 17 09:21:36 2010 -0400
+
+ man: store shadow man pages in git rather than generating them
+
+ Simplify the build process and the makefile.
+
+ Local fix in CVS for bug 5628 is not required
+ as the problem has been fixed in
+ util-macros d9062e4077ebfd0985baf8418f3d0f111b9ddbba
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 198ac897c7136425a20011a6c99f80cb925d622b
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Fri Aug 6 12:32:10 2010 -0400
+
+ man: using the C preprocessor is not required for man pages.
+
+ There were no special symbols needing cpp.
+ Everything can be handled by the default MAN_SUBSTS in util-macros.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 74cb722a974010fa3c82dc57a036f97768b3695b
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Tue Jun 8 20:26:29 2010 -0700
+
+ Move Xt specs from xorg-docs module
+
+ For now, just checked in and included in dist tarballs, not processed
+ into a usable format - same as it was in xorg-docs
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 56621d3ec521dd30fabb1a77ad1c396baa740569
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Tue May 18 18:21:32 2010 -0700
+
+ Move sm from Requires to Requires.private in xt.pc
+
+ As explained in https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=26943
+ since libXt callers need the SM headers but don't necessarily need to
+ link directly to libSM, it should be in Requires.private, not Requires.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+ Reviewed-by: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
+
+commit f3d2ac478918b99c51e0b4bff97935f2255ab537
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+Date: Fri Apr 16 16:08:39 2010 -0700
+
+ Bug 26943: wrong dependencies in xt.pc.in
+
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=26943
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
+
+commit 723d78fe8e159dee1281f3e4f8dc03825aa334b6
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Thu Apr 1 20:30:43 2010 -0400
+
+ config: update and relocate AX_DEFINE_DIR macro
+
+ Remove deprecated acinclude.m4 macro container file
+ Use separate macro files as per autoconf recommendation
+ Use the latest macro from GNU
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 99a1c1f2cfa595500704d54e223f1c9e0ff9a10e
+Author: Yaakov Selkowitz <yselkowitz@users.sourceforge.net>
+Date: Fri Apr 2 01:43:22 2010 -0500
+
+ Use automake silent rules for BUILT_SOURCES generation
+
+ Signed-off-by: Yaakov Selkowitz <yselkowitz@users.sourceforge.net>
+ Acked-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit cf3198fdc302bb017e6cc8014abc3bdbfeb9f6b1
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Mon Mar 29 16:50:34 2010 -0400
+
+ config: update AC_PREREQ statement to 2.60
+
+ Unrelated to the previous patches, the new value simply reflects
+ the reality that the minimum level for autoconf to configure
+ all x.org modules is 2.60 dated June 2006.
+
+ ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.60.tar.gz
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit 5a876831762c5d22101bd2fa71203647858f66b2
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Mon Mar 29 14:53:49 2010 -0400
+
+ config: remove the pkgconfig pc.in file from EXTRA_DIST
+
+ Automake always includes it in the tarball.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit cba12c108da0c3eb868a5cb08f641b6d036e0d05
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Sat Mar 27 16:30:02 2010 -0400
+
+ config: remove execute permission on configureation file
+
+ Introduced in commit 6baea764567c3327f1d85ba91375adaea6dab46d
+ "Link with winsock for WIN32 platforms"
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+
+commit e3bce11a8ea7e0175a6f08367bace9b0eb2b898a
+Author: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org>
+Date: Mon Mar 15 22:59:04 2010 +0100
+
+ libXt 1.0.8
+
+ Signed-off-by: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org>
+
+commit a1a8df535fa5ab3748404bdeb07e61beb604b14e
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Thu Jan 14 20:07:46 2010 -0800
+
+ Update Sun license notices to current X.Org standard form
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit 6393306d1a2eb8239f108a773f342495e1cfd85c
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Thu Jan 14 15:57:31 2010 -0500
+
+ COPYING: add missing copyright notices
+
+ Refer to: ActionHook.c
+ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation
+ Copyright 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. Mountain View, CA.
+ Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+ Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+ Reviewed-by: Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit b798093fc6cbcf35c095f3401586d2741adcd2cd
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Fri Dec 11 17:04:23 2009 -0800
+
+ darwin: xnu doesn't support poll on ttys on the master side.
+
+ <rdar://problem/7360546>
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org>
+
+commit e0ac2ea8b211bdca848679ee59362384f0f97e36
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Mon Dec 7 22:28:53 2009 -0800
+
+ Fix make distcheck (./util/makestrs.1 left after distclean)
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit 345633dc9c79b32a1b391dfb4dfedf87ae9e291b
+Author: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org>
+Date: Mon Nov 9 12:26:17 2009 +0100
+
+ Don't install makestrs on the system
+
+ It has no known outside-libXt users. Let's not install it and its man page.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Rémi Cardona <remi@gentoo.org>
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit ed31677bb9b1dd9498715a922763968917b87e49
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Fri Nov 27 20:56:04 2009 -0500
+
+ Makefile.am: add ChangeLog and INSTALL on MAINTAINERCLEANFILES
+
+ Now that the INSTALL file is generated.
+ Allows running make maintainer-clean.
+
+commit 2d95ad4beed294a0a30fdb1d8e7798fa62455a41
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Wed Oct 28 14:09:10 2009 -0400
+
+ INSTALL, NEWS, README or AUTHORS files are missing/incorrect #24206
+
+ Add missing INSTALL file. Use standard GNU file on building tarball
+ README may have been updated
+ Remove AUTHORS file as it is empty and no content available yet.
+ Remove NEWS file as it is empty and no content available yet.
+
+commit 7cc872e9934f62bf56976d5592ce621e30b1f95a
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Tue Oct 27 15:07:26 2009 -0400
+
+ Deploy the new XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS #24242
+
+ This macro aggregate a number of existing macros that sets commmon
+ X.Org components configuration options. It shields the configuration file from
+ future changes.
+
+commit 7ba57d7789362c2c2e646cc3b896802e6cbcb039
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Mon Oct 26 22:08:43 2009 -0400
+
+ Makefile.am: ChangeLog not required: EXTRA_DIST or *CLEANFILES #24432
+
+ ChangeLog filename is known to Automake and requires no further
+ coding in the makefile.
+
+commit b4309cadb1de581d191fce924dac8fc7e55e5fb8
+Author: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>
+Date: Thu Oct 22 12:34:19 2009 -0400
+
+ .gitignore: use common defaults with custom section # 24239
+
+ Using common defaults will reduce errors and maintenance.
+ Only the very small or inexistent custom section need periodic maintenance
+ when the structure of the component changes. Do not edit defaults.
+
+commit 80ff1f362eefabe4be62784b001500b49943f1a5
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Wed Oct 21 12:47:26 2009 -0700
+
+ This is not a GNU project, so declare it foreign.
+
+ On Wed, 2009-10-21 at 13:36 +1000, Peter Hutterer wrote:
+ > On Tue, Oct 20, 2009 at 08:23:55PM -0700, Jeremy Huddleston wrote:
+ > > I noticed an INSTALL file in xlsclients and libXvMC today, and it
+ > > was quite annoying to work around since 'autoreconf -fvi' replaces
+ > > it and git wants to commit it. Should these files even be in git?
+ > > Can I nuke them for the betterment of humanity and since they get
+ > > created by autoreconf anyways?
+ >
+ > See https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24206
+
+ As an interim measure, replace AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([dist-bzip2]) with
+ AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2]). This will prevent the generation
+ of the INSTALL file. It is also part of the 24206 solution.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremyhu@freedesktop.org>
+
+commit 5d63df924d7f66d2207c8db67e5d6cce8c7b245b
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Thu Oct 8 21:50:35 2009 -0700
+
+ libXt 1.0.7
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit f82769a1a75e17f66b67a5f71dcf889955569a57
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Thu Oct 8 21:33:27 2009 -0700
+
+ Replace AC_DEFINE_DIR with AX_DEFINE_DIR from Autoconf Archive
+
+commit 0ce97e4422409de070af7fd70da590db12c58579
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Tue Oct 6 16:12:03 2009 -0700
+
+ Migrate to xorg macros 1.3 & XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+
+ Includes adding many $(AM_V_GEN) calls for the AM_SILENT_RULES included
+ by XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS when automake-1.11 or newer is used
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit 254e2e0a8197e47bcef3e3c0b461ef8156a1af64
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Tue Oct 6 16:29:59 2009 -0700
+
+ Use make rules instead of shell for loops to generate shadow man pages
+
+ Allows parallel make and simpler build logs/error reporting
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit fedc095da647b6f4fda8ca5edc5644458e2b2fbf
+Author: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
+Date: Tue Aug 25 18:31:49 2009 +0200
+
+ Link against libICE
+
+ libXt uses IceConnectionNumber() and IceProcessMessages(), so make sure
+ we link against -lICE.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
+
+commit f77482f0618f954de1d080599ada058e9a3c24ff
+Author: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
+Date: Tue Jul 28 11:59:41 2009 +0200
+
+ Fix compilation of host tools in cross-compilation case
+
+ At 36e9f0d351afbf7fd2595990b2d39e7c551f6420, a fix was added to use
+ the host gcc instead of the target gcc when cross-compiling
+ libXt. This fix works, but is not solve the whole problem: the CFLAGS
+ and LDFLAGS used with the host compilers are the one defined for the
+ target compiler (and the flags for both compilers might be very
+ different).
+
+ This new fix let libXt obey to CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD and LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD
+ environment variables, and use them to compile the host tools in
+ util/.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
+
+commit 369629611609f20c89499c1f6b5562a4f3cca983
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@redhat.com>
+Date: Thu Jul 2 13:28:01 2009 -0400
+
+ libXt 1.0.6
+
+commit 28677468c56888b18c44d71a62903d23e5c294cf
+Author: Jon TURNEY <jon.turney@dronecode.org.uk>
+Date: Tue May 19 23:25:15 2009 +0100
+
+ Cygwin/X: Build fix
+
+ Commit c59dd27ecb1751f0b097046b2f892028e5a10a3e replaces __CYGWIN__ with WIN32
+ in a preprocessor check, as the code is appropriate for both Cygwin and Mingw.
+
+ But this isn't quite the right was to do this. Being a Win32 platform is
+ Cygwin's secret shame, and WIN32 isn't actually defined to avoid turning on
+ code specific to native-Win API ports
+
+ (See http://www.cygwin.com/faq/faq.programming.html#faq.programming.preprocessor)
+
+ Yes, this probably means WIN32 could bereplaced by __MINGW32__ everywhere in the
+ X sources...
+
+commit 535f8c5324205b92c15e8755008c33a2766832c8
+Author: John McKernan <john.mckernan@sun.com>
+Date: Fri May 1 13:53:03 2009 -0700
+
+ Sun bug 4010369: Too slow to process Keycode 0 events in Xt Translation Mgr.
+
+ Evaluation from original bug report against Solaris 2.6 in 1996:
+
+ According to my investigation with the problem using debuggable
+ libXt and libXm, keycode 0 keypress events, which are given to
+ Xt's Translation Manager when inputting any cyrillic/greek characters,
+ are not cached in Xt's Translation Manager. At the TRANSLATE macro
+ in the Xt's source lib/Xt/TMkey.c, keycode 0 keyevents are always
+ given to XtTranslateKeycode() and it consumes a long time to parse
+ Motif's Translation Manager tables as many times as keycode 0
+ keyevent are given.
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit 061d3eebf7a0502afcd9c1831d67c8961feece8d
+Author: John McKernan <john.mckernan@sun.com>
+Date: Fri May 1 13:41:26 2009 -0700
+
+ Sun bug #1237023: Dtterm crashes in XtDisplayAccelerators()
+
+ Don't try to printf if returned string is NULL
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit e500631954c8d390e8705fde7f50d1acc006406e
+Author: Jeremy Huddleston <jeremy@yuffie.local>
+Date: Thu Mar 12 01:03:39 2009 -0700
+
+ darwin: Don't use poll() on versions of darwin before darwin10
+
+commit 81792a4cb402c4e5275d63465bc5d65599e34a25
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Mon Feb 2 20:34:36 2009 -0800
+
+ Add README with pointers to mailing list, bugzilla & git repos
+
+ Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+
+commit f56a69f2cf7df1e7cdf2494c5408786e53467374
+Author: Paulo Cesar Pereira de Andrade <pcpa@mandriva.com.br>
+Date: Fri Jan 30 18:22:10 2009 -0200
+
+ Janitor: ansification, make distcheck, compiler warnings, .gitignore.
+
+ Most "compiler" warnings were actually sparse warnings, due to
+ assigning a integer to a pointer, or an external symbol without
+ a previous declaration.
+
+commit c1f227f94aec6f4555182965fc0d2d8f33fef01f
+Author: Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+Date: Mon Oct 20 18:50:37 2008 -0700
+
+ X.Org Bug 17942: libXt manpage formatting
+
+ <http://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=17942>
+
+commit f488a6a218da6b543d1495e607ff1b31b0b48900
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Tue Sep 23 19:14:09 2008 +0300
+
+ configure.ac: Minor thinko
+
+commit 36e9f0d351afbf7fd2595990b2d39e7c551f6420
+Author: John Tapsell <johnflux@gmail.com>
+Date: Tue Sep 23 19:00:42 2008 +0300
+
+ configure.ac: Use native compiler for build tools
+
+ makestrs is used during the build, so use the native compiler (either
+ gcc or cc in $PATH, can be overridden as $CC_FOR_BUILD) instead of the
+ (possibly cross-) compiler.
+
+commit ace1676b0630dfe739c3bd712ed2b6e46bdb52f1
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Mon Jun 23 20:04:29 2008 -0700
+
+ Update ac_define_dir.m4 to 2008-04-12 version
+
+commit 556918e21fbb67131d979b04f29a0b59fcd87575
+Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
+Date: Wed Apr 30 19:15:14 2008 +0100
+
+ Set a blank default search path for WIN32
+
+commit 56444103a3b2159d334aa87d782fbca987118bbc
+Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
+Date: Tue Apr 29 22:44:54 2008 +0100
+
+ less speed, more haste
+
+commit a393450cbde80b6e7f0e1c4112363eb1313a6cdb
+Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
+Date: Tue Apr 29 22:16:05 2008 +0100
+
+ fix logic inverted problem
+
+commit cd83cf47412b4a5979e152990c3b0870751aee07
+Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net>
+Date: Tue Apr 29 19:45:50 2008 +0100
+
+ Reduce the path searches on mingw
+
+commit bb6d2a09b87560ae396085ef0981b700924333cd
+Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net>
+Date: Tue Apr 29 13:45:06 2008 +0100
+
+ Xming specific configuration file settings
+
+commit 6baea764567c3327f1d85ba91375adaea6dab46d
+Author: Alan Hourihane <alanh@tungstengraphics.com>
+Date: Tue Apr 29 10:22:35 2008 +0100
+
+ Link with winsock for WIN32 platforms
+
+commit c59dd27ecb1751f0b097046b2f892028e5a10a3e
+Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net>
+Date: Tue Apr 29 10:19:55 2008 +0100
+
+ Fix some build issues for Win32 platforms
+
+commit 8e95cb765e88d36c35f868f650c86c62c31ad635
+Author: Colin Harrison <colin.harrison-at-virgin.net>
+Date: Wed Apr 23 13:56:28 2008 +0100
+
+ Add __MINGW32__
+
+commit 4b64b821a48fe493056271216dbe29d43376954b
+Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
+Date: Sun Mar 9 08:42:48 2008 +0100
+
+ nuke RCS Ids
+
+commit b648ed992d2c3ea8a7462a595e51a07085bf4688
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Fri Mar 7 15:52:27 2008 -0800
+
+ Solaris builds need to pass -intelabi to makestrs, even on SPARC
+
+ For some reason, when Solaris moved to X11R6.0, the intelabi version
+ of StringDefs.c/.h was used on SPARC, so now we're stuck with 10+ years
+ of binaries built to use it.
+
+commit c044ea620446db676ee076484fed3268c4d7c695
+Author: James Cloos <cloos@jhcloos.com>
+Date: Thu Dec 6 15:51:20 2007 -0500
+
+ Add missing PHONY line for automatic ChangeLog generation
+
+commit 6b483e355de6c5ee5dc635ab9b817bf72680b016
+Author: Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>
+Date: Sat Jun 23 15:20:09 2007 +0100
+
+ Allow C++ apps to build using libXt
+
+commit 845e51c740574db2f72a5e7c5462d8f56a3c4e22
+Author: Andreas Luik <luik@orthogon.com>
+Date: Sun Apr 8 00:43:56 2007 +0300
+
+ Recalculate fd_set more aggressively (bug #808)
+
+ select() can modify the fd set, so be a bit pessimistic and recalculate
+ it more often.
+
+commit 007d9e5f8b2edc3ff8ce8b2f96b8f56a417bb78d
+Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
+Date: Mon Feb 26 18:27:43 2007 +0100
+
+ Sync XtGetErrorDatabaseText() prototype with reality.
+
+commit 4e7031510d05471e77ff48355b23fc8e4302648c
+Author: Ben Byer <bbyer@bbyer.(none)>
+Date: Tue Feb 20 01:05:27 2007 -0800
+
+ added -flat_namespace to CFLAGS for Darwin
+
+commit 92452ca7a51fa77ea60eacd320dbd970e32653c9
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Sat Jan 27 22:29:03 2007 -0800
+
+ Version bump: 1.0.5
+
+commit a5c7d56278e569257d3d64ff7681d0a484a1f817
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Sat Jan 27 22:26:55 2007 -0800
+
+ Replace static ChangeLog with dist-hook to generate from git log
+
+commit 67772a3f39c5e8c4019336b0bf4d32e70726b0c0
+Author: Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
+Date: Tue Jan 2 17:49:17 2007 -0800
+
+ Bug 9514: Markup error in makestrs.1x man page
+
+ <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=9514>
+
+commit 75f83503ba1db628137ffc9d1d9e4f2a7a2fd97a
+Merge: 2f201b1 153264a
+Author: Jeremy C. Reed <reed@glacier.reedmedia.net>
+Date: Sat Dec 9 09:31:02 2006 -0600
+
+ Merge branch 'master' of git+ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/lib/libXt
+
+commit 2f201b177816be7112884bda180d65f5fff19155
+Author: Jeremy C. Reed <reed@glacier.reedmedia.net>
+Date: Sat Dec 9 09:28:04 2006 -0600
+
+ Don't use "INSTALL" during the build because INSTALL may be set by
+ build environment with settings for chown and make not work with
+ permissions of the builder. So use mkdir -p and cp instead. This
+ is for my bug #6599.
+
+commit 153264a7f290f98e01ed2dbd7265c977ec8ba7e1
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Wed Nov 8 16:16:02 2006 +0200
+
+ bump to 1.0.4
+
+commit 0c1954765c32c1bd298111cc6bed2f090494c0cf
+Author: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
+Date: Fri Oct 27 12:35:38 2006 -0700
+
+ Fix .pc file with new autotools by using AC_DEFINE_DIR.
+
+ With autoconf 2.60, $datadir now expands to use $datarootdir rather than just
+ $prefix, so the .pc referenced the undefined $datarootdir. AC_DEFINE_DIR
+ expands it all out for us.
+
+commit 3c166cc1efe86ca42180a64e14b6bbbc9744bc82
+Author: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
+Date: Fri Oct 27 12:30:09 2006 -0700
+
+ Add more generated files to ignore.
+
+commit 8d18dfa21f8349c998675e1f9971de02ca99a1cd
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@benzedrine.nwnk.net>
+Date: Fri Oct 13 16:32:28 2006 -0400
+
+ Bump to 1.0.3
+
+commit b54d069ea397486c6125943ffdb813482383576a
+Author: Qiu-Yuan (Kathleen) Yang <qiu-yuan.yang@sun.com>
+Date: Fri Sep 1 18:04:26 2006 -0700
+
+ Sun bug #4962001: Close memory leaks seen in Motif apps
+
+ The function "GetResources" will return a copy of resources to the caller
+ and the caller has the responsibility to free the returned copy. However some
+ functions, such as "XtGetSubresources", "_XtGetResources", and
+ "XtGetApplicationResources" invoked "GetResources" without freeing the
+ returned resource copy.
+
+commit 6e48adfab0c020ab5d55b68f9b4cc63ed5d8b14c
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Fri Sep 1 17:59:42 2006 -0700
+
+ Add *~ to .gitignore to skip over emacs droppings
+
+commit 1eeeff85bf9f293de875169f6dc54577de0443f1
+Author: David Nusinow <dnusinow@debian.org>
+Date: Wed Aug 30 16:33:10 2006 -0400
+
+ Generate the internal manpage section using __libmansuffix__
+
+commit e2f43888fe021aac27770afa6a64fb3cf3fab190
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Thu Jul 13 14:59:08 2006 -0700
+
+ renamed: .cvsignore -> .gitignore
+
+commit 3d3a1bc23f571daa7a876a21169d5a0c996ce7cc
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
+Date: Fri May 12 16:10:27 2006 +0000
+
+ Bump to 1.0.2
+
+commit fc82234c73362d6f07acf2dcf72bcefd96850105
+Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
+Date: Sun Apr 30 14:30:16 2006 +0000
+
+ Fix ERRORDB definition for the case where ${prefix} != /usr
+
+commit bc813392aa8f563e6cd385636b90a7496fcaa14e
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
+Date: Thu Apr 27 00:23:17 2006 +0000
+
+ Bump to 1.0.1
+
+commit 1c55684a7411c35fce2a958d84be4c13b5349ea0
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Sun Feb 12 18:19:22 2006 +0000
+
+ Bug #5628 <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=5628> Shadow pages
+ not created correctly when MANDIR & MANSUFFIX don't match.
+
+commit 6851a1faf46a4d8a85e481162c8ee84f66174f89
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Thu Dec 15 00:24:34 2005 +0000
+
+ Update package version number for final X11R7 release candidate.
+
+commit b9464aa563b650faefbb881d5b399659aa8c30bb
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Sat Dec 10 16:29:07 2005 +0000
+
+ Add configure option to install makestrs and its manpage.
+ Add makestrs man page.
+
+commit 6be3ca4fb0d0f9a1361d45dfc094f0a7a85b27b4
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Wed Dec 7 16:17:08 2005 +0000
+
+ Add configure option to set the build's app-default dir, and put the result
+ in the xt.pc file for applications to use.
+
+commit 3186014010acbda9f8e3568a1e8076130212f600
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Tue Dec 6 22:48:44 2005 +0000
+
+ Change *man_SOURCES ==> *man_PRE to fix autotools warnings.
+
+commit 5801485b720e1dd3799737d9f127212afd3101c7
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Sat Dec 3 05:49:45 2005 +0000
+
+ Update package version number for X11R7 RC3 release.
+
+commit d480f9dbd3e07b4e139f2a1422f803e6e6264854
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Sat Dec 3 04:41:50 2005 +0000
+
+ Add check and cflags for malloc(0) returning NULL.
+
+commit 2a591fe7b3416d8609bd71cb068f9390105ffecf
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Mon Nov 28 22:03:06 2005 +0000
+
+ Change *mandir targets to use new *_MAN_DIR variables set by xorg-macros.m4
+ update to fix bug #5167 (Linux prefers *.1x man pages in man1 subdir)
+
+commit 7a8979367e4ab1a6412fef9a027b7d38621d87b7
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Wed Nov 23 22:33:07 2005 +0000
+
+ Bug #5003 <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=5003> Patch #3763
+ <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=3763> Xorg code misuses
+ S_IF* macros
+
+commit 2533120c26185990d326fa14c92383f85239f3b7
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Sat Nov 19 07:15:43 2005 +0000
+
+ Update pkgconfig files to separate library build-time dependencies from
+ application build-time dependencies, and update package deps to work
+ with separate build roots.
+
+commit 3f332f9af360cd42f5ff1b6f16ac64f7d146ff34
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Wed Nov 9 21:19:13 2005 +0000
+
+ Update package version number for X11R7 RC2 release.
+
+commit f151f6dfa14c36cfa54ab3e55bb67f24a8a39dc6
+Author: Kean Johnson <kean@armory.com>
+Date: Tue Nov 8 06:33:25 2005 +0000
+
+ See ChangeLog entry 2005-11-07 for details.
+
+commit 7ed0ec3136190288b0c450cdf2998000c43619df
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Tue Nov 1 15:11:51 2005 +0000
+
+ Update pkgcheck dependencies to work with separate build roots.
+
+commit 33b861860b86b53840007010287f5483a503c8e9
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Wed Oct 19 02:48:11 2005 +0000
+
+ Update package version number for RC1 release.
+
+commit d3853ab17d7203e7fbdfcd5cc8ed3505e5aa6233
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Tue Oct 18 07:24:03 2005 +0000
+
+ Use $(INSTALL) instead of $(install_sh_DATA) for creating directories.
+
+commit 831a32df90d6b3db66d6c578f6e231d4aab2b760
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
+Date: Tue Oct 18 03:10:14 2005 +0000
+
+ Split the 'install -d' over multiple lines so certain lame versions of
+ autotools don't flip out.
+
+commit 5e37faddaac8ac50ee4ca719975f9bf526e4c980
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Tue Oct 18 01:50:02 2005 +0000
+
+ Add --with-xfile-search-path=<path> and default setting to match monolith
+ XFileSearchPathDefault in Imake (including extra directories used in
+ Debian section of linux.cf.)
+
+commit 52edad6913e3efd3fcec6c73e13d33bf8c3a5e65
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Tue Oct 18 00:00:09 2005 +0000
+
+ Use @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@ instead of $(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) in macro substitutions to
+ work better with BSD make
+
+commit 1fcb9d04dd8b2f78aff2d64e6db7588c973cdb5b
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Mon Oct 17 21:13:22 2005 +0000
+
+ Rename .shadows.DONE to shadows.DONE to avoid some make's thinking it's a
+ suffix rule (reported by Matthieu Herrb)
+
+commit 4423fc41efc97ad1559f281c2ce3c835ccc88c61
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Thu Oct 13 04:27:16 2005 +0000
+
+ Add generated man pages to .cvsignore file
+
+commit 3c676e51ca509fff616495ac7354ac8b4ecde7e4
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Wed Oct 12 00:22:32 2005 +0000
+
+ configure.ac Set up cpp pre-processing of man pages Add shadow man pages
+ for man pages that document multiple functions.
+
+commit 0543cf76a5e11133b5f76fa37b39cbe2985c1c75
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Sat Sep 24 00:23:32 2005 +0000
+
+ Include <X11/XlibConf.h> to get correct XTHREADS settings in non-Imake
+ builds.
+
+commit 88374bab9adfe73dc445d4202a28e4d6021a674f
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Wed Sep 21 02:35:01 2005 +0000
+
+ Add checks for poll & snprintf & define old Imake names if found Enable XKB
+ usage in Xt unless --disable-xkb is specified Set STRINGSABIOPTIONS for
+ building StringDefs files on Solaris, SCO, and SVR4 systems.
+
+commit dbd0485a6e1926e7b94fdffb3e71de27c4a29012
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
+Date: Mon Aug 1 23:59:39 2005 +0000
+
+ Properly define BUILT_FILES
+
+commit f4043547fbb2feb87f480388a695016b90f53279
+Author: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
+Date: Mon Aug 1 23:47:55 2005 +0000
+
+ Move building of StringDefs files to src and fix them so that parallel make
+ works right.
+
+commit 027977140e19c5622331ac90eeb5e9bb9fe72640
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Fri Jul 29 21:22:52 2005 +0000
+
+ Various changes preparing packages for RC0:
+ - Verify and update package version numbers as needed
+ - Implement versioning scheme
+ - Change bug address to point to bugzilla bug entry form
+ - Disable loadable i18n in libX11 by default (use --enable-loadable-i18n to
+ reenable it)
+ - Fix makedepend to use pkgconfig and pass distcheck
+ - Update build script to build macros first
+ - Update modular Xorg version
+
+commit 28845cf017b991f7ed2dd23c005ab36ca43b97a5
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Fri Jul 22 20:30:10 2005 +0000
+
+ Bug #3824: <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3824> Correct
+ incomplete license statement from Sun.
+
+commit 052efe144da64f96fb1201a36933894d2d4bfb3c
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Tue Jul 19 02:00:01 2005 +0000
+
+ distcheck fixes -- clean up after makestrs, don't list non-existant files.
+
+commit e1cd82cf0b4d51db42c5d71a63805b6fb9ad45b8
+Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
+Date: Sun Jul 17 10:15:26 2005 +0000
+
+ Fix for building outside of srcdir.
+
+commit 40bf5c6a837430bf23f86b97fcde8237099511c0
+Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+Date: Sat Jul 16 07:37:19 2005 +0000
+
+ Set version number to 6.0.0 with -version-number.
+
+commit 265f56bafdca73f28a4937ebff86ac77a25f2d4b
+Author: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
+Date: Sat Jul 9 06:49:50 2005 +0000
+
+ Add .cvsignore files
+
+commit 63a4f8f76f5fb9159447878a4a85a14d0fbf4bf6
+Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Date: Thu Jun 30 12:23:32 2005 +0000
+
+ Add -no-undefined to linker command to build shared library on cygwin too
+
+commit 64b2b98096c6a5b2ac3af59796e07601eee4e28a
+Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>
+Date: Mon Jun 20 21:47:20 2005 +0000
+
+ - Make Xt install its internal files in /usr/include/X11, both in the
+ modular and the monolithic tree.
+ - Update XTrap to use #include <X11/internal-xt-headerI.h>
+ - Add XvMC to symlink.sh
+
+commit 6e10d9886cfe518d1407331a7a8e5bac85390249
+Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Date: Fri Jun 10 12:19:31 2005 +0000
+
+ ensure $(buildir)/src and $(builddir)/include/X11 exist before installing
+ generated files there
+
+commit 1b5fb35a8db7bcf568a2318118068b6c01169c14
+Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Date: Tue May 24 16:06:12 2005 +0000
+
+ separation of source and build directories
+
+commit e6db93aff3a4e92b8d13998866a787bdc08b6f35
+Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Date: Tue May 24 15:58:51 2005 +0000
+
+ Make source directory for templates configurable
+
+commit 82f3473668ed08af059e094a696911d2347e5d57
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Sun May 22 19:05:11 2005 +0000
+
+ Convert man pages to long file names in lib/X11, lib/Xt, & lib/Xext
+
+commit 1c6db5c90aa4b4c7c82b0676416c2a9a0baa6c67
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Sun May 22 04:25:43 2005 +0000
+
+ Check for <alloca.h> and define INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H if found, since
+ <Xalloca.h> requires it.
+
+commit 2e00049e9b02e26f858c3e4510641a735c03b086
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Sat May 21 20:47:26 2005 +0000
+
+ Use $(install_sh_DATA) instead of "install" for better portability. Remove
+ duplicate installation lines.
+ Add AM_CFLAGS to pass through XT_CFLAGS & X11_CFLAGS
+
+commit a175c9ea92967441a7ad33d2f6c8bf26cbe954fe
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
+Date: Thu May 19 00:22:33 2005 +0000
+
+ revert last change, didn't do right thing at all, sorry for the noise
+
+commit 185284247a889358b2ea269424eb665a71079826
+Author: Adam Jackson <ajax@nwnk.net>
+Date: Thu May 19 00:10:08 2005 +0000
+
+ Require automake 1.7 in AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
+
+commit c7fe09644945e3725c0b67b84cd24d8475cea184
+Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>
+Date: Wed May 18 19:34:25 2005 +0000
+
+ Also include include/X11
+
+commit 605a76dcc93e277e1b26841a0225b7e0fb851b76
+Author: Søren Sandmann Pedersen <sandmann@daimi.au.dk>
+Date: Wed May 18 15:38:31 2005 +0000
+
+ - conditionally include config.h in xc/lib/Xt sources
+ - add build system for lib/Xt
+
+commit b0a241cf7c7ab3840929da3b1aabdda7bab22517
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Tue May 17 08:10:10 2005 +0000
+
+ gcc4 allows to check if sentinels are correct (a sentinel is the
+ terminating element in a varargs list). A sentinel needs to be NULL,
+ not 0 - which doesn't make a difference on 32bit but matters on 64bit.
+ Furthermore it can be told that functions have a printf-like format
+ string and argument list so that they can verify that both match. To
+ use these features certain attributes need to be set - which are
+ compiler specific. To do this we define macros which are expanded
+ depending on the compiler version. For now we put those in
+ include/Xfuncproto.h (the XFree86 DDX layer contains a file compiler.h
+ which however is not visible outside the DDX) (Bugzilla #3268).
+
+commit 2b42b9154f9886ab05da1c3d6ce75fd95f59e04e
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Sun May 15 20:52:39 2005 +0000
+
+ Add settings to bring Solaris builds closer to the ones Sun packages in
+ Solaris. Adds "BuildLikeSun" options for areas Sun deviates from the
+ way Xorg is packaged on other platforms. See comment in sun.cf for
+ details. Also, use system-provided Expat on Solaris 10 and other
+ cleanups.
+ Set shared library versions for Solaris builds to match versions used in
+ Solaris. Add missing SharedXfixesReqs and SharedXdamageReqs.
+ Add -solarisabi option to create XtStrings code compatibile with existing
+ Solaris binaries. (Off by default, on if "BuildLikeSun" is set in
+ sun.cf)
+
+commit 149898492fe56f6a096a875375faa7323f7e96f4
+Author: Alexander Gottwald <alexander.gottwald@s1999.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Date: Wed Apr 20 09:35:50 2005 +0000
+
+ Bugzilla #3072 (https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3072)
+ attachment #2469 (https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=2469):
+ fix uninitialized pointer in libXt on Win32. Reported by Dave Williss
+
+commit 85eb751e4e1683af6cee3ee9dce29f74911a639d
+Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
+Date: Mon Feb 21 21:08:27 2005 +0000
+
+ Convert lib/Xt to ANSI C (Thomas Dickey). Fixes for a few valgrind warnings
+ (Thomas Dickey).
+
+commit 94150cb72d9d641c64325cd70323d93b9a3701a5
+Author: Alan Coopersmith <Alan.Coopersmith@sun.com>
+Date: Wed Jan 19 19:27:34 2005 +0000
+
+ doc/man/Xt/Imakefile
+ doc/man/Xt/XtAddCbk.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtAddIn.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtAllocGC.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtAppE.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtAppEM.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtAppSTC.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtClass.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtConvSt.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtConvert.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtCreateSR.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtDisplayI.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtErr.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtErrM.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtExtEvDis.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtGEDB.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtGetANC.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtGetActK.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtGetAres.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtGetSTO.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtGetSres.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtInit.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtInitWC.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtManChild.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtOffset.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtOwnSel.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtRegDraw.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtResPA.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtSession.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtSetLangP.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtSetSP.man
+ doc/man/Xt/XtSetVal.man
+ //bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2331> Attachment #1718
+ <https://bugs.freedesktop.org/attachment.cgi?id=1718>
+
+commit cd85103c7298be4a13909c07c95f5d53b069966e
+Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
+Date: Sun Jan 2 11:08:49 2005 +0000
+
+ Fix formatting.
+
+commit 054445f4238a98b7ea7910778ed110f5eff9d4f2
+Author: Matthieu Herrb <matthieu.herrb@laas.fr>
+Date: Sun Oct 3 20:08:42 2004 +0000
+
+ Xt Manual pages fixes from Dmitry Bolkhovitanov (Bugzilla #1498, $1499).
+
+commit 045e3de107523f28e765da8239d6afa9f51d6ba2
+Author: Kevin E Martin <kem@kem.org>
+Date: Wed Aug 11 21:14:17 2004 +0000
+
+ Apply PPC64 build patch (Bug #303, Mike A. Harris, Alan Coopersmith).
+
+commit 7a541dcaa28b6f97a647d0d8e0873f665ea372aa
+Author: Eric Anholt <anholt@freebsd.org>
+Date: Sat Jul 31 01:21:51 2004 +0000
+
+ Rename some COMPOSITE macros and enums to avoid conflicting with the
+ COMPOSITE extension's new macro. These appear to only be used
+ internally.
+
+commit b83924fa380f9e68c0c8a9dada6094c95fc44441
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Fri Apr 23 18:43:54 2004 +0000
+
+ Merging XORG-CURRENT into trunk
+
+commit 1b4f95dee32054b4d14ed5f78e47371c544fc5ac
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Sun Mar 14 08:32:26 2004 +0000
+
+ Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_99_1 on Sun Mar 14 00:26:39 PST 2004
+
+commit 83e661ed1cec6b14c60adbd48ab8588f6b13c391
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Wed Mar 3 12:11:32 2004 +0000
+
+ Importing vendor version xf86-4_4_0 on Wed Mar 3 04:09:24 PST 2004
+
+commit 77d281253982e2ebe27430f38b993927d879a005
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Thu Feb 26 13:35:34 2004 +0000
+
+ readding XFree86's cvs IDs
+
+commit 0efb2e616125953a3773b9b6c9a530ad30ce9bc8
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Thu Feb 26 09:22:45 2004 +0000
+
+ Importing vendor version xf86-4_3_99_903 on Wed Feb 26 01:21:00 PST 2004
+
+commit 036e955dfcc31d3b6c081f84e4f0b85969ccdd12
+Author: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.de>
+Date: Thu Jan 29 08:08:07 2004 +0000
+
+ Importing vendor version xf86-012804-2330 on Thu Jan 29 00:06:33 PST 2004
+
+commit f81d7ef72c9b4f13e33efa812bed9446657ed003
+Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Tue Nov 25 19:28:16 2003 +0000
+
+ XFree86 4.3.99.16 Bring the tree up to date for the Cygwin folks
+
+commit bdc0667ef29e24b1a2188b11546d843a7d3e5ef6
+Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Fri Nov 14 16:48:49 2003 +0000
+
+ XFree86 4.3.0.1
+
+commit 6a13c9e08bb042c81ae904c44a38a50d785c824e
+Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Fri Nov 14 16:48:49 2003 +0000
+
+ Initial revision
+
+commit 0117b0b441d8835a11a2886f3c8aed937dcffa9d
+Author: Kaleb Keithley <kaleb@freedesktop.org>
+Date: Fri Nov 14 15:54:39 2003 +0000
+
+ R6.6 is the Xorg base-line
--- /dev/null
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
+2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+ Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package. The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.
+
+ The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+ It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.
+
+ If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+ The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+ 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+ `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+
+ Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
+ some messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+ 2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+ 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+ the package.
+
+ 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+ documentation.
+
+ 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+ source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
+ files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+ a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
+ also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+ for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
+ all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+ with the distribution.
+
+ 6. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+ files again.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+ Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+ You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
+is an example:
+
+ ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+ *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+ You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+ With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+ On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
+this:
+
+ ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+ CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+ CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+ This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+ By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
+
+ You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
+
+ In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+ If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+ Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+ For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+ On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU
+CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+ ./configure CC="cc -Ae"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+ On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its `<wchar.h>' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as
+a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
+to try
+
+ ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+ ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+ There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+ CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+ OS KERNEL-OS
+
+ See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+ If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+ If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+ Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
+
+ ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+
+ CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+ `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+ Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--help=short'
+`--help=recursive'
+ Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+ `configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used
+ only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
+ also present in any nested packages.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+ Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+ script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+ Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+ traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+ disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+ Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+ Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
+ suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+ messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+ Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
+ `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--prefix=DIR'
+ Use DIR as the installation prefix. *Note Installation Names::
+ for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
+ the installation locations.
+
+`--no-create'
+`-n'
+ Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+ files.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
+# advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+# specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
+# representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+# is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+# EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+# DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+# TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+SUBDIRS = util src include man specs test
+
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+
+pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = xt.pc
+
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+.PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL
+
+INSTALL:
+ $(INSTALL_CMD)
+
+ChangeLog:
+ $(CHANGELOG_CMD)
+
+dist-hook: ChangeLog INSTALL
+
--- /dev/null
+libXt - X Toolkit Intrinsics library
+
+Documentation for this library can be found in the included man pages;
+the libXt spec from the specs directory of the source, also available at:
+
+ http://www.x.org/releases/X11R7.6/doc/Xt/Xt.html
+ http://www.x.org/releases/X11R7.6/doc/Xt/Xt.pdf
+
+and the O'Reilly X Toolkit books, which they have made freely available online:
+
+ - X Series Volume 4: X Toolkit Intrinsics Programming Manual,
+ 1st Edition (1990, covers X11R3)
+
+ http://www.archive.org/details/xtoolkitintrsin20400nyemiss
+
+ - X Series Volume 4: X Toolkit Intrinsics Programming Manual,
+ 2nd Edition (1990, covers X11R4)
+
+ http://www.archive.org/details/xtoolkitintrinsi04nyemiss
+
+ - X Series Volume 4: X Toolkit Intrinsics Programming Manual,
+ Motif Edition (1990, covers X11R4/Motif 1.1)
+
+ http://www.archive.org/details/xtoolktintrmotif04nyemiss
+
+ - X Series Volume 4: X Toolkit Intrinsics Programming Manual,
+ 3rd Edition (1993, covers X11R5)
+
+ http://www.archive.org/details/xtoolkitintrinsic04nyemiss
+
+ - X Series Volume 5: X Toolkit Intrinsics Reference Manual
+ (1990, covers X11R4)
+
+ http://www.archive.org/details/xtoolkitintrinsi04nyemiss
+
+
+All questions regarding this software should be directed at the
+Xorg mailing list:
+
+ http://lists.freedesktop.org/mailman/listinfo/xorg
+
+Please submit bug reports to the Xorg bugzilla:
+
+ https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg
+
+The master development code repository can be found at:
+
+ git://anongit.freedesktop.org/git/xorg/lib/libXt
+
+ http://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libXt
+
+For patch submission instructions, see:
+
+ http://www.x.org/wiki/Development/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+
+For more information on the git code manager, see:
+
+ http://wiki.x.org/wiki/GitPage
+
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
+# advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+# specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
+# representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+# is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+# EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+# DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+# TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+#
+
+# Initialize Autoconf
+AC_PREREQ([2.60])
+AC_INIT([libXt], [1.1.3],
+ [https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=xorg], [libXt])
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([Makefile.am])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
+
+# Initialize Automake
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign dist-bzip2])
+AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
+
+# Initialize libtool
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+
+# Require X.Org macros 1.13 or later for XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS
+m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
+ [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.13 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
+XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.13)
+XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
+XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
+XORG_ENABLE_SPECS
+XORG_WITH_XMLTO(0.0.20)
+XORG_WITH_FOP
+XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC
+XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS(1.01)
+XORG_PROG_RAWCPP
+XORG_WITH_PERL
+
+
+# Checks for header files.
+AC_CHECK_HEADER([alloca.h], AC_DEFINE(INCLUDE_ALLOCA_H, 1, [Define to 1 if Xalloca.h should include <alloca.h>]))
+
+# Obtain compiler/linker options for depedencies
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(XT, sm ice x11 xproto kbproto)
+
+# Set-up variables to use build machine compiler when cross-compiling
+if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
+ if test x"$cross_compiling" = xyes; then
+ AC_CHECK_PROGS(CC_FOR_BUILD, gcc cc)
+ else
+ CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC"
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([CC_FOR_BUILD])
+CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-${CFLAGS}}
+AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
+LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD=${LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD-${LDFLAGS}}
+AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD)
+
+# Map function checks to old Imake #defines
+case $host_os in
+ # darwin through Snow Leopard has poll() but can't be used to poll character devices.
+ darwin@<:@789@:>@*|darwin10*) ;;
+ darwin*)
+ _ac_xorg_macosx_version_min=""
+ if echo $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS | grep -q mmacosx-version-min ; then
+ _ac_xorg_macosx_version_min=`echo $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS | sed 's/^.*-mmacosx-version-min=\(@<:@^ @:>@*\).*$/\1/'`
+ else
+ _ac_xorg_macosx_version_min=$MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
+ fi
+ case $_ac_xorg_macosx_version_min in
+ 10.@<:@0123456@:>@|10.@<:@0123456@:>@.*) ;;
+ *)
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, [AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL, 1, [poll() function is available])], )
+ ;;
+ esac
+ unset _ac_xorg_macosx_version_min
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, [AC_DEFINE(USE_POLL, 1, [poll() function is available])], )
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Link with winsock if mingw target
+case $host_os in
+ *mingw*)
+ AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(ws2_32)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Options
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xkb, AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xkb], [Disable XKB support]),
+ XKB="$enableval", XKB="yes")
+if test "x$XKB" = "xyes" ; then
+ AC_DEFINE(XKB, 1, [Define to 1 to use XKB for keysym resolution.])
+fi
+
+# --enable-unit-tests
+XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS
+XORG_WITH_GLIB([2.16])
+
+# Memory checking support
+case $host_os in
+ solaris*)
+ AC_CHECK_LIB([umem], [umem_alloc],
+ [MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV='LD_PRELOAD=libumem.so UMEM_DEBUG=default'])
+ ;;
+ *-gnu*) # GNU libc - Value is used as a single byte bit pattern,
+ # both directly and inverted, so should not be 0 or 255.
+ MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV='MALLOC_PERTURB_=15'
+ ;;
+ *bsd*|darwin*)
+ MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV='MallocPreScribble=1 MallocScribble=1'
+ ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST([MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV])
+
+# Replaces XFileSearchPathDefault from Imake configs
+XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT='$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(sysconfdir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(datadir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(datadir)/X11/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%C%S:$(libdir)/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:$(libdir)/X11/%T/%N%S'
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(xfile-search-path,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xfile-search-path=<path>],
+ [Set path to search for app-defaults and other files]),
+ [XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT="$withval"], [])
+AC_SUBST([XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(appdefaultdir,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-appdefaultdir=<path>],
+ [Set app-default directory (default: ${datadir}/X11/app-defaults)]),
+ [appdefaultdir="$withval"],
+ [appdefaultdir=${datadir}/X11/app-defaults])
+AX_DEFINE_DIR([appdefaultdir], [appdefaultdir], [app default data directory])
+
+# Replacement for Imake ToolkitStringsABIOptions, controls string tables
+# generated by util/string.list in StringDefs.h & Shell.h
+case $host_os in
+ solaris*)
+ # Solaris uses -intelabi even on SPARC
+ STRINGSABIOPTIONS="-intelabi -solarisabinames"
+ ;;
+ sco* | svr4*)
+ case $host_cpu in
+ i*86) STRINGSABIOPTIONS="-intelabi" ;;
+ *) STRINGSABIOPTIONS="" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST(STRINGSABIOPTIONS)
+
+case $host_os in
+ darwin*)
+ OS_CFLAGS="-Wl,-flat_namespace"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ OS_CFLAGS=
+ ;;
+esac
+
+XT_CFLAGS="$XT_CFLAGS $OS_CFLAGS"
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile
+ src/Makefile
+ util/Makefile
+ include/Makefile
+ man/Makefile
+ specs/Makefile
+ test/Makefile
+ xt.pc])
+AC_OUTPUT
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Generate output formats for a single DocBook/XML with/without chapters
+#
+# Variables set by the calling Makefile:
+# shelfdir: the location where the docs/specs are installed. Typically $(docdir)
+# docbook: the main DocBook/XML file, no chapters, appendix or image files
+# chapters: all files pulled in by an XInclude statement and images.
+#
+
+#
+# This makefile is intended for Users Documentation and Functional Specifications.
+# Do not use for Developer Documentation which is not installed and does not require olink.
+# Refer to http://www.x.org/releases/X11R7.6/doc/xorg-docs/ReleaseNotes.html#id2584393
+# for an explanation on documents classification.
+#
+
+# DocBook/XML generated output formats to be installed
+shelf_DATA =
+
+# DocBook/XML file with chapters, appendix and images it includes
+dist_shelf_DATA = $(docbook) $(chapters)
+
+if HAVE_XMLTO
+if HAVE_STYLESHEETS
+
+XMLTO_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS = \
+ --searchpath "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11" \
+ --searchpath "$(abs_top_builddir)"
+XMLTO_HTML_OLINK_FLAGS = \
+ --stringparam target.database.document=$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11/dbs/masterdb.html.xml \
+ --stringparam current.docid="$(<:.xml=)"
+XMLTO_HTML_STYLESHEET_FLAGS = -x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-xhtml.xsl
+XMLTO_HTML_FLAGS = \
+ $(XMLTO_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
+ $(XMLTO_HTML_STYLESHEET_FLAGS) \
+ $(XMLTO_HTML_OLINK_FLAGS)
+
+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.html)
+%.html: %.xml $(chapters)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_HTML_FLAGS) xhtml-nochunks $<
+
+if HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT
+
+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.txt)
+%.txt: %.xml $(chapters)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_HTML_FLAGS) txt $<
+endif HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT
+
+if HAVE_FOP
+XMLTO_FO_IMAGEPATH_FLAGS = --stringparam img.src.path=$(abs_builddir)/
+XMLTO_PDF_OLINK_FLAGS = \
+ --stringparam target.database.document=$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11/dbs/masterdb.pdf.xml \
+ --stringparam current.docid="$(<:.xml=)"
+XMLTO_FO_STYLESHEET_FLAGS = -x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-fo.xsl
+
+XMLTO_FO_FLAGS = \
+ $(XMLTO_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
+ $(XMLTO_FO_STYLESHEET_FLAGS) \
+ $(XMLTO_FO_IMAGEPATH_FLAGS) \
+ $(XMLTO_PDF_OLINK_FLAGS)
+
+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.pdf)
+%.pdf: %.xml $(chapters)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop pdf $<
+
+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.ps)
+%.ps: %.xml $(chapters)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop ps $<
+endif HAVE_FOP
+
+# Generate documents cross-reference target databases
+if HAVE_XSLTPROC
+
+XSLT_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS = \
+ --path "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11" \
+ --path "$(abs_top_builddir)"
+XSLT_OLINK_FLAGS = \
+ --stringparam targets.filename "$@" \
+ --stringparam collect.xref.targets "only" \
+ --stringparam olink.base.uri "$(@:.db=)"
+
+XSLT_HTML_FLAGS = \
+ $(XSLT_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
+ $(XSLT_OLINK_FLAGS) \
+ --nonet --xinclude \
+ $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-xhtml.xsl
+XSLT_PDF_FLAGS = \
+ $(XSLT_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
+ $(XSLT_OLINK_FLAGS) \
+ --nonet --xinclude \
+ $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-fo.xsl
+
+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.html.db)
+%.html.db: %.xml $(chapters)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLT_HTML_FLAGS) $<
+
+shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.pdf.db)
+%.pdf.db: %.xml $(chapters)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLT_PDF_FLAGS) $<
+
+endif HAVE_XSLTPROC
+endif HAVE_STYLESHEETS
+endif HAVE_XMLTO
+
+CLEANFILES = $(shelf_DATA)
--- /dev/null
+xtincludedir = ${includedir}/X11
+
+xtinclude_HEADERS = \
+ X11/Composite.h \
+ X11/CompositeP.h \
+ X11/ConstrainP.h \
+ X11/Constraint.h \
+ X11/Core.h \
+ X11/CoreP.h \
+ X11/Intrinsic.h \
+ X11/IntrinsicP.h \
+ X11/Object.h \
+ X11/ObjectP.h \
+ X11/RectObj.h \
+ X11/RectObjP.h \
+ X11/ResConfigP.h \
+ X11/ShellP.h \
+ X11/Vendor.h \
+ X11/VendorP.h \
+ \
+ X11/CallbackI.h \
+ X11/ConvertI.h \
+ X11/CreateI.h \
+ X11/EventI.h \
+ X11/HookObjI.h \
+ X11/InitialI.h \
+ X11/IntrinsicI.h \
+ X11/PassivGraI.h \
+ X11/ResourceI.h \
+ X11/SelectionI.h \
+ X11/ShellI.h \
+ X11/ThreadsI.h \
+ X11/TranslateI.h \
+ X11/VarargsI.h \
+ X11/Xtos.h
+
+
+nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS = \
+ X11/StringDefs.h \
+ X11/Shell.h
+
+DISTCLEANFILES = \
+ X11/StringDefs.h \
+ X11/Shell.h
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Callbacks
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+typedef XrmResource **CallbackTable;
+
+#define _XtCBCalling 1
+#define _XtCBFreeAfterCalling 2
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+typedef struct internalCallbackRec {
+ unsigned short count;
+ char is_padded; /* contains NULL padding for external form */
+ char call_state; /* combination of _XtCB{FreeAfter}Calling */
+#ifdef LONG64
+ unsigned int align_pad; /* padding to align callback list */
+#endif
+ /* XtCallbackList */
+} InternalCallbackRec, *InternalCallbackList;
+
+typedef Boolean (*_XtConditionProc)(
+ XtPointer /* data */
+);
+
+extern void _XtAddCallback(
+ InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */,
+ XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void _XtAddCallbackOnce(
+ InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */,
+ XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern InternalCallbackList _XtCompileCallbackList(
+ XtCallbackList /* xtcallbacks */
+);
+
+extern XtCallbackList _XtGetCallbackList(
+ InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */
+);
+
+extern void _XtRemoveAllCallbacks(
+ InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */
+);
+
+extern void _XtRemoveCallback(
+ InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */,
+ XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void _XtPeekCallback(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtCallbackList /* callbacks */,
+ XtCallbackProc * /* callback */,
+ XtPointer * /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void _XtCallConditionalCallbackList(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtCallbackList /* callbacks */,
+ XtPointer /* call_data */,
+ _XtConditionProc /* cond_proc */
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtComposite_h
+#define _XtComposite_h
+
+typedef struct _CompositeClassRec *CompositeWidgetClass;
+
+typedef Cardinal (*XtOrderProc)(
+ Widget /* child */
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern void XtManageChildren(
+ WidgetList /* children */,
+ Cardinal /* num_children */
+);
+
+extern void XtManageChild(
+ Widget /* child */
+);
+
+extern void XtUnmanageChildren(
+ WidgetList /* children */,
+ Cardinal /* num_children */
+);
+
+extern void XtUnmanageChild(
+ Widget /* child */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtDoChangeProc)(
+ Widget /* composite_parent */,
+ WidgetList /* unmanage_children */,
+ Cardinal * /* num_unmanage_children */,
+ WidgetList /* manage_children */,
+ Cardinal * /* num_manage_children */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtChangeManagedSet(
+ WidgetList /* unmanage_children */,
+ Cardinal /* num_unmanage_children */,
+ XtDoChangeProc /* do_change_proc */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */,
+ WidgetList /* manage_children */,
+ Cardinal /* num_manage_children */
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#ifndef VMS
+externalref WidgetClass compositeWidgetClass;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _XtComposite_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtCompositeP_h
+#define _XtCompositeP_h
+
+#include <X11/Composite.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+/************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Additional instance fields for widgets of (sub)class 'Composite'
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct _CompositePart {
+ WidgetList children; /* array of ALL widget children */
+ Cardinal num_children; /* total number of widget children */
+ Cardinal num_slots; /* number of slots in children array */
+ XtOrderProc insert_position; /* compute position of new child */
+} CompositePart,*CompositePtr;
+
+typedef struct _CompositeRec {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+} CompositeRec;
+
+/*********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Additional class fields for widgets of (sub)class 'Composite'
+ *
+ ********************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct _CompositeClassPart {
+ XtGeometryHandler geometry_manager; /* geometry manager for children */
+ XtWidgetProc change_managed; /* change managed state of child */
+ XtWidgetProc insert_child; /* physically add child to parent */
+ XtWidgetProc delete_child; /* physically remove child */
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} CompositeClassPart,*CompositePartPtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer next_extension; /* 1st 4 mandated for all extension records */
+ XrmQuark record_type; /* NULLQUARK; on CompositeClassPart */
+ long version; /* must be XtCompositeExtensionVersion */
+ Cardinal record_size; /* sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec) */
+ Boolean accepts_objects;
+ Boolean allows_change_managed_set;
+} CompositeClassExtensionRec, *CompositeClassExtension;
+
+
+typedef struct _CompositeClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+} CompositeClassRec;
+
+externalref CompositeClassRec compositeClassRec;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#define XtCompositeExtensionVersion 2L
+#define XtInheritGeometryManager ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritChangeManaged ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritInsertChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritDeleteChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
+
+#endif /* _XtCompositeP_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtConstraintP_h
+#define _XtConstraintP_h
+
+#include <X11/Constraint.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+typedef struct _ConstraintPart {
+ XtPointer mumble; /* No new fields, keep C compiler happy */
+} ConstraintPart;
+
+typedef struct _ConstraintRec {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ConstraintPart constraint;
+} ConstraintRec, *ConstraintWidget;
+
+typedef struct _ConstraintClassPart {
+ XtResourceList resources; /* constraint resource list */
+ Cardinal num_resources; /* number of constraints in list */
+ Cardinal constraint_size; /* size of constraint record */
+ XtInitProc initialize; /* constraint initialization */
+ XtWidgetProc destroy; /* constraint destroy proc */
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values; /* constraint set_values proc */
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} ConstraintClassPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer next_extension; /* 1st 4 mandated for all extension records */
+ XrmQuark record_type; /* NULLQUARK; on ConstraintClassPart */
+ long version; /* must be XtConstraintExtensionVersion */
+ Cardinal record_size; /* sizeof(ConstraintClassExtensionRec) */
+ XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
+} ConstraintClassExtensionRec, *ConstraintClassExtension;
+
+typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ConstraintClassPart constraint_class;
+} ConstraintClassRec;
+
+externalref ConstraintClassRec constraintClassRec;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#define XtConstraintExtensionVersion 1L
+
+#endif /* _XtConstraintP_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtConstraint_h
+#define _XtConstraint_h
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec *ConstraintWidgetClass;
+
+#ifndef VMS
+externalref WidgetClass constraintWidgetClass;
+#endif
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtConstraint_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+/* Representation types */
+
+extern XrmQuark _XtQString;
+
+/*
+ * Resource conversions
+ */
+
+typedef struct _ConverterRec **ConverterTable;
+
+extern void _XtAddDefaultConverters(
+ ConverterTable /* table */
+);
+
+extern void _XtSetDefaultConverterTable(
+ ConverterTable* /* table */
+);
+
+extern void _XtFreeConverterTable(
+ ConverterTable /* table */
+);
+
+extern void _XtTableAddConverter(
+ ConverterTable /* table */,
+ XrmRepresentation /* from_type */,
+ XrmRepresentation /* to_type */,
+ XtTypeConverter /* converter */,
+ XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */,
+ _XtBoolean /* new_style */,
+ XtCacheType /* cache_type */,
+ XtDestructor /* destructor */,
+ _XtBoolean /* global */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtConvert(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XrmRepresentation /* from_type */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* from */,
+ XrmRepresentation /* to_type */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* to */,
+ XtCacheRef* /* cache_ref_return */
+);
+
+void _XtConvertInitialize(void);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtCore_h
+#define _XtCore_h
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+typedef struct _WidgetClassRec *CoreWidgetClass;
+typedef struct _WidgetRec *CoreWidget;
+externalref WidgetClass coreWidgetClass;
+
+#ifndef VMS
+externalref WidgetClass widgetClass;
+
+#endif
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtCore_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef XtCoreP_h
+#define XtCoreP_h
+
+#include <X11/Core.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+externalref int _XtInheritTranslations;
+
+#define XtInheritTranslations ((String) &_XtInheritTranslations)
+#define XtInheritRealize ((XtRealizeProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritResize ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritExpose ((XtExposeProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritSetValuesAlmost ((XtAlmostProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritAcceptFocus ((XtAcceptFocusProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritQueryGeometry ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritDisplayAccelerator ((XtStringProc) _XtInherit)
+
+/***************************************************************
+ * Widget Core Data Structures
+ *
+ *
+ **************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct _CorePart {
+ Widget self; /* pointer to widget itself */
+ WidgetClass widget_class; /* pointer to Widget's ClassRec */
+ Widget parent; /* parent widget */
+ XrmName xrm_name; /* widget resource name quarkified */
+ Boolean being_destroyed; /* marked for destroy */
+ XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks; /* who to call when widget destroyed */
+ XtPointer constraints; /* constraint record */
+ Position x, y; /* window position */
+ Dimension width, height; /* window dimensions */
+ Dimension border_width; /* window border width */
+ Boolean managed; /* is widget geometry managed? */
+ Boolean sensitive; /* is widget sensitive to user events*/
+ Boolean ancestor_sensitive; /* are all ancestors sensitive? */
+ XtEventTable event_table; /* private to event dispatcher */
+ XtTMRec tm; /* translation management */
+ XtTranslations accelerators; /* accelerator translations */
+ Pixel border_pixel; /* window border pixel */
+ Pixmap border_pixmap; /* window border pixmap or NULL */
+ WidgetList popup_list; /* list of popups */
+ Cardinal num_popups; /* how many popups */
+ String name; /* widget resource name */
+ Screen *screen; /* window's screen */
+ Colormap colormap; /* colormap */
+ Window window; /* window ID */
+ Cardinal depth; /* number of planes in window */
+ Pixel background_pixel; /* window background pixel */
+ Pixmap background_pixmap; /* window background pixmap or NULL */
+ Boolean visible; /* is window mapped and not occluded?*/
+ Boolean mapped_when_managed;/* map window if it's managed? */
+} CorePart;
+
+typedef struct _WidgetRec {
+ CorePart core;
+ } WidgetRec, CoreRec;
+
+
+
+/******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Core Class Structure. Widgets, regardless of their class, will have
+ * these fields. All widgets of a given class will have the same values
+ * for these fields. Widgets of a given class may also have additional
+ * common fields. These additional fields are included in incremental
+ * class structures, such as CommandClass.
+ *
+ * The fields that are specific to this subclass, as opposed to fields that
+ * are part of the superclass, are called "subclass fields" below. Many
+ * procedures are responsible only for the subclass fields, and not for
+ * any superclass fields.
+ *
+ ********************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct _CoreClassPart {
+ WidgetClass superclass; /* pointer to superclass ClassRec */
+ String class_name; /* widget resource class name */
+ Cardinal widget_size; /* size in bytes of widget record */
+ XtProc class_initialize; /* class initialization proc */
+ XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; /* dynamic initialization */
+ XtEnum class_inited; /* has class been initialized? */
+ XtInitProc initialize; /* initialize subclass fields */
+ XtArgsProc initialize_hook; /* notify that initialize called */
+ XtRealizeProc realize; /* XCreateWindow for widget */
+ XtActionList actions; /* widget semantics name to proc map */
+ Cardinal num_actions; /* number of entries in actions */
+ XtResourceList resources; /* resources for subclass fields */
+ Cardinal num_resources; /* number of entries in resources */
+ XrmClass xrm_class; /* resource class quarkified */
+ Boolean compress_motion; /* compress MotionNotify for widget */
+ XtEnum compress_exposure; /* compress Expose events for widget*/
+ Boolean compress_enterleave;/* compress enter and leave events */
+ Boolean visible_interest; /* select for VisibilityNotify */
+ XtWidgetProc destroy; /* free data for subclass pointers */
+ XtWidgetProc resize; /* geom manager changed widget size */
+ XtExposeProc expose; /* rediplay window */
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values; /* set subclass resource values */
+ XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; /* notify that set_values called */
+ XtAlmostProc set_values_almost; /* set_values got "Almost" geo reply */
+ XtArgsProc get_values_hook; /* notify that get_values called */
+ XtAcceptFocusProc accept_focus; /* assign input focus to widget */
+ XtVersionType version; /* version of intrinsics used */
+ XtPointer callback_private; /* list of callback offsets */
+ String tm_table; /* state machine */
+ XtGeometryHandler query_geometry; /* return preferred geometry */
+ XtStringProc display_accelerator;/* display your accelerator */
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+ } CoreClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _WidgetClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+} WidgetClassRec, CoreClassRec;
+
+externalref WidgetClassRec widgetClassRec;
+#define coreClassRec widgetClassRec
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtCoreP_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+#ifndef _XtcreateI_h
+#define _XtcreateI_h
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern Widget _XtCreateWidget(String name, WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent, ArgList args, Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal num_typed_args);
+extern Widget _XtCreatePopupShell(String name, WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent, ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args, XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal num_typed_args);
+extern Widget _XtAppCreateShell(String name, String class,
+ WidgetClass widget_class, Display *display,
+ ArgList args, Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal num_typed_args);
+extern Widget _XtCreateHookObj(Screen *screen);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+/* VarCreate.c */
+extern Widget _XtVaOpenApplication(XtAppContext *app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescList options, Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out, String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources, WidgetClass widget_class,
+ va_list var_args);
+extern Widget _XtVaAppInitialize(XtAppContext *app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescList options, Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out, String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources, va_list var_args);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtcreateI_h */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Event.h - exported types and functions for toolkit event handler
+ *
+ * Author: Charles Haynes
+ * Digital Equipment Corporation
+ * Western Software Laboratory
+ * Date: Sun Dec 6 1987
+ */
+
+#ifndef _Event_h_
+#define _Event_h_
+
+typedef struct _XtGrabRec *XtGrabList;
+
+#include "PassivGraI.h"
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern void _XtEventInitialize(
+ void
+);
+
+typedef struct _XtEventRec {
+ XtEventTable next;
+ EventMask mask; /* also select_data count for RecExt */
+ XtEventHandler proc;
+ XtPointer closure;
+ unsigned int select:1;
+ unsigned int has_type_specifier:1;
+ unsigned int async:1; /* not used, here for Digital extension? */
+} XtEventRec;
+
+typedef struct _XtGrabRec {
+ XtGrabList next;
+ Widget widget;
+ unsigned int exclusive:1;
+ unsigned int spring_loaded:1;
+}XtGrabRec;
+
+typedef struct _BlockHookRec {
+ struct _BlockHookRec* next;
+ XtAppContext app;
+ XtBlockHookProc proc;
+ XtPointer closure;
+} BlockHookRec, *BlockHook;
+
+extern void _XtFreeEventTable(
+ XtEventTable* /* event_table */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtOnGrabList(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtGrabRec* /* grabList */
+);
+
+extern void _XtRemoveAllInputs(
+ XtAppContext /* app */
+);
+
+extern void _XtRefreshMapping(
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ _XtBoolean /* dispatch */
+);
+
+extern void _XtSendFocusEvent(
+ Widget /* child */,
+ int /* type */);
+
+extern EventMask _XtConvertTypeToMask(
+ int /* eventType */
+);
+
+/* EventUtil.c */
+extern Widget _XtFindRemapWidget(XEvent *event, Widget widget,
+ EventMask mask, XtPerDisplayInput pdi);
+extern void _XtUngrabBadGrabs(XEvent *event, Widget widget,
+ EventMask mask, XtPerDisplayInput pdi);
+extern void _XtFillAncestorList(Widget **listPtr, int *maxElemsPtr,
+ int *numElemsPtr, Widget start,
+ Widget breakWidget);
+
+/* NextEvent.c */
+extern Boolean XtAppPeekEvent_SkipTimer;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _Event_h_ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _XtHookObjI_h
+#define _XtHookObjI_h
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+/* This object is implementation-dependent and private to the library. */
+
+typedef struct _HookObjRec *HookObject;
+typedef struct _HookObjClassRec *HookObjectClass;
+
+externalref WidgetClass hookObjectClass;
+
+typedef struct _HookObjPart {
+ /* resources */
+ XtCallbackList createhook_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList changehook_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList confighook_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList geometryhook_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList destroyhook_callbacks;
+ WidgetList shells;
+ Cardinal num_shells;
+ /* private data */
+ Cardinal max_shells;
+ Screen* screen;
+}HookObjPart;
+
+typedef struct _HookObjRec {
+ ObjectPart object;
+ HookObjPart hooks;
+} HookObjRec;
+
+typedef struct _HookObjClassPart {
+ int unused;
+} HookObjClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _HookObjClassRec {
+ ObjectClassPart object_class;
+ HookObjClassPart hook_class;
+} HookObjClassRec;
+
+externalref HookObjClassRec hookObjClassRec;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* ifndef _Xt_HookObjI_h */
+
+
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtinitialI_h
+#define _XtinitialI_h
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Displays
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef X_NOT_POSIX
+#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#include <limits.h>
+#else
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#include <limits.h>
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+#ifdef WIN32
+#define PATH_MAX 512
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
+#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#else
+#define PATH_MAX 1024
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+#include <X11/Xpoll.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+typedef struct _TimerEventRec {
+ struct timeval te_timer_value;
+ struct _TimerEventRec *te_next;
+ XtTimerCallbackProc te_proc;
+ XtAppContext app;
+ XtPointer te_closure;
+} TimerEventRec;
+
+typedef struct _InputEvent {
+ XtInputCallbackProc ie_proc;
+ XtPointer ie_closure;
+ struct _InputEvent *ie_next;
+ struct _InputEvent *ie_oq;
+ XtAppContext app;
+ int ie_source;
+ XtInputMask ie_condition;
+} InputEvent;
+
+typedef struct _SignalEventRec {
+ XtSignalCallbackProc se_proc;
+ XtPointer se_closure;
+ struct _SignalEventRec *se_next;
+ XtAppContext app;
+ Boolean se_notice;
+} SignalEventRec;
+
+typedef struct _WorkProcRec {
+ XtWorkProc proc;
+ XtPointer closure;
+ struct _WorkProcRec *next;
+ XtAppContext app;
+} WorkProcRec;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ fd_set rmask;
+ fd_set wmask;
+ fd_set emask;
+#endif
+ int nfds;
+} FdStruct;
+
+typedef struct _LangProcRec {
+ XtLanguageProc proc;
+ XtPointer closure;
+} LangProcRec;
+
+typedef struct _ProcessContextRec {
+ XtAppContext defaultAppContext;
+ XtAppContext appContextList;
+ ConverterTable globalConverterTable;
+ LangProcRec globalLangProcRec;
+} ProcessContextRec, *ProcessContext;
+
+typedef struct {
+ char* start;
+ char* current;
+ int bytes_remaining;
+} Heap;
+
+typedef struct _DestroyRec DestroyRec;
+
+
+typedef struct _XtAppStruct {
+ XtAppContext next; /* link to next app in process context */
+ ProcessContext process; /* back pointer to our process context */
+ InternalCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
+ Display **list;
+ TimerEventRec *timerQueue;
+ WorkProcRec *workQueue;
+ InputEvent **input_list;
+ InputEvent *outstandingQueue;
+ SignalEventRec *signalQueue;
+ XrmDatabase errorDB;
+ XtErrorMsgHandler errorMsgHandler, warningMsgHandler;
+ XtErrorHandler errorHandler, warningHandler;
+ struct _ActionListRec *action_table;
+ ConverterTable converterTable;
+ unsigned long selectionTimeout;
+ FdStruct fds;
+ short count; /* num of assigned entries in list */
+ short max; /* allocate size of list */
+ short last;
+ short input_count;
+ short input_max; /* elts input_list init'd with */
+ Boolean sync, being_destroyed, error_inited;
+#ifndef NO_IDENTIFY_WINDOWS
+ Boolean identify_windows; /* debugging hack */
+#endif
+ Heap heap;
+ String * fallback_resources; /* Set by XtAppSetFallbackResources. */
+ struct _ActionHookRec* action_hook_list;
+ struct _BlockHookRec* block_hook_list;
+ int destroy_list_size; /* state data for 2-phase destroy */
+ int destroy_count;
+ int dispatch_level;
+ DestroyRec* destroy_list;
+ Widget in_phase2_destroy;
+ LangProcRec langProcRec;
+ struct _TMBindCacheRec * free_bindings;
+ String display_name_tried;
+ Display **dpy_destroy_list;
+ int dpy_destroy_count;
+ Boolean exit_flag;
+ Boolean rebuild_fdlist;
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ LockPtr lock_info;
+ ThreadAppProc lock;
+ ThreadAppProc unlock;
+ ThreadAppYieldLockProc yield_lock;
+ ThreadAppRestoreLockProc restore_lock;
+ ThreadAppProc free_lock;
+#endif
+} XtAppStruct;
+
+extern void _XtHeapInit(Heap* heap);
+extern void _XtHeapFree(Heap* heap);
+
+#ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY
+
+
+extern char *_XtHeapMalloc(
+ Heap* /* heap */,
+ Cardinal /* size */,
+ char * /* file */,
+ int /* line */
+);
+
+#define _XtHeapAlloc(heap,bytes) _XtHeapMalloc(heap, bytes, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+
+#else /* XTTRACEMEMORY */
+
+extern char* _XtHeapAlloc(
+ Heap* /* heap */,
+ Cardinal /* size */
+);
+
+#endif /* XTTRACEMEMORY */
+
+extern void _XtSetDefaultErrorHandlers(
+ XtErrorMsgHandler* /* errMsg */,
+ XtErrorMsgHandler* /* warnMsg */,
+ XtErrorHandler* /* err */,
+ XtErrorHandler* /* warn */
+);
+
+extern void _XtSetDefaultSelectionTimeout(
+ unsigned long* /* timeout */
+);
+
+extern XtAppContext _XtDefaultAppContext(
+ void
+);
+
+extern ProcessContext _XtGetProcessContext(
+ void
+);
+
+Display *
+_XtAppInit(
+ XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
+ String /* application_class */,
+ XrmOptionDescRec* /* options */,
+ Cardinal /* num_options */,
+ int* /* argc_in_out */,
+ String** /* argv_in_out */,
+ String* /* fallback_resources */
+);
+
+extern void _XtDestroyAppContexts(
+ void
+);
+
+extern void _XtCloseDisplays(
+ XtAppContext /* app */
+);
+
+extern int _XtAppDestroyCount;
+
+extern int _XtWaitForSomething(
+ XtAppContext /* app */,
+ _XtBoolean /* ignoreEvents */,
+ _XtBoolean /* ignoreTimers */,
+ _XtBoolean /* ignoreInputs */,
+ _XtBoolean /* ignoreSignals */,
+ _XtBoolean /* block */,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ _XtBoolean /* drop_lock */,
+#endif
+ unsigned long* /* howlong */
+);
+
+typedef struct _CaseConverterRec *CaseConverterPtr;
+typedef struct _CaseConverterRec {
+ KeySym start; /* first KeySym valid in converter */
+ KeySym stop; /* last KeySym valid in converter */
+ XtCaseProc proc; /* case converter function */
+ CaseConverterPtr next; /* next converter record */
+} CaseConverterRec;
+
+typedef struct _ExtensionSelectorRec {
+ XtExtensionSelectProc proc;
+ int min, max;
+ XtPointer client_data;
+} ExtSelectRec;
+
+typedef struct _XtPerDisplayStruct {
+ InternalCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
+ Region region;
+ CaseConverterPtr case_cvt; /* user-registered case converters */
+ XtKeyProc defaultKeycodeTranslator;
+ XtAppContext appContext;
+ unsigned long keysyms_serial; /* for tracking MappingNotify events */
+ KeySym *keysyms; /* keycode to keysym table */
+ int keysyms_per_keycode; /* number of keysyms for each keycode*/
+ int min_keycode, max_keycode; /* range of keycodes */
+ KeySym *modKeysyms; /* keysym values for modToKeysysm */
+ ModToKeysymTable *modsToKeysyms; /* modifiers to Keysysms index table*/
+ unsigned char isModifier[32]; /* key-is-modifier-p bit table */
+ KeySym lock_meaning; /* Lock modifier meaning */
+ Modifiers mode_switch; /* keyboard group modifiers */
+ Modifiers num_lock; /* keyboard numlock modifiers */
+ Boolean being_destroyed;
+ Boolean rv; /* reverse_video resource */
+ XrmName name; /* resolved app name */
+ XrmClass class; /* application class */
+ Heap heap;
+ struct _GCrec *GClist; /* support for XtGetGC */
+ Drawable **pixmap_tab; /* ditto for XtGetGC */
+ String language; /* XPG language string */
+ XEvent last_event; /* last event dispatched */
+ Time last_timestamp; /* from last event dispatched */
+ int multi_click_time; /* for XtSetMultiClickTime */
+ struct _TMKeyContextRec* tm_context; /* for XtGetActionKeysym */
+ InternalCallbackList mapping_callbacks; /* special case for TM */
+ XtPerDisplayInputRec pdi; /* state for modal grabs & kbd focus */
+ struct _WWTable *WWtable; /* window to widget table */
+ XrmDatabase *per_screen_db; /* per screen resource databases */
+ XrmDatabase cmd_db; /* db from command line, if needed */
+ XrmDatabase server_db; /* resource property else .Xdefaults */
+ XtEventDispatchProc* dispatcher_list;
+ ExtSelectRec* ext_select_list;
+ int ext_select_count;
+ Widget hook_object;
+#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
+ Atom rcm_init; /* ResConfig - initialize */
+ Atom rcm_data; /* ResConfig - data atom */
+#endif
+} XtPerDisplayStruct, *XtPerDisplay;
+
+typedef struct _PerDisplayTable {
+ Display *dpy;
+ XtPerDisplayStruct perDpy;
+ struct _PerDisplayTable *next;
+} PerDisplayTable, *PerDisplayTablePtr;
+
+extern PerDisplayTablePtr _XtperDisplayList;
+
+extern XtPerDisplay _XtSortPerDisplayList(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+extern XtPerDisplay _XtGetPerDisplay(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+extern XtPerDisplayInputRec* _XtGetPerDisplayInput(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+#if 0
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#define _XtGetPerDisplay(display) \
+ ((_XtperDisplayList != NULL && (_XtperDisplayList->dpy == (display))) \
+ ? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy \
+ : _XtSortPerDisplayList(display))
+#define _XtGetPerDisplayInput(display) \
+ ((_XtperDisplayList != NULL && (_XtperDisplayList->dpy == (display))) \
+ ? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy.pdi \
+ : &_XtSortPerDisplayList(display)->pdi)
+#else
+#define _XtGetPerDisplay(display) \
+ ((_XtperDisplayList->dpy == (display)) \
+ ? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy \
+ : _XtSortPerDisplayList(display))
+#define _XtGetPerDisplayInput(display) \
+ ((_XtperDisplayList->dpy == (display)) \
+ ? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy.pdi \
+ : &_XtSortPerDisplayList(display)->pdi)
+#endif /*DEBUG*/
+#endif
+
+extern void _XtDisplayInitialize(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XtPerDisplay /* pd */,
+ _Xconst char* /* name */,
+ XrmOptionDescRec* /* urlist */,
+ Cardinal /* num_urs */,
+ int* /* argc */,
+ char** /* argv */
+);
+
+extern void _XtCacheFlushTag(
+ XtAppContext /* app */,
+ XtPointer /* tag */
+);
+
+extern void _XtFreeActions(
+ struct _ActionListRec* /* action_table */
+);
+
+extern void _XtDoPhase2Destroy(
+ XtAppContext /* app */,
+ int /* dispatch_level */
+);
+
+extern void _XtDoFreeBindings(
+ XtAppContext /* app */
+);
+
+extern void _XtExtensionSelect(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+#define _XtSafeToDestroy(app) ((app)->dispatch_level == 0)
+
+extern void _XtAllocWWTable(
+ XtPerDisplay pd
+);
+
+extern void _XtFreeWWTable(
+ XtPerDisplay pd
+);
+
+extern String _XtGetUserName(String dest, int len);
+extern XrmDatabase _XtPreparseCommandLine(XrmOptionDescRec *urlist,
+ Cardinal num_urs, int argc, String *argv,
+ String *applName, String *displayName,
+ String *language);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtinitialI_h */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _XtIntrinsic_h
+#define _XtIntrinsic_h
+
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xutil.h>
+#include <X11/Xresource.h>
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+#ifdef XT_BC
+#include <X11/Xos.h> /* for R4 compatibility */
+#else
+#include <X11/Xosdefs.h>
+#include <string.h> /* for XtNewString */
+#endif /* XT_BC else */
+
+#define XtSpecificationRelease 6
+
+typedef char *String;
+
+/* We do this in order to get "const" declarations to work right. We
+ * use _XtString instead of String so that C++ applications can
+ * #define String to something else if they choose, to avoid conflicts
+ * with other C++ libraries.
+ */
+#define _XtString char*
+
+/* _Xt names are private to Xt implementation, do not use in client code */
+#if NeedWidePrototypes
+#define _XtBoolean int
+#define _XtDimension unsigned int
+#define _XtKeyCode unsigned int
+#define _XtPosition int
+#define _XtXtEnum unsigned int
+#else
+#define _XtBoolean Boolean
+#define _XtDimension Dimension
+#define _XtKeyCode KeyCode
+#define _XtPosition Position
+#define _XtXtEnum XtEnum
+#endif /* NeedWidePrototypes */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef VMS
+#define externalref globalref
+#define externaldef(psect) globaldef {"psect"} noshare
+#else
+#define externalref extern
+#define externaldef(psect)
+#endif /* VMS */
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE 1
+#endif
+
+#define XtNumber(arr) ((Cardinal) (sizeof(arr) / sizeof(arr[0])))
+
+typedef struct _WidgetRec *Widget;
+typedef Widget *WidgetList;
+typedef struct _WidgetClassRec *WidgetClass;
+typedef struct _CompositeRec *CompositeWidget;
+typedef struct _XtActionsRec *XtActionList;
+typedef struct _XtEventRec *XtEventTable;
+
+typedef struct _XtAppStruct *XtAppContext;
+typedef unsigned long XtValueMask;
+typedef unsigned long XtIntervalId;
+typedef unsigned long XtInputId;
+typedef unsigned long XtWorkProcId;
+typedef unsigned long XtSignalId;
+typedef unsigned int XtGeometryMask;
+typedef unsigned long XtGCMask; /* Mask of values that are used by widget*/
+typedef unsigned long Pixel; /* Index into colormap */
+typedef int XtCacheType;
+#define XtCacheNone 0x001
+#define XtCacheAll 0x002
+#define XtCacheByDisplay 0x003
+#define XtCacheRefCount 0x100
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * System Dependent Definitions; see spec for specific range
+ * requirements. Do not assume every implementation uses the
+ * same base types!
+ *
+ *
+ * XtArgVal ought to be a union of XtPointer, char *, long, int *, and proc *
+ * but casting to union types is not really supported.
+ *
+ * So the typedef for XtArgVal should be chosen such that
+ *
+ * sizeof (XtArgVal) >= sizeof(XtPointer)
+ * sizeof(char *)
+ * sizeof(long)
+ * sizeof(int *)
+ * sizeof(proc *)
+ *
+ * ArgLists rely heavily on the above typedef.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+#ifdef CRAY
+typedef long Boolean;
+typedef char* XtArgVal;
+typedef long XtEnum;
+#else
+typedef char Boolean;
+typedef long XtArgVal;
+typedef unsigned char XtEnum;
+#endif
+
+typedef unsigned int Cardinal;
+typedef unsigned short Dimension; /* Size in pixels */
+typedef short Position; /* Offset from 0 coordinate */
+
+typedef void* XtPointer;
+
+/* The type Opaque is NOT part of the Xt standard, do NOT use it. */
+/* (It remains here only for backward compatibility.) */
+typedef XtPointer Opaque;
+
+#include <X11/Core.h>
+#include <X11/Composite.h>
+#include <X11/Constraint.h>
+#include <X11/Object.h>
+#include <X11/RectObj.h>
+
+typedef struct _TranslationData *XtTranslations;
+typedef struct _TranslationData *XtAccelerators;
+typedef unsigned int Modifiers;
+
+typedef void (*XtActionProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+typedef XtActionProc* XtBoundActions;
+
+typedef struct _XtActionsRec{
+ String string;
+ XtActionProc proc;
+} XtActionsRec;
+
+typedef enum {
+/* address mode parameter representation */
+/* ------------ ------------------------ */
+ XtAddress, /* address */
+ XtBaseOffset, /* offset */
+ XtImmediate, /* constant */
+ XtResourceString, /* resource name string */
+ XtResourceQuark, /* resource name quark */
+ XtWidgetBaseOffset, /* offset from ancestor */
+ XtProcedureArg /* procedure to invoke */
+} XtAddressMode;
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtAddressMode address_mode;
+ XtPointer address_id;
+ Cardinal size;
+} XtConvertArgRec, *XtConvertArgList;
+
+typedef void (*XtConvertArgProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Cardinal* /* size */,
+ XrmValue* /* value */
+);
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtGeometryMask request_mode;
+ Position x, y;
+ Dimension width, height, border_width;
+ Widget sibling;
+ int stack_mode; /* Above, Below, TopIf, BottomIf, Opposite, DontChange */
+} XtWidgetGeometry;
+
+/* Additions to Xlib geometry requests: ask what would happen, don't do it */
+#define XtCWQueryOnly (1 << 7)
+
+/* Additions to Xlib stack modes: don't change stack order */
+#define XtSMDontChange 5
+
+typedef void (*XtConverter)( /* obsolete */
+ XrmValue* /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValue* /* from */,
+ XrmValue* /* to */
+);
+
+typedef Boolean (*XtTypeConverter)(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValue* /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValue* /* from */,
+ XrmValue* /* to */,
+ XtPointer* /* converter_data */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtDestructor)(
+ XtAppContext /* app */,
+ XrmValue* /* to */,
+ XtPointer /* converter_data */,
+ XrmValue* /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */
+);
+
+typedef Opaque XtCacheRef;
+
+typedef Opaque XtActionHookId;
+
+typedef void (*XtActionHookProc)(
+ Widget /* w */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */,
+ String /* action_name */,
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+typedef unsigned long XtBlockHookId;
+
+typedef void (*XtBlockHookProc)(
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtKeyProc)(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ _XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
+ Modifiers /* modifiers */,
+ Modifiers* /* modifiers_return */,
+ KeySym* /* keysym_return */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtCaseProc)(
+ Display* /* display */,
+ KeySym /* keysym */,
+ KeySym* /* lower_return */,
+ KeySym* /* upper_return */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtEventHandler)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ Boolean* /* continue_to_dispatch */
+);
+typedef unsigned long EventMask;
+
+typedef enum {XtListHead, XtListTail } XtListPosition;
+
+typedef unsigned long XtInputMask;
+#define XtInputNoneMask 0L
+#define XtInputReadMask (1L<<0)
+#define XtInputWriteMask (1L<<1)
+#define XtInputExceptMask (1L<<2)
+
+typedef void (*XtTimerCallbackProc)(
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XtIntervalId* /* id */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtInputCallbackProc)(
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ int* /* source */,
+ XtInputId* /* id */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtSignalCallbackProc)(
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XtSignalId* /* id */
+);
+
+typedef struct {
+ String name;
+ XtArgVal value;
+} Arg, *ArgList;
+
+typedef XtPointer XtVarArgsList;
+
+typedef void (*XtCallbackProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */, /* data the application registered */
+ XtPointer /* call_data */ /* callback specific data */
+);
+
+typedef struct _XtCallbackRec {
+ XtCallbackProc callback;
+ XtPointer closure;
+} XtCallbackRec, *XtCallbackList;
+
+typedef enum {
+ XtCallbackNoList,
+ XtCallbackHasNone,
+ XtCallbackHasSome
+} XtCallbackStatus;
+
+typedef enum {
+ XtGeometryYes, /* Request accepted. */
+ XtGeometryNo, /* Request denied. */
+ XtGeometryAlmost, /* Request denied, but willing to take replyBox. */
+ XtGeometryDone /* Request accepted and done. */
+} XtGeometryResult;
+
+typedef enum {XtGrabNone, XtGrabNonexclusive, XtGrabExclusive} XtGrabKind;
+
+typedef struct {
+ Widget shell_widget;
+ Widget enable_widget;
+} XtPopdownIDRec, *XtPopdownID;
+
+typedef struct _XtResource {
+ String resource_name; /* Resource name */
+ String resource_class; /* Resource class */
+ String resource_type; /* Representation type desired */
+ Cardinal resource_size; /* Size in bytes of representation */
+ Cardinal resource_offset;/* Offset from base to put resource value */
+ String default_type; /* representation type of specified default */
+ XtPointer default_addr; /* Address of default resource */
+} XtResource, *XtResourceList;
+
+typedef void (*XtResourceDefaultProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ int /* offset */,
+ XrmValue* /* value */
+);
+
+typedef String (*XtLanguageProc)(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ String /* xnl */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtErrorMsgHandler)(
+ String /* name */,
+ String /* type */,
+ String /* class */,
+ String /* default */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtErrorHandler)(
+ String /* msg */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtCreatePopupChildProc)(
+ Widget /* shell */
+);
+
+typedef Boolean (*XtWorkProc)(
+ XtPointer /* closure */ /* data the application registered */
+);
+
+typedef struct {
+ char match;
+ String substitution;
+} SubstitutionRec, *Substitution;
+
+typedef Boolean (*XtFilePredicate)(
+ String /* filename */
+);
+
+typedef XtPointer XtRequestId;
+
+typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom* /* selection */,
+ Atom* /* target */,
+ Atom* /* type_return */,
+ XtPointer* /* value_return */,
+ unsigned long* /* length_return */,
+ int* /* format_return */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom* /* selection */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom* /* selection */,
+ Atom* /* target */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtSelectionCallbackProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ Atom* /* selection */,
+ Atom* /* type */,
+ XtPointer /* value */,
+ unsigned long* /* length */,
+ int* /* format */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionIncrProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom* /* selection */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom* /* selection */,
+ Atom* /* target */,
+ XtRequestId* /* receiver_id */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom* /* selection */,
+ Atom* /* target */,
+ Atom* /* type */,
+ XtPointer* /* value */,
+ unsigned long* /* length */,
+ int* /* format */,
+ unsigned long* /* max_length */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */,
+ XtRequestId* /* receiver_id */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtCancelConvertSelectionProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom* /* selection */,
+ Atom* /* target */,
+ XtRequestId* /* receiver_id */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+typedef Boolean (*XtEventDispatchProc)(
+ XEvent* /* event */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtExtensionSelectProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ int* /* event_types */,
+ XtPointer* /* select_data */,
+ int /* count */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+/***************************************************************
+ *
+ * Exported Interfaces
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern Boolean XtConvertAndStore(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
+ XrmValue* /* from */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
+ XrmValue* /* to_in_out */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCallConverter(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XtTypeConverter /* converter */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* from */,
+ XrmValue* /* to_in_out */,
+ XtCacheRef* /* cache_ref_return */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtDispatchEvent(
+ XEvent* /* event */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCallAcceptFocus(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Time* /* time */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtPeekEvent( /* obsolete */
+ XEvent* /* event_return */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtAppPeekEvent(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XEvent* /* event_return */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtIsSubclass(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ WidgetClass /* widgetClass */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtIsObject(
+ Widget /* object */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtCheckSubclassFlag( /* implementation-private */
+ Widget /* object */,
+ _XtXtEnum /* type_flag */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtIsSubclassOf( /* implementation-private */
+ Widget /* object */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ WidgetClass /* flag_class */,
+ _XtXtEnum /* type_flag */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtIsManaged(
+ Widget /* rectobj */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtIsRealized(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtIsSensitive(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtOwnSelection(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ Time /* time */,
+ XtConvertSelectionProc /* convert */,
+ XtLoseSelectionProc /* lose */,
+ XtSelectionDoneProc /* done */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtOwnSelectionIncremental(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ Time /* time */,
+ XtConvertSelectionIncrProc /* convert_callback */,
+ XtLoseSelectionIncrProc /* lose_callback */,
+ XtSelectionDoneIncrProc /* done_callback */,
+ XtCancelConvertSelectionProc /* cancel_callback */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+extern XtGeometryResult XtMakeResizeRequest(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtDimension /* width */,
+ _XtDimension /* height */,
+ Dimension* /* width_return */,
+ Dimension* /* height_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtTranslateCoords(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtPosition /* x */,
+ _XtPosition /* y */,
+ Position* /* rootx_return */,
+ Position* /* rooty_return */
+);
+
+extern KeySym* XtGetKeysymTable(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ KeyCode* /* min_keycode_return */,
+ int* /* keysyms_per_keycode_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtKeysymToKeycodeList(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ KeySym /* keysym */,
+ KeyCode** /* keycodes_return */,
+ Cardinal* /* keycount_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtStringConversionWarning( /* obsolete */
+ _Xconst _XtString /* from_value */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* to_type */
+);
+
+extern void XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* from_value */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* to_type */
+);
+
+externalref XtConvertArgRec const colorConvertArgs[];
+externalref XtConvertArgRec const screenConvertArg[];
+
+extern void XtAppAddConverter( /* obsolete */
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
+ XtConverter /* converter */,
+ XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern void XtAddConverter( /* obsolete */
+ _Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
+ XtConverter /* converter */,
+ XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetTypeConverter(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
+ XtTypeConverter /* converter */,
+ XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */,
+ XtCacheType /* cache_type */,
+ XtDestructor /* destructor */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppSetTypeConverter(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
+ XtTypeConverter /* converter */,
+ XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */,
+ XtCacheType /* cache_type */,
+ XtDestructor /* destructor */
+);
+
+extern void XtConvert( /* obsolete */
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
+ XrmValue* /* from */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
+ XrmValue* /* to_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtDirectConvert( /* obsolete */
+ XtConverter /* converter */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* from */,
+ XrmValue* /* to_return */
+);
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Translation Management
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+extern XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* table */
+);
+
+extern XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* source */
+);
+
+extern void XtOverrideTranslations(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtTranslations /* translations */
+);
+
+extern void XtAugmentTranslations(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtTranslations /* translations */
+);
+
+extern void XtInstallAccelerators(
+ Widget /* destination */,
+ Widget /* source */
+);
+
+extern void XtInstallAllAccelerators(
+ Widget /* destination */,
+ Widget /* source */
+);
+
+extern void XtUninstallTranslations(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppAddActions(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtActionList /* actions */,
+ Cardinal /* num_actions */
+);
+
+extern void XtAddActions( /* obsolete */
+ XtActionList /* actions */,
+ Cardinal /* num_actions */
+);
+
+extern XtActionHookId XtAppAddActionHook(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtActionHookProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveActionHook(
+ XtActionHookId /* id */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetActionList(
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ XtActionList* /* actions_return */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_actions_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtCallActionProc(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* action */,
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal /* num_params */
+);
+
+extern void XtRegisterGrabAction(
+ XtActionProc /* action_proc */,
+ _XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
+ unsigned int /* event_mask */,
+ int /* pointer_mode */,
+ int /* keyboard_mode */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetMultiClickTime(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ int /* milliseconds */
+);
+
+extern int XtGetMultiClickTime(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+extern KeySym XtGetActionKeysym(
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ Modifiers* /* modifiers_return */
+);
+
+/***************************************************************
+ *
+ * Keycode and Keysym procedures for translation management
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+extern void XtTranslateKeycode(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ _XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
+ Modifiers /* modifiers */,
+ Modifiers* /* modifiers_return */,
+ KeySym* /* keysym_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtTranslateKey(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ _XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
+ Modifiers /* modifiers */,
+ Modifiers* /* modifiers_return */,
+ KeySym* /* keysym_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetKeyTranslator(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XtKeyProc /* proc */
+);
+
+extern void XtRegisterCaseConverter(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XtCaseProc /* proc */,
+ KeySym /* start */,
+ KeySym /* stop */
+);
+
+extern void XtConvertCase(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ KeySym /* keysym */,
+ KeySym* /* lower_return */,
+ KeySym* /* upper_return */
+);
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Event Management
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+/* XtAllEvents is valid only for XtRemoveEventHandler and
+ * XtRemoveRawEventHandler; don't use it to select events!
+ */
+#define XtAllEvents ((EventMask) -1L)
+
+extern void XtAddEventHandler(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ EventMask /* event_mask */,
+ _XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
+ XtEventHandler /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveEventHandler(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ EventMask /* event_mask */,
+ _XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
+ XtEventHandler /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtAddRawEventHandler(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ EventMask /* event_mask */,
+ _XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
+ XtEventHandler /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveRawEventHandler(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ EventMask /* event_mask */,
+ _XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
+ XtEventHandler /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtInsertEventHandler(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ EventMask /* event_mask */,
+ _XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
+ XtEventHandler /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XtListPosition /* position */
+);
+
+extern void XtInsertRawEventHandler(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ EventMask /* event_mask */,
+ _XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
+ XtEventHandler /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XtListPosition /* position */
+);
+
+extern XtEventDispatchProc XtSetEventDispatcher(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ int /* event_type */,
+ XtEventDispatchProc /* proc */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtDispatchEventToWidget(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XEvent* /* event */
+);
+
+extern void XtInsertEventTypeHandler(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ int /* type */,
+ XtPointer /* select_data */,
+ XtEventHandler /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XtListPosition /* position */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ int /* type */,
+ XtPointer /* select_data */,
+ XtEventHandler /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern EventMask XtBuildEventMask(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void XtRegisterExtensionSelector(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ int /* min_event_type */,
+ int /* max_event_type */,
+ XtExtensionSelectProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtAddGrab(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtBoolean /* exclusive */,
+ _XtBoolean /* spring_loaded */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveGrab(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void XtProcessEvent( /* obsolete */
+ XtInputMask /* mask */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppProcessEvent(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtInputMask /* mask */
+);
+
+extern void XtMainLoop( /* obsolete */
+ void
+);
+
+extern void XtAppMainLoop(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+extern void XtAddExposureToRegion(
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ Region /* region */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetKeyboardFocus(
+ Widget /* subtree */,
+ Widget /* descendent */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern XEvent* XtLastEventProcessed(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+extern Time XtLastTimestampProcessed(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Event Gathering Routines
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+extern XtIntervalId XtAddTimeOut( /* obsolete */
+ unsigned long /* interval */,
+ XtTimerCallbackProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ unsigned long /* interval */,
+ XtTimerCallbackProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveTimeOut(
+ XtIntervalId /* timer */
+);
+
+extern XtInputId XtAddInput( /* obsolete */
+ int /* source */,
+ XtPointer /* condition */,
+ XtInputCallbackProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern XtInputId XtAppAddInput(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ int /* source */,
+ XtPointer /* condition */,
+ XtInputCallbackProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveInput(
+ XtInputId /* id */
+);
+
+extern XtSignalId XtAddSignal(
+ XtSignalCallbackProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */);
+
+extern XtSignalId XtAppAddSignal(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtSignalCallbackProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveSignal(
+ XtSignalId /* id */
+);
+
+extern void XtNoticeSignal(
+ XtSignalId /* id */
+);
+
+extern void XtNextEvent( /* obsolete */
+ XEvent* /* event */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppNextEvent(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XEvent* /* event_return */
+);
+
+#define XtIMXEvent 1
+#define XtIMTimer 2
+#define XtIMAlternateInput 4
+#define XtIMSignal 8
+#define XtIMAll (XtIMXEvent | XtIMTimer | XtIMAlternateInput | XtIMSignal)
+
+extern Boolean XtPending( /* obsolete */
+ void
+);
+
+extern XtInputMask XtAppPending(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+extern XtBlockHookId XtAppAddBlockHook(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtBlockHookProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveBlockHook(
+ XtBlockHookId /* id */
+);
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Random utility routines
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+#define XtIsRectObj(object) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, (XtEnum)0x02))
+#define XtIsWidget(object) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, (XtEnum)0x04))
+#define XtIsComposite(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x08))
+#define XtIsConstraint(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x10))
+#define XtIsShell(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x20))
+
+#undef XtIsOverrideShell
+extern Boolean XtIsOverrideShell(Widget /* object */);
+#define XtIsOverrideShell(widget) \
+ (_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)overrideShellWidgetClass, \
+ (WidgetClass)shellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x20))
+
+#define XtIsWMShell(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x40))
+
+#undef XtIsVendorShell
+extern Boolean XtIsVendorShell(Widget /* object */);
+#define XtIsVendorShell(widget) \
+ (_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)vendorShellWidgetClass, \
+ (WidgetClass)wmShellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x40))
+
+#undef XtIsTransientShell
+extern Boolean XtIsTransientShell(Widget /* object */);
+#define XtIsTransientShell(widget) \
+ (_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)transientShellWidgetClass, \
+ (WidgetClass)wmShellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x40))
+#define XtIsTopLevelShell(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x80))
+
+#undef XtIsApplicationShell
+extern Boolean XtIsApplicationShell(Widget /* object */);
+#define XtIsApplicationShell(widget) \
+ (_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)applicationShellWidgetClass, \
+ (WidgetClass)topLevelShellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x80))
+
+#undef XtIsSessionShell
+extern Boolean XtIsSessionShell(Widget /* object */);
+#define XtIsSessionShell(widget) \
+ (_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)sessionShellWidgetClass, \
+ (WidgetClass)topLevelShellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x80))
+
+extern void XtRealizeWidget(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+void XtUnrealizeWidget(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void XtDestroyWidget(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetSensitive(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtBoolean /* sensitive */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtBoolean /* mapped_when_managed */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtNameToWidget(
+ Widget /* reference */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* names */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtWindowToWidget(
+ Display* /* display */,
+ Window /* window */
+);
+
+extern XtPointer XtGetClassExtension(
+ WidgetClass /* object_class */,
+ Cardinal /* byte_offset */,
+ XrmQuark /* type */,
+ long /* version */,
+ Cardinal /* record_size */
+);
+
+/***************************************************************
+ *
+ * Arg lists
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+
+#define XtSetArg(arg, n, d) \
+ ((void)( (arg).name = (n), (arg).value = (XtArgVal)(d) ))
+
+extern ArgList XtMergeArgLists(
+ ArgList /* args1 */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args1 */,
+ ArgList /* args2 */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args2 */
+);
+
+/***************************************************************
+ *
+ * Vararg lists
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+#define XtVaNestedList "XtVaNestedList"
+#define XtVaTypedArg "XtVaTypedArg"
+
+extern XtVarArgsList XtVaCreateArgsList(
+ XtPointer /*unused*/, ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+/*************************************************************
+ *
+ * Information routines
+ *
+ ************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtIntrinsicP_h
+
+/* We're not included from the private file, so define these */
+
+extern Display *XtDisplay(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern Display *XtDisplayOfObject(
+ Widget /* object */
+);
+
+extern Screen *XtScreen(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern Screen *XtScreenOfObject(
+ Widget /* object */
+);
+
+extern Window XtWindow(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern Window XtWindowOfObject(
+ Widget /* object */
+);
+
+extern String XtName(
+ Widget /* object */
+);
+
+extern WidgetClass XtSuperclass(
+ Widget /* object */
+);
+
+extern WidgetClass XtClass(
+ Widget /* object */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtParent(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+#endif /*_XtIntrinsicP_h*/
+
+#undef XtMapWidget
+extern void XtMapWidget(Widget /* w */);
+#define XtMapWidget(widget) XMapWindow(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget))
+
+#undef XtUnmapWidget
+extern void XtUnmapWidget(Widget /* w */);
+#define XtUnmapWidget(widget) \
+ XUnmapWindow(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget))
+
+extern void XtAddCallback(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
+ XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveCallback(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
+ XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtAddCallbacks(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
+ XtCallbackList /* callbacks */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveCallbacks(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
+ XtCallbackList /* callbacks */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveAllCallbacks(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */
+);
+
+
+extern void XtCallCallbacks(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
+ XtPointer /* call_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtCallCallbackList(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtCallbackList /* callbacks */,
+ XtPointer /* call_data */
+);
+
+extern XtCallbackStatus XtHasCallbacks(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */
+);
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Geometry Management
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+
+extern XtGeometryResult XtMakeGeometryRequest(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* request */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* reply_return */
+);
+
+extern XtGeometryResult XtQueryGeometry(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* intended */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* preferred_return */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtCreatePopupShell(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ WidgetClass /* widgetClass */,
+ Widget /* parent */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtVaCreatePopupShell(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ WidgetClass /* widgetClass */,
+ Widget /* parent */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern void XtPopup(
+ Widget /* popup_shell */,
+ XtGrabKind /* grab_kind */
+);
+
+extern void XtPopupSpringLoaded(
+ Widget /* popup_shell */
+);
+
+extern void XtCallbackNone(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XtPointer /* call_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtCallbackNonexclusive(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XtPointer /* call_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtCallbackExclusive(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XtPointer /* call_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtPopdown(
+ Widget /* popup_shell */
+);
+
+extern void XtCallbackPopdown(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XtPointer /* call_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtMenuPopupAction(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtCreateWidget(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ Widget /* parent */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtCreateManagedWidget(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ Widget /* parent */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtVaCreateWidget(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget */,
+ Widget /* parent */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern Widget XtVaCreateManagedWidget(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ Widget /* parent */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern Widget XtCreateApplicationShell( /* obsolete */
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtAppCreateShell(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ Display* /* display */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtVaAppCreateShell(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ Display* /* display */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Toolkit initialization
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+extern void XtToolkitInitialize(
+ void
+);
+
+extern XtLanguageProc XtSetLanguageProc(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtLanguageProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtDisplayInitialize(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
+ XrmOptionDescRec* /* options */,
+ Cardinal /* num_options */,
+ int* /* argc */,
+ char** /* argv */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtOpenApplication(
+ XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
+ XrmOptionDescList /* options */,
+ Cardinal /* num_options */,
+ int* /* argc_in_out */,
+ String* /* argv_in_out */,
+ String* /* fallback_resources */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtVaOpenApplication(
+ XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
+ XrmOptionDescList /* options */,
+ Cardinal /* num_options */,
+ int* /* argc_in_out */,
+ String* /* argv_in_out */,
+ String* /* fallback_resources */,
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern Widget XtAppInitialize( /* obsolete */
+ XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
+ XrmOptionDescList /* options */,
+ Cardinal /* num_options */,
+ int* /* argc_in_out */,
+ String* /* argv_in_out */,
+ String* /* fallback_resources */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtVaAppInitialize( /* obsolete */
+ XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
+ XrmOptionDescList /* options */,
+ Cardinal /* num_options */,
+ int* /* argc_in_out */,
+ String* /* argv_in_out */,
+ String* /* fallback_resources */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern Widget XtInitialize( /* obsolete */
+ _Xconst _XtString /* shell_name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
+ XrmOptionDescRec* /* options */,
+ Cardinal /* num_options */,
+ int* /* argc */,
+ char** /* argv */
+);
+
+extern Display *XtOpenDisplay(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* display_string */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
+ XrmOptionDescRec* /* options */,
+ Cardinal /* num_options */,
+ int* /* argc */,
+ char** /* argv */
+);
+
+extern XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext(
+ void
+);
+
+extern void XtAppSetFallbackResources(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ String* /* specification_list */
+);
+
+extern void XtDestroyApplicationContext(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+extern void XtInitializeWidgetClass(
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */
+);
+
+extern XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern XtAppContext XtDisplayToApplicationContext(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+extern XrmDatabase XtDatabase(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+extern XrmDatabase XtScreenDatabase(
+ Screen* /* screen */
+);
+
+extern void XtCloseDisplay(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetApplicationResources(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* base */,
+ XtResourceList /* resources */,
+ Cardinal /* num_resources */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern void XtVaGetApplicationResources(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* base */,
+ XtResourceList /* resources */,
+ Cardinal /* num_resources */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern void XtGetSubresources(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* base */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* class */,
+ XtResourceList /* resources */,
+ Cardinal /* num_resources */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern void XtVaGetSubresources(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* base */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* class */,
+ XtResourceList /* resources */,
+ Cardinal /* num_resources */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern void XtSetValues(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern void XtVaSetValues(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern void XtGetValues(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern void XtVaGetValues(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern void XtSetSubvalues(
+ XtPointer /* base */,
+ XtResourceList /* resources */,
+ Cardinal /* num_resources */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern void XtVaSetSubvalues(
+ XtPointer /* base */,
+ XtResourceList /* resources */,
+ Cardinal /* num_resources */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern void XtGetSubvalues(
+ XtPointer /* base */,
+ XtResourceList /* resources */,
+ Cardinal /* num_resources */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern void XtVaGetSubvalues(
+ XtPointer /* base */,
+ XtResourceList /* resources */,
+ Cardinal /* num_resources */,
+ ...
+) _X_SENTINEL(0);
+
+extern void XtGetResourceList(
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ XtResourceList* /* resources_return */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_resources_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetConstraintResourceList(
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ XtResourceList* /* resources_return */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_resources_return */
+);
+
+#define XtUnspecifiedPixmap ((Pixmap)2)
+#define XtUnspecifiedShellInt (-1)
+#define XtUnspecifiedWindow ((Window)2)
+#define XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup ((Window)3)
+#define XtCurrentDirectory "XtCurrentDirectory"
+#define XtDefaultForeground "XtDefaultForeground"
+#define XtDefaultBackground "XtDefaultBackground"
+#define XtDefaultFont "XtDefaultFont"
+#define XtDefaultFontSet "XtDefaultFontSet"
+
+#if defined(CRAY)
+#define XtOffset(p_type,field) _Offsetof(p_type,field)
+#else /* ! CRAY */
+#define XtOffset(p_type,field) \
+ ((Cardinal) (((char *) (&(((p_type)NULL)->field))) - ((char *) NULL)))
+#endif /* !CRAY */
+
+#ifdef offsetof
+#define XtOffsetOf(s_type,field) offsetof(s_type,field)
+#else
+#define XtOffsetOf(s_type,field) XtOffset(s_type*,field)
+#endif
+
+/*************************************************************
+ *
+ * Session Management
+ *
+ ************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct _XtCheckpointTokenRec {
+ int save_type;
+ int interact_style;
+ Boolean shutdown;
+ Boolean fast;
+ Boolean cancel_shutdown;
+ int phase;
+ int interact_dialog_type; /* return */
+ Boolean request_cancel; /* return */
+ Boolean request_next_phase; /* return */
+ Boolean save_success; /* return */
+ int type; /* implementation private */
+ Widget widget; /* implementation private */
+} XtCheckpointTokenRec, *XtCheckpointToken;
+
+XtCheckpointToken XtSessionGetToken(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+void XtSessionReturnToken(
+ XtCheckpointToken /* token */
+);
+
+/*************************************************************
+ *
+ * Error Handling
+ *
+ ************************************************************/
+
+extern XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtErrorMsgHandler /* handler */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetErrorMsgHandler( /* obsolete */
+ XtErrorMsgHandler /* handler */
+);
+
+extern XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtErrorMsgHandler /* handler */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetWarningMsgHandler( /* obsolete */
+ XtErrorMsgHandler /* handler */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppErrorMsg(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* class */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* default */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+extern void XtErrorMsg( /* obsolete */
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* class */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* default */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppWarningMsg(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* class */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* default */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+extern void XtWarningMsg( /* obsolete */
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* class */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* default */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+extern XtErrorHandler XtAppSetErrorHandler(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtErrorHandler /* handler */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetErrorHandler( /* obsolete */
+ XtErrorHandler /* handler */
+);
+
+extern XtErrorHandler XtAppSetWarningHandler(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtErrorHandler /* handler */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetWarningHandler( /* obsolete */
+ XtErrorHandler /* handler */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppError(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* message */
+);
+
+extern void XtError( /* obsolete */
+ _Xconst _XtString /* message */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppWarning(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* message */
+);
+
+extern void XtWarning( /* obsolete */
+ _Xconst _XtString /* message */
+);
+
+extern XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+extern XrmDatabase *XtGetErrorDatabase( /* obsolete */
+ void
+);
+
+extern void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* class */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* default */,
+ String /* buffer_return */,
+ int /* nbytes */,
+ XrmDatabase /* database */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetErrorDatabaseText( /* obsolete */
+ _Xconst _XtString /* name */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* class */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* default */,
+ String /* buffer_return */,
+ int /* nbytes */
+);
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Memory Management
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+extern char *XtMalloc(
+ Cardinal /* size */
+);
+
+extern char *XtCalloc(
+ Cardinal /* num */,
+ Cardinal /* size */
+);
+
+extern char *XtRealloc(
+ char* /* ptr */,
+ Cardinal /* num */
+);
+
+extern void XtFree(
+ char* /* ptr */
+);
+
+#ifndef _X_RESTRICT_KYWD
+# define _X_RESTRICT_KYWD
+#endif
+extern Cardinal XtAsprintf(
+ String *new_string,
+ _Xconst char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format,
+ ...
+) _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,3);
+
+#ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY
+
+extern char *_XtMalloc( /* implementation-private */
+ Cardinal /* size */,
+ char * /* file */,
+ int /* line */
+);
+
+extern char *_XtRealloc( /* implementation-private */
+ char * /* ptr */,
+ Cardinal /* size */,
+ char * /* file */,
+ int /* line */
+);
+
+extern char *_XtCalloc( /* implementation-private */
+ Cardinal /* num */,
+ Cardinal /* size */,
+ char * /* file */,
+ int /* line */
+);
+
+extern void _XtFree( /* implementation-private */
+ char * /* ptr */
+);
+
+#define XtMalloc(size) _XtMalloc(size, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#define XtRealloc(ptr,size) _XtRealloc(ptr, size, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#define XtCalloc(num,size) _XtCalloc(num, size, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#define XtFree(ptr) _XtFree(ptr)
+
+#endif /* ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY */
+
+#define XtNew(type) ((type *) XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(type)))
+
+#undef XtNewString
+extern String XtNewString(String /* str */);
+#define XtNewString(str) \
+ ((str) != NULL ? (strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned)strlen(str) + 1), str)) : NULL)
+
+/*************************************************************
+ *
+ * Work procs
+ *
+ **************************************************************/
+
+extern XtWorkProcId XtAddWorkProc( /* obsolete */
+ XtWorkProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtWorkProc /* proc */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */
+);
+
+extern void XtRemoveWorkProc(
+ XtWorkProcId /* id */
+);
+
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Graphic Context Management
+ *****************************************************************/
+
+extern GC XtGetGC(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtGCMask /* valueMask */,
+ XGCValues* /* values */
+);
+
+extern GC XtAllocateGC(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Cardinal /* depth */,
+ XtGCMask /* valueMask */,
+ XGCValues* /* values */,
+ XtGCMask /* dynamicMask */,
+ XtGCMask /* unusedMask */
+);
+
+/* This implementation of XtDestroyGC differs from the formal specification
+ * for historic backwards compatibility reasons. As other implementations
+ * may conform to the spec, use of XtReleaseGC is strongly encouraged.
+ */
+extern void XtDestroyGC( /* obsolete */
+ GC /* gc */
+);
+
+extern void XtReleaseGC(
+ Widget /* object */,
+ GC /* gc */
+);
+
+
+
+extern void XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ XtCacheRef* /* cache_ref */
+);
+
+extern void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */, /* XtCacheRef */
+ XtPointer /* call_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */, /* XtCacheRef* */
+ XtPointer /* call_data */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetWMColormapWindows(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Widget* /* list */,
+ Cardinal /* count */
+);
+
+extern String XtFindFile(
+ _Xconst _XtString /* path */,
+ Substitution /* substitutions */,
+ Cardinal /* num_substitutions */,
+ XtFilePredicate /* predicate */
+);
+
+extern String XtResolvePathname(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* type */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* filename */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* suffix */,
+ _Xconst _XtString /* path */,
+ Substitution /* substitutions */,
+ Cardinal /* num_substitutions */,
+ XtFilePredicate /* predicate */
+);
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Selections
+ *
+ *****************************************************************/
+
+#define XT_CONVERT_FAIL (Atom)0x80000001
+
+extern void XtDisownSelection(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetSelectionValue(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ Atom /* target */,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc /* callback */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetSelectionValues(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ Atom* /* targets */,
+ int /* count */,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc /* callback */,
+ XtPointer* /* closures */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ unsigned long /* timeout */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetSelectionTimeout( /* obsolete */
+ unsigned long /* timeout */
+);
+
+extern unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+extern unsigned long XtGetSelectionTimeout( /* obsolete */
+ void
+);
+
+extern XSelectionRequestEvent *XtGetSelectionRequest(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ XtRequestId /* request_id */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetSelectionValueIncremental(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ Atom /* target */,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc /* selection_callback */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ Atom* /* targets */,
+ int /* count */,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc /* callback */,
+ XtPointer* /* client_data */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtSetSelectionParameters(
+ Widget /* requestor */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ Atom /* type */,
+ XtPointer /* value */,
+ unsigned long /* length */,
+ int /* format */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetSelectionParameters(
+ Widget /* owner */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ XtRequestId /* request_id */,
+ Atom* /* type_return */,
+ XtPointer* /* value_return */,
+ unsigned long* /* length_return */,
+ int* /* format_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtCreateSelectionRequest(
+ Widget /* requestor */,
+ Atom /* selection */
+);
+
+extern void XtSendSelectionRequest(
+ Widget /* requestor */,
+ Atom /* selection */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtCancelSelectionRequest(
+ Widget /* requestor */,
+ Atom /* selection */
+);
+
+extern Atom XtReservePropertyAtom(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void XtReleasePropertyAtom(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Atom /* selection */
+);
+
+extern void XtGrabKey(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
+ Modifiers /* modifiers */,
+ _XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
+ int /* pointer_mode */,
+ int /* keyboard_mode */
+);
+
+extern void XtUngrabKey(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
+ Modifiers /* modifiers */
+);
+
+extern int XtGrabKeyboard(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
+ int /* pointer_mode */,
+ int /* keyboard_mode */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtUngrabKeyboard(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtGrabButton(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ int /* button */,
+ Modifiers /* modifiers */,
+ _XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
+ unsigned int /* event_mask */,
+ int /* pointer_mode */,
+ int /* keyboard_mode */,
+ Window /* confine_to */,
+ Cursor /* cursor */
+);
+
+extern void XtUngrabButton(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ unsigned int /* button */,
+ Modifiers /* modifiers */
+);
+
+extern int XtGrabPointer(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
+ unsigned int /* event_mask */,
+ int /* pointer_mode */,
+ int /* keyboard_mode */,
+ Window /* confine_to */,
+ Cursor /* cursor */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtUngrabPointer(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Time /* time */
+);
+
+extern void XtGetApplicationNameAndClass(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ String* /* name_return */,
+ String* /* class_return */
+);
+
+extern void XtRegisterDrawable(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ Drawable /* drawable */,
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void XtUnregisterDrawable(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ Drawable /* drawable */
+);
+
+extern Widget XtHooksOfDisplay(
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+ ArgList args;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+} XtCreateHookDataRec, *XtCreateHookData;
+
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+ XtPointer event_data;
+ Cardinal num_event_data;
+} XtChangeHookDataRec, *XtChangeHookData;
+
+typedef struct {
+ Widget old, req;
+ ArgList args;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+} XtChangeHookSetValuesDataRec, *XtChangeHookSetValuesData;
+
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+ XtGeometryMask changeMask;
+ XWindowChanges changes;
+} XtConfigureHookDataRec, *XtConfigureHookData;
+
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+ XtWidgetGeometry* request;
+ XtWidgetGeometry* reply;
+ XtGeometryResult result;
+} XtGeometryHookDataRec, *XtGeometryHookData;
+
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+} XtDestroyHookDataRec, *XtDestroyHookData;
+
+extern void XtGetDisplays(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */,
+ Display*** /* dpy_return */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_dpy_return */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtToolkitThreadInitialize(
+ void
+);
+
+extern void XtAppSetExitFlag(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtAppGetExitFlag(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppLock(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+extern void XtAppUnlock(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+/*
+ * Predefined Resource Converters
+ */
+
+
+/* String converters */
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToAtom(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToBool(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToBoolean(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToCursor(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToDimension(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToDirectoryString(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToDisplay(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFile(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFloat(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFont(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFontSet(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display, locale */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFontStruct(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToGravity(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToInitialState(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToInt(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToPixel(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Screen, Colormap */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+#define XtCvtStringToPosition XtCvtStringToShort
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToRestartStyle(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToShort(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToTranslationTable(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtStringToVisual(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Screen, depth */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+/* int converters */
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtIntToBool(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtIntToBoolean(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtIntToColor(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Screen, Colormap */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+#define XtCvtIntToDimension XtCvtIntToShort
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtIntToFloat(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtIntToFont(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtIntToPixel(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtIntToPixmap(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+#define XtCvtIntToPosition XtCvtIntToShort
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtIntToShort(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+/* Color converter */
+
+extern Boolean XtCvtColorToPixel(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+/* Pixel converter */
+
+#define XtCvtPixelToColor XtCvtIntToColor
+
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /*_XtIntrinsic_h*/
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtintrinsicI_h
+#define _XtintrinsicI_h
+
+#include "Xtos.h"
+#include "IntrinsicP.h"
+#ifdef WIN32
+#define _WILLWINSOCK_
+#endif
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+
+#include "Object.h"
+#include "RectObj.h"
+#include "ObjectP.h"
+#include "RectObjP.h"
+
+#include "ConvertI.h"
+#include "TranslateI.h"
+
+#define RectObjClassFlag 0x02
+#define WidgetClassFlag 0x04
+#define CompositeClassFlag 0x08
+#define ConstraintClassFlag 0x10
+#define ShellClassFlag 0x20
+#define WMShellClassFlag 0x40
+#define TopLevelClassFlag 0x80
+
+/*
+ * The following macros, though very handy, are not suitable for
+ * IntrinsicP.h as they violate the rule that arguments are to
+ * be evaluated exactly once.
+ */
+
+#define XtDisplayOfObject(object) \
+ (XtIsWidget(object) ? (object)->core.screen->display : \
+ _XtIsHookObject(object) ? ((HookObject)(object))->hooks.screen->display : \
+ _XtWindowedAncestor(object)->core.screen->display)
+
+#define XtScreenOfObject(object) \
+ (XtIsWidget(object) ? (object)->core.screen : \
+ _XtIsHookObject(object) ? ((HookObject)(object))->hooks.screen : \
+ _XtWindowedAncestor(object)->core.screen)
+
+#define XtWindowOfObject(object) \
+ ((XtIsWidget(object) ? (object) : _XtWindowedAncestor(object)) \
+ ->core.window)
+
+#define XtIsManaged(object) \
+ (XtIsRectObj(object) ? (object)->core.managed : False)
+
+#define XtIsSensitive(object) \
+ (XtIsRectObj(object) ? ((object)->core.sensitive && \
+ (object)->core.ancestor_sensitive) : False)
+
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Byte utilities
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+#define _XBCOPYFUNC _XtBcopy
+#include <X11/Xfuncs.h>
+
+#define XtMemmove(dst, src, size) \
+ if ((char *)(dst) != (char *)(src)) { \
+ (void) memcpy((char *) (dst), (char *) (src), (int) (size)); \
+ }
+
+#define XtBZero(dst, size) \
+ bzero((char *) (dst), (int) (size))
+
+#define XtMemcmp(b1, b2, size) \
+ memcmp((char *) (b1), (char *) (b2), (int) (size))
+
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Stack cache allocation/free
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+#define XtStackAlloc(size, stack_cache_array) \
+ ((size) <= sizeof(stack_cache_array) \
+ ? (XtPointer)(stack_cache_array) \
+ : XtMalloc((unsigned)(size)))
+
+#define XtStackFree(pointer, stack_cache_array) \
+ { if ((pointer) != ((XtPointer)(stack_cache_array))) XtFree(pointer); }
+
+/***************************************************************
+ *
+ * Filename defines
+ *
+ **************************************************************/
+
+/* used by XtResolvePathname */
+#ifndef XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT
+#define XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT "/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%S"
+#endif
+
+/* the following two were both "X Toolkit " prior to R4 */
+#ifndef XTERROR_PREFIX
+#define XTERROR_PREFIX ""
+#endif
+
+#ifndef XTWARNING_PREFIX
+#define XTWARNING_PREFIX ""
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ERRORDB
+#define ERRORDB "/usr/lib/X11/XtErrorDB"
+#endif
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern String XtCXtToolkitError;
+
+extern void _XtAllocError(
+ String /* alloc_type */
+);
+
+extern void _XtCompileResourceList(
+ XtResourceList /* resources */,
+ Cardinal /* num_resources */
+);
+
+extern XtGeometryResult _XtMakeGeometryRequest(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* request */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* reply_return */,
+ Boolean* /* clear_rect_obj */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtIsHookObject(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void _XtAddShellToHookObj(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+/* GCManager.c */
+extern void _XtGClistFree(Display *dpy, XtPerDisplay pd);
+
+/** GeoTattler stuff */
+
+#ifdef XT_GEO_TATTLER
+
+extern void _XtGeoTab (int);
+extern void _XtGeoTrace (
+ Widget widget,
+ ...
+) _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,3);
+
+#define CALLGEOTAT(f) f
+
+#else /* XT_GEO_TATTLER */
+
+#define CALLGEOTAT(f)
+
+#endif /* XT_GEO_TATTLER */
+
+#ifndef XTTRACEMEMORY
+
+extern char* __XtMalloc (
+ unsigned /* size */
+);
+extern char* __XtCalloc (
+ unsigned /* num */,
+ unsigned /* size */
+);
+
+#else
+
+#define __XtMalloc XtMalloc
+#define __XtCalloc XtCalloc
+#endif
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtintrinsicI_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtintrinsicP_h
+#define _XtintrinsicP_h
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+
+/*
+ * Field sizes and offsets of XrmResource must match those of XtResource.
+ * Type long is used instead of XrmQuark here because XrmQuark and String
+ * are not the same size on all systems.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ long xrm_name; /* Resource name quark */
+ long xrm_class; /* Resource class quark */
+ long xrm_type; /* Resource representation type quark */
+ Cardinal xrm_size; /* Size in bytes of representation */
+ int xrm_offset; /* -offset-1 */
+ long xrm_default_type; /* Default representation type quark */
+ XtPointer xrm_default_addr; /* Default resource address */
+} XrmResource, *XrmResourceList;
+
+typedef unsigned long XtVersionType;
+
+#define XT_VERSION 11
+#ifndef XT_REVISION
+#define XT_REVISION 6
+#endif
+#define XtVersion (XT_VERSION * 1000 + XT_REVISION)
+#define XtVersionDontCheck 0
+
+typedef void (*XtProc)(
+ void
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtWidgetClassProc)(
+ WidgetClass /* class */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+typedef Boolean (*XtAcceptFocusProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ Time* /* time */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtArgsProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtInitProc)(
+ Widget /* request */,
+ Widget /* new */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */
+);
+
+typedef Boolean (*XtSetValuesFunc)(
+ Widget /* old */,
+ Widget /* request */,
+ Widget /* new */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */
+);
+
+typedef Boolean (*XtArgsFunc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtAlmostProc)(
+ Widget /* old */,
+ Widget /* new */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* request */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* reply */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtExposeProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ Region /* region */
+);
+
+/* compress_exposure options*/
+#define XtExposeNoCompress ((XtEnum)False)
+#define XtExposeCompressSeries ((XtEnum)True)
+#define XtExposeCompressMultiple 2
+#define XtExposeCompressMaximal 3
+
+/* modifiers */
+#define XtExposeGraphicsExpose 0x10
+#define XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged 0x20
+#define XtExposeNoExpose 0x40
+#define XtExposeNoRegion 0x80
+
+typedef void (*XtRealizeProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtValueMask* /* mask */,
+ XSetWindowAttributes* /* attributes */
+);
+
+typedef XtGeometryResult (*XtGeometryHandler)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* request */,
+ XtWidgetGeometry* /* reply */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtStringProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ String /* str */
+);
+
+typedef struct {
+ String name; /* resource name */
+ String type; /* representation type name */
+ XtArgVal value; /* representation */
+ int size; /* size of representation */
+} XtTypedArg, *XtTypedArgList;
+
+typedef void (*XtAllocateProc)(
+ WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
+ Cardinal * /* constraint_size */,
+ Cardinal * /* more_bytes */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal * /* num_args */,
+ XtTypedArgList /* typed_args */,
+ Cardinal * /* num_typed_args */,
+ Widget * /* widget_return */,
+ XtPointer * /* more_bytes_return */
+);
+
+typedef void (*XtDeallocateProc)(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* more_bytes */
+);
+
+struct _XtStateRec; /* Forward declare before use for C++ */
+
+typedef struct _XtTMRec {
+ XtTranslations translations; /* private to Translation Manager */
+ XtBoundActions proc_table; /* procedure bindings for actions */
+ struct _XtStateRec *current_state; /* Translation Manager state ptr */
+ unsigned long lastEventTime;
+} XtTMRec, *XtTM;
+
+#include <X11/CoreP.h>
+#include <X11/CompositeP.h>
+#include <X11/ConstrainP.h>
+#include <X11/ObjectP.h>
+#include <X11/RectObjP.h>
+
+#define XtDisplay(widget) DisplayOfScreen((widget)->core.screen)
+#define XtScreen(widget) ((widget)->core.screen)
+#define XtWindow(widget) ((widget)->core.window)
+
+#define XtClass(widget) ((widget)->core.widget_class)
+#define XtSuperclass(widget) (XtClass(widget)->core_class.superclass)
+#define XtIsRealized(object) (XtWindowOfObject(object) != None)
+#define XtParent(widget) ((widget)->core.parent)
+
+#undef XtIsRectObj
+extern Boolean XtIsRectObj(Widget);
+#define XtIsRectObj(obj) \
+ (((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x02)
+
+#undef XtIsWidget
+extern Boolean XtIsWidget(Widget);
+#define XtIsWidget(obj) \
+ (((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x04)
+
+#undef XtIsComposite
+extern Boolean XtIsComposite(Widget);
+#define XtIsComposite(obj) \
+ (((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x08)
+
+#undef XtIsConstraint
+extern Boolean XtIsConstraint(Widget);
+#define XtIsConstraint(obj) \
+ (((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x10)
+
+#undef XtIsShell
+extern Boolean XtIsShell(Widget);
+#define XtIsShell(obj) \
+ (((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x20)
+
+#undef XtIsWMShell
+extern Boolean XtIsWMShell(Widget);
+#define XtIsWMShell(obj) \
+ (((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x40)
+
+#undef XtIsTopLevelShell
+extern Boolean XtIsTopLevelShell(Widget);
+#define XtIsTopLevelShell(obj) \
+ (((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x80)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#define XtCheckSubclass(w, widget_class_ptr, message) \
+ if (!XtIsSubclass(((Widget)(w)), (widget_class_ptr))) { \
+ String params[3]; \
+ Cardinal num_params = 3; \
+ params[0] = ((Widget)(w))->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name;\
+ params[1] = (widget_class_ptr)->core_class.class_name; \
+ params[2] = (message); \
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)(w)), \
+ "subclassMismatch", "xtCheckSubclass", "XtToolkitError", \
+ "Widget class %s found when subclass of %s expected: %s",\
+ params, &num_params); \
+ }
+#else
+#define XtCheckSubclass(w, widget_class, message) /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern Widget _XtWindowedAncestor( /* internal; implementation-dependent */
+ Widget /* object */
+);
+
+extern void _XtInherit(
+ void
+);
+
+extern void _XtHandleFocus(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */,
+ XEvent * /* event */,
+ Boolean * /* cont */);
+
+extern void XtCreateWindow(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ unsigned int /* window_class */,
+ Visual* /* visual */,
+ XtValueMask /* value_mask */,
+ XSetWindowAttributes* /* attributes */
+);
+
+extern void XtResizeWidget(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtDimension /* width */,
+ _XtDimension /* height */,
+ _XtDimension /* border_width */
+);
+
+extern void XtMoveWidget(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtPosition /* x */,
+ _XtPosition /* y */
+);
+
+extern void XtConfigureWidget(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtPosition /* x */,
+ _XtPosition /* y */,
+ _XtDimension /* width */,
+ _XtDimension /* height */,
+ _XtDimension /* border_width */
+);
+
+extern void XtResizeWindow(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void XtProcessLock(
+ void
+);
+
+extern void XtProcessUnlock(
+ void
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtIntrinsicP_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtObject_h
+#define _XtObject_h
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+typedef struct _ObjectRec *Object;
+typedef struct _ObjectClassRec *ObjectClass;
+
+#ifndef VMS
+externalref WidgetClass objectClass;
+#endif
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtObject_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _Xt_ObjectP_h_
+#define _Xt_ObjectP_h_
+
+#include <X11/Object.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+/**********************************************************
+ * Object Instance Data Structures
+ *
+ **********************************************************/
+/* these fields match CorePart and can not be changed */
+
+typedef struct _ObjectPart {
+ Widget self; /* pointer to widget itself */
+ WidgetClass widget_class; /* pointer to Widget's ClassRec */
+ Widget parent; /* parent widget */
+ XrmName xrm_name; /* widget resource name quarkified */
+ Boolean being_destroyed; /* marked for destroy */
+ XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks; /* who to call when widget destroyed */
+ XtPointer constraints; /* constraint record */
+} ObjectPart;
+
+typedef struct _ObjectRec {
+ ObjectPart object;
+} ObjectRec;
+
+/********************************************************
+ * Object Class Data Structures
+ *
+ ********************************************************/
+/* these fields match CoreClassPart and can not be changed */
+/* ideally these structures would only contain the fields required;
+ but because the CoreClassPart cannot be changed at this late date
+ extraneous fields are necessary to make the field offsets match */
+
+typedef struct _ObjectClassPart {
+
+ WidgetClass superclass; /* pointer to superclass ClassRec */
+ String class_name; /* widget resource class name */
+ Cardinal widget_size; /* size in bytes of widget record */
+ XtProc class_initialize; /* class initialization proc */
+ XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; /* dynamic initialization */
+ XtEnum class_inited; /* has class been initialized? */
+ XtInitProc initialize; /* initialize subclass fields */
+ XtArgsProc initialize_hook; /* notify that initialize called */
+ XtProc obj1; /* NULL */
+ XtPointer obj2; /* NULL */
+ Cardinal obj3; /* NULL */
+ XtResourceList resources; /* resources for subclass fields */
+ Cardinal num_resources; /* number of entries in resources */
+ XrmClass xrm_class; /* resource class quarkified */
+ Boolean obj4; /* NULL */
+ XtEnum obj5; /* NULL */
+ Boolean obj6; /* NULL */
+ Boolean obj7; /* NULL */
+ XtWidgetProc destroy; /* free data for subclass pointers */
+ XtProc obj8; /* NULL */
+ XtProc obj9; /* NULL */
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values; /* set subclass resource values */
+ XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; /* notify that set_values called */
+ XtProc obj10; /* NULL */
+ XtArgsProc get_values_hook; /* notify that get_values called */
+ XtProc obj11; /* NULL */
+ XtVersionType version; /* version of intrinsics used */
+ XtPointer callback_private; /* list of callback offsets */
+ String obj12; /* NULL */
+ XtProc obj13; /* NULL */
+ XtProc obj14; /* NULL */
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+}ObjectClassPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer next_extension; /* 1st 4 required for all extension records */
+ XrmQuark record_type; /* NULLQUARK; when on ObjectClassPart */
+ long version; /* must be XtObjectExtensionVersion */
+ Cardinal record_size; /* sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec) */
+ XtAllocateProc allocate;
+ XtDeallocateProc deallocate;
+} ObjectClassExtensionRec, *ObjectClassExtension;
+
+typedef struct _ObjectClassRec {
+ ObjectClassPart object_class;
+} ObjectClassRec;
+
+externalref ObjectClassRec objectClassRec;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#define XtObjectExtensionVersion 1L
+#define XtInheritAllocate ((XtAllocateProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritDeallocate ((XtDeallocateProc) _XtInherit)
+
+#endif /*_Xt_ObjectP_h_*/
--- /dev/null
+/********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
+and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
+notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of
+Hewlett-Packard or Digital not be used in advertising or
+publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PDI_h_
+#define _PDI_h_
+
+
+#define KEYBOARD TRUE
+#define POINTER FALSE
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+typedef enum {
+ XtNoServerGrab,
+ XtPassiveServerGrab,
+ XtActiveServerGrab,
+ XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab,
+ XtPseudoActiveServerGrab
+}XtServerGrabType;
+
+typedef struct _XtServerGrabRec {
+ struct _XtServerGrabRec *next;
+ Widget widget;
+ unsigned int ownerEvents:1;
+ unsigned int pointerMode:1;
+ unsigned int keyboardMode:1;
+ unsigned int hasExt:1;
+ unsigned int confineToIsWidgetWin:1;
+ KeyCode keybut;
+ unsigned short modifiers;
+ unsigned short eventMask;
+} XtServerGrabRec, *XtServerGrabPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XtGrabExtRec {
+ Mask *pKeyButMask;
+ Mask *pModifiersMask;
+ Window confineTo;
+ Cursor cursor;
+} XtServerGrabExtRec, *XtServerGrabExtPtr;
+
+#define GRABEXT(p) ((XtServerGrabExtPtr)((p)+1))
+
+typedef struct _XtDeviceRec{
+ XtServerGrabRec grab; /* need copy in order to protect
+ during grab */
+ XtServerGrabType grabType;
+}XtDeviceRec, *XtDevice;
+
+#define XtMyAncestor 0
+#define XtMyDescendant 1
+#define XtMyCousin 2
+#define XtMySelf 3
+#define XtUnrelated 4
+typedef char XtGeneology; /* do not use an enum makes PerWidgetInput larger */
+
+typedef struct {
+ Widget focusKid;
+ XtServerGrabPtr keyList, ptrList;
+ Widget queryEventDescendant;
+ unsigned int map_handler_added:1;
+ unsigned int realize_handler_added:1;
+ unsigned int active_handler_added:1;
+ unsigned int haveFocus:1;
+ XtGeneology focalPoint;
+}XtPerWidgetInputRec, *XtPerWidgetInput;
+
+typedef struct XtPerDisplayInputRec{
+ XtGrabList grabList;
+ XtDeviceRec keyboard, pointer;
+ KeyCode activatingKey;
+ Widget *trace;
+ int traceDepth, traceMax;
+ Widget focusWidget;
+}XtPerDisplayInputRec, *XtPerDisplayInput;
+
+#define IsServerGrab(g) ((g == XtPassiveServerGrab) ||\
+ (g == XtActiveServerGrab))
+
+#define IsAnyGrab(g) ((g == XtPassiveServerGrab) ||\
+ (g == XtActiveServerGrab) ||\
+ (g == XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab))
+
+#define IsEitherPassiveGrab(g) ((g == XtPassiveServerGrab) ||\
+ (g == XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab))
+
+#define IsPseudoGrab(g) ((g == XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab))
+
+extern void _XtDestroyServerGrabs(
+ Widget /* w */,
+ XtPointer /* pwi */, /*XtPerWidgetInput*/
+ XtPointer /* call_data */
+);
+
+extern XtPerWidgetInput _XtGetPerWidgetInput(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtBoolean /* create */
+);
+
+extern XtServerGrabPtr _XtCheckServerGrabsOnWidget(
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ _XtBoolean /* isKeyboard */
+);
+
+/*
+extern XtGrabList* _XtGetGrabList( XtPerDisplayInput );
+*/
+
+#define _XtGetGrabList(pdi) (&(pdi)->grabList)
+
+extern void _XtFreePerWidgetInput(
+ Widget /* w */,
+ XtPerWidgetInput /* pwi */
+);
+
+extern Widget _XtProcessKeyboardEvent(
+ XKeyEvent* /* event */,
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPerDisplayInput /* pdi */
+);
+
+extern Widget _XtProcessPointerEvent(
+ XButtonEvent* /* event */,
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtPerDisplayInput /* pdi */
+);
+
+extern void _XtRegisterPassiveGrabs(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void _XtClearAncestorCache(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _PDI_h_ */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtRect_h
+#define _XtRect_h
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+typedef struct _RectObjRec *RectObj;
+typedef struct _RectObjClassRec *RectObjClass;
+
+#ifndef VMS
+externalref WidgetClass rectObjClass;
+#endif
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtRect_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _Xt_RectObjP_h_
+#define _Xt_RectObjP_h_
+
+#include <X11/RectObj.h>
+#include <X11/ObjectP.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+/**********************************************************
+ * Rectangle Object Instance Data Structures
+ *
+ **********************************************************/
+/* these fields match CorePart and can not be changed */
+
+typedef struct _RectObjPart {
+ Position x, y; /* rectangle position */
+ Dimension width, height; /* rectangle dimensions */
+ Dimension border_width; /* rectangle border width */
+ Boolean managed; /* is widget geometry managed? */
+ Boolean sensitive; /* is widget sensitive to user events*/
+ Boolean ancestor_sensitive; /* are all ancestors sensitive? */
+}RectObjPart;
+
+typedef struct _RectObjRec {
+ ObjectPart object;
+ RectObjPart rectangle;
+} RectObjRec;
+
+
+
+/********************************************************
+ * Rectangle Object Class Data Structures
+ *
+ ********************************************************/
+/* these fields match CoreClassPart and can not be changed */
+/* ideally these structures would only contain the fields required;
+ but because the CoreClassPart cannot be changed at this late date
+ extraneous fields are necessary to make the field offsets match */
+
+typedef struct _RectObjClassPart {
+
+ WidgetClass superclass; /* pointer to superclass ClassRec */
+ String class_name; /* widget resource class name */
+ Cardinal widget_size; /* size in bytes of widget record */
+ XtProc class_initialize; /* class initialization proc */
+ XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; /* dynamic initialization */
+ XtEnum class_inited; /* has class been initialized? */
+ XtInitProc initialize; /* initialize subclass fields */
+ XtArgsProc initialize_hook; /* notify that initialize called */
+ XtProc rect1; /* NULL */
+ XtPointer rect2; /* NULL */
+ Cardinal rect3; /* NULL */
+ XtResourceList resources; /* resources for subclass fields */
+ Cardinal num_resources; /* number of entries in resources */
+ XrmClass xrm_class; /* resource class quarkified */
+ Boolean rect4; /* NULL */
+ XtEnum rect5; /* NULL */
+ Boolean rect6; /* NULL */
+ Boolean rect7; /* NULL */
+ XtWidgetProc destroy; /* free data for subclass pointers */
+ XtWidgetProc resize; /* geom manager changed widget size */
+ XtExposeProc expose; /* rediplay rectangle */
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values; /* set subclass resource values */
+ XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; /* notify that set_values called */
+ XtAlmostProc set_values_almost; /* set values almost for geometry */
+ XtArgsProc get_values_hook; /* notify that get_values called */
+ XtProc rect9; /* NULL */
+ XtVersionType version; /* version of intrinsics used */
+ XtPointer callback_private; /* list of callback offsets */
+ String rect10; /* NULL */
+ XtGeometryHandler query_geometry; /* return preferred geometry */
+ XtProc rect11; /* NULL */
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} RectObjClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _RectObjClassRec {
+ RectObjClassPart rect_class;
+} RectObjClassRec;
+
+externalref RectObjClassRec rectObjClassRec;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /*_Xt_RectObjP_h_*/
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+/*****************************************************************
+
+(C) COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp. 1992,1997
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE IBM CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the IBM Corporation shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the IBM
+Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _RESCONFIGP_H
+#define _RESCONFIGP_H
+
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+/*
+ * Atom names for resource configuration management customization tool.
+ */
+#define RCM_DATA "Custom Data"
+#define RCM_INIT "Custom Init"
+
+extern void _XtResourceConfigurationEH(
+ Widget /* w */,
+ XtPointer /* client_data */,
+ XEvent * /* event */
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************
+ *
+ * Resources
+ *
+ ****************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtresourceI_h
+#define _XtresourceI_h
+
+#define StringToQuark(string) XrmStringToQuark(string)
+#define StringToName(string) XrmStringToName(string)
+#define StringToClass(string) XrmStringToClass(string)
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern void _XtDependencies(
+ XtResourceList * /* class_resp */,
+ Cardinal * /* class_num_resp */,
+ XrmResourceList * /* super_res */,
+ Cardinal /* super_num_res */,
+ Cardinal /* super_widget_size */);
+
+extern void _XtResourceDependencies(
+ WidgetClass /* wc */
+);
+
+extern void _XtConstraintResDependencies(
+ ConstraintWidgetClass /* wc */
+);
+
+extern XtCacheRef* _XtGetResources(
+ Widget /* w */,
+ ArgList /* args */,
+ Cardinal /* num_args */,
+ XtTypedArgList /* typed_args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_typed_args */
+);
+
+extern void _XtCopyFromParent(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ int /* offset */,
+ XrmValue* /* value */
+);
+
+extern void _XtCopyToArg(char *src, XtArgVal *dst, unsigned int size);
+extern void _XtCopyFromArg(XtArgVal src, char *dst, unsigned int size);
+extern XrmResourceList* _XtCreateIndirectionTable(XtResourceList resources,
+ Cardinal num_resources);
+extern void _XtResourceListInitialize(void);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtresourceI_h */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtselectionI_h
+#define _XtselectionI_h
+
+#include "Intrinsic.h"
+
+typedef struct _RequestRec *Request;
+typedef struct _SelectRec *Select;
+
+typedef struct _RequestRec {
+ Select ctx; /* logical owner */
+ Widget widget; /* widget actually receiving Selection events */
+ Window requestor;
+ Atom property;
+ Atom target;
+ Atom type;
+ int format;
+ XtPointer value;
+ unsigned long bytelength;
+ unsigned long offset;
+ XtIntervalId timeout;
+ XSelectionRequestEvent event; /* for XtGetSelectionRequest */
+ Boolean allSent;
+} RequestRec;
+
+typedef struct {
+ Atom prop;
+ Boolean avail;
+} SelectionPropRec, *SelectionProp;
+
+typedef struct {
+ Display *dpy;
+ Atom incr_atom, indirect_atom, timestamp_atom;
+ int propCount;
+ SelectionProp list;
+} PropListRec, *PropList;
+
+typedef struct _SelectRec {
+ Atom selection; /* constant */
+ Display *dpy; /* constant */
+ Widget widget;
+ Time time;
+ unsigned long serial;
+ XtConvertSelectionProc convert;
+ XtLoseSelectionProc loses;
+ XtSelectionDoneProc notify;
+ XtCancelConvertSelectionProc owner_cancel;
+ XtPointer owner_closure;
+ PropList prop_list;
+ Request req; /* state for local non-incr xfer */
+ int ref_count; /* of active transfers */
+ unsigned int incremental:1;
+ unsigned int free_when_done:1;
+ unsigned int was_disowned:1;
+} SelectRec;
+
+typedef struct _ParamRec {
+ Atom selection;
+ Atom param;
+} ParamRec, *Param;
+
+typedef struct _ParamInfoRec {
+ unsigned int count;
+ Param paramlist;
+} ParamInfoRec, *ParamInfo;
+
+typedef struct _QueuedRequestRec {
+ Atom selection;
+ Atom target;
+ Atom param;
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc callback;
+ XtPointer closure;
+ Time time;
+ Boolean incremental;
+} QueuedRequestRec, *QueuedRequest;
+
+typedef struct _QueuedRequestInfoRec {
+ int count;
+ Atom *selections;
+ QueuedRequest *requests;
+} QueuedRequestInfoRec, *QueuedRequestInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc *callbacks;
+ XtPointer *req_closure;
+ Atom property;
+ Atom *target;
+ Atom type;
+ int format;
+ char *value;
+ int bytelength;
+ int offset;
+ XtIntervalId timeout;
+ XtEventHandler proc;
+ Widget widget;
+ Time time;
+ Select ctx;
+ Boolean *incremental;
+ int current;
+} CallBackInfoRec, *CallBackInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+ Atom target;
+ Atom property;
+} IndirectPair;
+
+#define IndirectPairWordSize 2
+
+typedef struct {
+ int active_transfer_count;
+} RequestWindowRec;
+
+#define MAX_SELECTION_INCR(dpy) (((65536 < XMaxRequestSize(dpy)) ? \
+ (65536 << 2) : (XMaxRequestSize(dpy) << 2))-100)
+
+#define MATCH_SELECT(event, info) ((event->time == info->time) && \
+ (event->requestor == XtWindow(info->widget)) && \
+ (event->selection == info->ctx->selection) && \
+ (event->target == *info->target))
+
+#endif /* _XtselectionI_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+#ifndef _XtShellInternal_h
+#define _XtShellInternal_h
+
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern void _XtShellGetCoordinates(Widget widget, Position *x, Position *y);
+
+#endif /* _XtShellInternal_h */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * ShellP.h - Private definitions for Shell widget
+ *
+ * Author: Paul Asente
+ * Digital Equipment Corporation
+ * Western Software Laboratory
+ * Date: Thu Dec 3, 1987
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XtShellPrivate_h
+#define _XtShellPrivate_h
+
+#include <X11/Shell.h>
+
+/* *****
+ * ***** VendorP.h is included later on; it needs fields defined in the first
+ * ***** part of this header file
+ * *****
+ */
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Shell Widget Private Data
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/* New fields for the Shell widget class record */
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} ShellClassPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer next_extension; /* 1st 4 mandated for all extension records */
+ XrmQuark record_type; /* NULLQUARK; on ShellClassPart */
+ long version; /* must be XtShellExtensionVersion */
+ Cardinal record_size; /* sizeof(ShellClassExtensionRec) */
+ XtGeometryHandler root_geometry_manager;
+} ShellClassExtensionRec, *ShellClassExtension;
+
+#define XtShellExtensionVersion 1L
+#define XtInheritRootGeometryManager ((XtGeometryHandler)_XtInherit)
+
+typedef struct _ShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+} ShellClassRec;
+
+externalref ShellClassRec shellClassRec;
+
+/* New fields for the shell widget */
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *geometry;
+ XtCreatePopupChildProc create_popup_child_proc;
+ XtGrabKind grab_kind;
+ Boolean spring_loaded;
+ Boolean popped_up;
+ Boolean allow_shell_resize;
+ Boolean client_specified; /* re-using old name */
+#define _XtShellPositionValid ((Boolean)(1<<0))
+#define _XtShellNotReparented ((Boolean)(1<<1))
+#define _XtShellPPositionOK ((Boolean)(1<<2))
+#define _XtShellGeometryParsed ((Boolean)(1<<3))
+ Boolean save_under;
+ Boolean override_redirect;
+
+ XtCallbackList popup_callback;
+ XtCallbackList popdown_callback;
+ Visual* visual;
+} ShellPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+} ShellRec, *ShellWidget;
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * OverrideShell Widget Private Data
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/* New fields for the OverrideShell widget class record */
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} OverrideShellClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _OverrideShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ OverrideShellClassPart override_shell_class;
+} OverrideShellClassRec;
+
+externalref OverrideShellClassRec overrideShellClassRec;
+
+/* No new fields for the override shell widget */
+
+typedef struct {int frabjous;} OverrideShellPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ OverrideShellPart override;
+} OverrideShellRec, *OverrideShellWidget;
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * WMShell Widget Private Data
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/* New fields for the WMShell widget class record */
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} WMShellClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _WMShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+} WMShellClassRec;
+
+externalref WMShellClassRec wmShellClassRec;
+
+/* New fields for the WM shell widget */
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *title;
+ int wm_timeout;
+ Boolean wait_for_wm;
+ Boolean transient;
+ Boolean urgency;
+ Widget client_leader;
+ String window_role;
+ struct _OldXSizeHints { /* pre-R4 Xlib structure */
+ long flags;
+ int x, y;
+ int width, height;
+ int min_width, min_height;
+ int max_width, max_height;
+ int width_inc, height_inc;
+ struct {
+ int x;
+ int y;
+ } min_aspect, max_aspect;
+ } size_hints;
+ XWMHints wm_hints;
+ int base_width, base_height;
+ int win_gravity;
+ Atom title_encoding;
+} WMShellPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+} WMShellRec, *WMShellWidget;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#include <X11/VendorP.h>
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * TransientShell Widget Private Data
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/* New fields for the TransientShell widget class record */
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} TransientShellClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _TransientShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+ TransientShellClassPart transient_shell_class;
+} TransientShellClassRec;
+
+externalref TransientShellClassRec transientShellClassRec;
+
+/* New fields for the transient shell widget */
+
+typedef struct {
+ Widget transient_for;
+} TransientShellPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+ TransientShellPart transient;
+} TransientShellRec, *TransientShellWidget;
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * TopLevelShell Widget Private Data
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/* New fields for the TopLevelShell widget class record */
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} TopLevelShellClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _TopLevelShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+ TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
+} TopLevelShellClassRec;
+
+externalref TopLevelShellClassRec topLevelShellClassRec;
+
+/* New fields for the top level shell widget */
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *icon_name;
+ Boolean iconic;
+ Atom icon_name_encoding;
+} TopLevelShellPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+ TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
+} TopLevelShellRec, *TopLevelShellWidget;
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * ApplicationShell Widget Private Data
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/* New fields for the ApplicationShell widget class record */
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} ApplicationShellClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _ApplicationShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+ TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
+ ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class;
+} ApplicationShellClassRec;
+
+externalref ApplicationShellClassRec applicationShellClassRec;
+
+/* New fields for the application shell widget */
+
+typedef struct {
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+ char *c_class;
+#else
+ char *class;
+#endif
+ XrmClass xrm_class;
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+} ApplicationShellPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+ TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
+ ApplicationShellPart application;
+} ApplicationShellRec, *ApplicationShellWidget;
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * SessionShell Widget Private Data
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/* New fields for the SessionShell widget class record */
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} SessionShellClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _SessionShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+ TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
+ ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class;
+ SessionShellClassPart session_shell_class;
+} SessionShellClassRec;
+
+externalref SessionShellClassRec sessionShellClassRec;
+
+typedef struct _XtSaveYourselfRec *XtSaveYourself; /* implementation-private */
+
+/* New fields for the session shell widget */
+
+typedef struct {
+ SmcConn connection;
+ String session_id;
+ String* restart_command;
+ String* clone_command;
+ String* discard_command;
+ String* resign_command;
+ String* shutdown_command;
+ String* environment;
+ String current_dir;
+ String program_path;
+ unsigned char restart_style;
+ unsigned char checkpoint_state;
+ Boolean join_session;
+ XtCallbackList save_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList interact_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList cancel_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList save_complete_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList die_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList error_callbacks;
+ XtSaveYourself save;
+ XtInputId input_id;
+ XtPointer ses20;
+ XtPointer ses19;
+ XtPointer ses18;
+ XtPointer ses17;
+ XtPointer ses16;
+ XtPointer ses15;
+ XtPointer ses14;
+ XtPointer ses13;
+ XtPointer ses12;
+ XtPointer ses11;
+ XtPointer ses10;
+ XtPointer ses9;
+ XtPointer ses8;
+ XtPointer ses7;
+ XtPointer ses6;
+ XtPointer ses5;
+ XtPointer ses4;
+ XtPointer ses3;
+ XtPointer ses2;
+ XtPointer ses1;
+} SessionShellPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+ TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
+ ApplicationShellPart application;
+ SessionShellPart session;
+} SessionShellRec, *SessionShellWidget;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtShellPrivate_h */
--- /dev/null
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ThreadsI.h,v 3.5 2001/12/14 19:56:31 dawes Exp $ */
+
+#ifndef _XtThreadsI_h
+#define _XtThreadsI_h
+
+#include <X11/XlibConf.h>
+
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+
+typedef struct _LockRec *LockPtr;
+
+typedef void (*ThreadAppProc)(
+ XtAppContext /* app */
+);
+
+typedef void (*ThreadAppYieldLockProc)(
+ XtAppContext, /* app */
+ Boolean*, /* push_thread */
+ Boolean*, /* pushed_thread */
+ int* /* level */
+);
+
+typedef void (*ThreadAppRestoreLockProc)(
+ XtAppContext /* app */,
+ int, /* level */
+ Boolean* /* pushed_thread */
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern void (*_XtProcessLock)(
+ void
+);
+
+extern void (*_XtProcessUnlock)(
+ void
+);
+
+extern void (*_XtInitAppLock)(
+ XtAppContext /* app */
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#define INIT_APP_LOCK(app) if(_XtInitAppLock) (*_XtInitAppLock)(app)
+#define FREE_APP_LOCK(app) if(app && app->free_lock)(*app->free_lock)(app)
+
+#define LOCK_PROCESS if(_XtProcessLock)(*_XtProcessLock)()
+#define UNLOCK_PROCESS if(_XtProcessUnlock)(*_XtProcessUnlock)()
+#define LOCK_APP(app) if(app && app->lock)(*app->lock)(app)
+#define UNLOCK_APP(app) if(app && app->unlock)(*app->unlock)(app)
+
+#define YIELD_APP_LOCK(app,push,pushed,level)\
+ if(app && app->yield_lock) (*app->yield_lock)(app,push,pushed,level)
+#define RESTORE_APP_LOCK(app,level,pushed)\
+ if(app && app->restore_lock) (*app->restore_lock)(app,level,pushed)
+
+#define WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w) \
+ XtAppContext app = (w && _XtProcessLock ? \
+ XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w) : NULL)
+
+#define DPY_TO_APPCON(d) \
+ XtAppContext app = (_XtProcessLock ? XtDisplayToApplicationContext(d): NULL)
+
+#else /* defined(XTHREADS) */
+
+#define LOCK_PROCESS
+#define UNLOCK_PROCESS
+#define LOCK_APP(app)
+#define UNLOCK_APP(app)
+
+#define INIT_APP_LOCK(app)
+#define FREE_APP_LOCK(app)
+
+#define WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w)
+#define DPY_TO_APPCON(d)
+
+#endif /* !defined(XTHREADS) */
+#endif /* _XtThreadsI_h */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * TranslateI.h - Header file private to translation management
+ *
+ * Author: Gabe Beged-Dov, HP
+ *
+ * Former Author: Charles Haynes
+ * Digital Equipment Corporation
+ * Western Research Laboratory
+ * Date: Sat Aug 29 1987
+ */
+
+/*#define REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS*/
+#define CACHE_TRANSLATIONS
+
+#define TM_NO_MATCH (-2)
+
+#define _XtRStateTablePair "_XtStateTablePair"
+
+typedef unsigned char TMByteCard;
+typedef unsigned short TMShortCard;
+typedef unsigned long TMLongCard;
+typedef short TMShortInt;
+
+typedef struct _TMTypeMatchRec *TMTypeMatch;
+typedef struct _TMModifierMatchRec *TMModifierMatch;
+typedef struct _TMEventRec *TMEventPtr;
+
+typedef Boolean (*MatchProc)(TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch,
+ TMEventPtr eventSeq);
+
+typedef struct _ModToKeysymTable {
+ Modifiers mask;
+ int count;
+ int idx;
+} ModToKeysymTable;
+
+typedef struct _LateBindings {
+ unsigned int knot:1;
+ unsigned int pair:1;
+ unsigned short ref_count; /* garbage collection */
+ KeySym keysym;
+} LateBindings, *LateBindingsPtr;
+
+typedef short ModifierMask;
+
+typedef struct _ActionsRec *ActionPtr;
+typedef struct _ActionsRec {
+ int idx; /* index into quarkTable to find proc */
+ String *params; /* pointer to array of params */
+ Cardinal num_params; /* number of params */
+ ActionPtr next; /* next action to perform */
+} ActionRec;
+
+typedef struct _XtStateRec *StatePtr;
+typedef struct _XtStateRec {
+ unsigned int isCycleStart:1;
+ unsigned int isCycleEnd:1;
+ TMShortCard typeIndex;
+ TMShortCard modIndex;
+ ActionPtr actions; /* rhs list of actions to perform */
+ StatePtr nextLevel;
+}StateRec;
+
+
+#define XtTableReplace 0
+#define XtTableAugment 1
+#define XtTableOverride 2
+#define XtTableUnmerge 3
+
+typedef unsigned int _XtTranslateOp;
+
+/*
+ * New Definitions
+ */
+typedef struct _TMModifierMatchRec{
+ TMLongCard modifiers;
+ TMLongCard modifierMask;
+ LateBindingsPtr lateModifiers;
+ Boolean standard;
+}TMModifierMatchRec;
+
+typedef struct _TMTypeMatchRec{
+ TMLongCard eventType;
+ TMLongCard eventCode;
+ TMLongCard eventCodeMask;
+ MatchProc matchEvent;
+}TMTypeMatchRec;
+
+typedef struct _TMBranchHeadRec {
+ unsigned int isSimple:1;
+ unsigned int hasActions:1;
+ unsigned int hasCycles:1;
+ unsigned int more:13;
+ TMShortCard typeIndex;
+ TMShortCard modIndex;
+}TMBranchHeadRec, *TMBranchHead;
+
+/* NOTE: elements of this structure must match those of
+ * TMComplexStateTreeRec and TMParseStateTreeRec.
+ */
+typedef struct _TMSimpleStateTreeRec{
+ unsigned int isSimple:1;
+ unsigned int isAccelerator:1;
+ unsigned int mappingNotifyInterest:1;
+ unsigned int refCount:13;
+ TMShortCard numBranchHeads;
+ TMShortCard numQuarks; /* # of entries in quarkTbl */
+ TMShortCard unused; /* to ensure same alignment */
+ TMBranchHeadRec *branchHeadTbl;
+ XrmQuark *quarkTbl; /* table of quarkified rhs*/
+}TMSimpleStateTreeRec, *TMSimpleStateTree;
+
+/* NOTE: elements of this structure must match those of
+ * TMSimpleStateTreeRec and TMParseStateTreeRec.
+ */
+typedef struct _TMComplexStateTreeRec{
+ unsigned int isSimple:1;
+ unsigned int isAccelerator:1;
+ unsigned int mappingNotifyInterest:1;
+ unsigned int refCount:13;
+ TMShortCard numBranchHeads;
+ TMShortCard numQuarks; /* # of entries in quarkTbl */
+ TMShortCard numComplexBranchHeads;
+ TMBranchHeadRec *branchHeadTbl;
+ XrmQuark *quarkTbl; /* table of quarkified rhs*/
+ StatePtr *complexBranchHeadTbl;
+}TMComplexStateTreeRec, *TMComplexStateTree;
+
+/* NOTE: elements of this structure must match those of
+ * TMSimpleStateTreeRec and TMComplexStateTreeRec.
+ */
+typedef struct _TMParseStateTreeRec{
+ unsigned int isSimple:1;
+ unsigned int isAccelerator:1;
+ unsigned int mappingNotifyInterest:1;
+ unsigned int isStackQuarks:1;
+ unsigned int isStackBranchHeads:1;
+ unsigned int isStackComplexBranchHeads:1;
+ unsigned int unused:10; /* to ensure correct alignment */
+ TMShortCard numBranchHeads;
+ TMShortCard numQuarks; /* # of entries in quarkTbl */
+ TMShortCard numComplexBranchHeads;
+ TMBranchHeadRec *branchHeadTbl;
+ XrmQuark *quarkTbl; /* table of quarkified rhs*/
+ StatePtr *complexBranchHeadTbl;
+ TMShortCard branchHeadTblSize;
+ TMShortCard quarkTblSize; /*total size of quarkTbl */
+ TMShortCard complexBranchHeadTblSize;
+ StatePtr head;
+}TMParseStateTreeRec, *TMParseStateTree;
+
+typedef union _TMStateTreeRec{
+ TMSimpleStateTreeRec simple;
+ TMParseStateTreeRec parse;
+ TMComplexStateTreeRec complex;
+}*TMStateTree, **TMStateTreePtr, **TMStateTreeList;
+
+typedef struct _TMSimpleBindProcsRec {
+ XtActionProc *procs;
+}TMSimpleBindProcsRec, *TMSimpleBindProcs;
+
+typedef struct _TMComplexBindProcsRec {
+ Widget widget; /*widgetID to pass to action Proc*/
+ XtTranslations aXlations;
+ XtActionProc *procs;
+}TMComplexBindProcsRec, *TMComplexBindProcs;
+
+typedef struct _TMSimpleBindDataRec {
+ unsigned int isComplex:1; /* must be first */
+ TMSimpleBindProcsRec bindTbl[1]; /* variable length */
+}TMSimpleBindDataRec, *TMSimpleBindData;
+
+typedef struct _TMComplexBindDataRec {
+ unsigned int isComplex:1; /* must be first */
+ struct _ATranslationData *accel_context; /* for GetValues */
+ TMComplexBindProcsRec bindTbl[1]; /* variable length */
+}TMComplexBindDataRec, *TMComplexBindData;
+
+typedef union _TMBindDataRec{
+ TMSimpleBindDataRec simple;
+ TMComplexBindDataRec complex;
+}*TMBindData;
+
+typedef struct _TranslationData{
+ unsigned char hasBindings; /* must be first */
+ unsigned char operation; /*replace,augment,override*/
+ TMShortCard numStateTrees;
+ struct _TranslationData *composers[2];
+ EventMask eventMask;
+ TMStateTree stateTreeTbl[1]; /* variable length */
+}TranslationData;
+
+/*
+ * ATranslations is returned by GetValues for translations that contain
+ * accelerators. The TM can differentiate between this and TranslationData
+ * (that don't have a bindTbl) by looking at the first field (hasBindings)
+ * of either structure. All ATranslationData structures associated with a
+ * widget are chained off the BindData record of the widget.
+ */
+typedef struct _ATranslationData{
+ unsigned char hasBindings; /* must be first */
+ unsigned char operation;
+ struct _TranslationData *xlations; /* actual translations */
+ struct _ATranslationData *next; /* chain the contexts together */
+ TMComplexBindProcsRec bindTbl[1]; /* accelerator bindings */
+}ATranslationData, *ATranslations;
+
+typedef struct _TMConvertRec {
+ XtTranslations old; /* table to merge into */
+ XtTranslations new; /* table to merge from */
+} TMConvertRec;
+
+#define _XtEventTimerEventType ((TMLongCard)~0L)
+#define KeysymModMask (1L<<27) /* private to TM */
+#define AnyButtonMask (1L<<28) /* private to TM */
+
+typedef struct _EventRec {
+ TMLongCard modifiers;
+ TMLongCard modifierMask;
+ LateBindingsPtr lateModifiers;
+ TMLongCard eventType;
+ TMLongCard eventCode;
+ TMLongCard eventCodeMask;
+ MatchProc matchEvent;
+ Boolean standard;
+} Event;
+
+typedef struct _EventSeqRec *EventSeqPtr;
+typedef struct _EventSeqRec {
+ Event event; /* X event description */
+ StatePtr state; /* private to state table builder */
+ EventSeqPtr next; /* next event on line */
+ ActionPtr actions; /* r.h.s. list of actions to perform */
+} EventSeqRec;
+
+typedef EventSeqRec EventRec;
+typedef EventSeqPtr EventPtr;
+
+typedef struct _TMEventRec {
+ XEvent *xev;
+ Event event;
+}TMEventRec;
+
+typedef struct _ActionHookRec {
+ struct _ActionHookRec* next; /* must remain first */
+ XtAppContext app;
+ XtActionHookProc proc;
+ XtPointer closure;
+} ActionHookRec, *ActionHook;
+
+/* choose a number between 2 and 8 */
+#define TMKEYCACHELOG2 6
+#define TMKEYCACHESIZE (1<<TMKEYCACHELOG2)
+
+typedef struct _KeyCacheRec {
+ unsigned char modifiers_return[256]; /* constant per KeyCode, key proc */
+ KeyCode keycode[TMKEYCACHESIZE];
+ unsigned char modifiers[TMKEYCACHESIZE];
+ KeySym keysym[TMKEYCACHESIZE];
+} TMKeyCache;
+
+typedef struct _TMKeyContextRec {
+ XEvent *event;
+ unsigned long serial;
+ KeySym keysym;
+ Modifiers modifiers;
+ TMKeyCache keycache; /* keep this last, to keep offsets to others small */
+} TMKeyContextRec, *TMKeyContext;
+
+typedef struct _TMGlobalRec{
+ TMTypeMatchRec **typeMatchSegmentTbl;
+ TMShortCard numTypeMatches;
+ TMShortCard numTypeMatchSegments;
+ TMShortCard typeMatchSegmentTblSize;
+ TMModifierMatchRec **modMatchSegmentTbl;
+ TMShortCard numModMatches;
+ TMShortCard numModMatchSegments;
+ TMShortCard modMatchSegmentTblSize;
+ Boolean newMatchSemantics;
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ XtTranslations *tmTbl;
+ TMShortCard numTms;
+ TMShortCard tmTblSize;
+ struct _TMBindCacheRec **bindCacheTbl;
+ TMShortCard numBindCache;
+ TMShortCard bindCacheTblSize;
+ TMShortCard numLateBindings;
+ TMShortCard numBranchHeads;
+ TMShortCard numComplexStates;
+ TMShortCard numComplexActions;
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+}TMGlobalRec;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern TMGlobalRec _XtGlobalTM;
+
+#define TM_MOD_SEGMENT_SIZE 16
+#define TM_TYPE_SEGMENT_SIZE 16
+
+#define TMGetTypeMatch(idx) \
+ ((TMTypeMatch) \
+ &((_XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTbl[((idx) >> 4)])[(idx) & 15]))
+#define TMGetModifierMatch(idx) \
+ ((TMModifierMatch) \
+ &((_XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl[(idx) >> 4])[(idx) & 15]))
+
+/* Useful Access Macros */
+#define TMNewMatchSemantics() (_XtGlobalTM.newMatchSemantics)
+#define TMBranchMore(branch) (branch->more)
+#define TMComplexBranchHead(tree, br) \
+ (((TMComplexStateTree)tree)->complexBranchHeadTbl[TMBranchMore(br)])
+
+#define TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, idx) \
+ ((TMComplexBindProcs)&(((TMComplexBindData)bindData)->bindTbl[idx]))
+
+#define TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, idx) \
+ ((TMSimpleBindProcs)&(((TMSimpleBindData)bindData)->bindTbl[idx]))
+
+
+#define _InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd) \
+ if (pd->keysyms == NULL) \
+ _XtBuildKeysymTables(dpy, pd)
+
+/*
+ * Internal Functions
+ */
+
+extern void _XtPopup(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtGrabKind /* grab_kind */,
+ _XtBoolean /* spring_loaded */
+);
+
+extern String _XtPrintXlations(
+ Widget /* w */,
+ XtTranslations /* xlations */,
+ Widget /* accelWidget */,
+ _XtBoolean /* includeRHS */
+);
+
+extern void _XtRegisterGrabs(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern XtPointer _XtInitializeActionData(
+ struct _XtActionsRec * /* actions */,
+ Cardinal /* count */,
+ _XtBoolean /* inPlace */
+);
+
+extern void _XtAddEventSeqToStateTree(
+ EventSeqPtr /* eventSeq */,
+ TMParseStateTree /* stateTree */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtMatchUsingStandardMods(
+ TMTypeMatch /* typeMatch */,
+ TMModifierMatch /* modMatch */,
+ TMEventPtr /* eventSeq */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtMatchUsingDontCareMods(
+ TMTypeMatch /* typeMatch */,
+ TMModifierMatch /* modMatch */,
+ TMEventPtr /* eventSeq */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtRegularMatch(
+ TMTypeMatch /* typeMatch */,
+ TMModifierMatch /* modMatch */,
+ TMEventPtr /* eventSeq */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtMatchAtom(
+ TMTypeMatch /* typeMatch */,
+ TMModifierMatch /* modMatch */,
+ TMEventPtr /* eventSeq */
+);
+
+extern void _XtTranslateEvent(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XEvent* /* event */
+);
+
+#include "CallbackI.h"
+#include "EventI.h"
+#include "HookObjI.h"
+#include "PassivGraI.h"
+#include "ThreadsI.h"
+#include "InitialI.h"
+#include "ResourceI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+extern void _XtBuildKeysymTables(Display *dpy, XtPerDisplay pd);
+
+#ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS
+extern void _XtDisplayTranslations(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+extern void _XtDisplayAccelerators(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+
+extern void _XtDisplayInstalledAccelerators(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XEvent* /* event */,
+ String* /* params */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_params */
+);
+#endif /* ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS */
+
+extern void _XtPopupInitialize(
+ XtAppContext /* app_context */
+);
+
+extern void _XtBindActions(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtTM /* tm_rec */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtComputeLateBindings(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ LateBindingsPtr /* lateModifiers */,
+ Modifiers* /* computed */,
+ Modifiers* /* computedMask */
+);
+
+extern XtTranslations _XtCreateXlations(
+ TMStateTree * /* stateTrees */,
+ TMShortCard /* numStateTrees */,
+ XtTranslations /* first */,
+ XtTranslations /* second */
+);
+
+extern Boolean _XtCvtMergeTranslations(
+ Display* /* dpy */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* from */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* to */,
+ XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
+);
+
+void _XtRemoveStateTreeByIndex(
+ XtTranslations /* xlations */,
+ TMShortCard /* i */);
+
+void _XtFreeTranslations(
+ XtAppContext /* app */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
+ XtPointer /* closure */,
+ XrmValuePtr /* args */,
+ Cardinal* /* num_args */
+);
+
+extern TMShortCard _XtGetModifierIndex(
+ Event* /* event */
+);
+
+extern TMShortCard _XtGetQuarkIndex(
+ TMParseStateTree /* stateTreePtr */,
+ XrmQuark /* quark */
+);
+
+extern XtTranslations _XtGetTranslationValue(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern TMShortCard _XtGetTypeIndex(
+ Event* /* event */
+);
+
+extern void _XtGrabInitialize(
+ XtAppContext /* app */
+);
+
+extern void _XtInstallTranslations(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void _XtRemoveTranslations(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void _XtDestroyTMData(
+ Widget /* widget */
+);
+
+extern void _XtMergeTranslations(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtTranslations /* newXlations */,
+ _XtTranslateOp /* operation */
+);
+
+extern void _XtActionInitialize(
+ XtAppContext /* app */
+);
+
+extern TMStateTree _XtParseTreeToStateTree(
+ TMParseStateTree /* parseTree */
+);
+
+extern String _XtPrintActions(
+ ActionRec* /* actions */,
+ XrmQuark* /* quarkTbl */
+);
+
+extern String _XtPrintState(
+ TMStateTree /* stateTree */,
+ TMBranchHead /* branchHead */);
+
+extern String _XtPrintEventSeq(
+ EventSeqPtr /* eventSeq */,
+ Display* /* dpy */
+);
+
+typedef Boolean (*_XtTraversalProc)(
+ StatePtr /* state */,
+ XtPointer /* data */
+);
+
+extern void _XtTraverseStateTree(
+ TMStateTree /* tree */,
+ _XtTraversalProc /* func */,
+ XtPointer /* data */
+);
+
+extern void _XtTranslateInitialize(
+ void
+);
+
+extern void _XtAddTMConverters(
+ ConverterTable /* table */
+);
+
+extern void _XtUnbindActions(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtTranslations /* xlations */,
+ TMBindData /* bindData */
+);
+
+extern void _XtUnmergeTranslations(
+ Widget /* widget */,
+ XtTranslations /* xlations */
+);
+
+/* TMKey.c */
+extern void _XtAllocTMContext(XtPerDisplay pd);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _VarargsI_h_
+#define _VarargsI_h_
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* private routines */
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern void _XtCountVaList(
+ va_list /*var*/, int* /*total_count*/, int* /*typed_count*/
+);
+
+extern void _XtVaToArgList(
+ Widget /*widget*/, va_list /*var*/, int /*max_count*/, ArgList* /*args_return*/, Cardinal* /*num_args_return*/
+);
+
+extern void _XtVaToTypedArgList(
+ va_list /*var*/, int /*count*/, XtTypedArgList* /*args_return*/, Cardinal* /*num_args_return*/
+);
+
+extern XtTypedArgList _XtVaCreateTypedArgList(
+ va_list /*var*/, int /*count*/
+);
+
+extern void _XtFreeArgList(
+ ArgList /*args*/, int /*total_count*/, int /*typed_count*/
+);
+
+extern void _XtGetApplicationResources(
+ Widget /*w*/, XtPointer /*base*/, XtResourceList /*resources*/, Cardinal /*num_resources*/, ArgList /*args*/, Cardinal /*num_args*/, XtTypedArgList /*typed_args*/, Cardinal /*num_typed_args*/
+);
+
+extern void _XtGetSubresources(
+ Widget /*w*/, XtPointer /*base*/, const char* /*name*/, const char* /*class*/, XtResourceList /*resources*/, Cardinal /*num_resources*/, ArgList /*args*/, Cardinal /*num_args*/, XtTypedArgList /*typed_args*/, Cardinal /*num_typed_args*/
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _VarargsI_h_ */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtVendor_h
+#define _XtVendor_h
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * VendorShell Widget
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/* Class record constants */
+
+typedef struct _VendorShellClassRec *VendorShellWidgetClass;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+externalref WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtVendor_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * VendorP.h - Private definitions for VendorShell widget
+ *
+ * Author: Paul Asente
+ * Digital Equipment Corporation
+ * Western Software Laboratory
+ * Date: Thu Dec 3, 1987
+ */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * VendorShell Widget Private Data
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtVendorPrivate_h
+#define _XtVendorPrivate_h
+
+#include <X11/Vendor.h>
+
+/* New fields for the VendorShell widget class record */
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
+} VendorShellClassPart;
+
+typedef struct _VendorShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+} VendorShellClassRec;
+
+externalref VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec;
+
+/* New fields for the vendor shell widget. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ int vendor_specific;
+} VendorShellPart;
+
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+} VendorShellRec, *VendorShellWidget;
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XtVendorPrivate_h */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _Xtos_h
+#define _Xtos_h
+
+#define ALLOCATE_LOCAL_FALLBACK(_size) XtMalloc((unsigned long)(_size))
+#define DEALLOCATE_LOCAL_FALLBACK(_ptr) XtFree((XtPointer)(_ptr))
+#include <X11/Xalloca.h>
+
+#ifdef CRAY
+#define WORD64
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_LP64) || \
+ defined(__alpha) || defined(__alpha__) || \
+ defined(__ia64__) || defined(ia64) || \
+ defined(__sparc64__) || \
+ defined(__s390x__) || \
+ (defined(__hppa__) && defined(__LP64__)) || \
+ defined(__amd64__) || defined(amd64) || \
+ defined(__powerpc64__) || \
+ (defined(sgi) && (_MIPS_SZLONG == 64))
+#define LONG64
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _Xtos_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+# ===========================================================================
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_define_dir.html
+# ===========================================================================
+#
+# SYNOPSIS
+#
+# AX_DEFINE_DIR(VARNAME, DIR [, DESCRIPTION])
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#
+# This macro sets VARNAME to the expansion of the DIR variable, taking
+# care of fixing up ${prefix} and such.
+#
+# VARNAME is then offered as both an output variable and a C preprocessor
+# symbol.
+#
+# Example:
+#
+# AX_DEFINE_DIR([DATADIR], [datadir], [Where data are placed to.])
+#
+# LICENSE
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2008 Stepan Kasal <kasal@ucw.cz>
+# Copyright (c) 2008 Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
+# Copyright (c) 2008 Guido U. Draheim <guidod@gmx.de>
+# Copyright (c) 2008 Alexandre Oliva
+#
+# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are
+# permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice
+# and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without any
+# warranty.
+
+#serial 6
+
+AU_ALIAS([AC_DEFINE_DIR], [AX_DEFINE_DIR])
+AC_DEFUN([AX_DEFINE_DIR], [
+ prefix_NONE=
+ exec_prefix_NONE=
+ test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix_NONE=yes && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+ test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix_NONE=yes && exec_prefix=$prefix
+dnl In Autoconf 2.60, ${datadir} refers to ${datarootdir}, which in turn
+dnl refers to ${prefix}. Thus we have to use `eval' twice.
+ eval ax_define_dir="\"[$]$2\""
+ eval ax_define_dir="\"$ax_define_dir\""
+ AC_SUBST($1, "$ax_define_dir")
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($1, "$ax_define_dir", [$3])
+ test "$prefix_NONE" && prefix=NONE
+ test "$exec_prefix_NONE" && exec_prefix=NONE
+])
--- /dev/null
+libmandir = $(LIB_MAN_DIR)
+
+libman_PRE = \
+ $(all_shadows:=.man) \
+ XtAddActions.man \
+ XtAddCallback.man \
+ XtAddEventHandler.man \
+ XtAddExposureToRegion.man \
+ XtAddGrab.man \
+ XtAddInput.man \
+ XtAllocateGC.man \
+ XtAppAddActionHook.man \
+ XtAppAddActions.man \
+ XtAppAddBlockHook.man \
+ XtAppAddConverter.man \
+ XtAppAddInput.man \
+ XtAppAddSignal.man \
+ XtAppAddTimeOut.man \
+ XtAppAddWorkProc.man \
+ XtAppCreateShell.man \
+ XtAppError.man \
+ XtAppErrorMsg.man \
+ XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man \
+ XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man \
+ XtAppInitialize.man \
+ XtAppLock.man \
+ XtAppNextEvent.man \
+ XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man \
+ XtAppSetExitFlag.man \
+ XtAppSetFallbackResources.man \
+ XtAppSetTypeConverter.man \
+ XtBuildEventMask.man \
+ XtCallAcceptFocus.man \
+ XtCallActionProc.man \
+ XtCallCallbacks.man \
+ XtClass.man \
+ XtConfigureWidget.man \
+ XtConvert.man \
+ XtConvertAndStore.man \
+ XtCreateApplicationContext.man \
+ XtCreateApplicationShell.man \
+ XtCreatePopupShell.man \
+ XtCreateSelectionRequest.man \
+ XtCreateWidget.man \
+ XtCreateWindow.man \
+ XtDisplay.man \
+ XtDisplayInitialize.man \
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man \
+ XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man \
+ XtError.man \
+ XtErrorMsg.man \
+ XtFindFile.man \
+ XtGetActionKeysym.man \
+ XtGetActionList.man \
+ XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man \
+ XtGetApplicationResources.man \
+ XtGetClassExtension.man \
+ XtGetDisplays.man \
+ XtGetErrorDatabase.man \
+ XtGetGC.man \
+ XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man \
+ XtGetKeysymTable.man \
+ XtGetResourceList.man \
+ XtGetSelectionParameters.man \
+ XtGetSelectionRequest.man \
+ XtGetSelectionTimeout.man \
+ XtGetSelectionValue.man \
+ XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man \
+ XtGetSubresources.man \
+ XtGrabKey.man \
+ XtHooksOfDisplay.man \
+ XtInitialize.man \
+ XtInitializeWidgetClass.man \
+ XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man \
+ XtLastEventProcessed.man \
+ XtMakeGeometryRequest.man \
+ XtMalloc.man \
+ XtManageChildren.man \
+ XtMapWidget.man \
+ XtName.man \
+ XtNameToWidget.man \
+ XtNextEvent.man \
+ XtOffset.man \
+ XtOpenApplication.man \
+ XtOwnSelection.man \
+ XtParent.man \
+ XtParseAcceleratorTable.man \
+ XtParseTranslationTable.man \
+ XtPopdown.man \
+ XtPopup.man \
+ XtProcessLock.man \
+ XtQueryGeometry.man \
+ XtRealizeWidget.man \
+ XtRegisterDrawable.man \
+ XtRegisterGrabAction.man \
+ XtReservePropertyAtom.man \
+ XtResolvePathname.man \
+ XtSessionGetToken.man \
+ XtSetArg.man \
+ XtSetKeyTranslator.man \
+ XtSetKeyboardFocus.man \
+ XtSetLanguageProc.man \
+ XtSetMultiClickTime.man \
+ XtSetSelectionParameters.man \
+ XtSetSensitive.man \
+ XtSetValues.man \
+ XtSetWMColormapWindows.man \
+ XtStringConversionWarning.man \
+ XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man \
+ XtTranslateCoords.man \
+ XtVaCreateArgsList.man
+
+libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = $(libman_PRE)
+CLEANFILES = $(libman_DATA)
+
+SUFFIXES = .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
+
+all_shadows = \
+ $(XtAddCallback_shadows) \
+ $(XtAddEventHandler_shadows) \
+ $(XtAddGrab_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppAddConverter_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppAddInput_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppCreateShell_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppError_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppNextEvent_shadows) \
+ $(XtNextEvent_shadows) \
+ $(XtCallCallbacks_shadows) \
+ $(XtClass_shadows) \
+ $(XtConfigureWidget_shadows) \
+ $(XtConvert_shadows) \
+ $(XtConvertAndStore_shadows) \
+ $(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows) \
+ $(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows) \
+ $(XtCreateWidget_shadows) \
+ $(XtDisplay_shadows) \
+ $(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows) \
+ $(XtGetGC_shadows) \
+ $(XtGetResourceList_shadows) \
+ $(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows) \
+ $(XtGetSubresources_shadows) \
+ $(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows) \
+ $(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows) \
+ $(XtMalloc_shadows) \
+ $(XtManageChildren_shadows) \
+ $(XtMapWidget_shadows) \
+ $(XtNameToWidget_shadows) \
+ $(XtOffset_shadows) \
+ $(XtOwnSelection_shadows) \
+ $(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows) \
+ $(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows) \
+ $(XtPopdown_shadows) \
+ $(XtPopup_shadows) \
+ $(XtRealizeWidget_shadows) \
+ $(XtSetArg_shadows) \
+ $(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows) \
+ $(XtSetSensitive_shadows) \
+ $(XtSetValues_shadows) \
+ $(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows) \
+ $(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows) \
+ $(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows) \
+ $(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppAddSignal_shadows) \
+ $(XtAddInput_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppInitialize_shadows) \
+ $(XtSessionGetToken_shadows) \
+ $(XtErrorMsg_shadows) \
+ $(XtError_shadows) \
+ $(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \
+ $(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows) \
+ $(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \
+ $(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows) \
+ $(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows) \
+ $(XtGrabKey_shadows) \
+ $(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows) \
+ $(XtAppLock_shadows) \
+ $(XtProcessLock_shadows) \
+ $(XtOpenApplication_shadows)
+
+XtAddCallback_shadows = \
+ XtAddCallbacks \
+ XtRemoveCallback \
+ XtRemoveCallbacks \
+ XtRemoveAllCallbacks
+
+XtAddEventHandler_shadows = \
+ XtAddRawEventHandler \
+ XtRemoveEventHandler \
+ XtRemoveRawEventHandler \
+ XtInsertEventHandler \
+ XtInsertRawEventHandler
+
+XtAddGrab_shadows = \
+ XtRemoveGrab
+
+XtAppAddConverter_shadows = \
+ XtAddConverter
+
+XtAppAddInput_shadows = \
+ XtRemoveInput
+
+XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows = \
+ XtRemoveTimeOut
+
+XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows = \
+ XtRemoveWorkProc
+
+XtAppCreateShell_shadows = \
+ XtVaAppCreateShell
+
+XtAppError_shadows = \
+ XtAppSetErrorHandler \
+ XtAppSetWarningHandler \
+ XtAppWarning
+
+XtAppErrorMsg_shadows = \
+ XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler \
+ XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler \
+ XtAppWarningMsg
+
+XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \
+ XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
+
+XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \
+ XtAppSetSelectionTimeout
+
+XtAppNextEvent_shadows = \
+ XtAppPending \
+ XtAppPeekEvent \
+ XtAppProcessEvent \
+ XtDispatchEvent \
+ XtAppMainLoop
+
+XtNextEvent_shadows = \
+ XtPending \
+ XtPeekEvent \
+ XtProcessEvent \
+ XtMainLoop
+
+XtCallCallbacks_shadows = \
+ XtCallCallbackList \
+ XtHasCallbacks
+
+XtClass_shadows = \
+ XtSuperclass \
+ XtIsSubclass \
+ XtCheckSubclass \
+ XtIsObject \
+ XtIsRectObj \
+ XtIsWidget \
+ XtIsComposite \
+ XtIsConstraint \
+ XtIsShell \
+ XtIsOverrideShell \
+ XtIsWMShell \
+ XtIsVendorShell \
+ XtIsTransientShell \
+ XtIsTopLevelShell \
+ XtIsApplicationShell \
+ XtIsSessionShell
+
+XtConfigureWidget_shadows = \
+ XtMoveWidget \
+ XtResizeWidget
+
+XtConvert_shadows = \
+ XtDirectConvert
+
+XtConvertAndStore_shadows = \
+ XtCallConverter
+
+XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows = \
+ XtDestroyApplicationContext \
+ XtWidgetToApplicationContext \
+ XtToolkitInitialize
+
+XtCreatePopupShell_shadows = \
+ XtVaCreatePopupShell
+
+XtCreateWidget_shadows = \
+ XtVaCreateWidget \
+ XtCreateManagedWidget \
+ XtVaCreateManagedWidget \
+ XtDestroyWidget
+
+XtDisplay_shadows = \
+ XtDisplayOfObject \
+ XtScreen \
+ XtScreenOfObject \
+ XtWindow \
+ XtWindowOfObject
+
+XtDisplayInitialize_shadows = \
+ XtOpenDisplay \
+ XtCloseDisplay \
+ XtDatabase \
+ XtScreenDatabase
+
+XtGetGC_shadows = \
+ XtReleaseGC
+
+XtGetResourceList_shadows = \
+ XtGetConstraintResourceList
+
+XtGetSelectionValue_shadows = \
+ XtGetSelectionValues
+
+XtGetSubresources_shadows = \
+ XtVaGetSubresources
+
+XtGetApplicationResources_shadows = \
+ XtVaGetApplicationResources
+
+XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows = \
+ XtMakeResizeRequest
+
+XtMalloc_shadows = \
+ XtCalloc \
+ XtRealloc \
+ XtFree \
+ XtNew \
+ XtNewString \
+ XtAsprintf
+
+XtManageChildren_shadows = \
+ XtManageChild \
+ XtUnmanageChildren \
+ XtUnmanageChild \
+ XtIsManaged \
+ XtChangeManagedSet
+
+XtMapWidget_shadows = \
+ XtSetMappedWhenManaged \
+ XtUnmapWidget
+
+XtNameToWidget_shadows = \
+ XtWindowToWidget
+
+XtOffset_shadows = \
+ XtOffsetOf \
+ XtNumber
+
+XtOwnSelection_shadows = \
+ XtOwnSelectionIncremental \
+ XtDisownSelection
+
+XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows = \
+ XtInstallAccelerators \
+ XtInstallAllAccelerators
+
+XtParseTranslationTable_shadows = \
+ XtAugmentTranslations \
+ XtOverrideTranslations \
+ XtUninstallTranslations
+
+XtPopdown_shadows = \
+ XtCallbackPopdown \
+ MenuPopdown
+
+XtPopup_shadows = \
+ XtPopupSpringLoaded \
+ XtCallbackNone \
+ XtCallbackNonexclusive \
+ XtCallbackExclusive \
+ MenuPopup
+
+XtRealizeWidget_shadows = \
+ XtIsRealized \
+ XtUnrealizeWidget
+
+XtSetArg_shadows = \
+ XtMergeArgLists
+
+XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows = \
+ XtTranslateKeycode \
+ XtRegisterCaseConverter \
+ XtConvertCase
+
+XtSetSensitive_shadows = \
+ XtIsSensitive
+
+XtSetValues_shadows = \
+ XtVaSetValues \
+ XtSetSubvalues \
+ XtGetValues \
+ XtVaGetValues \
+ XtGetSubvalues \
+ XtVaGetSubvalues \
+ XtVaSetSubvalues
+
+XtGetKeysymTable_shadows = \
+ XtKeysymToKeycodeList
+
+XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows = \
+ XtSetTypeConverter
+
+XtAppAddActionHook_shadows = \
+ XtRemoveActionHook
+
+XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows = \
+ XtGetMultiClickTime
+
+XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows = \
+ XtRemoveEventTypeHandler \
+ XtRegisterExtensionSelector \
+ XtSetEventDispatcher \
+ XtDispatchEventToWidget
+
+XtLastEventProcessed_shadows = \
+ XtLastTimestampProcessed
+
+XtAppAddSignal_shadows = \
+ XtNoticeSignal \
+ XtRemoveSignal
+
+XtAddInput_shadows = \
+ XtAddTimeOut \
+ XtAddWorkProc
+
+XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows = \
+ XtRemoveBlockHook
+
+XtAppInitialize_shadows = \
+ XtVaAppInitialize
+
+XtSessionGetToken_shadows = \
+ XtSessionReturnToken
+
+XtErrorMsg_shadows = \
+ XtSetErrorMsgHandler \
+ XtSetWarningMsgHandler \
+ XtWarningMsg
+
+XtError_shadows = \
+ XtSetErrorHandler \
+ XtSetWarningHandler \
+ XtWarning
+
+XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \
+ XtGetErrorDatabaseText
+
+XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows = \
+ XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+
+XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \
+ XtSetSelectionTimeout
+
+XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows = \
+ XtSendSelectionRequest \
+ XtCancelSelectionRequest
+
+XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows = \
+ XtReleasePropertyAtom
+
+XtGrabKey_shadows = \
+ XtUngrabKey \
+ XtGrabKeyboard \
+ XtUngrabKeyboard \
+ XtGrabButton \
+ XtUngrabButton \
+ XtGrabPointer \
+ XtUngrabPointer
+
+XtRegisterDrawable_shadows = \
+ XtUnregisterDrawable
+
+XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows = \
+ XtAppGetExitFlag
+
+XtAppLock_shadows = \
+ XtAppUnlock
+
+XtProcessLock_shadows = \
+ XtProcessUnlock
+
+XtOpenApplication_shadows = \
+ XtVaOpenApplication
+
+# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure
+.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX):
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopdown.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Add-Actions wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAddActions __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAddActions \- register an action table
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAddActions(XtActionList \fIactions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_actions\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIactions\fP 1i
+Specifies the action table to register.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in this action table.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtAddActions
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppAddActions .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppAddActions(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtAdd-Callback XtAdd-Callbacks XtRemove-Callback XtRemove-Callbacks XtRemove-All-Callbacks wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAddCallback __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAddCallback, XtAddCallbacks, XtRemoveCallback, XtRemoveCallbacks, XtRemoveAllCallbacks \- add and remove callback procedures
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAddCallback(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP, XtCallbackProc
+\fIcallback\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAddCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP, XtCallbackList
+\fIcallbacks\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveCallback(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP,
+XtCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP,
+XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveAllCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP,
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback procedure\*(Cb.
+.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i
+Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding
+client data.
+.ds Cn \ to which the procedure is to be appended or deleted
+.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list\*(Cn.
+.ds Cd it is invoked by XtCallbacks or NULL, \
+or the client data to match on the registered callback procedures
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
+when \*(Cd.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAddCallback
+function adds the specified callback procedure to the specified widget's
+callback list.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAddCallbacks
+add the specified list of callbacks to the specified widget's callback list.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveCallback
+function removes a callback only if both the procedure and the client
+data match.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveCallbacks
+function removes the specified callback procedures from the specified
+widget's callback list.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveAllCallbacks
+function removes all the callback procedures from the specified
+widget's callback list.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtCallCallbacks(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddConverter.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtAdd-Event-Handler XtAdd-Raw-Event-Handler XtRemove-Event-Handler XtRemove-Raw-Event-Handler XtInsert-Event-Handler XtInsert-Raw-Event-Handler wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAddEventHandler __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAddEventHandler, XtAddRawEventHandler, XtRemoveEventHandler, XtRemoveRawEventHandler, XtInsertEventHandler, XtInsertRawEventHandler \- add and remove event handlers
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAddEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP, Boolean
+\fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAddRawEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP, Boolean
+\fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP, Boolean
+\fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveRawEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP,
+Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
+\fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtInsertEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP, Boolean
+\fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP,
+XtListPosition \fIposition\fP);
+.HP
+void XtInsertRawEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP,
+Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
+\fIclient_data\fP, XtListPosition \fIposition\fP);
+.HP
+typedef enum { XtListHead, XtListTail } XtListPosition;
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
+.ds Em to call or unregister this procedure
+.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies the event mask for which \*(Em.
+.ds Nm called or removed
+.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i
+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether this procedure should be
+\*(Nm on the nonmaskable events
+.Pn ( GraphicsExpose ,
+.ZN NoExpose ,
+.ZN SelectionClear ,
+.ZN SelectionRequest ,
+.ZN SelectionNotify ,
+.ZN ClientMessage ,
+and
+.ZN MappingNotify ).
+.ds Pr \ to be added or removed
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
+.ds Wi for which this event handler is being registered
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.IP \fIposition\fP 1i
+Specifies when the event handler is to be called relative to other
+previously registered handlers.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAddEventHandler
+function registers a procedure with the dispatch mechanism that is
+to be called when an event that matches the mask occurs on the specified
+widget.
+If the procedure is already registered with the same client_data,
+the specified mask is ORed into the existing mask.
+If the widget is realized,
+.ZN XtAddEventHandler
+calls
+.ZN XSelectInput ,
+if necessary.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAddRawEventHandler
+function is similar to
+.ZN XtAddEventHandler
+except that it does not affect the widget's mask and never causes an
+.ZN XSelectInput
+for its events.
+Note that the widget might already have those mask bits set
+because of other nonraw event handlers registered on it.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveRawEventHandler
+function stops the specified procedure from receiving the specified events.
+Because the procedure is a raw event handler,
+this does not affect the widget's mask and never causes a call on
+.ZN XSelectInput .
+.LP
+.ZN XtInsertEventHandler
+is identical to
+.ZN XtAddEventHandler
+with the additional \fIposition\fP argument. if \fIposition\fP is
+.ZN XtListHead ,
+the event handler is registered to that it will be called before
+any event handlers that were previously registered for the same widget.
+If \fIposition\fP is
+.ZN XtListTail ,
+the event handler is registered to be called after any previously
+registered event handlers. If the procedure is already registered with
+the same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask augments the
+existing mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list.
+.LP
+.ZN XtInsertRawEventHandler
+is similar to
+.ZN XtInsertEventHandler
+except that it does not modify the widget's event mask and never causes an
+.ZN XSelectInput
+for the specified events. If the procedure is already registered with the
+same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask augments the existing
+mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppNextEvent(__libmansuffix__),
+XtBuildEventMask(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtAdd-Exposure-To-Region wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAddExposureToRegion __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAddExposureToRegion \- merge exposure events into a region
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAddExposureToRegion(XEvent *\fIevent\fP, Region \fIregion\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the
+.ZN Expose
+or
+.ZN GraphicsExpose
+event.
+.IP \fIregion\fP 1i
+Specifies the region object (as defined in
+.Pn < X11/Xutil.h >).
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAddExposureToRegion
+function computes the union of the rectangle defined by the exposure
+event and the specified region.
+Then, it stores the results back in region.
+If the event argument is not an
+.ZN Expose
+or
+.ZN GraphicsExpose
+event,
+.ZN XtAddExposureToRegion
+returns without an error and without modifying region.
+.LP
+This function is used by the exposure compression mechanism
+(see Section 7.9.3).
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtAdd-Grab wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAddGrab __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAddGrab, XtRemoveGrab \- redirect user input to a modal widget
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAddGrab(Widget \fIw\fP, Boolean \fIexclusive\fP, Boolean
+\fIspring_loaded\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveGrab(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIexclusive\fP 1i
+Specifies whether user events should be dispatched exclusively to this widget
+or also to previous widgets in the cascade.
+.IP \fIspring_loaded\fP 1i
+Specifies whether this widget was popped up because the user pressed
+a pointer button.
+.ds Wi to add to or remove from the modal cascade
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAddGrab
+function appends the widget (and associated parameters) to the modal cascade
+and checks that exclusive is
+.ZN True
+if spring_loaded is
+.ZN True .
+If these are not
+.ZN True ,
+.ZN XtAddGrab
+generates an error.
+.LP
+The modal cascade is used by
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+when it tries to dispatch a user event.
+When at least one modal widget is in the widget cascade,
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+first determines if the event should be delivered.
+It starts at the most recent cascade entry and follows the cascade up to and
+including the most recent cascade entry added with the exclusive parameter
+.ZN True .
+.LP
+This subset of the modal cascade along with all descendants of these widgets
+comprise the active subset.
+User events that occur outside the widgets in this subset are ignored
+or remapped.
+Modal menus with submenus generally add a submenu widget to the cascade
+with exclusive
+.ZN False .
+Modal dialog boxes that need to restrict user input to the most deeply nested
+dialog box add a subdialog widget to the cascade with exclusive
+.ZN True .
+User events that occur within the active subset are delivered to the
+appropriate widget, which is usually a child or further descendant of the modal
+widget.
+.LP
+Regardless of where on the screen they occur,
+remap events are always delivered to the most recent widget in the active
+subset of the cascade that has spring_loaded
+.ZN True ,
+if any such widget exists.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveGrab
+function removes widgets from the modal cascade starting
+at the most recent widget up to and including the specified widget.
+It issues an error if the specified widget is not on the modal cascade.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtAdd-Input XtAdd-TimeOut XtAddWorkProc wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAddInput __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAddInput, XtAddTimeOut, XtAddWorkProc \- register input, timeout, and workprocs
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtInputId XtAddInput(int \fIsource\fP, XtPointer \fIcondition\fP,
+XtInputCallbackProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+XtIntervalId XtAddTimeOut(unsigned long \fIinterval\fP, XtInputCallbackProc
+\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+XtWorkProcId XtAddWorkProc(XtWorkProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
+\fIclient_data\fP);
+.LP
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
+when input is available
+.IP \fIcondition\fP 1i
+Specifies the mask that indicates a read, write, or exception condition
+or some operating system dependent condition.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is to be called when input is available.
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Specifies the source file descriptor on a UNIX-based system
+or other operating system dependent device specification.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtAddInput
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppAddInput.
+.LP
+.ZN XtAddTimeOut
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppAddTimeOut.
+.LP
+.ZN XtAddWorkProc
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppAddWorkProc .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__), XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__), XtAppAddWorkProc(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddInput.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddInput.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtAllocate-GC wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAllocateGC __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAllocateGC \- obtain a sharable GC with modifiable fields
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+GC XtAllocateGC(Widget \fIw\fP, Cardinal \fIdepth\fP, XtGCMask
+\fIvalue_mask\fP, XGCValues *\fIvalues\fP, XtGCMask \fIdynamic_mask\fP,
+XtGCMask \fIunused_mask\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIvalues\fP 1i
+Specifies the actual values for this GC.
+.ds Vm fields of the values are specified
+.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies which \*(Vm.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fIdepth\fP 1i
+Specifies the depth for which the returned GC is valid, or 0.
+.IP \fIdynamic_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies the fields of the GC that will be modified by the caller.
+.IP \fIunused_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies the fields of the GC that will not be needed by the caller.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAllocateGC
+function returns a sharable GC that may be modified by the client.
+The \fIscreen\fP field of the specified widget or of the nearest
+widget ancestor of the specified object and the specified \fIdepth\fP
+argument supply the root and drawable depths for which the GC is to
+be valid. If \fIdepth\fP is zero the depth is taken from the \fIdepth\fP
+field of the specified widget or of the nearest widget ancestor of the
+specified object.
+.LP
+The \fIvalue_mask\fP argument specifies the fields of the GC that will
+be initialized with the respective members of the \fIvalues\fP structure.
+The \fIdynamic_mask\fP argument specifies fields that the caller intends
+to modify during program execution. The caller must ensure that the
+corresponding GC field is set prior to each use of the GC. The
+\fIunused_mask\fP argument specifies fields of the GC that are of no
+interest to the caller. The caller may make no assumptions about the
+contents of any fields specified in \fIunused_mask\fP. The caller may
+assume that at all times all fields not specified in either
+\fIdynamic_mask\fP or \fIunused_mask\fP have their default value if
+not specified in \fIvalue_mask\fP or the value specified by \fIvalues\fP.
+If a field is specified in both \fIvalue_mask\fP and \fPdynamic_mask\fP,
+the effect is as if it were specified only in \fIdynamic_mask\fP and
+then immediately set to the value in \fIvalues\fP. If a field is set
+in \fIunused_mask\fP and also in either \fIvalue_mask\fP or
+\fIdynamic_mask\fP, the specification in \fIunused_mask\fP is ignored.
+.LP
+.ZN XtAllocateGC
+tries to minimize the number of unique GCs created by comparing the
+arguments with those of previous calls and returning an existing GC
+when there are no conflicts.
+.ZN XtAllocateGC
+may modify and return an existing GC if it was allocated with a nonzero
+\fIunused_mask\fP.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.ZN XtGetGC
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Add-Action-Hook XtRemove-Action-Hook wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppAddActionHook __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppAddActionHook, XtRemoveActionHook \- register an action hook procedure
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtActionHookId XtAppAddActionHook(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP,
+XtActionHookProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveActionHook(XtActionHookId \fIid\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the action hook procedure.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the application-specific data to be passed to the action hook.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtAppAddActionHook
+adds the specified procedure to the front of a list maintained in the
+application context. In the future, when an action routine is about to
+be invoked for any widget in this application context, either through
+the translation manager or via
+.ZN XtCallActionProc ,
+the action hohok procedures will be called in reverse order of registration
+jut prior to invoking the action routine.
+.LP
+Action hook procedures are removed automatically and the
+.ZN XtActionHookId
+s destroyed when the application context in which they were added is
+destroyed.
+.LP
+.ZN XtRemoveActionHook
+removes the specified action hook procedure from the list in which it
+was registered.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Add-Actions wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppAddActions __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppAddActions \- register an action table
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppAddActions(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtActionList
+\fIactions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_actions\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIactions\fP 1i
+Specifies the action table to register.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in this action table.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppAddActions
+function adds the specified action table and registers it with the
+translation manager.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtParseTranslationTable(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Add-Block-Hook XtRemove-Block-Hook wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppAddBlockHook __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppAddBlockHook, XtRemoveBlockHook \- register a block hook procedure
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtBlockHookId XtAppAddBlockHook(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP,
+XtBlockHookProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveBlockHook(XtBlockHookId \fIid\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the block hook procedure.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the application-specific data to be passed to the block hook.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtAppAddBlockHook
+registers the specified procedure and returns an identifier for it.
+The hook is called at any time in the future when the Intrinsics are
+about to block pending some input.
+.LP
+Block hook procedures are removed automatically and the
+.ZN XtBlockHookId
+is destroyed when the application context in which they were added is
+destroyed.
+.LP
+.ZN XtRemoveBlockHook
+removes the specified block hook procedure from the list in which it
+was registered.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Add-Converter XtAdd-Converter wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppAddConverter __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppAddConverter, XtAddConverter \- register resource converter
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppAddConverter(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fIfrom_type\fP,
+String \fIto_type\fP, XtConverter \fIconverter\fP, XtConvertArgList
+\fIconvert_args\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAddConverter(String \fIfrom_type\fP, String \fIto_type\fP, XtConverter
+\fIconverter\fP, XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_args\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
+Specifies the type converter procedure.
+.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i
+Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter or NULL.
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of additional arguments to the converter or zero.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtAppAddConverter
+is equivalent in function to
+.ZN XtAppSetTypeConverter
+with \fIcache_type\fP equal to
+.ZN XtCacheAll
+for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by
+.ZN XtAppSetTypeConverter .
+.LP
+.ZN XtAddConverter
+is equivalent in function to
+.ZN XtSetTypeConverter
+with \fIcache_type\fP equal to
+.ZN XtCacheAll
+for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by
+.ZN XtSetTypeConverter .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtConvert(__libmansuffix__),
+XtStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Add-Input wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppAddInput __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppAddInput, XtRemoveInput \- register and remove an input source
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtInputId XtAppAddInput(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, int \fIsource\fP,
+XtPointer \fIcondition\fP, XtInputCallbackProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
+\fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveInput(XtInputId \fIid\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Co that identifies the application
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context \*(Co.
+.ds Cd input is available
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
+when \*(Cd.
+.IP \fIcondition\fP 1i
+Specifies the mask that indicates a read, write, or exception condition
+or some operating system dependent condition.
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Specifies the ID returned from the corresponding
+.ZN XtAppAddInput
+call.
+.ds Pr \ to be called when input is available
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Specifies the source file descriptor on a UNIX-based system
+or other operating system dependent device specification.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppAddInput
+function registers with the \*(xI read routine a new source of events,
+which is usually file input but can also be file output.
+Note that file should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink
+or source of data.
+.ZN XtAppAddInput
+also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events.
+When input is pending on this source,
+the callback procedure is called.
+.LP
+The legal values for the condition argument are operating-system dependent.
+On a UNIX-based system,
+the condition is some union of
+.ZN XtInputReadMask ,
+.ZN XtInputWriteMask ,
+and
+.ZN XtInputExceptMask .
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveInput
+function causes the \*(xI read routine to stop watching for input
+from the input source.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddSignal(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
+.LP
+.SH "BUGS"
+In ANSI C it is necessary to cast the condition to an XtPointer, e.g.:
+.RS 4
+.br
+XtAppAddInput(app_context,
+.RS 4
+.br
+source,
+.br
+.B (XtPointer)
+(XtInputReadMask | XtInputWriteMask),
+.br
+proc,
+.br
+client_data);
+.RE
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Add-Signal wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppAddSignal __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppAddSignal, XtRemoveSignal, XtNoticeSignal \- register and remove a signal source
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtSignalId XtAppAddSignal(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtSignalCallbackProc
+\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveSignal(XtSignalId \fIid\fP);
+.HP
+void XtNoticeSignal(XtSignalId \fIid\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
+when a signal has been raised.
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Specifies the ID returned from the corresponding
+.ZN XtAppAddSignal
+call.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is to be called when the signal has been
+raised.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppAddSignal
+function initiates a mechanism for handling signals within the context
+of the Intrinsics. Prior to establishing an operating system dependent
+signal handler the application may call
+.ZN XtAppAddSignal
+and store the returned \fIid\fP in a place accessible to the signal
+handler.
+.LP
+Upon receipt of a signal from the operating system, the application may
+call
+.ZN XtNoticeSignal
+passing the \fIid\fP returned by the call to
+.ZN XtAppAddSignal .
+.LP
+.ZN XtNoticeSignal
+is the only Intrinsics function that can safely be called from a signal
+handler. If
+.ZN XtNoticeSignal
+is called multiple times before the Intrinsics are able to invoke the
+registered callback, the callback is only called once. Logically the
+Intrinsics maintain ``pending'' for each registered callback. This
+flag is initially
+.ZN False
+and is set to
+.ZN True
+by
+.ZN XtNoticeSignal ;
+the Intrinsics invoke the callback whenever the flag is
+.ZN True ,
+and the flag is set to
+.ZN False
+just before the callback is invoked.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveSignal
+function is called to remove the specified Intrinsics signal handler. The
+client should disable the source of the signal before calling
+.ZN XtRemoveSignal .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddWorkProc(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Add-Time-Out XtRemove-Time-Out wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppAddTimeOut __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppAddTimeOut, XtRemoveTimeOut \- register and remove timeouts
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, unsigned long
+\fIinterval\fP, XtTimerCallbackProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveTimeOut(XtIntervalId \fItimer\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Co for which the timer is to be set
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context \*(Co.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
+when \*(Cd.
+.IP \fIinterval\fP 1i
+Specifies the time interval in milliseconds.
+.ds Pr \ to be called when time expires
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
+.IP \fItimer\fP 1i
+Specifies the ID for the timeout request to be destroyed.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppAddTimeOut
+function creates a timeout and returns an identifier for it.
+The timeout value is set to interval.
+The callback procedure is called when the time interval elapses,
+and then the timeout is removed.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveTimeOut
+function removes the timeout.
+Note that timeouts are automatically removed once they trigger.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddSignal(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-AddWork-Proc, XtRemove-Work-Proc wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppAddWorkProc __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppAddWorkProc, XtRemoveWorkProc \- Add and remove background processing procedures
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtWorkProc
+\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveWorkProc(XtWorkProcId \fIid\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Co that identifies the application
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context \*(Co.
+.ds Cd it is called
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
+when \*(Cd.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
+.IP \fIid\fP 1i
+Specifies which work procedure to remove.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppAddWorkProc
+function adds the specified work procedure for the application identified
+by app_context.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveWorkProc
+function explicitly removes the specified background work procedure.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppNextEvent(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Create-Shell XtVa-App-Create-Shell wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppCreateShell __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppCreateShell, XtVaAppCreateShell \- create top-level widget instance
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtAppCreateShell(String \fIapplication_name\fP, String
+\fIapplication_class\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, Display
+*\fIdisplay\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+Widget XtVaAppCreateShell(String \fIapplication_name\fP, String
+\fIapplication_class\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, Display
+*\fIdisplay\fP, ...\^);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the application instance.
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
+.ds Wc \ that the application top-level widget should be
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
+.ds Di \ from which to get the resources
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display\*(Di.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list\*(Di.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
+.IP \fI...\fP 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list\*(Di.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppCreateShell
+function saves the specified application name and application class
+for qualifying all widget resource specifiers.
+The application name and application class are used as the left-most components
+in all widget resource names for this application.
+.ZN XtAppCreateShell
+should be used to create a new logical application within a program
+or to create a shell on another display.
+In the first case,
+it allows the specification of a new root in the resource hierarchy.
+In the second case,
+it uses the resource database associated with the other display.
+.LP
+Note that the widget returned by
+.ZN XtAppCreateShell
+has the \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1
+property set for session managers (see Chapter 4).
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtCreateWidget(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Error XtApp-Set-Error-Handler XtApp-Set-Warning-Handler XtApp-Warning wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppError __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppError, XtAppSetErrorHandler, XtAppSetWarningHandler, XtAppWarning \- low-level error handlers
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppError(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fImessage\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppSetErrorHandler(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtErrorHandler
+\fIhandler\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppSetWarningHandler(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtErrorHandler
+\fIhandler\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppWarning(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fImessage\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the nonfatal error message that is to be reported.
+.ds Ha fatal error procedure, which should not return, \
+or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns
+.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new \*(Ha.
+.ds Me reported
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the message that is to be \*(Me.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppError
+function calls the installed error procedure and passes the specified message.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppSetErrorHandler
+function registers the specified procedure,
+which is called when a fatal error condition occurs.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppSetWarningHandler
+registers the specified procedure,
+which is called when a nonfatal error condition occurs.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppWarning
+function calls the installed nonfatal error procedure and passes the
+specified message.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppGetErrorDatabase(__libmansuffix__),
+XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Error-Msg XtApp-Set-Error-Msg-Handler XtApp-Set-Warning-Msg-Handler XtApp-Warning-Msg wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppErrorMsg __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppErrorMsg, XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler, XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler, XtAppWarningMsg \- high-level error handlers
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppErrorMsg(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fIname\fP, String
+\fItype\fP, String \fIclass\fP, String \fIdefault\fP, String *\fIparams\fP,
+Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtErrorMsgHandler
+\fImsg_handler\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP,
+XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppWarningMsg(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fIname\fP, String
+\fItype\fP, String \fIclass\fP, String \fIdefault\fP, String *\fIparams\fP,
+Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.ds Cl
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class\*(Cl.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+.ds Mh fatal error procedure, which should not return \
+or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns
+.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new \*(Mh.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of values in the parameter list.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppErrorMsg
+function calls the high-level error handler and passes the specified
+information.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler
+function registers the specified procedure,
+which is called when a fatal error occurs.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler
+function registers the specified procedure,
+which is called when a nonfatal error condition occurs.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppWarningMsg
+function calls the high-level error handler and passes the specified
+information.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppGetErrorDatabase(__libmansuffix__),
+XtAppError(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Get-Error-Database XtApp-Get-Error-Database-Text wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppGetErrorDatabase __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppGetErrorDatabase, XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText \- obtain error database
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase(\^XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, char
+*\fIname\fP, char *\fItype\fP, char *\fIclass\fP, char *\fIdefault\fP, char
+*\fIbuffer_return\fP, int \fInbytes\fP, XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i
+Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
+.ds Cl \ of the error message
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class\*(Cl.
+.IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the alternative database that is to be used
+or NULL if the application's database is to be used.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the name and type that are concatenated to form the resource name
+of the error message.
+.IP \fInbytes\fP 1i
+Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabase
+function returns the address of the error database.
+The \*(xI do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the
+database file until the first call to
+.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatbaseText .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
+returns the appropriate message from the error database
+or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the
+error database.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppError(__libmansuffix__),
+XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppSetExitFlag.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Get-Selection-Timeout XtApp-Set-Selection-Timeout wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppGetSelectionTimeout __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppGetSelectionTimeout, XtAppSetSelectionTimeout \- set and obtain selection timeout values
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, unsigned long
+\fItimeout\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fItimeout\fP 1i
+Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout
+function returns the current selection timeout value, in milliseconds.
+The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating
+applications must respond to one another.
+The initial timeout value is set by the
+.ZN selectionTimeout
+application resource, or, if
+.ZN selectionTimeout
+is not specified,
+it defaults to five seconds.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout
+function sets the \*(xI's selection timeout mechanism.
+Note that most applications should not set the selection timeout.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtOwnSelection(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Initialize XtVa-App-Initialize
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppInitialize __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppInitialize, XtVaAppInitialize \- initialize, open, or close a display
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtAppInitialize(XtAppContext* \fIapp_context_return\fP, String
+\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec* \fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_options\fP, int* \fIargc_in_out\fP, String* \fIargv_in_out\fP, String*
+\fIfallback_resources\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+Widget XtVaAppInitialize(XtAppContext* \fIapp_context_return\fP, String
+\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec* \fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_options\fP, int* \fIargc_in_out\fP, String* \fIargv_in_out\fP, String*
+\fIfallback_resources\fP, ...\^);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The options argument is passed as a parameter to
+.ZN XrmParseCommand .
+For further information,
+see \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1i
+Specifies the command line parameters.
+.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
+file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specification
+for the created shell widget.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.IP \fI...\fP 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other resource
+specification for the created shell widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtAppInitialize
+function calls
+.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
+followed by
+.ZN XtCreateApplicationContext ,
+then calls
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay
+with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and
+finally calls
+.ZN XtAppCreateShell
+with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, \fIwidget_class\fP
+.ZN applicationShellWidgetClass ,
+and the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP and returns the
+created shell. The modified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP returned by
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
+are returned in \fIargc_in_out\fP and \fIargv_in_out\fP. If
+\fIapp_context_return\fP is not NULL, the created application context
+is also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot
+be opened, an error message is issued and
+.ZN XtAppInitialize
+terminates the application. If \fIfallback_resources\fP is non-NULL,
+.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources
+is called with the value prior to calling
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay .
+.LP
+XtAppInitialize and XtVaAppInitialize have been superceded by
+.ZN XtOpenApplication
+and
+.ZN XtVaOpenApplication
+respectively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtOpenApplication(__libmansuffix__), XtVaOpenApplication(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Lock XtApp-Unlock wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppLock __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppLock, XtAppUnlock \- lock and unlock application context
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppLock(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppUnlock(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtAppLock
+locks the application context including all its related displays and widgets.
+.LP
+.ZN XtAppUnlock
+unlocks the application context.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Next-Event XtApp-Pending XtApp-Peek-Event XtApp-Process-Event Xt-Dispatch-Event XtApp-Main-Loop wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppNextEvent __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppNextEvent, XtAppPending, XtAppPeekEvent, XtAppProcessEvent, XtDispatchEvent, XtAppMainLoop \- query and process events and input
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppNextEvent(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XEvent
+*\fIevent_return\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtAppPeekEvent(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XEvent
+*\fIevent_return\fP);
+.HP
+XtInputMask XtAppPending(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppProcessEvent(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtInputMask
+\fImask\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtDispatchEvent(XEvent *\fIevent\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAppMainLoop(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Co that identifies the application
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context \*(Co.
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the event structure that is to be dispatched
+to the appropriate event handler.
+.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+.IP \fImask\fP 1i
+Specifies what types of events to process.
+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of any combination of
+.ZN XtIMXEvent ,
+.ZN XtIMTimer ,
+.ZN XtIMAlternateInput ,
+and
+.ZN XtIMSignal .
+As a convenience, the \*(tk defines the symbolic name
+.ZN XtIMAll
+to be the bitwise inclusive OR of all event types.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If the X event queue is empty,
+.ZN XtAppNextEvent
+flushes the X output buffers of each Display in the application context
+and waits for an event while looking at the other input sources, timeout
+timeout values, and signal handlers and calling any callback procedures
+triggered by them. This wait time can be used for background processing
+(see Section 7.8).
+.LP
+If there is an event in the queue,
+.ZN XtAppPeekEvent
+fills in the event and returns a nonzero value. If no X input is on the
+queue,
+.ZN XtAppPeekEvent
+flushes the output buffer and blocks until input is available
+(possibly calling some timeout callbacks in the process).
+If the input is an event,
+.ZN XtAppPeekEvent
+fills in the event and returns a nonzero value.
+Otherwise, the input is for an alternate input source, and
+.ZN XtAppPeekEvent
+returns zero.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppPending
+function returns a nonzero value if there are events pending from the
+X server, timer pending, or other input sources pending. The value
+returned is a bit mask that is the OR of
+.ZN XtIMXEvent ,
+.ZN XtIMTimer ,
+.ZN XtIMAlternateInput ,
+and
+.ZN XtIMSignal
+(see
+.ZN XtAppProcessEvent ).
+If there are no events pending,
+.ZN XtAppPending
+flushes the output buffer and returns zero.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppProcessEvent
+function processes one timer, alternate input, signal source, or X
+event. If there is nothing of the appropriate type to process,
+.ZN XtAppProcessEvent
+blocks until there is.
+If there is more than one type of thing available to process,
+it is undefined which will get processed.
+Usually, this procedure is not called by client applications (see
+.ZN XtAppMainLoop ).
+.ZN XtAppProcessEvent
+processes timer events by calling any appropriate timer callbacks,
+alternate input by calling any appropriate alternate input callbacks,
+signal source by calling any appropriate signal callbacks, and X events
+by calling
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent .
+.LP
+When an X event is received, it is passed to
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent ,
+which calls the appropriate event handlers
+and passes them the widget, the event, and client-specific data
+registered with each procedure.
+If there are no handlers for that event registered,
+the event is ignored and the dispatcher simply returns.
+The order in which the handlers are called is undefined.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+function sends those events to the event handler functions that
+have been previously registered with the dispatch routine.
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+returns
+.ZN True
+if it dispatched the event to some handler and
+.ZN False
+if it found no handler to dispatch the event to.
+The most common use of
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+is to dispatch events acquired with the
+.ZN XtAppNextEvent
+procedure.
+However, it also can be used to dispatch user-constructed events.
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+also is responsible for implementing the grab semantics for
+.ZN XtAddGrab .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAppMainLoop
+function first reads the next incoming X event by calling
+.ZN XtAppNextEvent
+and then it dispatches the event to the appropriate registered procedure
+by calling
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent .
+This constitutes the main loop of \*(tk applications,
+and, as such, it does not return unless
+.ZN XtAppSetExitFlag
+is called.
+Applications are expected to exit in response to some user action.
+There is nothing special about
+.ZN XtAppMainLoop ;
+it is simply an loop that calls
+.ZN XtAppNextEvent
+and then
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent ,
+until
+.ZN XtAppGetExitFlag ()
+returns true.
+.LP
+Applications can provide their own version of this loop,
+which tests some global termination flag or tests that the number
+of top-level widgets is larger than zero before circling back to the call to
+.ZN XtAppNextEvent .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Release-Cache-Refs wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppReleaseCacheRefs __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppReleaseCacheRefs \- decrement reference counts for resources
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtCacheRef*
+\fIrefs\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIrefs\fP 1i
+Specifies the list of cache references to be released.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtAppReleaseCacheRefs
+decrements the reference count for the conversion entries identified
+by the \fIrefs\fP argument. This argument is a pointer to a NULL-terminated
+list of
+.ZN XtCacheRef
+values. If any reference count reaches zero, the destructor, if any, will
+be called and the resource removed from the conversion cache.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Set-Exit-Flag XtApp-Get-Exit-Flag wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppSetExitFlag __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppSetExitFlag, XtAppGetExitFlag \- thread support functions
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppSetExitFlag(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtAppGetExitFlag(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+To indicate that an application context should exit, use
+.ZN XtAppSetExitFlag .
+.LP
+To test the exit status of an application context, use
+.ZN XtAppGetExitFlag .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Set-Fallback-Resources wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppSetFallbackResources __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppSetFallbackResources \- set fallback resources
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppSetFallbackResources(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String*
+\fIspecification_list\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIspecification_list\fP 1i
+Specifies a NULL-terminated list of resource specifications to pre-load
+the database, or NULL.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Each entry in \fIspecification_list\fP points to a string in the format
+.ZN XrmPutLineResource .
+following a call to
+.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources ,
+when a resource database is being created for a particular screen and
+the Intrinsics are not able to find or read an application-specific
+class resource file and if \fIspecification_list\fP is not NULL the
+resource specification in \fIspecification_list\fP will be merged
+into the screen resource database in place of the application-specific
+class resource file.
+.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources
+is not required to copy \fIspecification_list\fP; the caller must
+ensure that the contents of the list and the strings addressed by the
+list remain valid until all displays are initialized or until
+.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources
+is called again. The value NULL for \fIspecification_list\fP removes
+any previous fallback resource specification for the application context.
+The intended use for fallback resources is to provide a minimal number
+of resources that will make the application usable (or at least terminate
+with helpful diagnostic messages) when some problem exists in finding
+and loading the application defaults file.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Set-Type-Converter XtSet-Type-Converter wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtAppSetTypeConverter __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtAppSetTypeConverter, XtSetTypeConverter \- register resource converter
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtAppSetTypeConverter(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String
+\fIfrom_type\fP, String \fIto_type\fP, XtConverter \fIconverter\fP,
+XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP, XtCacheType
+\fIcache_type\fP, XtDestructor \fIdestructor\fP);
+.HP
+void XtSetTypeConverter(String \fIfrom_type\fP, String \fIto_type\fP,
+XtConverter \fIconverter\fP, XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_args\fP, XtCacheType \fIcache_type\fP, XtDestructor \fIdestructor\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
+Specifies the type converter procedure.
+.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i
+Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter or NULL.
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of additional arguments to the converter or zero.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.IP \fIcache_type\fP 1i
+Specifies whether or not resources produced by this converter are
+sharable or display-specific and when they should be freed.
+.IP \fIdestructor\fP 1i
+Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by this conversion,
+or NULL if no additional action is required to deallocate resources
+produced by the converter.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtSetTypeConverter
+registers the specified type converter and destructor in all application
+contexts created by the calling process, including any future application
+contexts that may be created.
+.ZN XtAppSetTypeConverter
+registers the specified type converter in the single application context
+specified. If the same \fIfrom_type\fP and \fIto_type\fP are specified
+in multiple calls to either function, the most recent overrides the
+previous ones.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppLock.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtBuild-Event-Mask wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtBuildEventMask __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtBuildEventMask \- retrieve a widget's event mask
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+EventMask XtBuildEventMask(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtBuildEventMask
+function returns the event mask representing the logical OR
+of all event masks for event handlers registered on the widget with
+.ZN XtAddEventHandler
+and all event translations, including accelerators,
+installed on the widget.
+This is the same event mask stored into the
+.ZN XSetWindowAttributes
+structure by
+.ZN XtRealizeWidget
+and sent to the server when event handlers and translations are installed or
+removed on the realized widget.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAddEventHandler(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCall-Accept-Focus wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtCallAcceptFocus __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtCallAcceptFocus \- calla widget's accept_focus procedure
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Boolean XtCallAcceptFocus(Widget \fIw\fP, Time *\fItime\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the X time of the event that is causing the accept focus.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtCallAcceptFocus
+function calls the specified widget's accept_focus procedure,
+passing it the specified widget and time, and returns what the accept_focus
+procedure returns.
+If accept_focus is NULL,
+.ZN XtCallAcceptFocus
+returns
+.ZN False .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtSetKeyboardFocus(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCall-Action-Proc wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtCallActionProc __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtCallActionProc \- invoke an action procedure directly
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtCallActionProc(Widget \fIwidget\fP, String \fIaction\fP, XEvent*
+\fIevent\fP, String* \fIparams\fP, Cardinal \fInum_params\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget in which the action is to be invoked. Must be
+of class core of any subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIaction\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the action routine.
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies the contents of the \fIevent\fP passed to the action routine.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies the contents of the \fIparams\fP passed to the action routine.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the num of entries in \fIparams\fP.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtCallActionProc
+searches for the named action routine in the same manner and order as
+translation tables are bound. If found, the action routine is invoked
+with the specified widget, event pointer, and parameters. It is the
+responsibility of the caller to ensure that the contents of \fIevent\fP,
+\fIparams\fP, and \fInum_params\fP arguments are appropriate for the
+specified routine, and if necessary, that the specified widget is
+realized or sensitive. If the named action routine cannot be found,
+.ZN XtCallActionProc
+generates a warning message and returns.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCallCallbacks.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCall-Callbacks XtHas-Callbacks XtCall-Callbacks-List wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtCallCallbacks __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtCallCallbacks, XtCallCallbackList, XtHasCallbacks \- process callbacks
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtCallCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP, XtPointer
+\fIcall_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtCallCallbackList(Widget \fIw\fP, XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP,
+XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP);
+.LP
+typedef enum {XtCallbackNoList, XtCallbackHasNone, XtCallbackHasSome}
+XtCallbackStatus;
+.HP
+XtCallbackStatus XtHasCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Cn \ to be executed or checked
+.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list\*(Cn.
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a callback-list specific data value to pass to each of the callback
+procedure in the list.
+.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback list to be executed.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtCallCallbacks
+function calls each procedure that is registered in the specified widget's
+callback list.
+.LP
+If \fIcallbacks\fP is not NULL,
+.ZN XtCallCallbackList
+calls each of the callback procedures in the list, passing client data
+and \fIcall_data\fP. The \fIcallbacks\fP parameter must specify the
+contents of a widget or object resource declared with representation
+type
+.ZN XtRCallback .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtHasCallbacks
+function first checks to see if the widget has a callback list identified
+by callback_name.
+If the callback list does not exist,
+.ZN XtHasCallbacks
+returns
+.ZN XtCallbackNoList .
+If the callback list exists but is empty,
+it returns
+.ZN XtCallbackHasNone .
+If the callback list exists and has at least one callback registered,
+it returns
+.ZN XtCallbackHasSome .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAddCallback(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConvertAndStore.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopdown.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateSelectionRequest.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCheck-Subclass XtIs-Object XtIs-RectObj XtIs-Widget XtIs-Composite XtIs-Constraint XtIs-Shell XtIs-Override-Shell XtIs-WM-Shell XtIs-Vendor-Shell XtIs-Transient-Shell XtIs-Top-Level-Shell XtIs-Application-Shell wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtClass __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtClass, XtSuperclass, XtIsSubclass, XtCheckSubclass, XtIsObject, XtIsRectObj, XtIsWidget, XtIsComposite, XtIsConstraint, XtIsShell, XtIsOverrideShell, XtIsWMShell, XtIsVendorShell, XtIsTransientShell, XtIsTopLevelShell, XtIsApplicationShell, XtIsSessionShell \- obtain and verify a widget's class
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+WidgetClass XtClass(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+WidgetClass XtSuperclass(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsSubclass(Widget \fIw\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP);
+.HP
+void XtCheckSubclass(Widget \fIwidget\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
+String \fImessage\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsObject(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsRectObj(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsWidget(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsComposite(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsConstraint(Widget \fIw\fP,
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsOverrideShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsWMShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsVendorShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsTransientShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsTopLevelShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsApplicationShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsSessionShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
+.ds Me used
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the message that is to be \*(Me.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtClass
+function returns a pointer to the widget's class structure.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtSuperclass
+function returns a pointer to the widget's superclass class structure.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtIsSubclass
+function returns
+.ZN True
+if the class of the specified widget is equal to or is a subclass of
+the specified class. The widget's class can be any number of subclasses
+down the chain and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified
+class. Composite widgets that need to restrict the class of the items
+they contain can use
+.ZN XtIsSubclass
+to find out if a widget belongs to the desired class of objects.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtCheckSubclass
+macro determines if the class of the specified widget is equal to
+or is a subclass of the specified widget class.
+The widget can be any number of subclasses down the chain
+and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified widget class.
+If the specified widget is not a subclass,
+.ZN XtCheckSubclass
+constructs an error message from the supplied message,
+the widget's actual class, and the expected class and calls
+.ZN XtErrorMsg .
+.ZN XtCheckSubclass
+should be used at the entry point of exported routines to ensure
+that the client has passed in a valid widget class for the exported operation.
+.LP
+.ZN XtCheckSubclass
+is only executed when the widget has been compiled with the compiler symbol
+DEBUG defined; otherwise, it is defined as the empty string
+and generates no code.
+.LP
+To test if a given widget belongs to a subclass of an Intrinsics-defined
+class, the Intrinsics defines macros or functions equivalent to
+.ZN XtIsSubclass
+for each of the built-in classes. These procedures are
+.ZN XtIsObject ,
+.ZN XtIsRectObj ,
+.ZN XtIsWidget ,
+.ZN XtIsComposite ,
+.ZN XtIsConstraint ,
+.ZN XtIsShell ,
+.ZN XtIsOverrideShell ,
+.ZN XtIsWMShell ,
+.ZN XtIsVendorShell ,
+.ZN XtIsTransientShell ,
+.ZN XtIsTopLevelShell ,
+.ZN XtIsApplicationShell ,
+and
+.ZN XtIsSessionShell .
+.LP
+The
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__),
+XtDisplay(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtConfigure-Widget XtMove-Widget XtResize-Widget wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtConfigureWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtConfigureWidget, XtMoveWidget, XtResizeWidget \- move and resize widgets
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtConfigureWidget(Widget \fIw\fP, Position \fIx\fP, Position \fIy\fP,
+Dimension \fIwidth\fP, Dimension \fIheight\fP, Dimension \fIborder_width\fP);
+.HP
+void XtMoveWidget(Widget \fIw\fP, Position \fIx\fP, Position \fIy\fP);
+.HP
+void XtResizeWidget(Widget \fIw\fP, Dimension \fIwidth\fP, Dimension
+\fIheight\fP, Dimension \fIborder_width\fP);
+.HP
+void XtResizeWindow(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIwidth\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIheight\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIborder_width\fP 1i
+Specify the new widget size.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.ds Nu new widget
+.IP \fIx\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIy\fP 1i
+Specify the \*(Nu x and y coordinates.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtConfigureWidget
+function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
+are the same as the old values.
+Otherwise,
+.ZN XtConfigureWidget
+writes the new x, y, width, height, and border_width values
+into the widget and, if the widget is realized, makes an Xlib
+.ZN XConfigureWindow
+call on the widget's window.
+.LP
+If either the new width or height is different from its old value,
+.ZN XtConfigureWidget
+calls the widget's resize procedure to notify it of the size change;
+otherwise, it simply returns.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtMoveWidget
+function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
+are the same as the old values.
+Otherwise,
+.ZN XtMoveWidget
+writes the new x and y values into the widget
+and, if the widget is realized, issues an Xlib
+.ZN XMoveWindow
+call on the widget's window.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtResizeWidget
+function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
+are the same as the old values.
+Otherwise,
+.ZN XtResizeWidget
+writes the new width, height, and border_width values into
+the widget and, if the widget is realized, issues an
+.ZN XConfigureWindow
+call on the widget's window.
+.LP
+If the new width or height are different from the old values,
+.ZN XtResizeWidget
+calls the widget's resize procedure to notify it of the size change.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtResizeWindow
+function calls the
+.ZN XConfigureWindow
+Xlib function to make the window of the specified widget match its width,
+height, and border width.
+This request is done unconditionally because there is no way to tell if these
+values match the current values.
+Note that the widget's resize procedure is not called.
+.LP
+There are very few times to use
+.ZN XtResizeWindow ;
+instead, you should use
+.ZN XtResizeWidget .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtMakeGeometryRequest(__libmansuffix__),
+XtQueryGeometry(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtDirect-Convert wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtConvert __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtConvert, XtDirectConvert \- invoke resource converters
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtConvert(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIfrom_type\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP,
+String \fIto_type\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP);
+.HP
+void XtDirectConvert(XtConverter \fIconverter\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIargs\fP,
+Cardinal \fInum_args\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Al that contains the additional arguments needed to perform \
+the conversion (often NULL)
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
+Specifies the conversion procedure that is to be called.
+.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i
+Specifies the value to be converted.
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of additional arguments (often zero).
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.IP \fIto_return\fP 1i
+Returns the converted value.
+.ds Wi to use for additional arguments (if any are needed)
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtConvert
+function looks up the type converter registered to convert from_type
+to to_type, computes any additional arguments needed, and then calls
+.ZN XtDirectConvert .
+.ZN XtConvert
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtConvertAndStore .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtDirectConvert
+function looks in the converter cache to see if this conversion procedure
+has been called with the specified arguments.
+If so, it returns a descriptor for information stored in the cache;
+otherwise, it calls the converter and enters the result in the cache.
+.LP
+Before calling the specified converter,
+.ZN XtDirectConvert
+sets the return value size to zero and the return value address to NULL.
+To determine if the conversion was successful,
+the client should check to_return.address for non-NULL.
+.ZN XtDirectConvert
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtCallConverter .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppAddConverter(__libmansuffix__),
+XtStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__),
+XtConvertAndStore(__libmansuffix__),
+XtCallConverter(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtConvert-And-Store XtCall-Converter wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtConvertAndStore __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtConvertAndStore, XtCallConverter \- invoke resource converters
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Boolean XtConvertAndStore(Widget \fIwidget\fP, String \fIfrom_type\fP,
+XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP, String \fIto_type\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIto_in_out\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtCallConverter(Display* \fIdpy\fP, XtConverter \fIconverter\fP,
+XrmValuePtr \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP,
+XrmValuePtr \fIto_in_out\fP, XtCacheRef* \fIcache_ref_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list that contains the additional arguments needed
+to perform the conversion, or NULL.
+.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
+Specifies the conversion procedure that is to be called.
+.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i
+Specifies the value to be converted.
+.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the source type.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of additional arguments (often zero).
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the destination type.
+.IP \fIto_in_out\fP 1i
+Returns the converted value.
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget to use for additional arguments, if any are needed,
+and the destroy callback list.
+.IP \fIdpy\fP 1i
+Specifies the display with which the conversion is to be associated.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtConvertAndStore
+function looks up the type converter registered to convert from_type
+to to_type, computes any additional arguments needed, and then calls
+.ZN XtCallConverter .
+(or
+.ZN XtDirectConvert
+if an old-style converter was registered with
+.ZN XtAddConverter
+or
+.ZN XtAppAddConverter .
+) with the from and to_in_out arguments.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtCallConverter
+function looks up the specified type converter in the application
+context associated with the display and, if the converter was not
+registered or was registered with cache type
+.ZN XtCacheAll
+or
+.ZN XtCacheByDisplay
+looks in the conversion cache to see if this conversion procedure
+has been called with the specified conversion arguments. If so, it
+checks the success status of the prior call, and if the conversion
+failed,
+.ZN XtCallConverter
+returns
+.ZN False
+immediately; otherwise it checks the size specified in the \fIto\fP
+argument and, if it is greater than or equal to the size stored in the
+cache, copies the information stored in the cache into the location
+specified by \fIto->addr\fP, stores the cache size into \fIto->size\fP,
+and returns
+.ZN True .
+If the size specified in the \fIto\fP argument is smaller than the size
+stored in the cache,
+.ZN XtCallConverter
+copies the cache size into the \fIto->size\fP and returns
+.ZN False .
+If the converter was registered with cache type
+.ZN XtCacheNone
+or no value was found in the conversion cache,
+.ZN XtCallConverter
+calls the converter and, if it was not registered with cache type
+.ZN XtCacheNone ,
+enters the result into the cache.
+.ZN XtCallConverter
+then returns what the converter returned.
+.LP
+The \fIcache_ref_return\fP field specifies storage allocated by the
+caller in which an opaque value will be stored. If the type converter
+has been registered with the
+.ZN XtCacheRefCount
+modifier and if the value returned in in \fIcache_ref_return\fP is
+non-NULL, then the call should store the \fIcache_ref_return\fP value
+in order to decrement the reference count when the converted value
+is no longer required. The \fIcache_ref_return\fP argument should be
+NULL if the caller is unwilling or unable to store the value.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCreate-Application-Context XtDestroy-Application-Context XtWidget-To-Application-Context XtToolkit-Initialize wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtCreateApplicationContext __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtCreateApplicationContext, XtDestroyApplicationContext, XtWidgetToApplicationContext, XtToolkitInitialize \- create, destroy, and obtain an application context
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext(void);
+.HP
+void XtDestroyApplicationContext(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
+.HP
+XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+void XtToolkitInitialize(void);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.ds wi that you want the application context for
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtCreateApplicationContext
+function returns an application context,
+which is an opaque type.
+Every application must have at least one application context.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtDestroyApplicationContext
+function destroys the specified application context as soon as it is safe
+to do so.
+If called from with an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure),
+.ZN XtDestroyApplicationContext
+does not destroy the application context until the dispatch is complete.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtWidgetToApplicationContext
+function returns the application context for the specified widget.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
+function initializes the Intrinsics internals.
+If
+.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
+was previously called it returns immediately.
+.LP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtDisplayInitialize(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtApp-Create-Application-Shell wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtCreateApplicationShell __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtCreateApplicationShell \- create top-level widget instance
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtCreateApplicationShell(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass
+\fIwidget_class\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the shell.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The procedure
+.ZN XtCreateApplicationShell
+calls
+.ZN XtAppCreateShell
+with the \fIapplication\fP NULL, the application class passed to
+.ZN XtInitialize ,
+and the default application context created by
+.ZN XtInitialize .
+This routine has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppCreateShell .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCreate-Popup-Shell XtVaCreate-Popup-Shell wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtCreatePopupShell __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtCreatePopupShell, XtVaCreatePopupShell \- create a popup shell
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtCreatePopupShell(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
+Widget \fIparent\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+Widget XtVaCreatePopupShell(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
+Widget \fIparent\fP, ...\^);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Al to override the resource defaults
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
+.ds Sh \ shell
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the text name for the created\*(Sh widget.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
+.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
+Specifies the parent widget.
+.ds Wc \ pointer for the created shell widget
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
+.IP \fI...\fP 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list \*(Al.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtCreatePopupShell
+function ensures that the specified class is a subclass of
+.ZN Shell
+and, rather than using insert_child to attach the widget to the parent's
+.IN "insert_child procedure"
+children list, attaches the shell to the parent's pop-ups list directly.
+.LP
+A spring-loaded pop-up invoked from a translation table already must exist
+at the time that the translation is invoked,
+so the translation manager can find the shell by name.
+Pop-ups invoked in other ways can be created ``on-the-fly'' when
+the pop-up actually is needed.
+This delayed creation of the shell is particularly useful when you pop up
+an unspecified number of pop-ups.
+You can look to see if an appropriate unused shell (that is, not
+currently popped up) exists and create a new shell if needed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtCreateWidget(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopdown(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopup(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCreate-Selection-Request XtSend-Selection-Request XtCancel-Selection-Request wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtCreateSelectionRequest __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtCreateSelectionRequest, XtSendSelectionRequest, XtCancelSelectionRequest \- bundle multiple selection conversion requests into a single request using MULTIPLE target
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtCreateSelectionRequest(Widget \fIrequestor\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP):
+.HP
+void XtSendSelectionRequest(Widget \fIrequestor\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Time
+\fItime\fP);
+.HP
+void XtCancelSelectionRequest(Widget \fIrequestor\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or a
+subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp to be used in making the request.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+When
+.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+is called, subsequent calls to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+and
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+with the requestor and selection as specified to
+.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+will be bundled into a single selection conversion request with
+multiple targets. The request is actually initiated by calling
+.ZN XtSendSelectionRequest .
+.LP
+When
+.ZN XtSendSelectionRequest
+is called with a value of \fIrequestor\fP and \fIselection\fP matching
+a previous call to
+.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest ,
+a selection conversion request is actually sent to the selection owner.
+If a single target request is queued, that request is made. If multiple
+targets are queued they are bundled into a single request with the
+target MULTIPLE using the specified timestamp. As the conversions are
+made, the callbacks associated with each
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+and
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+are invoked in turn.
+.LP
+Multi-threaded applications should lock the application context before
+calling
+.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+and release the lock after calling
+.ZN XtSendSelectionRequest
+to ensure that the thread assembling the request is safe from interference
+by another thread assembling a different request naming the same widget
+and selection.
+.LP
+When
+.ZN XtCancelSelectionRequest
+is called, any requests queued since the last call to
+.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+are cleaned up. Subsequent calls to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue ,
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValues ,
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental ,
+and
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+will not be deferred.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCreate-Widget XtCreate-Managed-Widget XtDestroy-Widget XtVa-Create-Widget XtVa-Create-Managed-Widget wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtCreateWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtCreateWidget, XtVaCreateWidget, XtCreateManagedWidget, XtVaCreateManagedWidget, XtDestroyWidget \- create and destroy widgets
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtCreateWidget(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
+Widget \fIparent\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+Widget XtVaCreateWidget(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
+Widget \fIparent\fP, ...\^);
+.HP
+Widget XtCreateManagedWidget(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass
+\fIwidget_class\fP, Widget \fIparent\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+Widget XtVaCreateManagedWidget(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass
+\fIwidget_class\fP, Widget \fIparent\fP, ...\^);
+.HP
+void XtDestroyWidget(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Al to override the resource defaults
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource name for the created widget,
+which is used for retrieving resources
+and, for that reason, should not be the same as any other widget
+that is a child of same parent.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
+.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
+Specifies the parent widget.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.ds Wc \ pointer for the created widget
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
+.IP \fI...\fP
+Specifies the variable argument list \*(Al.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtCreateWidget
+function performs much of the boilerplate operations of widget creation:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Checks to see if the class_initialize procedure has been called for this class
+and for all superclasses and, if not, calls those necessary in a
+superclass-to-subclass order.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Allocates memory for the widget instance.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is a subclass of
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
+it allocates memory for the parent's constraints
+and stores the address of this memory into the constraints field.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Initializes the core nonresource data fields
+(for example, parent and visible).
+.IP \(bu 5
+Initializes the resource fields (for example, background_pixel)
+by using the resource lists specified for this class and all superclasses.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is a subclass of
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
+it initializes the resource fields of the constraints record
+by using the constraint resource list specified for the parent's class
+and all superclasses up to
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the initialize procedures for the widget by starting at the
+.ZN Core
+initialize procedure on down to the widget's initialize procedure.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is a subclass of
+.ZN compositeWidgetClass ,
+it puts the widget into its parent's children list by calling its parent's
+insert_child procedure.
+For further information,
+see Section 3.5.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is a subclass of
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
+it calls the constraint initialize procedures,
+starting at
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass
+on down to the parent's constraint initialize procedure.
+.LP
+Note that you can determine the number of arguments in an argument list
+by using the
+.ZN XtNumber
+macro.
+For further information, see Section 11.1.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtCreateManagedWidget
+function is a convenience routine that calls
+.ZN XtCreateWidget
+and
+.ZN XtManageChild .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtDestroyWidget
+function provides the only method of destroying a widget,
+including widgets that need to destroy themselves.
+It can be called at any time,
+including from an application callback routine of the widget being destroyed.
+This requires a two-phase destroy process in order to avoid dangling
+references to destroyed widgets.
+.LP
+In phase one,
+.ZN XtDestroyWidget
+performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the being_destroyed field of the widget is
+.ZN True ,
+it returns immediately.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Recursively descends the widget tree and
+sets the being_destroyed field to
+.ZN True
+for the widget and all children.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Adds the widget to a list of widgets (the destroy list) that should be
+destroyed when it is safe to do so.
+.LP
+Entries on the destroy list satisfy the invariant that
+if w2 occurs after w1 on the destroy list then w2 is not a descendent of w1.
+(A descendant refers to both normal and pop-up children.)
+.LP
+Phase two occurs when all procedures that should execute as a result of
+the current event have been called (including all procedures registered with
+the event and translation managers),
+that is, when the current invocation of
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+is about to return or immediately if not in
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent .
+.LP
+In phase two,
+.ZN XtDestroyWidget
+performs the following on each entry in the destroy list:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the destroy callback procedures registered on the widget
+(and all descendants) in post-order (it calls children callbacks
+before parent callbacks).
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget's parent is a subclass of
+.ZN compositeWidgetClass
+and if the parent is not being destroyed,
+it calls
+.ZN XtUnmanageChild
+on the widget and then calls the widget's parent's delete_child procedure
+(see Section 3.4).
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget's parent is a subclass of
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
+it calls the constraint destroy procedure for the parent,
+then the parent's superclass,
+until finally it calls the constraint destroy procedure for
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the destroy methods for the widget (and all descendants)
+in post-order.
+For each such widget,
+it calls the destroy procedure declared in the widget class,
+then the destroy procedure declared in its superclass,
+until finally it calls the destroy procedure declared in the Core
+class record.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XDestroyWindow
+if the widget is realized (that is, has an X window).
+The server recursively destroys all descendant windows.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Recursively descends the tree and deallocates all pop-up widgets, constraint
+records, callback lists and, if the widget is a subclass of
+.ZN compositeWidgetClass ,
+children.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCreate-Window wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtCreateWindow __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtCreateWindow \- window creation convenience function
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtCreateWindow(Widget \fIw\fP, unsigned int \fIwindow_class\fP, Visual
+*\fIvisual\fP, XtValueMask \fIvalue_mask\fP, XSetWindowAttributes
+*\fIattributes\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIattributes\fP 1i
+Specifies the window attributes to use in the
+.ZN XCreateWindow
+call.
+.ds Vm attribute fields to use
+.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies which \*(Vm.
+.IP \fIvisual\fP 1i
+Specifies the visual type (usually
+.ZN CopyFromParent ).
+.ds Wi that is used to set the x,y coordinates and so on
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.IP \fIwindow_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the Xlib window class (for example,
+.ZN InputOutput ,
+.ZN InputOnly ,
+or
+.ZN CopyFromParent ).
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtCreateWindow
+function calls the Xlib
+.ZN XCreateWindow
+function with values from the widget structure and the passed parameters.
+Then, it assigns the created window to the widget's window field.
+.LP
+.ZN XtCreateWindow
+evaluates the following fields of the
+.ZN Core
+widget structure:
+.IP \(bu 5
+depth
+.IP \(bu 5
+screen
+.IP \(bu 5
+parent -> core.window
+.IP \(bu 5
+x
+.IP \(bu 5
+y
+.IP \(bu 5
+width
+.IP \(bu 5
+height
+.IP \(bu 5
+border_width
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConvert.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOwnSelection.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtDisplay-Of-Object XtScreen-Of-Object XtWindow-Of-Object wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtDisplay __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtDisplay, XtDisplayOfObject, XtScreen, XtScreenOfObject, XtWindow, XtWindowOfObject \- obtain window information about a widget
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Display *XtDisplay(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Display *XtDisplayOfObject(Widget \fIobject\fP);
+.HP
+Screen *XtScreen(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Screen *XtScreenOfObject(Widget \fIobject\fP);
+.HP
+Window XtWindow(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Window XtWindowOfObject(Widget \fIobject\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.LP
+.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtDisplay
+returns the display pointer for the specified widget.
+.LP
+.ZN XtDisplayOfObject
+returns the display pointer for the specified object.
+.LP
+.ZN XtScreen
+returns the screen pointer for the specified widget.
+.LP
+.ZN XtScreenOfObject
+returns the screen pointer for the specified object.
+.LP
+.ZN XtWindow
+returns the window of the specified widget.
+.LP
+.ZN XtWindowOfObject
+returns the window of the specified object.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtDisplay-Initialize XtOpen-Display XtClose-Display XtDatabase XtScreen-Database wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtDisplayInitialize __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtDisplayInitialize, XtOpenDisplay, XtDatabase, XtScreenDatabase, XtCloseDisplay \- initialize, open, or close a display
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtDisplayInitialize(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, Display
+*\fIdisplay\fP, String \fIapplication_name\fP, String \fIapplication_class\fP,
+XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_options\fP, int *\fIargc\fP,
+String *\fIargv\fP);
+.HP
+Display *XtOpenDisplay(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String
+\fIdisplay_string\fP, String \fIapplication_name\fP, String
+\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_options\fP, int *\fIargc\fP, String *\fIargv\fP);
+.HP
+void XtCloseDisplay(Display *\fIdisplay\fP);
+.HP
+XrmDatabase XtDatabase(Display *\fIdisplay\fP);
+.HP
+XrmDatabase XtScreenDatabase(Screen* \fIscreen\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIargc\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+.IP \fIargv\fP 1i
+Specifies the command line parameters.
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
+.IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the application instance.
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display\*(Di.
+Note that a display can be in at most one application context.
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The options argument is passed as a parameter to
+.ZN XrmParseCommand .
+For further information,
+see \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.IP \fIscreen\fP 1i
+Specifies the screen whose resource database is to be returned.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
+function builds the resource database, calls the Xlib
+.ZN XrmParseCommand
+function to parse the command line,
+and performs other per display initialization.
+After
+.ZN XrmParseCommand
+has been called,
+argc and argv contain only those parameters that
+were not in the standard option table or in the table specified by the
+options argument.
+If the modified argc is not zero,
+most applications simply print out the modified argv along with a message
+listing the allowable options.
+On UNIX-based systems,
+the application name is usually the final component of argv[0].
+If the synchronize resource is
+.ZN True
+for the specified application,
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
+calls the Xlib
+.ZN XSynchronize
+function to put Xlib into synchronous mode for this display connection.
+If the reverseVideo resource is
+.ZN True ,
+the \*(xI exchange
+.ZN XtDefaultForeground
+and
+.ZN XtDefaultBackground
+for widgets created on this display.
+(See Section 9.6.1).
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay
+function calls
+.ZN XOpenDisplay
+the specified display name.
+If display_string is NULL,
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay
+uses the current value of the \-display option specified in argv
+and if no display is specified in argv,
+uses the user's default display (on UNIX-based systems,
+this is the value of the DISPLAY environment variable).
+.LP
+If this succeeds, it then calls
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
+and pass it the opened display and
+the value of the \-name option specified in argv as the application name.
+If no name option is specified,
+it uses the application name passed to
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay .
+If the application name is NULL,
+it uses the last component of argv[0].
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay
+returns the newly opened display or NULL if it failed.
+.LP
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay
+is provided as a convenience to the application programmer.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtCloseDisplay
+function closes the specified display as soon as it is safe to do so.
+If called from within an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure),
+.ZN XtCloseDisplay
+does not close the display until the dispatch is complete.
+Note that applications need only call
+.ZN XtCloseDisplay
+if they are to continue executing after closing the display;
+otherwise, they should call
+.ZN XtDestroyApplicationContext
+or just exit.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtDatabase
+function returns the fully merged resource database that was built by
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
+associated with the display that was passed in.
+If this display has not been initialized by
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize ,
+the results are not defined.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtScreenDatabase
+function returns the fully merged resource database associated with the
+specified screen. If the \fIscreen\fP does not belong to a
+.ZN Display
+initialized by
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize ,
+the results are undefined.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtCreateApplicationContext(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtDisplay-String-Conversion-Warning wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtDisplayStringConversionWarning __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtDisplayStringConversionWarning \- issue a conversion warning message
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, String
+\fIfrom_value\fP, \fIto_type\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display connection with which the conversion is associated.
+.IP \fIfrom_value\fP 1i
+Specifies the string that could not be converted.
+.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the target representation type requested.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning
+function issues a warning message using
+.ZN XtAppWarningMsg
+with name ``conversionError'', type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError,
+and the default message string ``Cannot convert "\fIfrom_value\fP" to
+type \fIto_type\fP''.
+.LP
+To issue other types of warning or error messages, the type converter
+should use
+.ZN XtAppWarningMsg
+or
+.ZN XtAppErrorMsg .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppWarningMsg(3t)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtDisplay-To-Application-Context wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtDisplayToApplicationContext __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtDisplayToApplicationContext \- obtain an application context
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtAppContext XtDisplayToApplicationContext(Display* \fIdpy\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Wi that you want the application context for
+.IP \fIdpy\fP 1i
+Specifies the display \*(Wi.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtDisplayToApplicationContext
+function returns the application context for the specified display.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtError XtSet-Error-Handler XtSet-Warning-Handler XtWarning wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtError __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtError, XtSetErrorHandler, XtSetWarningHandler, XtWarning \- low-level error handlers
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtError(String \fImessage\fP);
+.HP
+void XtSetErrorHandler(XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP):
+.HP
+void XtSetWarningHandler(XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP);
+.HP
+void XtWarning(String \fImessage\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the nonfatal error message that is to be reported.
+.ds Ha fatal error procedure, which should not return, \
+or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns
+.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new \*(Ha.
+.ds Me reported
+.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
+Specifies the message that is to be \*(Me.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtError
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppError .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtSetErrorHandler
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppSetErrorHandler .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtSetWarningHandler
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppSetWarningHandler .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtWarning
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppWarning .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR XtAppError (__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtError-Msg XtSet-Error-Msg-Handler XtSet-Warning-Msg-Handler XtWarning-Msg wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtErrorMsg __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtErrorMsg, XtSetErrorMsgHandler, XtWarningMsg, XtSetWarningMsgHandler \- high-level error handlers
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtErrorMsg(String \fIname\fP, String \fItype\fP, String \fIclass\fP,
+String \fIdefault\fP, String *\fIparams\fP, Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP);
+.HP
+void XtSetErrorMsgHandler(XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP);
+.HP
+void XtSetWarningMsgHandler(XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP);
+.HP
+void XtWarningMsg(String \fIname\fP, String \fItype\fP, String \fIclass\fP,
+String \fIdefault\fP, String *\fIparams\fP, Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Cl
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class\*(Cl.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+.ds Mh fatal error procedure, which should not return \
+or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns
+.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i
+Specifies the new \*(Mh.
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of values in the parameter list.
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtErrorMsg
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppErrorMsg .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtSetErrorMsgHandler
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtSetWarningMsgHandler
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtWarningMsg
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppWarningMsg
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR XtAppErrorMsg (__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtFind-File wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtFindFile __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtFindFile \- search for a file using substitutions in the path list
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+String XtFindFile(String \fIpath\fP, Substitution \fIsubstitutions\fP,
+Cardinal \fInum_substitutions\fP, XtFilePredicate \fIpredicate\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIpath\fP 1i
+Specifies a path of file names, including substitution characters.
+.IP \fIsubstitutions\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of substitutions to make into a path.
+.IP \fInum_substitutions\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of substitutions passed in.
+.IP \fIpredicate\fP 1i
+Specifies a procedure to call to judge a potential file name, or NULL.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \fIpath\fP parameter specifies a string that consists of a series of
+potential file names delimited by colons. Within each name, the
+percent character specifies a string substitution selected by the
+following character. The character sequence ``%:'' specifies an
+embedded colon that is not a delimiter; the sequence is replaced by a
+single colon. The character sequence ``%%'' specifies a percent
+character that does not introduce a substitution; the sequence is
+replaced by a single percent character. If a percent character is
+followed by any other character,
+.ZN XtFindFile
+looks through the
+specified \fIsubstitutions\fP for that character in the \fImatch\fP field and if
+found replaces the percent and match characters with the string in the
+corresponding \fIsubstitution\fP field. A \fIsubstitution\fP field entry of NULL
+is equivalent to a pointer to an empty string. If the operating
+system does not interpret multiple embedded name separators in the
+path (i.e., ``/'' in POSIX) the same way as a single separator,
+.ZN XtFindFile
+will collapse multiple separators into a single one after performing
+all string substitutions. Except for collapsing embedded separators,
+the contents of the string substitutions are not interpreted by
+.ZN XtFindFile
+and may therefore contain any operating-system-dependent
+characters, including additional name separators. Each resulting
+string is passed to the predicate procedure until a string is found for
+which the procedure returns
+.ZN True ;
+this string is the return value for
+.ZN XtFindFile .
+If no string yields a
+.ZN True
+return from the predicate,
+.ZN XtFindFile
+returns NULL.
+.LP
+If the \fIpredicate\fP parameter is NULL, an internal procedure that checks
+if the file exists, is readable, and is not a directory will be used.
+.LP
+It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
+.ZN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Action-Keysym wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetActionKeysym __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetActionKeysym \- obtain corresponding keysym
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+KeySym XtGetActionKeysym(XEvent* \fIevent\fP, Modifiers*
+\fImodifiers_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies the event pointer passed to the action procedure by the
+Intrinsics.
+.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1i
+Returns the modifiers that caused the match, if non-NULL.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.ZN XtGetActionKeysym
+is called after an action procedure has been invoked by the Intrinsics
+and before that action procedure returns, and if the event pointer has
+the same value as the event pointer passed to that action routine, and
+if the event is a
+.ZN KeyPress
+or
+.ZN KeyRelease
+event, then
+.ZN XtGetActionKeysym
+returns the KeySym that matched the final event specification in the
+translation table and, if \fImodifiers_return\fP is non-NULL, the
+modifier state actually used to generate this KeySym; otherwise, if
+the event is a
+.ZN KeyPress
+or
+.ZN KeyRelease
+event, then
+.ZN XtGetActionKeysym
+calls
+.ZN XtTranslateKeycode
+and returns the results; else it returns
+.ZN NoSymbol
+and does not examine \fImodifiers_return\fP.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Action-List wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetActionList __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetActionList \- obtain class action list
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGetActionList(WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, XtActionList*
+\fIactions_return\fP, Cardinal* \fInum_actions_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class whose actions are to be returned.
+.IP \fIactions_return\fP 1i
+Returns the action list.
+.IP \fInum_actions_return\fP 1i
+Returns the number of action procedures declared by the class.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtGetActionList
+returns the action table defined by the specified widget class. This
+table does not include actions defined by the superclasses. If
+\fIwidget_class\fP is not initialized, or is not
+.ZN coreWidgetClass
+or a subclass thereof, or if the class does not define any actions,
+*\fIactions_return\fP will be NULL and *\fInum_actions_return\fP will
+be zero. If *\fIactions_return\fP is non-NULL the client is responsible
+for freeing the table using
+.ZN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Application-Name-And-Class wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetApplicationNameAndClass __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetApplicationNameAndClass \- retrieve application name and class
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGetApplicationNameAndClass(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, String*
+\fIname_return\fP, String* \fIclass_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies an open display connection that has been initialized with
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize .
+.IP \fIname_return\fP 1i
+Returns the application name.
+.IP \fIclass_return\fP 1i
+Returns the application class.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass
+returns the application name and class passed to
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
+for the specified display. If the display was never initialized or
+has been closed, the result is undefined. The returned strings are
+owned by the Intrinsics and must not be modified or freed by the
+caller.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR XtDisplayInitialize (__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Application-Resources, XtVa-Get-Application-Resources wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetApplicationResources __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetApplicationResources, XtVaGetApplicationResources \- obtain application resources
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGetApplicationResources(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIbase\fP,
+XtResourceList \fIresources\fP, Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ArgList
+\fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+void XtVaGetApplicationResources(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIbase\fP,
+XtResourceList \fIresources\fP, Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ...\^);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Al to override resources obtained from the resource database
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
+.ds Ba written
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure where the resources
+should be \*(Ba.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of resources in the resource list.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
+.ds Wi that wants resources for a subpart \
+or that identifies the resource database to search
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.IP \fI...\fP 1i
+Specifies the variable arguments \*(Al.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtGetApplicationResources
+function first uses the passed widget,
+which is usually an application shell,
+to construct a resource name and class list,
+Then, it retrieves the resources from the argument list,
+the resource database, or the resource list default values.
+After adding base to each address,
+.ZN XtGetApplicationResources
+copies the resources into the address given in the resource list.
+If args is NULL,
+num_args must be zero.
+However, if num_args is zero,
+the argument list is not referenced.
+The portable way to specify application resources is to declare them
+as members of a structure and pass the address of the structure
+as the base argument.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Class-Extension wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetClassExtension __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetClassExtension \- locate a class extension record
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtPointer XtGetClassExtension(WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP, Cardinal
+\fIbyte_offset\fP, XrmQuark \fItype\fP, long \fIversion\fP, Cardinal
+\fIrecord_size\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class containing the extension list to be searched.
+.IP \fIbyte_offset\fP 1i
+Specifies the offset in bytes form the base of the widget class of the
+extension field to be searched.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the class extension to be located.
+.IP \fIversion\fP 1i
+Specifies the minimum acceptable version of the class extension
+required for a match.
+.IP \fIrecord_size\fP 1i
+Specifies the minimum acceptable length of the class extension record
+required for match, or 0.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The list of extension records at the specified offset in the specified
+\fIwidget_class\fP will be searched for a match on the specified
+\fItype\fP, a version greater than or equal to the specified \fIversion\fP,
+and a record size greater than or equal the specified \fIrecord_size\fP
+if it is nonzero.
+.ZN XtGetClassExtension
+returns a pointer to a matching extension record or NULL if no match
+is found. The returned extension record is owned by the widget class
+and must not be modified or freed by the caller, except possibly to
+be modified by the widget class owner.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetResourceList.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Displays wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetDisplays __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetDisplays \- retrieve a list of displays associated with an application context
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGetDisplays(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, Display
+***\fIdpy_return\fP, Cardinal* \fInum_dpy_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.IP \fIdpy_return\fP 1i
+Returns a list of open X display connections in the specified application
+context.
+.IP \fInum_dpy_return\fP 1i
+Returns the count of open X display connections in \fIdpy_return\fP.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+To free the list of displays, use
+.ZN XtFree .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Error-Database XtGet-Error-Database-Text wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetErrorDatabase __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetErrorDatabase, XtGetErrorDatabaseText \- obtain error database
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XrmDatabase *XtGetErrorDatabase(void);
+.HP
+void XtGetErrorDatabaseText(char *\fIname\fP, char *\fItype\fP, char
+*\fIclass\fP, char *\fIdefault\fP, char *\fIbuffer_return\fP, int
+\fInbytes\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i
+Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
+.ds Cl \ of the error message
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource class\*(Cl.
+.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
+Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the name and type that are concatenated to form the resource name
+of the error message.
+.IP \fInbytes\fP 1i
+Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtGetErrorDatabase
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabase .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtGetErrorDatabaseText
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabase (__libmansuffix__)
+.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText (__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetErrorDatabase.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-GC XtRelease-GC wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetGC __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetGC, XtReleaseGC \- obtain and destroy a sharable GC
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+GC XtGetGC(Widget \fIw\fP, XtGCMask \fIvalue_mask\fP, XGCValues
+*\fIvalues\fP);
+.HP
+void XtReleaseGC(Widget \fIw\fP, GC \fIgc\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIgc\fP 1i
+Specifies the GC to be deallocated.
+.IP \fIvalues\fP 1i
+Specifies the actual values for this GC.
+.ds Vm fields of the values are specified
+.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
+Specifies which \*(Vm.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtGetGC
+function returns a sharable, read-only GC.
+The parameters to this function are the same as those for
+.ZN XCreateGC
+except that a widget is passed instead of a display.
+.ZN XtGetGC
+shares only GCs in which all values in the GC returned by
+.ZN XCreateGC
+are the same.
+In particular, it does not use the value_mask provided to
+determine which fields of the GC a widget considers relevant.
+The value_mask is used only to tell the server which fields should be
+filled in with widget data and which it should fill in with default values.
+For further information about value_mask and values,
+see
+.ZN XCreateGC
+in the \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtReleaseGC
+function deallocate the specified shared GC.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Keyboard-Focus-Widget wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget \- extension event handling
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(Widget \fIwidget\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for this event handler.
+Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget
+function returns the widget that would be the end result of keyboard
+event forwarding for a keyboard event for the specified widget.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtInsertEventTypeHandler(__libmansuffix__), XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(__libmansuffix__),
+XtRegisterExtensionSelector(__libmansuffix__), XtSetEventDispatcher(__libmansuffix__),
+XtDispatchEventToWidget(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Keysym-Table XtKeysym-To-Keycode-List wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetKeysymTable __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetKeysymTable, XtKeysymToKeycodeList \- query keysyms and keycodes
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Keysym* XtGetKeysymTable(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, KeyCode*
+\fImin_keycode_return\fP, int *\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP);
+.HP
+void XtKeysymToKeycodeList(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, KeySym \fIkeysym\fP,
+KeyCode** \fIkeycodes_return\fP, Cardinal* \fIkeycount_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display whose table is required.
+.LP
+.IP \fImin_keycode_return\fP 1i
+Returns the minimum KeyCode valid for the display.
+.LP
+.IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP
+Returns the number of KeySyms stored for each KeyCode.
+.LP
+.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i
+Specifies the KeySym for which to search.
+.LP
+.IP \fIkeycodes_return\fP 1i
+Returns a list of KeyCodes that have \fIkeysym\fP associated with them,
+or NULL if \fIkeycount_return\fP is 0.
+.LP
+.IP \fIkeycount_return\fP 1i
+Returns the number of KeyCodes in the keycode list.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtGetKeysymTable
+returns a pointer to the Intrinsics' copy of the server's KeyCode-to-KeySym
+table. This table must not be modified.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtKeysymToKeycodeList
+procedure returns all the KeyCodes that have \fIkeysym\fP in their
+entry for the keyboard mapping table associated with \fIdisplay\fP.
+The caller should free the storage pointed to by \fIkeycodes_return\fP
+using
+.ZN XtFree
+when it is no longer useful.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetMultiClickTime.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Resource-List XtGet-Constraint-Resource-List wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetResourceList __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetResourceList, XtGetConstraintResourceList \- obtain resource list
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGetResourceList(WidgetClass \fIclass\fP, XtResourceList
+*\fIresources_return\fP, Cardinal *\fInum_resources_return\fP);
+.HP
+void XtGetConstraintResourceList(WidgetClass \fIclass\fP, XtResourceList
+*\fIresources_return\fP, Cardinal *\fInum_resources_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fInum_resources_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to where to store the number of entries in the
+resource list.
+.IP \fIresources_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to where to store the returned resource list.
+The caller must free this storage using
+.ZN XtFree
+when done with it.
+.ds Cl \ for which you want the list
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.ZN XtGetResourceList
+is called before the widget class is initialized (that is,
+before the first widget of that class has been created),
+.ZN XtGetResourceList
+returns the resource list as specified in the widget class record.
+If it is called after the widget class has been initialized,
+.ZN XtGetResourceList
+returns a merged resource list that contains the resources
+for all superclasses. The list returned by
+.ZN XtGetResourceList
+should be freed using
+.ZN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+.LP
+If
+.ZN XtGetConstraintResourceList
+is called before the widget class is initialized (that is,
+before the first widget of that class has been created),
+.ZN XtGetConstraintResourceList
+returns the resource list as specified in the widget class Constraint
+part record. If it is called after the widget class has been initialized,
+.ZN XtGetConstraintResourceList
+returns a merged resource list that contains the Constraint resources
+for all superclasses. If the specified class is not a subclass of
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
+\fI*resources_return\fP is set to NULL and \fI*num_resources_return\fP
+is set to zero. The list returned by
+.ZN XtGetConstraintResourceList
+should be freed using
+.ZN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtGetSubresources(__libmansuffix__),
+XtOffset(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-Selection-Parameters XtGet-Selection-Parameters wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetSelectionParameters __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetSelectionParameters \- retrieve target parameters for a selection request with a single target
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGetSelectionParameters(Widget \fIowner\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP,
+XtRequestId \fIrequest_id\fP, Atom *\fItype_return\fP, XtPointer
+*\fIvalue_return\fP, unsigned long *\fIlength_return\fP, int
+*\fIformat_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIowner\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget that owns the specified selection.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the selection being processed.
+.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i
+Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental selections, or NULL
+in the case of atomic transfers.
+.IP \fItype_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to an atom in which the property type of the
+parameters will be stored.
+.IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the parameters are to be
+stored. A NULL will be stored if no parameters accompany the request.
+.IP \fIlength_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which the number of data elements in
+\fIvalue_return\fP of size indicated by \fIformat_return\fP will be
+stored.
+.IP \fIformat_return\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the parameter data
+in the elements of \fIvalue_return\fP will be stored.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtGetSelectionParameters
+may only be called from within an
+.ZN XtConvertSelectionProc
+or from within the last call to an
+.ZN XtConvertSelectionIncrProc
+with a new request_id.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtSetSelectionParameters(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Selection-Request wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetSelectionRequest __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetSelectionRequest \- retrieve the event that triggered the XtConvertSelectionProc
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XSelectionRequestEvent* XtGetSelectionRequest(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom
+\fIselection\fP, XtRequestId \fIrequest_id\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the selection being processed.
+.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i
+Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental selections, or
+NULL in the case of atomic transfers.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtGetSelectionRequest
+may only be called from within an
+.ZN XtConvertSelectionProc
+procedure and returns a pointer to the
+.ZN SelectionRequest
+event that caused the conversion procedure to be invoked. \fIRequest_id\fP
+specifies a unique id for the individual request in the case that
+multiple incremental transfers are outstanding. For atomic transfers,
+\fIrequest_id\fP must be specified as NULL. If no
+.ZN SelectionRequest
+event is being processed for the specified \fIwidget\fP, \fIselection\fP,
+and \fIrequest_id\fP,
+.ZN XtGetSelectionRequest
+returns NULL.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Selection-Timeout XtSet-Selection-Timeout wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetSelectionTimeout __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetSelectionTimeout, XtSetSelectionTimeout \- set and obtain selection timeout values
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+unsigned long XtGetSelectionTimeout(void);
+.HP
+void XtSetSelectionTimeout(unsigned long \fItimeout\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fItimeout\fP 1i
+Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtGetSelectionTimeout
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtSetSelectionTimeout
+function has been superceded by
+.ZN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR XtAppGetSelectionTimeout (__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Selection-Value XtGet-Selection-Values wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetSelectionValue __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetSelectionValue, XtGetSelectionValues \- obtain selection values
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGetSelectionValue(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Atom
+\fItarget\fP, XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP, XtPointer
+\fIclient_data\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
+.HP
+void XtGetSelectionValues(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Atom
+*\fItargets\fP, int \fIcount\fP, XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP,
+XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Cb \ that is to be called when the selection value has been obtained
+.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback procedure\*(Cb.
+.ds Cd it is called
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
+when \*(Cd.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the client data (one for each target type)
+that is passed to the callback procedure when it is called for that target.
+.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
+Specifies the length of the targets and client_data lists.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired (that is, primary or secondary).
+.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
+Specifies the type of the information that is needed about the selection.
+.IP \fItargets\fP 1i
+Specifies the types of information that is needed about the selection.
+.ds Ti value is desired
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection \*(Ti.
+.ds Wi that is making the request
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+function requests the value of the selection that has been converted to
+the target type.
+The specified callback will be called some time after
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+is called;
+in fact, it may be called before or after
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+returns.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValues
+function is similar to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+except that it takes a list of target types and a list of client data
+and obtains the current value of the selection converted to each of the targets.
+The effect is as if each target were specified in a separate call to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue .
+The callback is called once with the corresponding client data for each target.
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValues
+does guarantee that all the conversions will use the same selection value
+because the ownership of the selection cannot change in the middle of the list,
+as would be when calling
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+repeatedly.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(__libmansuffix__),
+XtOwnSelection(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Selection-Value-Incremental XtGet-Selection-Values-Incremental wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetSelectionValueIncremental __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetSelectionValueIncremental, XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental \- obtain selection values
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGetSelectionValueIncremental(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Atom
+\fItarget\fP, XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP, XtPointer
+\fIclient_data\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
+.HP
+void XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP,
+Atom *\fItargets\fP, int \fIcount\fP, XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP,
+XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Cb \ that is to be called when the selection value has been obtained
+.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback procedure\*(Cb.
+.ds Cd it is called
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
+when \*(Cd.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the client data (one for each target type)
+that is passed to the callback procedure when it is called for that target.
+.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
+Specifies the length of the targets and client_data lists.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the particular selection desired (that is, primary or secondary).
+.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
+Specifies the type of the information that is needed about the selection.
+.IP \fItargets\fP 1i
+Specifies the types of information that is needed about the selection.
+.ds Ti value is desired
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection \*(Ti.
+.ds Wi that is making the request
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+function is similar to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+except that the \fIselection_callback\fP procedure will be called
+repeatedly upon delivery of multiple segments of the selection value.
+The end of the selection value is indicated when \fIselection_callback\fP
+is called with a non-NULL value of length zero, which must still be
+freed by the client. If the transfer of the selection is aborted in the
+middle of a transfer (for example, because to timeout), the
+\fIselection_callback\fP procedure is called with a type value equal
+to the symbolic constant
+.ZN XT_CONVERT_FAIL
+so that the requestor can dispose of the partial selection value it has
+collected up until that point. Upon receiving
+.ZN XT_CONVERT_FAIL ,
+the requesting client must determine for itself whether or not a
+partially completed transfer is meaningful.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+function is similar to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+except that it takes a list of target types and a list of client data
+and obtains the current value of the selection converted to each of the targets.
+The effect is as if each target were specified in a separate call to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental .
+The callback is called once with the corresponding client data for each target.
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+does guarantee that all the conversions will use the same selection value
+because the ownership of the selection cannot change in the middle of the list,
+as would be when calling
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+repeatedly.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionValue.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGet-Subresources XtVa-Get-Subresources wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGetSubresources __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGetSubresources, XtVaGetSubresources \- obtain subresources
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGetSubresources(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIbase\fP, String
+\fIname\fP, String \fIclass\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_resources\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+void XtVaGetSubresources(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIbase\fP, String
+\fIname\fP, String \fIclass\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_resources\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Al to override resources obtained from the resource database
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
+.ds Ba written
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure where the resources
+should be \*(Ba.
+.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
+Specifies the class of the subpart.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the subpart.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of resources in the resource list.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
+.ds Wi that wants resources for a subpart \
+or that identifies the resource database to search
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.IP \fI...\fP 1i
+Specifies the variable arguments \*(Al.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtGetSubresources
+function constructs a name/class list from the application name/class,
+the name/classes of all its ancestors, and the widget itself.
+Then, it appends to this list the name/class pair passed in.
+The resources are fetched from the argument list, the resource database,
+or the default values in the resource list.
+Then, they are copied into the subpart record.
+If args is NULL,
+num_args must be zero.
+However, if num_args is zero,
+the argument list is not referenced.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtGetApplicationResources, XtVaGetApplicationResources
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtGrab-Key XtUngrab-Key XtGrab-Keyboard XtUngrab-Keyboard XtGrab-Button XtUngrab-Button XtGrab-Pointer XtUngrab-Pointer wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtGrabKey __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtGrabKey, XtUngrabKey, XtGrabKeyboard, XtUngrabKeyboard, XtGrabButton, XtUngrabButton, XtGrabPointer, XtUngrabPointer \- manage grabs
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtGrabKey(Widget \fIwidget\fP, KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP, Modifiers
+\fImodifiers\fP, Boolean \fIowner_events\fP, int \fIpointer_mode\fP, int
+\fIkeyboard_mode\fP);
+.HP
+void XtUngrabKey(Widget \fIwidget\fP, KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP, Modifiers
+\fImodifiers\fP);
+.HP
+int XtGrabKeyboard(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Boolean \fIowner_events\fP, int
+\fIpointer_mode\fP, int \fIkeyboard_mode\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
+.HP
+void XtUngrabKeyboard(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
+.HP
+void XtGrabButton(Widget \fIwidget\fP, int \fIbutton\fP, Modifiers
+\fImodifiers\fP, Boolean \fIowner_events\fP, unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP,
+int \fIpointer_mode\fP, int \fIkeyboard_mode\fP, Window \fIconfine_to\fP,
+Cursor \fIcursor\fP);
+.HP
+void XtUngrabButton(Widget \fIwidget\fP, KeyCode \fIbutton\fP, Modifiers
+\fImodifiers\fP);
+.HP
+int XtGrabPointer(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Boolean \fIowner_events\fP, unsigned
+int \fIevent_mask\fP, int \fIpointer_mode\fP, int \fIkeyboard_mode\fP, Window
+\fIconfine_to\fP, Cursor \fIcursor\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
+.HP
+void XtUngrabPointer(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget in whose window the grab will occur. Must be of
+class Core or a subclass thereof.
+.sp 6p
+.IP \fIkeycode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fImodifiers\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIowner_events\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fItime\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIbutton\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIconfine_to\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIcursor\fP 1i
+Specifies arguments to the associated Xlib function call.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtGrabKey
+calls
+.ZN XGrabKey
+specifying the widget's window as the grab window if the widget is
+realized. The remaining arguments are exactly as for
+.ZN XGrabKey .
+If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
+.ZN XGrabKey
+will be performed (again) when the widget is realized and its window
+becomes mapped. In the future, if
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+is called with a
+.ZN KeyPress
+event matching the specified keycode and modifiers (which may be
+.ZN AnyKey
+or
+.ZN AnyModifier ,
+respectively) for the widget's window, the Intrinsics will call
+.ZN XtUngrabKeyboard
+with the timestamp from the
+.ZN KeyPress
+event if either of the following conditions is true:
+.IP \(bu 3
+There is a modal cascade and the widget is not in the active subset
+of the cascade and the keyboard was not previously grabbed, or
+.IP \(bu 3
+.ZN XFilterEvent
+returns
+.ZN True .
+.LP
+.ZN XtUngrabKey
+calls
+.ZN XUngrabKey
+specifying the widget's window as the ungrab window if the widget is
+realized. The remaining arguments are exactly as for
+.ZN XUngrabKey .
+If the widget is not realized,
+.ZN XtUngrabKey
+removes a deferred
+.ZN XtGrabKey
+request, if any, for the specified widget, keycode, and modifiers.
+.LP
+If the specified widget is realized
+.ZN XtGrabKeyboard
+calls
+.ZN XGrabKeyboard
+specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining
+arguments and return value are exactly as for
+.ZN XGrabKeyboard .
+If the widget is not realized,
+.ZN XtGrabKeyboard
+immediately returns
+.ZN GrabNotViewable .
+No future ungrab is implied by
+.ZN XtGrabKeyboard .
+.LP
+.ZN XtUngrabKeyboard
+calls
+.ZN XUngrabKeyboard
+with the specified time.
+.LP
+.ZN XtGrabButton
+calls
+.ZN XGrabButton
+specifying the widget's window as the grab window if the widget is
+realized. The remaining arguments are exactly as for
+.ZN XGrabButton .
+If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
+.ZN XGrabButton
+will be performed (again) when the widget is realized and its window
+becomes mapped. In the future, if
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+is called with a
+.ZN ButtonPress
+event matching the specified button and modifiers (which may be
+.ZN AnyButton
+or
+.ZN AnyModifier ,
+respectively) for the widget's window, the Intrinsics will call
+.ZN XtUngrabPointer
+with the timestamp from the
+.ZN ButtonPress
+event if either of the following conditions is true:
+.IP \(bu 3
+There is a modal cascade and the widget is not in the active subset
+of the cascade and the pointer was not previously grabbed, or
+.IP \(bu 3
+.ZN XFilterEvent
+returns
+.ZN True .
+.LP
+.ZN XtUngrabButton
+calls
+.ZN XUngrabButton
+specifying the widget's window as the ungrab window if the widget is
+realized. The remaining arguments are exactly as for
+.ZN XUngrabButton .
+If the widget is not realized,
+.ZN XtUngrabButton
+removes a deferred
+.ZN XtGrabButton
+request, if any, for the specified widget, button, and modifiers.
+.LP
+.ZN XtGrabPointer
+calls
+.ZN XGrabPointer
+specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining
+arguments and return value are exactly as for
+.ZN XGrabPointer .
+If the widget is not realized,
+.ZN XtGrabPointer
+immediately returns
+.ZN GrabNotViewable .
+No future ungrab is implied by
+.ZN XtGrabPointer .
+.LP
+.ZN XtUngrabPointer
+calls
+.ZN XUngrabPointer
+with the specified time.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCallCallbacks.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtHooks-Of-Display XtGet-Displays wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtHooksOfDisplay __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtHooksOfDisplay \- external agent access points
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtHooksOfDisplay(Display* \fIdisplay\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the desired display.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The class of this object is a private, implementation dependent, subclass
+of Object. The hook object has no parent. The resources of this object are
+the callback lists for hooks and the read-only resources for getting a
+list of parentless shells.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw Xt-Initialize
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtInitialize __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtInitialize \- initialize
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtInitialize(String \fIshell_name\fP, String \fIapplication_class\fP,
+XrmOptionDescRec* \fIoptions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_options\fP, int* \fIargc\fP,
+char** \fIargv\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the created shell widget.
+.ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The options argument is passed as a parameter to
+.ZN XrmParseCommand .
+For further information,
+see \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+.IP \fIargc\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+.IP \fIargv\fP 1i
+Specifies the command line parameters.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtInitialize
+calls
+.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
+followed by
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay
+with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and
+finally calls
+.ZN XtAppCreateShell
+with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, \fIwidget_class\fP
+.ZN applicationShellWidgetClass ,
+and the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP and returns the
+created shell. The semantics of calling
+.ZN XtInitialize
+more than once are undefined. This routine has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppInitialize .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR XtAppInitialize (__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtInitialize-Widget-Class wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtInitializeWidgetClass __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtInitializeWidgetClass \- initialize a widget class
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtInitializeWidgetClass(WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the object class to initialize.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If the specified widget class is already initialized,
+.ZN XtInitializeWidgetClass
+returns immediately.
+.LP
+If the class initialization procedure registers type converters, these
+type converters are not available until the first object of the class
+or subclass is created or
+.ZN XtInitializeWidgetClass
+is called.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtInsert-Event-Type-Handler XtRemove-Event-Type-Handler XtSet-Event-Dispatcher XtDispatch-Event-To-Widget wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtInsertEventTypeHandler __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtInsertEventTypeHandler, XtRemoveEventTypeHandler,
+XtRegisterExtensionSelector, XtSetEventDispatcher, XtDispatchEventToWidget
+\- extension event handling
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtInsertEventTypeHandler(Widget \fIwidget\fP, int \fIevent_type\fP,
+XtPointer \fIselect_data\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
+\fIclient_data\fP, XtListPosition \fIposition\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(Widget \fIwidget\fP, int \fIevent_type\fP,
+XtPointer \fIselect_data\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
+\fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRegisterExtensionSelector(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, int
+\fImin_event_type\fP, int \fImax_event_type\fP, XtExtensionSelectProc
+\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+XtEventDispatchProc XtSetEventDispatcher(Widget \fIwidget\fP, int
+\fIevent_type\fP, XtEventDispatchProc \fIproc\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtDispatchEventToWidget(Widget \fIwidget\fP, XEvent* \fIevent\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget for this event handler.
+Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIevent_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the event type.
+.IP \fIselect_data\fP 1i
+Specifies data used to select or deselect events from the server.
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the proc.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler.
+.IP \fIposition\fP 1i
+Specifies when the event handler is to be called relative to other
+previously registered handlers.
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display.
+.IP \fImin_event_type,\ max_event_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the range of event types for this extension.
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the event to be dispatched.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtInsertEventTypeHandler
+function registers a procedure with the dispatch mechanism that is to
+be called when an event that matches the specified \fIevent_type\fP is
+dispatched to the specified \fIwidget\fP.
+.LP
+If \fIevent_type\fP is one of the core X protocol events then
+\fIselect_data\fP must be a pointer to a value of type
+.ZN EventMask ,
+indicating the event mask to be used to select for the desired event.
+This event mask will be included in the value returned by
+.ZN XtBuildEventMask .
+If the widget is realized
+.ZN XtInsertEventTypeHandler
+calls
+.ZN XSelectInput
+if necessary. Specifying NULL for \fIselect_data\fP is equivalent to
+specifying a pointer to an event mask containing 0. This is similar to the
+.ZN XtInsertRawEventHandler
+function.
+.LP
+If \fIevent_type\fP specifies an extension event type then the semantics
+of the data pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP are defined by the extension
+selector registered for the specified event type.
+.LP
+In either case the Intrinsics are not required to copy the data pointed
+to by \fIselect_data\fP, so the caller must ensure that it remains valid
+as long as the event handler remains registered with this value of
+\fIselect_data\fP.
+.LP
+The \fIposition\fP argument allows the client to control the order of the
+invocation of event handlers registered for the same event type. If the
+client does not care about the order, it should normally specify
+.ZN XtListTail ,
+which registers this event handler after any previously registered
+handlers for this event type.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler
+function unregisters an even handler registered with
+.ZN XtInsertEventTypeHandler
+for the specified event type. The request is ignored if \fIclient_data\fP
+does not match the value given with the handler was registered.
+.LP
+If \fIevent_type\fP specifies on of the core X protocol events,
+\fIselect_data\fP must be a pointer to a value of type
+.ZN EventMask ,
+indicating the mask to be used to deselect for the appropriate event.
+If the widget is realized,
+.ZN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler
+calls
+.ZN XSelectInput
+if necessary. Specifying NULL for \fIselect_data\fP is equivalent to
+specifying a pointer to an event mask containing 0. This is similar to the
+.ZN XtRemoveRawEventHandler
+function.
+.LP
+If \fIevent_type\fP specifies an extension event type then the semantics
+of the data pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP are defined by the extension
+selector registered for the specified event type.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRegisterExtensionSelector
+function registers a procedure to arrange for the delivery of extension
+events to widgets.
+.LP
+If \fImin_event_type\fP and \fImax_event_type\fP match the parameters to
+a previous call to
+.ZN XtRegisterExtensionSelector
+for the same display, the \fIproc\fP and \fIclient_data\fP replace the
+previously registered values. If the range specified by \fImin_event_type\fP
+and \fImax_event_type\fP overlaps the range of the parameters to a
+previous call for the same display in any other way, an error results.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtSetEventDispatcher
+function registers the event dispatcher procedure specified by \fIproc\fP
+for events with the type \fIevent_type\fP. The previously registered
+dispatcher (or the default dispatcher if there was no previously registered
+dispatcher) is returned. If \fIproc\fP is NULL, the default procedure is
+restored for the specified type.
+.LP
+In the future, when
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+is called with an event of \fIevent_type\fP, the specified \fIproc\fP (or
+the default dispatcher) will be invoked to determine a widget ot which
+to dispatch the event.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtDispatchEventToWidget
+function scans the list of registered event handlers for the specified
+widget and calls each handler that has been registered for the specified
+event type, subject to the \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP value returned by
+each handler. The Intrinsics behave as if event handlers were registered
+at the head of the list for
+.ZN Expose ,
+.ZN NoExpose ,
+.ZN GraphicsExpose ,
+and
+.ZN VisibilityNotify
+events to invoke the widget's expose procedure according to the exposure
+compression rules and to update the widget's \fIvisible\fP field if
+\fIvisible_interest\fP is
+.ZN True .
+These internal event handlers never set \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP to
+.ZN False .
+.LP
+.ZN XtDispatchEventToWidget
+returns
+.ZN True
+if any event handler was called and
+.ZN False
+otherwise.
+.LP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseAcceleratorTable.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseAcceleratorTable.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtRealizeWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetSensitive.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetKeysymTable.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtLast-Event-Processed XtLast-Timestamp-Processed wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtLastEventProcessed __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtLastEventProcessed, XtLastTimestampProcessed \- last event, last timestamp processed
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XEvent* XtLastEventProcessed(Display* \fIdisplay\fP);
+.HP
+Time XtLastTimestampProcessed(Display* \fIdisplay\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the open display connection.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtLastEventProcessed
+returns the last event passed to
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+for the specified display and NULL if there has been no event. The
+client must not modify the contents of the returned event.
+.LP
+.ZN XtLastTimestampProcessed
+returns the timestamp of the last
+.ZN KeyPress ,
+.ZN KeyRelease ,
+.ZN ButtonPress ,
+.ZN ButtonRelease ,
+.ZN MotionNotify ,
+.ZN EnterNotify ,
+.ZN LeaveNotify ,
+.ZN PropertyNotify ,
+or
+.ZN SelectionClear
+event that has been passed to
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+for the specified display and zero if there has been no such event.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtLastEventProcessed.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtMake-Resize-Request wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtMakeGeometryRequest __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtMakeGeometryRequest, XtMakeResizeRequest \- make geometry manager request
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtGeometryResult XtMakeGeometryRequest(Widget \fIw\fP, XtWidgetGeometry
+*\fIrequest\fP, XtWidgetGeometry *\fIreply_return\fP);
+.HP
+XtGeometryResult XtMakeResizeRequest(Widget \fIw\fP, Dimension \fIwidth\fP,
+\fIheight\fP, Dimension *\fIwidth_return\fP, Dimension *\fIheight_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIreply_return\fP 1i
+Returns the allowed widget size or may be NULL
+if the requesting widget is not interested in handling
+.ZN XtGeometryAlmost .
+.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i
+Specifies the desired widget geometry (size, position, border width,
+and stacking order).
+.ds Wi that is making the request
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i
+Return the allowed widget width and height.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Depending on the condition,
+.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget is unmanaged or the widget's parent is not realized,
+it makes the changes and returns
+.ZN XtGeometryYes .
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is not a subclass of
+.ZN compositeWidgetClass
+or the parent's geometry_manager is NULL,
+it issues an error.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget's being_destroyed field is
+.ZN True ,
+it returns
+.ZN XtGeometryNo .
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget x, y, width, height and border_width fields are
+all equal to the requested values,
+it returns
+.ZN XtGeometryYes ;
+otherwise, it calls the parent's geometry_manager procedure
+with the given parameters.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent's geometry manager returns
+.ZN XtGeometryYes
+and if
+.ZN XtCWQueryOnly
+is not set in the request_mode
+and if the widget is realized,
+.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+calls the
+.ZN XConfigureWindow
+Xlib function to reconfigure the widget's window (set its size, location,
+and stacking order as appropriate).
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the geometry manager returns
+.ZN XtGeometryDone ,
+the change has been approved and actually has been done.
+In this case,
+.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+does no configuring and returns
+.ZN XtGeometryYes .
+.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+never returns
+.ZN XtGeometryDone .
+.LP
+Otherwise,
+.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+returns the resulting value from the parent's geometry manager.
+.LP
+Children of primitive widgets are always unmanaged; thus,
+.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
+always returns
+.ZN XtGeometryYes
+when called by a child of a primitive widget.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtMakeResizeRequest
+function, a simple interface to
+.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest ,
+creates a
+.ZN XtWidgetGeometry
+structure and specifies that width and height should change.
+The geometry manager is free to modify any of the other window attributes
+(position or stacking order) to satisfy the resize request.
+If the return value is
+.ZN XtGeometryAlmost ,
+width_return and height_return contain a compromise width and height.
+If these are acceptable,
+the widget should immediately make an
+.ZN XtMakeResizeRequest
+and request that the compromise width and height be applied.
+If the widget is not interested in
+.ZN XtGeometryAlmost
+replies,
+it can pass NULL for width_return and height_return.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtConfigureWidget(__libmansuffix__),
+XtQueryGeometery(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMakeGeometryRequest.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtNew-String wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtMalloc __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtMalloc, XtCalloc, XtRealloc, XtFree, XtNew, XtNewString \- memory management functions
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+char *XtMalloc(Cardinal \fIsize\fP);
+.HP
+char *XtCalloc(Cardinal \fInum\fP, Cardinal \fIsize\fP);
+.HP
+char *XtRealloc(char *\fIptr\fP, Cardinal \fInum\fP);
+.HP
+void XtFree(char *\fIptr\fP);
+.HP
+\fItype\fP *XtNew(\fItype\fP);
+.HP
+String XtNewString(String \fIstring\fP);
+.HP
+Cardinal XtAsprintf(String *\fInew_string\fP, const char *\fIformat\fP, ...);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fInum\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of bytes or array elements.
+.ds Po to the old storage or to the block of storage that is to be freed
+.IP \fIptr\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer \*(Po.
+.IP \fIsize\fP 1i
+Specifies the size of an array element (in bytes) or the number of bytes
+desired.
+.IP \fIstring\fP 1i
+Specifies a previously declared string.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies a previously declared data type.
+.IP \fInew_string\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to write a newly allocated string to.
+.IP \fIformat\fP 1i
+Specifies a formatting string as defined by sprintf(3c)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtMalloc
+functions returns a pointer to a block of storage of at least
+the specified size bytes.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.ZN XtMalloc
+calls
+.ZN XtErrorMsg .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtCalloc
+function allocates space for the specified number of array elements
+of the specified size and initializes the space to zero.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.ZN XtCalloc
+calls
+.ZN XtErrorMsg .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRealloc
+function changes the size of a block of storage (possibly moving it).
+Then, it copies the old contents (or as much as will fit) into the new block
+and frees the old block.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.ZN XtRealloc
+calls
+.ZN XtErrorMsg .
+If ptr is NULL,
+.ZN XtRealloc
+allocates the new storage without copying the old contents;
+that is, it simply calls
+.ZN XtMalloc .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtFree
+function returns storage and allows it to be reused.
+If ptr is NULL,
+.ZN XtFree
+returns immediately.
+.LP
+.ZN XtNew
+returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.ZN XtNew
+calls
+.ZN XtErrorMsg .
+.ZN XtNew
+is a convenience macro that calls
+.ZN XtMalloc
+with the following arguments specified:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i
+.ta .5i
+((type *) XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(type))
+.De
+.LP
+.ZN XtNewString
+returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.ZN XtNewString
+calls
+.ZN XtErrorMsg .
+.ZN XtNewString
+is a convenience macro that calls
+.ZN XtMalloc
+with the following arguments specified:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i
+.ta .5i
+(strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned) strlen(str) + 1), str))
+.De
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAsprintf
+function allocates space for a string large enough to hold the string
+specified by the sprintf(3c) format pattern when used with the remaining
+arguments, and fills it with the formatted results.
+The address of the allocated string is placed into the pointer passed as ret.
+The length of the string (not including the terminating null byte) is returned.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+.ZN XtAsprintf
+calls
+.ZN XtErrorMsg .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtManage-Children XtManage-Child XtUnmanage-Children XtUnmanage-Child XtChange-ManagedSet XtIs-Managed wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtManageChildren __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtManageChildren, XtManageChild, XtUnmanageChildren, XtUnmanageChild, XtChangeManagedSet, XtIsManaged \- manage and unmanage children
+.SH SYNTAX
+typedef Widget *WidgetList;
+.HP
+void XtManageChildren(WidgetList \fIchildren\fP, Cardinal \fInum_children\fP);
+.HP
+void XtManageChild(Widget \fIchild\fP);
+.HP
+void XtUnmanageChildren(WidgetList \fIchildren\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_children\fP);
+.HP
+void XtUnmanageChild(Widget \fIchild\fP);
+.HP
+void XtChangeManagedSet(WidgetList \fIunmanage_children\fP,
+Cardinal \fInum_unmanage_children\fP, XtDoChangeProc \fIdo_change_proc\fP,
+XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, WidgetList \fImanage_children\fP,
+Cardinal \fInum_manage_children\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsManaged(Widget \fIwidget\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIchild\fP 1i
+Specifies the child.
+.IP \fIchildren\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of child widgets.
+.IP \fInum_children\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of children.
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fImanage_children\fP 1i
+Specifies the list of widget children to add to the managed set.
+.IP \fInum_manage_children\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the manage_children list.
+.IP \fIunmanage_children\fP 1i
+Specifies the list of widget children to remove from the managed set.
+.IP \fInum_unmanage_children\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the unmanage_children list.
+.IP \fIdo_change_proc\fP 1i
+Specifies the post unmanage, pre manage hook procedure to invoke.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the client data to be passed to the hook procedure.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtManageChildren
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent or
+if the parent is not a subclass of
+.ZN compositeWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed;
+otherwise, for each unique child on the list,
+.ZN XtManageChildren
+ignores the child if it already is managed or is being destroyed
+and marks it if not.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked,
+it makes some of the newly managed children viewable:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent.
+.IP \- 5
+Calls
+.ZN XtRealizeWidget
+on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized.
+.IP \- 5
+Maps each previously unmanaged child that has map_when_managed
+.ZN True .
+.RE
+.LP
+Managing children is independent of the ordering of children and
+independent of creating and deleting children.
+The layout routine of the parent
+should consider children whose managed field is
+.ZN True
+and should ignore all other children.
+Note that some composite widgets, especially fixed boxes, call
+.ZN XtManageChild
+from their insert_child procedure.
+.LP
+If the parent widget is realized,
+its change_managed procedure is called to notify it
+that its set of managed children has changed.
+The parent can reposition and resize any of its children.
+It moves each child as needed by calling
+.ZN XtMoveWidget ,
+which first updates the x and y fields and then calls
+.ZN XMoveWindow
+if the widget is realized.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtManageChild
+function constructs a
+.ZN WidgetList
+of length one and calls
+.ZN XtManageChildren .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtUnmanageChildren
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent
+or if the parent is not a subclass of
+.ZN compositeWidgetClass .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed;
+otherwise, for each unique child on the list,
+.ZN XtUnmanageChildren
+performs the following:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Ignores the child if it already is unmanaged or is being destroyed
+and marks it if not.
+.IP \- 5
+If the child is realized,
+it makes it nonvisible by unmapping it.
+.RE
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent
+after all children have been marked
+if the parent is realized.
+.LP
+.ZN XtUnmanageChildren
+does not destroy the children widgets.
+Removing widgets from a parent's managed set is often a temporary banishment,
+and, some time later, you may manage the children again.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtUnmanageChild
+function constructs a widget list
+of length one and calls
+.ZN XtUnmanageChildren .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtChangeManagedSet
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Issues an error if the widgets specified in the \fImanage_children\fP
+and the \fIunmanage_children\fP lists to no all have the same parent, or
+if that parent is not a subclass of compositeWidgetClass.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If no
+.ZN CompositeClassExtension
+is defined, or a
+.ZN CompositeClassExtension
+is defined but with an \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field with a
+value of
+.ZN False ,
+and
+.ZN XtChangeManagedSet
+was invoked with a non-NULL \fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure
+then
+.ZN XtChangeManagedSet
+performs the following:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Calls
+.ZN XtUnmanageChildren
+(\fIunmanage_children\fP, \fInum_unmanage_children\fP).
+.IP \- 5
+Calls the \fIdo_change_proc\fP specified.
+.IP \- 5
+Calls
+.ZN XtManageChildren
+(\fImanage_children\fP, \fInum_manage_children\fP) and then returns
+immediately.
+.RE
+.IP \(bu 5
+Otherwise, if a
+.ZN CompositeClassExtension
+is defined with an \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field with a value of
+.ZN True ,
+or if no
+.ZN CompositeClassExtension
+is defined, and
+.ZN XtChangeManagedSet was invoked with a NULL
+\fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure, then the following is
+performed:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+For each child on the \fIunmanage_children\fP list; if the child is
+already unmanaged or is being destroyed it is ignored, otherwise it
+is marked as being unmanaged and if it is realized it is made nonvisible
+by being unmapped.
+.IP \- 5
+If the \fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure is non-NULL then
+it is invoked as specified.
+.IP \- 5
+For each child on the \fImanage_children\fP list; if the child is
+already managed or it is being destroyed it is ignored, otherwise it
+is marked as managed
+.RE
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked, the
+change_managed method of the parent is invoked and subsequently some
+of the newly managed children are made viewable by:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Calling
+.ZN XtRealizeWidget
+on each of the previously unmanaged child that is unrealized.
+.IP \- 5
+Mapping each previously unmanaged child that has \fImap_when_managed\fP
+.ZN True .
+.RE
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtIsManaged
+function returns
+.ZN True
+if the specified widget is of class RectObj or any subclass thereof and
+is managed, or
+.ZN False
+otherwise.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtMapWidget(__libmansuffix__),
+XtRealizeWidget(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtMap-Widget XtSet-Mapped-When-Managed XtUnmap-Widget wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtMapWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtMapWidget, XtSetMappedWhenManaged, XtUnmapWidget \- map and unmap widgets
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+int XtMapWidget(Widget \fIw\fP\^);
+.HP
+void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(Widget \fIw\fP, Boolean \fImap_when_managed\fP);
+.HP
+int XtUnmapWidget(Widget \fIw\fP\^);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fImap_when_managed\fP 1i
+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates the new value of the map_when_managed
+field.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If the widget is realized and managed
+and if the new value of map_when_managed is
+.ZN True ,
+.ZN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
+maps the window.
+If the widget is realized and managed
+and if the new value of map_when_managed is
+.ZN False ,
+it unmaps the window.
+.ZN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
+is a convenience function that is equivalent to (but slightly faster than)
+calling
+.ZN XtSetValues
+and setting the new value for the mappedWhenManaged resource.
+As an alternative to using
+.ZN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
+to control mapping,
+a client may set mapped_when_managed to
+.ZN False
+and use
+.ZN XtMapWidget
+and
+.ZN XtUnmapWidget
+explicitly.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtManageChildren(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetArg.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConfigureWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtName __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtName \- obtain widget's name
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+String XtName(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtName
+returns the widget's name.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtName-To-Widget XtWindow-To-Widget wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtNameToWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtNameToWidget, XtWindowToWidget \- translating strings to widgets or widgets to windows
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtNameToWidget(Widget \fIreference\fP, String \fInames\fP);
+.HP
+Widget XtWindowToWidget(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, Window \fIwindow\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Di \ on which the window is defined
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display\*(Di.
+.IP \fInames\fP 1i
+Specifies the fully qualified name of the desired widget.
+.IP \fIreference\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget from which the search is to start.
+.IP \fIwindow\fP 1i
+Specify the window for which you want the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtNameToWidget
+function looks for a widget whose name is the first component in the specified
+names and that is a pop-up child of reference (or a normal child if reference
+is a subclass of
+.ZN compositeWidgetClass ).
+It then uses that widget as the new reference and repeats the search
+after deleting the first component from the specified names.
+If it cannot find the specified widget,
+.ZN XtNameToWidget
+returns NULL.
+.LP
+Note that the names argument contains the name of a widget with respect to the
+specified reference widget and can contain more than one widget name
+(separated by periods) for widgets that are not direct children
+of the specified reference widget.
+.LP
+If more than one child of the reference widget matches the name,
+.ZN XtNameToWidget
+can return any of the children.
+The \*(xI do not require that all children of a widget have unique names.
+If the specified names contain more than one component
+and if more than one child matches the first component,
+.ZN XtNameToWidget
+can return NULL if the single branch that it follows does not
+contain the named widget.
+That is,
+.ZN XtNameToWidget
+does not back up and follow other matching branches of the widget tree.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtWindowToWidget
+function translates the specified window and display pointer into the
+appropriate widget instance.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtNext-Event XtPeek-Event XtProcess-Event XtMain-Loop wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtNextEvent __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtNextEvent, XtPending, XtPeekEvent, XtProcessEvent, XtMainLoop \- query and process events and input
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtNextEvent(XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtPeekEvent(XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtPending(void);
+.HP
+void XtProcessEvent(XtInputMask \fImask\fP);
+.HP
+void XtMainLoop(void);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the event structure that is to be dispatched
+to the appropriate event handler.
+.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+.IP \fImask\fP 1i
+Specifies what types of events to process.
+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of any combination of
+.ZN XtIMXEvent ,
+.ZN XtIMTimer ,
+.ZN XtIMAlternateInput ,
+and
+.ZN XtIMSignal .
+As a convenience, the \*(tk defines the symbolic name
+.ZN XtIMAll
+to be the bitwise inclusive OR of all event types.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtNextEvent
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppNextEvent .
+.LP
+.ZN XtPeekEvent
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppPeekEvent .
+.LP
+.ZN XtPending
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppPending .
+.LP
+.ZN XtProcessEvent
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppProcessEvent .
+.LP
+.ZN XtMainLoop
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtAppMainLoop .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppNextEvent(3xt), XtAppPending(__libmansuffix__), XtAppPeekEvent(__libmansuffix__),
+XtAppProcessEvent(__libmansuffix__), XtAppMainLoop(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddSignal.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOffset.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtOffset __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtOffset, XtOffsetOf, XtNumber \- determine the byte offset or number of array elements
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Cardinal XtOffset(Type \fIpointer_type\fP, Field \fIfield_name\fP);
+.HP
+Cardinal XtOffsetOf(Type \fIstructure_type\fP, Field \fIfield_name\fP);
+.HP
+Cardinal XtNumber(ArrayVariable \fIarray\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIarray\fP 1i
+Specifies a fixed-size array.
+.IP \fIfield_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the field for which to calculate the byte offset.
+.IP \fIpointer_type\fP 1i
+Specifies a type that is declared as a pointer to the structure.
+.IP \fIstructure_type\fP 1i
+Specifies a type that is declared as a structure.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtOffset
+macro is usually used to determine the offset of various resource fields
+from the beginning of a widget and can be used at compile time in static
+initializations.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtOffsetOf
+macro expands to a constant expression that gives the offset in bytes
+to the specified structure member from the beginning of the structure.
+It is normally used to statically initialize resource lists and is more
+portable than
+.ZN XtOffset ,
+which serves the same function.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtNumber
+macro returns the number of elements in the specified argument lists,
+resources lists, and other counted arrays.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtGetResourceList(__libmansuffix__),
+XtSetArg(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOffset.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtOpen-Application XtVa-Open-Application
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtOpenApplication __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtOpenApplication, XtVaOpenApplication \- initialize, open, or close a display
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtOpenApplication(XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP, String
+\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_options\fP, int *\fIargc_in_out\fP, String *\fIargv_in_out\fP, String
+*\fIfallback_resources\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP,
+Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+Widget XtVaOpenApplication(XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP, String
+\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
+\fInum_options\fP, int *\fIargc_in_out\fP, String *\fIargv_in_out\fP, String
+*\fIfallback_resources\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, ...\^);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context.
+.ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application
+.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
+.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The options argument is passed as a parameter to
+.ZN XrmParseCommand .
+For further information,
+see \fI\*(xL\fP.
+.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1i
+Specifies the command line parameters.
+.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
+file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
+.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget class of the shell to be created.
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specification
+for the created shell widget.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+.IP \fI...\fP 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other resource
+specification for the created shell widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtOpenApplication
+function calls
+.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
+followed by
+.ZN XtCreateApplicationContext ,
+then calls
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay
+with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and
+finally calls
+.ZN XtAppCreateShell
+with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, the specified \fIwidget_class\fP,
+and the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP and returns the
+created shell. The modified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP returned by
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
+are returned in \fIargc_in_out\fP and \fIargv_in_out\fP. If
+\fIapp_context_return\fP is not NULL, the created application context
+is also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot
+be opened, an error message is issued and
+.ZN XtOpenApplication
+terminates the application. If \fIfallback_resources\fP is non-NULL,
+.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources
+is called with the value prior to calling
+.ZN XtOpenDisplay .
+.LP
+XtAppInitialize and XtVaAppInitialize have been superceded by
+.ZN XtOpenApplication
+and
+.ZN XtVaOpenApplication
+respectively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppInitialize(__libmansuffix__), XtVaAppInitialize(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtOwn-Selection XtOwn-Selection-Incremental XtDisown-Selection wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtOwnSelection __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtOwnSelection, XtOwnSelectionIncremental, XtDisownSelection \- set selection owner
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Boolean XtOwnSelection(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Time \fItime\fP,
+XtConvertSelectionProc \fIconvert_proc\fP, XtLoseSelectionProc
+\fIlose_selection\fP, XtSelectionDoneProc \fIdone_proc\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtOwnSelectionIncremental(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Time
+\fItime\fP, XtConvertSelectionIncrProc \fIconvert_callback\fP,
+XtLoseSelectionIncrProc \fIlose_callback\fP, XtSelectionDoneIncrProc
+\fIdone_callback\fP, XtCancelConvertSelectionProc \fIcancel_callback\fP,
+XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtDisownSelection(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIconvert_proc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is to be called whenever someone requests the
+current value of the selection.
+.IP \fIdone_proc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is called
+after the requestor has received the selection or NULL if the owner is not
+interested in being called back.
+.IP \fIlose_selection\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is to be called whenever the widget has
+lost selection ownership or NULL if the owner is not interested in being
+called back.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies an atom that describes the type of the selection (for example,
+.ZN XA_PRIMARY ,
+.ZN XA_SECONDARY ,
+or
+.ZN XA_CLIPBOARD ).
+.ds Ti ownership should commence or is to be relinquished
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection \*(Ti.
+.ds Wi that wishes to become the owner or to relinquish ownership
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtOwnSelection
+function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that a
+widget believes it owns a selection.
+It returns
+.ZN True
+if the widget has successfully become the owner and
+.ZN False
+otherwise.
+The widget may fail to become the owner if some other widget
+has asserted ownership at a time later than this widget.
+Note that widgets can lose selection ownership either
+because someone else asserted later ownership of the selection
+or because the widget voluntarily gave up ownership of the selection.
+Also note that the lose_selection procedure is not called
+if the widget fails to obtain selection ownership in the first place.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtOwnSelectionIncremental
+procedure informs the Intrinsics incremental selection mechanism that
+the specified widget wishes to own the selection. It returns
+.ZN True
+if the specified widget successfully becomes the selection owner or
+.ZN False
+otherwise. For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP,
+and \fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 of the \fIInter-Client Communication
+Conventions Manual\fP.
+.LP
+A widget that becomes the selection owner using
+.ZN XtOwnSelectionIncremental
+may use
+.ZN XtDisownSelection
+to relinquish selection ownership.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtDisownSelection
+function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that
+the specified widget is to lose ownership of the selection.
+If the widget does not currently own the selection either
+because it lost the selection
+or because it never had the selection to begin with,
+.ZN XtDisownSelection
+does nothing.
+.LP
+After a widget has called
+.ZN XtDisownSelection ,
+its convert procedure is not called even if a request arrives later
+with a timestamp during the period that this widget owned the selection.
+However, its done procedure will be called if a conversion that started
+before the call to
+.ZN XtDisownSelection
+finishes after the call to
+.ZN XtDisownSelection .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(__libmansuffix__),
+XtGetSelectionValue(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOwnSelection.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtParent __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtParent \- obtain widget's parent widget id
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtParent(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtParent
+returns the widget's parent widget ID.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtParse-Accelerator-Table XtInstall-Accelerators XtInstall-All-Accelerators wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtParseAcceleratorTable __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtParseAcceleratorTable, XtInstallAccelerators, XtInstallAllAccelerators \- managing accelerator tables
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable(String \fIsource\fP);
+.HP
+void XtInstallAccelerators(Widget \fIdestination\fP, Widget \fIsource\fP);
+.HP
+void XtInstallAllAccelerators(Widget \fIdestination\fP, Widget \fIsource\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds So to compile
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Specifies the accelerator table \*(So.
+.IP \fIdestination\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed.
+.ds Sr widget or the root widget of the widget tree
+.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
+Specifies the \*(Sr from which the accelerators are to come.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtParseAcceleratorTable
+function compiles the accelerator table into the opaque internal representation.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtInstallAccelerators
+function installs the accelerators from source onto destination
+by augmenting the destination translations with the source accelerators.
+If the source display_accelerator method is non-NULL,
+.ZN XtInstallAccelerators
+calls it with the source widget and a string representation
+of the accelerator table,
+which indicates that its accelerators have been installed
+and that it should display them appropriately.
+The string representation of the accelerator table is its
+canonical translation table representation.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtInstallAllAccelerators
+function recursively descends the widget tree rooted at source
+and installs the accelerators of each widget encountered onto destination.
+A common use os to call
+.ZN XtInstallAllAccelerators
+and pass the application main window as the source.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtParseTranslationTable(1)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtParse-Translation-Table XtAugment-Translations XtOverride-Translations XtUninstall-Translations wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtParseTranslationTable __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtParseTranslationTable, XtAugmentTranslations, XtOverrideTranslations, XtUninstallTranslations \- manage translation tables
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable(String \fItable\fP);
+.HP
+void XtAugmentTranslations(Widget \fIw\fP, XtTranslations \fItranslations\fP);
+.HP
+void XtOverrideTranslations(Widget \fIw\fP, XtTranslations
+\fItranslations\fP);
+.HP
+void XtUninstallTranslations(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fItable\fP 1i
+Specifies the translation table to compile.
+.IP \fItranslations\fP 1i
+Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in (must not be NULL).
+.ds Wi into which the new translations are to be merged or removed
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtParseTranslationTable
+function compiles the translation table into the opaque internal representation
+of type
+.ZN XtTranslations .
+Note that if an empty translation table is required for any purpose,
+one can be obtained by calling
+.ZN XtParseTranslationTable
+and passing an empty string.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtAugmentTranslations
+function nondestructively merges the new translations into the existing widget
+translations.
+If the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
+already exists in the widget's translations,
+the new translation is ignored.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtOverrideTranslations
+function destructively merges the new translations into the existing widget
+translations.
+If the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
+already exists in the widget's translations,
+the new translation is merged in and override the widget's translation.
+.LP
+To replace a widget's translations completely, use
+.ZN XtSetValues
+on the XtNtranslations resource and specify a compiled translation table
+as the value.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtUninstallTranslations
+function causes the entire translation table for widget to be removed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppAddActions(__libmansuffix__),
+XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtParseAcceleratorTable(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopup(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtCallback-Popdown wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtPopdown __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtPopdown, XtCallbackPopdown \- unmap a pop-up
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtPopdown(Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP);
+.HP
+void XtCallbackPopdown(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, XtPointer
+\fIcall_data\fP);
+.HP
+void MenuPopdown(String \fIshell_name\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback data,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the
+.ZN XtPopdownID
+structure.
+.ds Ps \ to pop down
+.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget shell\*(Ps.
+.ds Sn down
+.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the widget shell to pop \*(Sn.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtPopdown
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XtCheckSubclass
+.\".ZN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass)
+to ensure popup_shell is a subclass of
+.ZN Shell .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Checks that popup_shell is currently popped_up;
+otherwise, it generates an error.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Unmaps popup_shell's window.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If popup_shell's grab_kind is either
+.ZN XtGrabNonexclusive
+or
+.ZN XtGrabExclusive ,
+it calls
+.ZN XtRemoveGrab .
+.\".ZN XtRemoveGrab(popup_shell)
+.IP \(bu 5
+Sets pop-up shell's popped_up field to
+.ZN False .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popdown_callback list.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtCallbackPopdown
+function casts the client data parameter to an
+.ZN XtPopdownID
+pointer:
+.LP
+.Ds 0
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+typedef struct {
+ Widget shell_widget;
+ Widget enable_widget;
+} XtPopdownIDRec, *XtPopdownID;
+.De
+The shell_widget is the pop-up shell to pop down,
+and the enable_widget is the widget that was used to pop it up.
+.LP
+.ZN XtCallbackPopdown
+calls
+.ZN XtPopdown
+with the specified shell_widget
+and then calls
+.ZN XtSetSensitive
+to resensitize the enable_widget.
+.LP
+If a shell name is not given,
+.ZN MenuPopdown
+calls
+.ZN XtPopdown
+with the widget for which the translation is specified.
+If a shell_name is specified in the translation table,
+.ZN MenuPopdown
+tries to find the shell by looking up the widget tree starting at the
+parent of the widget in which it is invoked.
+If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children
+of that parent,
+it pops down the shell;
+otherwise, it moves up the parent chain as needed.
+If
+.ZN MenuPopdown
+gets to the application top-level shell widget
+and cannot find a matching shell,
+it generates an error.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopup(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtPopup-Spring-Loaded XtCallback-None XtCallback-Nonexclusive XtCallback-Exclusive wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtPopup __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtPopup, XtPopupSpringLoaded, XtCallbackNone, XtCallbackNonexclusive, XtCallbackExclusive \- map a pop-up
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtPopup(Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP, XtGrabKind \fIgrab_kind\fP);
+.HP
+void XtPopupSpringLoaded(Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP);
+.HP
+void XtCallbackNone(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, XtPointer
+\fIcall_data\fP):
+.HP
+void XtCallbackNonexclusive(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP,
+XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP);
+.HP
+void XtCallbackExclusive(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP,
+XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP);
+.HP
+void MenuPopup(String \fIshell_name\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the callback data,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies the pop-up shell.
+.IP \fIgrab_kind\fP 1i
+Specifies the way in which user events should be constrained.
+.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget shell\*(Ps.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtPopup
+function performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XtCheckSubclass
+.\".ZN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass)
+to ensure popup_shell is a subclass of
+.ZN Shell .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Generates an error if the shell's popped_up field is already
+.ZN True .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popup_callback list.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Sets the shell popped_up field to
+.ZN True ,
+the shell spring_loaded field to
+.ZN False ,
+and the shell grab_kind field from grab_kind.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the shell's create_popup_child field is non-NULL,
+.ZN XtPopup
+calls it with popup_shell as the parameter.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If grab_kind is either
+.ZN XtGrabNonexclusive
+or
+.ZN XtGrabExclusive ,
+it calls:
+.LP
+.Ds
+XtAddGrab(popup_shell, (grab_kind == XtGrabExclusive), False)
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XtRealizeWidget
+with popup_shell specified.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XMapWindow
+with popup_shell specified.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtPopupSpringLoaded
+function performs exactly as
+.ZN XtPopup
+except that it sets the shell \fIspring_loaded\fP field to
+.ZN True
+and always calls
+.ZN XtAddGrab
+with \fIexclusive\fP
+.ZN True
+and \fIspring_loaded\fP
+.ZN True .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtCallbackNone ,
+.ZN XtCallbackNonexclusive ,
+and
+.ZN XtCallbackExclusive
+functions call
+.ZN XtPopup
+with the shell specified by the client data argument
+and grab_kind set as the name specifies.
+.ZN XtCallbackNone ,
+.ZN XtCallbackNonexclusive ,
+and
+.ZN XtCallbackExclusive
+specify
+.ZN XtGrabNone ,
+.ZN XtGrabNonexclusive ,
+and
+.ZN XtGrabExclusive ,
+respectively.
+Each function then sets the widget that executed the callback list
+to be insensitive by using
+.ZN XtSetSensitive .
+Using these functions in callbacks is not required.
+In particular,
+an application must provide customized code for
+callbacks that create pop-up shells dynamically or that must do more than
+desensitizing the button.
+.LP
+.ZN MenuPopup
+is known to the translation manager,
+which must perform special actions for spring-loaded pop-ups.
+Calls to
+.ZN MenuPopup
+in a translation specification are mapped into calls to a
+nonexported action procedure,
+and the translation manager fills in parameters
+based on the event specified on the left-hand side of a translation.
+.LP
+If
+.ZN MenuPopup
+is invoked on
+.ZN ButtonPress
+(possibly with modifiers),
+the translation manager pops up the shell with grab_kind set to
+.ZN XtGrabExclusive
+and spring_loaded set to
+.ZN True .
+If
+.ZN MenuPopup
+is invoked on
+.ZN EnterWindow
+(possibly with modifiers),
+the translation manager pops up the shell with grab_kind set to
+.ZN XtGrabNonexclusive
+and spring_loaded set to
+.ZN False .
+Otherwise, the translation manager generates an error.
+When the widget is popped up,
+the following actions occur:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XtCheckSubclass
+.\".ZN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass)
+to ensure popup_shell is a subclass of
+.ZN Shell .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Generates an error if the shell's popped_up field is already
+.ZN True .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popup_callback list.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Sets the shell popped_up field to
+.ZN True
+and the shell grab_kind and spring_loaded fields appropriately.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the shell's create_popup_child field is non-NULL,
+it is called with popup_shell as the parameter.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls:
+.LP
+.Ds
+XtAddGrab(popup_shell, (grab_kind == XtGrabExclusive), spring_loaded)
+.De
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XtRealizeWidget
+with popup_shell specified.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XMapWindow
+with popup_shell specified.
+.LP
+(Note that these actions are the same as those for
+.ZN XtPopup .)
+.ZN MenuPopup
+tries to find the shell by searching the widget tree starting at
+the parent of the widget in which it is invoked.
+If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children of
+that parent, it pops up the shell with the appropriate parameters.
+Otherwise, it moves up the parent chain as needed.
+If
+.ZN MenuPopup
+gets to the application widget and cannot find a matching shell,
+it generates an error.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__),
+XtPopdown(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtProcess-Lock XtProcess-Unlock wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtProcessLock __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtProcessLock, XtProcessUnlock \- lock and unlock process
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtProcessLock(void);
+.HP
+void XtProcessUnlock(void);
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtProcessLock
+is used to lock all process global data.
+.LP
+.ZN XtProcessUnlock
+unlocks the process.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtProcessLock.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtQuery-Geometry wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtQueryGeometry __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtQueryGeometry \- query the preferred geometry of a child widget
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtGeometryResult XtQueryGeometry(Widget \fIw\fP\^, XtWidgetGeometry
+*\fIintended\fP, XtWidgetGeometry *\fIpreferred_return\fP\^);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIintended\fP 1i
+Specifies any changes the parent plans to make to the child's geometry or
+NULL.
+.IP \fIpreferred_return\fP 1i
+Returns the child widget's preferred geometry.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+To discover a child's preferred geometry,
+the child's parent sets any changes
+that it intends to make to the child's geometry in the corresponding fields of
+the intended structure, sets the corresponding bits in intended.request_mode,
+and calls
+.ZN XtQueryGeometry .
+.LP
+.ZN XtQueryGeometry
+clears all bits in the preferred_return->request_mode and checks the
+query_geometry field of the specified widget's class record.
+If query_geometry is not NULL,
+.ZN XtQueryGeometry
+calls the query_geometry procedure and passes as arguments the
+specified widget, intended, and preferred_return structures.
+If the intended argument is NULL,
+.ZN XtQueryGeometry
+replaces it with a pointer to an
+.ZN XtWidgetGeometry
+structure with request_mode=0 before calling query_geometry.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtConfigureWidget(__libmansuffix__),
+XtMakeGeometryRequest(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtRealize-Widget XtIs-Realized XtUnrealize-Widget wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtRealizeWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtRealizeWidget, XtIsRealized, XtUnrealizeWidget \- realize and unrealize widgets
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtRealizeWidget(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsRealized(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+void XtUnrealizeWidget(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If the widget is already realized,
+.ZN XtRealizeWidget
+simply returns.
+Otherwise, it performs the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Binds all action names in the widget's
+translation table to procedures (see Section 10.1.2).
+.IP \(bu 5
+Makes a post-order traversal of the widget tree rooted
+at the specified widget and calls the change_managed procedure
+of each composite widget that has one or more managed children.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Constructs an
+.ZN XSetWindowAttributes
+structure filled in with information derived from the
+.ZN Core
+widget fields and calls the realize procedure for the widget,
+which adds any widget-specific attributes and creates the X window.
+.IP \(bu 5
+If the widget is
+not a subclass of
+.ZN compositeWidgetClass ,
+.ZN XtRealizeWidget
+returns; otherwise, it continues and performs the following:
+.RS
+.IP \- 5
+Descends recursively to each of the widget's
+managed children and calls the realize procedures.
+Primitive widgets that instantiate children are responsible for realizing
+those children themselves.
+.IP \- 5
+Maps all of the managed children windows that have mapped_when_managed
+.ZN True .
+(If a widget is managed but mapped_when_managed is
+.ZN False ,
+the widget is allocated visual space but is not displayed.
+Some people seem to like this to indicate certain states.)
+.RE
+.LP
+If the widget is a top-level shell widget (that is, it has no parent), and
+mapped_when_managed is
+.ZN True ,
+.ZN XtRealizeWidget
+maps the widget window.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtIsRealized
+function returns
+.ZN True
+if the widget has been realized,
+that is, if the widget has a nonzero X window ID.
+.LP
+Some widget procedures (for example, set_values) might wish to
+operate differently
+after the widget has been realized.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtUnrealizeWidget
+function destroys the windows of an existing widget and all of its
+children (recursively down the widget tree).
+To recreate the windows at a later time,
+call
+.ZN XtRealizeWidget
+again.
+If the widget was managed,
+it will be unmanaged automatically before its window is freed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtManageChildren(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtRegister-Drawable XtUnregister-Drawable XtWindow-To-Widget wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtRegisterDrawable __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtRegisterDrawable \- register a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatcher
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtRegisterDrawable(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, Drawable \fIdrawable\fP,
+Widget \fIwidget\fP);
+.HP
+void XtUnregisterDrawable(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, Drawable \fIdrawable\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the drawable's display.
+.IP \fIdrawable\fP 1i
+Specifies the drawable to register.
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget to register the drawable for.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtRegisterDrawable
+associates the specified drawable with the specified widget so that
+future calls to
+.ZN XtWindowToWidget
+with the drawable will return the widget. The default event dispatcher
+will dispatch future core events that arrive with the drawable to the
+widget as though the event contained the widget's window, but the event
+itself will not be changed in any way when being passed to even handler
+or action procedures.
+.LP
+If the drawable is already registered with another widget, or if the
+drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree, the
+results of calling
+.ZN XtRegisterDrawable
+are undefined.
+.LP
+.ZN XtUnregisterDrawable
+removes an association created with
+.ZN XtRegisterDrawable .
+If the drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree
+the results of calling
+.ZN XtUnregisterDrawable
+are undefined.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtRegister-Grab-Action wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtRegisterGrabAction __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtRegisterGrabAction \- register button and key grabs
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtRegisterGrabAction(XtActionProc \fIaction_proc\fP, Boolean
+\fIowner_events\fP, unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP, int \fIpointer_mode\fP, int
+\fIkeyboard_mode\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIaction_proc\fP 1i
+Specifies the action procedure to search for in translation tables.
+.IP \fIaction\fP 1i
+.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
+.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
+.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
+Specify arguments to
+.ZN XtGrabButton
+or
+.ZN XtGrabKey
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtRegisterGrabAction
+adds the specified \fIaction_proc\fP to a list known to the translation
+manager.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetGC.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtReservePropertyAtom.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddActionHook.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddBlockHook.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddGrab.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddInput.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddSignal.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddTimeOut.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddWorkProc.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtReserve-Property-Atom XtRelease-Property-Atom wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtReservePropertyAtom __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtReservePropertyAtom, XtReleasePropertyAtom \- maintain a cache of property atoms
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtReservePropertyAtom(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.HP
+void XtReleasePropertyAtom(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIatom\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget used to reserve the atom.
+.IP \fIatom\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom whose reservation is to be released.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtReservePropertyAtom
+returns an atom that may be used for properties in conjunction with
+conversion requests from widget \fIw\fP. The atom returned will be
+unique for the display of the widget specified.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtConfigureWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtResolve-Pathname wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtResolvePathname __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtResolvePathname \- search for a file using standard substitution
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+String XtResolvePathname(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, String \fItype\fP, String
+\fIfilename\fP, String \fIsuffix\fP, String \fIpath\fP, Substitution
+\fIsubstitutions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_substitutions\fP, XtFilePredicate
+\fIpredicate\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.2i
+Specifies the display to use to find the language for language substitutions.
+.IP \fItype\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIfilename\fP
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIsuffix\fP 1.2i
+Specify values to substitute into the path.
+.IP \fIpath\fP 1.2i
+Specifies the list of file specifications, or NULL.
+.IP \fIsubstitutions\fP 1.2i
+Specifies a list of additional substitutions to make into the path, or NULL.
+.IP \fInum_substitutions\fP 1.2i
+Specifies the number of entries in \fIsubstitutions\fP.
+.IP \fIpredicate\fP 1.2i
+Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The substitutions specified by
+.ZN XtResolvePathname
+are determined from the value of the language string retrieved by
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
+for the specified display.
+To set the
+language for all applications specify ``*xnlLanguage: \fIlang\fP'' in the
+resource database.
+.IN "xnlLanguage"
+The format and content of the language string are
+implementation-defined. One suggested syntax is to compose
+the language string of three parts; a ``language part'', a
+``territory part'' and a ``codeset part''. The manner in which
+this composition is accomplished is implementation-defined
+and the \*(xI make no interpretation of the parts other
+than to use them in substitutions as described below.
+.LP
+.ZN XtResolvePathname
+calls
+.ZN XtFindFile
+with the following substitutions
+in addition to any passed by the caller and returns the value returned by
+.ZN XtFindFile :
+.IP %N 5
+The value of the \fIfilename\fP parameter, or the application's
+class name if \fIfilename\fP is NULL.
+.IP %T 5
+The value of the \fItype\fP parameter.
+.IP %S 5
+The value of the \fIsuffix\fP parameter.
+.IP %L 5
+The language string associated with the specified display.
+.IP %l 5
+The language part of the display's language string.
+.IP %t 5
+The territory part of the display's language string.
+.IP %c 5
+The codeset part of the display's language string.
+.IP %C 5
+The customization string retrieved from the resource
+database associated with \fIdisplay\fP.
+.IP %D 5
+The value of the implementation-specific default path.
+.LP
+If a path is passed to
+.ZN XtResolvePathname ,
+it will be passed along to
+.ZN XtFindFile .
+If the \fIpath\fP argument is NULL, the value of the
+.ZN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+.IN "XFILESEARCHPATH" "" "@DEF@"
+environment variable will be passed to
+.ZN XtFindFile .
+If
+.ZN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+is not defined, an implementation-specific default path will be used
+which contains at least 6 entries. These entries
+must contain the following substitutions:
+
+.nf
+.ta 3n 23n 27n
+1. %C, %N, %S, %T, %L or %C, %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
+2. %C, %N, %S, %T, %l
+3. %C, %N, %S, %T
+4. %N, %S, %T, %L or %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
+5. %N, %S, %T, %l
+6. %N, %S, %T
+.fi
+
+The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above.
+The order and use of substitutions within a given entry is implementation
+dependent.
+If the path begins
+with a colon, it will be preceded by %N%S. If the path includes two
+adjacent colons, \fB%N%S\fP will be inserted between them.
+.LP
+The \fItype\fP parameter is intended to be a category of files, usually
+being translated into a directory in the pathname. Possible values
+might include ``app-defaults'', ``help'', and ``bitmap''.
+.LP
+The \fIsuffix\fP parameter is intended to be appended to the file name.
+Possible values might include ``.txt'', ``.dat'', and ``.bm''.
+.LP
+A suggested value for the default path on POSIX-based systems is
+.IP
+__projectroot__/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:__projectroot__/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:\\
+.br
+__projectroot__/lib/X11/%T/%N%C%S:__projectroot__/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:\\
+.br
+__projectroot__/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:__projectroot__/lib/X11/%T/%N%S
+.LP
+Using this example, if the user has specified a language, it will be
+used as a subdirectory of __projectroot__/lib/X11 that will be searched
+for other files. If the desired file is not found there, the lookup
+will be tried again using just the language part of the specification.
+If the file is not there, it will be looked for in
+__projectroot__/lib/X11. The \fItype\fP parameter is used as a
+subdirectory of the language directory or of __projectroot__/lib/X11,
+and \fIsuffix\fP is appended to the file name.
+.LP
+The %D substitution allows the addition of path
+elements to the implementation-specific default path, typically to
+allow additional directories to be searched without preventing
+resources in the system directories from being found. For example, a
+user installing resource files under a directory called ``ourdir''
+might set
+.ZN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
+to
+.IP
+%D:ourdir/%T/%N%C:ourdir/%T/%N
+.LP
+The customization string is obtained by querying the resource database
+currently associated with the display (the database returned by
+.ZN XrmGetDatabase )
+for the resource \fIapplication_name\fP.customization, class
+\fIapplication_class\fP.Customization where \fIapplication_name\fP
+and \fIapplication_class\fP are the values returned by
+.ZN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass .
+If no value is specified in the database, the empty string is used.
+.LP
+It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
+.ZN XtFree
+when it is no longer needed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateSelectionRequest.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSession-Get-Token XtSession-Return-Token wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSessionGetToken __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSessionGetToken, XtSessionReturnToken \- token management for checkpointing
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtCheckpointToken XtSessionGetToken(Widget \fIw\fP, int \fItype\fP);
+.HP
+void XtSessionReturnToken(XtCheckpointToken \fItoken\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the session widget.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the value in the type field of the token.
+.IP \fItoken\fP 1i
+Specifies the token to be returned.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtSessionGetToken
+function will return NULL if the checkpoint operation instigated by
+the session manager is not currently under way.
+.LP
+To indicate the completion of a deferred save operation and to return
+the checkpoint token use
+.ZN XtSessionReturnToken .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSessionGetToken.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-Arg XtMerge-Arg-Lists wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSetArg __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSetArg, XtMergeArgLists \- set and merge ArgLists
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+int XtSetArg(Arg \fIarg\fP, String \fIname\fP, XtArgVal \fIvalue\fP);
+.HP
+ArgList XtMergeArgLists(ArgList \fIargs1\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args1\fP, ArgList
+\fIargs2\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args2\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIarg\fP 1i
+Specifies the name-value pair to set.
+.IP \fIargs1\fP 1i
+Specifies the first
+.ZN ArgList .
+.IP \fIargs2\fP 1i
+Specifies the second
+.ZN ArgList .
+.IP \fInum_args1\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of arguments in the first argument list.
+.IP \fInum_args2\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of arguments in the second argument list.
+.IP \fIname\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the resource.
+.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i
+Specifies the value of the resource if it will fit in an
+.ZN XtArgVal
+or the address.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtSetArg
+function is usually used in a highly stylized manner to
+minimize the probability of making a mistake; for example:
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+Arg args[20];
+int n;
+
+n = 0;
+XtSetArg(args[n], XtNheight, 100); n++;
+XtSetArg(args[n], XtNwidth, 200); n++;
+XtSetValues(widget, args, n);
+.De
+.LP
+Alternatively, an application can statically declare the argument list
+and use
+.ZN XtNumber :
+.LP
+.Ds
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+static Args args[] = {
+ {XtNheight, (XtArgVal) 100},
+ {XtNwidth, (XtArgVal) 200},
+};
+XtSetValues(Widget, args, XtNumber(args));
+.De
+.LP
+Note that you should not use auto-increment or auto-decrement
+within the first argument to
+.ZN XtSetArg .
+.ZN XtSetArg
+can be implemented as a macro that dereferences the first argument twice.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtMergeArgLists
+function allocates enough storage to hold the combined
+.ZN ArgList
+structures and copies them into it.
+Note that it does not check for duplicate entries.
+When it is no longer needed,
+free the returned storage by using
+.ZN XtFree .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtOffset(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-Key-Translator XtTranslate-Keycode XtRegister-Case-Converter XtConvert-Case wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSetKeyTranslator __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSetKeyTranslator, XtTranslateKeycode, XtRegisterCaseConverter, XtConvertCase \- convert KeySym to KeyCodes
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtSetKeyTranslator(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, XtKeyProc \fIproc\fP);
+.HP
+void XtTranslateKeycode(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP,
+Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP, Modifiers *\fImodifiers_return\fP, KeySym
+*\fIkeysym_return\fP);
+.HP
+void XtRegisterCaseConverter(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, XtCaseProc \fIproc\fP,
+KeySym \fIstart\fP, KeySym \fIstop\fP);
+.HP
+void XtConvertCase(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, KeySym \fIkeysym\fP, KeySym
+*\fIlower_return\fP, KeySym *\fIupper_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Di
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display\*(Di.
+.IP \fIkeycode\fP 1i
+Specifies the KeyCode to translate.
+.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i
+Specifies the KeySym to convert.
+.IP \fIkeysym_return\fP 1i
+Returns the resulting KeySym.
+.IP \fIlower_return\fP 1i
+Returns the lowercase equivalent of the KeySym.
+.IP \fIupper_return\fP 1i
+Returns the uppercase equivalent of the KeySym.
+.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1i
+Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode.
+.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1i
+Returns a mask that indicates the modifiers actually used
+to generate the KeySym.
+.ds Pr \ to perform key translations or conversions
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
+.IP \fIstart\fP 1i
+Specifies the first KeySym for which this converter is valid.
+.IP \fIstop\fP 1i
+Specifies the last KeySym for which this converter is valid.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtSetKeyTranslator
+function sets the specified procedure as the current key translator.
+The default translator is
+.ZN XtTranslateKey ,
+an
+.ZN XtKeyProc
+that uses Shift and Lock modifiers with the interpretations defined
+by the core protocol.
+It is provided so that new translators can call it to get default
+KeyCode-to-KeySym translations and so that the default translator
+can be reinstalled.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtTranslateKeycode
+function passes the specified arguments
+directly to the currently registered KeyCode to KeySym translator.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtRegisterCaseConverter
+registers the specified case converter.
+The start and stop arguments provide the inclusive range of KeySyms
+for which this converter is to be called.
+The new converter overrides any previous converters for KeySyms in that range.
+No interface exists to remove converters;
+you need to register an identity converter.
+When a new converter is registered,
+the \*(xI refreshes the keyboard state if necessary.
+The default converter understands case conversion for all
+KeySyms defined in the core protocol.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtConvertCase
+function calls the appropriate converter and returns the results.
+A user-supplied
+.ZN XtKeyProc
+may need to use this function.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-Keyboard-Focus wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSetKeyboardFocus __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSetKeyboardFocus \- focus events on a child widget
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtSetKeyboardFocus(Widget \fIsubtree\fP, Widget \fIdescendant\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIsubtree\fP 1i
+Specifies either the widget in the subtree structure which is to receive the
+keyboard event, or
+.ZN None .
+Note that it is not an error to specify
+.ZN None
+when no input focus was previously set.
+.ds Wi for which the keyboard focus is to be set
+.IP \fIdescendant\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If a future
+.ZN KeyPress
+or
+.ZN KeyRelease
+event occurs within the specified subtree,
+.ZN XtSetKeyboardFocus
+causes
+.ZN XtDispatchEvent
+to remap and send the event to the specified descendant widget.
+.LP
+When there is no modal cascade,
+keyboard events can occur within a widget W in one of three ways:
+.IP \(bu 5
+W has the X input focus.
+.IP \(bu 5
+W has the keyboard focus of one of its ancestors,
+and the event occurs within the ancestor or one of the ancestor's descendants.
+.IP \(bu 5
+No ancestor of W has a descendant within the keyboard focus,
+and the pointer is within W.
+.LP
+When there is a modal cascade,
+a widget W receives keyboard events if an ancestor of W is in the active
+subset of the modal cascade and one or more of the previous conditions is
+.ZN True .
+.LP
+When subtree or one of its descendants acquires the X input focus
+or the pointer moves into the subtree such that keyboard events would
+now be delivered to subtree, a
+.ZN FocusIn
+event is generated for the descendant if
+.ZN FocusNotify
+events have been selected by the descendant.
+Similarly, when W loses the X input focus
+or the keyboard focus for one of its ancestors, a
+.ZN FocusOut
+event is generated for descendant if
+.ZN FocusNotify
+events have been selected by the descendant.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtCallAcceptFocus(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-Language-Proc wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSetLanguageProc __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSetLanguageProc \- set the language procedure
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Widget XtSetLanguageProc(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtLanguageProc
+\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
+Specifies the application context in which the language procedure
+is to be used, or NULL.
+.LP
+.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
+Specifies the language procedure, or NULL.
+.LP
+.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
+Specifies additional client data to be passed to the language procedure
+when it is called.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtSetLanguageProc
+sets the language procedure that will be called from
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
+for all subsequent Displays initialized in the specified application
+context. If \fIapp_context\fP is NULL, the specified language procedure
+is registered in all application contexts created by the calling process,
+including any future application contexts that may be created. If
+\fIproc\fP is NULL a default language procedure is registered.
+.ZN XtSetLanguageProc
+returns the previously registered language procedure. If a language
+procedure has not yet been registered, the return value is unspecified
+but if this return value is used in a subsequent call to
+.ZN XtSetLanguageProc ,
+it will cause the default language procedure to be registered.
+.LP
+The default language procedure does the following:
+.IP \(bu 5
+Sets the locale according to the environment. On ANSI C-based systems
+this is done by calling
+.ZN setlocale (
+.ZN LC_ALL ,
+language ). If an error is encountered a warning message is issued with
+.ZN XtWarning .
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XSupportsLocale
+to verify that the current locale is supported. If the locale is not
+supported, a warning message is issued with
+.ZN XtWarning
+and the locale is set to ``C''.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Calls
+.ZN XSetLocaleModifiers
+specifying the empty string.
+.IP \(bu 5
+Returns the value of the current locale. On ANSI C-based systems this
+is the return value from a final call to
+.ZN setlocale (
+.ZN LC_ALL ,
+NULL ).
+.LP
+A client wishing to use this mechanism to establish locale can do so
+by calling
+.ZN XtSetLanguageProc
+prior to
+.ZN XtDisplayInitialize.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMapWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-Multi-Click-Time Xt-Get-Multi-Click-Time wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSetMultiClickTime __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSetMultiClickTime, XtGetMultiClickTime \- set and get multi-click times
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtSetMultiClickTime(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, int \fItime\fP);
+.HP
+int XtGetMultiClickTime(Display* \fIdisplay\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
+Specifies the display connection.
+.IP \fItime\fP 1i
+Specifies the multi-click time in milliseconds.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtSetMultiClickTime
+sets the time interval used by the translation manager to determine
+when multiple events are interpreted as a repeated event.
+.LP
+.ZN XtGetMultiClickTime
+returns the time in milliseconds that the translation manager uses to
+determine if multiple events are to be interpreted as a repeated event
+for purposes of matching a translation entry containing a repeat count.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-Selection-Parameters XtGet-Selection-Parameters wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSetSelectionParameters __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSetSelectionParameters \- specify target parameters for a selection request with a single target
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtSetSelectionParameters(Widget \fIrequestor\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP,
+Atom \fItype\fP, XtPointer \fIvalue\fP, unsigned long \fIlength\fP, int
+\fIformat\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any
+subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
+Specifies the atom that names the selection.
+.IP \fItype\fP 1i
+Specifies the type of the property in which the parameters will be passed.
+.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i
+Specifies a pointer to the parameters.
+.IP \fIlength\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of elements containing data in \fIvalue\fP, each
+element of a sized indicated by \fIformat\fP.
+.IP \fIformat\fP 1i
+Specifies the size in bits of the data in the elements of \fIvalue\fP.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The specified parameters will be copied and stored in a new property of
+the specified type and format on the requestor's window. To initiate a
+selection request with a target and these parameters, a subsequent call to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+or to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+specifying the same requestor widget and selection atom will generate a
+.ZN ConvertSelection
+request referring referring to the property containing the parameters. If
+.ZN XtSetSelectionParameters
+is called more than once with the same widget and selection without a
+call to specify a request, the most recently specified parameters are
+used in the subsequent request.
+.LP
+The possible values of \fIformat\fP may be 8, 16, or 32. If the \fIformat\fP
+is 8, the elements of \fIvalue\fP are assumed to be sizeof(char); if 16,
+sizeof(short); if 32, sizeof(long).
+.LP
+To generate a MULTIPLE target request with parameters for any of the
+multiple targets of the selection request, precede individual calls to
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
+and
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
+with corresponding individual calls to
+.ZN XtSetSelectionParameters ,
+and enclose these all within
+.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
+and
+.ZN XtSendSelectionRequest .
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValues
+and
+.ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
+cannot be used to make selection requests with parameterized targets.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtGetSelectionParameters(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionTimeout.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-Sensitive XtIs-Sensitive wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSetSensitive __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSetSensitive, XtIsSensitive \- set and check a widget's sensitivity state
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtSetSensitive(Widget \fIw\fP, Boolean \fIsensitive\fP);
+.HP
+Boolean XtIsSensitive(Widget \fIw\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIsensitive\fP 1i
+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the widget should receive
+keyboard and pointer events.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtSetSensitive
+function first calls
+.ZN XtSetValues
+on the current widget with an argument list specifying that the
+sensitive field should change to the new value.
+It then recursively propagates the new value
+down the managed children tree by calling
+.ZN XtSetValues
+on each child to set the ancestor_sensitive to the new value if the new
+values for sensitive and the child's ancestor_sensitive are not the same.
+.LP
+.ZN XtSetSensitive
+calls
+.ZN XtSetValues
+to change sensitive and ancestor_sensitive.
+Therefore, when one of these changes,
+the widget's set_values procedure should
+take whatever display actions are needed
+(for example, greying out or stippling the widget).
+.LP
+.ZN XtSetSensitive
+maintains the invariant that if parent has either sensitive
+or ancestor_sensitive
+.ZN False ,
+then all children have ancestor_sensitive
+.ZN False .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtIsSensitive
+function returns
+.ZN True
+or
+.ZN False
+to indicate whether or not user input events are being dispatched.
+If both core.sensitive and core.ancestor_sensitive are
+.ZN True ,
+.ZN XtIsSensitive
+returns
+.ZN True ;
+otherwise, it returns
+.ZN False .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppSetTypeConverter.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-Values XtVa-Set-Values XtSet-Subvalues XtVa-Set-Subvalues XtGet-Values XtVa-Get-Values XtGet-Subvalues XtVa-Get-Subvalues constraint-Widget-Class wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSetValues __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSetValues, XtVaSetValues, XtSetSubvalues, XtVaSetSubvalues, XtGetValues, XtVaGetValues, XtGetSubvalues, XtVaGetSubvalues \- obtain and set widget resources
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtSetValues(Widget \fIw\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+void XtVaSetValues(Widget \fIw\fP, ...\^);
+.HP
+void XtSetSubvalues(XtPointer \fIbase\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP,
+Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+void XtVaSetSubvalues(XtPointer \fIbase\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP,
+Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ...\^);
+.HP
+void XtGetValues(Widget \fIw\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+void XtVaGetValues(Widget \fIw\fP, ...\^);
+.HP
+void XtGetSubvalues(XtPointer \fIbase\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP,
+Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
+.HP
+void XtVaGetSubvalues(XtPointer \fIbase\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP,
+Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ...\^);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.ds Al of name/address pairs that contain the resource name \
+and either the address into which the resource value is to be stored \
+or their new values
+.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
+Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
+.ds Ba retrieved or written
+.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure where the resources
+should be \*(Ba.
+.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
+.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
+Specifies the nonwidget resource list or values.
+.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of resources in the resource list.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.IP \fI...\fP 1i
+Specifies the variable argument list \*(Al.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtSetValues
+function starts with the resources specified for the
+.ZN Core
+widget fields and proceeds down the subclass chain to the widget.
+At each stage,
+it writes the new value (if specified by one of the arguments) or the existing
+value (if no new value is specified) to a new widget data record.
+.ZN XtSetValues
+then calls the set_values procedures for the widget in superclass-to-subclass
+order.
+.IN "hook"
+If the widget has any non-NULL set_values_hook fields,
+these are called immediately after the
+corresponding set_values procedure.
+This procedure permits subclasses to set nonwidget data for
+.ZN XtSetValues .
+.LP
+If the widget's parent is a subclass of
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
+.ZN XtSetValues
+also updates the widget's constraints.
+It starts with the constraint resources specified for
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass
+and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's class.
+At each stage,
+it writes the new value or the existing value to a new constraint record.
+It then calls the constraint set_values procedures from
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass
+down to the parent's class.
+The constraint set_values procedures are called with widget arguments,
+as for all set_values procedures, not just the constraint record arguments,
+so that they can make adjustments to the desired values based
+on full information about the widget.
+.LP
+.ZN XtSetValues
+determines if a geometry request is needed by comparing the current widget to
+the new widget.
+If any geometry changes are required,
+it makes the request, and the geometry manager returns
+.ZN XtGeometryYes ,
+.ZN XtGeometryAlmost ,
+or
+.ZN XtGeometryNo .
+If
+.ZN XtGeometryYes ,
+.ZN XtSetValues
+calls the widget's resize procedure.
+If
+.ZN XtGeometryNo ,
+.ZN XtSetValues
+resets the geometry fields to their original values.
+If
+.ZN XtGeometryAlmost ,
+.ZN XtSetValues
+calls the set_values_almost procedure,
+which determines what should be done and writes new values for the
+geometry fields into the new widget.
+.ZN XtSetValues
+then repeats this process,
+deciding once more whether the geometry manager should be called.
+.LP
+Finally, if any of the set_values procedures returned
+.ZN True ,
+.ZN XtSetValues
+causes the widget's expose procedure to be invoked by calling the Xlib
+.ZN XClearArea
+function on the widget's window.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtSetSubvalues
+function stores resources into the structure identified by base.
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtGetValues
+function starts with the resources specified for the core widget fields
+and proceeds down the subclass chain to the widget.
+The value field of a passed argument list should contain the
+address into which to store the corresponding resource value.
+It is the caller's responsibility
+to allocate and deallocate this storage according to the size of the
+resource representation type used within the widget.
+.LP
+If the widget's parent is a subclass of
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
+.ZN XtGetValues
+then fetches the values for any constraint resources requested.
+It starts with the constraint resources specified for
+.ZN constraintWidgetClass
+and proceeds down to the subclass chain to the parent's constraint resources.
+If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in any of the
+resource lists searched,
+the value at the corresponding address is not modified.
+.IN "hook"
+Finally, if the get_values_hook procedures are non-NULL,
+they are called in superclass-to-subclass order after
+all the resource values have been fetched by
+.ZN XtGetValues .
+This permits a subclass to provide nonwidget resource data to
+.ZN XtGetValues .
+.LP
+The
+.ZN XtGetSubvalues
+function obtains resource values from the structure identified by base.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtSet-WMColormap-Windows wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtSetWMColormapWindows __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtSetWMColormapWindows \- Set the value of the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtSetWMColormapWindows(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Widget* \fIlist\fP, Cardinal
+\fIcount\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget on whose window the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
+will be stored. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+.IP \fIlist\fP 1i
+Specifies a list of widgets whose windows are are potentially to be
+listed in the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
+.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
+Specifies the number of widgets in \fIlist\fP.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.ZN XtSetWMColormapWindows
+returns immediately if \fIwidget\fP is not realized or if \fIcount\fP
+is zero. Otherwise,
+.ZN XtSetWMColormapWindows
+constructs an ordered list of windows by examining each widget in
+\fIlist\fP in turn and ignoring the widget if it is not realized,
+or adding the widget's window to the window list if the widget is
+realized and its colormap resource is different from the colormap
+resources of all widgets whose windows are already on the window
+list.
+.LP
+Finally,
+.ZN XtSetWMColormapWindows
+stores the resulting window list in the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
+on the specified widget's window.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtString-Conversion-Warning wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtStringConversionWarning __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtStringConversionWarning \- issue a conversion warning message
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtStringConversionWarning(String \fIsrc\fP, String \fIdst_type\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIsrc\fP 1i
+Specifies the string that could not be converted.
+.IP \fIdst_type\fP 1i
+Specifies the name of the type to which the string could not be converted.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtStringConversionWarning
+function issues a warning message with name ``conversionError'',
+type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError, and the default message string
+``Cannot convert "\fIsrc\fP" to type \fIdst_type\fP''.
+.LP
+.ZN XtStringConversionWarning
+has been replaced by
+.ZN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+XtAppAddConverter(__libmansuffix__),
+XtAppErrorMsg(3t),
+XtConvert(__libmansuffix__),
+XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__)
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
+.\" X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtToolkit-Thread-Initialize wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtToolkitThreadInitialize __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtToolkitThreadInitialize \- initialize the toolkit for multiple threads
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+Boolean XtToolkitThreadInitialize(void);
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.ZN XtToolkitThreadInitialize
+was previously called, it returns. The application programmer must ensure
+that two or more threads do not simultaneously attempt to call
+.ZN XtToolkitThreadInitialize ;
+the effect of this is undefined.
+.ZN XtToolkitThreadInitialize
+returns
+.ZN True
+if the host operating system has threads and the Intrinsics are thread
+safe.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtTranslate-Coords wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtTranslateCoords __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtTranslateCoords \- translate widget coordinates
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+void XtTranslateCoords(Widget \fIw\fP, Position \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, Position
+*\fIrootx_return\fP, *\fIrooty_return\fP);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIrootx_return\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIrooty_return\fP 1i
+Returns the root-relative x and y coordinates.
+.ds Nu widget-relative
+.IP \fIx\fP 1i
+.br
+.ns
+.IP \fIy\fP 1i
+Specify the \*(Nu x and y coordinates.
+.IP \fIw\fP 1i
+Specifies the widget.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+While
+.ZN XtTranslateCoords
+is similar to the Xlib
+.ZN XTranslateCoordinates
+function, it does not generate a server request because all the required
+information already is in the widget's data structures.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtMapWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtRealizeWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtRegisterDrawable.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppCreateShell.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppInitialize.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
+.\"
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+.\" from the X Consortium.
+.\"
+.ds tk X Toolkit
+.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
+.ds xI Intrinsics
+.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
+.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
+.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
+.ds Rn 3
+.ds Vn 2.2
+.hw XtVa-Create-Args-List wid-get
+.na
+.de Ds
+.nf
+.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
+.ft 1
+.ps \\n(PS
+.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de De
+.ce 0
+.if \\n(BD .DF
+.nr BD 0
+.in \\n(OIu
+.if \\n(TM .ls 2
+.sp \\n(DDu
+.fi
+..
+.de FD
+.LP
+.KS
+.TA .5i 3i
+.ta .5i 3i
+.nf
+..
+.de FN
+.fi
+.KE
+.LP
+..
+.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
+..
+.de C{
+.KS
+.nf
+.D
+.\"
+.\" choose appropriate monospace font
+.\" the imagen conditional, 480,
+.\" may be changed to L if LB is too
+.\" heavy for your eyes...
+.\"
+.ie "\\*(.T"480" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"300" .ft L
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"202" .ft PO
+.el .ie "\\*(.T"aps" .ft CW
+.el .ft R
+.ps \\n(PS
+.ie \\n(VS>40 .vs \\n(VSu
+.el .vs \\n(VSp
+..
+.de C}
+.DE
+.R
+..
+.de Pn
+.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
+.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
+..
+.de ZN
+.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
+.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
+..
+.de NT
+.ne 7
+.ds NO Note
+.if \\n(.$>$1 .if !'\\$2'C' .ds NO \\$2
+.if \\n(.$ .if !'\\$1'C' .ds NO \\$1
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+.TB
+.ce
+\\*(NO
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 5p
+.if '\\$1'C' .ce 99
+.if '\\$2'C' .ce 99
+.in +5n
+.ll -5n
+.R
+..
+. \" Note End -- doug kraft 3/85
+.de NE
+.ce 0
+.in -5n
+.ll +5n
+.ie n .sp
+.el .sp 10p
+..
+.ny0
+.TH XtVaCreateArgsList __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
+.SH NAME
+XtVaCreateArgsList \- dynamically allocate a varargs list
+.SH SYNTAX
+.HP
+XtVarArgsList XtVaCreateArgsList(XtPointer \fIunused\fP, ...\^);
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.IP \fIunused\fP 1i
+Must be specified as NULL.
+.IP \fI...\fP 1i
+Specifies a variable parameter list of resource name and value pairs.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.ZN XtVaCreateArgsList
+function allocates memory and copies its arguments into a single list
+pointer, which may be used with
+.ZN XtVaNestedList .
+The end of both lists is identified by a \fIname\fP entry containing
+NULL. Any entries of type
+.ZN XtVaTypedArg
+are copied as specified without applying conversions. Data passed by
+reference (including Strings) are not copied, only the pointers
+themselves; the caller must ensure that the data remain valid for
+the lifetime of the created varargs list. The list should be freed
+using
+.ZN XtFree
+when no longer needed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.br
+\fI\*(xT\fP
+.br
+\fI\*(xL\fP
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreatePopupShell.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetApplicationResources.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSubresources.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtOpenApplication.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+.so man__libmansuffix__/XtNameToWidget.__libmansuffix__
--- /dev/null
+Summary: X.Org X11 libXt runtime library
+Name: libXt
+Version: 1.1.2
+Release: 2
+License: MIT
+Group: System Environment/Libraries
+URL: http://www.x.org
+
+Source0: %{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
+
+BuildRequires: pkgconfig(xproto) pkgconfig(x11) pkgconfig(sm)
+BuildRequires: pkgconfig(xorg-macros)
+
+%description
+X.Org X11 libXt runtime library
+
+%package devel
+Summary: X.Org X11 libXt development package
+Group: Development/Libraries
+Requires: %{name} = %{version}-%{release}
+Provides: libxt-devel
+
+%description devel
+X.Org X11 libXt development package
+
+%prep
+%setup -q
+
+%build
+# FIXME: Work around pointer aliasing warnings from compiler for now
+export CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} $RPM_OPT_FLAGS -fno-strict-aliasing"
+%reconfigure --disable-static \
+ LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS} -Wl,--hash-style=both -Wl,--as-needed" \
+ --with-appdefaultdir=/etc/X11/app-defaults \
+ --with-xfile-search-path="/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%S:/etc/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:/etc/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:/etc/X11/%T/%N%C%S:/etc/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:/etc/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:/etc/X11/%T/%N%S"
+
+make %{?jobs:-j%jobs}
+
+%install
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+mkdir -p %{buildroot}/usr/share/license
+cp -af COPYING %{buildroot}/usr/share/license/%{name}
+make install DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+mkdir -p -m 0755 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{_datadir}/X11/app-defaults
+rm -f $RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{_libdir}/*.la
+
+%remove_docs
+
+%clean
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%post -p /sbin/ldconfig
+%postun -p /sbin/ldconfig
+
+%files
+%defattr(-,root,root,-)
+/usr/share/license/%{name}
+%doc COPYING ChangeLog
+%{_libdir}/libXt.so.6
+%{_libdir}/libXt.so.6.0.0
+%dir %{_datadir}/X11/app-defaults
+
+%files devel
+%defattr(-,root,root,-)
+#%{_datadir}/doc/%{name}
+%{_includedir}/X11/CallbackI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/Composite.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/CompositeP.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/ConstrainP.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/Constraint.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/ConvertI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/Core.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/CoreP.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/CreateI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/EventI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/HookObjI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/InitialI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/Intrinsic.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/IntrinsicI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/IntrinsicP.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/Object.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/ObjectP.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/PassivGraI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/RectObj.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/RectObjP.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/ResConfigP.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/ResourceI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/SelectionI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/Shell.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/ShellI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/ShellP.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/StringDefs.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/ThreadsI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/TranslateI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/VarargsI.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/Vendor.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/VendorP.h
+%{_includedir}/X11/Xtos.h
+%{_libdir}/libXt.so
+%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/xt.pc
+#%{_mandir}/man3/*.3*
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Intrinsics_and_Widgets'>
+<title>Intrinsics and Widgets</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics are a programming library tailored to the special requirements
+of user interface construction within a network window system,
+specifically the X Window System.
+The Intrinsics and a widget set make up an X Toolkit.
+</para>
+<sect1 id="Intrinsics">
+<title>Intrinsics</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide the base mechanism necessary to build
+a wide variety of interoperating widget sets and application environments.
+The Intrinsics are a layer on top of Xlib, the
+C Library X Interface. They extend the
+fundamental abstractions provided by the X Window System while still
+remaining independent of any particular user interface policy or
+style.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics use object-oriented programming techniques to supply a
+consistent architecture for constructing and composing user interface
+components, known as widgets. This
+allows programmers to extend a widget set in new ways, either by
+deriving new widgets from existing ones (subclassing) or by writing
+entirely new widgets following the established conventions.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the Intrinsics were first conceived, the root of the object
+hierarchy was a widget class named
+Core.
+In Release 4 of the
+Intrinsics, three nonwidget superclasses were added above Core.
+These superclasses are described in <xref linkend='Nonwidget_Objects' />.
+The name of the class
+now at the root of the Intrinsics class hierarchy is
+Object.
+The remainder of this
+specification refers uniformly to <emphasis remap='I'>widgets</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>Core</emphasis>
+as if they were the
+base class for all Intrinsics operations. The argument descriptions
+for each Intrinsics procedure and <xref linkend='Nonwidget_Objects' />
+describe which operations
+are defined for the nonwidget superclasses of Core. The reader may
+determine by context whether a specific reference to <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+actually means ``widget'' or ``object.''
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Languages">
+<title>Languages</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics are intended to be used for two programming purposes.
+Programmers writing widgets will be using most of the facilities
+provided by the
+Intrinsics to construct user interface components from the simple, such
+as buttons and scrollbars, to the complex, such as control panels and
+property sheets. Application programmers will use a much smaller subset of
+the Intrinsics procedures in combination with one or more sets of widgets to
+construct and present complete user interfaces on an X display. The
+Intrinsics
+programming interfaces primarily
+intended for application use are designed to be callable from most
+procedural programming languages. Therefore, most arguments are passed by
+reference rather than by value. The interfaces primarily
+intended for widget programmers are expected to be used principally
+from the C language. In these cases, the usual C programming
+conventions apply. In this specification, the term <emphasis remap='I'>client</emphasis> refers to
+any module, widget, or application that calls an Intrinsics procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Applications that use the Intrinsics mechanisms
+must include the header files
+<function><X11/Intrinsic.h></function>
+and
+<function><X11/StringDefs.h></function>,
+or their equivalent,
+and they may also include
+<function><X11/Xatoms.h></function>
+and
+<function><X11/Shell.h></function>.
+In addition, widget implementations should include
+<function><X11/IntrinsicP.h></function>
+instead of
+<function><X11/Intrinsic.h></function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The applications must also include the additional header files for
+each widget class that they are to use (for example,
+<function><X11/Xaw/Label.h></function>
+or
+<function><X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>).</function>
+On a POSIX-based system,
+the Intrinsics object library file is named
+<function>libXt.a</function>
+and is usually referenced as \-lXt when linking the application.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Procedures_and_Macros">
+<title>Procedures and Macros</title>
+<para>
+All functions defined in this specification except those specified below
+may be implemented as C macros with arguments. C applications may use
+``#undef'' to remove a macro definition and ensure that the actual function
+is referenced. Any such macro will expand to a single expression that
+has the same precedence as a function call and that evaluates each
+of its arguments exactly once, fully protected by parentheses, so that
+arbitrary expressions may be used as arguments.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The following symbols are macros that do not have function
+equivalents and that may expand their arguments in a manner other
+than that described above:
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtNew' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtNumber' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOffsetOf' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOffset' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtSetArg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Widgets">
+<title>Widgets</title>
+<para>
+The fundamental abstraction and data type of the X Toolkit is the widget,
+which is a combination of an X window and its associated
+input and display semantics
+and which is dynamically allocated and contains state information.
+Some widgets display information (for example, text or graphics),
+and others are merely containers for other widgets (for example, a menu box).
+Some widgets are output-only and do not react to pointer or keyboard input,
+and others change their display in response to input
+and can invoke functions that an application has attached to them.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Every widget belongs to exactly one widget class, which is statically
+allocated and initialized and which contains the operations allowable on
+widgets of that class.
+Logically, a widget class is the procedures and data associated
+with all widgets belonging to that class.
+These procedures and data can be inherited by
+subclasses.
+Physically, a widget class is a pointer to a structure.
+The contents of this structure are constant for all widgets of the widget
+class but will vary from class to class.
+(Here, ``constant'' means the class structure is initialized at compile time
+and never changed, except for a one-time class initialization
+and in-place compilation of resource lists,
+which takes place when the first widget of the class or subclass is created.)
+For further information,
+see <xref linkend='Creating_Widgets' />
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The distribution of the declarations and code for a new widget class
+among a public .h file for application programmer use, a private .h file
+for widget programmer use,
+and the implementation .c file is described in <xref linkend='Widget_Classing' />
+The predefined widget classes adhere to these conventions.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A widget instance is composed of two parts:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A data structure which contains instance-specific values.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A class structure which contains information that is applicable to
+all widgets of that class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Much of the input/output of a widget (for example, fonts, colors, sizes,
+or border widths) is customizable by users.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+This chapter discusses the base widget classes,
+Core, Composite, and Constraint, and
+ends with a discussion of widget classing.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Core_Widgets">
+<title>Core Widgets</title>
+<para>
+The
+Core
+widget class contains the definitions of fields common to all widgets.
+All widgets classes are subclasses of the
+Core class,
+which is defined by the
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+and
+<function>CorePart</function>
+structures.
+</para>
+<sect3 id="CoreClassPart_Structure">
+<title>CoreClassPart Structure</title>
+<para>
+All widget classes contain the fields defined in the
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+structure.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ WidgetClass superclass; See <xref linkend="Widget_Classing" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ String class_name; See <xref linkend="Resource_Management" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal widget_size; See <xref linkend="Widget_Classing" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtProc class_initialize; See <xref linkend="Widget_Classing" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; See <xref linkend="Widget_Classing" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtEnum class_inited; See <xref linkend="Widget_Classing" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtInitProc initialize; See <xref linkend='Creating_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtArgsProc initialize_hook; See <xref linkend='Creating_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtRealizeProc realize; See <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtActionList actions; See <xref linkend='Translation_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal num_actions; See <xref linkend='Translation_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtResourceList resources; See <xref linkend="Resource_Management" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal num_resources; See <xref linkend="Resource_Management" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XrmClass xrm_class; Private to resource manager
+ Boolean compress_motion; See <xref linkend='X_Event_Filters' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtEnum compress_exposure; See <xref linkend='X_Event_Filters' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean compress_enterleave; See <xref linkend='X_Event_Filters' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean visible_interest; See <xref linkend='Widget_Exposure_and_Visibility' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtWidgetProc destroy; See <xref linkend='Destroying_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtWidgetProc resize; See <xref linkend='Geometry_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtExposeProc expose; See <xref linkend='Widget_Exposure_and_Visibility' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values; See <xref linkend='Reading_and_Writing_Widget_State' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; See <xref linkend='Reading_and_Writing_Widget_State' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtAlmostProc set_values_almost; See <xref linkend='Reading_and_Writing_Widget_State' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtArgsProc get_values_hook; See <xref linkend='Reading_and_Writing_Widget_State' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtAcceptFocusProc accept_focus; See <xref linkend='Focusing_Events_on_a_Child' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtVersionType version; See <xref linkend="Widget_Classing" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtPointer callback_private; Private to callbacks
+ String tm_table; See <xref linkend='Translation_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtGeometryHandler query_geometry; See <xref linkend ='Geometry_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtStringProc display_accelerator; See <xref linkend='Translation_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtPointer extension; See <xref linkend="Widget_Classing" xrefstyle='select: label' />
+} CoreClassPart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+All widget classes have the Core class fields as their first component.
+The prototypical
+<function>WidgetClass</function>
+and
+<function>CoreWidgetClass</function>
+are defined with only this set of fields.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+} WidgetClassRec, *WidgetClass, CoreClassRec, *CoreWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Various routines can cast widget class pointers, as needed,
+to specific widget class types.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for
+creating instances of Core are
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In
+<function>IntrinsicP.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+extern WidgetClassRec widgetClassRec;
+#define coreClassRec widgetClassRec
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+In
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+extern WidgetClass widgetClass, coreWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The opaque types
+<function>Widget</function>
+and
+<function>WidgetClass</function>
+and the opaque variable
+<function>widgetClass</function>
+are defined for generic actions on widgets.
+In order to make these types opaque and ensure that the compiler
+does not allow applications to access private data, the Intrinsics use
+incomplete structure definitions in
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct _WidgetClassRec *WidgetClass, *CoreWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="CorePart_Structure">
+<title>CorePart Structure</title>
+<para>
+All widget instances contain the fields defined in the
+<function>CorePart</function>
+structure.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct _CorePart {
+ Widget self; Described below
+ WidgetClass widget_class; See <xref linkend='Widget_Classing' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Widget parent; See <xref linkend='Creating_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean being_destroyed; See <xref linkend='Destroying_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks; <xref linkend='Destroying_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtPointer constraints; See <xref linkend='Constrained_Composite_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Position x; See <xref linkend='Geometry_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Position y; See <xref linkend='Geometry_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Dimension width; See <xref linkend='Geometry_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Dimension height; See <xref linkend='Geometry_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Dimension border_width; See <xref linkend='Geometry_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean managed; See <xref linkend='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean sensitive; See <xref linkend='Setting_and_Checking_the_Sensitivity_State_of_a_Widget' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean ancestor_sensitive; See <xref linkend='Setting_and_Checking_the_Sensitivity_State_of_a_Widget' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtTranslations accelerators; See <xref linkend='Translation_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Pixel border_pixel; See <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Pixmap border_pixmap; See <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ WidgetList popup_list; See <xref linkend='Pop_Up_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal num_popups; See <xref linkend='Pop_Up_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ String name; See <xref linkend='Resource_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Screen *screen; See <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Colormap colormap; See <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Window window; See <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal depth; See <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Pixel background_pixel; See <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Pixmap background_pixmap; See <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean visible; See <xref linkend='Widget_Exposure_and_Visibility' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean mapped_when_managed; See <xref linkend='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+} CorePart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+All widget instances have the Core fields as their first component.
+The prototypical type
+<function>Widget</function>
+is defined with only this set of fields.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+} WidgetRec, *Widget, CoreRec, *CoreWidget;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Various routines can cast widget pointers, as needed,
+to specific widget types.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In order to make these types opaque and ensure that the compiler
+does not allow applications to access private data, the Intrinsics use
+incomplete structure definitions in
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct _WidgetRec *Widget, *CoreWidget;
+</literallayout>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Core_Resources">
+<title>Core Resources</title>
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in the
+<function>coreClassRec</function>
+resource list are
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colname='c1' colwidth='1.0*'/>
+ <colspec colname='c2' colwidth='1.0*'/>
+ <colspec colname='c3' colwidth='1.0*'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNaccelerators</entry>
+ <entry>XtCAccelerators</entry>
+ <entry>XtRAcceleratorTable</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNbackground</entry>
+ <entry>XtCBackground</entry>
+ <entry>XtRPixel</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNbackgroundPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>XtCPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>XtRPixmap</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNborderColor</entry>
+ <entry>XtCBorderColor</entry>
+ <entry>XtRPixel</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNborderPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>XtCPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>XtRPixmap</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcolormap</entry>
+ <entry>XtCColormap</entry>
+ <entry>XtRColormap</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdepth</entry>
+ <entry>XtCDepth</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmappedWhenManaged</entry>
+ <entry>XtCMappedWhenManaged</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNscreen</entry>
+ <entry>XtCScreen</entry>
+ <entry>XtRScreen</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtranslations</entry>
+ <entry>XtCTranslations</entry>
+ <entry>XtRTranslationTable</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+<para>
+Additional resources are defined for all widgets via the
+<function>objectClassRec</function>
+and
+<function>rectObjClassRec</function>
+resource lists; see <xref linkend='Object_Objects' /> and <xref linkend='Rectangle_Objects' /> for details.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="CorePart_Default_Values">
+<title>CorePart Default Values</title>
+<para>
+The default values for the Core fields, which are filled in by the Intrinsics,
+from the resource lists, and by the initialize procedures, are
+</para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colname='c1' colwidth='0.4*'/>
+ <colspec colname='c2' colwidth='1.0*'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Field</entry>
+ <entry>Default Value</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>self</entry>
+ <entry>Address of the widget structure (may not be changed).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>widget_class</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis> argument to
+ <xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ (may not be changed).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>parent</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis> argument to
+ <xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ (may not be changed).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>being_destroyed</entry>
+ <entry>Parent's <emphasis remap='I'>being_destroyed</emphasis> value.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>destroy_callbacks</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>constraints</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>x</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>y</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>width</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>height</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>border_width</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>managed</entry>
+ <entry><function>False</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>sensitive</entry>
+ <entry><function>True</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ancestor_sensitive</entry>
+ <entry>logical AND of parent's <emphasis remap='I'>sensitive</emphasis> and
+ <emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis> values.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>accelerators</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>border_pixel</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtDefaultForeground</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>border_pixmap</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedPixmap</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>popup_list</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>num_popups</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>name</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> argument to
+ <xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ (may not be changed).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>screen</entry>
+ <entry>Parent's <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>; top-level widget gets screen from display specifier
+ (may not be changed).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>colormap</entry>
+ <entry>Parent's <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis> value.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>window</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>depth</entry>
+ <entry>Parent's <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>; top-level widget gets root window depth.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>background_pixel</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtDefaultBackground</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>background_pixmap</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedPixmap</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>visible</entry>
+ <entry><function>True</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>mapped_when_managed</entry>
+ <entry><function>True</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+<para>
+<function>XtUnspecifiedPixmap</function>
+is a symbolic constant guaranteed to be unequal to
+any valid Pixmap id,
+<function>None</function>,
+and
+<function>ParentRelative</function>.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Composite_Widgets">
+<title>Composite Widgets</title>
+<para>
+The Composite
+widget class is a subclass of the
+Core
+widget class (see <xref linkend='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children' />).
+Composite widgets are intended to be containers for other widgets.
+The additional data used by composite widgets are defined by the
+<function>CompositeClassPart</function>
+and
+<function>CompositePart</function>
+structures.
+</para>
+<sect3 id="CompositeClassPart_Structure">
+<title>CompositeClassPart Structure</title>
+<para>
+In addition to the
+Core
+class fields,
+widgets of the Composite class have the following class fields.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ XtGeometryHandler geometry_manager; See <xref linkend='Geometry_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtWidgetProc change_managed; See <xref linkend='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtWidgetProc insert_child; See <xref linkend='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtWidgetProc delete_child; See <xref linkend='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtPointer extension; See <xref linkend='Widget_Classing' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+} CompositeClassPart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The extension record defined for
+<function>CompositeClassPart</function>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis>
+equal to
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+is
+<function>CompositeClassExtensionRec</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer next_extension; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XrmQuark record_type; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ long version; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal record_size; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean accepts_objects; See <xref linkend='Creating_a_Widget_Instance' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Boolean allows_change_managed_set; See <xref linkend='Bundling_Changes_to_the_Managed_Set' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+} CompositeClassExtensionRec, *CompositeClassExtension;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Composite
+classes have the Composite class fields immediately following the
+Core class fields.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+} CompositeClassRec, *CompositeWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for creating
+instances of Composite are
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In
+<function>IntrinsicP.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+extern CompositeClassRec compositeClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+In
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+extern WidgetClass compositeWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The opaque types
+<function>CompositeWidget</function>
+and
+<function>CompositeWidgetClass</function>
+and the opaque variable
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>
+are defined for generic operations on widgets whose class
+is Composite or a subclass of Composite.
+The symbolic constant for the
+<function>CompositeClassExtension</function>
+version identifier is
+<function>XtCompositeExtensionVersion</function>
+(see <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />).
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>
+uses an incomplete structure
+definition to ensure that the compiler catches attempts to access
+private data.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct _CompositeClassRec *CompositeWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="CompositePart_Structure">
+<title>CompositePart Structure</title>
+<para>
+In addition to the
+Core instance
+fields,
+widgets of the Composite class have the following
+instance fields defined in the
+<function>CompositePart</function>
+structure.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ WidgetList children; See <xref linkend='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal num_children; See <xref linkend='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal num_slots; See <xref linkend='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtOrderProc insert_position; See <xref linkend='Insertion_Order_of_Children_The_insert_position_Procedure' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+} CompositePart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Composite
+widgets have the Composite instance fields immediately following the Core
+instance fields.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+} CompositeRec, *CompositeWidget;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct _CompositeRec *CompositeWidget;
+</literallayout>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Composite_Resources">
+<title>Composite Resources</title>
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types
+that are specified in
+the
+<function>compositeClassRec</function>
+resource list are
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colname='c1' colwidth='1.0*'/>
+ <colspec colname='c2' colwidth='1.0*'/>
+ <colspec colname='c3' colwidth='1.0*'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNchildren</entry>
+ <entry>XtCReadOnly</entry>
+ <entry>XtRWidgetList</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinsertPosition</entry>
+ <entry>XtCInsertPosition</entry>
+ <entry>XtRFunction</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNnumChildren</entry>
+ <entry>XtCReadOnly</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCardinal</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="CompositePart_Default_Values">
+<title>CompositePart Default Values</title>
+<para>
+The default values for the Composite fields,
+which are filled in from the
+Composite
+resource list and by the
+Composite
+initialize procedure, are
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <?dbfo table-width="50%" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colname='c1' colwidth='1.0*' colsep='0'/>
+ <colspec colname='c2' colwidth='1.0*' colsep='0'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Field</entry>
+ <entry>Default Value</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>children</entry><entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>num_children</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>num_slots</entry><entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>insert_position</entry><entry>Internal function to insert at end</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>num_children</emphasis>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>insert_position</emphasis> fields are declared
+as resources;
+XtNinsertPosition
+is a settable resource,
+XtNchildren
+and
+XtNnumChildren
+may be read by any client but should only be modified by the composite
+widget class procedures.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Constraint_Widgets">
+<title>Constraint Widgets</title>
+<para>
+The Constraint
+widget class is a subclass of the
+Composite
+widget class (see <xref linkend='Constrained_Composite_Widgets' />). Constraint
+widgets maintain additional state
+data for each child; for example, client-defined constraints on the child's
+geometry.
+The additional data used by constraint widgets are defined by the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+and
+<function>ConstraintPart</function>
+structures.
+</para>
+<sect3 id="ConstraintClassPart_Structure">
+<title>ConstraintClassPart Structure</title>
+<para>
+In addition to the
+Core
+and
+Composite
+class fields,
+widgets of the Constraint class
+have the following class fields.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ XtResourceList resources; See <xref linkend='Resource_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal num_resources; See <xref linkend='Resource_Management' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal constraint_size; See <xref linkend='Constrained_Composite_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtInitProc initialize; See <xref linkend='Constrained_Composite_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtWidgetProc destroy; See <xref linkend='Constrained_Composite_Widgets' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values; See <xref linkend='Setting_Widget_State' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtPointer extension; See <xref linkend='Widget_Classing' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+} ConstraintClassPart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The extension record defined for
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis> equal to
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+is
+<function>ConstraintClassExtensionRec</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer next_extension; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XrmQuark record_type; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ long version; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ Cardinal record_size; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+ XtArgsProc get_values_hook; See <xref linkend='Obtaining_Widget_State' xrefstyle='select: label' />
+} ConstraintClassExtensionRec, *ConstraintClassExtension;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Constraint
+classes have the Constraint class fields immediately following the
+Composite class fields.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ConstraintClassPart constraint_class;
+} ConstraintClassRec, *ConstraintWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for creating
+instances of Constraint are
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In
+<function>IntrinsicP.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+extern ConstraintClassRec constraintClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+In
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+extern WidgetClass constraintWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The opaque types
+<function>ConstraintWidget</function>
+and
+<function>ConstraintWidgetClass</function>
+and the opaque variable
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>
+are defined for generic operations on widgets
+whose class is Constraint or a subclass
+of Constraint.
+The symbolic constant for the
+<function>ConstraintClassExtension</function>
+version identifier is
+<function>XtConstraintExtensionVersion</function>
+(see <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />).
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec *ConstraintWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="ConstraintPart_Structure">
+<title>ConstraintPart Structure</title>
+<para>
+In addition to the
+Core
+and
+Composite instance
+fields,
+widgets of the Constraint class have the following unused
+instance fields defined in the
+<function>ConstraintPart</function>
+structure
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ int empty;
+} ConstraintPart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Constraint
+widgets have the Constraint instance fields immediately following the
+Composite instance fields.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ConstraintPart constraint;
+} ConstraintRec, *ConstraintWidget;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct _ConstraintRec *ConstraintWidget;
+</literallayout>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Constraint_Resources">
+<title>Constraint Resources</title>
+<para>
+The
+<function>constraintClassRec</function>
+<emphasis remap='I'>core_class</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>constraint_class resources</emphasis> fields are NULL,
+and the <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis> fields are zero;
+no additional resources beyond those declared by
+the superclasses
+are defined for
+Constraint.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Implementation_Specific_Types">
+<title>Implementation-Specific Types</title>
+<para>
+To increase the portability of widget and application source code
+between different system environments, the Intrinsics define several
+types whose precise representation is explicitly dependent upon,
+and chosen by, each individual implementation of the Intrinsics.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+These implementation-defined types are
+</para>
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>Boolean</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A datum that contains a zero or nonzero value.
+Unless explicitly stated, clients should not assume
+that the nonzero value is equal to the symbolic
+value
+<function>True</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>Cardinal</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+An unsigned integer datum with a minimum range of [0..2^16-1].
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>Dimension</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+An unsigned integer datum with a minimum range of [0..2^16-1].
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>Position</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A signed integer datum with a minimum range of [-2^15..2^15-1].
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>XtPointer</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A datum large enough to contain the largest of a char*, int*, function
+pointer, structure pointer, or long value. A pointer
+to any type or function, or a long value may be converted
+to an
+<function>XtPointer</function>
+and back again and the result will
+compare equal to the original value. In ANSI C
+environments it is expected that
+<function>XtPointer</function>
+will be
+defined as void*.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>XtArgVal</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A datum large enough to contain an
+<function>XtPointer</function>,
+<function>Cardinal</function>,
+<function>Dimension</function>,
+or
+<function>Position</function>
+value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>XtEnum</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+An integer datum large enough to encode at least 128 distinct
+values, two of which are the symbolic values
+<function>True</function>
+and
+<function>False</function>.
+The symbolic values
+<emphasis role='strong'>TRUE</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis role='strong'>FALSE</emphasis>
+are
+also defined to be equal to
+<function>True</function>
+and
+<function>False</function>,
+respectively.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+In addition to these specific types, the precise order of the
+fields within the structure declarations for any of the instance
+part records
+<function>ObjectPart</function>,
+<function>RectObjPart</function>,
+<function>CorePart</function>,
+<function>CompositePart</function>,
+<function>ShellPart</function>,
+<function>WMShellPart</function>,
+<function>TopLevelShellPart</function>,
+and
+<function>ApplicationShellPart</function>
+is implementation-defined. These
+structures may also have additional private
+fields internal to the implementation.
+The
+<function>ObjectPart</function>,
+<function>RectObjPart</function>,
+and
+<function>CorePart</function>
+structures must be defined so that any member with the same name
+appears at the same offset in
+<function>ObjectRec</function>,
+<function>RectObjRec</function>,
+and
+<function>CoreRec</function>
+<function>( WidgetRec ).</function>
+No other relations between the offsets of any two
+fields may be assumed.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Widget_Classing">
+<title>Widget Classing</title>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis> field of a widget points to its widget class structure,
+which contains information that is constant across all widgets of that class.
+As a consequence,
+widgets usually do not implement directly callable procedures;
+rather, they implement procedures, called methods, that are available through
+their widget class structure.
+These methods are invoked by generic procedures that envelop common actions
+around the methods implemented by the widget class.
+Such procedures are applicable to all widgets
+of that class and also to widgets whose classes are subclasses of that class.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+All widget classes are a subclass of
+Core
+and can be subclassed further.
+Subclassing reduces the amount of code and declarations
+necessary to make a
+new widget class that is similar to an existing class.
+For example, you do not have to describe every resource your widget uses in an
+<function>XtResourceList</function>.
+Instead, you describe only the resources your widget has
+that its superclass does not.
+Subclasses usually inherit many of their superclasses' procedures
+(for example, the expose procedure or geometry handler).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Subclassing, however, can be taken too far.
+If you create a subclass that inherits none of the procedures of its
+superclass,
+you should consider whether you have chosen the most
+appropriate superclass.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To make good use of subclassing,
+widget declarations and naming conventions are highly stylized.
+A widget consists of three files:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A public .h file, used by client widgets or applications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A private .h file, used by widgets whose classes
+are subclasses of the widget class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A .c file, which implements the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<sect2 id="Widget_Naming_Conventions">
+<title>Widget Naming Conventions</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide a vehicle by which programmers can create
+new widgets and organize a collection of widgets into an application.
+To ensure that applications need not deal with as many styles of capitalization
+and spelling as the number of widget classes it uses,
+the following guidelines should be followed when writing new widgets:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Use the X library naming conventions that are applicable.
+For example, a record component name is all lowercase
+and uses underscores (_) for compound words (for example, background_pixmap).
+Type and procedure names start with uppercase and use capitalization for
+compound words (for example,
+<function>ArgList</function>
+or
+<function>XtSetValues ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A resource name is spelled identically to the field name
+except that compound names use capitalization rather than underscore.
+To let the compiler catch spelling errors,
+each resource name should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with
+``XtN''.
+For example,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixmap</emphasis> field has the corresponding identifier
+XtNbackgroundPixmap,
+which is defined as the string ``backgroundPixmap''.
+Many predefined names are listed in
+<function><X11/StringDefs.h></function>.
+Before you invent a new name,
+you should make sure there is not already a name that you can use.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A resource class string starts with a capital letter
+and uses capitalization for compound names (for example,``BorderWidth'').
+Each resource class string should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with
+``XtC''
+(for example, XtCBorderWidth).
+Many predefined classes are listed in
+<function><X11/StringDefs.h></function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A resource representation string is spelled identically to the type name
+(for example, ``TranslationTable'').
+Each representation string should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with
+``XtR''
+(for example, XtRTranslationTable).
+Many predefined representation types are listed in
+<function><X11/StringDefs.h></function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+New widget classes start with a capital and use uppercase for compound
+words.
+Given a new class name AbcXyz, you should derive several names:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Additional widget instance structure part name AbcXyzPart.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Complete widget instance structure names AbcXyzRec and _AbcXyzRec.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Widget instance structure pointer type name AbcXyzWidget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Additional class structure part name AbcXyzClassPart.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Complete class structure names AbcXyzClassRec and _AbcXyzClassRec.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Class structure pointer type name AbcXyzWidgetClass.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Class structure variable abcXyzClassRec.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Class structure pointer variable abcXyzWidgetClass.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Action procedures available to translation specifications should follow the
+same naming conventions as procedures.
+That is,
+they start with a capital letter, and compound names use uppercase
+(for example, ``Highlight'' and ``NotifyClient'').
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The symbolic identifiers XtN..., XtC..., and XtR...
+may be implemented
+as macros, as global symbols, or as a mixture of the two. The
+(implicit) type of the identifier is
+<function>String</function>.
+The pointer value itself
+is not significant; clients must not assume that inequality of two
+identifiers implies inequality of the resource name, class, or
+representation string. Clients should also note that although global
+symbols permit savings in literal storage in some environments, they
+also introduce the possibility of multiple definition conflicts when
+applications attempt to use independently developed widgets
+simultaneously.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Subclassing_in_Public_h_Files">
+<title>Widget Subclassing in Public .h Files</title>
+<para>
+The public .h file for a widget class is imported by clients
+and contains
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A reference to the public .h file for the superclass.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Symbolic identifiers for
+the names and classes of the new resources that this widget adds
+to its superclass.
+The definitions should
+have a single space between the definition name and the value and no
+trailing space or comment in order to reduce the possibility of
+compiler warnings from similar declarations in multiple classes.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Type declarations for any new resource data types defined by the class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The class record pointer variable used to create widget instances.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The C type that corresponds to widget instances of this class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Entry points for new class methods.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+For example, the following is the public .h file for a possible
+implementation of a Label widget:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+#ifndef LABEL_H
+#define LABEL_H
+/* New resources */
+#define XtNjustify "justify"
+#define XtNforeground "foreground"
+#define XtNlabel "label"
+#define XtNfont "font"
+#define XtNinternalWidth "internalWidth"
+#define XtNinternalHeight "internalHeight"
+/* Class record pointer */
+extern WidgetClass labelWidgetClass;
+/* C Widget type definition */
+typedef struct _LabelRec *LabelWidget;
+/* New class method entry points */
+extern void LabelSetText();
+ /* Widget w */
+ /* String text */
+extern String LabelGetText();
+ /* Widget w */
+#endif LABEL_H
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The conditional inclusion of the text allows the application
+to include header files for different widgets without being concerned
+that they already may be included as a superclass of another widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To accommodate operating systems with file name length restrictions,
+the name of the public .h file is the first ten characters of the
+widget class.
+For example,
+the public .h file for the
+Constraint
+widget class is
+<function>Constraint.h</function>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Subclassing_in_Private_h_Files">
+<title>Widget Subclassing in Private .h Files</title>
+<para>
+The private .h file for a widget is imported by widget classes that are
+subclasses of the widget and contains
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A reference to the public .h file for the class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A reference to the private .h file for the superclass.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Symbolic identifiers for any new resource representation types defined
+by the class. The definitions should have a single space between the
+definition name and the value and no trailing space or comment.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A structure part definition for
+the new fields that the widget instance adds to its superclass's
+widget structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The complete widget instance structure definition for this widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A structure part definition for
+the new fields that this widget class adds to its superclass's
+constraint
+structure if the widget class is a subclass of
+Constraint.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The complete
+constraint
+structure definition if the widget class is a subclass of
+Constraint.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Type definitions for any new procedure types used by class methods
+declared in the widget class part.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A structure part definition for
+the new fields that this widget class adds to its superclass's widget class
+structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The complete widget class structure definition for this widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The complete widget class extension structure definition
+for this widget, if any.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The symbolic constant identifying the class extension version, if any.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The name of the global class structure variable containing the generic
+class structure for this class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+An inherit constant for each new procedure in the widget class part structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+For example, the following is the private .h file for a possible Label widget:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+#ifndef LABELP_H
+#define LABELP_H
+#include <X11/Label.h>
+/* New representation types used by the Label widget */
+#define XtRJustify "Justify"
+/* New fields for the Label widget record */
+typedef struct {
+/* Settable resources */
+ Pixel foreground;
+ XFontStruct *font;
+ String label; /* text to display */
+ XtJustify justify;
+ Dimension internal_width; /* # pixels horizontal border */
+ Dimension internal_height; /* # pixels vertical border */
+/* Data derived from resources */
+ GC normal_GC;
+ GC gray_GC;
+ Pixmap gray_pixmap;
+ Position label_x;
+ Position label_y;
+ Dimension label_width;
+ Dimension label_height;
+ Cardinal label_len;
+ Boolean display_sensitive;
+} LabelPart;
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout>
+/* Full instance record declaration */
+typedef struct _LabelRec {
+ CorePart core;
+ LabelPart label;
+} LabelRec;
+/* Types for Label class methods */
+typedef void (*LabelSetTextProc)();
+ /* Widget w */
+ /* String text */
+typedef String (*LabelGetTextProc)();
+ /* Widget w */
+/* New fields for the Label widget class record */
+typedef struct {
+ LabelSetTextProc set_text;
+ LabelGetTextProc get_text;
+ XtPointer extension;
+} LabelClassPart;
+/* Full class record declaration */
+typedef struct _LabelClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ LabelClassPart label_class;
+} LabelClassRec;
+/* Class record variable */
+extern LabelClassRec labelClassRec;
+#define LabelInheritSetText((LabelSetTextProc)_XtInherit)
+#define LabelInheritGetText((LabelGetTextProc)_XtInherit)
+#endif LABELP_H
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+To accommodate operating systems with file name length restrictions,
+the name of the private .h file is the first nine characters of the
+widget class followed by a capital P.
+For example,
+the private .h file for the
+Constraint
+widget class is
+<function>ConstrainP.h</function>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Subclassing_in_c_Files">
+<title>Widget Subclassing in .c Files</title>
+<para>
+The .c file for a widget contains the structure initializer
+for the class record variable,
+which contains the following parts:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Class information (for example, <emphasis remap='I'>superclass</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>class_name</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget_size</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>class_initialize</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>class_inited</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Data constants (for example, <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>actions</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_actions</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>visible_interest</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>compress_motion</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>compress_exposure</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>version</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Widget operations (for example, <emphasis remap='I'>initialize</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>realize</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>destroy</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>resize</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>expose</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>set_values</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>accept_focus</emphasis>,
+and any new operations specific to
+the widget).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>superclass</emphasis> field points to the superclass
+global class
+record, declared in the superclass private .h file.
+For direct subclasses of the generic core widget,
+<emphasis remap='I'>superclass</emphasis> should be initialized to the address of the
+<function>widgetClassRec</function>
+structure.
+The superclass is used for class chaining operations and for
+inheriting or enveloping a superclass's operations
+(see <xref linkend='Superclass_Chaining' />,
+<xref linkend='Initializing_a_Widget_Class' />, and
+<xref linkend='Inheritance_of_Superclass_Operations' />.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>class_name</emphasis> field contains the text name for this class,
+which is used by
+the resource manager.
+For example, the Label widget has the string ``Label''.
+More than one widget class can share the same text class name.
+This string must be permanently allocated prior to or during the
+execution of the class initialization procedure and must not be
+subsequently deallocated.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>widget_size</emphasis> field is the size of the corresponding widget
+instance structure
+(not the size of the class structure).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>version</emphasis> field indicates the toolkit
+implementation version number and is used for
+runtime consistency checking of the X Toolkit and widgets in an application.
+Widget writers must set it to the
+implementation-defined symbolic value
+<function>XtVersion</function>
+in the widget class structure initialization.
+Those widget writers who believe that their widget binaries are compatible
+with other implementations of the Intrinsics can put the special value
+<function>XtVersionDontCheck</function>
+in the <emphasis remap='I'>version</emphasis> field to disable version checking for those widgets.
+If a widget needs to compile alternative code for different
+revisions of the Intrinsics interface definition, it may use the symbol
+<function>XtSpecificationRelease</function>,
+as described in <xref linkend='Evolution_of_the_Intrinsics' />.
+Use of
+<function>XtVersion</function>
+allows the Intrinsics implementation to recognize widget binaries
+that were compiled with older implementations.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field is for future upward compatibility.
+If the widget programmer adds fields to class parts,
+all subclass structure layouts change,
+requiring complete recompilation.
+To allow clients to avoid recompilation,
+an extension field at the end of each class part can point to a record
+that contains any additional class information required.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+All other fields are described in their respective sections.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The .c file also contains the declaration of the global class
+structure pointer variable used to create instances of the class.
+The following is an abbreviated version of the .c file
+for a Label widget.
+The resources table is described in <xref linkend='Resource_Management' />.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+/* Resources specific to Label */
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+ {XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel),
+ XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.foreground), XtRString,
+ XtDefaultForeground},
+ {XtNfont, XtCFont, XtRFontStruct, sizeof(XFontStruct *),
+ XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.font),XtRString,
+ XtDefaultFont},
+ {XtNlabel, XtCLabel, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+ XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.label), XtRString, NULL},
+ .
+ .
+ .
+}
+/* Forward declarations of procedures */
+static void ClassInitialize();
+static void Initialize();
+static void Realize();
+static void SetText();
+static void GetText();
+ .
+ .
+ .
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout>
+/* Class record constant */
+LabelClassRec labelClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* core_class fields */
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass)&coreClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "Label",
+ /* widget_size */ sizeof(LabelRec),
+ /* class_initialize */ ClassInitialize,
+ /* class_part_initialize */ NULL,
+ /* class_inited */ False,
+ /* initialize */ Initialize,
+ /* initialize_hook */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ Realize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ resources,
+ /* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ True,
+ /* compress_exposure */ True,
+ /* compress_enterleave */ True,
+ /* visible_interest */ False,
+ /* destroy */ NULL,
+ /* resize */ Resize,
+ /* expose */ Redisplay,
+ /* set_values */ SetValues,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback_offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ XtInheritQueryGeometry,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },
+ {
+ /* Label_class fields */
+ /* get_text */ GetText,
+ /* set_text */ SetText,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+/* Class record pointer */
+WidgetClass labelWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &labelClassRec;
+/* New method access routines */
+void LabelSetText(w, text)
+ Widget w;
+ String text;
+{
+ LabelWidgetClass lwc = (Label WidgetClass)XtClass(w);
+ XtCheckSubclass(w, labelWidgetClass, NULL);
+ *(lwc->label_class.set_text)(w, text)
+}
+/* Private procedures */
+ .
+ .
+ .
+</literallayout>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Class_and_Superclass_Look_Up">
+<title>Widget Class and Superclass Look Up</title>
+<para>
+To obtain the class of a widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtClass'>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>WidgetClass <function>XtClass</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns a pointer to the widget's class structure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To obtain the superclass of a widget, use
+<function>XtSuperclass</function>.
+</para>
+
+<!--
+-->
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSuperClass'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>WidgetClass <function>XtSuperClass</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<!--
+-->
+
+<para>
+The
+<function>XtSuperclass</function>
+function returns a pointer to the widget's superclass class structure.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Subclass_Verification">
+<title>Widget Subclass Verification</title>
+<para>
+To check the subclass to which a widget belongs, use
+<xref linkend='XtIsSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtIsSubclass'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Boolean <function>XtIsSubclass</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass<parameter> widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget or object instance whose class is to be checked. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class for which to test. Must be <emphasis role='strong'>objectClass</emphasis> or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtIsSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns
+<function>True</function>
+if the class of the specified widget is equal to
+or is a subclass of the specified class.
+The widget's class can be any number of subclasses down the chain
+and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified class.
+Composite widgets that need to restrict the class of the items they
+contain can use
+<xref linkend='XtIsSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to find out if a widget belongs to the desired class of objects.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To test if a given widget belongs to a subclass of an Intrinsics-defined
+class, the Intrinsics define macros or functions equivalent to
+<xref linkend='XtIsSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for each of the built-in classes. These procedures are
+<function>XtIsObject</function>,
+<function>XtIsRectObj</function>,
+<function>XtIsWidget</function>,
+<function>XtIsComposite</function>,
+<function>XtIsConstraint</function>,
+<function>XtIsShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsOverrideShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsWMShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsVendorShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsTransientShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsTopLevelShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsApplicationShell</function>,
+and
+<function>XtIsSessionShell</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+All these macros and functions have the same argument description.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtIs'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Boolean <function>XtIs</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget or object instance whose class is to be checked. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+These procedures may be faster than calling
+<xref linkend='XtIsSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+directly for the built-in classes.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To check a widget's class
+and to generate a debugging error message, use
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+defined in
+<function><X11/IntrinsicP.h></function>:
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCheckSubclass'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtCheckSubclass</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget<parameter> w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass<parameter> widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String<parameter> message</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget or object whose class is to be checked. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class for which to test. Must be <emphasis role='strong'>objectClass</emphasis> or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>message</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the message to be used.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+macro determines if the class of the specified widget is equal to
+or is a subclass of the specified class.
+The widget's class can be any number of subclasses down the chain
+and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified class.
+If the specified widget's class is not a subclass,
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+constructs an error message from the supplied message,
+the widget's actual class, and the expected class and calls
+<xref linkend='XtErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+should be used at the entry point of exported routines to ensure
+that the client has passed in a valid widget class for the exported operation.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is only executed when the module has been compiled with the compiler symbol
+DEBUG defined; otherwise, it is defined as the empty string
+and generates no code.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Superclass_Chaining">
+<title>Superclass Chaining</title>
+<para>
+While most fields in a widget class structure are self-contained,
+some fields are linked to their corresponding fields in their superclass
+structures.
+With a linked field,
+the Intrinsics access the field's value only after accessing its corresponding
+superclass value (called downward superclass chaining) or
+before accessing its corresponding superclass value (called upward superclass
+chaining). The self-contained fields are</para>
+<literallayout>
+In all widget classes: <emphasis remap='I'>class_name</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class_initialize</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_size</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>realize</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>visible_interest</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resize</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>expose</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>accept_focus</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>compress_motion</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>compress_exposure</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>compress_enterleave</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>set_values_almost</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>tm_table</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>version</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>allocate</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>deallocate</emphasis>
+
+In Composite widget classes: <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_manager</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>change_managed</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>insert_child</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>delete_child</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>accepts_objects</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>allows_change_managed_set</emphasis>
+
+In Constraint widget classes: <emphasis remap='I'>constraint_size</emphasis>
+
+In Shell widget classes: <emphasis remap='I'>root_geometry_manager</emphasis>
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+With downward superclass chaining,
+the invocation of an operation first accesses the field from the
+Object,
+RectObj,
+and
+Core
+class structures, then from the subclass structure, and so on down the class chain to
+that widget's class structure. These superclass-to-subclass fields are
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class_part_initialize</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>get_values_hook</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>initialize</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>initialize_hook</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>set_values</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>set_values_hook</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+In addition, for subclasses of
+Constraint,
+the following fields of the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+and
+<function>ConstraintClassExtensionRec</function>
+structures are chained from the
+Constraint
+class down to the subclass:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>initialize</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>set_values</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>get_values_hook</emphasis>
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+With upward superclass chaining,
+the invocation of an operation first accesses the field from the widget
+class structure, then from the superclass structure,
+and so on up the class chain to the
+Core,
+RectObj,
+and
+Object
+class structures.
+The subclass-to-superclass fields are
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>destroy</emphasis>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>actions</emphasis>
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+For subclasses of
+Constraint,
+the following field of
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+is chained from the subclass up to the
+Constraint class:
+ <emphasis remap='I'>destroy</emphasis>
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Class_Initialization_class_initialize_and_class_part_initialize_Procedures">
+<title>Class Initialization: class_initialize and class_part_initialize Procedures</title>
+<para>
+Many class records can be initialized completely at compile or link time.
+In some cases, however,
+a class may need to register type converters or perform other sorts of
+once-only runtime initialization.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Because the C language does not have initialization procedures
+that are invoked automatically when a program starts up,
+a widget class can declare a class_initialize procedure
+that will be automatically called exactly once by the Intrinsics.
+A class initialization procedure pointer is of type
+<function>XtProc</function>:
+</para>
+
+<para>
+typedef void (*XtProc)(void);
+</para>
+<para>
+A widget class indicates that it has no class initialization procedure by
+specifying NULL in the <emphasis remap='I'>class_initialize</emphasis> field.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In addition to the class initialization that is done exactly once,
+some classes perform initialization for fields in their parts
+of the class record.
+These are performed not just for the particular class,
+but for subclasses as well, and are
+done in the class's class part initialization procedure,
+a pointer to which is stored in the <emphasis remap='I'>class_part_initialize</emphasis> field.
+The class_part_initialize procedure pointer is of type
+<function>XtWidgetClassProc</function>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>(*XtWidgetClassProc)(WidgetClass)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass<parameter> widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Points to the class structure for the class being initialized.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>
+During class initialization,
+the class part initialization procedures for the class and all its superclasses
+are called in superclass-to-subclass order on the class record.
+These procedures have the responsibility of doing any dynamic initializations
+necessary to their class's part of the record.
+The most common is the resolution of any inherited methods defined in the
+class.
+For example,
+if a widget class C has superclasses
+Core,
+Composite,
+A, and B, the class record for C first is passed to
+Core 's
+class_part_initialize procedure.
+This resolves any inherited Core methods and compiles the textual
+representations of the resource list and action table that are defined in the
+class record.
+Next, Composite's
+class_part_initialize procedure is called to initialize the
+composite part of C's class record.
+Finally, the class_part_initialize procedures for A, B, and C, in that order,
+are called.
+For further information,
+see <xref linkend='Initializing_a_Widget_Class' />
+Classes that do not define any new class fields
+or that need no extra processing for them can specify NULL
+in the <emphasis remap='I'>class_part_initialize</emphasis> field.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+All widget classes, whether they have a class initialization procedure or not,
+must start with their <emphasis remap='I'>class_inited</emphasis> field
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The first time a widget of a class is created,
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ensures that the widget class and all superclasses are initialized, in
+superclass-to-subclass order, by checking each <emphasis remap='I'>class_inited</emphasis> field and,
+if it is
+<function>False</function>,
+by calling the class_initialize and the class_part_initialize procedures
+for the class and all its superclasses.
+The Intrinsics then set the <emphasis remap='I'>class_inited</emphasis> field to a nonzero value.
+After the one-time initialization,
+a class structure is constant.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The following example provides the class initialization procedure for a Label class.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+static void ClassInitialize()
+{
+ XtSetTypeConverter(XtRString, XtRJustify, CvtStringToJustify,
+ NULL, 0, XtCacheNone, NULL);
+}
+</literallayout>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Initializing_a_Widget_Class">
+<title>Initializing a Widget Class</title>
+<para>
+A class is initialized when the first widget of that class or any
+subclass is created.
+To initialize a widget class without creating any widgets, use
+<xref linkend='XtInitializeWidgetClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtInitializeWidgetClass'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtInitializeWidgetClass</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass<parameter> object_class</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object class to initialize. May be
+<function>objectClass</function>
+or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If the specified widget class is already initialized,
+<xref linkend='XtInitializeWidgetClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns immediately.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the class initialization procedure registers type converters,
+these type converters are not available until the first object
+of the class or subclass is created or
+<xref linkend='XtInitializeWidgetClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called
+(see <xref linkend='Resource_Conversions' />).
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Inheritance_of_Superclass_Operations">
+<title>Inheritance of Superclass Operations</title>
+<para>
+A widget class is free to use any of its superclass's self-contained
+operations rather than implementing its own code.
+The most frequently inherited operations are
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+expose
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+realize
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+insert_child
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+delete_child
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+geometry_manager
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+set_values_almost
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+To inherit an operation <emphasis remap='I'>xyz</emphasis>,
+specify the constant
+<function>XtInherit</function> <emphasis remap='I'>Xyz</emphasis>
+in your class record.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Every class that declares a new procedure in its widget class part must
+provide for inheriting the procedure in its class_part_initialize
+procedure.
+The chained operations declared in Core
+and Constraint
+records are never inherited.
+Widget classes that do nothing beyond what their superclass does
+specify NULL for chained procedures
+in their class records.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Inheriting works by comparing the value of the field with a known, special
+value and by copying in the superclass's value for that field if a match
+occurs.
+This special value, called the inheritance constant,
+is usually the Intrinsics internal value
+<function>_XtInherit</function>
+cast to the appropriate type.
+<function>_XtInherit</function>
+is a procedure that issues an error message if it is actually called.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For example,
+<function>CompositeP.h</function>
+contains these definitions:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+#define XtInheritGeometryManager ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritChangeManaged ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritInsertChild ((XtArgsProc) _XtInherit)
+#define XtInheritDeleteChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Composite's class_part_initialize procedure begins as follows:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+static void CompositeClassPartInitialize(widgetClass)
+ WidgetClass widgetClass;
+{
+ CompositeWidgetClass wc = (CompositeWidgetClass)widgetClass;
+ CompositeWidgetClass super = (CompositeWidgetClass)wc->core_class.superclass;
+ if (wc->composite_class.geometry_manager == XtInheritGeometryManager) {
+ wc->composite_class.geometry_manager = super->composite_class.geometry_manager;
+ }
+ if (wc->composite_class.change_managed == XtInheritChangeManaged) {
+ wc->composite_class.change_managed = super->composite_class.change_managed;
+ }
+ .
+ .
+ .
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Nonprocedure fields may be inherited in the same manner as procedure
+fields. The class may declare any reserved value it wishes for
+the inheritance constant for its new fields. The following inheritance
+constants are defined:
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For Object:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritAllocate</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritDeallocate</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+For Core:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritRealize</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritResize</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritExpose</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritSetValuesAlmost</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritAcceptFocus</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritQueryGeometry</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritTranslations</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritDisplayAccelerator</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+For Composite:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritGeometryManager</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritChangeManaged</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritInsertChild</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritDeleteChild</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+For Shell:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtInheritRootGeometryManager</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Invocation_of_Superclass_Operations">
+<title>Invocation of Superclass Operations</title>
+<para>
+A widget sometimes needs to call a superclass operation
+that is not chained.
+For example,
+a widget's expose procedure might call its superclass's <emphasis remap='I'>expose</emphasis>
+and then perform a little more work on its own.
+For example, a Composite
+class with predefined managed children can implement insert_child
+by first calling its superclass's <emphasis remap='I'>insert_child</emphasis>
+and then calling
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to add the child to the managed set.
+</para>
+
+<note>
+<para>
+A class method should not use
+<function>XtSuperclass</function>
+but should instead call the class method of its own specific superclass
+directly through the superclass record.
+That is, it should use its own class pointers only,
+not the widget's class pointers,
+as the widget's class may be a subclass of the
+class whose implementation is being referenced.
+</para>
+</note>
+<para>
+This technique is referred to as <emphasis remap='I'>enveloping</emphasis> the superclass's operation.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Class_Extension_Records">
+<title>Class Extension Records</title>
+<para>
+It may be necessary at times to add new fields to already existing
+widget class structures. To permit this to be done without requiring
+recompilation of all subclasses, the last field in a class part structure
+should be an extension pointer. If no extension fields for a class
+have yet been defined, subclasses should initialize the value of the
+extension pointer to NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If extension fields exist, as is the case with the
+Composite,
+Constraint,
+and
+Shell
+classes, subclasses can provide values for these fields by setting the
+<emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> pointer for the appropriate part in their class structure to
+point to a statically declared extension record containing the
+additional fields.
+Setting the <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field is never mandatory; code that uses fields
+in the extension record must always check the <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field and take
+some appropriate default action if it is NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In order to permit multiple subclasses and libraries to chain extension
+records from a single <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field, extension records should be
+declared as a linked list, and each extension record definition should
+contain the following four fields at the beginning of the structure
+declaration:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+struct {
+ XtPointer next_extension;
+ XrmQuark record_type;
+ long version;
+ Cardinal record_size;
+};
+</literallayout>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>next_extension</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the next record in the list, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the particular structure declaration to which
+each extension record instance conforms.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>version</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a version id symbolic constant supplied by
+the definer of the structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>record_size</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the total number of bytes allocated for the
+extension record.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis> field identifies the contents of the extension record
+and is used by the definer of the record to locate its particular
+extension record in the list. The
+<emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis> field is normally assigned the
+result of
+<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>
+for a registered string constant. The
+Intrinsics reserve all record type strings beginning with the two
+characters ``XT'' for future standard uses. The value
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+may also be used
+by the class part owner in extension records attached to its own class
+part extension field to identify the extension record unique to that
+particular class.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>version</emphasis> field is an owner-defined constant that may be used to
+identify binary files that have been compiled with alternate
+definitions of the remainder of the extension record data structure. The private
+header file for a widget class should provide a symbolic constant for
+subclasses to use to initialize this field.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>record_size</emphasis> field value includes the four common header fields and
+should normally be initialized with
+<function>sizeof ().</function>
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Any value stored in the class part extension fields of
+<function>CompositeClassPart</function>,
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>,
+or
+<function>ShellClassPart</function>
+must point to an extension record conforming to this definition.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide a utility function for widget writers to locate a
+particular class extension record in a linked list, given a widget class
+and the offset of the <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field in the class record.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To locate a class extension record, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetClassExtension' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetClassExtension'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>XtPointer <function>XtGetClassExtension</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass<parameter> object_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal<parameter> byte_offset</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmQuark<parameter> type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>long<parameter> version</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal<parameter> record_size</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object class containing the extension list to be searched.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>byte_offset</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the offset in bytes from the base of the
+class record of the extension field to be searched.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the record_type of the class extension to be located.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>version</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the minimum acceptable version of the class
+extension required for a match.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>record_size</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the minimum acceptable length of the class
+extension record required for a match, or 0.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The list of extension records at the specified offset in the specified
+object class will be searched for a match on the specified type,
+a version greater than or equal to the specified version, and a record
+size greater than or equal the specified record_size if it is nonzero.
+<xref linkend='XtGetClassExtension' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a pointer to a matching extension record or NULL if no match
+is found. The returned extension record must not be modified or
+freed by the caller if the caller is not the extension owner.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Widget_Instantiation'>
+<title>Widget Instantiation</title>
+<para>
+A hierarchy of widget instances constitutes a widget tree.
+The shell widget returned by
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is the root of the widget tree instance.
+The widgets with one or more children are the intermediate nodes of that tree,
+and the widgets with no children of any kind are the leaves of the widget tree.
+With the exception of pop-up children (see <xref linkend='Pop_Up_Widgets' />),
+this widget tree instance defines the associated X Window tree.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Widgets can be either composite or primitive.
+Both kinds of widgets can contain children,
+but the Intrinsics provide a set of management mechanisms for constructing
+and interfacing between composite widgets, their children, and
+other clients.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Composite widgets, that is, members of the class
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>,
+are containers for an arbitrary,
+but widget implementation-defined, collection of children,
+which may be instantiated by the composite widget itself,
+by other clients, or by a combination of the two.
+Composite widgets also contain methods for managing the geometry (layout)
+of any child widget.
+Under unusual circumstances,
+a composite widget may have zero children,
+but it usually has at least one.
+By contrast,
+primitive widgets that contain children typically instantiate
+specific children of known classes themselves and do not expect external
+clients to do so.
+Primitive widgets also do not have general geometry management methods.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In addition,
+the Intrinsics recursively perform many operations
+(for example, realization and destruction)
+on composite widgets and all their children.
+Primitive widgets that have children must be prepared
+to perform the recursive operations themselves on behalf of their children.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A widget tree is manipulated by several Intrinsics functions.
+For example,
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+traverses the tree downward and recursively realizes all
+pop-up widgets and children of composite widgets.
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+traverses the tree downward and destroys all pop-up widgets
+and children of composite widgets.
+The functions that fetch and modify resources traverse the tree upward
+and determine the inheritance of resources from a widget's ancestors.
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+traverses the tree up one level and calls the geometry manager
+that is responsible for a widget child's geometry.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To facilitate upward traversal of the widget tree,
+each widget has a pointer to its parent widget.
+The
+Shell
+widget that
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns has a <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis> pointer of NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To facilitate downward traversal of the widget tree,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis> field of
+each composite widget is a pointer to an array of child widgets,
+which includes all normal children created,
+not just the subset of children that are managed by the composite widget's
+geometry manager.
+Primitive widgets
+that instantiate children are entirely responsible for all operations
+that require downward traversal below themselves.
+In addition,
+every widget has a pointer to an array of pop-up children.
+</para>
+
+<sect1 id="Initializing_the_tk">
+<title>Initializing the X Toolkit</title>
+<para>
+Before an application can call any Intrinsics function
+other than
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitThreadInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+it must initialize the Intrinsics by using
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which initializes the Intrinsics internals
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which initializes the per-application state
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which initializes the per-display state
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which creates the root of a widget tree
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Or an application can call the convenience procedure
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which combines the functions of the preceding procedures.
+An application wishing to use the ANSI C locale mechanism should call
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>
+prior to calling
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Multiple instances of X Toolkit applications may be implemented
+in a single address space.
+Each instance needs to be able to read
+input and dispatch events independently of any other instance.
+Further, an application instance may need multiple display connections
+to have widgets on multiple displays.
+From the application's point of view, multiple display connections
+usually are treated together as a single unit
+for purposes of event dispatching.
+To accommodate both requirements,
+the Intrinsics define application contexts,
+each of which provides the information needed to distinguish one application
+instance from another.
+The major component of an application context is a list of one or more X
+<function>Display</function>
+pointers for that application.
+The Intrinsics handle all display connections within a single application
+context simultaneously, handling input in a round-robin fashion.
+The application context type
+<function>XtAppContext</function>
+is opaque to clients.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To initialize the Intrinsics internals, use
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtToolkitInitialize'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtToolkitInitialize</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef> <parameter></parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<para>
+If
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+was previously called, it returns immediately.
+When
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitThreadInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called before
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the latter is protected against
+simultaneous activation by multiple threads.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To create an application context, use
+<xref linkend='XtCreateApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCreateApplicationContext'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>XtAppContext <function>XtCreateApplicationContext</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef> <parameter></parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCreateApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns an application context,
+which is an opaque type.
+Every application must have at least one application context.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To destroy an application context and close any
+remaining display connections in it, use
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDestroyApplicationContext'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtDestroyApplicationContext</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function destroys the specified application context.
+If called from within an event dispatch (for example, in a callback procedure),
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+does not destroy the application context until the dispatch is complete.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To get the application context in which a given widget was created, use
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetToApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtWidgetToApplicationContext'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>XtAppContext <function>XtWidgetToApplicationContext</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which you want the application context. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetToApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns the application context for the specified widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To initialize a display and add it to an application context, use
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDisplayInitialize'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtDisplayInitialize</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Display * <parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmOptionDescRec * <parameter>options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int * <parameter>argc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String * <parameter>argv</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a previously opened display connection. Note that a single
+display connection can be in at most one application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the application instance.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class name of this application,
+which is usually the generic name for all instances of this application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis> argument is passed as a parameter to
+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>.
+For further information,
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Parsing_Command_Line_Options'>Parsing Command Line Options</olink> in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink> and <xref linkend='Parsing_the_Command_Line' /> of this specification.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the list of command line parameters.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function retrieves the language string to be
+used for the specified display (see <xref linkend='Finding_File_Names' />),
+calls the language procedure (if set) with that language string,
+builds the resource database for the default screen, calls the Xlib
+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>
+function to parse the command line,
+and performs other per-display initialization.
+After
+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>
+has been called,
+<emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis> contain only those parameters that
+were not in the standard option table or in the table specified by the
+<emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis> argument.
+If the modified <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis> is not zero,
+most applications simply print out the modified <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis> along with a message
+listing the allowable options.
+On POSIX-based systems,
+the application name is usually the final component of <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>[0].
+If the synchronous resource is
+<function>True</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the Xlib
+<function>XSynchronize</function>
+function to put Xlib into synchronous mode for this display connection
+and any others currently open in the application context.
+See <xref linkend='Loading_the_Resource_Database' />
+and <xref linkend='Parsing_the_Command_Line' />
+for details on the <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>num_options</emphasis> arguments.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>
+to associate the resource database of the default screen with the
+display before returning.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To open a display, initialize it, and then
+add it to an application context, use
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtOpenDisplay'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Display <function>*XtOpenDisplay</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>display_string</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmOptionDescRec * <parameter>options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int * <parameter>argc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String * <parameter>argv</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display_string</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display string, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the application instance, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class name of this application,
+which is usually the generic name for all instances of this application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The options argument is passed as a parameter to
+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the list of command line parameters.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls
+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>
+with the specified <emphasis remap='I'>display_string</emphasis>.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>display_string</emphasis> is NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+uses the current value of the \-display option specified in <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>.
+If no display is specified in <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>,
+the user's default display is retrieved from the environment.
+On POSIX-based systems,
+this is the value of the
+<emphasis role='strong'>DISPLAY</emphasis>
+environment variable.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If this succeeds,
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+then calls
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and passes it the opened display and
+the value of the \-name option specified in <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis> as the application name.
+If no \-name option is specified
+and <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> is
+non-NULL, <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> is passed to
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> is NULL and if the environment variable
+<emphasis role='strong'>RESOURCE_NAME</emphasis>
+is set, the value of
+<emphasis role='strong'>RESOURCE_NAME</emphasis>
+is used. Otherwise, the application
+name is the name used to invoke the program. On implementations that
+conform to ANSI C Hosted Environment support, the application name will
+be <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>[0] less any directory and file type components, that is, the
+final component of <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>[0], if specified. If <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>[0] does not exist or
+is the empty string, the application name is ``main''.
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the newly opened display or NULL if it failed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+See <xref linkend='Using_the_Intrinsics_in_a_Multi_Threaded_Environment' />
+for information regarding the use of
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in multiple threads.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To close a display and remove it from an application context, use
+<xref linkend='XtCloseDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCloseDisplay'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtCloseDisplay</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display * <parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCloseDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls
+<function>XCloseDisplay</function>
+with the specified <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> as soon as it is safe to do so.
+If called from within an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure),
+<xref linkend='XtCloseDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+does not close the display until the dispatch is complete.
+Note that applications need only call
+<xref linkend='XtCloseDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+if they are to continue executing after closing the display;
+otherwise, they should call
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+See <xref linkend='Using_the_Intrinsics_in_a_Multi_Threaded_Environment' />
+for information regarding the use of
+<xref linkend='XtCloseDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in multiple threads.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Establishing_the_Locale">
+<title>Establishing the Locale</title>
+<para>
+Resource databases are specified to be created in the current process
+locale. During display initialization prior to creating the
+per-screen resource database, the Intrinsics will call out to a specified
+application procedure to set the locale according to options found on
+the command line or in the per-display resource specifications.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The callout procedure provided by the application is of type
+<function>XtLanguageProc</function>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>typedef String <function>(*XtLanguageProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display <parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>language</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the display.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>language</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the initial language value obtained from the command line
+or server per-display resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the additional client data specified in the call to
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+<para>
+The language procedure allows an application to set the locale to
+the value of the language resource determined by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The function returns a new language string that
+will be subsequently used by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to establish the path for loading resource files. The returned
+string will be copied by the Intrinsics into new memory.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Initially, no language procedure is set by the Intrinsics.
+To set the language procedure for use by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+use
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>XtLanguageProc <function>XtSetLanguageProc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtLanguageProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context in which the language procedure is
+to be used, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the language procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional client data to be passed to the language
+procedure when it is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>
+sets the language procedure that will be called from
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for all subsequent Displays initialized in the specified application
+context. If <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis> is NULL, the specified language
+procedure is registered in all application contexts created by the
+calling process, including any future application contexts that may
+be created. If <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> is NULL, a default language procedure is
+registered.
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>
+returns the previously registered language procedure.
+If a language procedure has not yet been registered, the return value
+is unspecified, but if this return value is used in a subsequent call to
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>,
+it will cause the default language procedure to be registered.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The default language procedure does the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Sets the locale according to the environment. On ANSI C-based
+systems this is done by calling
+<function>setlocale</function>(
+<function>LC_ALL</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>language</emphasis> ).
+If an error is encountered, a warning message is issued with
+<xref linkend='XtWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<function>XSupportsLocale</function>
+to verify that the current locale is supported.
+If the locale is not supported, a warning message is issued with
+<xref linkend='XtWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and the locale is set to ``C''.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<function>XSetLocaleModifiers</function>
+specifying the empty string.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the value of the current locale. On ANSI C-based systems this
+is the return value from a final call to
+<function>setlocale</function>(
+<function>LC_ALL</function>,
+NULL ).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+A client wishing to use this mechanism to establish locale can do so
+by calling
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>
+prior to
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+as in the following example.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+ Widget top;
+ XtSetLanguageProc(NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ top = XtOpenApplication(...);
+ ...
+</literallayout>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Loading_the_Resource_Database">
+<title>Loading the Resource Database</title>
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function first determines the language
+string to be used for the specified display. It then
+creates a resource database for the default screen of the display by
+combining the following sources in order, with the entries in the
+first named source having highest precedence:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Application command line (<emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Per-host user environment resource file on the local host.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Per-screen resource specifications from the server.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Per-display resource specifications from the server or from
+the user preference file on the local host.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Application-specific user resource file on the local host.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Application-specific class resource file on the local host.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+When the resource database for a particular screen on the display
+is needed (either internally, or when
+<xref linkend='XtScreenDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called),
+it is created in the following manner using the sources listed
+above in the same order:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A temporary database, the ``server resource database'', is
+created from the string returned by
+<function>XResourceManagerString</function>
+or, if
+<function>XResourceManagerString</function>
+returns NULL, the contents of a resource file in the user's home
+directory. On POSIX-based systems, the usual name for this user
+preference resource file is $HOME/<function>.Xdefaults</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If a language procedure has been set,
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+first searches the command line for the option ``-xnlLanguage'', or
+for a -xrm option that specifies the xnlLanguage/XnlLanguage resource,
+as specified by Section 2.4.
+If such a resource is found, the value is assumed to be
+entirely in XPCS, the X Portable Character Set. If neither option is
+specified on the command line,
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+queries the server resource database (which is assumed to be entirely
+in XPCS) for the resource
+<emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis><function>.xnlLanguage</function>, class <emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis><function>.XnlLanguage</function>
+where <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis> are the <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> and
+<emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis> specified to
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The language procedure is then invoked with
+the resource value if found, else the empty string. The
+string returned from the language procedure is saved for all future
+references in the Intrinsics that require the per-display language string.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The screen resource database is initialized by parsing the command
+line in the manner specified by Section 2.4.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If a language procedure has not been set,
+the initial database is then queried for the resource
+<emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis><function>.xnlLanguage</function>, class <emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis><function>.XnlLanguage</function>
+as specified above.
+If this database query fails, the server resource database is
+queried; if this query also fails, the language is determined from
+the environment; on POSIX-based systems, this is done by retrieving the
+value of the
+<emphasis role='strong'>LANG</emphasis>
+environment variable. If no language string is
+found, the empty string is used.
+This language string is saved for all future references in the Intrinsics
+that require the per-display language string.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+After determining the language string, the user's environment resource
+file is then merged into the initial resource database if the file exists.
+This file is user-, host-, and process-specific and is expected to
+contain user preferences that are to override those specifications in
+the per-display and per-screen resources.
+On POSIX-based systems, the user's environment resource file name is
+specified by the value of the
+<emphasis role='strong'>XENVIRONMENT</emphasis>
+environment variable.
+If this environment variable does not exist, the user's home directory
+is searched for a file named
+<function>.Xdefaults-</function><emphasis>host</emphasis>,
+where <emphasis remap='I'>host</emphasis> is the host name of the machine on which the
+application is running.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The per-screen resource specifications are then merged into the screen
+resource database, if they exist. These specifications are the string
+returned by
+<function>XScreenResourceString</function>
+for the respective screen and are owned entirely by the user.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Next, the server resource database created earlier is merged into the
+screen resource database. The server property, and corresponding user
+preference file, are owned and constructed entirely by the user.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The application-specific user resource file from the local host is
+then merged into the screen resource database.
+This file contains user customizations and is stored
+in a directory owned by the user.
+Either the user or the application or both can store resource specifications
+in the file. Each should be prepared to find and respect entries made
+by the other.
+The file name is found by calling
+<function>XrmSetDatabase</function>
+with the current screen resource database, after preserving the
+original display-associated database, then calling
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the parameters
+(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, NULL, NULL, NULL, <emphasis remap='I'>path</emphasis>, NULL, 0, NULL),
+where <emphasis remap='I'>path</emphasis> is defined in an operating-system-specific way.
+On POSIX-based systems, <emphasis remap='I'>path</emphasis> is defined to be the value
+of the environment variable
+<emphasis role='strong'>XUSERFILESEARCHPATH</emphasis>
+if this is defined. If
+<emphasis role='strong'>XUSERFILESEARCHPATH</emphasis>
+is not defined, an implementation-dependent default value is used.
+This default value is constrained in the following manner:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the environment variable
+<emphasis role='strong'>XAPPLRESDIR</emphasis>
+is not defined, the default
+<emphasis role='strong'>XUSERFILESEARCHPATH</emphasis>
+must contain at least six entries. These entries must contain
+$HOME as the directory prefix, plus the following substitutions:
+ </para>
+<literallayout>
+ 1. %C, %N, %L or %C, %N, %l, %t, %c
+ 2. %C, %N, %l
+ 3. %C, %N
+ 4. %N, %L or %N, %l, %t, %c
+ 5. %N, %l
+ 6. %N
+</literallayout>
+ <para>
+The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above.
+The order and use of substitutions within a given entry are
+implementation-dependent.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para> If
+<emphasis role='strong'>XAPPLRESDIR</emphasis>
+is defined, the default
+<emphasis role='strong'>XUSERFILESEARCHPATH</emphasis>
+must contain at least seven entries. These entries must contain the
+following directory prefixes and substitutions:
+ </para>
+<literallayout>
+ 1. $XAPPLRESDIR with %C, %N, %L or %C, %N, %l, %t, %c
+ 2. $XAPPLRESDIR with %C, %N, %l
+ 3. $XAPPLRESDIR with %C, %N
+ 4. $XAPPLRESDIR with %N, %L or %N, %l, %t, %c
+ 5. $XAPPLRESDIR with %N, %l
+ 6. $XAPPLRESDIR with %N
+ 7. $HOME with %N
+</literallayout>
+ <para>
+The order of these seven entries within the path must be as given above.
+The order and use of substitutions within a given entry are
+implementation-dependent.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Last, the application-specific class resource file from the local
+host is merged into the screen resource database.
+This file is owned by the application and is usually installed in
+a system directory when the application is installed.
+It may contain sitewide customizations specified by the system manager.
+The name of the application class resource file is found by calling
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the parameters
+(<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, ``app-defaults'', NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL).
+This file is expected to be provided by the developer of the application
+and may be required for the application to function properly.
+A simple application that wants to be assured of having a minimal
+set of resources in the absence of its class resource file can declare
+fallback resource specifications with
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetFallbackResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Note that the customization substitution string is retrieved
+dynamically by
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+so that the resolved file name of the application class resource file
+can be affected by any of the earlier sources for the screen resource
+database, even though the contents of the class resource file have
+lowest precedence. After calling
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the original display-associated database is restored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+To obtain the resource database for a particular screen, use
+<xref linkend='XtScreenDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtScreenDatabase'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XtScreenDatabase</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Screen * <parameter>screen</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the screen whose resource database is to be returned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtScreenDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns the fully merged resource database as specified above,
+associated with the specified screen. If the specified <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>
+does not belong to a
+<function>Display</function>
+initialized by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the results are undefined.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To obtain the default resource database associated with a particular display, use
+<xref linkend='XtDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDatabase'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>XtDatabase</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display * <parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function is equivalent to
+<function>XrmGetDatabase</function>.
+It returns the database associated with the specified display, or
+NULL if a database has not been set.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To specify a default set of resource values that will be used to
+initialize the resource database if no application-specific class
+resource file is found (the last of the six sources listed above),
+use
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetFallbackResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppSetFallbackResources'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtAppSetFallbackResources</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext * <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String * <parameter>specification_list</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context in which
+the fallback specifications will be used.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>specification_list</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a NULL-terminated list of
+resource specifications to preload
+the database, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Each entry in <emphasis remap='I'>specification_list</emphasis> points to a string in the format of
+<function>XrmPutLineResource</function>.
+Following a call to
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetFallbackResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+when a resource database is being created for a particular screen and
+the Intrinsics are not able
+to find or read an application-specific class resource file according to the
+rules given above and if <emphasis remap='I'>specification_list</emphasis> is not NULL, the
+resource specifications in <emphasis remap='I'>specification_list</emphasis> will be merged
+into the screen resource database in place of the application-specific
+class resource file.
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetFallbackResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is not
+required to copy <emphasis remap='I'>specification_list</emphasis>; the caller must ensure that the
+contents of the list and of the strings addressed by the list remain
+valid until all displays are initialized or until
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetFallbackResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called again. The value NULL for
+<emphasis remap='I'>specification_list</emphasis> removes any previous fallback resource specification
+for the application context. The intended use for fallback resources
+is to provide a minimal
+number of resources that will make the application usable (or at
+least terminate with helpful diagnostic messages) when some problem
+exists in finding and loading the application defaults file.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Parsing_the_Command_Line">
+<title>Parsing the Command Line</title>
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function first parses the command line for the following options:
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>-display</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display name for
+<function>XOpenDisplay</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>-name</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Sets the resource name prefix,
+which overrides the application name passed to
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>-xnllanguage</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the initial language string for establishing locale
+and for finding application class resource files.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+has a table of standard command line options that are passed to
+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>
+for adding resources to the resource database,
+and it takes as a parameter additional
+application-specific resource abbreviations.
+The format of this table is described in Section 15.9 in <emphasis remap='I'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</emphasis>.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef enum {
+ XrmoptionNoArg, /* Value is specified in OptionDescRec.value */
+ XrmoptionIsArg, /* Value is the option string itself */
+ XrmoptionStickyArg, /* Value is characters immediately following option */
+ XrmoptionSepArg, /* Value is next argument in argv */
+ XrmoptionResArg, /* Use the next argument as input to XrmPutLineResource*/
+ XrmoptionSkipArg, /* Ignore this option and the next argument in argv */
+ XrmoptionSkipNArgs, /* Ignore this option and the next */
+ /* OptionDescRec.value arguments in argv */
+ XrmoptionSkipLine /* Ignore this option and the rest of argv */
+} XrmOptionKind;
+typedef struct {
+ char *option; /* Option name in argv */
+ char *specifier; /* Resource name (without application name) */
+ XrmOptionKind argKind; /* Location of the resource value */
+ XPointer value; /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg */
+} XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList;
+</literallayout>
+<para>The standard table contains the following entries:</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='4' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c4'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Option String</entry>
+ <entry>Resource Name</entry>
+ <entry>Argument Kind</entry>
+ <entry>Resource Value</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−background</entry>
+ <entry>*background</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−bd</entry>
+ <entry>*borderColor</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−bg</entry>
+ <entry>*background</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−borderwidth</entry>
+ <entry>.borderWidth</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−bordercolor</entry>
+ <entry>*borderColor</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−bw</entry>
+ <entry>.borderWidth</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−display</entry>
+ <entry>.display</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−fg</entry>
+ <entry>*foreground</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−fn</entry>
+ <entry>*font</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−font</entry>
+ <entry>*font</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−foreground</entry>
+ <entry>*foreground</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−geometry</entry>
+ <entry>.geometry</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−iconic</entry>
+ <entry>.iconic</entry>
+ <entry>NoArg</entry>
+ <entry>"true"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−name</entry>
+ <entry>.name</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−reverse</entry>
+ <entry>.reverseVideo</entry>
+ <entry>NoArg</entry>
+ <entry>"on"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−rv</entry>
+ <entry>.reverseVideo</entry>
+ <entry>NoArg</entry>
+ <entry>"on"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>+rv</entry>
+ <entry>.reverseVideo</entry>
+ <entry>NoArg</entry>
+ <entry>"off"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−selectionTimeout</entry>
+ <entry>.selectionTimeout</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−synchronous</entry>
+ <entry>.synchronous</entry>
+ <entry>NoArg</entry>
+ <entry>"on"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>+synchronous</entry>
+ <entry>.synchronous</entry>
+ <entry>NoArg</entry>
+ <entry>"off"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−title</entry>
+ <entry>.title</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−xnllanguage</entry>
+ <entry>.xnlLanguage</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−xrm</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ <entry>ResArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>−xtsessionID</entry>
+ <entry>.sessionID</entry>
+ <entry>SepArg</entry>
+ <entry>next argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+Note that any unique abbreviation for an option name in the standard table
+or in the application table is accepted.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If reverseVideo is
+<function>True</function>,
+the values of
+<function>XtDefaultForeground</function>
+and
+<function>XtDefaultBackground</function>
+are exchanged for all screens on the Display.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The value of the synchronous resource specifies whether or not
+Xlib is put into synchronous mode. If a value is found in the resource
+database during display initialization,
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+makes a call to
+<function>XSynchronize</function>
+for all display
+connections currently open in the application context. Therefore,
+when multiple displays are initialized in the same application
+context, the most recent value specified for the synchronous resource
+is used for all displays in the application context.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The value of the selectionTimeout resource applies to all displays
+opened in the same application context. When multiple displays are
+initialized in the same application context, the most recent value
+specified is used for all displays in the application context.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The -xrm option provides a method of setting any resource in an application.
+The next argument should be a quoted string identical in format to a line in
+the user resource file.
+For example,
+to give a red background to all command buttons in an application named
+<function>xmh</function>,
+you can start it up as
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+xmh -xrm 'xmh*Command.background: red'
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+When it parses the command line,
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+merges the application option table with the standard option table
+before calling the Xlib
+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>
+function.
+An entry in the application table with the same name as an entry
+in the standard table overrides the standard table entry.
+If an option name is a prefix of another option name,
+both names are kept in the merged table.
+The Intrinsics reserve all option names
+beginning with the characters ``-xt'' for future standard uses.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Creating_Widgets">
+<title>Creating Widgets</title>
+<para>
+The creation of widget instances is a three-phase process:
+</para>
+
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The widgets are allocated and initialized with resources
+and are optionally added to the managed subset of their parent.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+All composite widgets are notified of their managed children
+in a bottom-up traversal of the widget tree.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The widgets create X windows, which then are mapped.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+<para>
+To start the first phase,
+the application calls
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for all its widgets and adds some (usually, most or all) of its widgets
+to their respective parents' managed set by calling
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+To avoid an O(n<superscript>2</superscript>) creation process where each composite widget
+lays itself out each time a widget is created and managed,
+parent widgets are not notified of changes in their managed set
+during this phase.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+After all widgets have been created,
+the application calls
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the top-level widget to execute the second and third phases.
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+first recursively traverses the widget tree in a postorder (bottom-up)
+traversal and then notifies each composite widget with one
+or more managed children by means of its change_managed procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Notifying a parent about its managed set involves geometry layout and
+possibly geometry negotiation.
+A parent deals with constraints on its size imposed from above
+(for example, when a user specifies the application window size)
+and suggestions made from below (for example,
+when a primitive child computes its preferred size).
+One difference between the two can cause geometry changes to ripple
+in both directions through the widget tree.
+The parent may force some of its children to change size and position
+and may issue geometry requests to its own parent in order to better
+accommodate all its children.
+You cannot predict where anything will go on the screen
+until this process finishes.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Consequently, in the first and second phases,
+no X windows are actually created, because it is likely
+that they will get moved around after creation.
+This avoids unnecessary requests to the X server.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Finally,
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+starts the third phase by making a preorder (top-down) traversal
+of the widget tree, allocates an X window to each widget by means of
+its realize procedure, and finally maps the widgets that are managed.
+</para>
+
+<sect2 id="Creating_and_Merging_Argument_Lists">
+<title>Creating and Merging Argument Lists</title>
+<para>
+Many Intrinsics functions may be passed pairs of resource names and
+values.
+These are passed as an arglist, a pointer to an array of
+<function>Arg</function>
+structures, which contains
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ String name;
+ XtArgVal value;
+} Arg, *ArgList;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+where
+<function>XtArgVal</function>
+is as defined in Section 1.5.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the size of the resource is less than or equal to the size of an
+<function>XtArgVal</function>,
+the resource value is stored directly in <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>;
+otherwise, a pointer to it is stored in <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To set values in an
+<function>ArgList</function>,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtSetArg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetArg'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtSetArg</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Arg <parameter>arg</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtArgVal <parameter>value</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>arg</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the <emphasis remap='I'>name/value</emphasis> pair to set.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the resource.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the value of the resource if it will fit in an
+<function>XtArgVal</function>,
+else the address.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtSetArg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function is usually used in a highly stylized manner to
+minimize the probability of making a mistake; for example:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+Arg args[20];
+int n;
+n = 0;
+XtSetArg(args[n], XtNheight, 100); n++;
+XtSetArg(args[n], XtNwidth, 200); n++;
+XtSetValues(widget, args, n);
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Alternatively, an application can statically declare the argument list
+and use
+<xref linkend='XtNumber' xrefstyle='select: title'/>:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+static Args args[] = {
+ {XtNheight, (XtArgVal) 100},
+ {XtNwidth, (XtArgVal) 200},
+};
+XtSetValues(Widget, args, XtNumber(args));
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Note that you should not use expressions with side effects such as
+auto-increment or auto-decrement
+within the first argument to
+<xref linkend='XtSetArg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtSetArg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+can be implemented as a macro that evaluates the first argument twice.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To merge two
+arglist arrays, use
+<xref linkend='XtMergeArgLists' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtMergeArgLists'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>ArgList <function>XtMergeArgLists</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args1</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args1</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args2</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args2</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args1</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the first argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args1</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the first argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args2</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the second argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args2</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the second argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtMergeArgLists' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function allocates enough storage to hold the combined
+arglist arrays and copies them into it.
+Note that it does not check for duplicate entries.
+The length of the returned list is the sum of the lengths of the
+specified lists.
+When it is no longer needed,
+free the returned storage by using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+All Intrinsics interfaces that require
+<function>ArgList</function>
+arguments have analogs
+conforming to the ANSI C variable argument list
+(traditionally called ``varargs'')
+calling convention. The name of the analog is formed by prefixing
+``Va'' to the name of the corresponding
+<function>ArgList</function>
+procedure; e.g.,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Each procedure named <function>XtVa</function><emphasis remap='I'>something</emphasis> takes as its
+last arguments, in place of the corresponding
+<function>ArgList</function>/
+<function>Cardinal</function>
+parameters, a variable parameter list of resource name and
+value pairs where each name is of type
+<function>String</function>
+and each value is of type
+<function>XtArgVal</function>.
+The end of the list is identified by a <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> entry
+containing NULL. Developers writing in the C language wishing to pass
+resource name and value pairs to any of these interfaces may use the
+<function>ArgList</function>
+and varargs forms interchangeably.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Two special names are defined for use only in varargs lists:
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+and
+<function>XtVaNestedList</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+#define XtVaTypedArg "XtVaTypedArg"
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+If the name
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+is specified in place of a resource
+name, then the following four arguments are interpreted as a
+<emphasis remap='I'>name/type/value/size</emphasis> tuple <emphasis remap='I'>where</emphasis> name is of type
+<function>String</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is of type
+<function>String</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> is of type
+<function>XtArgVal</function>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis> is of type int. When a varargs list containing
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+is processed, a resource type
+conversion (see <xref linkend='Resource_Conversions' />) is performed if necessary to convert the
+value into the format required by the associated resource. If <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is
+XtRString, then <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> contains a pointer to the string and <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis>
+contains the number of bytes allocated, including the trailing null
+byte. If <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is not XtRString, then <emphasis remap='I'>if</emphasis> size is
+less than or equal to
+<function>sizeof</function>(<function>XtArgVal</function>), the value should be the data cast to the type
+<function>XtArgVal</function>,
+otherwise <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> is a pointer to the data. If the type
+conversion fails for any reason, a warning message is issued and the
+list entry is skipped.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+#define XtVaNestedList "XtVaNestedList"
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+If the name
+<function>XtVaNestedList</function>
+is specified in place of a resource name,
+then the following argument is interpreted as an
+<function>XtVarArgsList</function>
+value, which specifies another
+varargs list that is logically inserted into the original list at the
+point of declaration. The end of the nested list is identified with a
+name entry containing NULL. Varargs lists may nest to any depth.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To dynamically allocate a varargs list for use with
+<function>XtVaNestedList</function>
+in multiple calls, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateArgsList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef XtPointer XtVarArgsList;
+</literallayout>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaCreateArgsList'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>XtVarArgsList <function>XtVaCreateArgsList</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>unused</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef> <parameter>...</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>unused</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+This argument is not currently used and must be specified as NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a variable parameter list of resource
+name and value pairs.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateArgsList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function allocates memory and copies its arguments into a
+single list pointer, which may be used with
+<function>XtVaNestedList</function>.
+The end of
+both lists is identified by a <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> entry containing NULL. Any entries
+of type
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+are copied as specified without applying
+conversions. Data passed by reference (including Strings) are not
+copied, only the pointers themselves; the caller must ensure that the
+data remain valid for the lifetime of the created varargs list. The
+list should be freed using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when no longer needed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Use of resource files and of the resource database is generally
+encouraged over lengthy arglist or varargs lists whenever possible in
+order to permit modification without recompilation.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Creating_a_Widget_Instance">
+<title>Creating a Widget Instance</title>
+<para>
+To create an instance of a widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCreateWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Widget <function>XtCreateWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>object_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget,
+which is used for retrieving resources
+and, for that reason, should not be the same as any other widget
+that is a child of the same parent.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created object. Must be <emphasis role='strong'>objectClass</emphasis> or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function performs all the boilerplate operations of widget
+creation, doing the following in order:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Checks to see if the class_initialize procedure has been called for this class
+and for all superclasses and, if not, calls those necessary in a
+superclass-to-subclass order.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the specified class is not
+<function>coreWidgetClass</function>
+or a subclass thereof,
+and the parent's class is a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>
+and either no extension record in
+the parent's composite class part extension field exists with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis>
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+or the <emphasis remap='I'>accepts_objects</emphasis> field in the extension
+record is
+<function>False</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+issues a fatal error; see <xref linkend='Addition_of_Children_to_a_Composite_Widget_The_insert_child_Procedure' /> and <xref linkend='Nonwidget_Objects' />.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the specified class contains an extension record in the object class
+part <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field with <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis>
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+and the <emphasis remap='I'>allocate</emphasis> field is not NULL,
+the procedure is invoked to allocate memory
+for the widget instance. If the parent is a member of the class
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>,
+the procedure also allocates memory for the
+parent's constraints and stores the address of this memory into the
+<emphasis remap='I'>constraints</emphasis> field. If no allocate procedure is found, the Intrinsics
+allocate memory for the widget and, when applicable, the constraints,
+and initializes the <emphasis remap='I'>constraints</emphasis> field.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Initializes the Core nonresource data fields
+<emphasis remap='I'>self</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>being_destroyed</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>managed</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>visible</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>popup_list</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>num_popups</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Initializes the resource fields (for example, <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixel</emphasis>)
+by using the
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+resource lists specified for this class and all superclasses.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the parent is a member of the class
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>,
+initializes the resource fields of the constraints record
+by using the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+resource lists specified for the parent's class
+and all superclasses up to
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls the initialize procedures for the widget starting at the
+Object
+initialize procedure on down to the widget's initialize procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the parent is a member of the class
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>,
+calls the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+initialize procedures,
+starting at
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>
+on down to the parent's
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+initialize procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the parent is a member of the class
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>,
+puts the widget into its parent's children list by calling its parent's
+insert_child procedure.
+For further information,
+see <xref linkend='Addition_of_Children_to_a_Composite_Widget_The_insert_child_Procedure' />.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+To create an instance of a widget using varargs lists, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaCreateWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Widget <function>XtVaCreateWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>object_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef> <parameter>...</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource name for the created widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created object. Must be <emphasis role='strong'>objectClass</emphasis> or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list,
+as described
+in Section 2.5.1.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Creating_an_Application_Shell_Instance">
+<title>Creating an Application Shell Instance</title>
+<para>
+An application can have multiple top-level widgets, each of which
+specifies a unique widget tree
+that can potentially be on different screens or displays.
+An application uses
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to create independent widget trees.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppCreateShell'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Widget <function>XtAppCreateShell</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Display * <parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the instance name of the shell widget.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> is NULL,
+the application name passed to
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is used.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource class string to be used in
+place of the widget <emphasis remap='I'>class_name</emphasis> string when
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis> is
+<function>applicationShellWidgetClass</function>
+or a subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class for the top-level widget (e.g.,
+<function>applicationShellWidgetClass ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display for the default screen
+and for the resource database used to retrieve
+the shell widget resources.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function
+creates a new shell widget instance as the root of a widget tree.
+The screen resource for this widget is determined by first scanning
+<emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> for the XtNscreen argument. If no XtNscreen argument is
+found, the resource database associated with the default screen of
+the specified display is queried for the resource <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>.screen,
+class <emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis>.Screen where <emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis> is the specified
+<emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis> if <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis> is
+<function>applicationShellWidgetClass</function>
+or a subclass thereof. If <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis> is not
+<function>application\%Shell\%Widget\%Class</function>
+or a subclass, <emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis> is the <emphasis remap='I'>class_name</emphasis>
+field from the
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+of the specified <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>.
+If this query fails, the default
+screen of the specified display is used. Once the screen is determined,
+the resource database associated with that screen is used to retrieve
+all remaining resources for the shell widget not specified in
+<emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>. The widget name and <emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis> as determined above are
+used as the leftmost (i.e., root) components in all fully qualified
+resource names for objects within this widget tree.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the specified widget class is a subclass of WMShell, the name and
+<emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis> as determined above will be stored into the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_CLASS</emphasis>
+property on the widget's window when it becomes realized.
+If the specified <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis> is
+<function>applicationShellWidgetClass</function>
+or a subclass thereof, the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_COMMAND</emphasis>
+property will also be set from the values of the XtNargv and
+XtNargc resources.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To create multiple top-level shells within a single (logical)
+application,
+you can use one of two methods:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Designate one shell as the real top-level shell and
+create the others as pop-up children of it by using
+<xref linkend='XtCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Have all shells as pop-up children of an unrealized top-level shell.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The first method,
+which is best used when there is a clear choice for what is the main window,
+leads to resource specifications like the following:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+xmail.geometry:... (the main window)
+xmail.read.geometry:... (the read window)
+xmail.compose.geometry:... (the compose window)
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The second method,
+which is best if there is no main window,
+leads to resource specifications like the following:
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+xmail.headers.geometry:... (the headers window)
+xmail.read.geometry:... (the read window)
+xmail.compose.geometry:... (the compose window)
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+To create a top-level widget that is the root of a widget tree using
+varargs lists, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaAppCreateShell'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Widget <function>XtVaAppCreateShell</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Display * <parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the instance name of the shell widget.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> is NULL,
+the application name passed to
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is used.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource class string to be used in
+place of the widget <emphasis remap='I'>class_name</emphasis> string when
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis> is
+<function>applicationShellWidgetClass</function>
+or a subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class for the top-level widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display for the default screen
+and for the resource database used to retrieve
+the shell widget resources.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtVaAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Convenience_Procedure_to_Initialize_an_Application">
+<title>Convenience Procedure to Initialize an Application</title>
+<para>
+To initialize the Intrinsics internals, create an application context,
+open and initialize a display, and create the initial root shell
+instance, an application may use
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtVaOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtOpenApplication'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Widget <function>XtOpenApplication</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext * <parameter>app_context_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmOptionDescList <parameter>options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int * <parameter>argc_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String * <parameter>argv_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String * <parameter>fallback_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class name of the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the command line options table.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argc_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argv_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the command line arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>fallback_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
+file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class of the widget to be created. Must be shellWidgetClass
+or a subclass.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list to override any
+other resource specifications for the created shell widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+followed by
+<xref linkend='XtCreateApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+then calls
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>display_string</emphasis> NULL and
+<emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> NULL, and finally calls
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> NULL, the specified <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>,
+an argument list and count,
+and returns the created shell.
+The recommended <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis> is
+<function>sessionShellWidgetClass</function>.
+The argument list and count are created by merging
+the specified <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> with a list
+containing the specified <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>.
+The modified <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis> returned by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+are returned in <emphasis remap='I'>argc_in_out</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>argv_in_out</emphasis>. If
+<emphasis remap='I'>app_context_return</emphasis> is not NULL, the created application context is
+also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot be
+opened, an error message is issued and
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+terminates the application. If <emphasis remap='I'>fallback_resources</emphasis> is non-NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetFallbackResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called with the value prior to calling
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaOpenApplication'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Widget <function>XtVaOpenApplication</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext * <parameter>app_context_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmOptionDescList <parameter>options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int * <parameter>argc_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String * <parameter>argv_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String * <parameter>fallback_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class name of the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the command line options table.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argc_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argv_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the command line arguments array.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>fallback_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class
+resource file cannot be opened, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class of the widget to be created. Must be shellWidgetClass
+or a subclass.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications for the created shell.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtVaOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list,
+as described
+in Section 2.5.1.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Instance_Allocation_The_allocate_Procedure">
+<title>Widget Instance Allocation: The allocate Procedure</title>
+<para>
+A widget class may optionally provide an instance allocation procedure
+in the
+<function>ObjectClassExtension</function>
+record.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the call to create a widget includes a varargs list containing
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>,
+these arguments will be passed to the allocation procedure in an
+<function>XtTypedArgList</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+typedef struct {
+ String name;
+ String type;
+ XtArgVal value;
+ int size;
+} XtTypedArg, *XtTypedArgList;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The allocate procedure pointer in the
+<function>ObjectClassExtension</function>
+record is of type
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAllocateProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>typedef void <function>(*AllocateProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal* <parameter>constraint_size</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal* <parameter>more_bytes</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal* <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtTypedArgList <parameter>typed_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal* <parameter>num_typed_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget* <parameter>new_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer* <parameter>more_bytes_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class of the instance to allocate.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>constraint_size</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the size of the constraint record to allocate, or 0.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>more_bytes</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of auxiliary bytes of memory to allocate.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list as given in the call to create the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>typed_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the list of typed arguments given in the call to create the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_typed_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of typed arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>new_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns a pointer to the newly allocated instance, or NULL in case of error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>more_bytes_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the auxiliary memory if it was requested, or NULL
+if requested and an error occurred; otherwise, unchanged.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+At widget allocation time, if an extension record with <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis>
+equal to
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+is located through the object class part <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field
+and the <emphasis remap='I'>allocate</emphasis> field is not NULL, the
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will be invoked to allocate memory for the widget. If no ObjectClassPart
+extension record is declared with <emphasis remap='I'>record_type equal</emphasis> to
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>,
+then
+<function>XtInheritAllocate</function>
+and
+<function>XtInheritDeallocate</function>
+are assumed.
+If no
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is found, the Intrinsics will allocate memory for the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+An
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must perform the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Allocate memory for the widget instance and return it in <emphasis remap='I'>new_return</emphasis>.
+The memory must be at least <emphasis remap='I'>wc->core_class.widget_size</emphasis> bytes in length,
+double-word aligned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Initialize the <emphasis remap='I'>core.constraints</emphasis> field in the instance record to NULL
+or to point to a constraint record. If <emphasis remap='I'>constraint_size</emphasis>
+is not 0, the procedure must allocate memory for the constraint record.
+The memory must be double-word aligned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>more_bytes</emphasis> is not 0, then the address of a block of memory
+at least <emphasis remap='I'>more_bytes</emphasis> in size, double-word aligned, must be
+returned in the <emphasis remap='I'>more_bytes_return</emphasis> parameter,
+or NULL to indicate an error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+A class allocation procedure that envelops the allocation procedure of a
+superclass must rely on the enveloped procedure to perform the instance
+and constraint allocation.
+Allocation procedures should refrain from initializing fields in the
+widget record except to store pointers to newly allocated additional memory.
+Under no circumstances should an allocation procedure that envelopes
+its superclass allocation procedure modify fields in the
+instance part of any superclass.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Instance_Initialization_The_initialize_Procedure">
+<title>Widget Instance Initialization: The initialize Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The initialize procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+<xref linkend='XtInitProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtInitProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtInitProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>new</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal * <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a copy of the widget with resource values as requested by the
+argument list, the resource database, and the widget defaults.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget with the new values, both resource and nonresource,
+that are actually allowed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list passed by the client, for
+computing derived resource values.
+If the client created the widget using a varargs form, any resources
+specified via
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+are converted to the widget representation and the list is transformed
+into the
+<function>ArgList</function>
+format.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+An initialization procedure performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Allocates space for and copies any resources referenced by address
+that the client is allowed to free or modify
+after the widget has been created.
+For example,
+if a widget has a field that is a
+<function>String</function>,
+it may choose not to
+depend on the characters at that address remaining constant
+but dynamically allocate space for the string and copy it to the new space.
+Widgets that do not copy one or more resources referenced
+by address should clearly so state in their user documentation.
+<note><para>
+It is not necessary to allocate space for or to copy callback lists.
+</para></note>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Computes values for unspecified resource fields.
+For example, if <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis> are zero,
+the widget should compute an appropriate width and height
+based on its other resources.
+<note><para>
+A widget may directly assign only
+its own <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis> within the initialize, initialize_hook,
+set_values, and
+set_values_hook procedures; see <xref linkend='Geometry_Management' />.
+</para></note>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Computes values for uninitialized nonresource fields that are derived from
+resource fields.
+For example, graphics contexts (GCs) that the widget uses are derived from
+resources like background, foreground, and font.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+An initialization procedure also can check certain fields for
+internal consistency.
+For example, it makes no sense to specify a colormap for a depth
+that does not support that colormap.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Initialization procedures are called in superclass-to-subclass order
+after all fields specified in the resource lists have been
+initialized. The initialize procedure does not need to examine
+<emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+if all public resources are declared in the resource list.
+Most of the initialization code for a specific widget class deals with fields
+defined in that class and not with fields defined in its superclasses.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If a subclass does not need an initialization procedure
+because it does not need to perform any of the above operations,
+it can specify NULL for the <emphasis remap='I'>initialize</emphasis> field in the class record.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Sometimes a subclass may want to overwrite values filled in by its
+superclass.
+In particular, size calculations of a superclass often are
+incorrect for a subclass, and in this case,
+the subclass must modify or recalculate fields declared
+and computed by its superclass.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+As an example,
+a subclass can visually surround its superclass display.
+In this case, the width and height calculated by the superclass initialize
+procedure are too small and need to be incremented by the size of the surround.
+The subclass needs to know if its superclass's size was calculated by the
+superclass or was specified explicitly.
+All widgets must place themselves into whatever size is explicitly given,
+but they should compute a reasonable size if no size is requested.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> arguments provide the necessary information for
+a subclass to determine the difference between an explicitly specified field
+and a field computed by a superclass.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> widget is a copy of the widget as initialized by the
+arglist and resource database.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget starts with the values in the request,
+but it has been updated by all superclass initialization procedures called
+so far.
+A subclass initialize procedure can compare these two to resolve
+any potential conflicts.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In the above example,
+the subclass with the visual surround can see
+if the <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis> in the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> widget are zero.
+If so,
+it adds its surround size to the <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
+fields in the <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget.
+If not, it must make do with the size originally specified.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget will become the actual widget instance record.
+Therefore,
+the initialization procedure should do all its work on the <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget;
+the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> widget should never be modified.
+If the initialize procedure
+needs to call any routines that operate on a widget,
+it should specify <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> as the widget instance.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Constraint_Instance_Initialization_The_ConstraintClassPart_initialize_Procedure">
+<title>Constraint Instance Initialization: The ConstraintClassPart initialize Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The constraint initialization procedure pointer, found in the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+<emphasis remap='I'>initialize</emphasis> field of the widget class record, is of type
+<xref linkend='XtInitProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The values passed to the parent constraint initialization procedures
+are the same as those passed to the child's class widget initialization
+procedures.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>constraints</emphasis> field of the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> widget points to a copy of the
+constraints record as initialized by the arglist and resource database.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The constraint initialization procedure should compute any constraint fields
+derived from constraint resources.
+It can make further changes to the <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget to make the widget
+and any other constraint fields
+conform to the specified constraints, for example,
+changing the widget's size or position.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If a constraint class does not need a constraint initialization procedure,
+it can specify NULL for the <emphasis remap='I'>initialize</emphasis> field of the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+in the class record.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Nonwidget_Data_Initialization_The_initialize_hook_Procedure">
+<title>Nonwidget Data Initialization: The initialize_hook Procedure</title>
+<note>
+<para>
+The initialize_hook procedure is obsolete, as the same information
+is now available to the initialize procedure. The procedure has been
+retained for those widgets that used it in previous releases.
+</para>
+</note>
+
+<para>
+The initialize_hook procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtArgsProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>:
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtArgsProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>typedef void<function>(*XtArgsProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal * <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list passed by the client.
+If the client created the widget using a varargs form, any resources
+specified via
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+are converted to the widget representation and the list is transformed
+into the
+<function>ArgList</function>
+format.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If this procedure is not NULL,
+it is called immediately after the corresponding initialize
+procedure or in its place if the <emphasis remap='I'>initialize</emphasis> field is NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The initialize_hook procedure allows a widget instance to initialize
+nonresource data using information from the specified argument list
+as if it were a resource.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Realizing_Widgets">
+<title>Realizing Widgets</title>
+<para>
+To realize a widget instance, use
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRealizeWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtRealizeWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If the widget is already realized,
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+simply returns.
+Otherwise it performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Binds all action names in the widget's
+translation table to procedures (see <xref linkend='Action_Names_to_Procedure_Translations' />).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Makes a postorder traversal of the widget tree rooted
+at the specified widget and calls each non-NULL change_managed procedure
+of all composite widgets that have one or more managed children.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Constructs an
+<function>XSetWindowAttributes</function>
+structure filled in with information derived from the
+Core
+widget fields and calls the realize procedure for the widget,
+which adds any widget-specific attributes and creates the X window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the widget is
+not a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns; otherwise it continues and performs the following:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Descends recursively to each of the widget's
+managed children and calls the realize procedures.
+Primitive widgets that instantiate children are responsible for realizing
+those children themselves.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Maps all of the managed children windows that have <emphasis remap='I'>mapped_when_managed</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>.
+If a widget is managed but <emphasis remap='I'>mapped_when_managed</emphasis> is
+<function>False</function>,
+the widget is allocated visual space but is not displayed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+If the widget is a top-level shell widget (that is, it has no parent), and
+<emphasis remap='I'>mapped_when_managed</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+maps the widget window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<function>XtUnmanage\%Children</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnrealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<function>XtDestroy\%Widget</function>
+maintain the following invariants:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If a composite widget is realized, then all its managed children are realized.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If a composite widget is realized, then all its managed children that have
+<emphasis remap='I'>mapped_when_managed</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>
+are mapped.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+All Intrinsics functions and all widget routines should accept
+either realized or unrealized widgets.
+When calling the realize or change_managed
+procedures for children of a composite
+widget,
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the procedures in reverse order of
+appearance in the
+<function>CompositePart</function>
+<emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis> list. By default, this
+ordering of the realize procedures will
+result in the stacking order of any newly created subwindows being
+top-to-bottom in the order of appearance on the list, and the most
+recently created child will be at the bottom.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To check whether or not a widget has been realized, use
+<xref linkend='XtIsRealized' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtIsRealized'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Boolean <function>XtIsRealized</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtIsRealized' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns
+<function>True</function>
+if the widget has been realized,
+that is, if the widget has a nonzero window ID.
+If the specified object is not a widget, the state of the nearest
+widget ancestor is returned.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Some widget procedures (for example, set_values) might wish to
+operate differently
+after the widget has been realized.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Widget_Instance_Window_Creation_The_realize_Procedure">
+<title>Widget Instance Window Creation: The realize Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The realize procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRealizeProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtRealizeProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtValueMask <parameter>value_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XSetWindowAttributes <parameter>attributes</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies which fields in the <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis> structure are used.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window attributes to use in the
+<function>XCreateWindow</function>
+call.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The realize procedure must create the widget's window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Before calling the class realize procedure, the generic
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function fills in a mask and a corresponding
+<function>XSetWindowAttributes</function>
+structure.
+It sets the following fields in <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis> and
+corresponding bits in <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>
+based on information in the widget
+core
+structure:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixmap</emphasis> (or <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixel</emphasis> if <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixmap</emphasis> is
+<function>XtUnspecifiedPixmap</function>)
+is filled in from the corresponding field.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>border_pixmap</emphasis> (or <emphasis remap='I'>border_pixel</emphasis> if <emphasis remap='I'>border_pixmap</emphasis> is
+<function>XtUnspecifiedPixmap</function>)
+is filled in from the corresponding field.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis> is filled in from the corresponding field.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis> is filled in based on the event handlers registered,
+the event translations specified, whether the <emphasis remap='I'>expose</emphasis> field is non-NULL,
+and whether <emphasis remap='I'>visible_interest</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>bit_gravity</emphasis> is set to
+<function>NorthWestGravity</function>
+if the <emphasis remap='I'>expose</emphasis> field is NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+These or any other fields in attributes and the corresponding bits in
+<emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis> can be set by the realize procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Note that because realize is not a chained operation,
+the widget class realize procedure must update the
+<function>XSetWindowAttributes</function>
+structure with all the appropriate fields from
+non-Core
+superclasses.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A widget class can inherit its realize procedure from its superclass
+during class initialization.
+The realize procedure defined for
+<function>coreWidgetClass</function>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the passed <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis>
+and with <emphasis remap='I'>window_class</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis> set to
+<function>CopyFromParent</function>.
+Both
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>
+and
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>
+inherit this realize procedure, and most new widget subclasses
+can do the same (see <xref linkend='Inheritance_of_Superclass_Operations' />).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The most common noninherited realize procedures set <emphasis remap='I'>bit_gravity</emphasis> in the mask
+and attributes to the appropriate value and then create the window.
+For example, depending on its justification, Label might set <emphasis remap='I'>bit_gravity</emphasis> to
+<function>WestGravity</function>,
+<function>CenterGravity</function>,
+or
+<function>EastGravity</function>.
+Consequently, shrinking it would just move the bits appropriately,
+and no
+exposure
+event is needed for repainting.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If a composite widget's children should be realized in an order other
+than that specified
+(to control the stacking order, for example),
+it should call
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on its children itself in the appropriate order from within its own
+realize procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Widgets that have children and whose class is not a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>
+are responsible for calling
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on their children, usually from within the realize procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Realize procedures cannot manage or unmanage their descendants.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Window_Creation_Convenience_Routine">
+<title>Window Creation Convenience Routine</title>
+<para>
+Rather than call the Xlib
+<function>XCreateWindow</function>
+function explicitly, a realize procedure should normally call the Intrinsics analog
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which simplifies the creation of windows for widgets.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCreateWindow'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtCreateWindow</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>window_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Visual * <parameter>visual</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtValueMask <parameter>value_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XSetWindowAttributes <parameter>attributes</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that defines the additional window attributed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>window_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the Xlib window class (for example,
+<function>InputOutput</function>,
+<function>InputOnly</function>,
+or
+<function>CopyFromParent ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the visual type (usually
+<function>CopyFromParent ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies which fields in the <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis> structure are used.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>attributes</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the window attributes to use in the
+<function>XCreateWindow</function>
+call.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls the Xlib
+<function>XCreateWindow</function>
+function with values from the widget structure and the passed parameters.
+Then, it assigns the created window to the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis> field.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+evaluates the following fields of the widget core
+structure: <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>parent->core.window</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Obtaining_Window_Information_from_a_Widget">
+<title>Obtaining Window Information from a Widget</title>
+<para>
+The
+Core
+widget class definition contains the screen and window ids.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis> field may be NULL for a while
+(see <xref linkend='Creating_Widgets' /> and <xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' />).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The display pointer, the parent widget, screen pointer,
+and window of a widget are available to the widget writer by means of macros
+and to the application writer by means of functions.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Display <function>XtDisplay</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<function>XtDisplay</function>
+returns the display pointer for the specified widget.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Widget <function>XtParent</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<function>XtParent</function>
+returns the parent object for the specified widget. The returned object
+will be of class Object or a subclass.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtScreen'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Screen <function>*XtScreen</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtScreen' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the screen pointer for the specified widget.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtWindow'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Window <function>XtWindow</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the window of the specified widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The display pointer, screen pointer, and window of a widget or
+of the closest widget ancestor of a nonwidget object are available
+by means of
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtScreenOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtWindowOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDisplayOfObject'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Display <function>*XtDisplayOfObject</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<function>XtDisplay</function>
+if the object is a widget; otherwise
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the display
+pointer for the nearest ancestor of <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis> that is of class
+Widget or a subclass thereof.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtScreenOfObject'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Screen <function>*XtScreenOfObject</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtScreenOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtScreen' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+if the object is a widget; otherwise
+<xref linkend='XtScreenOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the screen pointer
+for the nearest ancestor of <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis> that is of class
+Widget or a subclass thereof.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtWindowOfObject'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>Window <function>XtWindowOfObject</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtWindowOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+if the object is a widget; otherwise
+<xref linkend='XtWindowOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the window for the nearest ancestor of <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis> that is of class
+Widget or a subclass thereof.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve the instance name of an object, use
+<xref linkend='XtName' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtName'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>String <function>XtName</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object whose name is desired. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtName' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a pointer to the instance name of the specified object.
+The storage is owned by the Intrinsics and must not be modified. The
+name is not qualified by the names of any of the object's ancestors.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Several window attributes are locally cached in the widget instance.
+Thus, they can be set by the resource manager and
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+as well as used by routines that derive structures from these values
+(for example, <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis> for deriving pixmaps,
+<emphasis remap='I'>background_pixel</emphasis> for deriving GCs, and so on) or in the
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis>
+window attributes are available to
+geometry managers.
+These fields are maintained synchronously inside the Intrinsics.
+When an
+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>
+is issued by the Intrinsics on the widget's window (on request of its parent),
+these values are updated immediately rather than some time later
+when the server generates a
+<function>ConfigureNotify</function>
+event.
+(In fact, most widgets do not select
+<function>SubstructureNotify</function>
+events.)
+This ensures that all geometry calculations are based on the internally
+consistent toolkit world rather than on either
+an inconsistent world updated by asynchronous
+<function>ConfigureNotify</function>
+events or a consistent, but slow, world in which geometry managers
+ask the server
+for window sizes whenever they need to lay out their managed children
+(see <xref linkend='Geometry_Management' />).
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Unrealizing_Widgets">
+<title>Unrealizing Widgets</title>
+<para>
+To destroy the windows associated with a widget and its
+non-pop-up descendants, use
+<xref linkend='XtUnrealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUnrealizeWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtUnrealizeWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If the widget is currently unrealized,
+<xref linkend='XtUnrealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+simply returns. Otherwise it performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Unmanages the widget if the widget is managed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Makes a postorder (child-to-parent) traversal of the widget tree
+rooted at the specified widget and, for each widget that has
+declared a callback list resource named ``unrealizeCallback'', executes the
+procedures on the
+XtNunrealizeCallback
+list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Destroys the widget's window and any subwindows by calling
+<function>XDestroyWindow</function>
+with the specified widget's <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis> field.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Any events in the queue or which arrive following a call to
+<xref linkend='XtUnrealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will be dispatched as if the window(s) of the
+unrealized widget(s) had never existed.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Destroying_Widgets">
+<title>Destroying Widgets</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide support
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To destroy all the pop-up children of the widget being destroyed
+and destroy all children of composite widgets.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To remove (and unmap) the widget from its parent.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To call the callback procedures that have been registered to trigger
+when the widget is destroyed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To minimize the number of things a widget has to deallocate when destroyed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To minimize the number of
+<function>XDestroyWindow</function>
+calls when destroying a widget tree.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+To destroy a widget instance, use
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDestroyWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void <function>XtDestroyWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function provides the only method of destroying a widget,
+including widgets that need to destroy themselves.
+It can be called at any time,
+including from an application callback routine of the widget being destroyed.
+This requires a two-phase destroy process in order to avoid dangling
+references to destroyed widgets.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In phase 1,
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the <emphasis remap='I'>being_destroyed</emphasis> field of the widget is
+<function>True</function>,
+it returns immediately.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Recursively descends the widget tree and
+sets the <emphasis remap='I'>being_destroyed</emphasis> field to
+<function>True</function>
+for the widget and all normal and pop-up children.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Adds the widget to a list of widgets (the destroy list) that should be
+destroyed when it is safe to do so.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Entries on the destroy list satisfy the invariant that
+if w2 occurs after w1 on the destroy list, then w2 is not a descendent,
+either normal or pop-up, of w1.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Phase 2 occurs when all procedures that should execute as a result of
+the current event have been called, including all procedures registered with
+the event and translation managers,
+that is, when the current invocation of
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is about to return, or immediately if not in
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In phase 2,
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+performs the following on each entry in the destroy list in the order
+specified:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the widget is not a pop-up child and the widget's parent is a subclass of
+<function>composite\%WidgetClass</function>,
+and if the parent is not being destroyed,
+it calls
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the widget and then calls the widget's parent's delete_child procedure
+(see <xref linkend='Deletion_of_Children_The_delete_child_Procedure' />).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls the destroy callback procedures registered on the widget
+and all normal and pop-up descendants in postorder (it calls child
+callbacks before parent callbacks).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function then makes second traversal of the widget and all normal
+and pop-up descendants to perform the following three items on each
+widget in postorder:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the widget is not a pop-up child and the widget's parent is a subclass of
+<function>constraint\%WidgetClass</function>,
+it calls the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+destroy procedure for the parent,
+then for the parent's superclass,
+until finally it calls the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+destroy procedure for
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls the
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+destroy procedure declared in the widget class,
+then the destroy procedure declared in its superclass,
+until finally it calls the destroy procedure declared in the Object
+class record. Callback lists are deallocated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the widget class object class part contains an
+<function>ObjectClassExtension</function>
+record with the record_type
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+and the <emphasis remap='I'>deallocate</emphasis> field is not NULL,
+calls the deallocate procedure to deallocate the instance and if one
+exists, the constraint record. Otherwise, the Intrinsics will deallocate
+the widget instance record and if one exists, the constraint record.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<function>XDestroyWindow</function>
+if the specified widget is realized (that is, has an X window).
+The server recursively destroys all normal descendant windows.
+(Windows of realized pop-up Shell children, and their
+descendants, are destroyed by a shell class destroy procedure.)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<sect2 id="Adding_and_Removing_Destroy_Callbacks">
+<title>Adding and Removing Destroy Callbacks</title>
+<para>
+When an application needs to perform additional processing during the
+destruction of a widget,
+it should register a destroy callback procedure for the widget.
+The destroy callback procedures use the mechanism described in
+<xref linkend='Callbacks' />.
+The destroy callback list is identified by the resource name
+XtNdestroyCallback.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For example, the following adds an application-supplied destroy callback
+procedure <emphasis remap='I'>ClientDestroy</emphasis> with client data to a widget by calling
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<literallayout>
+XtAddCallback(<emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>, XtNdestroyCallback, <emphasis remap='I'>ClientDestroy</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>)
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+Similarly, the following removes the application-supplied destroy callback
+procedure <emphasis remap='I'>ClientDestroy</emphasis> by calling
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<literallayout>
+XtRemoveCallback(<emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>, XtNdestroyCallback, <emphasis remap='I'>ClientDestroy</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>)
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>ClientDestroy</emphasis> argument is of type
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>;
+see <xref linkend='Using_Callback_Procedure_and_Callback_List_Definitions' />.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Dynamic_Data_Deallocation_The_destroy_Procedure">
+<title>Dynamic Data Deallocation: The destroy Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The destroy procedure pointers in the
+<function>ObjectClassPart</function>,
+<function>RectObjClassPart</function>,
+and
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+structures are of type
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtWidgetProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>typedef void <function>XtWidgetProc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget being destroyed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The destroy procedures are called in subclass-to-superclass order.
+Therefore, a widget's destroy procedure should deallocate only storage
+that is specific to the subclass and should ignore the storage
+allocated by any of its superclasses.
+The destroy procedure should deallocate only resources that have been
+explicitly created by the subclass.
+Any resource that was obtained from the resource database
+or passed in an argument list was not created by the widget
+and therefore should not be destroyed by it.
+If a widget does not need to deallocate any storage,
+the destroy procedure entry in its class record can be NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Deallocating storage includes, but is not limited to,
+the following steps:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calling
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on dynamic storage allocated with
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and so on.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calling
+<function>XFreePixmap</function>
+on pixmaps created with direct X calls.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calling
+<xref linkend='XtReleaseGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on GCs allocated with
+<xref linkend='XtGetGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calling
+<function>XFreeGC</function>
+on GCs allocated with direct X calls.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calling
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on event handlers added to other widgets.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calling
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on timers created with
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calling
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for each child if the widget has children
+and is not a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+During destroy phase 2 for each widget, the Intrinsics remove the widget
+from the modal cascade, unregister all event handlers, remove all key,
+keyboard, button, and pointer grabs and remove all callback procedures
+registered on the widget. Any outstanding selection transfers will time out.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Dynamic_Constraint_Data_Deallocation_The_ConstraintClassPart_destroy_Procedure">
+<title>Dynamic Constraint Data Deallocation: The ConstraintClassPart destroy Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The constraint destroy procedure identified in the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>.
+This constraint destroy procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The constraint destroy procedures are called in subclass-to-superclass order,
+starting at the class of the widget's parent and ending at
+<function>constraint\%WidgetClass</function>.
+Therefore, a parent's constraint destroy procedure should deallocate only
+storage that is specific to the constraint subclass
+and not storage allocated by any of its superclasses.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If a parent does not need to deallocate any constraint storage,
+the constraint destroy procedure entry
+in its class record can be NULL.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Instance_Deallocation_The_deallocate_Procedure">
+<title>Widget Instance Deallocation: The deallocate Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The deallocate procedure pointer in the
+<function>ObjectClassExtension</function>
+record is of type
+<function>XtDeallocateProc</function>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtDeallocateProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>more_bytes</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget being destroyed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>more_bytes</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the auxiliary memory received from the corresponding allocator
+along with the widget, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+When a widget is destroyed, if an
+<function>ObjectClassExtension</function>
+record exists in the object class part <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field
+with <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis>
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+and the <emphasis remap='I'>deallocate</emphasis> field is not NULL, the
+<function>XtDeallocateProc</function>
+will be called.
+If no ObjectClassPart extension record is declared with <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis>
+equal to
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>,
+then
+<function>XtInheritAllocate</function>
+and
+<function>XtInheritDeallocate</function>
+are assumed.
+The responsibilities of the deallocate procedure are to deallocate the
+memory specified by <emphasis remap='I'>more_bytes</emphasis> if it is not NULL,
+to deallocate the constraints record as specified by the
+widget's <emphasis remap='I'>core.constraints</emphasis> field if it is
+not NULL, and to deallocate the widget instance itself.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If no
+<function>XtDeallocateProc</function>
+is found, it is assumed that the Intrinsics
+originally allocated the memory and is responsible for freeing it.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Exiting_from_an_Application">
+<title>Exiting from an Application</title>
+<para>
+All X Toolkit applications should terminate
+by calling
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and then exiting
+using the
+standard method for their operating system (typically, by calling
+<function>exit</function>
+for POSIX-based systems).
+The quickest way to make the windows disappear while exiting is to call
+<xref linkend='XtUnmapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on each top-level shell widget.
+The Intrinsics have no resources beyond those in the program image,
+and the X server will free its resources when its connection
+to the application is broken.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Depending upon the widget set in use, it may be necessary to explicitly
+destroy individual widgets or widget trees with
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+before calling
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in order to ensure that any
+required widget cleanup is properly executed. The application developer
+must refer to the widget documentation to learn if a widget needs to
+perform cleanup beyond that performed automatically by the
+operating system. If the client is a session participant
+(see <xref linkend='Session_Participation' />), then the client may wish to resign from the session
+before exiting. See <xref linkend='Resigning_from_a_Session' /> for details.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Composite_Widgets_and_Their_Children'>
+<title>Composite Widgets and Their Children</title>
+<para>
+Composite widgets (widgets whose class is a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>)
+can have an arbitrary number of children.
+Consequently, they are responsible for much more than primitive widgets.
+Their responsibilities (either implemented directly by the widget class
+or indirectly by Intrinsics functions) include:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Overall management of children from creation to destruction.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Destruction of descendants when the composite widget is destroyed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Physical arrangement (geometry management) of a displayable subset of
+children (that is, the managed children).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Mapping and unmapping of a subset of the managed children.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Overall management is handled by the generic procedures
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+adds children to their parent by calling the parent's insert_child
+procedure.
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+removes children from their parent by calling the parent's delete_child
+procedure and ensures that all children of a destroyed composite widget
+also get destroyed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Only a subset of the total number of children is actually managed by
+the geometry manager and hence possibly visible.
+For example, a composite editor widget
+supporting multiple editing buffers might allocate one child
+widget for each file buffer,
+but it might display only a small number of the existing buffers.
+Widgets that are in this displayable subset are called managed widgets
+and enter into geometry manager calculations.
+The other children are called unmanaged widgets
+and, by definition, are not mapped by the Intrinsics.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Children are added to and removed from their parent's managed set by using
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which notify the parent to recalculate the physical layout of its children
+by calling the parent's change_managed procedure.
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+convenience function calls
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the result.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Most managed children are mapped,
+but some widgets can be in a state where they take up physical space
+but do not show anything.
+Managed widgets are not mapped automatically
+if their <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis> field is
+<function>False</function>.
+The default is
+<function>True</function>
+and is changed by using
+<xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Each composite widget class declares a geometry manager,
+which is responsible for figuring out where the managed children
+should appear within the composite widget's window.
+Geometry management techniques fall into four classes:
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Fixed boxes</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Fixed boxes have a fixed number of children created by the parent.
+All these children are managed,
+and none ever makes geometry manager requests.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Homogeneous boxes</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Homogeneous boxes treat all children equally and apply the same geometry
+constraints to each child.
+Many clients insert and delete widgets freely.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Heterogeneous boxes</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Heterogeneous boxes have a specific location where each child is placed.
+This location usually is not specified in pixels,
+because the window may be resized, but is expressed rather
+in terms of the relationship between a child
+and the parent or between the child and other specific children.
+The class of heterogeneous boxes is usually a subclass of
+Constraint.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Shell boxes</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Shell boxes typically have only one child,
+and the child's size is usually
+exactly the size of the shell.
+The geometry manager must communicate with the window manager, if it exists,
+and the box must also accept
+<function>ConfigureNotify</function>
+events when the window size is changed by the window manager.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<sect1 id="Addition_of_Children_to_a_Composite_Widget_The_insert_child_Procedure">
+<title>Addition of Children to a Composite Widget: The insert_child Procedure</title>
+<para>
+To add a child to
+the parent's list of children, the
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls the parent's class routine insert_child.
+The insert_child procedure pointer in a composite widget is of type
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtWidgetProc_2'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtWidgetProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the newly created child.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Most composite widgets inherit their superclass's operation.
+The insert_child routine in
+<function>CompositeWidgetClass calls the insert_position procedure</function>
+and inserts the child at the specified position
+in the <emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis> list, expanding it if necessary.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Some composite widgets define their own insert_child routine
+so that they can order their children in some convenient way,
+create companion controller widgets for a new widget,
+or limit the number or class of their child widgets.
+A composite widget class that wishes
+to allow nonwidget children (see <xref linkend='Nonwidget_Objects' />) must specify a
+<function>CompositeClassExtension</function>
+extension record as described
+in <xref linkend='CompositeClassPart_Structure' />
+and set the <emphasis remap='I'>accepts_objects</emphasis> field in this record to
+<function>True</function>.
+If the
+<function>CompositeClassExtension</function>
+record is not specified or the
+<emphasis remap='I'>accepts_objects</emphasis> field is
+<function>False</function>,
+the composite widget can assume that all its children are of a subclass of Core
+without an explicit subclass test in the insert_child procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If there is not enough room to insert a new child in the <emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis> array
+(that is, <emphasis remap='I'>num_children</emphasis> is equal to <emphasis remap='I'>num_slots</emphasis>),
+the insert_child procedure must first reallocate the array
+and update <emphasis remap='I'>num_slots</emphasis>.
+The insert_child procedure then places the child at the appropriate position
+in the array and increments the <emphasis remap='I'>num_children</emphasis> field.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Insertion_Order_of_Children_The_insert_position_Procedure">
+<title>Insertion Order of Children: The insert_position Procedure</title>
+<para>
+Instances of composite widgets sometimes need to specify more about the order in which
+their children are kept.
+For example,
+an application may want a set of command buttons in some logical order
+grouped by function,
+and it may want buttons that represent file names to be kept
+in alphabetical order without constraining the order in which the
+buttons are created.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+An application controls the presentation order of a set of children by
+supplying an
+XtNinsertPosition
+resource.
+The insert_position procedure pointer in a composite widget instance is of type
+<xref linkend='XtOrderProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtOrderProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef Cardinal <function>(*XtOrderProc)</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the newly created widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Composite widgets that allow clients to order their children (usually
+homogeneous boxes) can call their widget instance's insert_position
+procedure from the class's insert_child procedure to determine where a new
+child should go in its <emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis> array.
+Thus, a client using a composite class can apply different sorting criteria
+to widget instances of the class, passing in a different insert_position
+procedure resource when it creates each composite widget instance.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The return value of the insert_position procedure
+indicates how many children should go before the widget.
+Returning zero indicates that the widget should go before all other children,
+and returning <emphasis remap='I'>num_children</emphasis> indicates that it should go after all other children.
+The default insert_position function returns <emphasis remap='I'>num_children</emphasis>
+and can be overridden by a specific composite widget's resource list
+or by the argument list provided when the composite widget is created.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Deletion_of_Children_The_delete_child_Procedure">
+<title>Deletion of Children: The delete_child Procedure</title>
+
+<para>
+To remove the child from the parent's <emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis> list, the
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function eventually causes a call to the Composite parent's class delete_child
+procedure.
+The delete_child procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='_XtWidgetProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtWidgetProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the child being deleted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+Most widgets inherit the delete_child procedure from their superclass.
+Composite widgets that create companion widgets define their own
+delete_child procedure to remove these companion widgets.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Adding_and_Removing_Children_from_the_Managed_Set">
+<title>Adding and Removing Children from the Managed Set</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide a set of generic routines to permit the addition of
+widgets to or the removal of widgets from a composite widget's managed set.
+These generic routines eventually call the composite widget's change_managed
+procedure if the procedure pointer is non-NULL.
+The change_managed procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The widget argument specifies the composite widget whose managed child
+set has been modified.
+</para>
+
+<sect2 id="Managing_Children">
+<title>Managing Children</title>
+<para>
+To add a list of widgets to the geometry-managed (and hence displayable)
+subset of their Composite parent, use
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>typedef Widget *WidgetList;</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtManageChildren'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtManageChildren</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetList <parameter>children</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_children</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of child widgets. Each child must be of class
+RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of children in the list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent or
+if the parent's class is not a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed;
+otherwise, for each unique child on the list,
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ignores the child if it already is managed or is being destroyed,
+and marks it if not.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked,
+it makes some of the newly managed children viewable:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Maps each previously unmanaged child that has <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Managing children is independent of the ordering of children and
+independent of creating and deleting children.
+The layout routine of the parent
+should consider children whose <emphasis remap='I'>managed</emphasis> field is
+<function>True</function>
+and should ignore all other children.
+Note that some composite widgets, especially fixed boxes, call
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+from their insert_child procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the parent widget is realized,
+its change_managed procedure is called to notify it
+that its set of managed children has changed.
+The parent can reposition and resize any of its children.
+It moves each child as needed by calling
+<xref linkend='XtMoveWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which first updates the <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis> fields and which then calls
+<function>XMoveWindow</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the composite widget wishes to change the size or border width of any of
+its children, it calls
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which first updates the
+<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis>
+fields and then calls
+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>.
+Simultaneous repositioning and resizing may be done with
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>;
+see <xref linkend='Widget_Placement_and_Sizing' />.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To add a single child to its parent widget's set of managed children, use
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtManageChild'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtManageChild</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>child</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>child</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the child. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function constructs a
+<function>WidgetList</function>
+of length 1 and calls
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To create and manage a child widget in a single procedure, use
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCreateManagedWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtCreateManagedWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget. (rC
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Composite or any
+subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function is a convenience routine that calls
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaCreateManagedWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtVaCreateManagedWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget. (rC
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Composite or any
+subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced
+by a varargs list, as described in Section 2.5.1.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Unmanaging_Children">
+<title>Unmanaging Children</title>
+<para>
+To remove a list of children from a parent widget's managed list, use
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUnmanageChildren'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtUnmanageChildren</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetList <parameter>children</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_children</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of child widgets. Each child must be of class
+RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of children.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent
+or if the parent is not a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+For each unique child on the list,
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ignores the child if it is unmanaged; otherwise it performs the following:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Marks the child as unmanaged.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the child is realized and the <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis> field is
+<function>True</function>,
+it is unmapped.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the parent is realized and if any children have become unmanaged,
+calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+does not destroy the child widgets.
+Removing widgets from a parent's managed set is often a temporary banishment,
+and some time later the client may manage the children again.
+To destroy widgets entirely,
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+should be called instead;
+see <xref linkend='Exiting_from_an_Application' />.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To remove a single child from its parent widget's managed set, use
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUnmanageChild'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtUnmanageChild</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>child</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>child</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the child. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function constructs a widget list
+of length 1 and calls
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+These functions are low-level routines that are used by generic
+composite widget building routines.
+In addition, composite widgets can provide widget-specific,
+high-level convenience procedures.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Bundling_Changes_to_the_Managed_Set">
+<title>Bundling Changes to the Managed Set</title>
+<para>
+A client may simultaneously unmanage and manage children
+with a single call to the Intrinsics. In this same call the
+client may provide a callback procedure that can modify the
+geometries of one or more children. The composite widget class
+defines whether this single client call results in separate invocations
+of the change_managed method, one to unmanage and the other to
+manage, or in just a single invocation.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To simultaneously remove from and add to the geometry-managed
+set of children of a composite parent, use
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtChangeManagedSet'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtChangeManagedSet</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetList <parameter>unmanage_children</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_unmanage_children</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtDoChangeProc <parameter>do_change_proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetList <parameter>manage_children</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_manage_children</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>unmanage_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the list of widget children to initially remove from the managed set.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_unmanage_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the <emphasis remap='I'>unmanage_children</emphasis> list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>do_change_proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a procedure to invoke between unmanaging
+and managing the children, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies client data to be passed to the do_change_proc.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>manage_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the list of widget children to finally add to the managed set.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_manage_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the <emphasis remap='I'>manage_children</emphasis> list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns immediately if <emphasis remap='I'>num_unmanage_children</emphasis> and
+<emphasis remap='I'>num_manage_children</emphasis> are both 0.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Issues a warning and returns if the widgets specified in the
+<emphasis remap='I'>manage_children</emphasis> and
+the <emphasis remap='I'>unmanage_children</emphasis> lists do not all have the same parent or if
+that parent is not a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>do_change_proc</emphasis> is not NULL and the parent's
+<function>CompositeClassExtension</function>
+<emphasis remap='I'>allows_change_managed_set</emphasis> field is
+<function>False</function>,
+then
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+performs the following:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(<emphasis remap='I'>unmanage_children</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>num_unmanage_children</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls the <emphasis remap='I'>do_change_proc</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(<emphasis remap='I'>manage_children</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>num_manage_children</emphasis>).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Otherwise, the following is performed:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+For each child on the <emphasis remap='I'>unmanage_children</emphasis> list; if the child is
+already unmanaged it is ignored, otherwise it is marked as unmanaged,
+and if it is realized and its <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis> field is
+<function>True</function>,
+it is unmapped.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>do_change_proc</emphasis> is non-NULL, the procedure is invoked.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+For each child on the <emphasis remap='I'>manage_children</emphasis> list; if the child is already
+managed or is being destroyed, it is ignored; otherwise it is
+marked as managed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked,
+the change_managed method of the parent is invoked, and subsequently
+some of the newly managed children are made viewable by calling
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized and
+mapping each previously unmanaged child that has <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+If no
+<function>CompositeClassExtension</function>
+record is found in the parent's composite class part <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field
+with record type
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+and version greater than 1, and if
+<function>XtInheritChangeManaged</function>
+was specified in the parent's class record during class initialization,
+the value of the <emphasis remap='I'>allows_change_managed_set</emphasis>
+field is inherited from the superclass. The value inherited from
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>
+for the <emphasis remap='I'>allows_change_managed_set</emphasis> field is
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+It is not an error to include a child in both the <emphasis remap='I'>unmanage_children</emphasis>
+and the <emphasis remap='I'>manage_children</emphasis> lists. The effect of such a call is that
+the child remains managed following the call, but the <emphasis remap='I'>do_change_proc</emphasis> is
+able to affect the child while it is in an unmanaged state.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>do_change_proc</emphasis> is of type
+<xref linkend='XtDoChangeProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDoChangeProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>*XtDoChangeProc</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>composite_parent</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetList <parameter>unmange_children</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_unmanage_children</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetList <parameter>manage_children</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_manage_children</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>composite_parent</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the composite parent whose managed set is being altered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>unmanage_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the list of children just removed from the managed set.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_unmanage_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the number of entries in the <emphasis remap='I'>unmanage_children</emphasis> list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>manage_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the list of children about to be added to the managed set.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_manage_children</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the number of entries in the <emphasis remap='I'>manage_children</emphasis> list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the client data passed to
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>do_change_proc</emphasis> procedure is used by the caller of
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to make changes to one or more children at the point when the
+managed set contains the fewest entries. These changes may
+involve geometry requests, and in this case the caller of
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may take advantage of the fact that the Intrinsics internally grant
+geometry requests made by unmanaged children without invoking
+the parent's geometry manager. To achieve this advantage, if
+the <emphasis remap='I'>do_change_proc</emphasis> procedure
+changes the geometry of a child or of a descendant of a child, then
+that child should be included in the <emphasis remap='I'>unmanage_children</emphasis> and
+<emphasis remap='I'>manage_children</emphasis> lists.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Determining_if_a_Widget_Is_Managed">
+<title>Determining if a Widget Is Managed</title>
+<para>
+To determine the managed state of a given child widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtIsManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtIsManaged'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtIsManaged</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtIsManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns
+<function>True</function>
+if the specified widget is of class RectObj or any subclass thereof
+and is managed, or
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Controlling_When_Widgets_Get_Mapped">
+<title>Controlling When Widgets Get Mapped</title>
+<para>
+A widget is normally mapped if it is managed.
+However,
+this behavior can be overridden by setting the XtNmappedWhenManaged resource
+for the widget when it is created
+or by setting the <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis> field to
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To change the value of a given widget's <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis> field, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetMappedWhenManaged'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetMappedWhenManaged</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>map_when_managed</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a Boolean value that indicates the new value
+that is stored into the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis>
+field.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If the widget is realized and managed,
+and if <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+maps the window.
+If the widget is realized and managed,
+and if <emphasis remap='I'>map_when_managed</emphasis> is
+<function>False</function>,
+it unmaps the window.
+<xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is a convenience function that is equivalent to (but slightly faster than)
+calling
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and setting the new value for the XtNmappedWhenManaged resource
+then mapping the widget as appropriate.
+As an alternative to using
+<xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to control mapping,
+a client may set <emphasis remap='I'>mapped_when_managed</emphasis> to
+<function>False</function>
+and use
+<xref linkend='XtMapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtUnmapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+explicitly.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To map a widget explicitly, use
+<xref linkend='XtMapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtMapWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef> <function>XtMapWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+To unmap a widget explicitly, use
+<xref linkend='XtUnmapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUnmapWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef> <function>XtUnmapWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Constrained_Composite_Widgets">
+<title>Constrained Composite Widgets</title>
+<para>
+The Constraint
+widget class is a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>.
+The name is derived from the fact that constraint widgets
+may manage the geometry
+of their children based on constraints associated with each child.
+These constraints can be as simple as the maximum width and height
+the parent will allow the child to occupy or can be as complicated as
+how other children should change if this child is moved or resized.
+Constraint
+widgets let a parent define constraints as resources that are supplied for their children.
+For example, if the
+Constraint
+parent defines the maximum sizes for its children,
+these new size resources are retrieved for each child as if they were
+resources that were defined by the child widget's class.
+Accordingly,
+constraint resources may be included in the argument list or resource file just
+like any other resource for the child.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Constraint
+widgets have all the responsibilities of normal composite widgets
+and, in addition, must process and act upon the constraint information
+associated with each of their children.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To make it easy for widgets and the Intrinsics to keep track of the
+constraints associated with a child,
+every widget has a <emphasis remap='I'>constraints</emphasis> field,
+which is the address of a parent-specific structure that contains
+constraint information about the child.
+If a child's parent does not belong to a subclass of
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>,
+then the child's <emphasis remap='I'>constraints</emphasis> field is NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Subclasses of
+Constraint
+can add constraint data to the constraint record defined by their superclass.
+To allow this, widget writers should define the constraint
+records in their private .h file by using the same conventions as used for
+widget records.
+For example, a widget class that needs to maintain a maximum
+width and height for each child might define its constraint record as
+follows:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ Dimension max_width, max_height;
+} MaxConstraintPart;
+typedef struct {
+ MaxConstraintPart max;
+} MaxConstraintRecord, *MaxConstraint;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+A subclass of this widget class that also needs to maintain a minimum size would
+define its constraint record as follows:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ Dimension min_width, min_height;
+} MinConstraintPart;
+typedef struct {
+ MaxConstraintPart max;
+ MinConstraintPart min;
+} MaxMinConstraintRecord, *MaxMinConstraint;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Constraints are allocated, initialized, deallocated, and otherwise maintained
+insofar as possible by the Intrinsics.
+The Constraint class record part has several entries that facilitate this.
+All entries in
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+are fields and procedures that are defined and implemented by the parent,
+but they are called whenever actions are performed on the parent's children.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function uses the <emphasis remap='I'>constraint_size</emphasis> field in the parent's class record
+to allocate a constraint record when a child is created.
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+also uses the constraint resources to fill in resource fields in the
+constraint record associated with a child.
+It then calls the constraint initialize procedure so that the parent
+can compute constraint fields that are derived from constraint resources
+and can possibly move or resize the child to conform to the given constraints.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+functions are executed
+on a child, they use the constraint resources to get the values or
+set the values of constraints associated with that child.
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+then calls the constraint set_values procedures so that the parent can
+recompute derived constraint fields and move or resize the child
+as appropriate.
+If a
+Constraint
+widget class or any of its superclasses have declared a
+<function>ConstraintClassExtension</function>
+record in the
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+<emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis>
+fields with a record type of
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+and the <emphasis remap='I'>get_values_hook</emphasis> field in
+the extension record is non-NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the get_values_hook
+procedure(s) to allow the parent to return derived constraint fields.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls the constraint destroy procedure to deallocate any
+dynamic storage associated with a constraint record.
+The constraint record itself must not be deallocated by the constraint
+destroy procedure;
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+does this automatically.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Shell_Widgets'>
+<title>Shell Widgets</title>
+
+<para>
+Shell widgets hold an application's top-level widgets to allow them to
+communicate with the window manager and session manager.
+Shells have been designed to be as nearly invisible as possible.
+Clients have to create them,
+but they should never have to worry about their sizes.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If a shell widget is resized from the outside (typically by a window manager),
+the shell widget also resizes its managed child widget automatically.
+Similarly, if the shell's child widget needs to change size,
+it can make a geometry request to the shell,
+and the shell negotiates the size change with the outer environment.
+Clients should never attempt to change the size of their shells directly.
+</para>
+
+<para>The five types of public shells are:</para>
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>OverrideShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Used for shell windows that completely bypass the window manager
+ (for example, pop-up menu shells).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>TransientShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Used for shell windows that have the
+ <emphasis role='strong'>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</emphasis>
+ property set. The effect of this property is dependent upon the
+ window manager being used.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>TopLevelShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Used for normal top-level windows
+ (for example, any additional top-level widgets an application needs).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>ApplicationShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Formerly used for the single main top-level window that
+ the window manager identifies as an application instance and
+ made obsolete by SessionShell.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>SessionShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Used for the single main top-level window that
+ the window manager identifies as an application instance and
+ that interacts with the session manager.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<sect1 id="Shell_Widget_Definitions">
+<title>Shell Widget Definitions</title>
+<para>
+Widgets negotiate their size and position with their parent widget,
+that is, the widget that directly contains them.
+Widgets at the top of the hierarchy do not have parent widgets.
+Instead, they must deal with the outside world.
+To provide for this,
+each top-level widget is encapsulated in a special widget, called a
+shell widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Shell
+widgets, whose class is a subclass of the
+Composite class,
+encapsulate other widgets and can allow a widget to avoid the
+geometry clipping imposed by the parent-child window relationship.
+They also can provide a layer of communication with the window manager.
+</para>
+
+<para>The eight different types of shells are:</para>
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Shell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The base class for shell widgets; provides the
+ fields needed for all types of shells. Shell
+ is a direct subclass of
+ <emphasis role='strong'>compositeWidgetClass</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>OverrideShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A subclass of Shell; used for shell windows that completely
+ bypass the window manager.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>WMShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A subclass of Shell; contains fields needed by the
+ common window manager protocol.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>VendorShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A subclass of WMShell; contains fields used by
+ vendor-specific window managers.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>TransientShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A subclass of VendorShell; used for shell windows that
+ desire the <emphasis role='strong'>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</emphasis>
+ property.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>TopLevelShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A subclass of VendorShell; used for normal top-level windows.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>ApplicationShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A subclass of TopLevelShell; may be used for an application's additional
+ root windows.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>SessionShell</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A subclass of ApplicationShell; used for an application's
+ main root window.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Note that the classes
+Shell,
+WMShell,
+and
+VendorShell
+are internal and should not be instantiated or subclassed.
+Only
+OverrrideShell,
+TransientShell,
+TopLevelShell,
+ApplicationShell,
+and
+SessionShell
+are intended for public use.
+</para>
+
+<sect2 id="ShellClassPart_Definitions">
+<title>ShellClassPart Definitions</title>
+<para>
+Only the Shell
+class has additional class fields, which are all contained in the
+<function>ShellClassExtensionRec</function>.
+None of the other Shell classes have any additional class fields:
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer extension;
+} ShellClassPart, OverrideShellClassPart,
+WMShellClassPart, VendorShellClassPart, TransientShellClassPart,
+TopLevelShellClassPart, ApplicationShellClassPart, SessionShellClassPart;
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>The full Shell class record definitions are:</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _ShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+} ShellClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer next_extension; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />
+ XrmQuark record_type; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />
+ long version; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />
+ Cardinal record_size; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />
+ XtGeometryHandler root_geometry_manager; See below
+} ShellClassExtensionRec, *ShellClassExtension;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _OverrideShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ OverrideShellClassPart override_shell_class;
+} OverrideShellClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _WMShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+} WMShellClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _VendorShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+} VendorShellClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _TransientShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+ TransientShellClassPart transient_shell_class;
+} TransientShellClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _TopLevelShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+ TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
+} TopLevelShellClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _ApplicationShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+ TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
+ ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class;
+} ApplicationShellClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _SessionShellClassRec {
+ CoreClassPart core_class;
+ CompositeClassPart composite_class;
+ ShellClassPart shell_class;
+ WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
+ VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
+ TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
+ ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class;
+ SessionShellClassPart session_shell_class;
+} SessionShellClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The single occurrences of the class records and pointers for creating
+instances of shells are:
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+extern ShellClassRec shellClassRec;
+extern OverrideShellClassRec overrideShellClassRec;
+extern WMShellClassRec wmShellClassRec;
+extern VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec;
+extern TransientShellClassRec transientShellClassRec;
+extern TopLevelShellClassRec topLevelShellClassRec;
+extern ApplicationShellClassRec applicationShellClassRec;
+extern SessionShellClassRec sessionShellClassRec;
+extern WidgetClass shellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass overrideShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass wmShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass transientShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass topLevelShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass applicationShellWidgetClass;
+extern WidgetClass sessionShellWidgetClass;
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The following opaque types and opaque variables are defined
+for generic operations on widgets whose class is a subclass of
+Shell.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Types</entry>
+ <entry>Variables</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>ShellWidget</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>shellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>OverrideShellWidget</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>overrideShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>WMShellWidget</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>wmShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>VendorShellWidget</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>vendorShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>TransientShellWidget</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>transientShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>TopLevelShellWidget</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>topLevelShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>ApplicationShellWidget</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>applicationShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>SessionShellWidget</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>sessionShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>ShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>OverrideShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>WMShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>VendorShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>TransientShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>TopLevelShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>ApplicationShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>SessionShellWidgetClass</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The declarations for all Intrinsics-defined shells except
+VendorShell appear in
+<function>Shell.h</function>
+and
+<function>ShellP.h</function>.
+VendorShell has separate public and private .h files which are included by
+<function>Shell.h</function>
+and
+<function>ShellP.h</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<function>Shell.h</function>
+uses incomplete structure definitions to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data in any of the Shell
+instance or class data structures.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The symbolic constant for the
+<function>ShellClassExtension</function>
+version identifier is
+<function>XtShellExtensionVersion</function>
+(see <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The root_geometry_manager procedure acts as
+the parent geometry manager for geometry requests made by shell
+widgets. When a shell widget calls either
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the root_geometry_manager procedure is invoked to
+negotiate the new geometry with the window manager. If the window
+manager permits the new geometry, the root_geometry_manager
+procedure should
+return
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>;
+if the window manager denies the geometry
+request or does not change the window geometry within some timeout
+interval (equal to <emphasis remap='I'>wm_timeout</emphasis> in the case of WMShells), the
+root_geometry_manager procedure should return
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>.
+If the window manager makes some alternative geometry change, the
+root_geometry_manager procedure may return either
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>
+and handle the new geometry as a resize or
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>
+in anticipation that the shell will accept the compromise. If the
+compromise is not accepted, the new size must then be handled as a
+resize. Subclasses of
+Shell
+that wish to provide their own
+root_geometry_manager procedures are strongly encouraged to use enveloping to
+invoke their superclass's root_geometry_manager procedure under most
+situations, as the window manager interaction may be very complex.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If no
+<function>ShellClassPart</function>
+extension record is declared with <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis>
+equal to
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>,
+then
+<function>XtInheritRootGeometryManager</function>
+is assumed.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="ShellPart_Definition">
+<title>ShellPart Definition</title>
+<para>
+The various shell widgets have the following additional instance
+fields defined in
+their widget records:
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ String geometry;
+ XtCreatePopupChildProc create_popup_child_proc;
+ XtGrabKind grab_kind;
+ Boolean spring_loaded;
+ Boolean popped_up;
+ Boolean allow_shell_resize;
+ Boolean client_specified;
+ Boolean save_under;
+ Boolean override_redirect;
+ XtCallbackList popup_callback;
+ XtCallbackList popdown_callback;
+ Visual * visual;
+} ShellPart;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ int empty;
+} OverrideShellPart;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ String title;
+ int wm_timeout;
+ Boolean wait_for_wm;
+ Boolean transient;
+ Boolean urgency;
+ Widget client_leader;
+ String window_role;
+ struct _OldXSizeHints {
+ long flags;
+ int x, y;
+ int width, height;
+ int min_width, min_height;
+ int max_width, max_height;
+ int width_inc, height_inc;
+ struct {
+ int x;
+ int y;
+ } min_aspect, max_aspect;
+ } size_hints;
+ XWMHints wm_hints;
+ int base_width, base_height, win_gravity;
+ Atom title_encoding;
+} WMShellPart;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ int vendor_specific;
+} VendorShellPart;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ Widget transient_for;
+} TransientShellPart;
+typedef struct {
+ String icon_name;
+ Boolean iconic;
+ Atom icon_name_encoding;
+} TopLevelShellPart;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ char * class;
+ XrmClass xrm_class;
+ int argc;
+ char ** argv;
+} ApplicationShellPart;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ SmcConn connection;
+ String session_id;
+ String * restart_command;
+ String * clone_command;
+ String * discard_command;
+ String * resign_command;
+ String * shutdown_command;
+ String * environment;
+ String current_dir;
+ String program_path;
+ unsigned char restart_style;
+ Boolean join_session;
+ XtCallbackList save_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList interact_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList cancel_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList save_complete_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList die_callbacks;
+ XtCallbackList error_callbacks;
+} SessionShellPart;
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The full shell widget instance record definitions are:
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+} ShellRec, *ShellWidget;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ OverrideShellPart override;
+} OverrideShellRec, *OverrideShellWidget;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+} WMShellRec, *WMShellWidget;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+} VendorShellRec, *VendorShellWidget;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+ TransientShellPart transient;
+} TransientShellRec, *TransientShellWidget;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+ TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
+} TopLevelShellRec, *TopLevelShellWidget;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+ TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
+ ApplicationShellPart application;
+} ApplicationShellRec, *ApplicationShellWidget;
+</literallayout>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ CorePart core;
+ CompositePart composite;
+ ShellPart shell;
+ WMShellPart wm;
+ VendorShellPart vendor;
+ TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
+ ApplicationShellPart application;
+ SessionShellPart session;
+} SessionShellRec, *SessionShellWidget;
+</literallayout>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Shell_Resources">
+<title>Shell Resources</title>
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in
+the
+<function>shellClassRec</function>
+resource list are:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNallowShellResize</entry>
+ <entry>XtCAllowShellResize</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcreatePopupChildProc</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCreatePopupChildProc</entry>
+ <entry>XtRFunction</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNgeometry</entry>
+ <entry>XtCGeometry</entry>
+ <entry>XtRString</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNoverrideRedirect</entry>
+ <entry>XtCOverrideRedirect</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNpopdownCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNpopupCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsaveUnder</entry>
+ <entry>XtCSaveUnder</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNvisual</entry>
+ <entry>XtCVisual</entry>
+ <entry>XtRVisual</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+OverrideShell
+declares no additional resources beyond those defined by
+Shell.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in
+the
+<function>wmShellClassRec</function>
+resource list are:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNbaseHeight</entry>
+ <entry>XtCBaseHeight</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNbaseWidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtCBaseWidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNclientLeader</entry>
+ <entry>XtCClientLeader</entry>
+ <entry>XtRWidget</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNheightInc</entry>
+ <entry>XtCHeightInc</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconMask</entry>
+ <entry>XtCIconMask</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBitmap</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>XtCIconPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBitmap</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconWindow</entry>
+ <entry>XtCIconWindow</entry>
+ <entry>XtRWindow</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconX</entry>
+ <entry>XtCIconX</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconY</entry>
+ <entry>XtCIconY</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinitialState</entry>
+ <entry>XtCInitialState</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInitialState</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinput</entry>
+ <entry>XtCInput</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBool</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmaxAspectX</entry>
+ <entry>XtCMaxAspectX</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmaxAspectY</entry>
+ <entry>XtCMaxAspectY</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmaxHeight</entry>
+ <entry>XtCMaxHeight</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmaxWidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtCMaxWidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNminAspectX</entry>
+ <entry>XtCMinAspectX</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNminAspectY</entry>
+ <entry>XtCMinAspectY</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNminHeight</entry>
+ <entry>XtCMinHeight</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNminWidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtCMinWidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtitle</entry>
+ <entry>XtCTitle</entry>
+ <entry>XtRString</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtitleEncoding</entry>
+ <entry>XtCTitleEncoding</entry>
+ <entry>XtRAtom</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtransient</entry>
+ <entry>XtCTransient</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwaitforwm, XtNwaitForWm</entry>
+ <entry>XtCWaitforwm, XtCWaitForWm</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwidthInc</entry>
+ <entry>XtCWidthInc</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwindowRole</entry>
+ <entry>XtCWindowRole</entry>
+ <entry>XtRString</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwinGravity</entry>
+ <entry>XtCWinGravity</entry>
+ <entry>XtRGravity</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwindowGroup</entry>
+ <entry>XtCWindowGroup</entry>
+ <entry>XtRWindow</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwmTimeout</entry>
+ <entry>XtCWmTimeout</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNurgency</entry>
+ <entry>XtCUrgency</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>_</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The class resource list for
+VendorShell
+is implementation-defined.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
+<function>transient\%ShellClassRec</function>
+resource list are:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtransientFor</entry>
+ <entry>XtCTransientFor</entry>
+ <entry>XtRWidget</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
+<function>topLevelShellClassRec</function>
+resource list are:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconName</entry>
+ <entry>XtCIconName</entry>
+ <entry>XtRString</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconNameEncoding</entry>
+ <entry>XtCIconNameEncoding</entry>
+ <entry>XtRAtom</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconic</entry>
+ <entry>XtCIconic</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
+<function>application\%ShellClassRec</function>
+resource list are:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNargc</entry>
+ <entry>XtCArgc</entry>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNargv</entry>
+ <entry>XtCArgv</entry>
+ <entry>XtRStringArray</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified
+in the
+<function>sessionShellClassRec</function>
+resource list are:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcancelCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcloneCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCloneCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCommandArgArray</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNconnection</entry>
+ <entry>XtCConnection</entry>
+ <entry>XtRSmcConn</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcurrentDirectory</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCurrentDirectory</entry>
+ <entry>XtRDirectoryString</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdieCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdiscardCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtCDiscardCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCommandArgArray</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNenvironment</entry>
+ <entry>XtCEnvironment</entry>
+ <entry>XtREnvironmentArray</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNerrorCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinteractCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNjoinSession</entry>
+ <entry>XtCJoinSession</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNprogramPath</entry>
+ <entry>XtCProgramPath</entry>
+ <entry>XtRString</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNresignCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtCResignCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCommandArgArray</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNrestartCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtCRestartCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCommandArgArray</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNrestartStyle</entry>
+ <entry>XtCRestartStyle</entry>
+ <entry>XtRRestartStyle</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsaveCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsaveCompleteCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsessionID</entry>
+ <entry>XtCSessionID</entry>
+ <entry>XtRString</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNshutdownCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtCShutdownCommand</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCommandArgArray</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="ShellPart_Default_Values">
+<title>ShellPart Default Values</title>
+<para>
+The default values for fields common to all classes of public shells
+(filled in by the
+Shell
+resource lists and the
+Shell
+initialize procedures) are:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Field</entry>
+ <entry>Default Value</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>geometry</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>create_popup_child_proc</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>grab_kind</entry>
+ <entry>(none)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>spring_loaded</entry>
+ <entry>(none)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>popped_up</entry>
+ <entry><function>False</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>allow_shell_resize</entry>
+ <entry><function>False</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>client_specified</entry>
+ <entry>(internal)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>save_under</entry>
+ <entry><function>True</function>
+ for OverrideShell and TransientShell,
+ <emphasis role='strong'>False</emphasis>
+ otherwise</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>override_redirect</entry>
+ <entry><function>True</function>
+ for OverrideShell,
+ <function>False</function>
+ otherwise</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>popup_callback</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>popdown_callback</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>visual</entry>
+ <entry><function>CopyFromParent</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>geometry</emphasis> field specifies the size and position
+and is usually given only on a command line or in a defaults file.
+If the <emphasis remap='I'>geometry</emphasis> field is non-NULL when
+a widget of class WMShell
+is realized, the geometry specification is parsed using
+<function>XWMGeometry</function>
+with a default geometry
+string constructed from the values of <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width_inc</emphasis>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>height_inc</emphasis> and the size and position flags in the window manager
+size hints are set. If the geometry specifies an x or y position,
+then
+<function>USPosition</function>
+is set. If the geometry specifies a width or height, then
+<function>USSize</function>
+is set. Any fields in the geometry specification
+override the corresponding values in the
+Core <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis> fields.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>geometry</emphasis> is NULL or contains only a partial specification, then the
+Core <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis> fields are used and
+<function>PPosition</function>
+and
+<function>PSize</function>
+are set as appropriate.
+The geometry string is not copied by any of the Intrinsics
+Shell classes; a client specifying the string in an arglist
+or varargs list must ensure
+that the value remains valid until the shell widget is realized.
+For further information on the geometry string, see
+<olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Parsing_the_Window_Geometry' />
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>create_popup_child_proc</emphasis> procedure is called by the
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure and may remain NULL.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>spring_loaded</emphasis>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>popped_up</emphasis> fields maintain widget
+state information as described under
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>allow_shell_resize</emphasis> field controls whether the widget contained
+by the shell is allowed to try to resize itself.
+If allow_shell_resize is
+<function>False</function>,
+any geometry requests made by the child will always return
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>
+without interacting with the window manager.
+Setting <emphasis remap='I'>save_under</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>
+instructs the server to attempt
+to save the contents of windows obscured by the shell when it is mapped
+and to restore those contents automatically when the shell is unmapped.
+It is useful for pop-up menus.
+Setting <emphasis remap='I'>override_redirect</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>
+determines
+whether the window manager can intercede when the shell window
+is mapped.
+For further information on override_redirect,
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Window_Attributes' /> in
+<olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>
+and
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='Pop_up_Windows' /> and
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='Redirection_of_Operations' /> in the
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='icccm'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</olink>.
+The pop-up and pop-down callbacks are called during
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The default value of the <emphasis remap='I'>visual</emphasis> resource is the symbolic value
+<function>CopyFromParent</function>.
+The Intrinsics do not need to query the parent's visual type when the
+default value is used; if a client using
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to examine the visual type receives the value
+<function>CopyFromParent</function>,
+it must then use
+<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>
+if it needs the actual visual type.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The default values for Shell fields in
+WMShell
+and its subclasses are:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Field</entry>
+ <entry>Default Value</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>title</entry>
+ <entry>Icon name, if specified, otherwise the application's name</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wm_timeout</entry>
+ <entry>Five seconds, in units of milliseconds</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wait_for_wm</entry>
+ <entry><function>True</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>transient</entry>
+ <entry><function>True</function>
+ for TransientShell,
+ <function>False</function>
+ otherwise</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>urgency</entry>
+ <entry><function>False</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>client_leader</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>window_role</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>min_width</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>min_height</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>max_width</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>max_height</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>width_inc</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>height_inc</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>min_aspect_x</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>min_aspect_y</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>max_aspect_x</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>max_aspect_y</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>input</entry>
+ <entry><function>False</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>initial_state</entry>
+ <entry>Normal</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>icon_pixmap</entry>
+ <entry>None</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>icon_window</entry>
+ <entry>None</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>icon_x</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>icon_y</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>icon_mask</entry>
+ <entry>None</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>window_group</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedWindow</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>base_width</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>base_height</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>win_gravity</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>title_encoding</entry>
+ <entry>See text</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>title</emphasis> and
+<emphasis remap='I'>title_encoding</emphasis> fields are stored in the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_NAME</emphasis>
+property on the shell's window by the WMShell realize procedure.
+If the <emphasis remap='I'>title_encoding</emphasis> field is
+<function>None</function>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>title</emphasis> string is assumed to be in the encoding of the current
+locale and the encoding of the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_NAME</emphasis>
+property is set to
+<function>XStdICCTextStyle</function>.
+If a language procedure has not been set
+the default value of <emphasis remap='I'>title_encoding</emphasis> is
+<emphasis role='strong'>XA_STRING</emphasis>, otherwise the default value is
+<function>None</function>.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>wm_timeout</emphasis> field specifies, in milliseconds,
+the amount of time a shell is to wait for
+confirmation of a geometry request to the window manager.
+If none comes back within that time,
+the shell assumes the window manager is not functioning properly
+and sets <emphasis remap='I'>wait_for_wm</emphasis> to
+<function>False</function>
+(later events may reset this value).
+When <emphasis remap='I'>wait_for_wm</emphasis> is
+<function>False</function>,
+the shell does not wait for a response, but relies on asynchronous
+notification.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>transient</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</emphasis>
+property
+will be stored on the shell window with a value as specified below.
+The interpretation of this property is specific to the window manager
+under which the application is run; see the
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='icccm'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</olink>
+for more details.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The realize and set_values procedures of WMShell store the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_CLIENT_LEADER</emphasis>
+property on the shell window.
+When <emphasis remap='I'>client_leader</emphasis> is not NULL and the client leader widget is
+realized, the property will be created with the value of the window of the
+client leader widget.
+When <emphasis remap='I'>client_leader</emphasis> is NULL and the shell widget has a NULL parent,
+the widget's window is used as the value of the
+property.
+When <emphasis remap='I'>client_leader</emphasis> is NULL and the shell widget has a non-NULL parent,
+a search is made for the closest shell ancestor
+with a non-NULL <emphasis remap='I'>client_leader</emphasis>,
+and if none is found the shell ancestor with a NULL parent is the result.
+If the resulting widget is realized, the property is created
+with the value of the widget's window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the value of <emphasis remap='I'>window_role</emphasis> is not NULL, the
+realize and set_values procedures store the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_WINDOW_ROLE</emphasis>
+property on the shell's window with the value of the resource.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+All other resources specify fields in the window manager hints
+and the window manager size hints.
+The realize and set_values procedures of
+WMShell
+set the corresponding flag bits in the
+hints if any of the fields contain nondefault values. In addition, if
+a flag bit is set that refers to a field with the value
+<function>XtUnspecifiedShellInt</function>,
+the value of the field is modified as follows:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Field</entry>
+ <entry>Replacement</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>base_width, base_height</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>width_inc, height_inc</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>max_width, max_height</entry>
+ <entry>32767</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>min_width, min_height</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>min_aspect_x, min_aspect_y</entry>
+ <entry>-1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>max_aspect_x, max_aspect_y</entry>
+ <entry>-1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>icon_x, icon_y</entry>
+ <entry>-1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>win_gravity</entry>
+ <entry>Value returned by
+ <function>XWMGeometry</function>
+ if called,
+ else <function>NorthWestGravity</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+If the shell widget has a non-NULL parent, then the
+realize and set_values procedures replace the value
+<function>XtUnspecifiedWindow</function>
+in the <emphasis remap='I'>window_group</emphasis> field with the window id of the root widget
+of the widget tree if the
+root widget is realized. The symbolic constant
+<function>XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup</function>
+may be used to indicate that the <emphasis remap='I'>window_group</emphasis> hint flag bit is not
+to be set. If <emphasis remap='I'>transient</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+the shell's class is not a subclass of
+TransientShell,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>window_group</emphasis> is not
+<function>XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup</function>,
+the WMShell realize and set_values procedures then store the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</emphasis>
+property with the value of <emphasis remap='I'>window_group</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Transient
+shells have the following additional resource:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Field</entry>
+ <entry>Replacement</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>transient_for</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The realize and set_values procedures of
+TransientShell
+store the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</emphasis>
+property on the shell window if <emphasis remap='I'>transient</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>transient_for</emphasis> is non-NULL and the widget specified by
+<emphasis remap='I'>transient_for</emphasis> is realized, then its window is used as the value of the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_TRANSIENT_FOR</emphasis>
+property; otherwise, the value of <emphasis remap='I'>window_group</emphasis> is used.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<function>TopLevel</function>
+shells have the the following additional resources:
+</para>
+
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Field</entry>
+ <entry>Default Value</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>icon_name</entry>
+ <entry>Shell widget's name</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>iconic</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>False</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>icon_name_encoding</entry>
+ <entry>See text</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name_encoding</emphasis> fields are stored in the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_ICON_NAME</emphasis>
+property on the shell's window by the TopLevelShell realize
+procedure.
+If the <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name_encoding</emphasis> field is
+<function>None</function>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name</emphasis> string is assumed to be in the encoding of the
+current locale and the encoding of the
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_ICON_NAME</emphasis>
+property is set to
+<function>XStdICCTextStyle</function>.
+If a language procedure has not been set,
+the default value of <emphasis remap='I'>icon_name_encoding</emphasis> is
+<emphasis role='strong'>XA_STRING</emphasis>, otherwise the default value is
+<function>None</function>.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>iconic</emphasis> field may be used by a client to request
+that the window manager iconify or deiconify the shell; the
+TopLevelShell
+set_values procedure will send the appropriate
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_CHANGE_STATE</emphasis>
+message (as specified by the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>)
+if this resource is changed from
+<function>False</function>
+to
+<function>True</function>
+and will call
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+specifying <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis> as
+<function>XtGrabNone</function>
+if <emphasis remap='I'>iconic</emphasis> is changed from
+<function>True</function>
+to
+<function>False</function>.
+The XtNiconic resource is also an alternative way to set
+the XtNinitialState resource
+to indicate that a shell should be initially displayed as an icon; the
+TopLevelShell
+initialize procedure will set <emphasis remap='I'>initial_state</emphasis> to
+<function>IconicState</function>
+if <emphasis remap='I'>iconic</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Application
+shells have the following additional resources:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Field</entry>
+ <entry>Default Value</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>argc</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>argv</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis> fields are used to initialize
+the standard property
+<emphasis role='strong'>WM_COMMAND</emphasis>. See the
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='icccm'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</olink>
+for more information.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The default values for the SessionShell instance fields,
+which are filled in from the resource lists and by the
+initialize procedure, are
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Field</entry>
+ <entry>Default Value</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>cancel_callbacks</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>clone_command</entry>
+ <entry>See text</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>connection</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>current_dir</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>die_callbacks</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>discard_command</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>environment</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>error_callbacks</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>interact_callbacks</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>join_session</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>True</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>program_path</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>resign_command</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>restart_command</entry>
+ <entry>See text</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>restart_style</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis role='strong'>SmRestartIfRunning</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>save_callbacks</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>save_complete_callbacks</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>session_id</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>shutdown_command</entry>
+ <entry>NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> field contains the session connection object or NULL
+if a session connection is not being managed by this widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>session_id</emphasis> is an identification assigned to the session
+participant by the session manager.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>session_id</emphasis> will be passed to the session
+manager as the client identifier of the previous session.
+When a connection is established with the session manager,
+the client id assigned by the session manager is stored
+in the <emphasis remap='I'>session_id</emphasis> field.
+When not NULL, the <emphasis remap='I'>session_id</emphasis> of the Session shell widget that
+is at the root of the widget tree of the client leader widget will be
+used to create the
+<emphasis role='strong'>SM_CLIENT_ID</emphasis>
+property on the client leader's window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>join_session</emphasis> is
+<function>False</function>,
+the widget will not attempt to establish a
+connection to the session manager at shell creation time.
+See <xref linkend='Joining_a_Session' /> and
+<xref linkend='Resigning_from_a_Session' />
+for more information on the functionality of this resource.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>restart_command</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>clone_command</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>discard_command</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>resign_command</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>shutdown_command</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>environment</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>current_dir</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>program_path</emphasis>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>restart_style</emphasis> fields contain standard session properties.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When a session connection is established or newly managed by the shell,
+the shell initialize and set_values methods check the values of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>restart_command</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>clone_command</emphasis>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>program_path</emphasis>
+resources. At that time, if <emphasis remap='I'>restart_command</emphasis> is NULL, the value
+of the <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis> resource will be copied to <emphasis remap='I'>restart_command</emphasis>.
+Whether or not <emphasis remap='I'>restart_command</emphasis> was NULL,
+if "<emphasis>-xtsessionID</emphasis>" "<emphasis><session id></emphasis>" does not
+already appear in the <emphasis remap='I'>restart_command</emphasis>, it will be added by the
+initialize and set_values methods at the beginning of the command arguments;
+if the "<emphasis>-xtsessionID</emphasis>" argument already appears with an incorrect
+<emphasis>session id</emphasis> in the following argument, that argument
+will be replaced with the current <emphasis>session id</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+After this, the shell initialize and set_values procedures check the
+<emphasis remap='I'>clone_command</emphasis>. If <emphasis remap='I'>clone_command</emphasis> is NULL,
+<emphasis remap='I'>restart_command</emphasis> will be copied to <emphasis remap='I'>clone_command</emphasis>,
+except the "<emphasis>-xtsessionID</emphasis>" and following argument will not be copied.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Finally, the shell initialize and set_values procedures check the
+<emphasis remap='I'>program_path</emphasis>. If <emphasis remap='I'>program_path</emphasis> is NULL, the
+first element of <emphasis remap='I'>restart_command</emphasis> is copied to <emphasis remap='I'>program_path</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The possible values of <emphasis remap='I'>restart_style</emphasis> are
+<function>SmRestartIfRunning</function>,
+<function>SmRestartAnyway</function>,
+<function>SmRestartImmediately</function>,
+and
+<function>SmRestartNever</function>.
+A resource converter is registered for this resource;
+for the strings that it recognizes,
+see <xref linkend='Predefined_Resource_Converters' />.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The resource type EnvironmentArray is a NULL-terminated array of
+pointers to strings;
+each string has the format "name=value".
+The `=' character may not appear in the name,
+and the string is terminated by a null character.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Session_Participation">
+<title>Session Participation</title>
+<para>
+Applications can participate in a user's session, exchanging messages
+with the session manager as described in the
+<emphasis>X Session Management Protocol</emphasis> and the
+<emphasis remap='I'>X Session Management Library</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When a widget of
+<function>sessionShellWidgetClass</function>
+or a subclass is created, the widget provides support for the application
+as a session participant and continues to provide support until the
+widget is destroyed.
+</para>
+
+<sect2 id="Joining_a_Session">
+<title>Joining a Session</title>
+<para>
+When a Session shell is created,
+if <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> is NULL,
+and if <emphasis remap='I'>join_session</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+and if <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='I'>restart_command</emphasis> is not NULL,
+and if in POSIX environments the
+<emphasis role='strong'>SESSION_MANAGER</emphasis>
+environment variable is defined,
+the shell will attempt to establish a new connection with the session manager.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To transfer management of an existing session connection from an
+application to the shell at widget creation time, pass the existing
+session connection ID as the <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> resource value
+when creating the Session shell,
+and if the other creation-time conditions on session participation are met,
+the widget will maintain the connection with the session manager.
+The application must ensure that only one
+Session shell manages the connection.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In the Session shell set_values procedure,
+if <emphasis remap='I'>join_session</emphasis> changes from
+<function>False</function>
+to
+<function>True</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> is NULL and when in POSIX environments the
+<emphasis role='strong'>SESSION_MANAGER</emphasis>
+environment variable is defined,
+the shell will attempt to open a connection to the session manager.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> changes from NULL to non-NULL, the
+Session shell
+will take over management of that session connection and will set
+<emphasis remap='I'>join_session</emphasis> to
+<function>True</function>.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>join_session</emphasis> changes from
+<function>False</function>
+to
+<function>True</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> is not NULL, the
+Session shell will take over management of the session connection.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When a successful connection has been established, <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis>
+contains the session connection ID for the session participant.
+When the shell begins to manage the connection, it will call
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to register the handler which watches for protocol messages
+from the session manager.
+When the attempt to connect fails, a warning message is issued
+and <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> is set to NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+While the connection is being managed, if a
+<function>SaveYourself</function>,
+<function>SaveYourselfPhase2</function>,
+<function>Interact</function>,
+<function>ShutdownCancelled</function>,
+<function>SaveComplete</function>,
+or
+<function>Die</function>
+message is received from the session manager, the Session shell will
+call out to application callback procedures registered
+on the respective callback list of the Session shell and will
+send
+<function>SaveYourselfPhase2Request</function>,
+<function>InteractRequest</function>,
+<function>InteractDone</function>,
+<function>SaveYourselfDone</function>,
+and
+<function>ConnectionClosed</function>
+messages as appropriate.
+Initially, all of the client's session properties are undefined.
+When any of the session property resource values are defined or change,
+the Session shell initialize and set_values procedures
+will update the client's session property value by a
+<function>SetProperties</function>
+or a
+<function>DeleteProperties</function>
+message, as appropriate.
+The session ProcessID and UserID properties are always set by the shell
+when it is possible to determine the value of these properties.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Saving_Application_State">
+<title>Saving Application State</title>
+<para>
+The session manager instigates an application checkpoint by sending a
+<function>SaveYourself</function>
+request.
+Applications are responsible for saving their state in response to the
+request.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the
+<function>SaveYourself</function>
+request arrives, the procedures registered on the
+Session shell's save callback list are called.
+If the application does not register any save callback procedures on
+the save callback list, the shell will report to the session manager
+that the application failed to save its state.
+Each procedure on the save callback list receives a token
+in the <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> parameter.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The checkpoint token in the <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> parameter is of type
+<function>XtCheckpointToken</function>.
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ int save_type;
+ int interact_style;
+ Boolean shutdown;
+ Boolean fast;
+ Boolean cancel_shutdown
+ int phase;
+ int interact_dialog_type; /* return */
+ Boolean request_cancel; /* return */
+ Boolean request_next_phase; /* return */
+ Boolean save_success; /* return */
+} XtCheckpointTokenRec, *XtCheckpointToken;
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>save_type</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>interact_style</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>shutdown</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>fast</emphasis>
+fields of the token contain the parameters of the
+<function>SaveYourself</function>
+message.
+The possible values of <emphasis remap='I'>save_type</emphasis> are
+<function>SmSaveLocal</function>,
+<function>SmSaveGlobal</function>,
+and
+<function>SmSaveBoth</function>;
+these indicate the type of information to be saved.
+The possible values of <emphasis remap='I'>interact_style</emphasis> are
+<function>SmInteractStyleNone</function>,
+<function>SmInteractStyleErrors</function>,
+and
+<function>SmInteractStyleAny</function>;
+these indicate whether user interaction would be permitted
+and, if so, what kind of interaction.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>shutdown</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+the checkpoint is being performed in preparation for the end of the session.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>fast</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+the client should perform the checkpoint as quickly as possible.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>cancel_shutdown</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+a
+<function>ShutdownCancelled</function>
+message has been received for the current save operation.
+(See <xref linkend='Resigning_from_a_Session' />.)
+The <emphasis remap='I'>phase</emphasis> is used by manager clients, such as a window manager,
+to distinguish between the first and second phase of a save operation.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>phase</emphasis> will be either 1 or 2.
+The remaining fields in the checkpoint token structure are provided for
+the application to communicate with the shell.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Upon entry to the first application save callback procedure, the return
+fields in the token have the following initial values:
+<emphasis remap='I'>interact_dialog_type</emphasis> is
+<function>SmDialogNormal</function>;
+<emphasis remap='I'>request_cancel</emphasis> is
+<function>False</function>;
+<emphasis remap='I'>request_next_phase</emphasis> is
+<function>False</function>;
+and <emphasis remap='I'>save_success</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>.
+When a token is returned with any of the four return fields containing
+a noninitial value, and when the field is applicable, subsequent tokens
+passed to the application during the current save operation
+will always contain the noninitial value.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The purpose of the token's <emphasis remap='I'>save_success</emphasis> field is to
+indicate the outcome of the entire operation to the
+session manager and ultimately, to the user.
+Returning
+<function>False</function>
+indicates some portion of the application state
+could not be successfully saved. If any token is returned
+to the shell with <emphasis remap='I'>save_success</emphasis>
+<function>False</function>,
+tokens subsequently received
+by the application for the current save operation will show
+<emphasis remap='I'>save_success</emphasis> as
+<function>False</function>.
+When the shell sends the final status of the checkpoint to the
+session manager, it will indicate failure to save application state
+if any token was returned with <emphasis remap='I'>save_success</emphasis>
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Session participants that manage and save the state of other clients
+should structure their save or interact callbacks to
+set <emphasis remap='I'>request_next_phase</emphasis> to
+<function>True</function>
+when phase is 1, which will cause the shell to send the
+<function>SaveYourselfPhase2Request</function>
+when the first phase is complete. When the
+<function>SaveYourselfPhase2</function>
+message is received, the shell will invoke the save callbacks a
+second time with <emphasis remap='I'>phase</emphasis> equal to 2.
+Manager clients should save the state of other clients
+when the callbacks are invoked the second time and <emphasis remap='I'>phase</emphasis> equal to 2.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The application may request additional tokens while a checkpoint is under way,
+and these additional tokens must be returned by an explicit call.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To request an additional token for a save callback response that has a
+deferred outcome, use
+<xref linkend='XtSessionGetToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSessionGetToken'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtCheckpointToken <function>XtSessionGetToken</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the Session shell widget which manages session participation.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtSessionGetToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function will return NULL if no checkpoint operation is currently under way.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To indicate the completion of checkpoint processing including user
+interaction, the application must signal the Session shell
+by returning all tokens.
+(See <xref linkend='Interacting_with_the_User_during_a_Checkpoint' /> and
+<xref linkend='Completing_a_Save' />).
+To return a token, use
+<xref linkend='XtSessionReturnToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSessionReturnToken'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSessionReturnToken</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCheckpointToken <parameter>token</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>token</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a token that was received as the <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> by a procedure
+on the interact callback list or a token that was received by a call to
+<xref linkend='XtSessionGetToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+Tokens passed as <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> to save callbacks are implicitly
+returned when the save callback procedure returns.
+A save callback procedure should not call
+<xref linkend='XtSessionReturnToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the token passed in its <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<sect3 id="Requesting_Interaction">
+<title>Requesting Interaction</title>
+<para>
+When the token <emphasis remap='I'>interact_style</emphasis> allows user interaction,
+the application may
+interact with the user during the checkpoint, but must wait for permission
+to interact.
+Applications request permission to interact with the user during the
+checkpointing operation by registering a procedure on the Session
+shell's interact callback list. When all save callback procedures have
+returned, and each time a token that was granted by a call to
+<xref linkend='XtSessionGetToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is returned, the Session shell examines the interact callback list.
+If interaction is permitted and the interact callback list is not empty,
+the shell will send an
+<function>InteractRequest</function>
+to the session manager when an interact request is not already outstanding
+for the application.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The type of interaction dialog that will be requested is specified by
+the <emphasis remap='I'>interact_dialog_type</emphasis> field in the checkpoint token.
+The possible values for <emphasis remap='I'>interact_dialog_type</emphasis> are
+<function>SmDialogError</function>
+and
+<function>SmDialogNormal</function>.
+If a token is returned with <emphasis remap='I'>interact_dialog_type</emphasis> containing
+<function>SmDialogError</function>,
+the interact request and any subsequent interact requests will be for
+an error dialog; otherwise, the request will be for a normal dialog with
+the user.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When a token is returned with <emphasis remap='I'>save_success</emphasis>
+<function>False</function>
+or <emphasis remap='I'>interact_dialog_type</emphasis>
+<function>SmDialogError</function>,
+tokens subsequently passed to callbacks during the same active
+<function>SaveYourself</function>
+response will reflect these changed values, indicating that
+an error condition has occurred during the checkpoint.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>request_cancel</emphasis> field is a return value for interact callbacks only.
+Upon return from a procedure on the save callback list, the value
+of the token's <emphasis remap='I'>request_cancel</emphasis> field is not examined by the shell.
+This is also true of tokens received through a call to
+<xref linkend='XtSessionGetToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="Interacting_with_the_User_during_a_Checkpoint">
+<title>Interacting with the User during a Checkpoint</title>
+<para>
+When the session manager grants the application's request for user interaction,
+the Session shell receives an
+<function>Interact</function>
+message.
+The procedures registered on the interact callback list are executed,
+but not as if executing a typical callback list.
+These procedures are individually executed in
+sequence, with a checkpoint token functioning as the sequencing mechanism.
+Each step in the sequence begins by removing a procedure
+from the interact callback list
+and executing it with a token passed in the <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>.
+The interact callback will typically pop up a dialog box and return.
+When the user interaction and associated application checkpointing has
+completed, the application must return the token by calling
+<xref linkend='XtSessionReturnToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Returning the token completes the current step and triggers the next step
+in the sequence.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+During interaction the client may request cancellation of a shutdown.
+When a token passed as <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> to an interact procedure is returned,
+if <emphasis remap='I'>shutdown</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>cancel_shutdown</emphasis> is
+<function>False</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>request_cancel</emphasis> indicates whether the
+application requests that the pending shutdown be cancelled.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>request_cancel</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+the field will also be
+<function>True</function>
+in any tokens subsequently granted during the checkpoint operation.
+When a token is returned requesting cancellation of
+the session shutdown, pending interact procedures will still be
+called by the Session shell.
+When all interact procedures have been removed from the interact callback
+list, executed, and the final interact token returned to the shell, an
+<function>InteractDone</function>
+message is sent to the session manager, indicating whether
+a pending session shutdown is requested to be cancelled.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="Responding_to_a_Shutdown_Cancellation">
+<title>Responding to a Shutdown Cancellation</title>
+<para>
+Callbacks registered on the cancel callback list are invoked when the
+Session shell processes a
+<function>ShutdownCancelled</function>
+message from the session manager. This may occur during the
+processing of save callbacks, while waiting for interact permission,
+during user interaction, or after the save operation is complete and
+the application is expecting a
+<function>SaveComplete</function>
+or a
+<function>Die</function>
+message.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> for these callbacks is NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the shell notices that a pending shutdown has been cancelled,
+the token <emphasis remap='I'>cancel_shutdown</emphasis> field will be
+<function>True</function>
+in tokens subsequently given to the application.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Receiving notice of a shutdown cancellation does not cancel the
+pending execution of save callbacks or interact callbacks.
+After the cancel callbacks execute, if <emphasis remap='I'>interact_style</emphasis> is not
+<function>SmInteractStyleNone</function>
+and the interact list is not empty,
+the procedures on the interact callback list will be executed
+and passed a token with <emphasis remap='I'>interact_style</emphasis>
+<function>SmInteractStyleNone</function>.
+The application should not interact with the user, and the Session shell
+will not send an
+<function>InteractDone</function>
+message.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id="Completing_a_Save">
+<title>Completing a Save</title>
+<para>
+When there is no user interaction, the shell regards the application
+as having finished saving state when all callback procedures
+on the save callback list have returned, and any additional tokens
+passed out by
+<xref linkend='XtSessionGetToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+have been returned by corresponding calls to
+<xref linkend='XtSessionReturnToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If the save operation involved user interaction,
+the above completion conditions apply, and in addition, all requests for
+interaction have been granted or cancelled,
+and all tokens passed to interact callbacks have been returned
+through calls to
+<xref linkend='XtSessionReturnToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If the save operation involved a manager client that requested the
+second phase, the above conditions apply to both the first and second
+phase of the save operation.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the application has finished saving state,
+the Session shell will report the result to the session manager by
+sending the
+<function>SaveYourselfDone</function>
+message.
+If the session is continuing, the shell will receive the
+<function>SaveComplete</function>
+message when all applications have completed saving state.
+This message indicates that applications may again allow changes
+to their state. The shell will execute the save_complete callbacks.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> for these callbacks is NULL.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Responding_to_a_Shutdown">
+<title>Responding to a Shutdown</title>
+<para>
+Callbacks registered on the die callback list are invoked when the
+session manager sends a
+<function>Die</function>
+message.
+The callbacks on this list should do whatever is appropriate to quit
+the application.
+Before executing procedures on the die callback list,
+the Session shell will close the connection to the session manager
+and will remove the handler that watches for protocol messages.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> for these callbacks is NULL.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Resigning_from_a_Session">
+<title>Resigning from a Session</title>
+<para>
+When the Session shell widget is destroyed, the destroy method will
+close the connection to the session manager by sending a
+<function>ConnectionClosed</function>
+protocol message and will remove the input callback
+that was watching for session protocol messages.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is used to set <emphasis remap='I'>join_session</emphasis> to
+<function>False</function>,
+the set_values method of the Session shell will close the
+connection to the session manager if one exists by sending a
+<function>ConnectionClosed</function>
+message, and <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> will be set to NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Applications that exit in response to user actions and that do not
+wait for phase 2 destroy to complete on
+the Session shell should set <emphasis remap='I'>join_session</emphasis> to
+<function>False</function>
+before exiting.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is used to set <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> to NULL,
+the Session shell will stop managing the connection, if one exists.
+However, that session connection will not be closed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Applications that wish to ensure continuation of a session connection
+beyond the destruction of the shell should first retrieve the
+<emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> resource value,
+then set the <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> resource to NULL,
+and then they may safely destroy the widget without losing control
+of the session connection.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The error callback list will be called if an unrecoverable
+communications error occurs while the shell is managing the connection.
+The shell will close the connection, set <emphasis remap='I'>connection</emphasis> to NULL,
+remove the input callback, and
+call the procedures registered on the error callback list.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> for these callbacks is NULL.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Pop_Up_Widgets'>
+<title>Pop-Up Widgets</title>
+<para>
+Pop-up widgets are used to create windows outside of the
+window hierarchy defined by the widget tree.
+Each pop-up child has a window that is a descendant of the root window,
+so that the pop-up window is not clipped by the pop-up widget's parent window.
+Therefore, pop-ups are created and attached differently to their widget parent
+than normal widget children.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A parent of a pop-up widget does not actively manage its pop-up children;
+in fact, it usually does not operate upon them in any way.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>popup_list</emphasis> field in the
+<function>CorePart</function>
+structure contains the list of its pop-up children.
+This pop-up list exists mainly to provide the proper place in the widget
+hierarchy for the pop-up to get resources and to provide a place for
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to look for all extant children.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A
+composite
+widget can have both normal and pop-up children.
+A pop-up can be popped up from almost anywhere, not just by its parent.
+The term <emphasis remap='I'>child</emphasis> always refers to a normal, geometry-managed widget
+on the composite widget's list of children, and the term
+<emphasis remap='I'>pop-up child</emphasis> always refers to a
+widget on the pop-up list.
+</para>
+
+<sect1 id="Pop_Up_Widget_Types">
+<title>Pop-Up Widget Types</title>
+<para>
+There are three kinds of pop-up widgets:
+</para>
+
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Modeless pop-ups
+ </para>
+ <para>
+A modeless pop-up (for example, a dialog box that does not prevent
+continued interaction with the rest of the application)
+can usually be manipulated by the window manager
+and looks like any other application window from the
+user's point of view.
+The application main window itself is a special case of a modeless pop-up.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Modal pop-ups
+ </para>
+ <para>
+A modal pop-up (for example, a dialog box that requires user input to
+continue)
+can sometimes be manipulated by the window manager,
+and except for events that occur in the dialog box,
+it disables user-event distribution to the rest of the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Spring-loaded pop-ups
+ </para>
+ <para>
+A spring-loaded pop-up (for example, a menu)
+can seldom be manipulated by the window manager,
+and except for events that occur in the pop-up or its descendants,
+it disables user-event distribution to all other applications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Modal pop-ups and spring-loaded pop-ups are very similar and should be coded as
+if they were the same.
+In fact, the same widget (for example, a ButtonBox or Menu widget) can be used both
+as a modal pop-up and as a spring-loaded pop-up within the same application.
+The main difference is that spring-loaded pop-ups are brought up
+with the pointer and, because of the grab that the pointer button causes,
+require different processing by the Intrinsics.
+Furthermore, all user input remap events occurring outside the spring-loaded
+pop-up (e.g., in a descendant) are also delivered to the spring-loaded
+pop-up after they have been dispatched to the appropriate descendant, so
+that, for example, button-up can take down a spring-loaded pop-up no
+matter where the
+button-up occurs.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Any kind of pop-up, in turn, can pop up other widgets.
+Modal and spring-loaded pop-ups can constrain user events to
+the most recent such pop-up or allow user events to be dispatched
+to any of the modal or spring-loaded pop-ups
+currently mapped.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Regardless of their type,
+all pop-up widget classes are responsible for communicating with the
+X window manager and therefore are subclasses of
+one of the
+Shell
+widget classes.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Creating_a_Pop_Up_Shell">
+<title>Creating a Pop-Up Shell</title>
+<para>
+For a widget to be popped up,
+it must be the child of a pop-up shell widget.
+None of the Intrinsics-supplied shells will
+simultaneously manage more than one child.
+Both the shell and child taken together are referred to as the pop-up.
+When you need to use a pop-up,
+you always refer to the pop-up by the pop-up shell,
+not the child.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To create a pop-up shell, use
+<xref linkend='XtCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCreatePopupShell'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtCreatePopupShell</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the instance name for the created shell widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created shell widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function ensures that the specified class is a subclass of
+Shell
+and, rather than using insert_child to attach the widget to the parent's
+<emphasis remap='I'>children</emphasis> list,
+attaches the shell to the parent's <emphasis remap='I'>popup_list</emphasis> directly.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The screen resource for this widget is determined by first scanning
+<emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> for the XtNscreen argument. If no XtNscreen argument is
+found, the resource database associated with the parent's screen
+is queried for the resource <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>.screen, class
+<emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis>.Screen where <emphasis remap='I'>Class</emphasis> is the <emphasis remap='I'>class_name</emphasis>
+field from the
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+of the specified <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>.
+If this query fails, the parent's screen is used.
+Once the screen is determined,
+the resource database associated with that screen is used to retrieve
+all remaining resources for the widget not specified in
+<emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A spring-loaded pop-up invoked from a translation table via
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must already exist
+at the time that the translation is invoked,
+so the translation manager can find the shell by name.
+Pop-ups invoked in other ways can be created when
+the pop-up actually is needed.
+This delayed creation of the shell is particularly useful when you pop up
+an unspecified number of pop-ups.
+You can look to see if an appropriate unused shell (that is, not
+currently popped up) exists and create a new shell if needed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To create a pop-up shell using varargs lists, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaCreatePopupShell'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtVaCreatePopupShell</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter>...</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the instance name for the created shell widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created shell widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>parent</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>...</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>the</emphasis> args and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Creating_Pop_Up_Children">
+<title>Creating Pop-Up Children</title>
+<para>
+Once a pop-up shell is created,
+the single child of the pop-up shell can be created
+either statically or dynamically.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+At startup,
+an application can create the child of the pop-up shell,
+which is appropriate for pop-up children composed of a fixed set
+of widgets.
+The application can change the state of the subparts of
+the pop-up child as the application state changes.
+For example, if an application creates a static menu,
+it can call
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(or, in general,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>)
+on any of the buttons that make up the menu.
+Creating the pop-up child early means that pop-up time is minimized,
+especially if the application calls
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the pop-up shell at startup.
+When the menu is needed,
+all the widgets that make up the menu already exist and need only be mapped.
+The menu should pop up as quickly as the X server can respond.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Alternatively,
+an application can postpone the creation of the child until it is needed,
+which minimizes application startup time and allows the pop-up child to
+reconfigure itself each time it is popped up.
+In this case,
+the pop-up child creation routine might poll the application
+to find out if it should change the sensitivity of any of its subparts.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Pop-up child creation does not map the pop-up,
+even if you create the child and call
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the pop-up shell.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+All shells have pop-up and pop-down callbacks,
+which provide the opportunity either to make last-minute changes to a
+pop-up child before it is popped up or to change it after it is popped down.
+Note that excessive use of pop-up callbacks can make
+popping up occur more slowly.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Mapping_a_Pop_Up_Widget">
+<title>Mapping a Pop-Up Widget</title>
+<para>
+Pop-ups can be popped up through several mechanisms:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A call to
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtPopupSpringLoaded' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+One of the supplied callback procedures
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNone' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNonexclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackExclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The standard translation action
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+Some of these routines take an argument of type
+<function>XtGrabKind</function>,
+which is defined as
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef enum {XtGrabNone, XtGrabNonexclusive, XtGrabExclusive} XtGrabKind;
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The create_popup_child_proc procedure pointer
+in the shell widget instance record is of type
+<xref linkend='XtCreatePopupChildProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCreatePopupChildProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>*XtCreatePopupChildProc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the shell widget being popped up.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+To map a pop-up from within an application, use
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtPopup'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtPopup</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>popup_shell</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtGrabKind <parameter>grab_kind</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the shell widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the way in which user events should be constrained.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to ensure <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>'s class is a subclass of
+<function>shellWidgetClass</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Raises the window and returns if the shell's <emphasis remap='I'>popped_up</emphasis> field is already
+<function>True</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls the callback procedures on the shell's <emphasis remap='I'>popup_callback</emphasis> list,
+specifying a pointer to the value of <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis> as the <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+argument.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Sets the shell <emphasis remap='I'>popped_up</emphasis> field to
+<function>True</function>,
+the shell <emphasis remap='I'>spring_loaded</emphasis> field to
+<function>False</function>,
+and the shell <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis> field from <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the shell's <emphasis remap='I'>create_popup_child_proc</emphasis> field is non-NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls it with <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis> as the parameter.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis> is either
+<function>XtGrabNonexclusive</function>
+or
+<function>XtGrabExclusive</function>,
+it calls
+ </para>
+<literallayout >
+XtAddGrab(<emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>, (<emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis> == XtGrabExclusive), False)
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis> specified.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<function>XMapRaised</function>
+with the window of <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+To map a spring-loaded pop-up from within an application, use
+<xref linkend='XtPopupSpringLoaded' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtPopupSpringLoaded'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtPopupSpringLoaded</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>popup_shell</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the shell widget to be popped up.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtPopupSpringLoaded' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function performs exactly as
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+except that it sets the shell <emphasis remap='I'>spring_loaded</emphasis> field to
+<function>True</function>
+and always calls
+<xref linkend='XtAddGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>exclusive</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>spring-loaded</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To map a pop-up from a given widget's callback list,
+you also can register one of the
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNone' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNonexclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackExclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+convenience routines as callbacks, using the pop-up shell widget as the
+client data.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallbackNone'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCallbackNone</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>call_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the pop-up shell.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback data argument,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallbackNonexclusive'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCallbackNonexclusive</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>call_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the pop-up shell.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback data argument,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallbackExclusive'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCallbackExclusive</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>call_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the pop-up shell.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback data argument,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNone' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNonexclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackExclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+functions call
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the shell specified by the <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> argument
+and <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis> set as the name specifies.
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNone' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNonexclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackExclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+specify
+<function>XtGrabNone</function>,
+<function>XtGrabNonexclusive</function>,
+and
+<function>XtGrabExclusive</function>,
+respectively.
+Each function then sets the widget that executed the callback list
+to be insensitive by calling
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Using these functions in callbacks is not required.
+In particular,
+an application must provide customized code for
+callbacks that create pop-up shells dynamically or that must do more than
+desensitizing the button.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Within a translation table,
+to pop up a menu when a key or pointer button is pressed or when the pointer
+is moved into a widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or its synonym,
+<function>MenuPopup</function>.
+From a translation writer's point of view,
+the definition for this translation action is
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtMenuPopup'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtMenuPopup</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>shell_name</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>shell_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the shell widget to pop up.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is known to the translation manager,
+which registers the corresponding built-in action procedure
+<function>XtMenuPopupAction</function>
+using
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterGrabAction' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+specifying <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+<function>ButtonPressMask</function>
+<function>|</function>
+<function>ButtonReleaseMask</function>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
+<function>GrabModeAsync</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is invoked on
+<function>ButtonPress</function>,
+it calls
+<xref linkend='XtPopupSpringLoaded' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the specified shell widget.
+If
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is invoked on
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+or
+<function>EnterWindow</function>,
+it calls
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the specified shell widget with <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis> set to
+<function>XtGrabNonexclusive</function>.
+Otherwise, the translation manager generates a
+warning message and ignores the action.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+tries to find the shell by searching the widget tree starting at
+the widget in which it is invoked.
+If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children of
+that widget, it pops up the shell with the appropriate parameters.
+Otherwise, it moves up the parent chain to find a pop-up child with the
+specified name.
+If
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+gets to the application top-level shell widget and has not
+found a matching shell, it generates a warning and returns immediately.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Unmapping_a_Pop_Up_Widget">
+<title>Unmapping a Pop-Up Widget</title>
+<para>
+Pop-ups can be popped down through several mechanisms:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A call to
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The supplied callback procedure
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The standard translation action
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+To unmap a pop-up from within an application, use
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtPopdown'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtPopdown</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>popup_shell</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the shell widget to pop down.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function performs the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to ensure <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>'s class is a subclass of
+<function>shellWidgetClass</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Checks that the <emphasis remap='I'>popped_up</emphasis> field of <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>;
+otherwise, it returns immediately.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Unmaps <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>'s window and, if <emphasis remap='I'>override_redirect</emphasis> is
+<function>False</function>,
+sends a synthetic
+<function>UnmapNotify</function>
+event as specified by the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>'s <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis> is either
+<function>XtGrabNonexclusive</function>
+or
+<function>XtGrabExclusive</function>,
+it calls
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Sets <emphasis remap='I'>popup_shell</emphasis>'s <emphasis remap='I'>popped_up</emphasis> field to
+<function>False</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Calls the callback procedures on the shell's <emphasis remap='I'>popdown_callback</emphasis> list,
+specifying a pointer to the value of the shell's <emphasis remap='I'>grab_kind</emphasis> field
+as the <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> argument.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+To pop down a pop-up from a callback list, you may use the callback
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallbackPopdown'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCallbackPopdown</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>call_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the
+<function>XtPopdownID</function>
+structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback data argument,
+which is not used by this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function casts the <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> parameter to a pointer of type
+<function>XtPopdownID</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ Widget shell_widget;
+ Widget enable_widget;
+} XtPopdownIDRec, *XtPopdownID;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>shell_widget</emphasis> is the pop-up shell to pop down,
+and the <emphasis remap='I'>enable_widget</emphasis> is usually the widget that was used to pop it up
+in one of the pop-up callback convenience procedures.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the specified <emphasis remap='I'>shell_widget</emphasis>
+and then calls
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to resensitize <emphasis remap='I'>enable_widget</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Within a translation table,
+to pop down a spring-loaded menu when a key or pointer button is
+released or when the
+pointer is moved into a widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or its synonym,
+<function>MenuPopdown</function>.
+From a translation writer's point of view,
+the definition for this translation action is
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtMenuPopdown'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtMenuPopdown</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>shell_name</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>shell_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the shell widget to pop down.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If a shell name is not given,
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the widget for which the translation is specified.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>shell_name</emphasis> is specified in the translation table,
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+tries to find the shell by looking up the widget tree starting at the
+widget in which it is invoked.
+If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children
+of that widget, it pops down the shell;
+otherwise, it moves up the parent chain to find a pop-up child with the
+specified name.
+If
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+gets to the application top-level shell widget
+and cannot find a matching shell,
+it generates a warning and returns immediately.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Geometry_Management'>
+<title>Geometry Management</title>
+
+<para>
+A widget does not directly control its size and location;
+rather, its parent is responsible for controlling them.
+Although the position of children is usually left up to their parent,
+the widgets themselves often have the best idea of their optimal sizes
+and, possibly, preferred locations.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To resolve physical layout conflicts between sibling widgets and between
+a widget and its parent, the Intrinsics provide the geometry management mechanism.
+Almost all
+composite
+widgets have a geometry manager specified in the <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_manager</emphasis> field
+in the widget class record that is responsible for the size, position, and
+stacking order of the widget's children.
+The only exception is fixed boxes,
+which create their children themselves and can ensure that
+their children will never make a geometry request.
+</para>
+
+<sect1 id="Initiating_Geometry_Changes">
+<title>Initiating Geometry Changes</title>
+
+<para>
+Parents, children, and clients each initiate geometry changes differently.
+Because a parent has absolute control of its children's geometry,
+it changes the geometry directly by calling
+<function>XtMove\%Widget</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+A child must ask its parent for a geometry change by calling
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+An application or other client code initiates a geometry change by calling
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the appropriate geometry fields,
+thereby giving the widget the opportunity to modify or reject the client
+request before it gets propagated to the parent and the opportunity
+to respond appropriately to the parent's reply.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When a widget that needs to change its size, position, border width,
+or stacking depth asks its parent's geometry manager to make the desired
+changes,
+the geometry manager can allow the request, disallow the request, or
+suggest a compromise.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the geometry manager is asked to change the geometry of a child,
+the geometry manager may also rearrange and resize any or all
+of the other children that it controls.
+The geometry manager can move children around freely using
+<xref linkend='XtMoveWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+When it resizes a child (that is, changes the width, height, or
+border width) other than the one making the request,
+it should do so by calling
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The requesting child may be given special treatment; see
+<xref linkend='Child_Geometry_Management_The_geometry_manager_Procedure' />.
+It can simultaneously move and resize a child with a single call to
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Often, geometry managers find that they can satisfy a request only if
+they can reconfigure a widget that they are not in control of; in particular,
+the
+composite
+widget may want to change its own size.
+In this case,
+the geometry manager makes a request to its parent's geometry manager.
+Geometry requests can cascade this way to arbitrary depth.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Because such cascaded arbitration of widget geometry can involve extended
+negotiation,
+windows are not actually allocated to widgets at application
+startup until all widgets are satisfied with their geometry;
+see <xref linkend='Creating_Widgets' /> and
+<xref linkend='Realizing_Widgets' />.
+</para>
+
+<note>
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The Intrinsics treatment of stacking requests is deficient in several areas.
+Stacking requests for unrealized widgets are granted but will have no effect.
+In addition, there is no way to do an
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+that will generate a stacking geometry request.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+After a successful geometry request (one that returned
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>),
+a widget does not know whether its resize procedure has been called.
+Widgets should have resize procedures that can be called more than once
+without ill effects.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</note>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="General_Geometry_Manager_Requests">
+<title>General Geometry Manager Requests</title>
+<para>
+When making a geometry request, the child specifies an
+<function>XtWidgetGeometry</function>
+structure.
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef unsigned long XtGeometryMask;
+typedef struct {
+ XtGeometryMask request_mode;
+ Position x, y;
+ Dimension width, height;
+ Dimension border_width;
+ Widget sibling;
+ int stack_mode;
+} XtWidgetGeometry;
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+To make a general geometry manager request from a widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtMakeGeometryRequest'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtGeometryResult <function>XtMakeGeometryRequest</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>reply_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the desired widget geometry (size, position, border width,
+and stacking order).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>reply_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the allowed widget size, or may be NULL
+if the requesting widget is not interested in handling
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+Depending on the condition,
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+performs the following:
+</para>
+
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the widget is unmanaged or the widget's parent is not realized,
+it makes the changes and returns
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the parent's class is not a subclass of
+<function>compositeWidgetClass</function>
+or the parent's <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_manager</emphasis> field is NULL,
+it issues an error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>being_destroyed</emphasis> field is
+<function>True</function>,
+it returns
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the widget <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis> fields are
+all equal to the requested values,
+it returns
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>;
+otherwise, it calls the parent's geometry_manager procedure
+with the given parameters.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the parent's geometry manager returns
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>
+and if
+<function>XtCWQueryOnly</function>
+is not set in <emphasis remap='I'>request->request_mode</emphasis>
+and if the widget is realized,
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the
+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>
+Xlib function to reconfigure the widget's window (set its size, location,
+and stacking order as appropriate).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the geometry manager returns
+<function>XtGeometryDone</function>,
+the change has been approved and actually has been done.
+In this case,
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+does no configuring and returns
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>.
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+never returns
+<function>XtGeometryDone</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Otherwise,
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+just returns the resulting value from the parent's geometry manager.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+Children of primitive widgets are always unmanaged; therefore,
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+always returns
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>
+when called by a child of a primitive widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The return codes from geometry managers are
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef enum {
+ XtGeometryYes,
+ XtGeometryNo,
+ XtGeometryAlmost,
+ XtGeometryDone
+} XtGeometryResult;
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>request_mode</emphasis> definitions are from
+<function><X11/X.h></function>.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>CWX</function></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<0)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>CWY</function></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<1)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>CWWidth</function></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<2)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>CWHeight</function></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<3)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>CWBorderWidth</function></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<4)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>CWSibling</function></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<5)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>CWStackMode</function></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<6)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics also support the following value.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCWQueryOnly</function></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<7)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+<function>XtCWQueryOnly</function>
+indicates that the corresponding geometry request is only a query
+as to what would happen if this geometry request were made
+and that no widgets should actually be changed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+like the
+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>
+Xlib function, uses <emphasis remap='I'>request_mode</emphasis> to determine which fields in the
+<function>XtWidgetGeometry</function>
+structure the caller wants to specify.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>stack_mode</emphasis> definitions are from
+<function><X11/X.h></function>:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>Above</function></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>Below</function></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>TopIf</function></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>BottomIf</function></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>Opposite</function></entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics also support the following value.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>#define</entry>
+ <entry><function>XtSMDontChange</function></entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+For definition and behavior of
+<function>Above</function>,
+<function>Below</function>,
+<function>TopIf</function>,
+<function>BottomIf</function>,
+and
+<function>Opposite</function>,
+<olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Configuring_Windows' >BLAH</olink>
+in <olink targetptr='libX11' targetdoc='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface.</olink>.
+<function>XtSMDontChange</function>
+indicates that the widget wants its current stacking order preserved.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Resize_Requests">
+<title>Resize Requests</title>
+<para>
+To make a simple resize request from a widget, you can use
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+as an alternative to
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtMakeResizeRequest'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef XtGeometryResult <function>XtMakeResizeRequest</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Dimension <parameter>width</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Dimension *<parameter>width_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify the desired widget width and height.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Return the allowed widget width and height.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function, a simple interface to
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+creates an
+<function>XtWidgetGeometry</function>
+structure and specifies that width and height should change
+by setting <emphasis remap='I'>request_mode</emphasis> to
+<function>CWWidth</function>
+<function>|</function>
+<function>CWHeight</function>.
+The geometry manager is free to modify any of the other window attributes
+(position or stacking order) to satisfy the resize request.
+If the return value is
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis> contain a compromise width and height.
+If these are acceptable,
+the widget should immediately call
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+again and request that the compromise width and height be applied.
+If the widget is not interested in
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>
+replies,
+it can pass NULL for <emphasis remap='I'>width_return</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>height_return</emphasis>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Potential_Geometry_Changes">
+<title>Potential Geometry Changes</title>
+<para>
+Sometimes a geometry manager cannot respond to
+a geometry request from a child without first making a geometry request
+to the widget's own parent (the original requestor's grandparent).
+If the request to the grandparent would allow the parent to satisfy the
+original request,
+the geometry manager can make the intermediate geometry request
+as if it were the originator.
+On the other hand,
+if the geometry manager already has determined that the original request
+cannot be completely satisfied (for example, if it always denies
+position changes),
+it needs to tell the grandparent to respond to the intermediate request
+without actually changing the geometry
+because it does not know if the child will accept the compromise.
+To accomplish this, the geometry manager uses
+<function>XtCWQueryOnly</function>
+in the intermediate request.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When
+<function>XtCWQueryOnly</function>
+is used, the geometry manager needs to cache
+enough information to exactly reconstruct the intermediate request.
+If the grandparent's response to the intermediate query was
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>,
+the geometry manager needs to cache the entire
+reply geometry in the event the child accepts the parent's compromise.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the grandparent's response was
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>,
+it may also be necessary to cache the entire reply geometry from
+the grandparent when
+<function>XtCWQueryOnly</function>
+is not used.
+If the geometry manager is still able to satisfy the original request,
+it may immediately accept the grandparent's compromise
+and then act on the child's request.
+If the grandparent's compromise geometry is insufficient to allow
+the child's request and if the geometry manager is willing to offer
+a different compromise to the child,
+the grandparent's compromise should not be accepted until the child
+has accepted the new compromise.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Note that a compromise geometry returned with
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>
+is guaranteed only for the next call to the same widget;
+therefore, a cache of size 1 is sufficient.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Child_Geometry_Management_The_geometry_manager_Procedure">
+<title>Child Geometry Management: The geometry_manager Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The geometry_manager procedure pointer in a composite widget class is of type
+<xref linkend='XtGeometryHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGeometryHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtGeometryResult <function>*XtGeometryHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>geometry_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the widget making the request.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the new geometry the child desires.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes a geometry structure in which the geometry manager may store a
+compromise.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+A class can inherit its superclass's geometry manager during class
+initialization.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A bit set to zero in the request's <emphasis remap='I'>request_mode</emphasis>
+field means that the child widget
+does not care about the value of the corresponding field,
+so the geometry manager can change this field as it wishes.
+A bit set to 1 means that the child wants that geometry element set
+to the value in the corresponding field.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the geometry manager can satisfy all changes requested
+and if
+<function>XtCWQueryOnly</function>
+is not specified,
+it updates the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis> fields
+appropriately.
+Then, it returns
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>,
+and the values pointed to by the <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return</emphasis> argument are undefined.
+The widget's window is moved and resized automatically by
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Homogeneous composite widgets often find it convenient to treat the widget
+making the request the same as any other widget, including reconfiguring
+it using
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+as part of its layout process, unless
+<function>XtCWQueryOnly</function>
+is specified.
+If it does this,
+it should return
+<function>XtGeometryDone</function>
+to inform
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+that it does not need to do the configuration itself.
+</para>
+
+<note>
+<para>
+To remain
+compatible with layout techniques used in older widgets (before
+<function>XtGeometryDone</function>
+was added to the Intrinsics), a geometry manager should avoid using
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the child making
+the request because the layout process of the child may be in an
+intermediate state in which it is not prepared to handle a call to its
+resize procedure. A self-contained widget set may choose this
+alternative geometry management scheme, however, provided that it
+clearly warns widget developers of the compatibility consequences.
+</para>
+</note>
+
+<para>
+Although
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+resizes the widget's window
+(if the geometry
+manager returns
+<function>XtGeometryYes ),</function>
+it does not call the widget class's resize procedure.
+The requesting widget must perform whatever
+resizing calculations are needed explicitly.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the geometry manager disallows the request,
+the widget cannot change its geometry.
+The values pointed to by <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return</emphasis> are undefined,
+and the geometry manager returns
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Sometimes the geometry manager cannot satisfy the request exactly
+but may be able to satisfy a similar request.
+That is,
+it could satisfy only a subset of the requests (for example,
+size but not position) or a lesser request
+(for example, it cannot make the child as big as the
+request but it can make the child bigger than its current size).
+In such cases,
+the geometry manager fills in the structure pointed to by
+<emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return</emphasis> with the actual changes
+it is willing to make, including an appropriate <emphasis remap='I'>request_mode</emphasis> mask, and returns
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>.
+If a bit in <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return->request_mode</emphasis> is zero,
+the geometry manager agrees not to change the corresponding value
+if <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return</emphasis> is used immediately
+in a new request.
+If a bit is 1,
+the geometry manager does change that element to the corresponding
+value in <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return</emphasis>.
+More bits may be set in <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return->request_mode</emphasis>
+than in the original request if
+the geometry manager intends to change other fields should the
+child accept the compromise.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>
+is returned,
+the widget must decide if the compromise suggested in <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return</emphasis>
+is acceptable.
+If it is, the widget must not change its geometry directly;
+rather, it must make another call to
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the next geometry request from this child uses the
+<emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return</emphasis> values filled in by the geometry manager with an
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>
+return and if there have been no intervening geometry requests on
+either its parent or any of its other children,
+the geometry manager must grant the request, if possible.
+That is, if the child asks immediately with the returned geometry,
+it should get an answer of
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>.
+However,
+dynamic behavior in
+the user's window manager may affect the final outcome.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To return
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>,
+the geometry manager frequently rearranges the position of other managed
+children by calling
+<xref linkend='XtMoveWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+However, a few geometry managers may sometimes change the
+size of other managed children by calling
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If
+<function>XtCWQueryOnly</function>
+is specified,
+the geometry manager must return data describing
+how it would react to this geometry
+request without actually moving or resizing any widgets.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Geometry managers must not assume that the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>geometry_return</emphasis> arguments point to independent storage.
+The caller is permitted to use the same field for both,
+and the geometry manager must allocate its own temporary storage,
+if necessary.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Widget_Placement_and_Sizing">
+<title>Widget Placement and Sizing</title>
+<para>
+To move a sibling widget of the child making the geometry request,
+the parent uses
+<xref linkend='XtMoveWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtMoveWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtMoveWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Position <parameter>x</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Position <parameter>y</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify the new widget x and y coordinates.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtMoveWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
+are the same as the old values.
+Otherwise,
+<xref linkend='XtMoveWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+writes the new <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis> values into the object
+and, if the object is a widget and is realized, issues an Xlib
+<function>XMoveWindow</function>
+call on the widget's window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To resize a sibling widget of the child making the geometry request,
+the parent uses
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtResizeWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtResizeWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Dimension <parameter>width</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Dimension <parameter>height</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Dimension <parameter>border_width</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify the new widget size.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
+are the same as the old values.
+Otherwise,
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+writes the new <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis> values into
+the object and, if the object is a widget and is realized, issues an
+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>
+call on the widget's window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the new width or height is different from the old values,
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the object's resize procedure to notify it of the size change.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To move and resize the sibling widget of the child making the geometry request,
+the parent uses
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtConfigureWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtConfigureWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Position <parameter>x</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Position <parameter>y</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Dimension <parameter>width</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Dimension <parameter>height</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Dimension <parameter>border_width</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify the new widget x and y coordinates.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify the new widget size.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns immediately if the specified new geometry fields
+are all equal to the current values.
+Otherwise,
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+writes the new <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis> values
+into the object and, if the object is a widget and is realized, makes an Xlib
+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>
+call on the widget's window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the new width or height is different from its old value,
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the object's resize procedure to notify it of the size change;
+otherwise, it simply returns.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To resize a child widget that already has the new values of its width,
+height, and border width, the parent uses
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtResizeWindow'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtResizeWindow</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls the
+<function>XConfigureWindow</function>
+Xlib function to make the window of the specified widget match its width,
+height, and border width.
+This request is done unconditionally because there is no
+inexpensive way to tell if these
+values match the current values.
+Note that the widget's resize procedure is not called.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+There are very few times to use
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>;
+instead, the parent should use
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Preferred_Geometry">
+<title>Preferred Geometry</title>
+<para>
+Some parents may be willing to adjust their layouts to accommodate the
+preferred geometries of their children.
+They can use
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to obtain the preferred geometry
+and, as they see fit, can use or ignore any portion of the response.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To query a child widget's preferred geometry, use
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtQueryGeometry'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtGeometryResult <function>XtQueryGeometry</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>intended</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>preferred_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>intended</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the new geometry the parent plans to give to the child, or
+NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the child widget's preferred geometry.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+To discover a child's preferred geometry,
+the child's parent stores the new
+geometry in the corresponding fields of
+the intended structure, sets the corresponding bits in <emphasis remap='I'>intended.request_mode</emphasis>,
+and calls
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The parent should set only those fields that are important to it so
+that the child can determine whether it may be able to attempt changes to
+other fields.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+clears all bits in the <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return->request_mode</emphasis>
+field and checks the
+<emphasis remap='I'>query_geometry</emphasis> field of the specified widget's class record.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>query_geometry</emphasis> is not NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the query_geometry procedure and passes as arguments the
+specified widget, <emphasis remap='I'>intended</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return</emphasis> structures.
+If the <emphasis remap='I'>intended</emphasis> argument is NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+replaces it with a pointer to an
+<function>XtWidgetGeometry</function>
+structure with <emphasis remap='I'>request_mode</emphasis> equal to zero before calling the
+query_geometry procedure.
+</para>
+
+<note>
+<para>
+If
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called from within a geometry_manager
+procedure for the widget that issued
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the results
+are not guaranteed to be consistent with the requested changes. The
+change request passed to the geometry manager takes precedence over
+the preferred geometry.
+</para>
+</note>
+
+<para>
+The query_geometry procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtGeometryHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='_XtGeometryHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef XtGeometryResult <function>(*XtGeometryHandler)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>preferred_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the child widget whose preferred geometry is required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the geometry changes that the parent plans to make.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes a structure in which the child returns its preferred geometry.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The query_geometry procedure is expected to examine the bits set in
+<emphasis remap='I'>request->request_mode</emphasis>, evaluate the preferred geometry of the widget,
+and store the result in <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return</emphasis>
+(setting the bits in <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return->request_mode</emphasis> corresponding
+to those geometry fields that it cares about).
+If the proposed geometry change is acceptable without modification,
+the query_geometry procedure should return
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>.
+If at least one field in <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return</emphasis>
+with a bit set in <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return->request_mode</emphasis>
+is different
+from the corresponding field in <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+or if a bit was set in <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return->request_mode</emphasis>
+that was not set in the request,
+the query_geometry procedure should return
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>.
+If the preferred geometry is identical to the current geometry,
+the query_geometry procedure should return
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>.
+</para>
+
+<note><para>
+The query_geometry procedure may assume
+that no
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is in progress
+for the specified widget; that is, it is not required to construct
+a reply consistent with the requested geometry if such a request
+were actually outstanding.
+</para></note>
+
+<para>
+After calling the query_geometry procedure
+or if the <emphasis remap='I'>query_geometry</emphasis> field is NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+examines all the unset bits in <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return->request_mode</emphasis>
+and sets the corresponding fields in <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return</emphasis>
+to the current values from the widget instance.
+If
+<function>CWStackMode</function>
+is not set,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>stack_mode</emphasis> field is set to
+<function>XtSMDontChange</function>.
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the value returned by the query_geometry procedure or
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>
+if the <emphasis remap='I'>query_geometry</emphasis> field is NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Therefore, the caller can interpret a return of
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>
+as not needing to evaluate the contents of the reply and, more important,
+not needing to modify its layout plans.
+A return of
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>
+means either that both the parent and the child expressed interest
+in at least one common field and the child's preference does not match
+the parent's intentions or that the child expressed interest in a field that
+the parent might need to consider.
+A return value of
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>
+means that both the parent and the child expressed interest in a field and
+that the child suggests that the field's current value in the widget instance
+is its preferred value.
+In addition, whether or not the caller ignores the return value or the
+reply mask, it is guaranteed that the <emphasis remap='I'>preferred_return</emphasis> structure contains complete
+geometry information for the child.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Parents are expected to call
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in their layout routine and wherever else the information is significant
+after change_managed has been called.
+The first time it is invoked,
+the changed_managed procedure may assume that the child's current geometry
+is its preferred geometry.
+Thus, the child is still responsible for storing values
+into its own geometry during its initialize procedure.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Size_Change_Management_The_resize_Procedure">
+<title>Size Change Management: The resize Procedure</title>
+<para>
+A child can be resized by its parent at any time.
+Widgets usually need to know when they have changed size
+so that they can lay out their displayed data again to match the new size.
+When a parent resizes a child, it calls
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which updates the geometry fields in the widget,
+configures the window if the widget is realized,
+and calls the child's resize procedure to notify the child.
+The resize procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If a class need not recalculate anything when a widget is resized,
+it can specify NULL for the <emphasis remap='I'>resize</emphasis> field in its class record.
+This is an unusual case and should occur only for widgets
+with very trivial display semantics.
+The resize procedure takes a widget as its only argument.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis> fields of the widget contain the new values.
+The resize procedure should recalculate the layout of internal data
+as needed.
+(For example, a centered Label in a window that changes size
+should recalculate the starting position of the text.)
+The widget must obey resize as a command and must not treat it as a request.
+A widget must not issue an
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call from its resize procedure.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Event_Management'>
+<title>Event Management</title>
+<para>
+While Xlib allows the reading and processing of events anywhere in an application,
+widgets in the X Toolkit neither directly read events
+nor grab the server or pointer.
+Widgets register procedures that are to be called
+when an event or class of events occurs in that widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A typical application consists of startup code followed by an event loop
+that reads events and dispatches them by calling
+the procedures that widgets have registered.
+The default event loop provided by the Intrinsics is
+<xref linkend='XtAppMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The event manager is a collection of functions to perform the following tasks:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Add or remove event sources other than X server events (in particular,
+timer interrupts, file input, or POSIX signals).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Query the status of event sources.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Add or remove procedures to be called when an event occurs for a particular
+widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Enable and
+disable the dispatching of user-initiated events (keyboard and pointer events)
+for a particular widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Constrain the dispatching of events to a cascade of pop-up widgets.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Register procedures to be called when specific events arrive.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Register procedures to be called when the Intrinsics will block.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Enable safe operation in a multi-threaded environment.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Most widgets do not need to call any of the event handler functions explicitly.
+The normal interface to X events is through the higher-level
+translation manager,
+which maps sequences of X events, with modifiers, into procedure calls.
+Applications rarely use any of the event manager routines besides
+<xref linkend='XtAppMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+<sect1 id="Adding_and_Deleting_Additional_Event_Sources">
+<title>Adding and Deleting Additional Event Sources</title>
+<para>
+While most applications are driven only by X events,
+some applications need to incorporate other sources of input
+into the Intrinsics event-handling mechanism.
+The event manager provides routines to integrate notification of timer events
+and file data pending into this mechanism.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The next section describes functions that provide input gathering from files.
+The application registers the files with the Intrinsics read routine.
+When input is pending on one of the files,
+the registered callback procedures are invoked.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Adding_and_Removing_Input_Sources">
+<title>Adding and Removing Input Sources</title>
+<para>
+To register a new file as an input source for a given application context, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppAddInput'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtInputId <function>XtAppAddInput</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>source</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>condition</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtInputCallbackProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source file descriptor on a POSIX-based system
+or other operating-system-dependent device specification.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>condition</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the mask that indicates a read, write, or exception condition
+or some other operating-system-dependent condition.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the condition is found.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure
+when it is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function registers with the Intrinsics read routine a new source of events,
+which is usually file input but can also be file output.
+Note that <emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis> should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink
+or source of data.
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events.
+When an event is pending on this source,
+the callback procedure is called.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The legal values for the <emphasis remap='I'>condition</emphasis> argument are operating-system-dependent.
+On a POSIX-based system,
+<emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis> is a file number and the condition is some union of the following:
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>XtInputReadMask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies that <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> is to be called when <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis> has data to be read.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>XtInputWriteMask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies that <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> is to be called when <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis> is ready
+for writing.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis role='strong'>XtInputExceptMask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies that <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> is to be called when <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis> has
+exception data.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Callback procedure pointers used to handle file events are of
+type
+<xref linkend='XtInputCallbackProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtInputCallbackProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtInputCallbackProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>source</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtInputId *<parameter>id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
+<function>XtApp\%AddInput</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the source file descriptor generating the event.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the id returned from the corresponding
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+See <xref linkend='Using_the_Intrinsics_in_a_Multi_Threaded_Environment' />
+for information regarding the use of
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in multiple threads.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To discontinue a source of input, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveInput'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveInput</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtInputId <parameter>id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the id returned from the corresponding
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function causes the Intrinsics read routine to stop watching for events
+from the file source specified by <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+See <xref linkend='Using_the_Intrinsics_in_a_Multi_Threaded_Environment' />
+for information regarding the use of
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in multiple threads.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Adding_and_Removing_Blocking_Notifications">
+<title>Adding and Removing Blocking Notifications</title>
+<para>
+Occasionally it is desirable for an application to receive notification
+when the Intrinsics event manager detects no pending input from file sources
+and no pending input from X server event sources and is about to block
+in an operating system call.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a hook that is called immediately prior to event blocking, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddBlockHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppAddBlockHook'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtBlockHookId <function>XtAppAddBlockHook</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtBlockHookProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called before blocking.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure when it is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddBlockHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function registers the specified procedure and returns an identifier for it.
+The hook procedure <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> is called at any time in the future when
+the Intrinsics are about to block pending some input.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The procedure pointers used to provide notification of event blocking
+are of type
+<xref linkend='XtBlockHookProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtBlockHookProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>*XtBlockHookProc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
+<function>XtApp\%AddBlockHook</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+To discontinue the use of a procedure for blocking notification, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveBlockHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveBlockHook'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveBlockHook</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtBlockHookId <parameter>id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the identifier returned from the corresponding call to
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddBlockHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveBlockHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function removes the specified procedure from the list of procedures
+that are called by the Intrinsics read routine before blocking on event sources.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Adding_and_Removing_Timeouts">
+<title>Adding and Removing Timeouts</title>
+<para>
+The timeout facility notifies the application or the widget
+through a callback procedure that a specified time interval has elapsed.
+Timeout values are uniquely identified by an interval id.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a timeout callback, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppAddTimeOut'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtIntervalId <function>XtAppAddTimeOut</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long <parameter>interval</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtTimerCallbackProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context for which the timer is to be set.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>interval</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the time interval in milliseconds.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the time expires.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure
+when it is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function creates a timeout and returns an identifier for it.
+The timeout value is set to <emphasis remap='I'>interval</emphasis>.
+The callback procedure <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> is called when
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is next called after the time interval elapses,
+and then the timeout is removed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Callback procedure pointers used with timeouts are of
+type
+<xref linkend='XtTimerCallbackProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtTimerCallbackProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>*XtTimerCallbackProc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtIntervalId *<parameter>timer</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
+<function>XtApp\%AddTimeOut</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>timer</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the id returned from the corresponding
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+See <xref linkend='Using_the_Intrinsics_in_a_Multi_Threaded_Environment' />
+for information regarding the use of
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in multiple threads.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To clear a timeout value, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveTimeOut'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveTimeOut</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtIntervalId <parameter>timer</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>timer</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the id for the timeout request to be cleared.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function removes the pending timeout.
+Note that timeouts are automatically removed once they trigger.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Please refer to Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in multiple threads.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Adding_and_Removing_Signal_Callbacks">
+<title>Adding and Removing Signal Callbacks</title>
+<para>
+The signal facility notifies the application or the widget through a
+callback procedure that a signal or other external asynchronous event
+has occurred. The registered callback procedures are uniquely identified
+by a signal id.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Prior to establishing a signal handler, the application or widget should
+call
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and store the resulting identifier in a place accessible to the signal
+handler. When a signal arrives, the signal handler should call
+<xref linkend='XtNoticeSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to notify the Intrinsics that a signal has occured. To register a signal
+callback use
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppAddSignal'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtSignalId <function>XtAppAddSignal</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSignalCallbackProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the signal is noticed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure when it is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The callback procedure pointers used to handle signal events are of type
+<xref linkend='XtSignalCallbackProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSignalCallbackProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtSignalCallbackProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSignalId *<parameter>id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the id returned from the corresponding
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+To notify the Intrinsics that a signal has occured, use
+<xref linkend='XtNoticeSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtNoticeSignal'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtNoticeSignal</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSignalId <parameter>id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the id returned from the corresponding
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+On a POSIX-based system,
+<xref linkend='XtNoticeSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is the only Intrinsics function that can safely be called from a signal handler.
+If
+<xref linkend='XtNoticeSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is invoked multiple times before the Intrinsics are able to invoke the
+registered callback, the callback is only called once.
+Logically, the Intrinsics maintain ``pending'' flag for each registered callback.
+This flag is initially
+<function>False</function>
+and is set to
+<function>True</function>
+by
+<xref linkend='XtNoticeSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+When
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(with a mask including
+<function>XtIMSignal</function>)
+is called, all registered callbacks with ``pending''
+<function>True</function>
+are invoked and the flags are reset to
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the signal handler wants to track how many times the signal has been
+raised, it can keep its own private counter. Typically the handler would
+not do any other work; the callback does the actual processing for the
+signal. The Intrinsics never block signals from being raised, so if a given
+signal can be raised multiple times before the Intrinsics can invoke the
+callback for that signal, the callback must be designed to deal with
+this. In another case, a signal might be raised just after the Intrinsics
+sets the pending flag to
+<function>False</function>
+but before the callback can get control, in which case the pending flag
+will still be
+<function>True</function>
+after the callback returns, and the Intrinsics will invoke the callback
+again, even though all of the signal raises have been handled. The
+callback must also be prepared to handle this case.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To remove a registered signal callback, call
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveSignal'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveSignal</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSignalId <parameter>id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the id returned by the corresponding call to
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The client should typically disable the source of the signal before calling
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If the signal could have been raised again before the source was disabled
+and the client wants to process it, then after disabling the source but
+before calling
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+the client can test for signals with
+<xref linkend='XtAppPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and process them by calling
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the mask
+<function>XtIMSignal</function>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Constraining_Events_to_a_Cascade_of_Widgets">
+<title>Constraining Events to a Cascade of Widgets</title>
+<para>
+Modal widgets are widgets that, except for the input directed to them,
+lock out user input to the application.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When a modal menu or modal dialog box is popped up using
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+user events (keyboard and pointer events) that occur outside the modal
+widget should be delivered to the modal widget or ignored.
+In no case will user events be delivered to a widget outside
+the modal widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Menus can pop up submenus, and dialog boxes can pop up further dialog
+boxes to create a pop-up cascade.
+In this case,
+user events may be delivered to one of several modal widgets in the cascade.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Display-related events should be delivered outside the modal cascade so that
+exposure events and the like keep the application's display up-to-date.
+Any event that occurs within the cascade is delivered as usual.
+The user events delivered to the most recent spring-loaded shell
+in the cascade when they occur outside the cascade are called remap events
+and are
+<function>KeyPress</function>,
+<function>KeyRelease</function>,
+<function>ButtonPress</function>,
+and
+<function>ButtonRelease</function>.
+The user events ignored when they occur outside the cascade are
+<function>MotionNotify</function>
+and
+<function>EnterNotify</function>.
+All other events are delivered normally.
+In particular, note that this is one
+way in which widgets can receive
+<function>LeaveNotify</function>
+events without first receiving
+<function>EnterNotify</function>
+events; they should be prepared to deal with
+this, typically by ignoring any unmatched
+<function>LeaveNotify</function>
+events.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+uses the
+<xref linkend='XtAddGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+functions to constrain user events to a modal cascade
+and subsequently to remove a grab when the modal widget is popped down.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To constrain or redirect user input to a modal widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtAddGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddGrab'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAddGrab</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>exclusive</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>spring_loaded</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget to add to the modal cascade. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>exclusive</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether user events should be dispatched exclusively to this widget
+or also to previous widgets in the cascade.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>spring_loaded</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether this widget was popped up because the user pressed
+a pointer button.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAddGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function appends the widget to the modal cascade
+and checks that <emphasis remap='I'>exclusive</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>
+if <emphasis remap='I'>spring_loaded</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>.
+If this condition is not met,
+<xref linkend='XtAddGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+generates a warning message.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The modal cascade is used by
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when it tries to dispatch a user event.
+When at least one modal widget is in the widget cascade,
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+first determines if the event should be delivered.
+It starts at the most recent cascade entry and follows the cascade up to and
+including the most recent cascade entry added with the <emphasis remap='I'>exclusive</emphasis> parameter
+<function>True</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+This subset of the modal cascade along with all descendants of these widgets
+comprise the active subset.
+User events that occur outside the widgets in this subset are ignored
+or remapped.
+Modal menus with submenus generally add a submenu widget to the cascade
+with <emphasis remap='I'>exclusive</emphasis>
+<function>False</function>.
+Modal dialog boxes that need to restrict user input to the most deeply nested
+dialog box add a subdialog widget to the cascade with <emphasis remap='I'>exclusive</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>.
+User events that occur within the active subset are delivered to the
+appropriate widget, which is usually a child or further descendant of the modal
+widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Regardless of where in the application they occur,
+remap events are always delivered to the most recent widget in the active
+subset of the cascade registered with <emphasis remap='I'>spring_loaded</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>,
+if any such widget exists.
+If the event
+occurred in the active subset of the cascade but outside the
+spring-loaded widget, it is delivered normally before being
+delivered also to the spring-loaded widget.
+Regardless of where it is dispatched, the Intrinsics do not modify
+the contents of the event.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To remove the redirection of user input to a modal widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveGrab'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveGrab</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget to remove from the modal cascade.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function removes widgets from the modal cascade starting
+at the most recent widget up to and including the specified widget.
+It issues a warning if the specified widget is not on the modal cascade.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Requesting_Key_and_Button_Grabs">
+<title>Requesting Key and Button Grabs</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide a set of key and button grab interfaces that
+are parallel to those provided by Xlib and that allow the Intrinsics
+to modify event dispatching when necessary. X Toolkit applications and
+widgets that need to passively grab keys or buttons or actively grab
+the keyboard or pointer should use the
+following Intrinsics routines rather than the corresponding Xlib
+routines.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To passively grab a single key of the keyboard, use
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGrabKey'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGrabKey</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeyCode <parameter>keycode</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Modifiers <parameter>modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>pointer_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget in whose window the key is to be grabbed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify arguments to
+<function>XGrabKey</function>;
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Keyboard_Grabbing'>Section 12.2</olink>
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>.
+
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XGrabKey</function>
+specifying the widget's window as the grab
+window if the widget is realized. The remaining arguments are exactly
+as for
+<function>XGrabKey</function>.
+If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
+<function>XGrabKey</function>
+is performed (again) when
+the widget is realized and its window becomes mapped. In the future,
+if
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called with a
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+event matching the specified keycode and modifiers (which may be
+<function>AnyKey</function>
+or
+<function>AnyModifier</function>,
+respectively) for the
+widget's window, the Intrinsics will call
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the timestamp from the
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+event if either of the following conditions is true:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+There is a modal cascade and the widget is not in
+the active subset of the cascade and the keyboard was not previously
+grabbed, or
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+returns
+<function>True</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+To cancel a passive key grab, use
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUngrabKey'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtUngrabKey</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeyCode <parameter>keycode</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Modifiers <parameter>modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget in whose window the key was grabbed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify arguments to
+<function>XUngrabKey</function>;
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Keyboard_Grabbing'>Section 12.2</olink>
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure calls
+<function>XUngrabKey</function>
+specifying the widget's
+window as the ungrab window if the widget is realized. The remaining
+arguments are exactly as for
+<function>XUngrabKey</function>.
+If the widget is not realized,
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+removes a deferred
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+request, if any, for the specified widget, keycode, and modifiers.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To actively grab the keyboard, use
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGrabKeyboard'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>int <function>XtGrabKeyboard</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>pointer_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for whose window the keyboard is to be grabbed.
+Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify arguments to
+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>;
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Keyboard_Grabbing'>Section 12.2</olink>
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If the specified widget is realized,
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>
+specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining
+arguments and return value are exactly as for
+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>.
+If the widget is not realized,
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+immediately returns
+<function>GrabNotViewable</function>.
+No future automatic ungrab is implied by
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To cancel an active keyboard grab, use
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUngrabKeyboard'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtUngrabKeyboard</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that has the active keyboard grab.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the additional argument to
+<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>;
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Keyboard_Grabbing'>Section 12.2</olink>
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XUngrabKeyboard</function>
+with the specified time.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To passively grab a single pointer button, use
+<xref linkend='XtGrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGrabButton'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGrabButton</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>button</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Modifiers <parameter>modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>pointer_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window <parameter>confine_to</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cursor <parameter>cursor</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget in whose window the button is to be grabbed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>button</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>confine_to</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify arguments to
+<function>XGrabButton</function>;
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Pointer_Grabbing'>Section 12.1</olink>
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XGrabButton</function>
+specifying the widget's window as the
+grab window if the widget is realized. The remaining arguments are
+exactly as for
+<function>XGrabButton</function>.
+If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
+<function>XGrabButton</function>
+is performed (again)
+when the widget is realized and its window becomes mapped. In the
+future, if
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called with a
+<function>ButtonPress</function>
+event matching the specified button and modifiers (which may be
+<function>AnyButton</function>
+or
+<function>AnyModifier</function>,
+respectively)
+for the widget's window, the Intrinsics will call
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the timestamp from the
+<function>ButtonPress</function>
+event if either of the following conditions is true:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+There is a modal cascade and the
+widget is not in the active subset of the cascade and the pointer was
+not previously grabbed, or
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+returns
+<function>True</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+To cancel a passive button grab, use
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUngrabButton'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtUngrabButton</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>button</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Modifiers <parameter>modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget in whose window the button was grabbed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>button</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify arguments to
+<function>XUngrabButton</function>;
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Pointer_Grabbing'>Section 12.1</olink>
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure calls
+<function>XUngrabButton</function>
+specifying the
+widget's window as the ungrab window if the widget is realized. The
+remaining arguments are exactly as for
+<function>XUngrabButton</function>.
+If the widget is not realized,
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+removes a deferred
+<xref linkend='XtGrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+request, if any, for the specified widget, button, and modifiers.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To actively grab the pointer, use
+<xref linkend='XtGrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGrabPointer'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>int <function>XtGrabPointer</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>pointer_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window <parameter>confine_to</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cursor <parameter>cursor</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for whose window the pointer is to be grabbed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>confine_to</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify arguments to
+<function>XGrabPointer</function>;
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Pointer_Grabbing'>Section 12.1</olink>
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If the specified widget is realized,
+<xref linkend='XtGrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XGrabPointer</function>,
+specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining
+arguments and return value are exactly as for
+<function>XGrabPointer</function>.
+If the widget is not realized,
+<xref linkend='XtGrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+immediately returns
+<function>GrabNotViewable</function>.
+No future automatic ungrab is implied by
+<xref linkend='XtGrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To cancel an active pointer grab, use
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUngrabPointer'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtUngrabPointer</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that has the active pointer grab.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the time argument to
+<function>XUngrabPointer</function>;
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Pointer_Grabbing'>Section 12.1</olink>
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface</olink>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XUngrabPointer</function>
+with the specified time.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Focusing_Events_on_a_Child">
+<title>Focusing Events on a Child</title>
+<para>
+To redirect keyboard input to a normal descendant of a
+widget without calling
+<function>XSetInputFocus</function>,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtSetKeyboardFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetKeyboardFocus'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetKeyboardFocus</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>subtree</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>subtree</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the subtree of the hierarchy for which the keyboard focus is
+to be set. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>descendant</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies either the normal (non-pop-up) descendant of <emphasis remap='I'>subtree</emphasis> to which
+keyboard events are logically directed, or
+<function>None</function>.
+It is not an error to specify
+<function>None</function>
+when no input focus was previously set. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetKeyboardFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+causes
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to remap keyboard events occurring within the specified subtree
+and dispatch them to the specified descendant widget or to an ancestor.
+If the descendant's class is not a subclass of Core, the descendant is
+replaced by its closest windowed ancestor.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When there is no modal cascade, keyboard events can be dispatched
+to a widget in one of five ways. Assume the server delivered the
+event to the window for widget E (because of X input focus, key or
+keyboard grabs, or pointer position).
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If neither E nor any of E's ancestors have redirected the keyboard
+focus, or if the event activated a grab for E as specified by a call
+to
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with any value of <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>, or
+if the keyboard is actively grabbed by E with <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+<function>False</function>
+via
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on a previous key press, the event is dispatched to E.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Beginning with the ancestor of E closest to the root that has
+redirected the keyboard focus or E if no such ancestor exists, if
+the target of that focus redirection has in turn redirected the
+keyboard focus, recursively follow this focus chain to find a widget
+F that has not redirected focus.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If E is the final focus target widget F or a descendant of F, the
+event is dispatched to E.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If E is not F, an ancestor of F, or a descendant of F, and the event
+activated a grab for E as specified by a call to
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for E,
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If E is an ancestor of F, and the event is a key press, and either
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+E has grabbed the key with
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+<function>False</function>,
+or
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+E has grabbed the key with
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>,
+and the coordinates of the event are outside the rectangle specified
+by E's geometry,
+then the event is dispatched to E.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Otherwise, define A as the closest common ancestor of E and F:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If there is an active keyboard grab for any widget via either
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on a previous key press, or
+if no widget between F and A (noninclusive) has grabbed
+the key and modifier combination with
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and any value of <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>, the event is dispatched to F.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Else, the event is dispatched to the ancestor of F closest to A
+that has grabbed the key and modifier combination with
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+When there is a modal cascade, if the final destination widget as
+identified above is in the active subset of the cascade, the event is
+dispatched; otherwise the event is remapped to a spring-loaded shell
+or discarded.
+Regardless of where it is dispatched, the Intrinsics do not modify
+the contents of the event.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When <emphasis remap='I'>subtree</emphasis> or one of its descendants acquires the X input focus
+or the pointer moves into the subtree such that keyboard events would
+now be delivered to the subtree, a
+<function>FocusIn</function>
+event is generated for the descendant if
+<function>FocusChange</function>
+events have been selected by the descendant.
+Similarly, when <emphasis remap='I'>subtree</emphasis> loses the X input focus
+or the keyboard focus for one of its ancestors, a
+<function>FocusOut</function>
+event is generated for descendant if
+<function>FocusChange</function>
+events have been selected by the descendant.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A widget tree may also actively manage the X server input focus. To
+do so, a widget class specifies an accept_focus procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The accept_focus procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtAcceptFocusProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAcceptFocusProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>*XtAcceptFocusProc</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time *<parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the X time of the event causing the accept focus.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Widgets that need the input focus can call
+<function>XSetInputFocus</function>
+explicitly, pursuant to the restrictions of the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</emphasis>.
+To allow outside agents, such as the parent,
+to cause a widget to take the input focus,
+every widget exports an accept_focus procedure.
+The widget returns a value indicating
+whether it actually took the focus or not,
+so that the parent can give the focus to another widget.
+Widgets that need to know when they lose the input focus must use
+the Xlib focus notification mechanism explicitly
+(typically by specifying translations for
+<function>FocusIn</function>
+and
+<function>FocusOut</function>
+events).
+Widgets classes that never want the input focus should set the
+<emphasis remap='I'>accept_focus</emphasis> field to NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To call a widget's accept_focus procedure, use
+<xref linkend='XtCallAcceptFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallAcceptFocus'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtCallAcceptFocus</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time *<parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the X time of the event that is causing the focus change.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCallAcceptFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls the specified widget's accept_focus procedure,
+passing it the specified widget and time, and returns what the accept_focus
+procedure returns.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>accept_focus</emphasis> is NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtCallAcceptFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Events_for_Drawables_That_Are_Not_a_Widget_s_Window">
+<title>Events for Drawables That Are Not a Widget's Window</title>
+<para>
+Sometimes an application must handle events for drawables that are not
+associated with widgets in its widget tree. Examples include handling
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
+and
+<function>NoExpose</function>
+events on Pixmaps, and handling
+<function>PropertyNotify</function>
+events on the root window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatching, use
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRegisterDrawable'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRegisterDrawable</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Drawable <parameter>drawable</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the drawable's display.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>drawable</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the drawable to register.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget to register the drawable for.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+associates the specified drawable with the specified widget
+so that future calls to
+<xref linkend='XtWindowToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the drawable will return the widget.
+The default event dispatcher will dispatch future events that
+arrive for the drawable to the widget in the same manner as
+events that contain the widget's window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the drawable is already registered with another widget, or if the
+drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree, the
+results of calling
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+are undefined.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To unregister a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatching, use
+<xref linkend='XtUnregisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUnregisterDrawable'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtUnregisterDrawable</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Drawable <parameter>drawable</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the drawable's display.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>drawable</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the drawable to unregister.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtUnregisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+removes an association created with
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If the drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree
+the results of calling
+<xref linkend='XtUnregisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+are undefined.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Querying_Event_Sources">
+<title>Querying Event Sources</title>
+<para>
+The event manager provides several functions to examine and read events
+(including file and timer events) that are in the queue.
+The next three functions are Intrinsics equivalents of the
+<function>XPending</function>,
+<function>XPeekEvent</function>,
+and
+<function>XNextEvent</function>
+Xlib calls.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To determine if there are any events on the input queue for a given application,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtAppPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppPending'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtInputMask <function>XtAppPending</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application to check.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns a nonzero value if there are
+events pending from the X server, timer pending, other input sources
+pending, or signal sources pending. The
+value returned is a bit mask that is the OR of
+<function>XtIMXEvent</function>,
+<function>XtIMTimer</function>,
+<function>XtIMAlternateInput</function>,
+and
+<function>XtIMSignal</function>
+(see
+<function>XtAppProcessEvent ).</function>
+If there are no events pending,
+<xref linkend='XtAppPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+flushes the output buffers of each Display in the application context
+and returns zero.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To return the event from the head of a given application's input queue
+without removing input from the queue, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppPeekEvent'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtAppPeekEvent</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If there is an X event in the queue,
+<xref linkend='XtAppPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+copies it into <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis> and returns
+<function>True</function>.
+If no X input is on the queue,
+<xref linkend='XtAppPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+flushes the output buffers of each Display in the application context
+and blocks until some input is available
+(possibly calling some timeout callbacks in the interim).
+If the next available input is an X event,
+<xref linkend='XtAppPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+fills in <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis> and returns
+<function>True</function>.
+Otherwise, the input is for an input source
+registered with
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtAppPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns
+<function>False</function>.
+The sample implementations provides XtAppPeekEvent as described. Timeout callbacks
+are called while blocking for input. If some input for an input source is
+available,
+<xref linkend='XtAppPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will return
+<function>True</function>
+without returning an event.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To remove and return the event
+from the head of a given application's X event queue,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppNextEvent'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppNextEvent</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If the X event queue is empty,
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+flushes the X output buffers of each Display in the application context
+and waits for an X event while looking at the other input sources
+and timeout values and calling any callback procedures triggered by them.
+This wait time can be used for background processing;
+see <xref linkend='Adding_Background_Work_Procedures' />.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Dispatching_Events">
+<title>Dispatching Events</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide functions that dispatch events
+to widgets or other application code.
+Every client interested in X events on a widget uses
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to register which events it is
+interested in and a procedure (event handler) to be called
+when the event happens in that window.
+The translation manager automatically registers event handlers for widgets
+that use translation tables; see <xref linkend='Translation_Management' />.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Applications that need direct control of the processing of different types
+of input should use
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppProcessEvent'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppProcessEvent</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtInputMask <parameter>mask</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that identifies the
+application for which to process input.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies what types of events to process.
+The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of any combination of
+<function>XtIMXEvent</function>,
+<function>XtIMTimer</function>,
+<function>XtIMAlternateInput</function>,
+and
+<function>XtIMSignal</function>.
+As a convenience,
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>
+defines the symbolic name
+<function>XtIMAll</function>
+to be the bitwise inclusive OR of these four event types.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function processes one timer, input source, signal source, or X event.
+If there is no event or input of the appropriate type to process, then
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+blocks until there is.
+If there is more than one type of input available to process,
+it is undefined which will get processed.
+Usually, this procedure is not called by client applications; see
+<xref linkend='XtAppMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+processes timer events by calling any appropriate timer callbacks,
+input sources by calling any appropriate input callbacks,
+signal source by calling any appropriate signal callbacks,
+and X events by
+calling
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When an X event is received,
+it is passed to
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which calls the appropriate event handlers
+and passes them the widget, the event, and client-specific data
+registered with each procedure.
+If no handlers for that event are registered,
+the event is ignored and the dispatcher simply returns.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To dispatch an event returned by
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+retrieved directly from the Xlib queue, or synthetically constructed,
+to any registered event filters or event handlers, call
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDispatchEvent'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtDispatchEvent</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the event structure to be dispatched
+to the appropriate event handlers.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function first calls
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis> and the window of the widget to which the
+Intrinsics intend to dispatch the event, or the event window if
+the Intrinsics would not dispatch the event to any handlers.
+If
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+returns
+<function>True</function>
+and the event activated a server grab as identified
+by a previous call to
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the timestamp from the event and immediately returns
+<function>True</function>.
+If
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+returns
+<function>True</function>
+and a grab was not activated,
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+just immediately returns
+<function>True</function>.
+Otherwise,
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+sends the event to the event handler functions that
+have been previously registered with the dispatch routine.
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns
+<function>True</function>
+if
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+returned
+<function>True</function>,
+or if the event was dispatched to some handler, and
+<function>False</function>
+if it found no handler to which to dispatch the event.
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+records the last timestamp in any event that
+contains a timestamp (see
+<function>XtLastTimestampProcessed ),</function>
+regardless of whether it was filtered or dispatched.
+If a modal cascade is active with <emphasis remap='I'>spring_loaded</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>,
+and if the event is a remap event as defined by
+<xref linkend='XtAddGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may dispatch the event a second time. If it does so,
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will call
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+again with the window of the spring-loaded widget prior to the second
+dispatch, and if
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+returns
+<function>True</function>,
+the second dispatch will not be performed.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="The_Application_Input_Loop">
+<title>The Application Input Loop</title>
+<para>
+To process all input from a given application in a continuous loop,
+use the convenience procedure
+<xref linkend='XtAppMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppMainLoop'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppMainLoop</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function first reads the next incoming X event by calling
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and then dispatches the event to the appropriate registered procedure
+by calling
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+This constitutes the main loop of X Toolkit applications.
+There is nothing special about
+<xref linkend='XtAppMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>;
+it simply calls
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and then
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in a conditional loop.
+At the bottom of the loop, it checks to see if the specified
+application context's destroy flag is set.
+If the flag is set, the loop breaks.
+The whole loop is enclosed between a matching
+<xref linkend='XtAppLock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtAppUnlock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Applications can provide their own version of this loop,
+which tests some global termination flag or tests that the number
+of top-level widgets is larger than zero before circling back to the call to
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Setting_and_Checking_the_Sensitivity_State_of_a_Widget">
+<title>Setting and Checking the Sensitivity State of a Widget</title>
+<para>
+Many widgets have a mode in which they assume a different appearance
+(for example, are grayed out or stippled), do not respond to user events,
+and become dormant.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When dormant,
+a widget is considered to be insensitive.
+If a widget is insensitive,
+the event manager does not dispatch any events to the widget
+with an event type of
+<function>KeyPress</function>,
+<function>KeyRelease</function>,
+<function>ButtonPress</function>,
+<function>ButtonRelease</function>,
+<function>MotionNotify</function>,
+<function>EnterNotify</function>,
+<function>LeaveNotify</function>,
+<function>FocusIn</function>,
+or
+<function>FocusOut</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A widget can be insensitive because its <emphasis remap='I'>sensitive</emphasis> field is
+<function>False</function>
+or because one of its ancestors is insensitive and thus the widget's
+<emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis> field also is
+<function>False</function>.
+A widget can but does not need to distinguish these two cases visually.
+</para>
+
+<note>
+<para>
+Pop-up shells will have
+<emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis>
+<function>False</function>
+if the parent was insensitive when the shell
+was created. Since
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the parent will not
+modify the resource of the pop-up child, clients are advised to include
+a resource specification of the form
+``*TransientShell.ancestorSensitive: True''
+in the application defaults resource file or to
+otherwise ensure that the parent is
+sensitive when creating pop-up shells.
+</para>
+</note>
+
+<para>
+To set the sensitivity state of a widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetSensitive'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetSensitive</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>sensitive</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>sensitive</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether the widget should receive
+keyboard, pointer, and focus events.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function first calls
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the current widget with an argument list specifying the
+XtNsensitive resource and the new value.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>sensitive</emphasis> is
+<function>False</function>
+and the widget's class is a subclass of
+Composite,
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+recursively propagates the new value
+down the child tree by calling
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on each child to set <emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis> to
+<function>False</function>.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>sensitive</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>
+and the widget's class is a subclass of
+Composite
+and the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis> field is
+<function>True</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+sets the <emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis> of each child to
+<function>True</function>
+and then recursively calls
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on each normal descendant that is now sensitive to set
+<emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis> to
+<function>True</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to change the <emphasis remap='I'>sensitive</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis> fields
+of each affected widget.
+Therefore, when one of these changes,
+the widget's set_values procedure should
+take whatever display actions are needed
+(for example, graying out or stippling the widget).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+maintains the invariant that, if the parent has either <emphasis remap='I'>sensitive</emphasis>
+or <emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis>
+<function>False</function>,
+then all children have <emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis>
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To check the current sensitivity state of a widget,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtIsSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtIsSensitive'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtIsSensitive</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtIsSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns
+<function>True</function>
+or
+<function>False</function>
+to indicate whether user input events are being dispatched.
+If object's class is a subclass of RectObj and
+both <emphasis remap='I'>sensitive</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>ancestor_sensitive</emphasis> are
+<function>True</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtIsSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns
+<function>True</function>;
+otherwise, it returns
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Adding_Background_Work_Procedures">
+<title>Adding Background Work Procedures</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics have some limited support for background processing.
+Because most applications spend most of their time waiting for input,
+you can register an idle-time work procedure
+that is called when the toolkit would otherwise block in
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Work procedure pointers are of type
+<xref linkend='XtWorkProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtWorkProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef Boolean <function>(*XtWorkProc)</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the client data specified when the work procedure was registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure should return
+<function>True</function>
+when it is done to indicate that it
+should be removed.
+If the procedure returns
+<function>False</function>,
+it will remain registered and called again when the
+application is next idle.
+Work procedures should be very judicious about how much they do.
+If they run for more than a small part of a second,
+interactive feel is likely to suffer.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a work procedure for a given application, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddWorkProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppAddWorkProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtWorkProcId <function>XtAppAddWorkProc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWorkProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the application is idle.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument passed to the specified procedure
+when it is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddWorkProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function adds the specified work procedure for the application identified
+by <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+and returns an opaque unique identifier for this work procedure.
+Multiple work procedures can be registered,
+and the most recently added one is always the one that is called.
+However, if a work procedure adds another work procedure,
+the newly added one has lower priority than the current one.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To remove a work procedure, either return
+<function>True</function>
+from the procedure when it is called or use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveWorkProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+outside of the procedure.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveWorkProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveWorkProc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWorkProcId <parameter>id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies which work procedure to remove.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveWorkProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function explicitly removes the specified background work procedure.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="X_Event_Filters">
+<title>X Event Filters</title>
+<para>
+The event manager provides filters that can be applied to
+specific X events.
+The filters, which screen out events that are redundant or are temporarily
+unwanted, handle
+pointer motion compression,
+enter/leave compression, and
+exposure compression.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Pointer_Motion_Compression">
+<title>Pointer Motion Compression</title>
+<para>
+Widgets can have a hard time keeping up with a rapid stream of
+pointer motion events. Furthermore,
+they usually do not care about every motion event. To throw out
+redundant motion events, the widget class field <emphasis remap='I'>compress_motion</emphasis> should be
+<function>True</function>.
+When a request for an event would return a motion event,
+the Intrinsics check if there are any other motion events
+for the same widget immediately
+following the current one and, if so, skip all but the last of them.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Enter_Leave_Compression">
+<title>Enter/Leave Compression</title>
+<para>
+To throw out pairs of enter and leave events that have no intervening events,
+as can happen when the user moves the pointer across a widget
+without stopping in it,
+the widget class field <emphasis remap='I'>compress_enterleave</emphasis> should be
+<function>True</function>.
+These enter and leave events are not delivered to the client
+if they are found together in the input queue.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Exposure_Compression">
+<title>Exposure Compression</title>
+<para>
+Many widgets prefer to process a series of exposure events as a
+single expose region rather than as individual rectangles. Widgets
+with complex displays might use the expose region as a clip list
+in a graphics context, and widgets with simple displays might
+ignore the region entirely and redisplay their whole window or
+might get the bounding box from the region and redisplay only that
+rectangle.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In either case, these widgets do not care about getting partial exposure events.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>compress_exposure</emphasis> field in the widget class
+structure specifies the type and number of exposure events that are
+dispatched to the widget's expose procedure. This field must be
+initialized to one of the following values:
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+#define XtExposeNoCompress ((XtEnum)False)
+#define XtExposeCompressSeries ((XtEnum)True)
+#define XtExposeCompressMultiple <implementation-defined>
+#define XtExposeCompressMaximal <implementation-defined>
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+optionally ORed with any combination of the following flags (all with
+implementation-defined values):
+<function>XtExposeGraphicsExpose</function>,
+<function>XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged</function>,
+<function>XtExposeNoExpose</function>,
+and
+<function>XtExposeNoRegion</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the <emphasis remap='I'>compress_exposure</emphasis> field in the widget class structure does not
+specify
+<function>XtExposeNoCompress</function>,
+the event manager calls the widget's expose procedure only
+once for a series of exposure events.
+In this case, all
+<function>Expose</function>
+or
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
+events are accumulated into a region.
+When the final event is received,
+the event manager replaces the rectangle in the event with the
+bounding box for the region
+and calls the widget's expose procedure,
+passing the modified exposure event and (unless
+<function>XtExposeNoRegion</function>
+is specified) the region.
+For more information on regions, see
+<olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Manipulating_Regions'>Section 16.5</olink> in
+<olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface.</olink>.)
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The values have the following interpretation:
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<function>XtExposeNoCompress</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+No exposure compression is performed; every selected event is
+individually dispatched to the expose procedure with a <emphasis remap='I'>region</emphasis>
+argument of NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<function>XtExposeCompressSeries</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Each series of exposure events is coalesced into a single event,
+which is dispatched
+when an exposure event with count equal to zero is reached.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<function>XtExposeCompressMultiple</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Consecutive series of exposure events are coalesced into a single
+event, which is dispatched
+when an exposure event with count equal to zero is reached and either
+the event queue is empty or the next event is not an exposure event
+for the same widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<function>XtExposeCompressMaximal</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+All expose series currently in the queue for the widget
+are coalesced into a single
+event without regard to intervening nonexposure events. If a
+partial series is in the end of the queue, the Intrinsics will
+block until the end of the series is received.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The additional flags have the following meaning:
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<function>XtExposeGraphicsExpose</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies that
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
+events are also to be dispatched to
+the expose procedure.
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
+events are compressed, if specified, in the same manner as
+<function>Expose</function>
+events.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<function>XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies in the case of
+<function>XtExposeCompressMultiple</function>
+and
+<function>XtExposeCompressMaximal</function>
+that series of
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
+and
+<function>Expose</function>
+events are to be compressed together, with the final event type
+determining the type of the event passed to the expose procedure.
+If this flag is not set, then only series of the same event type
+as the event at the head of the queue are coalesced. This flag
+also implies
+<function>XtExposeGraphicsExpose</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<function>XtExposeNoExpose</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies that
+<function>NoExpose</function>
+events are also to be dispatched to the expose procedure.
+<function>NoExpose</function>
+events are never coalesced with
+other exposure events or with each other.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<function>XtExposeNoRegion</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies that the final region argument passed to the expose
+procedure is NULL. The rectangle in the event will still
+contain bounding box information for the entire series of
+compressed exposure events. This option saves processing time when the
+region is not needed by the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Widget_Exposure_and_Visibility">
+<title>Widget Exposure and Visibility</title>
+<para>
+Every primitive widget and some composite widgets display data on the screen
+by means of direct Xlib calls.
+Widgets cannot simply write to the screen and forget what they have done.
+They must keep enough state to redisplay the window or parts
+of it if a portion is obscured and then reexposed.
+</para>
+
+<sect2 id="Redisplay_of_a_Widget_The_expose_Procedure">
+<title>Redisplay of a Widget: The expose Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The expose procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+<xref linkend='XtExposeProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtExposeProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtExposeProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Region <parameter>region</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget instance requiring redisplay.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the exposure event giving the rectangle requiring redisplay.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>region</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the union of all rectangles in this exposure sequence.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The redisplay of a widget upon exposure is the responsibility of the
+expose procedure in the widget's class record.
+If a widget has no display semantics,
+it can specify NULL for the <emphasis remap='I'>expose</emphasis> field.
+Many composite widgets serve only as containers for their children
+and have no expose procedure.
+</para>
+
+<note>
+<para>
+If the <emphasis remap='I'>expose</emphasis> procedure is NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+fills in a default bit gravity of
+<function>NorthWestGravity</function>
+before it calls the widget's realize procedure.
+</para>
+</note>
+
+<para>
+If the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>compress_exposure</emphasis> class field specifies
+<function>XtExposeNoCompress</function>
+or
+<function>XtExposeNoRegion</function>,
+or if the event type is
+<function>NoExpose</function>
+(see <xref linkend='Exposure_Compression' />),
+<emphasis remap='I'>region</emphasis> is NULL. If
+<function>XtExposeNoCompress</function>
+is not specified and the event type is not
+<function>NoExpose</function>,
+the event is the final event in the compressed series
+but <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis> contain
+the bounding box for all the compressed events.
+The region is created and destroyed by the Intrinsics, but
+the widget is permitted to modify the region contents.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A small simple widget (for example, Label) can ignore the bounding box
+information in the event and redisplay the entire window.
+A more complicated widget (for example, Text) can use the bounding box
+information to minimize the amount of calculation and redisplay it does.
+A very complex widget uses the region as a clip list in a GC and
+ignores the event information.
+The expose procedure is not chained and is therefore
+responsible for exposure of all superclass data
+as well as its own.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+However,
+it often is possible to anticipate the display needs of several levels
+of subclassing.
+For example, rather than implement separate display procedures for
+the widgets Label, Pushbutton, and Toggle,
+you could write a single display routine in Label that uses display state
+fields like
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+Boolean invert;
+Boolean highlight;
+Dimension highlight_width;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Label would have <emphasis remap='I'>invert</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>highlight</emphasis> always
+<function>False</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>highlight_width</emphasis> zero.
+Pushbutton would dynamically set <emphasis remap='I'>highlight</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>highlight_width</emphasis>,
+but it would leave <emphasis remap='I'>invert</emphasis> always
+<function>False</function>.
+Finally, Toggle would dynamically set all three.
+In this case,
+the expose procedures for Pushbutton and Toggle inherit
+their superclass's expose procedure;
+see <xref linkend='Inheritance_of_Superclass_Operations' />.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Visibility">
+<title>Widget Visibility</title>
+<para>
+Some widgets may use substantial computing resources to produce the
+data they will display.
+However, this effort is wasted if the widget is not actually visible
+on the screen, that is, if the widget is obscured by another application
+or is iconified.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>visible</emphasis> field in the
+core
+widget structure provides a hint to the widget that it need not compute
+display data.
+This field is guaranteed to be
+<function>True</function>
+by the time an
+exposure
+event is processed if any part of the widget is visible,
+but is
+<function>False</function>
+if the widget is fully obscured.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Widgets can use or ignore the <emphasis remap='I'>visible</emphasis> hint.
+If they ignore it,
+they should have <emphasis remap='I'>visible_interest</emphasis> in their widget class record set
+<function>False</function>.
+In such cases,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>visible</emphasis> field is initialized
+<function>True</function>
+and never changes.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>visible_interest</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>,
+the event manager asks for
+<function>VisibilityNotify</function>
+events for the widget and sets <emphasis remap='I'>visible</emphasis> to
+<function>True</function>
+on
+<function>VisibilityUnobscured</function>
+or
+<function>VisibilityPartiallyObscured</function>
+events and
+<function>False</function>
+on
+<function>VisibilityFullyObscured</function>
+events.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="X_Event_Handlers">
+<title>X Event Handlers</title>
+<para>
+Event handlers are procedures called when specified events
+occur in a widget.
+Most widgets need not use event handlers explicitly.
+Instead, they use the Intrinsics translation manager.
+Event handler procedure pointers are of the type
+<xref linkend='XtEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtEventHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtEventHandler)</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean *<parameter>continue_to_dispatch</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which the event arrived.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies any client-specific information registered with the event handler.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the triggering event.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>continue_to_dispatch</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether the remaining event
+handlers registered for the current event
+should be called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+After receiving an event and before calling any event handlers, the
+Boolean pointed to by <emphasis remap='I'>continue_to_dispatch</emphasis> is initialized to
+<function>True</function>.
+When an event handler is called, it may decide that further processing
+of the event is not desirable and may store
+<function>False</function>
+in this Boolean, in
+which case any handlers remaining to be called for the event are
+ignored.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The circumstances under which the Intrinsics may add event handlers
+to a widget are currently implementation-dependent. Clients must
+therefore be aware that storing
+<function>False</function>
+into the <emphasis remap='I'>continue_to_dispatch</emphasis> argument can lead to portability problems.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Event_Handlers_That_Select_Events">
+<title>Event Handlers That Select Events</title>
+<para>
+To register an event handler procedure with the dispatch mechanism, use
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddEventHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAddEventHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>EventMask <parameter>event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>nonmaskable</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtEventHandler <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nonmaskable</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether this procedure should be
+called on the nonmaskable events
+<function>( GraphicsExpose</function>,
+<function>NoExpose</function>,
+<function>SelectionClear</function>,
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>,
+<function>SelectionNotify</function>,
+<function>ClientMessage</function>,
+and
+<function>MappingNotify ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function registers a procedure with the dispatch mechanism that is
+to be called when an event that matches the mask occurs on the specified
+widget.
+Each widget has a single registered event handler list, which will
+contain any procedure/client_data pair exactly once regardless of
+the manner in which it is registered.
+If the procedure is already registered with the same <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+value,
+the specified mask augments the existing mask.
+If the widget is realized,
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XSelectInput</function>,
+if necessary.
+The order in which this procedure is called relative to other handlers
+registered for the same event is not defined.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To remove a previously registered event handler, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveEventHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveEventHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>EventMask <parameter>event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>nonmaskable</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtEventHandler <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which this procedure is registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event mask for which to unregister this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nonmaskable</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether this procedure should be
+removed on the nonmaskable events
+<function>( GraphicsExpose</function>,
+<function>NoExpose</function>,
+<function>SelectionClear</function>,
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>,
+<function>SelectionNotify</function>,
+<function>ClientMessage</function>,
+and
+<function>MappingNotify ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be removed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the registered client data.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function unregisters an event handler registered with
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the specified events.
+The request is ignored if <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> does not match the value given
+when the handler was registered.
+If the widget is realized and no other event handler requires the event,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XSelectInput</function>.
+If the specified procedure has not been registered
+or if it has been registered with a different value of <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns without reporting an error.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To stop a procedure registered with
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+from receiving all selected events, call
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with an <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis> of
+<function>XtAllEvents</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>nonmaskable</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>.
+The procedure will continue to receive any events
+that have been specified in calls to
+<xref linkend='XtAddRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtInsertRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register an event handler procedure that receives events before or
+after all previously registered event handlers, use
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef enum {XtListHead, XtListTail} XtListPosition;
+</literallayout>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtInsertEventHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtInsertEventHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>EventMask <parameter>event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>nonmaskable</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtEventHandler <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtListPosition <parameter>position</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nonmaskable</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether this procedure should be
+called on the nonmaskable events
+<function>( GraphicsExpose</function>,
+<function>NoExpose</function>,
+<function>SelectionClear</function>,
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>,
+<function>SelectionNotify</function>,
+<function>ClientMessage</function>,
+and
+<function>MappingNotify ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>position</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies when the event handler is to be called
+relative to other previously registered handlers.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical to
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the additional <emphasis remap='I'>position</emphasis> argument. If <emphasis remap='I'>position</emphasis> is
+<function>XtListHead</function>,
+the event
+handler is registered so that it is called before any event
+handlers that were previously registered for the same widget. If
+<emphasis remap='I'>position</emphasis> is
+<function>XtListTail</function>,
+the event handler is registered to be called
+after any previously registered event handlers. If the procedure is
+already registered with the same <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> value, the specified mask
+augments the existing mask and the procedure is repositioned in
+the list.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Event_Handlers_That_Do_Not_Select_Events">
+<title>Event Handlers That Do Not Select Events</title>
+<para>
+On occasion,
+clients need to register an event handler procedure with the
+dispatch mechanism without explicitly
+causing the X server to select for that event.
+To do this, use
+<xref linkend='XtAddRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddRawEventHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAddRawEventHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>EventMask <parameter>event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>nonmaskable</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtEventHandler <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nonmaskable</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether this procedure should be
+called on the nonmaskable events
+<function>( GraphicsExpose</function>,
+<function>NoExpose</function>,
+<function>SelectionClear</function>,
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>,
+<function>SelectionNotify</function>,
+<function>ClientMessage</function>,
+and
+<function>MappingNotify ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAddRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function is similar to
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+except that it does not affect the widget's event mask and never causes an
+<function>XSelectInput</function>
+for its events.
+Note that the widget might already have those mask bits set
+because of other nonraw event handlers registered on it.
+If the procedure is already registered with the same <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>,
+the specified mask augments the existing mask.
+The order in which this procedure is called relative to other handlers
+registered for the same event is not defined.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To remove a previously registered raw event handler, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveRawEventHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveRawEventHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>EventMask <parameter>event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>nonmaskable</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtEventHandler <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which this procedure is registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event mask for which to unregister this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nonmaskable</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether this procedure should be
+removed on the nonmaskable events
+<function>( GraphicsExpose</function>,
+<function>NoExpose</function>,
+<function>SelectionClear</function>,
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>,
+<function>SelectionNotify</function>,
+<function>ClientMessage</function>,
+and
+<function>MappingNotify ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the registered client data.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function unregisters an event handler registered with
+<xref linkend='XtAddRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtInsertRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the specified events without changing
+the window event mask.
+The request is ignored if <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> does not match the value given
+when the handler was registered.
+If the specified procedure has not been registered
+or if it has been registered with a different value of <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns without reporting an error.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To stop a procedure
+registered with
+<xref linkend='XtAddRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtInsertRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+from receiving all nonselected events, call
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with an <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis> of
+<function>XtAllEvents</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>nonmaskable</emphasis>
+<function>True</function>.
+The procedure
+will continue to receive any events that have been specified in calls to
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register an event handler procedure that receives events before or
+after all previously registered event handlers without selecting for
+the events, use
+<xref linkend='XtInsertRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtInsertRawEventHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtInsertRawEventHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>EventMask <parameter>event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>nonmaskable</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtEventHandler <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtListPosition <parameter>position</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nonmaskable</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether this procedure should be
+called on the nonmaskable events
+<function>( GraphicsExpose</function>,
+<function>NoExpose</function>,
+<function>SelectionClear</function>,
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>,
+<function>SelectionNotify</function>,
+<function>ClientMessage</function>,
+and
+<function>MappingNotify ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>position</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies when the event handler is to be called
+relative to other previously registered handlers.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtInsertRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function is similar to
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+except that it does not modify the widget's event
+mask and never causes an
+<function>XSelectInput</function>
+for the specified events. If
+the procedure is already registered with the same <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+value, the
+specified mask augments the existing mask and the procedure is
+repositioned in the list.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Current_Event_Mask">
+<title>Current Event Mask</title>
+<para>
+To retrieve the event mask for a given widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtBuildEventMask' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtBuildEventMask'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>EventMask <function>XtBuildEventMask</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtBuildEventMask' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns the event mask representing the logical OR
+of all event masks for event handlers registered on the widget with
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and all event translations, including accelerators,
+installed on the widget.
+This is the same event mask stored into the
+<function>XSetWindowAttributes</function>
+structure by
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and sent to the server when event handlers and translations are installed or
+removed on the realized widget.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Event_Handlers_for_X_Protocol_Extensions">
+<title>Event Handlers for X11 Protocol Extensions</title>
+<para>
+To register an event handler procedure with the Intrinsics dispatch
+mechanism according to an event type, use
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtInsertEventTypeHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtInsertEventTypeHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>event_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>select_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtEventHandler <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtListPosition <parameter>position</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event type for which to call this event handler.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies data used to request events of the specified type from the server,
+or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event handler to be called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>position</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies when the event handler is to be called relative to other
+previously registered handlers.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+registers a procedure with the
+dispatch mechanism that is to be called when an event that matches the
+specified <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis> is dispatched to the specified <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis> specifies one of the core X protocol events, then
+<emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis> must be a pointer to a value of type
+<function>EventMask</function>,
+indicating
+the event mask to be used to select for the desired event. This event
+mask is included in the value returned by
+<xref linkend='XtBuildEventMask' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If the widget is realized,
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XSelectInput</function>
+if necessary. Specifying NULL for <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis> is equivalent to
+specifying a pointer to an event mask containing 0. This is similar
+to the
+<xref linkend='XtInsertRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis> specifies an extension event type, then the semantics of
+the data pointed to by <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis> are defined by the extension
+selector registered for the specified event type.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In either case the Intrinsics are not required to copy the data
+pointed to by <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis>, so the caller must ensure that it remains
+valid as long as the event handler remains registered with this value
+of <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>position</emphasis> argument allows the client to control the order of
+invocation of event handlers registered for the same event type. If
+the client does not care about the order, it should normally specify
+<function>XtListTail</function>,
+which registers this event handler after any previously
+registered handlers for this event type.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Each widget has a single registered event handler list, which will
+contain any procedure/client_data pair exactly once if it is
+registered with
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+regardless of the manner
+in which it is registered and regardless of the value(s)
+of <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis>. If the procedure is already registered with the
+same <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> value, the specified mask augments the existing
+mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To remove an event handler registered with
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveEventTypeHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveEventTypeHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>event_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>select_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtEventHandler <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget for which the event handler was registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event type for which the handler was registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies data used to deselect events of the specified type
+from the server, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event handler to be removed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the additional client data with which the procedure was registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function unregisters an event handler
+registered with
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the specified event type.
+The request is ignored if <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> does not match the value given
+when the handler was registered.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis> specifies one of the core X protocol events,
+<emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis> must be a pointer to a value of type
+<function>EventMask, indicating the event</function>
+mask to be used to deselect for the appropriate event. If the widget
+is realized,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<function>XSelectInput</function>
+if necessary.
+Specifying NULL for <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis> is equivalent to specifying a pointer
+to an event mask containing 0. This is similar to the
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis> specifies an extension event type, then the semantics of
+the data pointed to by <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis> are defined by the extension
+selector registered for the specified event type.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to select extension events for a widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterExtensionSelector' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRegisterExtensionSelector'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRegisterExtensionSelector</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display <parameter>*display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>min_event_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>max_event_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtExtensionSelectProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display for which the extension selector is to be registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>min_event_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>max_event_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the range of event types for the extension.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the extension selector procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the extension selector.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterExtensionSelector' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function registers a procedure to arrange
+for the delivery of extension events to widgets.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If <emphasis remap='I'>min_event_type</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>max_event_type</emphasis> match the parameters
+to a previous call to
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterExtensionSelector' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the same <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, then <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+replace the previously
+registered values. If the range specified by <emphasis remap='I'>min_event_type</emphasis>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>max_event_type</emphasis> overlaps the range of the parameters to a
+previous call for the same display in any other way, an error results.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When a widget is realized,
+after the <emphasis remap='I'>core.realize</emphasis> method is called,
+the Intrinsics check to see if any event
+handler specifies an event type within the range of a registered
+extension selector. If so, the Intrinsics call each such selector.
+If an event type handler is added or removed, the Intrinsics check to
+see if the event type falls within the range of a registered extension
+selector, and if it does, calls the selector. In either case the Intrinsics
+pass a list of all the widget's event types that are within the
+selector's range. The corresponding select data are also passed. The
+selector is responsible for enabling the delivery of extension events
+required by the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+An extension selector is of type
+<xref linkend='XtExtensionSelectProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtExtensionSelectProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtExtensionSelectProc)</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>event_types</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer *<parameter>select_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that is being realized or is having
+an event handler added or removed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_types</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of event types that the widget has
+registered event handlers for.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of the select_data parameters specified in
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the <emphasis remap='I'>event_types</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis>
+lists.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the additional client data with which the procedure was registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>event_types</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>select_data</emphasis> lists will always have the
+same number of elements, specified by <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>.
+Each event type/select data pair represents one call to
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to dispatch events of a specific type within
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtSetEventDispatcher' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetEventDispatcher'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtEventDispatchProc <function>XtSetEventDispatcher</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>event_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtEventDispatchProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display for which the event dispatcher is to be registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event type for which the dispatcher should be invoked.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event dispatcher procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtSetEventDispatcher' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function registers the event dispatcher procedure specified by <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+for events with the type <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis>. The previously registered
+dispatcher (or the default dispatcher if there was no previously registered
+dispatcher) is returned. If <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> is NULL, the default procedure is
+restored for the specified type.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In the future, when
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called with an event type of <emphasis remap='I'>event_type</emphasis>, the specified <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+(or the default dispatcher) is invoked to determine a widget
+to which to dispatch the event.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The default dispatcher handles the Intrinsics modal cascade and keyboard
+focus mechanisms, handles the semantics of <emphasis remap='I'>compress_enterleave</emphasis>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>compress_motion</emphasis>, and discards all extension events.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+An event dispatcher procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtEventDispatchProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtEventDispatchProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef Boolean <function>(*XtEventDispatchProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Passes the event to be dispatched.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The event dispatcher procedure should determine whether this event is of
+a type that should be dispatched to a widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the event should be dispatched to a widget, the event dispatcher
+procedure should determine the appropriate widget to receive the
+event, call
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+with the window of this widget, or
+<function>None</function>
+if the event is to be discarded, and if
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+returns
+<function>False</function>,
+dispatch the event to the widget using
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEventToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The procedure should return
+<function>True</function>
+if either
+<function>XFilterEvent</function>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEventToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returned
+<function>True</function>
+and
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the event should not be dispatched to a widget, the event
+dispatcher procedure should attempt to dispatch the event elsewhere as
+appropriate and return
+<function>True</function>
+if it successfully dispatched the event and
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Some dispatchers for extension events may wish to forward events
+according to the Intrinsics' keyboard focus mechanism. To determine
+which widget is the end result of keyboard event forwarding, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget to get forwarding information for.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns the widget that would be the end result of keyboard
+event forwarding for a keyboard event for the specified widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To dispatch an event to a specified widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEventToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDispatchEventToWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtDispatchEventToWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget to which to dispatch the event.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the event to be dispatched.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEventToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function scans the list of registered event handlers for the
+specified widget and calls each handler that has been registered
+for the specified event type, subject to the <emphasis remap='I'>continue_to_dispatch</emphasis>
+value returned by each handler.
+The Intrinsics behave as if event handlers were registered at the head
+of the list for
+<function>Expose</function>,
+<function>NoExpose</function>,
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>,
+and
+<function>VisibilityNotify</function>
+events to invoke the widget's expose procedure according to the exposure
+compression rules and to update the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>visible</emphasis> field
+if <emphasis remap='I'>visible_interest</emphasis> is
+<function>True</function>.
+These internal event handlers never set <emphasis remap='I'>continue_to_dispatch</emphasis> to
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEventToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns
+<function>True</function>
+if any event handler was called and
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Using_the_Intrinsics_in_a_Multi_Threaded_Environment">
+<title>Using the Intrinsics in a Multi-Threaded Environment</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics may be used in environments that offer multiple threads
+of execution within the context of a single process. A multi-threaded
+application using the Intrinsics must explicitly initialize the toolkit
+for mutually exclusive access by calling
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitThreadInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Initializing_a_Multi_Threaded_Intrinsics_Application">
+<title>Initializing a Multi-Threaded Intrinsics Application</title>
+<para>
+To test and initialize Intrinsics support for mutually exclusive thread
+access, call
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitThreadInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtToolkitThreadInitialize'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtToolkitThreadInitialize</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter></parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitThreadInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns <function>True</function> if the Intrinsics support mutually exclusive thread
+access, otherwise it returns <function>False</function>. <xref linkend='XtToolkitThreadInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before
+<xref linkend='XtCreateApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>
+is called. <xref linkend='XtToolkitThreadInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/> may be called more than once;
+however, the application writer must ensure that it is not called
+simultaneously by two or more threads.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Locking_tk_Data_Structures">
+<title>Locking X Toolkit Data Structures</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics employs two levels of locking: application context and
+process. Locking an application context ensures mutually exclusive
+access by a thread to the state associated with the application context,
+including all displays and widgets associated with it. Locking a
+process ensures mutually exclusive access by a thread to Intrinsics process
+global data.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A client may acquire a lock multiple times and the effect is cumulative.
+The client must ensure that the lock is released an equal number of times in
+order for the lock to be acquired by another thread.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Most application writers will have little need to use locking as the
+Intrinsics performs the necessary locking internally.
+Resource converters are an exception.
+They require the application context or process to be locked
+before the application can safely call them directly, for example:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+ ...
+ XtAppLock(app_context);
+ XtCvtStringToPixel(dpy, args, num_args, fromVal, toVal, closure_ret);
+ XtAppUnlock(app_context);
+ ...
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+When the application relies upon
+<xref linkend='XtConvertAndStore' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or a converter to provide the storage for the results of a
+conversion, the application should acquire the process lock before
+calling out and hold the lock until the results have been copied.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Application writers who write their own
+utility functions, such as one which retrieves the being_destroyed field from
+a widget instance, must lock the application context before accessing
+widget internal data. For example:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+#include <X11/CoreP.h>
+Boolean BeingDestroyed (widget)
+ Widget widget;
+{
+ Boolean ret;
+ XtAppLock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
+ ret = widget->core.being_destroyed;
+ XtAppUnlock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
+ return ret;
+}
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+A client that wishes to atomically call two or more Intrinsics functions
+must lock the application context. For example:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+ ...
+ XtAppLock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
+ XtUnmanageChild (widget1);
+ XtManageChild (widget2);
+ XtAppUnlock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
+ ...
+</literallayout>
+<sect3 id="Locking_the_Application_Context">
+<title>Locking the Application Context</title>
+<para>
+To ensure mutual exclusion of application context, display, or
+widget internal state, use
+<function>XtAppLock.</function>
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppLock'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppLock</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context to lock.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppLock' xrefstyle='select: title'/> blocks until it is able to acquire the lock. Locking the
+application context also ensures that only the thread holding the lock
+makes Xlib calls from within Xt. An application that makes its own
+direct Xlib calls must either lock the application context around every
+call or enable thread locking in Xlib.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To unlock a locked application context, use
+<function>XtAppUnlock.</function>
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppUnlock'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppUnlock</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context that was previously locked.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Locking_the_Process">
+<title>Locking the Process</title>
+<para>
+To ensure mutual exclusion of X Toolkit process global data, a
+widget writer must use
+<function>XtProcessLock.</function>
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtProcessLock'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtProcessLock</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter></parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtProcessLock' xrefstyle='select: title'/> blocks until it is able to acquire the lock.
+Widget writers may use XtProcessLock to guarantee mutually exclusive
+access to widget static data.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To unlock a locked process, use
+<xref linkend='XtProcessUnlock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtProcessUnlock'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtProcessUnlock</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter></parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<para>
+To lock both an application context and the process at the same
+time, call
+<xref linkend='XtAppLock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+first and then
+<xref linkend='XtProcessLock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+To release both locks, call
+<xref linkend='XtProcessUnlock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+first and then
+<xref linkend='XtAppUnlock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The order is important to avoid deadlock.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Event_Management_in_a_Multi_Threaded_Environment">
+<title>Event Management in a Multi-Threaded Environment</title>
+<para>
+In a nonthreaded environment an application writer could reasonably
+assume that it is safe to exit the application from a quit callback.
+This assumption may no longer hold true in a multi-threaded environment;
+therefore it is desirable to provide a mechanism to terminate an
+event-processing loop without necessarily terminating its thread.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To indicate that the event loop should terminate after the current
+event dispatch has completed, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetExitFlag' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppSetExitFlag'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppSetExitFlag</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+tests the value of the flag and will return if the flag is <function>True</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Application writers who implement their own main loop may test the
+value of the exit flag with
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetExitFlag' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppGetExitFlag'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtAppGetExitFlag</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetExitFlag' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will normally return <function>False</function>, indicating that event processing
+may continue. When
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetExitFlag' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns <function>True</function>, the loop must terminate and return to the caller,
+which might then destroy the application context.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Application writers should be aware that, if a thread is blocked in
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAppPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and another thread in the same application context opens a new display,
+adds an alternate input, or a timeout, any new source(s) will not
+normally be "noticed" by the blocked thread. Any new sources are
+"noticed" the next time one of these functions is called.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics manage access to events on a last-in, first-out basis. If
+multiple threads in the same application context block in
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAppPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the last thread to call one of these functions is the first
+thread to return.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Callbacks'>
+<title>Callbacks</title>
+<para>
+Applications and other widgets often need to register a procedure
+with a widget that gets called under certain prespecified conditions.
+For example,
+when a widget is destroyed,
+every procedure on the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>destroy_callbacks</emphasis>
+list is called to notify clients of the widget's impending doom.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Every widget has an XtNdestroyCallbacks callback list resource.
+Widgets can define additional callback lists as they see fit.
+For example, the Pushbutton widget has a callback
+list to notify clients when the button has been activated.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Except where otherwise noted, it is the intent that all Intrinsics
+functions may be called at any time, including from within callback
+procedures, action routines, and event handlers.
+</para>
+<sect1 id="Using_Callback_Procedure_and_Callback_List_Definitions">
+<title>Using Callback Procedure and Callback List Definitions</title>
+<para>
+Callback procedure pointers for use in callback lists are of type
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallbackProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtCallbackProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>call_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget owning the list in which the callback is registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional data supplied by the client when the procedure
+was registered.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies any callback-specific data the widget wants to pass to the client.
+For example, when Scrollbar executes its XtNthumbChanged callback list,
+it passes the new position of the thumb.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> argument provides a way for the
+client registering the callback procedure also to register client-specific data,
+for example, a pointer to additional information about the widget,
+a reason for invoking the callback, and so on.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> value may be NULL
+if all necessary information is in the widget.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> argument is a convenience to avoid having simple
+cases where the client could otherwise always call
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or a widget-specific function to retrieve data from the widget.
+Widgets should generally avoid putting complex state information
+in <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>.
+The client can use the more general data retrieval methods, if necessary.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Whenever a client wants to pass a callback list as an argument in an
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call, it should specify the address
+of a NULL-terminated array of type
+<function>XtCallbackList</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ XtCallbackProc callback;
+ XtPointer closure;
+} XtCallbackRec, *XtCallbackList;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+For example, the callback list for procedures A and B with client data
+clientDataA and clientDataB, respectively, is
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+static XtCallbackRec callbacks[] = {
+ {A, (XtPointer) clientDataA},
+ {B, (XtPointer) clientDataB},
+ {(XtCallbackProc) NULL, (XtPointer) NULL}
+};
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Although callback lists are passed by address in arglists
+and varargs lists,
+the Intrinsics recognize callback lists
+through the widget resource list and will copy the contents
+when necessary.
+Widget initialize and set_values procedures
+should not allocate memory for the callback list contents.
+The Intrinsics automatically do this,
+potentially using a different structure for their
+internal representation.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Identifying_Callback_Lists">
+<title>Identifying Callback Lists</title>
+<para>
+Whenever a widget contains a callback list for use by clients,
+it also exports in its public .h file the resource name of the callback list.
+Applications and client widgets never access callback list fields directly.
+Instead, they always identify the desired callback list by using the exported
+resource name.
+All the callback manipulation functions described in this chapter
+except
+<xref linkend='XtCallCallbackList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+check
+to see that the requested callback list is indeed implemented by the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For the Intrinsics to find and correctly handle callback lists,
+they must be declared with a resource type of
+<function>XtRCallback</function>.
+The internal representation of a callback list is
+implementation-dependent; widgets may make no assumptions about the
+value stored in this resource if it is non-NULL. Except to compare
+the value to NULL (which is equivalent to
+<function>XtCallbackStatus</function>
+<function>XtCallbackHasNone ),</function>
+access to callback list resources must be made
+through other Intrinsics procedures.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Adding_Callback_Procedures">
+<title>Adding Callback Procedures</title>
+<para>
+To add a callback procedure to a widget's callback list, use
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddCallback'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAddCallback</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>callback_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCallbackProc <parameter>callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback list to which the procedure is to be appended.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the specified procedure
+when it is invoked,
+or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+A callback will be invoked as many times as it occurs in the callback list.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To add a list of callback procedures to a given widget's callback list, use
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddCallbacks'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAddCallbacks</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>callback_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCallbackList <parameter>callbacks</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback list to which the procedures are to be appended.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callbacks</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding
+client data.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Removing_Callback_Procedures">
+<title>Removing Callback Procedures</title>
+<para>
+To delete a callback procedure from a widget's callback list, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveCallback'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveCallback</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>callback_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCallbackProc <parameter>callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback list from which the procedure is to be deleted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the client data to match with the registered callback entry.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function removes a callback only if both the procedure and the client
+data match.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To delete a list of callback procedures from a given widget's callback list, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveCallbacks'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveCallbacks</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>callback_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCallbackList <parameter>callbacks</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback list from which the procedures are to be deleted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callbacks</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding
+client data.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+To delete all callback procedures from a given widget's callback list
+and free all storage associated with the callback list, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveAllCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveAllCallbacks'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveAllCallbacks</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>callback_name</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback list to be cleared.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Executing_Callback_Procedures">
+<title>Executing Callback Procedures</title>
+<para>
+To execute the procedures in a given widget's callback list,
+specifying the callback list by resource name, use
+<xref linkend='XtCallCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallCallbacks'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCallCallbacks</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>callback_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>call_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback list to be executed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a callback-list-specific data value to pass to each of the callback
+procedure in the list, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtCallCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls each of the callback procedures in the list
+named by <emphasis remap='I'>callback_name</emphasis> in the specified widget, passing the client
+data registered with the procedure and <emphasis remap='I'>call-data</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To execute the procedures in a callback list, specifying the callback
+list by address, use
+<xref linkend='XtCallCallbackList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallCallbackList'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCallCallbackList</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCallbackList <parameter>callbacks</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>call_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget instance that contains the callback list. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callbacks</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback list to be executed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a callback-list-specific data value to pass
+to each of the callback procedures in the list, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>callbacks</emphasis> parameter must specify the contents of a widget or
+object resource declared with representation type
+<function>XtRCallback</function>.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>callbacks</emphasis> is NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtCallCallbackList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns immediately; otherwise it calls each of the callback
+procedures in the list, passing the client data and <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Checking_the_Status_of_a_Callback_List">
+<title>Checking the Status of a Callback List</title>
+<para>
+To find out the status of a given widget's callback list, use
+<xref linkend='XtHasCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+typedef enum {XtCallbackNoList, XtCallbackHasNone, XtCallbackHasSome} XtCallbackStatus;
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtHasCallbacks'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtCallbackStatus <function>XtHasCallbacks</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>callback_name</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback list to be checked.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtHasCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function first checks to see if the widget has a callback list identified
+by <emphasis remap='I'>callback_name</emphasis>.
+If the callback list does not exist,
+<xref linkend='XtHasCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns
+<function>XtCallbackNoList</function>.
+If the callback list exists but is empty,
+it returns
+<function>XtCallbackHasNone</function>.
+If the callback list exists and has at least one callback registered,
+it returns
+<function>XtCallbackHasSome</function>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Resource_Management'>
+<title>Resource Management</title>
+<para>
+A resource is a field in the widget record with a corresponding
+resource entry in the <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis> list of the widget or any of its
+superclasses.
+This means that the field is
+settable by
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(by naming the field in the argument list), by an
+entry in a resource file (by using either the name or class), and by
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+In addition, it is readable by
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Not all fields in a widget record are resources.
+Some are for bookkeeping use by the
+generic routines (like <emphasis remap='I'>managed</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>being_destroyed</emphasis>).
+Others can be for local bookkeeping,
+and still others are derived from resources
+(many graphics contexts and pixmaps).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Widgets typically need to obtain a large set of resources at widget
+creation time.
+Some of the resources come from the argument list supplied in the call to
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+some from the resource database,
+and some from the internal defaults specified by the widget.
+Resources are obtained first from the argument list,
+then from the resource database for all resources not specified
+in the argument list,
+and last, from the internal default, if needed.
+</para>
+<sect1 id="Resource_Lists">
+<title>Resource Lists</title>
+<para>
+A resource entry specifies a field in the widget,
+the textual name and class of the field that argument lists
+and external resource files use to refer to the field,
+and a default value that the field should get if no value is specified.
+The declaration for the
+<function>XtResource</function>
+structure is
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ String resource_name;
+ String resource_class;
+ String resource_type;
+ Cardinal resource_size;
+ Cardinal resource_offset;
+ String default_type;
+ XtPointer default_addr;
+} XtResource, *XtResourceList;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+When the resource list is specified as the
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>,
+<function>ObjectClassPart</function>,
+<function>RectObjClassPart</function>,
+or
+<function>ConstraintClassPart</function>
+<emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis> field, the strings pointed to by <emphasis remap='I'>resource_name</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>resource_class</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>resource_type</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>default_type</emphasis> must
+be permanently allocated prior to or during the execution of the class
+initialization procedure and must not be subsequently deallocated.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>resource_name</emphasis> field contains the name used by clients to access the field
+in the widget.
+By convention, it starts with a lowercase letter
+and is spelled exactly like the field name,
+except all underscores (_) are deleted and the next letter is replaced by its
+uppercase counterpart.
+For example, the resource name for background_pixel becomes backgroundPixel.
+Resource names beginning with the two-character
+sequence ``xt'', and resource classes beginning with the two-character
+sequence ``Xt'' are reserved to the Intrinsics for future standard and
+implementation-dependent uses.
+Widget header files typically contain a symbolic name for each resource name.
+All resource names, classes, and types used by the Intrinsics are named in
+<function><X11/StringDefs.h></function>.
+The Intrinsics's symbolic resource names begin with
+``XtN''
+and are followed by the string name (for example, XtNbackgroundPixel
+for backgroundPixel).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>resource_class</emphasis> field contains the class string used in resource
+specification files to identify the field.
+A resource class provides two functions:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+It isolates an application from different representations that widgets
+can use for a similar resource.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+It lets you specify values for several actual resources with a single name.
+A resource class should be chosen to span a group of closely related fields.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+For example,
+a widget can have several pixel resources: background, foreground,
+border, block cursor, pointer cursor, and so on.
+Typically, the background defaults to white
+and everything else to black.
+The resource class for each of these resources in the resource list
+should be chosen so that it takes the minimal number of entries
+in the resource database to make the background ivory
+and everything else darkblue.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In this case, the background pixel should have a resource class of
+``Background''
+and all the other pixel entries a resource class of
+``Foreground''.
+Then, the resource file needs only two lines to
+change all pixels to ivory or darkblue:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+*Background: ivory
+*Foreground: darkblue
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+Similarly, a widget may have several font resources (such as normal and bold),
+but all fonts should have the class Font.
+Thus, changing all fonts simply requires only a single line in the
+default resource file:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+*Font: 6x13
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+By convention,
+resource classes are always spelled starting with a capital letter
+to distinguish them from resource names.
+Their symbolic names are preceded with
+``XtC''
+(for example, XtCBackground).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>resource_type</emphasis> field gives the physical representation type of the resource
+and also encodes information about the specific usage of the field.
+By convention, it starts with an uppercase letter and is
+spelled identically to the type name of the field.
+The resource type is used when resources are fetched to
+convert from the resource database format (usually
+<function>String</function>)
+or the format of the resource default value
+(almost anything, but often
+<function>String</function>)
+to the desired
+physical representation (see <xref linkend='Resource_Conversions' />).
+The Intrinsics define the following resource types:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Resource Type</entry>
+ <entry>Structure or Field Type</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRAcceleratorTable</function></entry>
+ <entry>XtAccelerators</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRAtom</function></entry>
+ <entry>Atom</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRBitmap</function></entry>
+ <entry>Pixmap, depth=1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRBoolean</function></entry>
+ <entry>Boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRBool</function></entry>
+ <entry>Bool</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRCallback</function></entry>
+ <entry>XtCallbackList</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRCardinal</function></entry>
+ <entry>Cardinal</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRColor</function></entry>
+ <entry>XColor</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRColormap</function></entry>
+ <entry>Colormap</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRCommandArgArray</function></entry>
+ <entry>String*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRCursor</function></entry>
+ <entry>Cursor</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRDimension</function></entry>
+ <entry>Dimension</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRDirectoryString</function></entry>
+ <entry>String</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRDisplay</function></entry>
+ <entry>Display*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtREnum</function></entry>
+ <entry>XtEnum</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtREnvironmentArray</function></entry>
+ <entry>String*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFile</function></entry>
+ <entry>FILE*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFloat</function></entry>
+ <entry>float</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFont</function></entry>
+ <entry>Font</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFontSet</function></entry>
+ <entry>XFontSet</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFontStruct</function></entry>
+ <entry>XFontStruct*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFunction</function></entry>
+ <entry>(*)()</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRGeometry</function></entry>
+ <entry>char*, format as defined by
+ <function>XParseGeometry</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRGravity</function></entry>
+ <entry>int</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRInitialState</function></entry>
+ <entry>int</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRInt</function></entry>
+ <entry>int</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRLongBoolean</function></entry>
+ <entry>long</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRObject</function></entry>
+ <entry>Object</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPixel</function></entry>
+ <entry>Pixel</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPixmap</function></entry>
+ <entry>Pixmap</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPointer</function></entry>
+ <entry>XtPointer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPosition</function></entry>
+ <entry>Position</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRRestartStyle</function></entry>
+ <entry>unsigned char</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRScreen</function></entry>
+ <entry>Screen*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRShort</function></entry>
+ <entry>short</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRSmcConn</function></entry>
+ <entry>XtPointer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRString</function></entry>
+ <entry>String</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRStringArray</function></entry>
+ <entry>String*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRStringTable</function></entry>
+ <entry>String*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRTranslationTable</function></entry>
+ <entry>XtTranslations</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRUnsignedChar</function></entry>
+ <entry>unsigned char</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRVisual</function></entry>
+ <entry>Visual*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRWidget</function></entry>
+ <entry>Widget</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRWidgetClass</function></entry>
+ <entry>WidgetClass</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRWidgetList</function></entry>
+ <entry>WidgetList</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRWindow</function></entry>
+ <entry>Window</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+<function><X11/StringDefs.h></function>
+also defines the following resource types as a
+convenience for widgets, although they do not have any corresponding
+data type assigned:
+<function>XtREditMode</function>,
+<function>XtRJustify</function>,
+and
+<function>XtROrientation</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>resource_size</emphasis> field is the size of the physical representation in bytes;
+you should specify it as
+<function>sizeof</function>(type) so that the
+compiler fills in the value.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>resource_offset</emphasis> field is the offset in bytes of the field
+within the widget.
+You should use the
+<xref linkend='XtOffsetOf' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+macro to retrieve this value.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>default_type</emphasis> field is the representation type of the default
+resource value.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>default_type</emphasis> is different from <emphasis remap='I'>resource_type</emphasis> and the default value
+is needed,
+the resource manager invokes a conversion procedure from <emphasis remap='I'>default_type</emphasis>
+to <emphasis remap='I'>resource_type</emphasis>.
+Whenever possible,
+the default type should be identical to the resource type in order
+to minimize widget creation time.
+However, there are sometimes no values of the type that the program
+can easily specify.
+In this case,
+it should be a value for which the converter is guaranteed to work (for example,
+<function>XtDefaultForeground</function>
+for a pixel resource).
+The <emphasis remap='I'>default_addr</emphasis> field specifies the address of the default resource value.
+As a special case, if <emphasis remap='I'>default_type</emphasis> is
+<function>XtRString</function>,
+then the value in the <emphasis remap='I'>default_addr</emphasis> field is the pointer to
+the string rather than a pointer to the pointer.
+The default is used if a resource is not specified in the argument list
+or in the resource database or if the conversion from the representation
+type stored in the resource database fails,
+which can happen for various reasons (for example, a misspelled entry in a
+resource file).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Two special representation types
+(XtRImmediate
+and
+XtRCallProc)
+are usable only as default resource types.
+XtRImmediate
+indicates that the value in the <emphasis remap='I'>default_addr</emphasis> field is the actual value of
+the resource rather than the address of the value.
+The value must be in the correct representation type for the resource,
+coerced to an
+<function>XtPointer</function>.
+No conversion is possible, since there is no source representation type.
+XtRCallProc
+indicates that the value in the <emphasis remap='I'>default_addr</emphasis> field is a procedure
+pointer.
+This procedure is automatically invoked with the widget,
+<emphasis remap='I'>resource_offset</emphasis>, and a pointer to an
+<function>XrmValue</function>
+in which to store the result.
+XtRCallProc
+procedure pointers are of type
+<xref linkend='XtResourceDefaultProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtResourceDefaultProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtResourceDefaultProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>offset</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>value</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget whose resource value is to be obtained.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>offset</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the offset of the field in the widget record.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource value descriptor to return.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtResourceDefaultProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure should fill in the <emphasis remap='I'>value->addr</emphasis> field with a pointer
+to the resource value in its correct representation type.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To get the resource list structure for a particular class, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetResourceList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetResourceList'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetResourceList</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList *<parameter>resources_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_resources_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object class to be queried. It must be
+<function>objectClass</function>
+or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the number of entries in the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If
+<xref linkend='XtGetResourceList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called before the class is initialized,
+it returns the resource list as specified in the class record.
+If it is called after the class has been initialized,
+<xref linkend='XtGetResourceList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a merged resource list that includes the resources
+for all superclasses.
+The list returned by
+<xref linkend='XtGetResourceList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+should be freed using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when it is no longer needed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To get the constraint resource list structure for a particular widget
+class, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetConstraintResourceList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetConstraintResourceList'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetConstraintResourceList</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList *<parameter>resources_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_resources_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object class to be queried. It must be
+<function>objectClass</function>
+or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the constraint resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the number of entries in the constraint resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If
+<xref linkend='XtGetConstraintResourceList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called before the widget class is
+initialized, the resource list as specified in the widget
+class Constraint part is returned. If
+<xref linkend='XtGetConstraintResourceList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called after the widget class has been initialized, the merged
+resource list for the class and all Constraint superclasses is
+returned. If the
+specified class is not a subclass of
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>,
+*<emphasis remap='I'>resources_return</emphasis> is set to NULL
+and *<emphasis remap='I'>num_resources_return</emphasis> is set to zero.
+The list returned by
+<xref linkend='XtGetConstraintResourceList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+should be freed using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when it is no longer needed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The routines
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+also use the resource list to set and get widget state;
+see <xref linkend='Obtaining_Widget_State' /> and
+<xref linkend='Setting_Widget_State' />.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Here is an abbreviated version of a possible resource list for a Label widget:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+/* Resources specific to Label */
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+{XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel),
+ XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.foreground), XtRString, XtDefaultForeground},
+{XtNfont, XtCFont, XtRFontStruct, sizeof(XFontStruct*),
+ XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.font), XtRString, XtDefaultFont},
+{XtNlabel, XtCLabel, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+ XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.label), XtRString, NULL},
+ .
+ .
+ .
+}
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The complete resource name for a field of a widget instance is the
+concatenation of the application shell name (from
+<function>XtAppCreateShell ),</function>
+the instance names of all the widget's parents up to the
+top of the widget tree,
+the instance name of the widget itself,
+and the resource name of the specified field of the widget.
+Similarly,
+the full resource class of a field of a widget instance is the
+concatenation of the application class (from
+<function>XtAppCreateShell ),</function>
+the widget class names of all the widget's parents up to the
+top of the widget tree,
+the widget class name of the widget itself,
+and the resource class of the specified field of the widget.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Byte_Offset_Calculations">
+<title>Byte Offset Calculations</title>
+<para>
+To determine the byte offset of a field within a structure type, use
+<xref linkend='XtOffsetOf' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtOffsetOf'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Cardinal <function>XtOffsetOf</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Type <parameter>structure_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Field <parameter>field_name</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>structure_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a type that is declared as a structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>field_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of a member within the structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtOffsetOf' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+macro expands to a constant expression that gives the
+offset in bytes to the specified structure member from the beginning
+of the structure. It is normally used to statically initialize
+resource lists and is more portable than
+<xref linkend='XtOffset' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which serves the same function.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To determine the byte offset of a field within a structure pointer type, use
+<xref linkend='XtOffset' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtOffset'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Cardinal <function>XtOffset</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Type <parameter> pointer_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Field <parameter> field_name</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a type that is declared as a pointer to a structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>field_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of a member within the structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtOffset' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+macro expands to a constant expression that gives the
+offset in bytes to the specified structure member from the beginning
+of the structure. It may be used to statically initialize
+resource lists.
+<xref linkend='XtOffset' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is less portable than
+<xref linkend='XtOffsetOf' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Superclass_to_Subclass_Chaining_of_Resource_Lists">
+<title>Superclass-to-Subclass Chaining of Resource Lists</title>
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function gets resources as a superclass-to-subclass chained operation.
+That is, the resources specified in the
+<function>objectClass</function>
+resource list are fetched,
+then those in
+<function>rectObjClass</function>,
+and so on down to the resources specified
+for this widget's class. Within a class, resources are fetched in the order
+they are declared.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In general, if a widget resource field is declared in a superclass,
+that field is included in the superclass's resource list and need not be
+included in the subclass's resource list.
+For example, the
+Core
+class contains a resource entry for <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixel</emphasis>.
+Consequently,
+the implementation of Label need not also have a resource entry
+for <emphasis remap='I'>background_pixel</emphasis>.
+However, a subclass,
+by specifying a resource entry for that field in its own resource list,
+can override the resource entry for any field declared in a superclass.
+This is most often done to override the defaults provided in the
+superclass with new ones.
+At class initialization time,
+resource lists for that class are scanned from the superclass down
+to the class to look for resources with the same offset.
+A matching resource in a subclass will be reordered to override
+the superclass entry.
+If reordering is necessary, a copy of the superclass resource list is made to
+avoid affecting other subclasses of the superclass.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Also at class initialization time, the Intrinsics produce an
+internal representation of the resource list to optimize access time
+when creating widgets. In order to save memory, the Intrinsics may
+overwrite the storage allocated for the resource list in the class
+record; therefore, widgets must allocate resource lists in writable
+storage and must not access the list contents directly after the
+class_initialize procedure has returned.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Subresources">
+<title>Subresources</title>
+<para>
+A widget does not do anything to retrieve its own resources;
+instead,
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+does this automatically before calling the class initialize procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Some widgets have subparts that are not widgets but for which the widget
+would like to fetch resources.
+Such widgets call
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to accomplish this.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetSubresources'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetSubresources</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>base</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList <parameter>resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object used to qualify the subpart resource name and
+class. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
+resources will be written.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the subpart.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class of the subpart.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function constructs a name and class list from the application name and class,
+the names and classes of all the object's ancestors, and the object itself.
+Then it appends to this list the <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis> pair passed in.
+The resources are fetched from the argument list, the resource database,
+or the default values in the resource list.
+Then they are copied into the subpart record.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> is NULL,
+<emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> must be zero.
+However, if <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> is zero,
+the argument list is not referenced.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may overwrite the specified resource list with an
+equivalent representation in an internal format, which optimizes access
+time if the list is used repeatedly. The resource list must be
+allocated in writable storage, and the caller must not modify the list
+contents after the call if the same list is to be used again.
+Resources fetched by
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+are reference-counted as
+if they were referenced by the specified object. Subresources might
+therefore be freed from the conversion cache and destroyed
+when the object is destroyed, but not before then.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To fetch resources for widget subparts using varargs lists, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaGetSubresources'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtVaGetSubresources</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>base</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList <parameter>resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object used to qualify the subpart resource name and
+class. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
+resources will be written.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the subpart.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class of the subpart.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Obtaining_Application_Resources">
+<title>Obtaining Application Resources</title>
+<para>
+To retrieve resources that are not specific to a widget
+but apply to the overall application, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetApplicationResources'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetApplicationResources</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>base</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList <parameter>resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object that identifies the resource database to search
+(the database is that associated with the display for this object). Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the base address into which
+the resource values will be written.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function first uses the passed object,
+which is usually an application shell widget,
+to construct a resource name and class list.
+The full name and class of the specified object (that is, including its
+ancestors, if any) is logically added to the
+front of each resource name and class.
+Then it retrieves the resources from the argument list,
+the resource database, or the resource list default values.
+After adding base to each address,
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+copies the resources into the addresses
+obtained by adding <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis> to each <emphasis remap='I'>offset</emphasis> in the resource list.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> is NULL,
+<emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> must be zero.
+However, if <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> is zero,
+the argument list is not referenced.
+The portable way to specify application resources is to declare them
+as members of a structure and pass the address of the structure
+as the <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis> argument.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may overwrite the specified resource list
+with an equivalent representation in an internal format, which
+optimizes access time if the list is used repeatedly. The resource
+list must be allocated in writable storage, and the caller must not
+modify the list contents after the call if the same list is to be
+used again. Any per-display resources fetched by
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will not be freed from the resource cache until the display is closed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve resources for the overall application using varargs lists, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaGetApplicationResources'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtVaGetApplicationResources</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>base</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList <parameter>resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object that identifies the resource database to search
+(the database is that associated with the display for this object). Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the base address into which
+the resource values will be written.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters
+replaced by a varargs list, as described in Section 2.5.1.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Resource_Conversions">
+<title>Resource Conversions</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide a mechanism for registering representation converters that
+are automatically invoked by the resource-fetching routines.
+The Intrinsics additionally provide and register several commonly used converters.
+This resource conversion mechanism serves several purposes:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+It permits user and application resource files to contain textual
+representations of nontextual values.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+It allows textual or other representations of default resource values that
+are dependent on the display, screen, or colormap, and thus must be
+computed at runtime.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+It caches conversion source and result data.
+Conversions that require much computation or space
+(for example, string-to-translation-table)
+or that require round-trips to the server
+(for example, string-to-font or string-to-color) are performed only once.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<sect2 id="Predefined_Resource_Converters">
+<title>Predefined Resource Converters</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics define all the representations used in the
+Object,
+RectObj,
+Core,
+Composite,
+Constraint,
+and
+Shell
+widget classes.
+The Intrinsics register the following resource converters that accept
+input values of representation type
+<function>XtRString</function>.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='0.7*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='0.6*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Target Representation</entry>
+ <entry>Converter Name</entry>
+ <entry>Additional Args</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRAcceleratorTable</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRAtom</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToAtom</function></entry>
+ <entry>Display*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRBoolean</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToBoolean</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRBool</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToBool</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRCommandArgArray</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRCursor</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToCursor</function></entry>
+ <entry>Display*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRDimension</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToDimension</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRDirectoryString</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToDirectoryString</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRDisplay</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToDisplay</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFile</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToFile</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFloat</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToFloat</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFont</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToFont</function></entry>
+ <entry>Display*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFontSet</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToFontSet</function></entry>
+ <entry>Display*, String <emphasis remap='I'>locale</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFontStruct</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToFontStruct</function></entry>
+ <entry>Display*</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRGravity</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToGravity</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRInitialState</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToInitialState</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRInt</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToInt</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPixel</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToPixel</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>colorConvertArgs</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPosition</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToPosition</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRRestartStyle</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToRestartStyle</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRShort</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToShort</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRTranslationTable</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToTranslationTable</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRUnsignedChar</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRVisual</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtStringToVisual</function></entry>
+ <entry>Screen*, Cardinal <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The String-to-Pixel conversion has two predefined constants that are
+guaranteed to work and contrast with each other:
+<function>XtDefaultForeground</function>
+and
+<function>XtDefaultBackground</function>.
+They evaluate to the black and white pixel values of the widget's screen,
+respectively.
+If the application resource reverseVideo is
+<function>True</function>,
+they evaluate to the white and black pixel values of the widget's screen,
+respectively.
+Similarly, the String-to-Font and String-to-FontStruct converters recognize
+the constant
+<function>XtDefaultFont</function>
+and evaluate this in the following manner:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Query the resource database for the resource whose full name
+is ``xtDefaultFont'', class ``XtDefaultFont'' (that is, no widget
+name/class prefixes), and use a type
+<function>XtRString</function>
+value returned as the font name or a type
+<function>XtRFont</function>
+or
+<function>XtRFontStruct</function>
+value directly as the resource value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the resource database does not contain a value for xtDefaultFont,
+class XtDefaultFont, or if the returned font name cannot be
+successfully opened, an implementation-defined font in ISO8859-1
+character set encoding is opened. (One possible algorithm is to
+perform an
+<function>XListFonts</function>
+using a wildcard font name and use the first
+font in the list. This wildcard font name should be as broad as
+possible to maximize the probability of locating a useable font;
+for example, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-ISO8859-1".)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If no suitable ISO8859-1 font can be found, issue a warning message
+and return
+<function>False</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The String-to-FontSet converter recognizes the constant
+<function>XtDefaultFontSet</function>
+and evaluate this in the following manner:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Query the resource database for the resource whose full name
+is ``xtDefaultFontSet'', class ``XtDefaultFontSet'' (that is, no widget
+name/class prefixes), and use a type
+<function>XtRString</function>
+value returned as the base font name list or a type
+<function>XtRFontSet</function>
+value directly as the resource value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the resource database does not contain a value for xtDefaultFontSet,
+class XtDefaultFontSet, or if a font set cannot be
+successfully created from this resource,
+an implementation-defined font set is created.
+(One possible algorithm is to
+perform an
+<function>XCreateFontSet</function>
+using a wildcard base font name.
+This wildcard base font name should be as broad as
+possible to maximize the probability of locating a useable font;
+for example, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*".)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If no suitable font set can be created, issue a warning message
+and return
+<function>False</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+If a font set is created but <emphasis remap='I'>missing_charset_list</emphasis> is not
+empty, a warning is issued and the partial font set is returned.
+The Intrinsics register the String-to-FontSet converter with
+a conversion argument list that extracts the current process
+locale at the time the converter is invoked. This ensures
+that the converter is invoked again if the same conversion
+is required in a different locale.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The String-to-Gravity conversion accepts string values that are the
+names of window and bit gravities and their numerical equivalents,
+as defined in <emphasis remap='I'>Xlib — C Language X Interface.</emphasis>:
+<function>ForgetGravity</function>,
+<function>UnmapGravity</function>,
+<function>NorthWestGravity</function>,
+<function>NorthGravity</function>,
+<function>NorthEastGravity</function>,
+<function>WestGravity</function>,
+<function>CenterGravity</function>,
+<function>EastGravity</function>,
+<function>SouthWestGravity</function>,
+<function>SouthGravity</function>,
+<function>SouthEastGravity</function>,
+and
+<function>StaticGravity</function>.
+Alphabetic case is not significant in the conversion.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The String-to-CommandArgArray conversion parses a String into an
+array of strings.
+White space characters separate elements of the command line.
+The converter recognizes the backslash character ``\\'' as an escape
+character to allow the following white space character to be part of the
+array element.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The String-to-DirectoryString conversion recognizes the
+string ``XtCurrentDirectory'' and returns the result of a call
+to the operating system to get the current directory.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The String-to-RestartStyle conversion accepts the values
+<function>RestartIfRunning</function>,
+<function>RestartAnyway</function>,
+<function>RestartImmediately</function>,
+and
+<function>RestartNever</function>
+as defined by the <emphasis remap='I'>X Session Management Protocol</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The String-to-InitialState conversion accepts the values
+<function>NormalState</function>
+or
+<function>IconicState</function>
+as defined by the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The String-to-Visual conversion calls
+<function>XMatchVisualInfo</function>
+using the
+<emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis> fields from the core part and returns the first
+matching Visual on the list. The widget resource list must be certain
+to specify any resource of type
+<function>XtRVisual</function>
+after the depth resource.
+The allowed string values are the visual class names defined in <emphasis remap='I'>X Window System Protocol</emphasis>,
+Section 8;
+<function>StaticGray</function>,
+<function>StaticColor</function>,
+<function>TrueColor</function>,
+<function>GrayScale</function>,
+<function>PseudoColor</function>,
+and
+<function>DirectColor</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics register the following resource converter that accepts
+an input value of representation type
+<function>XtRColor</function>.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Target Representation</entry>
+ <entry>Converter Name</entry>
+ <entry>Additional Args</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPixel</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtColorToPixel</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics register the following resource converters that accept
+input values of representation type
+<function>XtRInt</function>.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Target Representation</entry>
+ <entry>Converter Name</entry>
+ <entry>Additional Args</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRBoolean</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToBoolean</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRBool</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToBool</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRColor</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToColor</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>colorConvertArgs</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRDimension</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToDimension</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFloat</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToFloat</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRFont</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToFont</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPixel</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToPixel</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPixmap</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToPixmap</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRPosition</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToPosition</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRShort</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToShort</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRUnsignedChar</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics register the following resource converter that accepts
+an input value of representation type
+<function>XtRPixel</function>.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Target Representation</entry>
+ <entry>Converter Name</entry>
+ <entry>Additional Args</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><function>XtRColor</function></entry>
+ <entry><function>XtCvtPixelToColor</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="New_Resource_Converters">
+<title>New Resource Converters</title>
+<para>
+Type converters use pointers to
+<function>XrmValue</function>
+structures (defined in
+<function><X11/Xresource.h>;</function>
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Creating_and_Storing_Databases'>Section 15.4</olink> in
+<olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface.</olink>)
+for input and output values.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned int size;
+ XPointer addr;
+} XrmValue, *XrmValuePtr;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>addr</emphasis> field specifies the address of the data, and the <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis>
+field gives the total number of significant bytes in the data.
+For values of type
+<function>String</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>addr</emphasis> is the address of the first character and <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis>
+includes the NULL-terminating byte.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A resource converter procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtTypeConverter'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef Boolean <function>(*XtTypeConverter)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>from</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>to</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer *<parameter>converter_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display connection with which this conversion is associated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of additional
+<function>XrmValue</function>
+arguments to the converter if additional context is needed
+to perform the conversion, or NULL.
+For example, the String-to-Font converter needs the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>,
+and the String-to-Pixel converter needs the widget's <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>colormap</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the value to convert.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a descriptor for a location into which to store the converted value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>converter_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a location into which the converter may
+store converter-specific data associated
+with this conversion.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> argument is normally used only when generating error
+messages, to identify the application context (with the function
+<function>XtDisplayToApplicationContext ).</function>
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument specifies the size and location into which the
+converter should store the converted value. If the <emphasis remap='I'>addr</emphasis> field is NULL,
+the converter should allocate appropriate storage and store the size
+and location into the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> descriptor. If the type converter allocates
+the storage, it remains under the ownership of the converter and must
+not be modified by the caller. The type converter is permitted to use
+static storage for this purpose, and therefore the caller must
+immediately copy the data upon return from the converter. If the
+<emphasis remap='I'>addr</emphasis> field is not NULL, the converter must check the <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis> field to
+ensure that sufficient space has been allocated before storing the
+converted value. If insufficient space is specified, the converter
+should update the <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis> field with the number of bytes required and
+return
+<function>False</function>
+without modifying the data at the specified location.
+If sufficient space was allocated by the caller, the converter should
+update the <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis> field with the number of bytes actually occupied by the
+converted value. For converted values of type
+<function>XtRString</function>,
+the size should
+include the NULL-terminating byte, if any.
+The converter may store any value in the location specified
+in <emphasis remap='I'>converter_data</emphasis>; this value will be passed to the destructor, if any,
+when the resource is freed by the Intrinsics.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The converter must return
+<function>True</function>
+if the conversion was successful and
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise. If the conversion cannot be performed because of an
+improper source value, a warning message should also be issued with
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarningMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Most type converters just take the data described by the specified <emphasis remap='I'>from</emphasis>
+argument and return data by writing into the location specified in
+the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument.
+A few need other information, which is available in <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+A type converter can invoke another type converter,
+which allows differing sources that may convert into a common intermediate
+result to make maximum use of the type converter cache.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Note that if an address is written into <emphasis remap='I'>to->addr</emphasis>, it cannot be that
+of a local variable of the converter because the data will not be
+valid after the converter returns. Static variables may be used,
+as in the following example.
+If the converter modifies the resource database,
+the changes affect any in-progress widget creation,
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in an implementation-defined manner; however, insertion of new entries
+or changes to existing entries is allowed and will not directly cause
+an error.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The following is an example of a converter that takes a
+<function>string</function>
+and converts it to a
+<function>Pixel</function>.
+Note that the <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> parameter is
+used only to generate error messages; the
+<function>Screen</function>
+conversion argument is
+still required to inform the Intrinsics that the converted value is
+a function of the particular display (and colormap).
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+#define done(type, value) \\
+ { \\
+ if (toVal->addr != NULL) { \\
+ if (toVal->size < sizeof(type)) { \\
+ toVal->size = sizeof(type); \\
+ return False; \\
+ } \\
+ *(type*)(toVal->addr) = (value); \\
+ } \\
+ else { \\
+ static type static_val; \\
+ static_val = (value); \\
+ toVal->addr = (XPointer)&static_val; \\
+ } \\
+ toVal->size = sizeof(type); \\
+ return True; \\
+ }
+static Boolean CvtStringToPixel(dpy, args, num_args, fromVal, toVal, converter_data)
+ Display *dpy;
+ XrmValue *args;
+ Cardinal *num_args;
+ XrmValue *fromVal;
+ XrmValue *toVal;
+ XtPointer *converter_data;
+{
+ static XColor screenColor;
+ XColor exactColor;
+ Screen *screen;
+ Colormap colormap;
+ Status status;
+ if (*num_args != 2)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "wrongParameters", "cvtStringToPixel", "XtToolkitError",
+ "String to pixel conversion needs screen and colormap arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ screen = *((Screen**) args[0].addr);
+ colormap = *((Colormap *) args[1].addr);
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultBackground) == 0) {
+ *closure_ret = False;
+ done(Pixel, WhitePixelOfScreen(screen));
+ }
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultForeground) == 0) {
+ *closure_ret = False;
+ done(Pixel, BlackPixelOfScreen(screen));
+ }
+ status = XAllocNamedColor(DisplayOfScreen(screen), colormap, (char*)fromVal->addr,
+ &screenColor, &exactColor);
+ if (status == 0) {
+ String params[1];
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ params[0] = (String)fromVal->addr;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "noColormap", "cvtStringToPixel", "XtToolkitError",
+ "Cannot allocate colormap entry for \\"%s\\"", params,\
+ &num_params);
+ *converter_data = (char *) False;
+ return False;
+ } else {
+ *converter_data = (char *) True;
+ done(Pixel, &screenColor.pixel);
+ }
+}
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+All type converters should define some set of conversion values for which they
+are guaranteed to succeed so these can be used in the resource defaults.
+This issue arises only with conversions, such as fonts and colors,
+where there is no string representation that all server implementations
+will necessarily recognize.
+For resources like these,
+the converter should define a symbolic constant
+in the same manner as
+<function>XtDefaultForeground</function>,
+<function>XtDefaultBackground</function>,
+and
+<function>XtDefaultFont</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To allow the Intrinsics to deallocate resources produced by type
+converters, a resource destructor procedure may also be provided.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A resource destructor procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtDestructor' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDestructor'>
+<funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtDestructor)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>to</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>converter_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an application context in which the resource is being freed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a descriptor for the resource produced by the type converter.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>converter_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the converter-specific data returned by the type converter.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the additional converter arguments as passed
+to the type converter when the conversion was performed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The destructor procedure is responsible for freeing the resource
+specified by the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument, including any auxiliary storage
+associated with that resource, but not the memory directly addressed
+by the size and location in the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument or the memory specified
+by <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Issuing_Conversion_Warnings">
+<title>Issuing Conversion Warnings</title>
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayStringConversionWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure is a convenience routine for resource type converters
+that convert from string values.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDisplayStringConversionWarning'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtDisplayStringConversionWarning</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>from_value</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display connection with which the conversion is associated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from_value</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the string that could not be converted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the target representation type requested.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayStringConversionWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure issues a warning message using
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarningMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> ``conversionError'',
+<emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> ``string'', <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis> ``XtToolkitError'', and the default message
+``Cannot convert "<emphasis remap='I'>from_value</emphasis>" to type <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>''.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To issue other types of warning or error messages, the type converter
+should use
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarningMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtAppErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve the application context associated with a given
+display connection, use
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayToApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDisplayToApplicationContext'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtAppContext <function>XtDisplayToApplicationContext</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an open and initialized display connection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayToApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns the application
+context in which the specified <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis> was initialized. If the
+display is not known to the Intrinsics, an error message is issued.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Registering_a_New_Resource_Converter">
+<title>Registering a New Resource Converter</title>
+<para>
+When registering a resource converter, the client must specify the
+manner in which the conversion cache is to be used when there are multiple
+calls to the converter. Conversion cache control is specified
+via an <function>XtCacheType</function>
+argument. </para>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef int XtCacheType;
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+An <function>XtCacheType</function>
+field may contain one of the following values:
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<function>XtCacheNone</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies that the results of a previous conversion
+may not be reused to satisfy any other resource
+requests; the specified converter will be called
+each time the converted value is required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<function>XtCacheAll</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies that the results of a previous conversion
+should be reused for any resource request that depends
+upon the same source value and conversion arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<function>XtCacheByDisplay</function>
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies that the results of a previous conversion
+should be used as for
+<function>XtCacheAll</function>
+but the destructor will be called, if specified, if
+<xref linkend='XtCloseDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called
+for the display connection associated with the converted value, and
+the value will be removed from the conversion cache.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The qualifier
+<function>XtCacheRefCount</function>
+may be ORed with any of the above values. If
+<function>XtCacheRefCount</function>
+is specified, calls to
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+that use the converted value will be counted. When a widget using the
+converted value is destroyed, the count is decremented, and, if the
+count reaches zero, the destructor procedure will be called and the
+converted value will be removed from the conversion cache.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a type converter for all application contexts in a
+process, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and to register a type converter in a single application context, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetTypeConverter'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetTypeConverter</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>from_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>to_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtTypeConverter <parameter>converter</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtConvertArgList <parameter>convert_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCacheType <parameter>cache_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtDestructor <parameter>destructor</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the destination type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>converter</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource type converter procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>convert_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional conversion arguments, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>convert_args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>cache_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether or not resources produced by this
+converter are sharable or display-specific and when
+they should be freed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>destructor</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by
+this conversion, or NULL if no additional action is
+required to deallocate resources produced by the converter.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppSetTypeConverter'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef> <function>XtAppSetTypeConverter</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>from_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>to_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtTypeConverter <parameter>converter</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtConvertArgList <parameter>convert_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCacheType <parameter>cache_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtDestructor <parameter>destructor</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the destination type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>converter</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource type converter procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>convert_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional conversion arguments, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>convert_args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>cache_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies whether or not resources produced by this
+converter are sharable or display-specific and when
+they should be freed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>destructor</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by
+this conversion, or NULL if no additional action is
+required to deallocate resources produced by the converter.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+registers the specified type converter and
+destructor in all application contexts created by the calling process,
+including any future application contexts that may be created.
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+registers the specified type converter in the
+single application context specified. If the same <emphasis remap='I'>from_type</emphasis> and
+<emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis> are specified in multiple calls to either function, the most
+recent overrides the previous ones.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For the few type converters that need additional arguments,
+the Intrinsics conversion mechanism provides a method of specifying
+how these arguments should be computed.
+The enumerated type
+<function>XtAddressMode</function>
+and the structure
+<function>XtConvertArgRec</function>
+specify how each argument is derived.
+These are defined in
+<function><X11/Intrinsic.h></function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef enum {
+ /* address mode parameter representation */
+ XtAddress, /* address */
+ XtBaseOffset, /* offset */
+ XtImmediate, /* constant */
+ XtResourceString, /* resource name string */
+ XtResourceQuark, /* resource name quark */
+ XtWidgetBaseOffset, /* offset */
+ XtProcedureArg /* procedure to call */
+} XtAddressMode;
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtAddressMode address_mode;
+ XtPointer address_id;
+ Cardinal size;
+} XtConvertArgRec, *XtConvertArgList;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis> field specifies the length of the data in bytes.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>address_mode</emphasis> field specifies how the <emphasis remap='I'>address_id</emphasis> field should be
+interpreted.
+<function>XtAddress</function>
+causes <emphasis remap='I'>address_id</emphasis> to be interpreted as the address of the data.
+<function>XtBaseOffset</function>
+causes <emphasis remap='I'>address_id</emphasis> to be interpreted as the offset from the widget base.
+<function>XtImmediate</function>
+causes <emphasis remap='I'>address_id</emphasis> to be interpreted as a constant.
+<function>XtResourceString</function>
+causes <emphasis remap='I'>address_id</emphasis> to be interpreted as the name of a resource
+that is to be converted into an offset from the widget base.
+<function>XtResourceQuark</function>
+causes <emphasis remap='I'>address_id</emphasis> to be interpreted as the result of an
+<function>XrmStringToQuark</function>
+conversion on the name of a resource,
+which is to be converted into an offset from the widget base.
+<function>XtWidgetBaseOffset</function>
+is similar to
+<function>XtBaseOffset</function>
+except that it
+searches for the closest windowed ancestor if the object is not
+of a subclass of
+Core
+(see <xref linkend='Nonwidget_Objects' />).
+<function>XtProcedureArg</function>
+specifies that <emphasis remap='I'>address_id</emphasis> is a pointer to a procedure to
+be invoked to return the conversion argument. If
+<function>XtProcedureArg</function>
+is specified, <emphasis remap='I'>address_id</emphasis> must contain
+the address of a function of type
+<xref linkend='XtConvertArgProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtConvertArgProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtConvertArgProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>to</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>converter_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an application context in which the resource is being freed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a descriptor for the resource produced by the type converter.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>converter_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the converter-specific data returned by the type converter.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the additional converter arguments as passed
+to the type converter when the conversion was performed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The destructor procedure is responsible for freeing the resource
+specified by the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument, including any auxiliary storage
+associated with that resource, but not the memory directly addressed
+by the size and location in the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument or the memory specified
+by <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Resource_Converter_Invocation">
+<title>Resource Converter Invocation</title>
+<para>
+All resource-fetching routines (for example,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and so on) call resource converters if the resource database or
+varargs list specifies a value
+that has a different representation from the desired representation or if the
+widget's default resource value representation is different from the desired
+representation.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To invoke explicit resource conversions, use
+<xref linkend='XtConvertAndStore' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef XtPointer XtCacheRef;
+</literallayout>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallConverter'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtCallConverter</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display* <parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtTypeConverter <parameter>converter</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>conversion_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>from</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>to_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCacheRef *<parameter>cache_ref_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display with which the conversion is to be associated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>converter</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the conversion procedure to be called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>conversion_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the additional conversion arguments needed
+to perform the conversion, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>conversion_args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a descriptor for the source value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the converted value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>cache_ref_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns a conversion cache id.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function looks up the
+specified type converter in the application context associated with
+the display and, if the converter was not registered or was registered
+with cache type
+<function>XtCacheAll</function>
+or
+<function>XtCacheByDisplay</function>,
+looks in the conversion cache to see if this conversion procedure
+has been called with the specified conversion arguments. If so, it
+checks the success status of the prior call, and if
+the conversion failed,
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns
+<function>False</function>
+immediately;
+otherwise it checks the size specified in the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument, and, if it is
+greater than or equal to the size stored in the cache, copies the
+information stored in the cache into the location specified by
+<emphasis remap='I'>to->addr</emphasis>, stores the cache size into <emphasis remap='I'>to->size</emphasis>, and returns
+<function>True</function>.
+If the size specified in the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument is smaller than the size stored
+in the cache,
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+copies the cache size into <emphasis remap='I'>to->size</emphasis> and returns
+<function>False</function>.
+If the converter was registered with cache type
+<function>XtCacheNone</function>
+or no value was found in the conversion cache,
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the converter, and if it was not registered with cache type
+<function>XtCacheNone</function>,
+enters the result in the cache.
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+then returns what the converter returned.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>cache_ref_return</emphasis> field specifies storage allocated by the caller in which
+an opaque value will be stored. If the type converter has been
+registered with the
+<function>XtCacheRefCount</function>
+modifier and if the value returned
+in <emphasis remap='I'>cache_ref_return</emphasis> is non-NULL, then the caller should store the
+<emphasis remap='I'>cache_ref_return</emphasis> value in order to decrement the reference count when
+the converted value is no longer required. The <emphasis remap='I'>cache_ref_return</emphasis>
+argument should be
+NULL if the caller is unwilling or unable to store the
+value.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To explicitly decrement the reference counts for resources obtained
+from
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtAppReleaseCacheRefs' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppReleaseCacheRefs'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppReleaseCacheRefs</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCacheRef *<parameter>refs</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>refs</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the list of cache references to be released.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppReleaseCacheRefs' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+decrements the reference count for the
+conversion entries identified by the <emphasis remap='I'>refs</emphasis> argument.
+This argument is a
+pointer to a NULL-terminated list of
+<function>XtCacheRef</function>
+values. If any reference
+count reaches zero, the destructor, if any, will be called and
+the resource removed from the conversion cache.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+As a convenience to clients needing to explicitly decrement reference
+counts via a callback function, the Intrinsics define two callback
+procedures,
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>call_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object with which the resource is associated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the conversion cache entry to be released.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Is ignored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This callback procedure may be added to a callback list to release a
+previously returned
+<function>XtCacheRef</function>
+value. When adding the callback, the
+callback <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> argument must be specified as the value of the
+<function>XtCacheRef</function>
+data cast to type
+<function>XtPointer</function>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>call_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object with which the resources are associated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the conversion cache entries to be released.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Is ignored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This callback procedure may be added to a callback list to release a
+list of previously returned
+<function>XtCacheRef</function>
+values. When adding the
+callback, the callback <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> argument must be specified as a
+pointer to a NULL-terminated list of
+<function>XtCacheRef</function>
+values.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To lookup and call a resource converter, copy the resulting value,
+and free a cached resource when a widget is destroyed, use
+<xref linkend='XtConvertAndStore' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtConvertAndStore'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtConvertAndStore</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>from_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>from</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>to_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>to_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object to use for additional arguments, if any are needed,
+and the destroy callback list. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the value to be converted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the destination type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a descriptor for storage into which the converted value
+will be returned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtConvertAndStore' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function looks up the type converter registered
+to convert <emphasis remap='I'>from_type</emphasis> to <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>, computes any additional arguments
+needed, and then calls
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(or
+<xref linkend='XtDirectConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+if an old-style converter was registered with
+<xref linkend='XtAddConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>;
+see Appendix C) with the <emphasis remap='I'>from</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>to_in_out</emphasis> arguments. The
+<emphasis remap='I'>to_in_out</emphasis> argument specifies the size and location into which the
+converted value will be stored and is passed directly to the
+converter. If the location is specified as NULL, it will be replaced
+with a pointer to private storage and the size will be returned in the
+descriptor. The caller is expected to copy this private storage
+immediately and must not modify it in any way. If a non-NULL location
+is specified, the caller must allocate sufficient storage to hold the
+converted value and must also specify the size of that storage in the
+descriptor.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis> field will be modified on return to indicate the actual
+size of the converted data.
+If the conversion succeeds,
+<xref linkend='XtConvertAndStore' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns
+<function>True</function>;
+otherwise, it returns
+<function>False</function>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtConvertAndStore' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+adds
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to the destroyCallback list of the specified object if the conversion
+returns an
+<function>XtCacheRef</function>
+value. The resulting resource should not be referenced
+after the object has been destroyed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+performs processing equivalent to
+<xref linkend='XtConvertAndStore' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when initializing the object instance. Because there is extra memory
+overhead required to implement reference counting, clients may
+distinguish those objects that are never destroyed before the
+application exits from those that may be destroyed and whose
+resources should be deallocated.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To specify whether reference counting is to be enabled for the
+resources of a particular object when the object is created, the
+client can specify a value for the
+<function>Boolean</function>
+resource
+XtNinitialResourcesPersistent,
+class
+XtCInitialResourcesPersistent.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called, if this resource is not specified as
+<function>False</function>
+in either the arglist or the resource database, then the
+resources referenced by this object are not reference-counted, regardless of
+how the type converter may have been registered. The effective
+default value is
+<function>True</function>;
+thus clients that expect to destroy one or
+more objects and want resources deallocated must explicitly specify
+<function>False</function>
+for
+XtNinitialResourcesPersistent.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The resources are still freed and destructors called when
+<xref linkend='XtCloseDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called if the conversion was registered as
+<function>XtCacheByDisplay</function>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Reading_and_Writing_Widget_State">
+<title>Reading and Writing Widget State</title>
+<para>
+Any resource field in a widget can be read or written by a client.
+On a write operation,
+the widget decides what changes it will actually allow and updates all
+derived fields appropriately.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Obtaining_Widget_State">
+<title>Obtaining Widget State</title>
+<para>
+To retrieve the current values of resources associated with a
+widget instance, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetValues'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetValues</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object whose resource values are to be returned. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list of name/address pairs that contain the
+resource names and the addresses into which the resource values are to
+be stored.
+The resource names are widget-dependent.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function starts with the resources specified for the Object class
+and proceeds down the subclass chain to the class of the object.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> field of a passed argument list must contain the
+address into which to copy the contents of the corresponding
+object instance field. If the field is a pointer type, the lifetime
+of the pointed-to data is defined by the object class. For the
+Intrinsics-defined resources, the following lifetimes apply:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Not valid following any operation that modifies the resource:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+XtNchildren resource of composite widgets.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+All resources of representation type XtRCallback.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Remain valid at least until the widget is destroyed:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+XtNaccelerators, XtNtranslations.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Remain valid until the Display is closed:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+XtNscreen.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+It is the caller's responsibility
+to allocate and deallocate storage for the copied data
+according to the size of the
+resource representation type used within the object.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the class of the object's parent is a subclass of
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+then fetches the values for any constraint resources requested.
+It starts with the constraint resources specified for
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>
+and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's constraint resources.
+If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in any of the
+resource lists searched,
+the value at the corresponding address is not modified.
+If any get_values_hook procedures in the
+object's class or superclass records are non-NULL,
+they are called in superclass-to-subclass order after
+all the resource values have been fetched by
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Finally, if the object's parent is a
+subclass of
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>,
+and if any of the parent's class or
+superclass records have declared
+<function>ConstraintClassExtension</function>
+records in
+the Constraint class part <emphasis remap='I'>extension</emphasis> field with a record type of
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>,
+and if the <emphasis remap='I'>get_values_hook</emphasis> field in the extension record is non-NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the get_values_hook procedures in superclass-to-subclass order.
+This permits a Constraint parent to provide
+nonresource data via
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Get_values_hook procedures may modify the data stored at the
+location addressed by the <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> field, including (but not
+limited to) making a copy of data whose resource representation is a
+pointer. None of the Intrinsics-defined object classes copy
+data in this manner. Any operation that modifies the queried
+object resource may invalidate the pointed-to data.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve the current values of resources associated with a widget
+instance using varargs lists, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaGetValues'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtVaGetValues</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter>...</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object whose resource values are to be returned. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list for the resources to
+be returned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list, as described in
+Section 2.5.1. All value entries in the list must specify pointers to
+storage allocated by the caller to which the resource value will be
+copied. It is the caller's responsibility to ensure that sufficient
+storage is allocated. If
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+is specified, the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> argument
+specifies the representation desired by the caller and <emphasis remap='I'>the</emphasis> size argument
+specifies the number of bytes allocated to store the result of the
+conversion. If the size is insufficient, a warning message is issued
+and the list entry is skipped.
+</para>
+<sect3 id="Widget_Subpart_Resource_Data_The_get_values_hook_Procedure">
+<title>Widget Subpart Resource Data: The get_values_hook Procedure</title>
+<para>
+Widgets that have subparts can return resource values from them through
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+by supplying a get_values_hook procedure.
+The get_values_hook procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtArgsProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='_XtArgsProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtArgsProc)</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget whose subpart resource values are to be retrieved.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list that was passed to
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or the transformed varargs list passed to
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The widget with subpart resources should call
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+in the get_values_hook procedure
+and pass in its subresource list and the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Widget_Subpart_State">
+<title>Widget Subpart State</title>
+<para>
+To retrieve the current values of subpart resource data associated with a
+widget instance, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+For a discussion of subpart resources,
+see <xref linkend='Subresources' />.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetSubvalues'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetSubvalues</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>base</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList <parameter>resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure for which the
+resources should be retrieved.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the subpart resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list of name/address pairs that contain the
+resource names and the addresses into which the resource values are to
+be stored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function obtains resource values from the structure identified by <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> field in each argument entry must contain the address into
+which to store the corresponding resource value. It is the caller's
+responsibility to allocate and deallocate this storage according to
+the size of the resource representation type used within the subpart.
+If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in the
+resource list, the value at the corresponding address is not modified.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve the current values of subpart resources associated with
+a widget instance using varargs lists, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaGetSubvalues'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtVaGetSubvalues</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>base</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList <parameter>resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef> <parameter>...</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure for which the
+resources should be retrieved.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the subpart resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a variable argument list of name/address pairs that
+contain the resource names and the addresses into which the resource
+values are to be stored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the
+<emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list, as described
+in Section 2.5.1.
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+is not supported for
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+is specified in the list, a warning message is issued
+and the entry is then ignored.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Setting_Widget_State">
+<title>Setting Widget State</title>
+<para>
+To modify the current values of resources associated with a widget
+instance, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetValues'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetValues</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object whose resources are to be modified. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list of name/value pairs that contain the
+resources to be modified and their new values.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function starts with the resources specified for the
+Object
+class fields and proceeds down the subclass chain to the object.
+At each stage, it replaces the <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis> resource fields with any values
+specified in the argument list.
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+then calls the set_values procedures for the object in superclass-to-subclass
+order.
+If the object has any non-NULL <emphasis remap='I'>set_values_hook</emphasis> fields,
+these are called immediately after the
+corresponding set_values procedure.
+This procedure permits subclasses to set subpart data via
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the class of the object's parent is a subclass of
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+also updates the object's constraints.
+It starts with the constraint resources specified for
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>
+and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's class.
+At each stage, it replaces the constraint resource fields with any
+values specified in the argument list.
+It then calls the constraint set_values procedures from
+<function>constraintWidgetClass</function>
+down to the parent's class.
+The constraint set_values procedures are called with widget arguments,
+as for all set_values procedures, not just the constraint records,
+so that they can make adjustments to the desired values based
+on full information about the widget. Any arguments specified that
+do not match a resource list entry are silently ignored.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the object is of a subclass of
+RectObj,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+determines if a geometry request is needed by comparing the old object to
+the new object.
+If any geometry changes are required,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+restores the original geometry and makes the request on behalf of the widget.
+If the geometry manager returns
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the object's resize procedure.
+If the geometry manager returns
+<function>XtGeometryDone</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+continues, as the object's resize procedure should have been called
+by the geometry manager.
+If the geometry manager returns
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ignores the geometry request and continues.
+If the geometry manager returns
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls the set_values_almost procedure,
+which determines what should be done.
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+then repeats this process,
+deciding once more whether the geometry manager should be called.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Finally, if any of the set_values procedures returned
+<function>True</function>,
+and the widget is realized,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+causes the widget's expose procedure to be invoked by calling
+<function>XClearArea</function>
+on the widget's window.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To modify the current values of resources associated with a widget
+instance using varargs lists, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaSetValues'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtVaSetValues</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef> <parameter>...</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object whose resources are to be modified. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list of name/value pairs that
+contain the resources to be modified and their new values.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+</para>
+<sect3 id="Widget_State_The_set_values_Procedure">
+<title>Widget State: The set_values Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The set_values procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+<xref linkend='XtSetValuesFunc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetValuesFunc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef Boolean <function>(*XtSetValuesFunc)</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>current</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>new</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>current</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a copy of the widget as it was before the
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a copy of the widget with all values changed as asked for by the
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call before any class set_values procedures have been called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget with the new values that are actually allowed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list passed to
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or the transformed argument list passed to
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The set_values procedure should recompute any field
+derived from resources that are changed
+(for example, many GCs depend on foreground and background pixels).
+If no recomputation is necessary, and if none of the resources specific to a
+subclass require the window to be redisplayed when their values are changed,
+you can specify NULL for the <emphasis remap='I'>set_values</emphasis> field in the class record.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Like the initialize procedure,
+set_values mostly deals only with the fields defined in the subclass,
+but it has to resolve conflicts with its superclass,
+especially conflicts over width and height.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Sometimes a subclass may want to overwrite values filled in by its
+superclass.
+In particular, size calculations of a superclass are often
+incorrect for a subclass, and, in this case,
+the subclass must modify or recalculate fields declared
+and computed by its superclass.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+As an example,
+a subclass can visually surround its superclass display.
+In this case, the width and height calculated by the superclass set_values
+procedure are too small and need to be incremented by the size of the surround.
+The subclass needs to know if its superclass's size was calculated by the
+superclass or was specified explicitly.
+All widgets must place themselves into whatever size is explicitly given,
+but they should compute a reasonable size if no size is requested.
+How does a subclass know the difference between a specified size
+and a size computed by a superclass?
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> parameters provide the necessary information.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> widget is a copy of the widget, updated as originally requested.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget starts with the values in the request,
+but it has additionally been updated by all superclass set_values
+procedures called so far.
+A subclass set_values procedure can compare these two to resolve
+any potential conflicts.
+The set_values procedure need not refer to the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> widget
+unless it must resolve conflicts between the <emphasis remap='I'>current</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widgets.
+Any changes the widget needs to make, including geometry changes,
+should be made in the <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In the above example,
+the subclass with the visual surround can see
+if the <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis> in the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> widget are zero.
+If so,
+it adds its surround size to the <emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis> and
+<emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis> fields in the <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget.
+If not, it must make do with the size originally specified.
+In this case, zero is a special value defined by the class to permit
+the application to invoke this behavior.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget is the actual widget instance record.
+Therefore,
+the set_values procedure should do all its work on the <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> widget;
+the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> widget should never be modified.
+If the set_values procedure needs to call any routines that operate on
+a widget, it should specify <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> as the widget instance.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Before calling the set_values procedures, the Intrinsics modify the
+resources of the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> widget according to the contents of the arglist;
+if the widget names all its resources in the class resource list, it is
+never necessary to examine the contents of <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Finally, the set_values procedure must return a Boolean that indicates whether
+the widget needs to be redisplayed.
+Note that a change in the geometry fields alone does not require
+the set_values procedure to return
+<function>True</function>;
+the X server will eventually generate an
+<function>Expose</function>
+event, if necessary.
+After calling all the set_values procedures,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+forces a redisplay by calling
+<function>XClearArea</function>
+if any of the set_values procedures returned
+<function>True</function>.
+Therefore, a set_values procedure should not try to do its own redisplaying.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Set_values procedures should not do any work in response to changes in
+geometry because
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+eventually will perform a geometry request, and that request might be denied.
+If the widget actually changes size in response to a
+call to
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+its resize procedure is called.
+Widgets should do any geometry-related work in their resize procedure.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Note that it is permissible to call
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+before a widget is realized.
+Therefore, the set_values procedure must not assume that the widget is realized.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Widget_State_The_set_values_almost_Procedure">
+<title>Widget State: The set_values_almost Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The set_values_almost procedure pointer in the widget class record is of type
+<xref linkend='XtAlmostProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAlmostProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtAlmostProc)</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>old</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>new</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWidgetGeometry *<parameter>reply</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>old</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a copy of the object as it was before the
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the object instance record.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the original geometry request that was sent to the geometry
+manager that caused
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>
+to be returned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>reply</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the compromise geometry that was returned by the geometry
+manager with
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Most classes inherit the set_values_almost procedure from their superclass by
+specifying
+<function>XtInheritSetValuesAlmost</function>
+in the class initialization.
+The
+set_values_almost procedure in
+<function>rectObjClass</function>
+accepts the compromise suggested.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The set_values_almost procedure is called when a client tries to set a widget's
+geometry by means of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and the geometry manager cannot
+satisfy the request but instead returns
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>
+or
+<function>XtGeometryAlmost</function>
+and a compromise geometry.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> object is the actual instance record. The <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>border_width</emphasis> fields contain the original values as they were
+before the
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+call, and all other fields contain the new
+values. The <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> parameter contains the new geometry request that
+was made to the parent. The <emphasis remap='I'>reply</emphasis> parameter contains
+<emphasis remap='I'>reply->request_mode</emphasis> equal to zero if the parent returned
+<function>XtGeometryNo</function>
+and contains the parent's compromise geometry otherwise. The
+set_values_almost procedure takes the original geometry and the
+compromise geometry and determines if the compromise is
+acceptable or whether
+to try a different compromise.
+It returns its results in the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> parameter,
+which is then sent back to the geometry manager for another try.
+To accept the compromise, the procedure must copy the contents
+of the <emphasis remap='I'>reply</emphasis> geometry into the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> geometry; to attempt an
+alternative geometry, the procedure may modify any part of the <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+argument; to terminate the geometry negotiation and retain the
+original geometry, the procedure must set <emphasis remap='I'>request->request_mode</emphasis> to
+zero. The geometry fields of the <emphasis remap='I'>old</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>new</emphasis> instances must not be modified
+directly.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Widget_State_The_ConstraintClassPart_set_values_Procedure">
+<title>Widget State: The ConstraintClassPart set_values Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The constraint set_values procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtSetValuesFunc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The values passed to the parent's constraint set_values procedure
+are the same as those passed to the child's class
+set_values procedure.
+A class can specify NULL for the <emphasis remap='I'>set_values</emphasis> field of the
+<function>ConstraintPart</function>
+if it need not compute anything.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The constraint set_values procedure should recompute any constraint fields
+derived from constraint resources that are changed.
+Furthermore, it may modify other widget fields as appropriate.
+For example, if a constraint for the maximum height of a widget is changed
+to a value smaller than the widget's current height,
+the constraint set_values procedure may reset the <emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis> field in the
+widget.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id='Widget_Subpart_State_2'>
+<title>Widget Subpart State</title>
+<para>
+To set the current values of subpart resources associated with a
+widget instance, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+For a discussion of subpart resources,
+see <xref linkend='Subresources' />.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetSubvalues'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetSubvalues</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>base</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList <parameter>resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
+resources should be written.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the subpart resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list of name/value pairs that contain the
+resources to be modified and their new values.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtSetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function updates the resource fields of the structure identified by
+<emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>. Any specified arguments that do not match an entry in the
+resource list are silently ignored.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To set the current values of subpart resources associated with
+a widget instance using varargs lists, use
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaSetSubvalues'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtVaSetSubvalues</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>base</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtResourceList <parameter>resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>base</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
+resources should be written.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the subpart resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list of name/value pairs that
+contain the resources to be modified and their new values.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtSetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
+described in Section 2.5.1.
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+is not supported for
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetSubvalues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If an entry containing
+<function>XtVaTypedArg</function>
+is specified in the list, a warning message is issued
+and the entry is ignored.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3 id='Widget_Subpart_Resource_Data_The_set_values_hook_Procedure'>
+<title>Widget Subpart Resource Data: The set_values_hook Procedure</title>
+<note><para>
+The set_values_hook procedure is obsolete, as the same information
+is now available to the set_values procedure. The procedure has been
+retained for those widgets that used it in versions prior to Release 4.
+</para>
+</note>
+<para>
+Widgets that have a subpart can set the subpart resource values through
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+by supplying a set_values_hook procedure.
+The set_values_hook procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
+<xref linkend='XtArgsFunc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtArgsFunc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef Boolean <function>(*XtArgsFunc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Arglist <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget whose subpart resource values are to be changed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list that was passed to
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or the transformed varargs list passed to
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The widget with subpart resources may call
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+from the set_values_hook procedure
+and pass in its subresource list and the
+<emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Translation_Management'>
+<title>Translation Management</title>
+<para>
+Except under unusual circumstances,
+widgets do not hardwire the mapping of user events into widget behavior
+by using the event manager.
+Instead, they provide a default mapping of events into behavior
+that you can override.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The translation manager provides an interface to specify and manage the
+mapping of X event sequences into widget-supplied functionality,
+for example, calling procedure <emphasis remap='I'>Abc</emphasis> when the <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis> key
+is pressed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The translation manager uses two kinds of tables to perform translations:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The action tables, which are in the widget class structure,
+specify the mapping of externally available procedure name strings
+to the corresponding procedure implemented by the widget class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A translation table, which is in the widget class structure,
+specifies the mapping of event sequences to procedure name strings.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+You can override the translation table in the class structure
+for a specific widget instance by supplying a different translation table
+for the widget instance. The resources
+XtNtranslations and XtNbaseTranslations are used to modify the class
+default translation table; see <xref linkend='Translation_Table_Management' />.
+</para>
+<sect1 id="Action_Tables">
+<title>Action Tables</title>
+<para>
+All widget class records contain an action table,
+an array of
+<function>XtActionsRec</function>
+entries.
+In addition,
+an application can register its own action tables with the translation manager
+so that the translation tables it provides to widget instances can access
+application functionality directly.
+The translation action procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtActionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtActionProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtActionProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>params</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_params</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that caused the action to be called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event that caused the action to be called.
+If the action is called after a sequence of events,
+then the last event in the sequence is used.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the list of strings that were specified
+in the translation table as arguments to the action, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _XtActionsRec {
+ String string;
+ XtActionProc proc;
+} XtActionsRec, *XtActionList;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis> field is the name used in translation tables to access
+the procedure.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> field is a pointer to a procedure that implements
+the functionality.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the action list is specified as the
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+<emphasis remap='I'>actions</emphasis> field, the string pointed to by <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis> must be
+permanently allocated prior to or during the execution of the class
+initialization procedure and must not be subsequently deallocated.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Action procedures should not assume that the widget in which they
+are invoked is realized; an accelerator specification can cause
+an action procedure to be called for a widget that does not yet
+have a window. Widget writers should also note which of a widget's
+callback lists are invoked from action procedures and warn clients
+not to assume the widget is realized in those callbacks.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For example, a Pushbutton widget has procedures to take the following actions:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Set the button to indicate it is activated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Unset the button back to its normal mode.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Highlight the button borders.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Unhighlight the button borders.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Notify any callbacks that the button has been activated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The action table for the Pushbutton widget class makes these functions
+available to translation tables written for Pushbutton or any subclass.
+The string entry is the name used in translation tables.
+The procedure entry (usually spelled identically to the string)
+is the name of the C procedure that implements that function:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+XtActionsRec actionTable[] = {
+ {"Set", Set},
+ {"Unset", Unset},
+ {"Highlight", Highlight},
+ {"Unhighlight", Unhighlight}
+ {"Notify", Notify},
+};
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics reserve all action names and parameters starting with
+the characters ``Xt'' for future standard enhancements. Users,
+applications, and widgets should not declare action names or pass
+parameters starting with these characters except to invoke specified
+built-in Intrinsics functions.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Action_Table_Registration">
+<title>Action Table Registration</title>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>actions</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_actions</emphasis> fields of
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+specify the actions implemented by a widget class. These are
+automatically registered with the Intrinsics when the class is initialized
+and must be allocated in writable storage prior to Core class_part
+initialization, and never deallocated. To save memory and optimize
+access, the Intrinsics may overwrite the storage in order to compile the
+list into an internal representation.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To declare an action table within an application
+and register it with the translation manager, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddActions' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppAddActions'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppAddActions</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtActionList <parameter>actions</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_actions</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>actions</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the action table to register.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_actions</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in this action table.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If more than one action is registered with the same name,
+the most recently registered action is used.
+If duplicate actions exist in an action table,
+the first is used.
+The Intrinsics register an action table containing
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+as part of
+<xref linkend='XtCreateApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Action_Names_to_Procedure_Translations">
+<title>Action Names to Procedure Translations</title>
+<para>
+The translation manager uses a simple algorithm to resolve the name of
+a procedure specified in a translation table into the
+actual procedure specified
+in an action table.
+When the widget
+is realized, the translation manager
+performs a search for the name in the following tables, in order:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The widget's class and all superclass action tables, in subclass-to-superclass
+order.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The parent's class and all superclass action tables, in subclass-to-superclass
+order, then on up the ancestor tree.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The action tables registered with
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddActions' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtAddActions' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+from the most recently added table to the oldest table.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+As soon as it finds a name,
+the translation manager stops the search.
+If it cannot find a name,
+the translation manager generates a warning message.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Action_Hook_Registration">
+<title>Action Hook Registration</title>
+<para>
+An application can specify a procedure that will be called just before
+every action routine is dispatched by the translation manager. To do
+so, the application supplies a procedure pointer of type
+<xref linkend='XtActionHookProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtActionHookProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtActionHookProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>action_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent* <parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String* <parameter>params</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal* <parameter>num_params</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget whose action is about to be dispatched.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application-specific closure that was passed to
+<function>XtAppAddActionHook.</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>action_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the action to be dispatched.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event argument that will be passed to the action routine.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the action parameters that will be passed to the action routine.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Action hooks should not modify any of the data pointed to by the
+arguments other than the <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> argument.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To add an action hook, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddActionHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppAddActionHook'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtActionHookId <function>XtAppAddActionHook</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtActionHookProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the action hook procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies application-specific data to be passed to the action hook.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddActionHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+adds the specified procedure to the front of a list
+maintained in the application context. In the future, when an action
+routine is about to be invoked for any widget in this application
+context, either through the translation manager or via
+<xref linkend='XtCallActionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the action hook procedures will be called in reverse
+order of registration just prior to invoking the action routine.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Action hook procedures are removed automatically and the
+<function>XtActionHookId is</function>
+destroyed when the application context in which
+they were added is destroyed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To remove an action hook procedure without destroying the application
+context, use
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveActionHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRemoveActionHook'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRemoveActionHook</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtActionHookId <parameter>id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the action hook id returned by
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddActionHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveActionHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+removes the specified action hook procedure from
+the list in which it was registered.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Translation_Tables">
+<title>Translation Tables</title>
+<para>
+All widget instance records contain a translation table,
+which is a resource with a default value specified elsewhere in the
+class record.
+A translation table specifies what action procedures are invoked for
+an event or a sequence of events.
+A translation table
+is a string containing a list of translations from an event sequence
+into one or more action procedure calls.
+The translations are separated from one another by newline characters
+(ASCII LF).
+The complete syntax of translation tables is specified in Appendix B.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+As an example, the default behavior of Pushbutton is
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Highlight on enter window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Unhighlight on exit window.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Invert on left button down.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Call callbacks and reinvert on left button up.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The following illustrates Pushbutton's default translation table:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+static String defaultTranslations =
+ "<EnterWindow>: Highlight()\\n\\
+ <LeaveWindow>: Unhighlight()\\n\\
+ <Btn1Down>: Set()\\n\\
+ <Btn1Up>: Notify() Unset()";
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>tm_table</emphasis> field of the
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+should be filled in at class initialization time with
+the string containing the class's default translations.
+If a class wants to inherit its superclass's translations,
+it can store the special value
+<function>XtInheritTranslations</function>
+into <emphasis remap='I'>tm_table</emphasis>.
+In Core's class part initialization procedure,
+the Intrinsics compile this translation table into an efficient internal form.
+Then, at widget creation time,
+this default translation table is
+combined with the XtNtranslations
+and XtNbaseTranslations resources; see
+<xref linkend='Translation_Table_Management' />.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The resource conversion mechanism automatically compiles
+string translation tables that are specified in the resource database.
+If a client uses translation tables that are not retrieved via a
+resource conversion,
+it must compile them itself using
+<xref linkend='XtParseTranslationTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics use the compiled form of the translation table to register the
+necessary events with the event manager.
+Widgets need do nothing other than specify the action and translation tables
+for events to be processed by the translation manager.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Event_Sequences">
+<title>Event Sequences</title>
+<para>
+An event sequence is a comma-separated list of X event descriptions
+that describes a specific sequence of X events to map to a set of
+program actions.
+Each X event description consists of three parts:
+The X event type, a prefix consisting of the X modifier bits, and
+an event-specific suffix.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Various abbreviations are supported to make translation tables easier
+to read. The events must match incoming events in left-to-right order
+to trigger the action sequence.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Action_Sequences">
+<title>Action Sequences</title>
+<para>
+Action sequences specify what program or widget actions to take in response to
+incoming X events. An action sequence consists of space-separated
+action procedure call specifications.
+Each action procedure call consists of the name of an action procedure and a
+parenthesized list of zero or more comma-separated
+string parameters to pass to that procedure.
+The actions are invoked in left-to-right order as specified in the
+action sequence.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Multi_Click_Time">
+<title>Multi-Click Time</title>
+<para>
+Translation table entries may specify actions that are taken when two
+or more identical events occur consecutively within a short time
+interval, called the multi-click time. The multi-click time value may
+be specified as an application resource with name ``multiClickTime'' and
+class ``MultiClickTime'' and may also be modified dynamically by the
+application. The multi-click time is unique for each Display value and
+is retrieved from the resource database by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If no value is specified, the initial value is 200 milliseconds.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To set the multi-click time dynamically, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetMultiClickTime' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetMultiClickTime'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetMultiClickTime</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display connection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the multi-click time in milliseconds.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetMultiClickTime' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+sets the time interval used by the translation
+manager to determine when multiple events are interpreted as a
+repeated event. When a repeat count is specified in a translation
+entry, the interval between the timestamps in each pair of repeated
+events (e.g., between two
+<function>ButtonPress</function>
+events) must be less than the
+multi-click time in order for the translation actions to be taken.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To read the multi-click time, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetMultiClickTime' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetMultiClickTime'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>int <function>XtGetMultiClickTime</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display connection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetMultiClickTime' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the time in milliseconds that the
+translation manager uses to determine if multiple events are to be
+interpreted as a repeated event for purposes of matching a translation
+entry containing a repeat count.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Translation_Table_Management">
+<title>Translation Table Management</title>
+<para>
+Sometimes an application needs to merge
+its own translations with a widget's translations.
+For example, a window manager provides functions to move a window.
+The window manager wishes to bind this operation to a specific
+pointer button in the title bar without the possibility of user
+override and bind it to other buttons that may be overridden by the user.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To accomplish this,
+the window manager should first create the title bar
+and then should merge the two translation tables into
+the title bar's translations.
+One translation table contains the translations that the window manager
+wants only if the user has not specified a translation for a particular event
+or event sequence (i.e., those that may be overridden).
+The other translation table contains the translations that the
+window manager wants regardless of what the user has specified.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Three Intrinsics functions support this merging:
+</para>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>XtParseTranslationTable</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Compiles a translation table.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>XtAugmentTranslations</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Merges a compiled translation table into a widget's
+ compiled translation table, ignoring any new translations that
+ conflict with existing translations.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>XtOverrideTranslations</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Merges a compiled translation table into a widget's
+ compiled translation table, replacing any existing translations that
+ conflict with new translations.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+To compile a translation table, use
+<xref linkend='XtParseTranslationTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtParseTranslationTable'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtTranslations <function>XtParseTranslationTable</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>table</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>table</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the translation table to compile.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtParseTranslationTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function compiles the translation table, provided in the format given
+in Appendix B, into an opaque internal representation
+of type
+<function>XtTranslations</function>.
+Note that if an empty translation table is required for any purpose,
+one can be obtained by calling
+<xref linkend='XtParseTranslationTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and passing an empty string.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To merge additional translations into an existing translation table, use
+<xref linkend='XtAugmentTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAugmentTranslations'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAugmentTranslations</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtTranslations <parameter>translations</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget into which the new translations are to be merged. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>translations</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAugmentTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function merges the new translations into the existing widget
+translations, ignoring any
+<function>#replace</function>,
+<function>#augment</function>,
+or
+<function>#override</function>
+directive that may have been specified
+in the translation string. The translation table specified by
+<emphasis remap='I'>translations</emphasis> is not altered by this process.
+<xref linkend='XtAugmentTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+logically appends the string representation of the new translations to
+the string representation of the widget's current translations and reparses
+the result with no warning messages about duplicate left-hand sides, then
+stores the result back into the widget instance; i.e.,
+if the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
+already exists in the widget's translations,
+the new translation is ignored.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To overwrite existing translations with new translations, use
+<xref linkend='XtOverrideTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtOverrideTranslations'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtOverrideTranslations</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtTranslations <parameter>translations</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget into which the new translations are to be merged. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>translations</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtOverrideTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function merges the new translations into the existing widget
+translations, ignoring any
+<function>#replace</function>,
+<function>#augment</function>,
+or
+<function>#override</function>
+directive that may have been
+specified in the translation string. The translation table
+specified by <emphasis remap='I'>translations</emphasis> is not altered by this process.
+<xref linkend='XtOverrideTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+logically appends the string representation of the widget's current
+translations to the string representation of the new translations and
+reparses the result with no warning messages about duplicate left-hand
+sides, then stores the result back into the widget instance; i.e.,
+if the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
+already exists in the widget's translations,
+the new translation overrides the widget's translation.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To replace a widget's translations completely, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on the XtNtranslations resource and specify a compiled translation table
+as the value.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To make it possible for users to easily modify translation tables in their
+resource files,
+the string-to-translation-table resource type converter
+allows the string to specify whether the table should replace,
+augment, or override any
+existing translation table in the widget.
+To specify this,
+a pound sign (#) is given as the first character of the table
+followed by one of the keywords ``replace'', ``augment'', or
+``override'' to indicate
+whether to replace, augment, or override the existing table.
+The replace or merge
+operation is performed during the
+Core
+instance initialization.
+Each merge operation produces a new
+translation resource value; if the original tables were shared by
+other widgets, they are unaffected. If no directive is
+specified, ``#replace'' is assumed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+At instance initialization
+the XtNtranslations resource is first fetched. Then, if it was
+not specified or did not contain ``#replace'', the
+resource database is searched for the resource XtNbaseTranslations.
+If XtNbaseTranslations is found, it is merged into the widget class
+translation table. Then the widget <emphasis remap='I'>translations</emphasis> field is
+merged into the result or into the class translation table if
+XtNbaseTranslations was not found. This final table is then
+stored into the widget <emphasis remap='I'>translations</emphasis> field. If the XtNtranslations
+resource specified ``#replace'', no merge is done.
+If neither XtNbaseTranslations or XtNtranslations are specified,
+the class translation table is copied into the widget instance.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To completely remove existing translations, use
+<xref linkend='XtUninstallTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtUninstallTranslations'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtUninstallTranslations</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget from which the translations are to be removed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtUninstallTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function causes the entire translation table for the widget to be removed.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Using_Accelerators">
+<title>Using Accelerators</title>
+<para>
+It is often desirable to be able to bind events in one widget to actions in
+another.
+In particular,
+it is often useful to be able to invoke menu actions from the keyboard.
+The Intrinsics provide a facility, called accelerators, that lets you
+accomplish this.
+An accelerator table is a translation table that is bound with its
+actions in the context of a particular widget, the <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis> widget.
+The accelerator table can then be installed on one or more <emphasis remap='I'>destination</emphasis> widgets.
+When an event sequence in the destination widget would cause an
+accelerator action to be taken, and if the source widget is sensitive,
+the actions are executed as though triggered by the same event sequence
+in the accelerator source
+widget. The event is
+passed to the action procedure without modification. The action
+procedures used within accelerators must not assume that the source
+widget is realized nor that any fields of the event are in reference
+to the source widget's window if the widget is realized.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Each widget instance contains that widget's exported accelerator table
+as a resource.
+Each class of widget exports a method that takes a
+displayable string representation of the accelerators
+so that widgets can display their current accelerators.
+The representation is the accelerator table in canonical
+translation table form (see Appendix B).
+The display_accelerator procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtStringProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtStringProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtStringProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>string</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source widget that supplied the accelerators.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the string representation of the accelerators for this widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Accelerators can be specified in resource files,
+and the string representation is the same as for a translation table.
+However,
+the interpretation of the
+<function>#augment</function>
+and
+<function>#override</function>
+directives applies to
+what will happen when the accelerator is installed;
+that is, whether or not the accelerator translations will override the
+translations in the destination widget.
+The default is
+<function>#augment</function>,
+which means that the accelerator translations have lower priority
+than the destination translations.
+The
+<function>#replace</function>
+directive is ignored for accelerator tables.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To parse an accelerator table, use
+<xref linkend='XtParseAcceleratorTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtParseAcceleratorTable'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtAccelerators <function>XtParseAcceleratorTable</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>source</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the accelerator table to compile.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtParseAcceleratorTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function compiles the accelerator table into an opaque internal representation.
+The client
+should set the XtNaccelerators resource of
+each widget that is to be activated by these translations
+to the returned value.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To install accelerators from a widget on another widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtInstallAccelerators' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtInstallAccelerators'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtInstallAccelerators</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>destination</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>source</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>destination</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget from which the accelerators are to come. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtInstallAccelerators' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function installs the <emphasis remap='I'>accelerators</emphasis> resource value from
+<emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis> onto <emphasis remap='I'>destination</emphasis>
+by merging the source accelerators into the destination translations.
+If the source <emphasis remap='I'>display_accelerator</emphasis> field is non-NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtInstallAccelerators' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls it with the source widget and a string representation
+of the accelerator table,
+which indicates that its accelerators have been installed
+and that it should display them appropriately.
+The string representation of the accelerator table is its
+canonical translation table representation.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+As a convenience for installing all accelerators from a widget and all its
+descendants onto one destination, use
+<xref linkend='XtInstallAllAccelerators' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtInstallAllAccelerators'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtInstallAllAccelerators</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>destination</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>source</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>destination</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the root widget of the widget tree
+from which the accelerators are to come. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtInstallAllAccelerators' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function recursively descends the widget tree rooted at <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
+and installs the accelerators resource value
+of each widget encountered onto <emphasis remap='I'>destination</emphasis>.
+A common use is to call
+<xref linkend='XtInstallAllAccelerators' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and pass the application main window as the source.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="KeyCode_to_KeySym_Conversions">
+<title>KeyCode-to-KeySym Conversions</title>
+<para>
+The translation manager provides support for automatically translating
+KeyCodes in incoming key events into KeySyms.
+KeyCode-to-KeySym translator procedure pointers are of type
+<xref linkend='XtKeyProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtKeyProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtKeyProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeyCode <parameter>keycode</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Modifiers <parameter>modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Modifiers *<parameter>modifiers_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym *<parameter>keysym_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display that the KeyCode is from.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the KeyCode to translate.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a location in which to store
+a mask that indicates the subset of all
+modifiers that are examined by the key translator for the specified keycode.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keysym_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a location in which to store the resulting KeySym.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure takes a KeyCode and modifiers and produces a KeySym.
+For any given key translator function and keyboard encoding,
+<emphasis remap='I'>modifiers_return</emphasis> will be a constant per KeyCode that indicates
+the subset of all modifiers that are examined by the key translator
+for that KeyCode.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The KeyCode-to-KeySym translator procedure
+must be implemented such that multiple calls with the same
+<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis> return the same
+result until either a new case converter, an
+<xref linkend='XtCaseProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+is installed or a
+<function>MappingNotify</function>
+event is received.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics maintain tables internally to map KeyCodes to KeySyms
+for each open display. Translator procedures and other clients may
+share a single copy of this table to perform the same mapping.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To return a pointer to the KeySym-to-KeyCode mapping table for a
+particular display, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetKeysymTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetKeysymTable'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>KeySym *<function>XtGetKeysymTable</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeyCode *<parameter>min_keycode_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>keysyms_per_keycode_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display whose table is required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>min_keycode_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the minimum KeyCode valid for the display.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms_per_keycode_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the number of KeySyms stored for each KeyCode.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetKeysymTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a pointer to the Intrinsics' copy of the
+server's KeyCode-to-KeySym table. This table must not be modified.
+There are <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms_per_keycode_return</emphasis> KeySyms associated with each
+KeyCode, located in the table with indices starting at index
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+ (test_keycode - min_keycode_return) * keysyms_per_keycode_return
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+for KeyCode <emphasis remap='I'>test_keycode</emphasis>. Any entries that have no KeySyms associated
+with them contain the value
+<function>NoSymbol</function>.
+Clients should not cache the KeySym table but should call
+<xref linkend='XtGetKeysymTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+each time the value is
+needed, as the table may change prior to dispatching each event.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For more information on this table, see
+<olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Manipulating_the_Keyboard_Encoding'>Section 12.7</olink> in
+<olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>Xlib — C Language X Interface.</olink>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a key translator, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetKeyTranslator' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetKeyTranslator'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetKeyTranslator</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtKeyProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display from which to translate the events.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to perform key translations.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtSetKeyTranslator' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function sets the specified procedure as the current key translator.
+The default translator is
+<function>XtTranslateKey</function>,
+an
+<xref linkend='XtKeyProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+that uses the Shift, Lock, numlock, and group modifiers
+with the interpretations defined in <emphasis remap='I'>X Window System Protocol</emphasis>, Section 5.
+It is provided so that new translators can call it to get default
+KeyCode-to-KeySym translations and so that the default translator
+can be reinstalled.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To invoke the currently registered KeyCode-to-KeySym translator,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtTranslateKeycode' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtTranslateKeycode'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtTranslateKeycode</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeyCode <parameter>keycode</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Modifiers <parameter>modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Modifiers *<parameter>modifiers_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym *<parameter>keysym_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display that the KeyCode is from.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the KeyCode to translate.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns a mask that indicates the modifiers actually used
+to generate the KeySym.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keysym_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the resulting KeySym.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtTranslateKeycode' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function passes the specified arguments
+directly to the currently registered KeyCode-to-KeySym translator.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To handle capitalization of nonstandard KeySyms, the Intrinsics allow
+clients to register case conversion routines.
+Case converter procedure pointers are of type
+<xref linkend='XtCaseProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCaseProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtCaseProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym <parameter>keysym</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym *<parameter>lower_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym *<parameter>upper_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display connection for which the conversion is required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the KeySym to convert.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>lower_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a location into which to store the lowercase equivalent for
+the KeySym.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>upper_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a location into which to store the uppercase equivalent for
+the KeySym.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If there is no case distinction,
+this procedure should store the KeySym into both return values.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a case converter, use
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterCaseConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRegisterCaseConverter'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRegisterCaseConverter</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCaseProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym <parameter>start</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym <parameter>stop</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display from which the key events are to come.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the
+<xref linkend='XtCaseProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to do the conversions.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>start</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the first KeySym for which this converter is valid.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>stop</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the last KeySym for which this converter is valid.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterCaseConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+registers the specified case converter.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>start</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>stop</emphasis> arguments provide the inclusive range of KeySyms
+for which this converter is to be called.
+The new converter overrides any previous converters for KeySyms in that range.
+No interface exists to remove converters;
+you need to register an identity converter.
+When a new converter is registered,
+the Intrinsics refresh the keyboard state if necessary.
+The default converter understands case conversion for all
+Latin KeySyms defined in <emphasis remap='I'>X Window System Protocol</emphasis>, Appendix A.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To determine uppercase and lowercase equivalents for a KeySym, use
+<xref linkend='XtConvertCase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtConvertCase'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtConvertCase</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym <parameter>keysym</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym *<parameter>lower_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym *<parameter>upper_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display that the KeySym came from.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the KeySym to convert.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>lower_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the lowercase equivalent of the KeySym.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>upper_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the uppercase equivalent of the KeySym.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtConvertCase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls the appropriate converter and returns the results.
+A user-supplied
+<xref linkend='XtKeyProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may need to use this function.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Obtaining_a_KeySym_in_an_Action_Procedure">
+<title>Obtaining a KeySym in an Action Procedure</title>
+<para>
+When an action procedure is invoked on a
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+or
+<function>KeyRelease</function>
+event, it often has a need to retrieve the KeySym and modifiers
+corresponding to the event that caused it to be invoked. In order to
+avoid repeating the processing that was just performed by the
+Intrinsics to match the translation entry, the KeySym and modifiers
+are stored for the duration of the action procedure and are made
+available to the client.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve the KeySym and modifiers that matched the final event
+specification in the translation table entry, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetActionKeysym' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetActionKeysym'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>KeySym <function>XtGetActionKeysym</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Modifiers *<parameter>modifiers_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the event pointer passed to the action procedure by the Intrinsics.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the modifiers that caused the match, if non-NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If
+<xref linkend='XtGetActionKeysym' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called after an action procedure has been
+invoked by the Intrinsics and before that action procedure returns, and
+if the event pointer has the same value as the event pointer passed to
+that action routine, and if the event is a
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+or
+<function>KeyRelease</function>
+event, then
+<xref linkend='XtGetActionKeysym' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the KeySym that matched the final
+event specification in the translation table and, if <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers_return</emphasis>
+is non-NULL, the modifier state actually used to generate this KeySym;
+otherwise, if the event is a
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+or
+<function>KeyRelease</function>
+event, then
+<xref linkend='XtGetActionKeysym' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtTranslateKeycode' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and returns the results;
+else it returns
+<function>NoSymbol</function>
+and does not examine <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers_return</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Note that if an action procedure invoked by the Intrinsics
+invokes a subsequent action procedure (and so on) via
+<xref linkend='XtCallActionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the nested action procedure may also call
+<xref linkend='XtGetActionKeysym' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to retrieve the Intrinsics' KeySym and modifiers.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="KeySym_to_KeyCode_Conversions">
+<title>KeySym-to-KeyCode Conversions</title>
+<para>
+To return the list of KeyCodes that map to a particular KeySym in
+the keyboard mapping table maintained by the Intrinsics, use
+<xref linkend='XtKeysymToKeycodeList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtKeysymToKeycodeList'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtKeysymToKeycodeList</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeySym <parameter>keysym</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>KeyCode **<parameter>keycodes_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>keycount_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display whose table is required.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the KeySym for which to search.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keycodes_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns a list of KeyCodes that have <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
+associated with them, or NULL if <emphasis remap='I'>keycount_return</emphasis> is 0.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keycount_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the number of KeyCodes in the keycode list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtKeysymToKeycodeList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure returns all the KeyCodes that have <emphasis remap='I'>keysym</emphasis>
+in their entry for the keyboard mapping table associated with <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>.
+For each entry in the
+table, the first four KeySyms (groups 1 and 2) are interpreted as
+specified by <emphasis remap='I'>X Window System Protocol</emphasis>, Section 5. If no KeyCodes map to the
+specified KeySym, <emphasis remap='I'>keycount_return</emphasis> is zero and *<emphasis remap='I'>keycodes_return</emphasis> is NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The caller should free the storage pointed to by <emphasis remap='I'>keycodes_return</emphasis> using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when it is no longer useful. If the caller needs to examine
+the KeyCode-to-KeySym table for a particular KeyCode, it should call
+<xref linkend='XtGetKeysymTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Registering_Button_and_Key_Grabs_for_Actions">
+<title>Registering Button and Key Grabs for Actions</title>
+<para>
+To register button and key grabs for a widget's window according to the
+event bindings in the widget's translation table, use
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterGrabAction' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRegisterGrabAction'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtRegisterGrabAction</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtActionProc <parameter>action_proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Boolean <parameter>owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>event_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>pointer_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>action_proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the action procedure to search for in translation tables.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify arguments to
+<xref linkend='XtGrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterGrabAction' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+adds the specified <emphasis remap='I'>action_proc</emphasis> to a list known to
+the translation manager. When a widget is realized, or when the
+translations of a realized widget or the accelerators installed on a
+realized widget are modified, its translation table and any installed
+accelerators are scanned for action procedures on this list.
+If any are invoked on
+<function>ButtonPress</function>
+or
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+events as the only or final event
+in a sequence, the Intrinsics will call
+<xref linkend='XtGrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the widget with every button or KeyCode which maps to the
+event detail field, passing the specified <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>pointer_mode</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>keyboard_mode</emphasis>. For
+<function>ButtonPress</function>
+events, the modifiers
+specified in the grab are determined directly from the translation
+specification and <emphasis remap='I'>confine_to</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>cursor</emphasis> are specified as
+<function>None</function>.
+For
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+events, if the translation table entry specifies colon (:) in
+the modifier list, the modifiers are determined by calling the key
+translator procedure registered for the display and calling
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for every combination of standard modifiers which map the KeyCode to
+the specified event detail KeySym, and ORing any modifiers specified in
+the translation table entry, and <emphasis remap='I'>event_mask</emphasis> is ignored. If the
+translation table entry does not specify colon in the modifier list,
+the modifiers specified in the grab are those specified in the
+translation table entry only. For both
+<function>ButtonPress</function>
+and
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+events, don't-care modifiers are ignored unless the translation entry
+explicitly specifies ``Any'' in the <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis> field.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the specified <emphasis remap='I'>action_proc</emphasis> is already registered for the calling
+process, the new values will replace the previously specified values
+for any widgets that become realized following the call, but existing
+grabs are not altered on currently realized widgets.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When translations or installed accelerators are modified for a
+realized widget, any previous key or button grabs registered
+as a result of the old bindings are released if they do not appear in
+the new bindings and are not explicitly grabbed by the client with
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Invoking_Actions_Directly">
+<title>Invoking Actions Directly</title>
+<para>
+Normally action procedures are invoked by the Intrinsics when an
+event or event sequence arrives for a widget. To
+invoke an action procedure directly, without generating
+(or synthesizing) events, use
+<xref linkend='XtCallActionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCallActionProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCallActionProc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>action</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>params</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_params</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget in which the action is to be invoked. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>action</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the action routine.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the contents of the <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis> passed to the action routine.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the contents of the <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis> passed to the action routine.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtCallActionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+searches for the named action routine in the same
+manner and order as translation tables are bound, as described in
+Section 10.1.2, except that application action tables are searched, if
+necessary, as of the time of the call to
+<xref linkend='XtCallActionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If found,
+the action routine is invoked with the specified widget, event pointer,
+and parameters. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that
+the contents of the <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>num_params</emphasis> arguments are
+appropriate for the specified action routine and, if necessary, that
+the specified widget is realized or sensitive. If the named action
+routine cannot be found,
+<xref linkend='XtCallActionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+generates a warning message and returns.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Obtaining_a_Widget_s_Action_List">
+<title>Obtaining a Widget's Action List</title>
+<para>
+Occasionally a subclass will require the pointers to one or more of
+its superclass's action procedures. This would be needed, for
+example, in order to envelop the superclass's action. To retrieve
+the list of action procedures registered in the superclass's
+<emphasis remap='I'>actions</emphasis> field, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetActionList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetActionList'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetActionList</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtActionList *<parameter>actions_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_actions_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class whose actions are to be returned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>actions_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the action list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_actions_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the number of action procedures declared by the class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetActionList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the action table defined by the specified
+widget class. This table does not include actions defined by the
+superclasses. If <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis> is not initialized, or is not
+<function>coreWidgetClass</function>
+or a subclass thereof, or if the class does not define any actions,
+*<emphasis remap='I'>actions_return</emphasis> will be NULL and *<emphasis remap='I'>num_actions_return</emphasis>
+will be zero.
+If *<emphasis remap='I'>actions_return</emphasis> is non-NULL the client is responsible for freeing
+the table using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when it is no longer needed.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Utility_Functions'>
+<title>Utility Functions</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide a number of utility functions that you can use to
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Determine the number of elements in an array.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Translate strings to widget instances.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Manage memory usage.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Share graphics contexts.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Manipulate selections.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Merge exposure events into a region.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Translate widget coordinates.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Locate a widget given a window id.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Handle errors.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Set the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Locate files by name with string substitutions.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Register callback functions for external agents.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Locate all the displays of an application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<sect1 id="Determining_the_Number_of_Elements_in_an_Array">
+<title>Determining the Number of Elements in an Array</title>
+<para>
+To determine the number of elements in a fixed-size array, use
+<xref linkend='XtNumber' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtNumber'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Cardinal <function>XtNumber</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>ArrayType <parameter>array</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>array</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a fixed-size array of arbitrary type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtNumber' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+macro returns the number of elements allocated to the array.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Translating_Strings_to_Widget_Instances">
+<title>Translating Strings to Widget Instances</title>
+<para>
+To translate a widget name to a widget instance, use
+<xref linkend='XtNameToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtNameToWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtNameToWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>reference</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>names</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>reference</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget from which the search is to start. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the partially qualified name of the desired widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtNameToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function searches for a descendant of the <emphasis remap='I'>reference</emphasis>
+widget whose name matches the specified names. The <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis> parameter
+specifies a simple object name or a series of simple object name
+components separated by periods or asterisks.
+<xref linkend='XtNameToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the descendant with the shortest name matching the specification
+according to the following rules, where child is either a pop-up child
+or a normal child if the widget's class is a subclass of
+Composite :
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Enumerate the object subtree rooted at the reference widget in
+breadth-first order, qualifying the name of each object with the
+names of all its ancestors up to, but not including, the reference
+widget. The ordering between children of a common parent is
+not defined.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Return the first object in the enumeration that matches the
+specified name, where each component of <emphasis remap='I'>names</emphasis> matches exactly the
+corresponding component of the qualified object name and asterisk
+matches any series of components, including none.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If no match is found, return NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Since breadth-first traversal is specified, the descendant with the
+shortest matching name (i.e., the fewest number of components), if any,
+will always be returned. However, since the order of enumeration of
+children is undefined and since the Intrinsics do not require that all
+children of a widget have unique names,
+<xref linkend='XtNameToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may return any
+child that matches if there are multiple objects in the subtree with
+the same name. Consecutive separators (periods or asterisks)
+including at least one asterisk are treated as a single asterisk.
+Consecutive periods are treated as a single period.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Managing_Memory_Usage">
+<title>Managing Memory Usage</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics memory management functions provide uniform checking for
+null pointers and error reporting on memory allocation errors.
+These functions are completely compatible with their standard C language
+runtime counterparts
+<function>malloc</function>,
+<function>calloc</function>,
+<function>realloc</function>,
+and
+<function>free</function>
+with the following added functionality:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+give an error if there is not enough memory.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+simply returns if passed a NULL pointer.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+simply allocates new storage if passed a NULL pointer.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+See the standard C library documentation on
+<function>malloc</function>,
+<function>calloc</function>,
+<function>realloc</function>,
+and
+<function>free</function>
+for more information.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To allocate storage, use
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtMalloc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>char * <function>XtMalloc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>size</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of bytes desired.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns a pointer to a block of storage of at least
+the specified <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis> bytes.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To allocate and initialize an array, use
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCalloc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>char * <function>XtCalloc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>size</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of array elements to allocate.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>size</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the size of each array element in bytes.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function allocates space for the specified number of array elements
+of the specified size and initializes the space to zero.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the address of the allocated storage.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To change the size of an allocated block of storage, use
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtRealloc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>char *<function>XtRealloc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>char *<parameter>ptr</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>ptr</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the old storage allocated with
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies number of bytes desired in new storage.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function changes the size of a block of storage, possibly moving it.
+Then it copies the old contents (or as much as will fit) into the new block
+and frees the old block.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>ptr</emphasis> is NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+simply calls
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+then returns the address of the new block.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To free an allocated block of storage, use
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtFree'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtFree</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>char *<parameter>ptr</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>ptr</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to a block of storage allocated with
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns storage, allowing it to be reused.
+If <emphasis remap='I'>ptr</emphasis> is NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns immediately.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To allocate storage for a new instance of a type, use
+<xref linkend='XtNew' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtNew'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>type <function>XtNew</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>type <parameter>t</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a previously declared type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtNew' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+<xref linkend='XtNew' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtNew' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is a convenience macro that calls
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the following arguments specified:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+((type *) XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(type)))
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The storage allocated by
+<xref linkend='XtNew' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+should be freed using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To copy an instance of a string, use
+<xref linkend='XtNewString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtNewString'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>String <function>XtNewString</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>string</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a previously declared string.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtNewString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
+If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
+<xref linkend='XtNewString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtNewString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is a convenience macro that calls
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the following arguments specified:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+(strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned)strlen(str) + 1), str))
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The storage allocated by
+<xref linkend='XtNewString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+should be freed using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Sharing_Graphics_Contexts">
+<title>Sharing Graphics Contexts</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide a mechanism whereby cooperating objects can share a
+graphics context (GC), thereby reducing both the number of GCs
+created and the total number of server calls in any given application.
+The mechanism is a simple caching scheme
+and allows for clients to declare both modifiable and nonmodifiable
+fields of the shared GCs.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To obtain a shareable GC with modifiable fields, use
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAllocateGC'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>GC <function>XtAllocateGC</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>depth</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtGCMask <parameter>value_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XGCValues *<parameter>values</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtGCMask <parameter>dynamic_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtGCMask <parameter>unused_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an object, giving the screen for which the
+returned GC is valid. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the depth for which the returned GC is valid, or 0.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies fields of the GC that are initialized from <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the values for the initialized fields.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>dynamic_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies fields of the GC that will be modified by the caller.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>unused_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies fields of the GC that will not be needed by the caller.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns a shareable GC that may be
+modified by the client. The <emphasis remap='I'>screen</emphasis> field of the specified
+widget or of the nearest widget ancestor of the specified
+object and the specified <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis> argument supply
+the root and drawable depths for which the GC is to be
+valid. If <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis> is zero, the depth is taken from the
+<emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis> field of the specified widget or of the nearest
+widget ancestor of the specified object.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis> argument specifies fields of the GC
+that are initialized with the respective member of the
+<emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis> structure. The <emphasis remap='I'>dynamic_mask</emphasis> argument specifies fields
+that the caller intends to modify during program execution.
+The caller must ensure that the corresponding GC field is set
+prior to each use of the GC. The <emphasis remap='I'>unused_mask</emphasis> argument
+specifies fields of the GC that are of no interest to the
+caller. The caller may make no assumptions about the contents
+of any fields specified in <emphasis remap='I'>unused_mask</emphasis>. The caller may assume
+that at all times all fields not specified in either
+<emphasis remap='I'>dynamic_mask</emphasis> or <emphasis remap='I'>unused_mask</emphasis> have their default value if not
+specified in <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis> or the value specified by <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>.
+If a field is specified in both <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>dynamic_mask</emphasis>,
+the effect is as if it were specified only in <emphasis remap='I'>dynamic_mask</emphasis>
+and then immediately set to the value in <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>. If a field
+is set in <emphasis remap='I'>unused_mask</emphasis> and also in either <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis> or
+<emphasis remap='I'>dynamic_mask</emphasis>, the specification in <emphasis remap='I'>unused_mask</emphasis> is ignored.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+tries to minimize the number of unique GCs
+created by comparing the arguments with those of previous
+calls and returning an existing GC when there are no
+conflicts.
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may modify and return an existing GC if it was allocated with a
+nonzero <emphasis remap='I'>unused_mask</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To obtain a shareable GC with no modifiable fields, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetGC'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>GC <function>XtGetGC</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtGCMask <parameter>value_mask</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XGCValues *<parameter>values</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an object, giving the screen and depth for which the
+returned GC is valid. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies which fields of the <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis> structure are specified.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the actual values for this GC.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns a shareable, read-only GC.
+The parameters to this function are the same as those for
+<function>XCreateGC</function>
+except that an Object is passed instead of a Display.
+<xref linkend='XtGetGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is equivalent to
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>depth</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>dynamic_mask</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>unused_mask</emphasis> all zero.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+shares only GCs in which all values in the GC returned by
+<function>XCreateGC</function>
+are the same.
+In particular, it does not use the <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis> provided to
+determine which fields of the GC a widget considers relevant.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>value_mask</emphasis> is used only to tell the server which fields should be
+filled in from <emphasis remap='I'>values</emphasis> and which it should fill in with default values.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To deallocate a shared GC when it is no longer needed, use
+<xref linkend='XtReleaseGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtReleaseGC'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtReleaseGC</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>object</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>GC <parameter>gc</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>object</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies any object on the Display for which the GC was created. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the shared GC obtained with either
+<xref linkend='XtAllocateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGetGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+References to shareable GCs are counted and a free request is generated to the
+server when the last user of a given GC releases it.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Managing_Selections">
+<title>Managing Selections</title>
+<para>
+Arbitrary widgets in multiple applications can communicate
+with each other by means of the Intrinsics global selection mechanism,
+which conforms to the specifications in the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</emphasis>.
+The Intrinsics supply functions for providing and receiving selection data in
+one logical piece (atomic transfers)
+or in smaller logical segments (incremental transfers).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The incremental interface is provided for a selection owner or
+selection requestor that cannot or prefers not to pass the selection
+value to and from the Intrinsics in a single call. For instance,
+either an application that is running on a machine with limited memory
+may not be able to store the entire selection value in memory or a
+selection owner may already have the selection value available in
+discrete chunks, and it would be more efficient not to have to
+allocate additional storage to copy the pieces contiguously. Any
+owner or requestor that prefers to deal with the selection value in
+segments can use the incremental interfaces to do so.
+The transfer between the selection owner or requestor and the Intrinsics is not
+required to match the underlying
+transport protocol between the application and the X server;
+the Intrinsics will break too large a selection
+into smaller pieces for transport if necessary
+and will coalesce a selection transmitted incrementally if the value
+was requested atomically.
+</para>
+
+<sect2 id='Setting_and_Getting_the_Selection_Timeout_Value'>
+<title>Setting and Getting the Selection Timeout Value</title>
+<para>
+To set the Intrinsics selection timeout, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetSelectionTimeout' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppSetSelectionTimeout'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppSetSelectionTimeout</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long <parameter>timeout</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>timeout</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+To get the current selection timeout value, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetSelectionTimeout' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppGetSelectionTimeout'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>unsigned long <function>XtAppGetSelectionTimeout</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetSelectionTimeout' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns the current selection timeout value in milliseconds.
+The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating
+applications must respond to one another.
+The initial timeout value is set by the
+selectionTimeout
+application resource as retrieved by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If
+selectionTimeout
+is not specified,
+the default is five seconds.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Using_Atomic_Transfers">
+<title>Using Atomic Transfers</title>
+<para>
+When using atomic transfers, the owner will completely
+process one selection request at a time.
+The owner may consider each request individually,
+since there is no possibility for overlap
+between evaluation of two requests.
+</para>
+
+<sect3 id="Atomic_Transfer_Procedures">
+<title>Atomic Transfer Procedures</title>
+<para>
+The following procedures are used by the selection owner when
+providing selection data in a single unit.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The procedure pointer specified by the owner to supply the selection
+data to the Intrinsics is of type
+<xref linkend='XtConvertSelectionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtConvertSelectionProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef Boolean <function>(*XtConvertSelectionProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>target</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>type_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer *<parameter>value_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long *<parameter>length_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>format_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom naming the selection requested
+(for example,
+<function>XA_PRIMARY</function>
+or
+<function>XA_SECONDARY ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the target type of the selection that has been requested,
+which indicates the desired information about the selection
+(for example, File Name, Text, Window).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to an atom into which the property type of the
+converted value of the selection is to be stored.
+For instance, either File Name or Text might have property type
+<function>XA_STRING</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the converted value of the
+selection is to be stored.
+The selection owner is responsible for allocating this storage.
+If the selection owner has provided an
+<xref linkend='XtSelectionDoneProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the selection,
+this storage is owned by the selection owner;
+otherwise, it is owned by the Intrinsics selection mechanism,
+which frees it by calling
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when it is done with it.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>length_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer into which the number of elements in <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>,
+each of size indicated by <emphasis remap='I'>format_return</emphasis>, is to be stored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>format_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the data elements
+of the selection value is to be stored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure is called by the Intrinsics selection mechanism
+to get the value of a selection as a given type
+from the current selection owner.
+It returns
+<function>True</function>
+if the owner successfully converted the selection to the target type or
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise.
+If the procedure returns
+<function>False</function>,
+the values of the return arguments are undefined.
+Each
+<xref linkend='XtConvertSelectionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+should respond to target value
+<function>TARGETS</function>
+by returning a value containing the list of the targets
+into which it is
+prepared to convert the selection.
+The value returned in
+<emphasis remap='I'>format_return</emphasis> must be one of 8, 16, or 32 to allow the server to
+byte-swap the data if necessary.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+This procedure does not need to worry about responding to the
+MULTIPLE or the TIMESTAMP target values (see
+<xref linkend='Window_Creation_Convenience_Routine' />
+in the <olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='icccm'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</olink>).
+A selection request with
+the MULTIPLE target type is transparently transformed into a
+series of calls to this procedure, one for each target type, and a
+selection request with the TIMESTAMP target value is answered
+automatically by the Intrinsics using the time specified in the
+call to
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelectionIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve the
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>
+event that triggered the
+<xref linkend='XtConvertSelectionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetSelectionRequest'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XSelectionRequestEvent *<function>XtGetSelectionRequest</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtRequestId <parameter>request_id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the selection being processed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request_id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental
+selections, or NULL in the case of atomic transfers.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may be called only from within an
+<xref linkend='XtConvertSelectionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure and returns a pointer to the
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>
+event that caused the conversion procedure to be invoked.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Request_id</emphasis> specifies a unique id for the individual request in the
+case that multiple incremental transfers are outstanding. For atomic
+transfers, <emphasis remap='I'>request_id</emphasis> must be specified as NULL. If no
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>
+event is being processed for the specified
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>request_id</emphasis>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The procedure pointer specified by the owner when it desires
+notification upon losing ownership is of type
+<xref linkend='XtLoseSelectionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtLoseSelectionProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtLoseSelectionProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that has lost selection ownership.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom naming the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure is called by the Intrinsics selection mechanism
+to inform the specified widget that it has lost the given selection.
+Note that this procedure does not ask the widget to relinquish the
+selection ownership; it is merely informative.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The procedure pointer specified by the owner when it desires
+notification of receipt of the data or when it manages the storage
+containing the data is of type
+<xref linkend='XtSelectionDoneProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSelectionDoneProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtSelectionDoneProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>target</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that owns the converted selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom naming the selection that was converted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure is called by the Intrinsics selection mechanism
+to inform the selection owner that a selection requestor has successfully
+retrieved a selection value.
+If the selection owner has registered an
+<xref linkend='XtSelectionDoneProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+it should expect it to be called once for each conversion that it performs,
+after the converted value has been successfully transferred
+to the requestor.
+If the selection owner has registered an
+<xref linkend='XtSelectionDoneProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+it also owns the storage containing the converted
+selection value.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Getting_the_Selection_Value">
+<title>Getting the Selection Value</title>
+<para>
+The procedure pointer specified by the requestor to receive the
+selection data from the Intrinsics is of type
+<xref linkend='XtSelectionCallbackProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSelectionCallbackProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtSelectionCallbackPro)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>value</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long *<parameter>length</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>format</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that requested the selection value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a value passed in by the widget when it requested the
+selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the selection that was requested.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the representation type of the selection value (for example,
+<function>XA_STRING ).</function>
+Note that it is not the target that was requested (which the client
+must remember for itself), but the type that
+is used to represent the target.
+The special symbolic constant
+<function>XT_CONVERT_FAIL</function>
+is used to indicate that the selection conversion failed because the
+selection owner did not respond within the Intrinsics selection timeout
+interval.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the selection value.
+The requesting client owns this storage and is responsible for freeing it
+by calling
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when it is done with it.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of elements in <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the size in bits of the data in each element of <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure is called by the Intrinsics selection mechanism to deliver the
+requested selection to the requestor.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the
+<function>SelectionNotify</function>
+event returns a property of
+<function>None</function>,
+meaning the conversion has been refused because there is no owner for the
+specified selection or the owner cannot convert the selection to the
+requested target for any reason, the procedure is called with a value
+of NULL and a length of zero.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To obtain the selection value in a single logical unit, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetSelectionValue'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetSelectionValue</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>target</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSelectionCallbackProc <parameter>callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the particular selection desired; for example,
+<function>XA_PRIMARY</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the type of information needed about the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called when the selection value
+has been obtained.
+Note that this is how the selection value is communicated back to the client.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies additional data to be passed to the specified procedure
+when it is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was
+initiated.
+This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
+the value
+<function>CurrentTime</function>
+is not acceptable.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function requests the value of the selection converted to
+the target type.
+The specified callback is called at some time after
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called, when the selection value is received from the X server.
+It may be called before or after
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns.
+For more information about <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>, see
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='Use_of_Selection_Atoms'>Section 2.6</olink> in the
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='icccm'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</olink>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetSelectionValues'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetSelectionValues</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>targets</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSelectionCallbackProc <parameter>callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer *<parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the particular selection desired (that is, primary or secondary).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>targets</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the types of information needed about the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the length of the <emphasis remap='I'>targets</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> lists.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback procedure
+to be called with each selection value obtained.
+Note that this is how the selection values are communicated back to the
+client.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of additional data values, one for each target type,
+that are passed to the callback procedure when it is called for that target.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was
+initiated.
+This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
+the value
+<function>CurrentTime</function>
+is not acceptable.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function is similar to multiple calls to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+except that it guarantees that no other client can assert ownership
+between requests and therefore that all the conversions will refer to
+the same selection value. The callback is invoked once for each
+target value with the corresponding client data.
+For more information about <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>, see
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='Use_of_Selection_Atoms'>section 2.6</olink>
+in the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</emphasis>.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Setting_the_Selection_Owner">
+<title>Setting the Selection Owner</title>
+<para>
+To set the selection owner and indicate that the selection value will
+be provided in one piece, use
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtOwnSelection'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtOwnSelection</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtConvertSelectionProc <parameter>convert_proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtLoseSelectionProc <parameter>lose_selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSelectionDoneProc <parameter>done_proc</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that wishes to become the owner. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the selection (for example,
+<function>XA_PRIMARY ).</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the ownership request was
+initiated.
+This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered ownership;
+the value
+<function>CurrentTime</function>
+is not acceptable.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>convert_proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called whenever a client requests the
+current value of the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>lose_selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called whenever the widget has
+lost selection ownership, or NULL if the owner is not interested in being
+called back.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>done_proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure called
+after the requestor has received the selection value, or NULL if the
+owner is not
+interested in being called back.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function informs the Intrinsics selection mechanism that a
+widget wishes to own a selection.
+It returns
+<function>True</function>
+if the widget successfully becomes the owner and
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise.
+The widget may fail to become the owner if some other widget
+has asserted ownership at a time later than this widget.
+The widget can lose selection ownership either
+because some other widget asserted later ownership of the selection
+or because the widget voluntarily gave up ownership of the selection.
+The lose_selection procedure is not called
+if the widget fails to obtain selection ownership in the first place.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If a done_proc is specified, the client owns the storage allocated
+for passing the value to the Intrinsics. If <emphasis remap='I'>done_proc</emphasis> is NULL,
+the convert_proc must allocate storage using
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and the value specified is freed by the
+Intrinsics when the transfer is complete.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Usually, a selection owner maintains ownership indefinitely until some
+other widget requests ownership, at which time
+the Intrinsics selection mechanism informs the previous owner that it
+has lost ownership of the selection.
+However, in response to some user actions
+(for example, when a user deletes the information selected),
+the application may wish to explicitly inform the Intrinsics
+by using
+<xref linkend='XtDisownSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+that it no longer is to be the selection owner.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDisownSelection'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtDisownSelection</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that wishes to relinquish ownership.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom naming the selection being given up.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the request to
+relinquish selection ownership was initiated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDisownSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function informs the Intrinsics selection mechanism that
+the specified widget is to lose ownership of the selection.
+If the widget does not currently own the selection, either
+because it lost the selection
+or because it never had the selection to begin with,
+<xref linkend='XtDisownSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+does nothing.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+After a widget has called
+<xref linkend='XtDisownSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+its convert procedure is not called even if a request arrives later
+with a timestamp during the period that this widget owned the selection.
+However, its done procedure is called if a conversion that started
+before the call to
+<xref linkend='XtDisownSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+finishes after the call to
+<xref linkend='XtDisownSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Using_Incremental_Transfers">
+<title>Using Incremental Transfers</title>
+<para>
+When using the incremental interface, an owner may have to process
+more than one selection request for the same selection, converted to
+the same target, at the same time. The incremental functions take a
+<emphasis remap='I'>request_id</emphasis> argument, which is an identifier that is guaranteed to be
+unique among all incremental requests that are active concurrently.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For example, consider the following:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Upon receiving a request for the selection value, the owner sends
+the first segment.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+While waiting to be called to provide the next segment value but
+before sending it, the owner receives another request from a
+different requestor for the same selection value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To distinguish between the requests, the owner uses the request_id
+value. This allows the owner to distinguish between the first
+requestor, which is asking for the second segment, and the second
+requestor, which is asking for the first segment.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<sect3 id="Incremental_Transfer_Procedures">
+<title>Incremental Transfer Procedures</title>
+<para>
+The following procedures are used by selection owners who wish to
+provide the selection data in multiple segments.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The procedure pointer specified by the incremental owner to supply the
+selection data to the Intrinsics is of type
+<xref linkend='XtConvertSelectionIncrProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef XtPointer XtRequestId;
+</literallayout>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtConvertSelectionIncrProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef Boolean <function>(*XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>target</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>type_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer *<parameter>value_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long *<parameter>length_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>format_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long *<parameter>max_length</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtRequestId *<parameter>request_id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom that names the selection requested.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the type of information required about the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to an atom into which the property
+type of the converted value of the selection is to be
+stored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the
+converted value of the selection is to be stored.
+The selection owner is responsible for allocating this storage.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>length_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer into which the number of elements
+in <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>, each of size indicated by
+<emphasis remap='I'>format_return</emphasis>, is to be stored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>format_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the
+data elements of the selection value is to be stored so that the
+server may byte-swap the data if necessary.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>max_length</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the maximum number of bytes which may be
+transferred at any one time.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it
+took ownership of the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request_id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure is called repeatedly by the Intrinsics selection mechanism to get
+the next incremental chunk of data from a selection owner who has
+called
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelectionIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+It must return
+<function>True</function>
+if the procedure has succeeded in converting the selection data or
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise.
+On the first call with a particular request id, the owner must begin
+a new incremental transfer for the requested selection and target. On
+subsequent calls with the same request id, the owner may assume that
+the previously supplied value is no longer needed by the Intrinsics;
+that is, a fixed transfer area may be allocated and returned in <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>
+for each segment to be transferred. This procedure should store a
+non-NULL value in <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis> and zero in <emphasis remap='I'>length_return</emphasis> to indicate that the
+entire selection has been delivered. After returning this final
+segment, the request id may be reused by the Intrinsics to begin a
+new transfer.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve the
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>
+event that triggered the selection conversion procedure, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+described in Section 11.5.2.1.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner
+when it desires notification upon no longer having ownership is of
+type
+<xref linkend='XtLoseSelectionIncrProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtLoseSelectionIncrProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtLoseSelectionIncrProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that has lost the selection ownership.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom that names the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it
+took ownership of the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure, which is optional, is called by the Intrinsics to
+inform the selection owner that it no longer owns the selection.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner
+when it desires notification of receipt of the data or when it manages
+the storage containing the data is of type
+<xref linkend='XtSelectionDoneIncrProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSelectionDoneIncrProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>target</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtRequestId *<parameter>request_id</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that owns the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom that names the selection being transferred.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request_id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specified the value passed in by the widget when it
+took ownership of the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure, which is optional, is called by the Intrinsics after
+the requestor has retrieved the final (zero-length) segment of the
+incremental transfer to indicate that the entire transfer is complete.
+If this procedure is not specified, the Intrinsics will free only the
+final value returned by the selection owner using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner to
+notify it if a transfer should be terminated prematurely is of type
+<xref linkend='XtCancelConvertSelectionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCancelConvertSelectionProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtCancelConvertSelectionProc)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>target</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtRequestId *<parameter>request_id</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that owns the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom that names the selection being transferred.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request_id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it took ownership of
+the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This procedure is called by the Intrinsics when it has been determined
+by means of a timeout or other mechanism that any remaining segments
+of the selection no longer need to be transferred. Upon receiving
+this callback, the selection request is considered complete and the
+owner can free the memory and any other resources that have been
+allocated for the transfer.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Getting_the_Selection_Value_Incrementally">
+<title>Getting the Selection Value Incrementally</title>
+<para>
+To obtain the value of the selection using incremental transfers, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetSelectionValueIncremental</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>target</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSelectionCallbackProc <parameter>selection_callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the type of information needed
+about the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection_callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback procedure to be
+called to receive each data segment.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies client-specific data to be passed to
+the specified callback procedure when it is invoked.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the
+selection request was initiated. This should be the
+timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
+the value
+<function>CurrentTime</function>
+is not acceptable.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function is similar to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+except that the selection_callback procedure will
+be called repeatedly upon delivery of multiple segments of the
+selection value. The end of the selection value is indicated when
+<emphasis remap='I'>selection_callback</emphasis> is called with a non-NULL value of length zero,
+which must still be freed by the client. If the
+transfer of the selection is aborted in the middle of a transfer
+(for example, because of a timeout), the selection_callback procedure is
+called with a type value equal to the symbolic constant
+<function>XT_CONVERT_FAIL</function>
+so that the requestor can dispose
+of the partial selection value it has collected up until that point.
+Upon receiving
+<function>XT_CONVERT_FAIL</function>,
+the requesting client must determine
+for itself whether or not a partially completed data transfer is meaningful.
+For more information about <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>, see
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='Use_of_Selection_Atoms' /> in the
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='icccm'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</olink>
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>targets</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSelectionCallbackProc <parameter>selection_callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer *<parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>targets</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the types of information needed about
+the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the length of the <emphasis remap='I'>targets</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis> lists.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection_callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback procedure to be called
+to receive each selection value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of client data (one for each target
+type) values that are passed to the callback procedure when
+it is invoked for the corresponding target.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the
+selection request was initiated. This should be the
+timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
+the value
+<function>CurrentTime</function>
+is not acceptable.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function is similar to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+except that it takes a list of targets and client data.
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is equivalent to calling
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+successively for each <emphasis remap='I'>target/client_data</emphasis> pair except that
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+does guarantee that all the conversions will use the same selection
+value because the ownership of the selection cannot change in the
+middle of the list, as would be possible when calling
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+repeatedly.
+For more information about <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>, see
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='Use_of_Selection_Atoms'>Section 2.6</olink> in the
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='icccm'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</olink>
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Setting_the_Selection_Owner_for_Incremental_Transfers">
+<title>Setting the Selection Owner for Incremental Transfers</title>
+<para>
+To set the selection owner when using incremental transfers, use
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelectionIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtOwnSelectionIncremental'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtOwnSelectionIncremental</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtConvertSelectionIncrProc <parameter>convert_callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtLoseSelectionIncrProc <parameter>lose_callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtSelectionDoneIncrProc <parameter>done_callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtCancelConvertSelectionProc <parameter>cancel_callback</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that wishes to become the owner. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom that names the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the
+selection ownership request was initiated. This should be
+the timestamp of the event that triggered ownership; the value
+<function>CurrentTime</function>
+is not acceptable.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>convert_callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called whenever
+the current value of the selection is requested.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>lose_callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called whenever
+the widget has lost selection ownership, or NULL if the
+owner is not interested in being notified.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>done_callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure called after the
+requestor has received the entire selection, or NULL if
+the owner is not interested in being notified.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>cancel_callback</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the callback procedure to be called
+when a selection request aborts because a timeout expires,
+or NULL if the owner is not interested in being notified.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument to be passed to each of
+the callback procedures when they are called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelectionIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure informs the Intrinsics
+incremental selection mechanism that the specified widget wishes to
+own the selection. It returns
+<function>True</function>
+if the specified widget successfully becomes the selection owner or
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise.
+For more information about <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>target</emphasis>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>, see
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='Use_of_Selection_Atoms'>Section 2.6</olink> in the
+<olink targetdoc='icccm' targetptr='icccm'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</olink>
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If a done_callback procedure is specified, the client owns the storage allocated
+for passing the value to the Intrinsics. If <emphasis remap='I'>done_callback</emphasis> is NULL,
+the convert_callback procedure must allocate storage using
+<xref linkend='XtMalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRealloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtCalloc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and the final value specified is freed by the
+Intrinsics when the transfer is complete. After a selection transfer
+has started, only one of the done_callback or cancel_callback
+procedures is invoked to indicate completion of the transfer.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The lose_callback procedure does not indicate completion of any in-progress
+transfers; it is invoked at the time a
+<function>SelectionClear</function>
+event is dispatched regardless of any active transfers, which are still
+expected to continue.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A widget that becomes the selection owner using
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelectionIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may use
+<xref linkend='XtDisownSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to relinquish selection ownership.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Setting_and_Retrieving_Selection_Target_Parameters">
+<title>Setting and Retrieving Selection Target Parameters</title>
+<para>
+To specify target parameters for a selection request with a single target,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtSetSelectionParameters' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetSelectionParameters'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetSelectionParameters</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>requestor</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>value</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long <parameter>length</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>format</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>requestor</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the atom that names the selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the type of the property in which the parameters are passed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the parameters.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>length</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of elements containing data in <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>,
+each element of a size indicated by <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the size in bits of the data in the elements of <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The specified parameters are copied and stored in a new property
+of the specified type and format on the requestor's window. To initiate
+a selection request with a target and these parameters, a subsequent
+call to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+specifying the same requestor widget and selection atom will generate a
+<function>ConvertSelection</function>
+request referring to the property containing the parameters. If
+<xref linkend='XtSetSelectionParameters' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called more than once with the same widget and selection without
+a call to specify a request, the most recently specified parameters
+are used in the subsequent request.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The possible values of <emphasis remap='I'>format</emphasis> are 8, 16, or 32. If the format is 8,
+the elements of <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> are assumed to be sizeof(char);
+if 16, sizeof(short); if 32, sizeof(long).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To generate a MULTIPLE
+target request with parameters for any of the multiple targets of the
+selection request, precede individual calls to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with corresponding individual calls to
+<xref linkend='XtSetSelectionParameters' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and enclose these all within
+<xref linkend='XtCreateSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<function>XtSendSelectionRequest.</function>
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+cannot be used to make selection requests with parameterized targets.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve any target parameters needed to perform a selection conversion,
+the selection owner calls
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionParameters' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetSelectionParameters'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetSelectionParameters</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>owner</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtRequestId <parameter>request_id</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom *<parameter>type_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer *<parameter>value_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long *<parameter>length_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>format_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>owner</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget that owns the specified selection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the selection being processed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>request_id</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental selections,
+or NULL in the case of atomic transfers.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to an atom in which the property type
+of the parameters is stored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the parameters is to be stored.
+A NULL is stored if no parameters accompany the request.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>length_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer into which the number of data elements
+in <emphasis remap='I'>value_return</emphasis> of size indicated by <emphasis remap='I'>format_return</emphasis> are stored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>format_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the parameter data
+in the elements of <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> is stored.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionParameters' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may be called only from within an
+<xref linkend='XtConvertSelectionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or from within the first call to an
+<xref linkend='XtConvertSelectionIncrProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with a new request_id.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned parameters using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when the parameters are no longer needed.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Generating_MULTIPLE_Requests">
+<title>Generating MULTIPLE Requests</title>
+<para>
+To have the Intrinsics bundle multiple calls to make selection requests into
+a single request using a <emphasis role='strong'>MULTIPLE</emphasis> target, use
+<xref linkend='XtCreateSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtSendSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCreateSelectionRequest'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCreateSelectionRequest</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>requestor</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>requestor</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+When
+<xref linkend='XtCreateSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called, subsequent calls to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+with the requestor and selection as specified to
+<xref linkend='XtCreateSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+are bundled into a single selection request with
+multiple targets. The request is made by calling
+<xref linkend='XtSendSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSendSelectionRequest'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSendSelectionRequest</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>requestor</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Time <parameter>time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>requestor</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was
+initiated. The value
+<function>CurrentTime</function>
+is not acceptable.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+When
+<xref linkend='XtSendSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called with a value of <emphasis remap='I'>requestor</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis> matching
+a previous call to
+<xref linkend='XtCreateSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+a selection request is sent to the selection owner.
+If a single target request is queued, that request is made.
+If multiple targets are queued, they are bundled into a single request
+with a target of MULTIPLE using the specified timestamp.
+As the values are returned, the callbacks specified in
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+are invoked.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Multi-threaded applications should lock the application context before
+calling
+<xref linkend='XtCreateSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and release the lock after calling
+<xref linkend='XtSendSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to ensure that the thread assembling the request is safe from interference
+by another thread assembling a different request naming the same widget
+and selection.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To relinquish the composition of a MULTIPLE request without sending it, use
+<xref linkend='XtCancelSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCancelSelectionRequest'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtCancelSelectionRequest</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>requestor</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>selection</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>requestor</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>selection</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the particular selection desired.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+When
+<xref linkend='XtCancelSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called, any requests queued since the last call to
+<xref linkend='XtCreateSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the same widget and selection are discarded
+and any resources reserved are released.
+A subsequent call to
+<xref linkend='XtSendSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will not result in any request being made.
+Subsequent calls to
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+or
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will not be deferred.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Auxiliary_Selection_Properties">
+<title>Auxiliary Selection Properties</title>
+<para>
+Certain uses of parameterized selections require clients to name
+other window properties within a selection parameter. To permit
+reuse of temporary property names in these circumstances and
+thereby reduce the number of unique atoms created in the server,
+the Intrinsics provides two interfaces for acquiring temporary property names.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To acquire a temporary property name atom for use in a selection
+request, the client may call
+<xref linkend='XtReservePropertyAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtReservePropertyAtom'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Atom <function>XtReservePropertyAtom</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget making a selection request.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtReservePropertyAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns an atom that may be used as a property name during selection
+requests involving the specified widget.
+As long as the atom remains reserved, it is unique with respect to all
+other reserved atoms for the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To return a temporary property name atom for reuse and to delete
+the property named by that atom, use
+<xref linkend='XtReleasePropertyAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtReleasePropertyAtom'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtReleasePropertyAtom</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Atom <parameter>atom</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget used to reserve the property name atom.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>atom</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the property name atom returned by
+<xref linkend='XtReservePropertyAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+that is to be released for reuse.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtReleasePropertyAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+marks the specified property name atom as
+no longer in use and ensures that any property having that name
+on the specified widget's window is deleted. If <emphasis remap='I'>atom</emphasis> does not
+specify a value returned by
+<xref linkend='XtReservePropertyAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the specified widget, the results are undefined.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Retrieving_the_Most_Recent_Timestamp">
+<title>Retrieving the Most Recent Timestamp</title>
+<para>
+To retrieve the timestamp from the most recent call to
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+that contained a timestamp, use
+<xref linkend='XtLastTimestampProcessed' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtLastTimestampProcessed'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Time <function>XtLastTimestampProcessed</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an open display connection.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If no
+<function>KeyPress</function>,
+<function>KeyRelease</function>,
+<function>ButtonPress</function>,
+<function>ButtonRelease</function>,
+<function>MotionNotify</function>,
+<function>EnterNotify</function>,
+<function>LeaveNotify</function>,
+<function>PropertyNotify</function>,
+or
+<function>SelectionClear</function>
+event has yet been passed to
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the specified display,
+<xref linkend='XtLastTimestampProcessed' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns zero.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Retrieving_the_Most_Recent_Event">
+<title>Retrieving the Most Recent Event</title>
+<para>
+To retrieve the event from the most recent call to
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for a specific display, use
+<xref linkend='XtLastEventProcessed' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtLastEventProcessed'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XEvent *<function>XtLastEventProcessed</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display connection from which to retrieve the event.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Returns the last event passed to
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the specified display. Returns NULL if there is no such event.
+The client must not modify the contents of the returned event.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Merging_Exposure_Events_into_a_Region">
+<title>Merging Exposure Events into a Region</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide an
+<xref linkend='XtAddExposureToRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+utility function that merges
+<function>Expose</function>
+and
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
+events into a region for clients to process at once
+rather than processing individual rectangles.
+For further information about regions,
+see <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='Manipulating_Regions' />
+in <olink targetdoc='libX11' targetptr='libX11'>
+Xlib — C Language X Interface.</olink>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To merge
+<function>Expose</function>
+and
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
+events into a region, use
+<xref linkend='XtAddExposureToRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddExposureToRegion'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAddExposureToRegion</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Region <parameter>region</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the
+<function>Expose</function>
+or
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
+event.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>region</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the region object (as defined in
+<function><X11/Xutil.h></function>).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAddExposureToRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function computes the union of the rectangle defined by the exposure
+event and the specified region.
+Then it stores the results back in <emphasis remap='I'>region</emphasis>.
+If the event argument is not an
+<function>Expose</function>
+or
+<function>GraphicsExpose</function>
+event,
+<xref linkend='XtAddExposureToRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns without an error and without modifying <emphasis remap='I'>region</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+This function is used by the exposure compression mechanism;
+see <xref linkend='Exposure_Compression' />
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Translating_Widget_Coordinates">
+<title>Translating Widget Coordinates</title>
+<para>
+To translate an x-y coordinate pair from widget coordinates to root
+window absolute coordinates, use
+<xref linkend='XtTranslateCoords' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtTranslateCoords'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtTranslateCoords</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Position <parameter>x</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Position *<parameter>rootx_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>x</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>y</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify the widget-relative x and y coordinates.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>rootx_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>rooty_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Return the root-relative x and y coordinates.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+While
+<xref linkend='XtTranslateCoords' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is similar to the Xlib
+<function>XTranslateCoordinates</function>
+function, it does not generate a server request because all the required
+information already is in the widget's data structures.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Translating_a_Window_to_a_Widget">
+<title>Translating a Window to a Widget</title>
+<para>
+To translate a given window and display pointer into a widget instance, use
+<xref linkend='XtWindowToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtWindowToWidget'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtWindowToWidget</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Window <parameter>window</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display on which the window is defined.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the drawable for which you want the widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If there is a realized widget whose window is the specified drawable on
+the specified <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>,
+<xref linkend='XtWindowToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns that widget.
+If not and if the drawable has been associated with a widget through
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtWindowToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the widget associated with the drawable. In other cases it
+returns NULL.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Handling_Errors">
+<title>Handling Errors</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics allow a client to register procedures that are called
+whenever a fatal or nonfatal error occurs.
+These facilities are intended for both error reporting and logging
+and for error correction or recovery.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Two levels of interface are provided:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A high-level interface that takes an error
+name and class and retrieves the error message text from
+an error resource database.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A low-level interface that takes a simple string to display.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The high-level functions construct a string to pass to the lower-level
+interface.
+The strings may be specified in application code and are
+overridden by the contents of an external systemwide file,
+the "error database file". The location and name of this file are
+implementation-dependent.
+</para>
+<note>
+<para>
+The application-context-specific error handling is not
+implemented on many systems, although the interfaces are
+always present.
+Most implementations will have just one set of error handlers
+for all application contexts within a process.
+If they are set for different application contexts,
+the ones registered last will prevail.
+</para>
+</note>
+
+<para>
+To obtain the error database (for example, to merge with
+an application- or widget-specific database), use
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetErrorDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppGetErrorDatabase'>
+<funcprototype> <funcdef>XrmDatabase *<function>XtAppGetErrorDatabase</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetErrorDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns the address of the error database.
+The Intrinsics do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the
+database file until the first call to
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For a complete listing of all errors and warnings
+that can be generated by the Intrinsics, see <xref linkend='Intrinsics_Error_Messages' />
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The high-level error and warning handler procedure pointers are of type
+<xref linkend='XtErrorMsgHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtErrorMsgHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtErrorMsgHandler)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>defaultp</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>params</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_params</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name to be concatenated with the specified type to form
+the resource name of the error message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the type to be concatenated with the name to form the
+resource name of the error message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource class of the error message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>defaultp</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the default message to use if no error database entry is found.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to a list of parameters to be substituted in the message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The specified name can be a general kind of error,
+like "invalidParameters" or "invalidWindow",
+and the specified type gives extra information
+such as the name of the routine in which the error was detected.
+Standard
+<function>printf</function>
+notation is used to substitute the parameters into the message.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+An error message handler can obtain the error database text for an
+error or a warning by calling
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>default</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmDatabase <parameter>database</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify the name and type concatenated to form the resource name
+of the error message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource class of the error message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>default</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>database</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the alternative database to be used,
+or NULL if the application context's error database is to be used.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the appropriate message from the error database
+or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the
+error database.
+To form the full resource name and class when querying the database,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> are concatenated with a single "."
+between them and the <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis> is concatenated with itself with a
+single "." if it does not already contain a ".".
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To return the application name and class as passed to
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for a particular Display, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationNameAndClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetApplicationNameAndClass'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetApplicationNameAndClass</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display* <parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String* <parameter>name_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String* <parameter>class_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies an open display connection that has been initialized with
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the application name.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the application class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationNameAndClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the application name and class passed to
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the specified display. If the display was
+never initialized or has been closed, the result is undefined. The
+returned strings are owned by the Intrinsics and must not be modified
+or freed by the caller.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtErrorMsgHandler <function>XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtErrorMsgHandler <parameter>msg_handler</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>msg_handler</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a pointer to the previously
+installed high-level fatal error handler.
+The default high-level fatal error handler provided by the Intrinsics is named
+<function>_XtDefaultErrorMsg</function>
+and constructs a string from the error resource database and calls
+<xref linkend='XtError' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Fatal error message handlers should not return.
+If one does,
+subsequent Intrinsics behavior is undefined.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To call the high-level error handler, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppErrorMsg'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppErrorMsg</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>default</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>params</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_params</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>default</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics internal errors all have class
+"XtToolkitError".
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtErrorMsgHandler <function>XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtErrorMsgHandler <parameter>msg_handler</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>msg_handler</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a pointer to the previously
+installed high-level warning handler.
+The default high-level warning handler provided by the Intrinsics is named
+<function>_XtDefaultWarningMsg</function>
+and constructs a string
+from the error resource database and calls
+<xref linkend='XtWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To call the installed high-level warning handler, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarningMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppWarningMsg'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppWarningMsg</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>default</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>params</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_params</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>default</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics internal warnings all have class
+"XtToolkitError".
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The low-level error and warning handler procedure pointers are of type
+<xref linkend='XtErrorHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtErrorHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtErrorHandler)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>message</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>message</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the error message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The error handler should display the message string in some appropriate fashion.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetErrorHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppSetErrorHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtErrorHandler <function>XtAppSetErrorHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtErrorHandler <parameter>handler</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>handler</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetErrorHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a pointer to the previously installed
+low-level fatal error handler.
+The default low-level error handler provided by the Intrinsics is
+<function>_XtDefaultError</function>.
+On POSIX-based systems,
+it prints the message to standard error and terminates the application.
+Fatal error message handlers should not return.
+If one does,
+subsequent Intrinsics behavior is undefined.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To call the installed fatal error procedure, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppError' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppError'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppError</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>message</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>message</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the message to be reported.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Most programs should use
+<xref linkend='XtAppErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+not
+<xref linkend='XtAppError' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+to provide for customization and internationalization of error messages.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetWarningHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppSetWarningHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtErrorHandler <function>XtAppSetWarningHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtErrorHandler <parameter>handler</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>handler</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetWarningHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a pointer to the previously installed
+low-level warning handler.
+The default low-level warning handler provided by the Intrinsics is
+<function>_XtDefaultWarning</function>.
+On POSIX-based systems,
+it prints the message to standard error and returns to the caller.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To call the installed nonfatal error procedure, use
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppWarning'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppWarning</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>message</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>message</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the nonfatal error message to be reported.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Most programs should use
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarningMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+not
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+to provide for customization and internationalization of warning messages.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Setting_WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS">
+<title>Setting WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</title>
+<para>
+A client may set the value of the <emphasis role='strong'>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</emphasis>
+property on a widget's window by calling
+<xref linkend='XtSetWMColormapWindows' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetWMColormapWindows'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetWMColormapWindows</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>widget</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget* <parameter>list</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget on whose window the <emphasis role='strong'>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</emphasis>
+property is stored. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of widgets whose windows are potentially to be
+listed in the <emphasis role='strong'>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</emphasis> property.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of widgets in <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetWMColormapWindows' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns immediately if <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is not realized or if <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis> is 0.
+Otherwise,
+<xref linkend='XtSetWMColormapWindows' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+constructs an ordered list of windows
+by examining each widget in <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis> in turn and
+ignoring the widget if it is not realized, or
+adding the widget's window to the window list if the widget is realized
+and if its colormap resource is different from the colormap
+resources of all widgets whose windows are already on the window list.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Finally,
+<xref linkend='XtSetWMColormapWindows' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+stores the resulting window list in the <emphasis role='strong'>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</emphasis>
+property on the specified widget's window.
+Refer to Section 4.1.8 in the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</emphasis> for details of
+the semantics of the <emphasis role='strong'>WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS</emphasis> property.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+<!-- FIXME: -->
+<sect1 id="Finding_File_Names">
+<title>Finding File Names</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics provide procedures to look for a file by name, allowing
+string substitutions in a list of file specifications. Two
+routines are provided for this:
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+uses an arbitrary set of client-specified substitutions, and
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+uses a set of standard substitutions corresponding
+to the <emphasis remap='I'>X/Open Portability Guide</emphasis> language localization conventions.
+Most applications should use
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A string substitution is defined by a list of
+<function>Substitution</function>
+entries.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ char match;
+ String substitution;
+} SubstitutionRec, *Substitution;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+File name evaluation is handled in an operating-system-dependent
+fashion by an
+<xref linkend='XtFilePredicate' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtFilePredicate'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef Boolean <function>(*XtFilePredicate)</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>filename</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a potential filename.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+A file predicate procedure is called with a string that is
+potentially a file name. It should return
+<function>True</function>
+if this string specifies a file that is appropriate for the intended use and
+<function>False</function>
+otherwise.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To search for a file using substitutions in a path list, use
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtFindFile'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>String <function>XtFindFile</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>path</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Substitution <parameter>substitutions</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_substitutions</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtFilePredicate <parameter>predicate</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>path</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a path of file names, including substitution characters.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>substitutions</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of substitutions to make into the path.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_substitutions</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of substitutions passed in.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>path</emphasis> parameter specifies a string that consists of a series of
+potential file names delimited by colons. Within each name, the
+percent character specifies a string substitution selected by the
+following character. The character sequence "%:" specifies an
+embedded colon that is not a delimiter; the sequence is replaced by a
+single colon. The character sequence "%%" specifies a percent
+character that does not introduce a substitution; the sequence is
+replaced by a single percent character. If a percent character is
+followed by any other character,
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+looks through the
+specified <emphasis remap='I'>substitutions</emphasis> for that character in the <emphasis remap='I'>match</emphasis> field
+and, if found,
+replaces the percent and match characters with the string in the
+corresponding <emphasis remap='I'>substitution</emphasis> field. A <emphasis remap='I'>substitution</emphasis> field entry of NULL
+is equivalent to a pointer to an empty string. If the operating
+system does not interpret multiple embedded name separators in the
+path (i.e., "/" in POSIX) the same way as a single separator,
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will collapse multiple separators into a single one after performing
+all string substitutions. Except for collapsing embedded separators,
+the contents of the string substitutions are not interpreted by
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and may therefore contain any operating-system-dependent
+characters, including additional name separators. Each resulting
+string is passed to the predicate procedure until a string is found for
+which the procedure returns
+<function>True</function>;
+this string is the return value for
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If no string yields a
+<function>True</function>
+return from the predicate,
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns NULL.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis> parameter is NULL, an internal procedure that checks
+if the file exists, is readable, and is not a directory is used.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when it is no longer needed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To search for a file using standard substitutions in a path list, use
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtResolvePathname'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>String <function>XtResolvePathname</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Substitution <parameter>substitutions</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_substitutions</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtFilePredicate <parameter>predicate</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the display to use to find the language for language substitutions.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>suffix</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify values to substitute into the path.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>path</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the list of file specifications, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>substitutions</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of additional substitutions to make into the path, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_substitutions</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>substitutions</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>predicate</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The substitutions specified by
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+are determined from the value of the language string retrieved by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for the specified display.
+To set the
+language for all applications specify "*xnlLanguage: <emphasis remap='I'>lang</emphasis>" in the
+resource database.
+The format and content of the language string are
+implementation-defined. One suggested syntax is to compose
+the language string of three parts; a "language part", a
+"territory part" and a "codeset part". The manner in which
+this composition is accomplished is implementation-defined,
+and the Intrinsics make no interpretation of the parts other
+than to use them in substitutions as described below.
+</para>
+
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the following substitutions
+in addition to any passed by the caller and returns the value returned by
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>:
+</para>
+<!-- PROBLEM BELOW HERE -->
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+%N
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The value of the <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis> parameter, or the application's
+class name if <emphasis remap='I'>filename</emphasis> is NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+%T
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The value of the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> parameter.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+%S
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The value of the <emphasis remap='I'>suffix</emphasis> parameter.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+%L
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The language string associated with the specified display.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+%l
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The language part of the display's language string.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+%t
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The territory part of the display's language string.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+%c
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The codeset part of the display's language string.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+%C
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The customization string retrieved from the resource
+database associated with <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+%D
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The value of the implementation-specific default path.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<!-- PROBLEM ABOVE HERE -->
+<para>
+If a path is passed to
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+it is passed along to
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If the <emphasis remap='I'>path</emphasis> argument is NULL, the value of the
+<emphasis role='strong'>XFILESEARCHPATH</emphasis>
+environment variable is passed to
+<xref linkend='XtFindFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If <emphasis role='strong'>XFILESEARCHPATH</emphasis>
+is not defined, an implementation-specific default path is used
+that contains at least six entries. These entries
+must contain the following substitutions:
+</para>
+
+
+<!-- OK PAST HERE -->
+
+<literallayout>
+1. %C, %N, %S, %T, %L or %C, %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
+2. %C, %N, %S, %T, %l
+3. %C, %N, %S, %T
+4. %N, %S, %T, %L or %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
+5. %N, %S, %T, %l
+6. %N, %S, %T
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above.
+The order and use of substitutions within a given entry
+are implementation-dependent.
+If the path begins
+with a colon, it is preceded by %N%S. If the path includes two
+adjacent colons, <function>%N%S</function> is inserted between them.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> parameter is intended to be a category of files, usually
+being translated into a directory in the pathname. Possible values
+might include "app-defaults", "help", and "bitmap".
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>suffix</emphasis> parameter is intended to be appended to the file name.
+Possible values might include ".txt", ".dat", and ".bm".
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A suggested value for the default path on POSIX-based systems is
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+ /usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:\
+ /usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%C%S:/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:\
+ /usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%S
+</literallayout>
+
+
+<para>
+Using this example, if the user has specified a language, it is
+used as a subdirectory of /usr/lib/X11 that is searched for other
+files. If the desired file is not found there, the lookup is
+tried again using just the language part of the specification. If the
+file is not there, it is looked for in /usr/lib/X11. The <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+parameter is used as a subdirectory of the language directory or of
+/usr/lib/X11, and <emphasis remap='I'>suffix</emphasis> is appended to the file name.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The %D substitution allows the addition of path
+elements to the implementation-specific default path, typically to
+allow additional directories to be searched without preventing
+resources in the system directories from being found. For example, a
+user installing resource files under a directory called "ourdir"
+might set
+<emphasis role='strong'>XFILESEARCHPATH</emphasis>
+to
+</para>
+<literallayout>
+ %D:ourdir/%T/%N%C:ourdir/%T/%N
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The customization string is obtained by querying the resource database
+currently associated with the display (the database returned by
+<function>XrmGetDatabase</function>)
+for the resource <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis>.customization, class
+<emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>.Customization, where <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis> are the values returned by
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationNameAndClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+If no value is specified in the database, the empty string is used.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+when it is no longer needed.
+</para>
+
+
+</sect1>
+<!-- END OF FIXME -->
+<sect1 id="Hooks_for_External_Agents">
+<title>Hooks for External Agents</title>
+<para>
+Applications may register
+functions that are called at a particular control points in the Intrinsics.
+These functions are intended to be used to provide notification
+of an "X Toolkit event", such as widget creation, to an external agent,
+such as an interactive resource editor, drag-and-drop server, or
+an aid for physically challenged users.
+The control points containing such registration hooks are identified
+in a "hook registration" object.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To retrieve the hook registration widget, use
+<xref linkend='XtHooksOfDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtHooksOfDisplay'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtHooksOfDisplay</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Display *<parameter>display</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the desired display.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The class of this object is a private, implementation-dependent
+subclass of
+<function>Object</function>.
+The hook object has no parent. The resources of this object are
+the callback lists for hooks and the read-only resources for getting
+a list of parentless shells. All of the callback lists are initially
+empty. When a display is closed, the hook object associated with it
+is destroyed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The following procedures can be called with the hook registration object
+as an argument:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveAllCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtHasCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallCallbackList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<function>XtSuperclass</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtIsSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<function>XtIsObject</function>,
+<function>XtIsRectObj</function>,
+<function>XtIsWidget</function>,
+<function>XtIsComposite</function>,
+<function>XtIsConstraint</function>,
+<function>XtIsShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsOverrideShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsWMShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsVendorShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsTransientShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsToplevelShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsApplicationShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsSessionShell</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetToApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtName' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<function>XtParent</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtScreenOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<sect2 id="Hook_Object_Resources">
+<title>Hook Object Resources</title>
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified
+in the hook object resource list are:
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcreateHook</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNchangeHook</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNconfigureHook</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNgeometryHook</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdestroyHook</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNshells</entry>
+ <entry>XtCReadOnly</entry>
+ <entry>XtRWidgetList</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNnumShells</entry>
+ <entry>XtCReadOnly</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCardinal</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Descriptions of each of these resources:
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The XtNcreateHook callback list is called from:
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and their corresponding varargs versions.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> parameter in a createHook callback may be
+cast to type
+<function>XtCreateHookData</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+ ArgList args;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+} XtCreateHookDataRec, *XtCreateHookData;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHcreate</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the newly created widget, and <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+are the arguments passed to the create function. The callbacks are
+called before returning from the create function.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The XtNchangeHook callback list is called from:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnrealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<function>XtAddCallbacks,</function>
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveAllCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtAugmentTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOverrideTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUninstallTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetKeyboardFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetWMColormapWindows' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtMapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnmapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtPopupSpringLoaded' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> parameter in a changeHook callback may
+be cast to type
+<function>XtChangeHookData</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+ XtPointer event_data;
+ Cardinal num_event_data;
+} XtChangeHookDataRec, *XtChangeHookData;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHsetValues</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the new widget passed to the set_values procedure, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type
+<function>XtChangeHookSetValuesData</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ Widget old, req;
+ ArgList args;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+} XtChangeHookSetValuesDataRec, *XtChangeHookSetValuesData;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>old</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>req</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> are the
+parameters passed to the set_values procedure. The callbacks are called
+after the set_values and constraint set_values procedures have been called.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHmanageChildren</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the parent, <emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type
+WidgetList and is the list of children being managed, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>num_event_data</emphasis> is the length of the widget list.
+The callbacks are called after the children have been managed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHunmanageChildren</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the parent, <emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type
+WidgetList and is a list of the children being unmanaged, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>num_event_data</emphasis> is the length of the widget list.
+The callbacks are called after the children have been unmanaged.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The changeHook callbacks are called twice as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+once after unmanaging and again after managing.
+When the callbacks are called the first time, <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHunmanageSet</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the parent, <emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type
+WidgetList and is a list of the children being unmanaged, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>num_event_data</emphasis> is the length of the widget list.
+When the callbacks are called the second time, the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHmanageSet</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the parent, <emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type
+WidgetList and is a list of the children being managed, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>num_event_data</emphasis> is the length of the widget list.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHrealizeWidget</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget being realized.
+The callbacks are called after the widget has been realized.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtUnrealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHunrealizeWidget</function>,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget being unrealized.
+The callbacks are called after the widget has been unrealized.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHaddCallback</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget to which the callback is being added, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type String and is the name of the
+callback being added.
+The callbacks are called after the callback has been added to the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHaddCallbacks</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget to which the callbacks are being added, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type String and is the name of the
+callbacks being added.
+The callbacks are called after the callbacks have been added to the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHremoveCallback</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget from which the callback is being removed, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type String and is the name of
+the callback being removed. The callbacks are called after the callback
+has been removed from the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHremoveCallbacks</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget from which the callbacks are being removed, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type String and is the name of the
+callbacks being removed. The callbacks are called after the callbacks
+have been removed from the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveAllCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHremoveAllCallbacks</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget from which the callbacks are being removed.
+The callbacks are called after the callbacks have been removed from the
+widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtAugmentTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHaugmentTranslations</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget whose translations are being modified.
+The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been
+modified.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtOverrideTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHoverrideTranslations</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget whose translations are being modified.
+The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been
+modified.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtUninstallTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+The <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is
+<function>XtHuninstallTranslations</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget whose translations are being uninstalled.
+The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been
+uninstalled.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtSetKeyboardFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHsetKeyboardFocus</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type Widget and is the value of
+the descendant argument passed to <xref linkend='XtSetKeyboardFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. The
+callbacks are called before returning from <xref linkend='XtSetKeyboardFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtSetWMColormapWindows' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHsetWMColormapWindows</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type WidgetList and is the value of
+the list argument passed to <xref linkend='XtSetWMColormapWindows' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>num_event_data</emphasis> is the length of the list. The callbacks are
+called before returning from <xref linkend='XtSetWMColormapWindows' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHsetMappedWhenManaged</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may be cast to type Boolean and is the value of
+the mapped_when_managed argument passed to <xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The callbacks are called after setting the widget's mapped_when_managed
+field and before realizing or unrealizing the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtMapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type </emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHmapWidget</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget being mapped.
+The callbacks are called after mapping the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtUnmapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type </emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHunmapWidget</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget being unmapped.
+The callbacks are called after unmapping the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHpopup</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget being popped up, and <emphasis remap='I'>event_data</emphasis> may
+be cast to type XtGrabKind and is the value of the grab_kind argument
+passed to <xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The callbacks are called before returning from <xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtPopupSpringLoaded' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHpopupSpringLoaded</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget being popped up.
+The callbacks are called
+before returning from <xref linkend='XtPopupSpringLoaded' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is set to
+<function>XtHpopdown</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget being popped down.
+The callbacks are called
+before returning from <xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A widget set that exports interfaces that change application state
+without employing the Intrinsics library should invoke the change hook
+itself. This is done by:
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+ XtCallCallbacks(XtHooksOfDisplay(dpy), XtNchangeHook, call_data);
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The XtNconfigureHook callback list is called any time the Intrinsics
+move, resize, or configure a widget and when
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> parameter may be cast to type
+<function>XtConfigureHookData.</function>
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+ XtGeometryMask changeMask;
+ XWindowChanges changes;
+} XtConfigureHookDataRec, *XtConfigureHookData;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+When the configureHook callbacks are called, the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is
+<function>XtHconfigure</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget being configured, and <emphasis remap='I'>changeMask</emphasis> and
+<emphasis remap='I'>changes</emphasis> reflect the changes made to the widget. The callbacks
+are called after changes have been made to the widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The XtNgeometryHook callback list is called from
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+once before and once after geometry negotiation occurs.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data</emphasis> parameter may be cast to type
+<function>XtGeometryHookData</function>.
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+ XtWidgetGeometry* request;
+ XtWidgetGeometry* reply;
+ XtGeometryResult result;
+} XtGeometryHookDataRec, *XtGeometryHookData;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+When the geometryHook callbacks are called prior to geometry negotiation,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is
+<function>XtHpreGeometry</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget for which the request is being made, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis> is the requested geometry.
+When the geometryHook callbacks
+are called after geometry negotiation, the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is
+<function>XtHpostGeometry</function>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget for which the request was made, <emphasis remap='I'>request</emphasis>
+is the requested geometry, <emphasis remap='I'>reply</emphasis> is the resulting geometry granted,
+and <emphasis remap='I'>result</emphasis> is the value returned from the geometry negotiation.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The XtNdestroyHook callback list is called when a widget is destroyed.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>call_data parameter</emphasis> may be cast to type
+<function>XtDestroyHookData</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ String type;
+ Widget widget;
+} XtDestroyHookDataRec, *XtDestroyHookData;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+When the destroyHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> is
+<function>XtHdestroy</function>
+and <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> is the widget being destroyed. The callbacks are
+called upon completion of phase one destroy for a widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The XtNshells and XtnumShells are read-only resources that report a
+list of all parentless shell widgets associated with a display.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Clients who use these hooks must exercise caution in calling Intrinsics
+functions in order to avoid recursion.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Querying_Open_Displays">
+<title>Querying Open Displays</title>
+<para>
+To retrieve a list of the Displays associated with an application context,
+use
+<xref linkend='XtGetDisplays' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetDisplays'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetDisplays</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Display ***<parameter>dpy_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_dpy_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>dpy_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns a list of open Display connections in the specified application
+context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_dpy_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the count of open Display connections in <emphasis remap='I'>dpy_return</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetDisplays' xrefstyle='select: title'/> may be used by an external agent to query the
+list of open displays that belong to an application context. To free
+the list of displays, use
+<xref linkend='XtFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Nonwidget_Objects'>
+<title>Nonwidget Objects</title>
+
+<para>
+Although widget writers are free to treat
+Core
+as the base class of
+the widget hierarchy, there are actually three classes above it.
+These classes are
+Object,
+RectObj
+(Rectangle Object), and (unnamed),
+and members of these classes
+are referred to generically as <emphasis remap='I'>objects</emphasis>. By convention, the term
+<emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> refers only to objects that are a subclass of
+Core,
+and the term <emphasis remap='I'>nonwidget</emphasis> refers to objects that are not a subclass of
+Core.
+In the preceding portion of this specification, the interface
+descriptions indicate explicitly whether the generic <emphasis remap='I'>widget</emphasis> argument
+is restricted to particular subclasses of Object. Sections 12.2.5,
+12.3.5, and 12.5 summarize the permissible classes of the arguments to, and
+return values from, each of the Intrinsics routines.
+</para>
+<sect1 id="Data_Structures">
+<title>Data Structures</title>
+<para>
+In order not to conflict with previous widget code, the data
+structures used by nonwidget objects do not follow all the same
+conventions as those for widgets. In particular, the class records
+are not composed of parts but instead are complete data structures
+with filler for the widget fields they do not use. This
+allows the static class initializers for existing widgets to remain
+unchanged.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Object_Objects">
+<title>Object Objects</title>
+<para>
+The
+Object
+object contains the definitions of fields common to all
+objects. It encapsulates the mechanisms for resource management.
+All objects and widgets are members of subclasses of
+Object,
+which is defined by the
+<function>ObjectClassPart</function>
+and
+<function>ObjectPart</function>
+structures.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="ObjectClassPart_Structure">
+<title>ObjectClassPart Structure</title>
+<para>
+The common fields for all object classes are defined in the
+<function>ObjectClassPart</function>
+structure. All fields have the same purpose,
+function, and restrictions as the corresponding fields in
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>;
+fields whose
+names are obj<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> for some integer <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> are not
+used for Object,
+but exist to pad the data structure so that it matches Core's class
+record. The class record initialization must fill all
+obj<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> fields with NULL or zero as appropriate to the type.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _ObjectClassPart {
+ WidgetClass superclass;
+ String class_name;
+ Cardinal widget_size;
+ XtProc class_initialize;
+ XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize;
+ XtEnum class_inited;
+ XtInitProc initialize;
+ XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
+ XtProc obj1;
+ XtPointer obj2;
+ Cardinal obj3;
+ XtResourceList resources;
+ Cardinal num_resources;
+ XrmClass xrm_class;
+ Boolean obj4;
+ XtEnum obj5;
+ Boolean obj6;
+ Boolean obj7;
+ XtWidgetProc destroy;
+ XtProc obj8;
+ XtProc obj9;
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
+ XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
+ XtProc obj10;
+ XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
+ XtProc obj11;
+ XtVersionType version;
+ XtPointer callback_private;
+ String obj12;
+ XtProc obj13;
+ XtProc obj14;
+ XtPointer extension;
+} ObjectClassPart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The extension record defined for
+<function>ObjectClassPart</function>
+with a <emphasis remap='I'>record_type</emphasis> equal to
+<emphasis role='strong'>NULLQUARK</emphasis>
+is
+<function>ObjectClassExtensionRec</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct {
+ XtPointer next_extension; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />
+ XrmQuark record_type; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />
+ long version; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />
+ Cardinal record_size; See <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />
+ XtAllocateProc allocate; See <xref linkend='Widget_Instance_Allocation_The_allocate_Procedure' />.
+ XtDeallocateProc deallocate; See <xref linkend='Widget_Instance_Deallocation_The_deallocate_Procedure' />.
+} ObjectClassExtensionRec, *ObjectClassExtension;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The prototypical
+<function>ObjectClass</function>
+consists of just the
+<function>ObjectClassPart</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _ObjectClassRec {
+ ObjectClassPart object_class;
+} ObjectClassRec, *ObjectClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The predefined class record and pointer for
+<function>ObjectClassRec</function>
+are
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In
+<function>IntrinsicP.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+extern ObjectClassRec objectClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+In
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+extern WidgetClass objectClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The opaque types
+<function>Object</function>
+and
+<function>ObjectClass</function>
+and the opaque variable
+<function>objectClass</function>
+are defined for generic actions on objects.
+The symbolic constant for the
+<function>ObjectClassExtension</function>
+version identifier is
+<function>XtObjectExtensionVersion</function>
+(see <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' />).
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
+compiler catches attempts to access private data:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _ObjectClassRec* ObjectClass;
+</literallayout>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="ObjectPart_Structure">
+<title>ObjectPart Structure</title>
+<para>
+The common fields for all object instances are defined in the
+<function>ObjectPart</function>
+structure. All fields have the same meaning as the
+corresponding fields in
+<function>CorePart</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _ObjectPart {
+ Widget self;
+ WidgetClass widget_class;
+ Widget parent;
+ Boolean being_destroyed;
+ XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
+ XtPointer constraints;
+} ObjectPart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+All object instances have the
+Object
+fields as their first component. The prototypical type
+<function>Object</function>
+is defined with only this set of fields.
+Various routines can cast object pointers, as needed, to specific
+object types.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In
+<function>IntrinsicP.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _ObjectRec {
+ ObjectPart object;
+} ObjectRec, *Object;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+In
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _ObjectRec *Object;
+</literallayout>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Object_Resources">
+<title>Object Resources</title>
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in the
+<function>objectClassRec</function>
+resource list are:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdestroyCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="ObjectPart_Default_Values">
+<title>ObjectPart Default Values</title>
+<para>
+All fields in
+<function>ObjectPart</function>
+have the same default values as the corresponding fields in
+<function>CorePart</function>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Object_Arguments_to_xI_Routines">
+<title>Object Arguments to Intrinsics Routines</title>
+<para>
+The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures may be
+<function>objectClass</function>
+or any subclass:
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<emphasis role='strong'>XtInitializeWidgetClass</emphasis>,
+<emphasis role='strong'>XtCreateWidget</emphasis>,
+<emphasis role='strong'>XtVaCreateWidget</emphasis>
+<emphasis role='strong'>XtIsSubclass</emphasis>,
+<emphasis role='strong'>XtCheckSubclass</emphasis>
+<emphasis role='strong'>XtGetResourceList</emphasis>,
+<emphasis role='strong'>XtGetConstraintResourceList</emphasis>
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures may be of class
+Object
+or any subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAddCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallback' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveAllCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtHasCallbacks' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallCallbackList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<function>XtSuperclass</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtIsSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCheckSubclass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<function>XtIsObject</function>,
+<function>XtIsRectObj</function>,
+<function>XtIsWidget</function>,
+<function>XtIsComposite</function>,
+<function>XtIsConstraint</function>,
+<function>XtIsShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsOverrideShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsWMShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsVendorShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsTransientShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsToplevelShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsApplicationShell</function>,
+<function>XtIsSessionShell</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtIsManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtIsSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(both will return
+<function>False</function>
+if argument is not a subclass of
+RectObj)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtIsRealized' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(returns the state of the nearest windowed ancestor
+if class of argument is not a subclass of
+Core)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtWidgetToApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtParent</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtScreenOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtWindowOfObject' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetKeyboardFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(descendant)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtReleaseGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtName' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetSubresources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaGetApplicationResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtConvertAndStore' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The return value of the following procedures will be of class
+Object
+or a subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<function>XtParent</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtNameToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The return value of the following procedures will be
+<function>objectClass</function>
+or a subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtClass' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<function>XtSuperclass</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Use_of_Objects">
+<title>Use of Objects</title>
+<para>
+The
+Object
+class exists to enable programmers to use the Intrinsics'
+classing and resource-handling mechanisms for things smaller
+and simpler than widgets.
+Objects make obsolete many common uses of subresources as described in
+Sections 9.4, 9.7.2.4, and 9.7.2.5.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Composite
+widget classes that wish to accept nonwidget children must
+set the <emphasis remap='I'>accepts_objects</emphasis> field in the
+<function>CompositeClassExtension</function>
+structure to
+<function>True</function>.
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will otherwise generate an error message on an attempt to create a
+nonwidget child.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Of the classes defined by the Intrinsics,
+ApplicationShell
+and
+SessionShell
+accept nonwidget children, and the class of any nonwidget child
+must not be
+<function>rectObjClass</function>
+or any subclass. The intent of allowing
+Object
+children of
+ApplicationShell
+and
+SessionShell
+is to provide clients a simple mechanism
+for establishing the resource-naming root of an object hierarchy.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Rectangle_Objects">
+<title>Rectangle Objects</title>
+<para>
+The class of rectangle objects is a subclass of
+Object
+that represents
+rectangular areas. It encapsulates the mechanisms for geometry
+management and is called RectObj
+to avoid conflict with the Xlib
+<function>Rectangle</function>
+data type.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="RectObjClassPart_Structure">
+<title>RectObjClassPart Structure</title>
+<para>
+As with the
+<function>ObjectClassPart</function>
+structure, all fields in the
+<function>RectObjClassPart</function>
+structure have the same
+purpose and function as the corresponding fields in
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>;
+fields whose names are rect<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> for some integer
+<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> are not used for
+RectObj, but exist to pad the data structure so that it matches
+Core's
+class record. The class record initialization must fill all
+rect<emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> fields with NULL or zero as appropriate to the type.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _RectObjClassPart {
+ WidgetClass superclass;
+ String class_name;
+ Cardinal widget_size;
+ XtProc class_initialize;
+ XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize;
+ XtEnum class_inited;
+ XtInitProc initialize;
+ XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
+ XtProc rect1;
+ XtPointer rect2;
+ Cardinal rect3;
+ XtResourceList resources;
+ Cardinal num_resources;
+ XrmClass xrm_class;
+ Boolean rect4;
+ XtEnum rect5;
+ Boolean rect6;
+ Boolean rect7;
+ XtWidgetProc destroy;
+ XtWidgetProc resize;
+ XtExposeProc expose;
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
+ XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
+ XtAlmostProc set_values_almost;
+ XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
+ XtProc rect9;
+ XtVersionType version;
+ XtPointer callback_private;
+ String rect10;
+ XtGeometryHandler query_geometry;
+ XtProc rect11;
+ XtPointer extension ;
+} RectObjClassPart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The
+RectObj
+class record consists of just the
+<function>RectObjClassPart</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _RectObjClassRec {
+ RectObjClassPart rect_class;
+} RectObjClassRec, *RectObjClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The predefined class record and pointer for
+<function>RectObjClassRec</function>
+are
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+extern RectObjClassRec rectObjClassRec;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+In
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+extern WidgetClass rectObjClass;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+The opaque types
+<function>RectObj</function>
+and
+<function>RectObjClass</function>
+and the opaque variable
+<function>rectObjClass</function>
+are defined for generic actions on objects
+whose class is RectObj or a subclass of
+RectObj.
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>
+uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the compiler
+catches attempts to access private data:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _RectObjClassRec* RectObjClass;
+</literallayout>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="RectObjPart_Structure">
+<title>RectObjPart Structure</title>
+<para>
+In addition to the
+<function>ObjectPart</function>
+fields,
+RectObj
+objects have the following fields defined in the
+<function>RectObjPart</function>
+structure. All fields have the same meaning as the corresponding field in
+<function>CorePart</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _RectObjPart {
+ Position x, y;
+ Dimension width, height;
+ Dimension border_width;
+ Boolean managed;
+ Boolean sensitive;
+ Boolean ancestor_sensitive;
+} RectObjPart;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+RectObj
+objects have the RectObj fields immediately following the Object fields.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _RectObjRec {
+ ObjectPart object;
+ RectObjPart rectangle;
+} RectObjRec, *RectObj;
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+In
+<function>Intrinsic.h</function>:
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+typedef struct _RectObjRec* RectObj;
+</literallayout>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="RectObj_Resources">
+<title>RectObj Resources</title>
+<para>
+The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
+<function>rectObjClassRec</function>
+resource list are:
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Class</entry>
+ <entry>Representation</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNancestorSensitive</entry>
+ <entry>XtCSensitive</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNborderWidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtCBorderWidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtRDimension</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNheight</entry>
+ <entry>XtCHeight</entry>
+ <entry>XtRDimension</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsensitive</entry>
+ <entry>XtCSensitive</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtCWidth</entry>
+ <entry>XtRDimension</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNx</entry>
+ <entry>XtCPosition</entry>
+ <entry>XtRPosition</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNy</entry>
+ <entry>XtCPosition</entry>
+ <entry>XtRPosition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="RectObjPart_Default_Values">
+<title>RectObjPart Default Values</title>
+<para>
+All fields in
+<function>RectObjPart</function>
+have the same default values as the corresponding fields in
+<function>CorePart</function>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Widget_Arguments_to_xI_Routines">
+<title>Widget Arguments to Intrinsics Routines</title>
+<para>
+The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures may be
+<function>rectObjClass</function>
+or any subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures may be of class
+RectObj
+or any subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtMoveWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetSensitive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtTranslateCoords' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The return value of the following procedures will be of class
+RectObj
+or a subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Use_of_Rectangle_Objects">
+<title>Use of Rectangle Objects</title>
+<para>
+RectObj
+can be subclassed to provide widgetlike objects (sometimes
+called gadgets) that do not use windows and do not have those
+features that are seldom used in simple widgets. This can save memory
+resources both in the server and in applications
+but requires additional support code in the parent.
+In the following
+discussion, <emphasis remap='I'>rectobj</emphasis> refers only to objects
+whose class is RectObj or a subclass of
+RectObj,
+but not Core or a subclass of
+Core.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Composite
+widget classes that wish to accept rectobj children must set
+the <emphasis remap='I'>accepts_objects</emphasis> field in the
+<function>CompositeClassExtension</function>
+extension structure to
+<function>True</function>.
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+will otherwise generate an error if called to create a nonwidget child.
+If the composite widget supports only children of class
+RectObj
+or a subclass (i.e., not of the general Object class), it
+must declare an insert_child procedure and check the subclass of each
+new child in that procedure. None of the classes defined by the
+Intrinsics accept rectobj children.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If gadgets are defined in an object set, the parent is responsible for
+much more than the parent of a widget. The parent must request and handle
+input events that occur for the gadget and is responsible for making
+sure that when it receives an exposure event the gadget children get
+drawn correctly.
+Rectobj children may
+have expose procedures
+specified in their class records, but the parent is free to
+ignore them, instead drawing the contents of the child itself. This
+can potentially save graphics context switching. The precise contents
+of the exposure event and region arguments to the RectObj expose
+procedure are not specified by the Intrinsics; a particular rectangle object is
+free to define the coordinate system origin (self-relative or
+parent-relative) and whether or not the rectangle or region is assumed to
+have been intersected with the visible region of the object.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In general, it is expected that a composite widget that accepts
+nonwidget children will document those children it is able to handle,
+since a gadget cannot be viewed as a completely self-contained entity,
+as can a widget. Since a particular composite widget class is usually
+designed to handle nonwidget children of only a limited set of classes, it should
+check the classes of newly added children in its insert_child
+procedure to make sure that it can deal with them.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics will clear areas of a parent window obscured by
+rectobj children, causing exposure events, under the following
+circumstances:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A rectobj child is managed or unmanaged.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+In a call to
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on a rectobj child, one or more of the set_values procedures returns
+<function>True</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+In a call to
+<xref linkend='XtConfigureWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on a rectobj child, areas will
+be cleared corresponding to both the old and the new child
+geometries, including the border, if the geometry changes.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+In a call to
+<xref linkend='XtMoveWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on a rectobj child, areas will be
+cleared corresponding to both the old and the new child
+geometries, including the border, if the geometry changes.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+In a call to
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on a rectobj child, a single
+rectangle will be cleared corresponding to the larger of the
+old and the new child geometries if they are different.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+In a call to
+<xref linkend='XtMakeGeometryRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(or
+<xref linkend='XtMakeResizeRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>)
+on a rectobj child with
+<function>XtQueryOnly</function>
+not set, if the manager returns
+<function>XtGeometryYes</function>,
+two rectangles will be cleared corresponding to both the old and
+the new child geometries.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Stacking order is not supported for rectobj children. Composite widgets with
+rectobj children are free to define any semantics desired if the child
+geometries overlap, including making this an error.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When a rectobj is playing the role of a widget, developers must be
+reminded to avoid making assumptions about the object passed in the
+Widget argument to a callback procedure.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Undeclared_Class">
+<title>Undeclared Class</title>
+<para>
+The Intrinsics define an unnamed class between
+RectObj
+and
+Core
+for possible future use by the X Consortium. The only assumptions that
+may be made about the unnamed class are
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>core_class.superclass</emphasis> field of
+<function>coreWidgetClassRec</function>
+contains a pointer to the unnamed class record.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+A pointer to the unnamed class record when dereferenced as an
+<function>ObjectClass</function>
+will contain a pointer to
+<function>rectObjClassRec</function>
+in its <emphasis remap='I'>object_class.superclass</emphasis> field.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Except for the above, the contents of the class record for this class
+and the result of an attempt to subclass or to create a widget of this
+unnamed class are undefined.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Widget_Arguments_to_Intrinsics_Routines">
+<title>Widget Arguments to Intrinsics Routines</title>
+<para>
+The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures must be of class
+Shell
+or a subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of class
+Core
+or any subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtAddEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAddRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtInsertRawEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEventToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtAddGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveGrab' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKey' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabButton' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUngrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtBuildEventMask' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<function>XtDisplay</function>,
+<xref linkend='XtScreen' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtNameToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValue' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtDisownSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOwnSelectionIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValueIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtInstallAccelerators' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtInstallAllAccelerators' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(both destination and source)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtAugmentTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOverrideTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUninstallTranslations' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallActionProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtMapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnmapWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtRealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtUnrealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetMappedWhenManaged' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCallAcceptFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetKeyboardFocus' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+(subtree)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtResizeWindow' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtSetWMColormapWindows' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of class
+Composite
+or any subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreateManagedWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of a subclass of
+Shell:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNone' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackNonexclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCallbackExclusive' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtPopupSpringLoaded' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The return value of the following procedure will be of class
+Core
+or a subclass:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtWindowToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+The return value of the following procedures will be of a subclass of
+Shell:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaCreatePopupShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+<chapter id='Evolution_of_the_Intrinsics'>
+<title>Evolution of the Intrinsics</title>
+
+<para>
+The interfaces described by this specification have undergone several
+sets of revisions in the course of adoption as an X Consortium
+standard specification. Having now been adopted by the Consortium as
+a standard part of the X Window System, it is expected that this and
+future revisions will retain
+backward compatibility in the sense that fully conforming
+implementations of these specifications may be produced that provide
+source compatibility with widgets and applications written to
+previous Consortium standard revisions.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Intrinsics do not place any special requirement on widget
+programmers to retain source or binary compatibility for their widgets
+as they evolve, but several conventions have been established to
+assist those developers who want to provide such compatibility.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In particular, widget programmers may wish to conform to the convention
+described in <xref linkend='Class_Extension_Records' /> when defining class extension records.
+</para>
+<sect1 id="Determining_Specification_Revision_Level">
+<title>Determining Specification Revision Level</title>
+<para>
+Widget and application developers who wish to maintain a common source
+pool that will build properly with implementations of the Intrinsics
+at different revision levels of these specifications but that take
+advantage of newer features added in later revisions may use the
+symbolic macro
+<function>XtSpecificationRelease</function>.
+</para>
+<literallayout >
+#define XtSpecificationRelease 6
+</literallayout>
+<para>
+As the symbol
+<function>XtSpecificationRelease</function>
+was new to Release 4, widgets and
+applications desiring to build against earlier implementations should
+test for the presence of this symbol and assume only Release 3
+interfaces if the definition is not present.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Release_to_Release_Compatibility">
+<title>Release 3 to Release 4 Compatibility</title>
+<para>
+At the data structure level, Release 4 retains binary compatibility
+with Release 3 (the first X Consortium standard release) for all data
+structures except
+<function>WMShellPart,</function>
+<function>TopLevelShellPart</function>,
+and
+<function>TransientShellPart</function>.
+Release 4 changed the argument type to most procedures that now take
+arguments of type
+<function>XtPointer</function>
+and structure members that are now of type
+<function>XtPointer</function>
+in order to avoid potential ANSI C conformance problems. It is
+expected that most implementations will be binary compatible with the
+previous definition.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Two fields in
+<function>CoreClassPart</function>
+were changed from
+<function>Boolean</function>
+to
+<function>XtEnum</function>
+to allow implementations additional freedom in specifying the
+representations of each. This change should require no source
+modification.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Additional_Arguments">
+<title>Additional Arguments</title>
+<para>
+Arguments were added to the procedure definitions for
+<xref linkend='XtInitProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetValuesFunc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtEventHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to provide more information and to
+allow event handlers to abort further dispatching of the current event
+(caution is advised!). The added arguments to
+<xref linkend='XtInitProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtSetValuesFunc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+make the initialize_hook and set_values_hook methods
+obsolete, but the hooks have been retained for those widgets that used
+them in Release 3.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="set_values_almost_Procedures">
+<title>set_values_almost Procedures</title>
+<para>
+The use of the arguments by a set_values_almost procedure was poorly
+described in Release 3 and was inconsistent with other conventions.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The current specification for the manner in which a set_values_almost
+procedure returns information to the Intrinsics is not compatible with
+the Release 3 specification, and all widget implementations should
+verify that any set_values_almost procedures conform to the current
+interface.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+No known implementation of the Intrinsics correctly implemented the
+Release 3 interface, so it is expected that the impact of this
+specification change is small.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Query_Geometry">
+<title>Query Geometry</title>
+<para>
+A composite widget layout routine that calls
+<xref linkend='XtQueryGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is now expected to store the complete new geometry in the intended structure;
+previously the specification said ``store the changes it intends to
+make''. Only by storing the complete geometry does the child have
+any way to know what other parts of the geometry may still be
+flexible. Existing widgets should not be affected by this, except
+to take advantage of the new information.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="unrealizeCallback_Callback_List">
+<title>unrealizeCallback Callback List</title>
+<para>
+In order to provide a mechanism for widgets to be notified when they
+become unrealized through a call to
+<xref linkend='XtUnrealizeWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+the callback
+list name ``unrealizeCallback'' has been defined by the Intrinsics. A
+widget class that requires notification on unrealize may declare a
+callback list resource by this name. No class is required to declare
+this resource, but any class that did so in a prior revision may find
+it necessary to modify the resource name if it does not wish to use the new
+semantics.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Subclasses_of_WMShell">
+<title>Subclasses of WMShell</title>
+<para>
+The formal adoption of the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</emphasis> as
+an X Consortium standard has meant the addition of four fields to
+<function>WMShellPart</function>
+and one field to
+<function>TopLevelShellPart</function>.
+In deference to some
+widget libraries that had developed their own additional conventions
+to provide binary compatibility, these five new fields were added at
+the end of the respective data structures.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To provide more convenience for TransientShells, a field was added
+to the previously empty
+<function>TransientShellPart</function>.
+On some architectures the size of the part structure will not
+have changed as a result of this.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Any widget implementation whose class is a subclass of
+TopLevelShell
+or
+TransientShell
+must at minimum be
+recompiled with the new data structure declarations. Because
+<function>WMShellPart</function>
+no longer contains a contiguous
+<function>XSizeHints</function>
+data structure,
+a subclass that expected to do a single structure assignment of an
+<function>XSizeHints</function>
+structure to the <emphasis remap='I'>size_hints</emphasis> field of
+<function>WMShellPart</function>
+must be revised, though the old fields remain at the same positions within
+<function>WMShellPart</function>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Resource_Type_Converters">
+<title>Resource Type Converters</title>
+<para>
+A new interface declaration for resource type converters was defined
+to provide more information to converters, to support conversion
+cache cleanup with resource reference counting, and to allow
+additional procedures to be declared to free resources. The old
+interfaces remain (in the compatibility section), and a new set of
+procedures was defined that work only with the new type converter
+interface.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In the now obsolete old type converter interface, converters are
+reminded that they must return the size of the converted value as well
+as its address. The example indicated this, but the description of
+<xref linkend='XtConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+was incomplete.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="KeySym_Case_Conversion_Procedure">
+<title>KeySym Case Conversion Procedure</title>
+<para>
+The specification for the
+<xref linkend='XtCaseProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function type has been changed
+to match the Release 3 implementation, which included necessary
+additional information required by the function (a pointer to the
+display connection), and corrects the argument type of the source
+KeySym parameter. No known implementation of the Intrinsics
+implemented the previously documented interface.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Nonwidget_Objects_2">
+<title>Nonwidget Objects</title>
+<para>
+Formal support for nonwidget objects is new to Release 4. A
+prototype implementation was latent in at least one Release 3
+implementation of the Intrinsics, but the specification has changed
+somewhat. The most significant change is the requirement for a
+composite widget to declare the
+<function>CompositeClassExtension</function>
+record with the <emphasis remap='I'>accepts_objects</emphasis> field set to
+<function>True</function>
+in order to permit a client to create a nonwidget child.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The addition of this extension field ensures that composite widgets
+written under Release 3 will not encounter unexpected errors if an
+application attempts to create a nonwidget child. In Release 4 there
+is no requirement that all composite widgets implement the extra
+functionality required to manage windowless children, so the
+<emphasis remap='I'>accepts_objects</emphasis> field allows a composite widget to declare that it
+is not prepared to do so.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Release_to_Release_Compatibility_2">
+<title>Release 4 to Release 5 Compatibility</title>
+<para>
+At the data structure level, Release 5 retains complete binary
+compatibility with Release 4. The specification of the
+<function>ObjectPart</function>,
+<function>RectObjPart</function>,
+<function>CorePart</function>,
+<function>CompositePart</function>,
+<function>ShellPart</function>,
+<function>WMShellPart</function>,
+<function>TopLevelShellPart</function>,
+and
+<function>ApplicationShellPart</function>
+instance records was made less strict to permit implementations to
+add internal fields to these structures. Any implementation that
+chooses to do so would, of course, force a recompilation.
+The Xlib specification for
+<function>XrmValue</function>
+and
+<function>XrmOptionDescRec</function>
+was updated to use a new type,
+<function>XPointer</function>,
+for the <emphasis remap='I'>addr</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis> fields, respectively, to avoid
+ANSI C conformance problems. The definition of
+<function>XPointer</function>
+is binary compatible with the previous implementation.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="baseTranslations_Resource">
+<title>baseTranslations Resource</title>
+<para>
+A new pseudo-resource, XtNbaseTranslations, was defined to permit
+application developers to specify translation tables in application
+defaults files while still giving end users the ability to augment
+or override individual event sequences. This change will affect
+only those applications that wish to take advantage of the new
+functionality or those widgets that may have previously defined
+a resource named ``baseTranslations''.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Applications wishing to take advantage of the new functionality
+would change their application defaults file, e.g., from
+<literallayout >
+ app.widget.translations: <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
+to
+ app.widget.baseTranslations: <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
+</literallayout>
+If it is important to the application to preserve complete
+compatibility of the defaults file between different versions
+of the application running under Release 4 and Release 5,
+the full translations can be replicated in both the ``translations''
+and the ``baseTranslations'' resource.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Resource_File_Search_Path">
+<title>Resource File Search Path</title>
+<para>
+The current specification allows implementations greater flexibility
+in defining the directory structure used to hold the application class
+and per-user application defaults files. Previous specifications
+required the substitution strings to appear in the default path in a
+certain order, preventing sites from collecting all the files for
+a specific application together in one directory. The Release 5
+specification allows the default path to specify the substitution
+strings in any order within a single path entry. Users will need to
+pay close attention to the documentation for the specific
+implementation to know where to find these files and how to specify
+their own
+<emphasis role='strong'>XFILESEARCHPATH</emphasis>
+and
+<emphasis role='strong'>XUSERFILESEARCHPATH</emphasis>
+values when overriding the system defaults.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Customization_Resource">
+<title>Customization Resource</title>
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+supports a new substitution string, %C, for specifying separate
+application class resource files according to arbitrary user-specified
+categories. The primary motivation for this addition was separate
+monochrome and color application class defaults files. The
+substitution value is obtained by querying the current resource
+database for the application resource name ``customization'', class
+``Customization''. Any application that previously used this
+resource name and class will need to be aware of the possibly
+conflicting semantics.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Per_Screen_Resource_Database">
+<title>Per-Screen Resource Database</title>
+<para>
+To allow a user to specify separate preferences for each screen of a
+display, a per-screen resource specification string has been added and
+multiple resource databases are created; one for each screen. This
+will affect any application that modified the (formerly unique)
+resource database associated with the display subsequent to the Intrinsics
+database initialization. Such applications will need to be aware
+of the particular screen on which each shell widget is to be created.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Although the wording of the specification changed substantially in the
+description of the process by which the resource database(s) is
+initialized, the net effect is the same as in prior releases with the
+exception of the added per-screen resource specification and the new
+customization substitution string in
+<xref linkend='XtResolvePathname' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Internationalization_of_Applications">
+<title>Internationalization of Applications</title>
+<para>
+Internationalization as defined by ANSI is a technology that
+allows support of an application in a single locale. In
+adding support for internationalization to the Intrinsics
+the restrictions of this model have been followed.
+In particular, the new Intrinsics interfaces are designed not to
+preclude an application from using other alternatives.
+For this reason, no Intrinsics routine makes a call to establish the
+locale. However, a convenience routine to establish the
+locale at initialize time has been provided, in the form
+of a default procedure that must be explicitly installed
+if the application desires ANSI C locale behavior.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+As many objects in X, particularly resource databases, now inherit
+the global locale when they are created, applications wishing to use
+the ANSI C locale model should use the new function
+<function>XtSetLanguageProc</function>
+to do so.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The internationalization additions also define event filters
+as a part of the Xlib Input Method specifications. The
+Intrinsics enable the use of event filters through additions to
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Applications that may not be dispatching all events through
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+should be reviewed in the context of this new input method mechanism.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In order to permit internationalization of error messages, the name
+and path of the error database file are now allowed to be
+implementation-dependent.
+No adequate standard mechanism has yet been suggested to
+allow the Intrinsics to locate the database from localization information
+supplied by the client.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The previous specification for the syntax of the language string
+specified by
+<function>xnlLanguage</function>
+has been dropped to avoid potential conflicts with other standards.
+The language string syntax is now implementation-defined.
+The example syntax cited is consistent with the previous
+specification.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Permanently_Allocated_Strings">
+<title>Permanently Allocated Strings</title>
+<para>
+In order to permit additional memory savings, an Xlib interface was
+added to allow the resource manager to avoid copying certain string
+constants. The Intrinsics specification was updated to explicitly require
+the Object <emphasis remap='I'>class_name</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>resource_name</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>resource_class</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>resource_type</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>default_type</emphasis> in resource tables, Core <emphasis remap='I'>actions</emphasis>
+<emphasis remap='I'>string</emphasis> field, and Constraint <emphasis remap='I'>resource_name</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>resource_class</emphasis>,
+<emphasis remap='I'>resource_type</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>default_type</emphasis> resource fields to be
+permanently allocated. This explicit requirement is expected to
+affect only applications that may create and destroy classes
+on the fly.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Arguments_to_Existing_Functions">
+<title>Arguments to Existing Functions</title>
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> argument to
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtVaAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+were changed from
+<function>Cardinal</function>*
+to int* to conform to pre-existing convention and avoid otherwise
+annoying typecasting in ANSI C environments.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="Release_to_Release_Compatibility_3">
+<title>Release 5 to Release 6 Compatibility</title>
+<para>
+At the data structure level, Release 6 retains binary compatibility
+with Release 5 for all data structures except
+<function>WMShellPart</function>.
+Three resources were added to the specification.
+The known implementations had unused space in the data structure,
+therefore on some architectures and implementations,
+the size of the part structure will not have changed as a result of this.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Widget_Internals">
+<title>Widget Internals</title>
+<para>
+Two new widget methods for instance allocation and deallocation were added
+to the Object class. These new methods
+allow widgets to be treated as C++ objects in the C++ environment
+when an appropriate allocation method is specified or inherited
+by the widget class.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The textual descriptions of the processes of widget creation and
+widget destruction have been edited to provide clarification to widget
+writers. Widgets writers may have reason to rely on the specific order of
+the stages of widget creation and destruction; with that motivation,
+the specification now more exactly describes the process.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+As a convenience, an interface to locate a widget class extension
+record on a linked list,
+<xref linkend='XtGetClassExtension' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+has been added.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A new option to allow bundled changes to the managed set of a Composite
+widget is introduced in the Composite class extension record.
+Widgets that define a change_managed procedure that can accommodate
+additions and deletions to the managed set of children in a single
+invocation should set allows_change_managed_set to <function>True</function> in the
+extension record.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The wording of the process followed by
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+has changed slightly to better handle changes to the managed set
+during phase 2 destroy processing.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A new exposure event compression flag,
+<function>XtExposeNoRegion</function>,
+was added. Many widgets specify exposure compression, but either
+ignore the actual damage region passed to the core expose procedure or
+use only the cumulative bounding box data available in the event.
+Widgets with expose procedures that do not make use of exact
+exposure region information can indicate that the Intrinsics need not
+compute the region.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="General_Application_Development">
+<title>General Application Development</title>
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is a new convenience procedure to initialize the toolkit, create an
+application context, open an X display connection, and create the
+root of the widget instance tree. It is identical to the interface
+it replaces,
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+in all respects except that it takes an additional argument specifying
+the widget class of the root shell to create.
+This interface is now the recommended one so that clients may easily
+become session participants.
+The old convenience procedures appear in the compatibility section.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The toolkit initialization function
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+may be called multiple times without penalty.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In order to optimize changes in geometry to a set of geometry-managed
+children, a new interface,
+<xref linkend='XtChangeManagedSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+has been added.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Communication_with_Window_and_Session_Managers">
+<title>Communication with Window and Session Managers</title>
+<para>
+The revision of the <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</emphasis> as an X Consortium standard has resulted
+in the addition of three fields to the specification of
+<function>WMShellPart</function>.
+These are <emphasis remap='I'>urgency</emphasis>, <emphasis remap='I'>client_leader</emphasis>, and <emphasis remap='I'>window_role</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The adoption of the <emphasis remap='I'>X Session Management Protocol</emphasis> as an X Consortium
+standard has resulted in the addition of a new shell widget,
+<function>SessionShell</function>,
+and an accompanying subclass verification interface,
+<function>XtIsSessionShell</function>.
+This widget provides support for communication between an application
+and a session manager, as well as a window manager.
+In order to preserve compatibility with existing subclasses of
+<function>ApplicationShell</function>,
+the
+<function>ApplicationShell</function>
+was subclassed to create the new widget class.
+The session protocol requires a modal response to certain checkpointing
+operations by participating applications. The
+<function>SessionShell</function>
+structures
+the application's notification of and responses to messages from the session
+manager by use of various callback lists and by use of the new interfaces
+<xref linkend='XtSessionGetToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtSessionReturnToken' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+There is also a new command line argument, -xtsessionID, which facilitates
+the session manager in restarting applications based on the Intrinsics.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The resource name and class strings defined by the Intrinsics shell
+widgets in
+<function><X11/Shell.h></function>
+are now listed in Appendix E. The addition of a new symbol
+for the
+<function>WMShell</function>
+<emphasis remap='I'>wait_for_wm</emphasis> resource was made to bring the external symbol
+and the string it represents into agreement. The actual resource name
+string in
+<function>WMShell</function>
+has not changed.
+The resource representation type of the XtNwinGravity resource of the
+<function>WMShell</function>
+was changed to XtRGravity in order to register a type
+converter so that window gravity resource values could be specified by name.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Geometry_Management_2">
+<title>Geometry Management</title>
+<para>
+A clarification to the specification was made to indicate that geometry
+requests may include current values along with the requested changes.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Event_Management_2">
+<title>Event Management</title>
+<para>
+In Release 6, support is provided for registering selectors
+and event handlers for events generated by X protocol extensions
+and for dispatching those events to the appropriate widget.
+The new event handler registration interfaces are
+<xref linkend='XtInsertEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveEventTypeHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Since the mechanism to indicate selection of extension events is specific
+to the extension being used, the Intrinsics introduces
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterExtensionSelector' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which allows the application to select for the events of interest.
+In order to change the dispatching algorithm to accommodate extension events
+as well as core X protocol events,
+the Intrinsics event dispatcher may now be replaced or enveloped
+by the application with
+<xref linkend='XtSetEventDispatcher' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The dispatcher may wish to call
+<xref linkend='XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to determine the widget with the current Intrinsics keyboard focus.
+A dispatcher, after determining the destination widget, may use
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEventToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to cause the event to be dispatched to the event handlers registered
+by a specific widget.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To permit the dispatching of events
+for nonwidget drawables, such as pixmaps that are not associated
+with a widget's window,
+<xref linkend='XtRegisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtUnregisterDrawable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+have been added to the library. A related update was made to
+the description of
+<xref linkend='XtWindowToWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The library is now thread-safe, allowing one thread at a time to
+enter the library and protecting global data as necessary from concurrent use.
+Threaded toolkit applications are supported by the
+new interfaces
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitThreadInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAppLock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAppUnlock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetExitFlag' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetExitFlag' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Widget writers may also use
+<xref linkend='XtProcessLock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtProcessUnlock' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Safe handling of POSIX signals and other asynchronous notifications
+is now provided by use of
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtNoticeSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveSignal' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The application can receive notification of an impending block
+in the Intrinsics event manager by registering interest through
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddBlockHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtRemoveBlockHook' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtLastEventProcessed' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the most recent event passed to
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+for a specified display.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Resource_Management_2">
+<title>Resource Management</title>
+<para>
+Resource converters are registered by the Intrinsics for window gravity
+and for three new resource types associated with session participation:
+RestartStyle, CommandArgArray and DirectoryString.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The file search path syntax has been extended to make it easier to
+include the default search path, which controls resource
+database construction, by using the new substitution string, %D.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Translation_Management_2">
+<title>Translation Management</title>
+<para>
+The default key translator now recognizes the NumLock modifier.
+If NumLock is on and the second keysym is a keypad keysym
+(a standard keysym named with a ``KP'' prefix or a
+vendor-specific keysym in the hexadecimal range 0x11000000 to 0x1100FFFF),
+then the default key translator will
+use the first keysym if Shift and/or ShiftLock is on and will
+use the second keysym if neither is on. Otherwise, it will
+ignore NumLock and apply the normal protocol semantics.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="Selections">
+<title>Selections</title>
+<para>
+The targets of selection requests may be parameterized, as described
+by the revised <emphasis remap='I'>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.</emphasis>.
+When such requests are made,
+<xref linkend='XtSetSelectionParameters' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is used by the requestor to specify the target parameters and
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionParameters' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is used by the selection owner to retrieve the parameters.
+When a parameterized target is specified in the context of a bundled
+request for multiple targets,
+<xref linkend='XtCreateSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCancelSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtSendSelectionRequest' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+are used to envelop the assembly of the request.
+When the parameters themselves are the names of properties,
+the Intrinsics provides support for the economical use of property atom names;
+see
+<xref linkend='XtReservePropertyAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtReleasePropertyAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="External_Agent_Hooks">
+<title>External Agent Hooks</title>
+<para>
+External agent hooks were added for the benefit of applications
+that instrument other applications for purposes of accessibility,
+testing, and customization. The external agent and the application
+communicate by a shared protocol which is transparent to the application.
+The hook callbacks permit the external agent to register interest
+in groups or classes of toolkit activity and to be notified of the
+type and details of the activity as it occurs. The new interfaces
+related to this effort are
+<xref linkend='XtHooksOfDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which returns the hook registration widget, and
+<xref linkend='XtGetDisplays' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+which returns a list of the X displays associated with an application context.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
--- /dev/null
+
+if ENABLE_SPECS
+
+# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)
+docbook = intrinsics.xml
+
+# Included chapters, appendix, images
+chapters = \
+ acknowledgement.xml \
+ preface.xml \
+ CH01.xml \
+ CH02.xml \
+ CH03.xml \
+ CH04.xml \
+ CH05.xml \
+ CH06.xml \
+ CH07.xml \
+ CH08.xml \
+ CH09.xml \
+ CH10.xml \
+ CH11.xml \
+ CH12.xml \
+ CH13.xml \
+ appA.xml \
+ appB.xml \
+ appC.xml \
+ appD.xml \
+ appE.xml \
+ appF.xml
+
+# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed
+shelfdir = $(docdir)
+
+# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets
+include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am
+
+endif ENABLE_SPECS
--- /dev/null
+<!-- <acknowledgements> -->
+<dedication>
+<title>Acknowledgments</title>
+
+<para>
+The design of the X11 Intrinsics was done primarily by Joel McCormack
+of Digital WSL. Major contributions to the design and implementation
+also were done by Charles Haynes, Mike Chow, and Paul Asente of Digital
+WSL. Additional contributors to the design and/or implementation were:
+</para>
+
+<!-- <sidebar> -->
+<para>
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+<?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <tbody>
+ <row><?dbfo row-height="0.2cm"?>
+ <entry>Loretta Guarino-Reid (Digital WSL)</entry>
+ <entry>Rich Hyde (Digital WSL)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><?dbfo row-height="0.2cm"?>
+ <entry>Susan Angebranndt (Digital WSL)</entry>
+ <entry>Terry Weissman (Digital WSL)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><?dbfo row-height="0.2cm"?>
+ <entry>Mary Larson (Digital UEG)</entry>
+ <entry>Mark Manasse (Digital SRC)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><?dbfo row-height="0.5cm"?>
+ <entry>Jim Gettys (Digital SRC)</entry>
+ <entry>Leo Treggiari (Digital SDT)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><?dbfo row-height="0.5cm"?>
+ <entry>Ralph Swick (Project Athena and Digital ERP)</entry>
+ <entry>Mark Ackerman (Project Athena)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><?dbfo row-height="0.5cm"?>
+ <entry>Ron Newman (Project Athena)</entry>
+ <entry>Bob Scheifler (MIT LCS)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</para>
+<!-- </sidebar> -->
+
+<para>
+The contributors to the X10 toolkit also deserve mention. Although the X11 Intrinsics present an
+entirely different programming style, they borrow heavily from the implicit and
+explicit concepts in the X10 toolkit.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The design and implementation of the X10 Intrinsics were done by:
+</para>
+
+<!-- <sidebar> -->
+<para>
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+<?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='1' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Terry Weissman (Digital WSL)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Smokey Wallace (Digital WSL)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Phil Karlton (Digital WSL)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Charles Haynes (Digital WSL)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Frank Hall (HP)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</para>
+<!-- </sidebar> -->
+
+<para>
+The design and implementation of the X10 toolkit’s sample widgets were by
+the above, as well as by:
+</para>
+
+<!-- <sidebar> -->
+<para>
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+<?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='1' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ram Rao (Digital UEG)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mary Larson (Digital UEG)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mike Gancarz (Digital UEG)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Kathleen Langone (Digital UEG)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</para>
+<!-- </sidebar> -->
+
+<para>
+These widgets provided a checklist of requirements that we had to address in the X11 Intrinsics.
+</para>
+<para>
+Thanks go to Al Mento of Digital’s UEG Documentation Group for formatting and generally
+improving this document and to John Ousterhout of Berkeley for extensively reviewing early
+drafts of it.
+</para>
+<para>
+Finally, a special thanks to Mike Chow, whose extensive performance analysis of the X10 toolkit
+provided the justification to redesign it entirely for X11.
+</para>
+
+<literallayout>
+Joel McCormack
+Western Software Laboratory
+Digital Equipment Corporation
+March 1988
+</literallayout>
+
+
+<para>
+The current design of the Intrinsics has benefited greatly from the
+input of several dedicated reviewers in the membership of the X
+Consortium. In addition to those already mentioned, the following
+individuals have dedicated significant time to suggesting improvements
+to the Intrinsics:
+</para>
+
+<!-- <sidebar> -->
+<para>
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+<?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Steve Pitschke (Stellar)</entry>
+ <entry>C.Doug Blewett (AT&T)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bob Miller (HP)</entry>
+ <entry>David Schiferl (Tektronix)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Fred Taft (HP)</entry>
+ <entry>Michael Squires (Sequent)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Marcel Meth (AT&T)</entry>
+ <entry>JimFulton (MIT)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mike Collins (Digital)</entry>
+ <entry>Kerry Kimbrough (Texas Instruments)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Scott McGregor (Digital)</entry>
+ <entry>Phil Karlton (Digital)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Julian Payne (ESS)</entry>
+ <entry>Jacques Davy (Bull)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Gabriel Beged-Dov (HP)</entry>
+ <entry>GlennWidener (Tektronix)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</para>
+<!-- </sidebar> -->
+
+<para>
+Thanks go to each of them for the countless hours spent reviewing drafts and code.
+</para>
+
+<literallayout>
+Ralph R. Swick
+External Research Group
+Digital Equipment Corporation
+MIT Project Athena
+June 1988
+</literallayout>
+
+
+<para>
+From Release 3 to Release 4, several new members joined the design team. We greatly appreciate
+the thoughtful comments, suggestions, lengthy discussions, and in some cases implementation
+code contributed by each of the following:
+</para>
+
+<!-- <sidebar> -->
+<para>
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+<?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Don Alecci (AT&T)</entry>
+ <entry>EllisCohen (OSF)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Donna Converse (MIT)</entry>
+ <entry>Clive Feather (IXI)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Nayeem Islam (Sun)</entry>
+ <entry>Dana Laursen (HP)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Keith Packard (MIT)</entry>
+ <entry>Chris Peterson (MIT)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Richard Probst (Sun)</entry>
+ <entry>Larry Cable (Sun)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</para>
+<!-- </sidebar> -->
+
+<para>
+In Release 5, the effort to define the internationalization additions was headed by Bill McMahon
+of Hewlett Packard and Frank Rojas of IBM. This has been an educational process for many of
+us, and Bill and Frank’s tutelage has carried us through. Vania Joloboff of the OSF also contributed
+to the internationalization additions. The implementation efforts of Bill, Gabe Beged-Dov,
+and especially Donna Converse for this release are also gratefully acknowledged.
+</para>
+
+<literallayout>
+Ralph R. Swick
+December 1989
+and
+July 1991
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The Release 6 Intrinsics is a result of the collaborative efforts of participants in the X Consortium’s
+intrinsics working group. A few individuals contributed substantial design proposals, participated
+in lengthy discussions, reviewed final specifications, and in most cases, were also
+responsible for sections of the implementation. They deserve recognition and thanks for their
+major contributions:
+</para>
+
+<!-- <sidebar> -->
+<para>
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+<?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' />
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Paul Asente (Adobe)</entry>
+ <entry>Larry Cable (SunSoft)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ellis Cohen (OSF)</entry>
+ <entry>Daniel Dardailler (OSF)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Vania Joloboff (OSF)</entry>
+ <entry>KalebKeithley (X Consortium)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Courtney Loomis (HP)</entry>
+ <entry>Douglas Rand (OSF)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bob Scheifler (X Consortium)</entry>
+ <entry>Ajay Vohra (SunSoft)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</para>
+<!-- </sidebar> -->
+
+<para>
+Many others analyzed designs, offered useful comments and suggestions, and participated in a
+significant subset of the process. The following people deserve thanks for their contributions:
+Andy Bovingdon, Sam Chang, Chris Craig, George Erwin-Grotsky, Keith Edwards, Clive
+Feather, Stephen Gildea, Dan Heller, Steve Humphrey, David Kaelbling, Jaime Lau, Rob Lembree,
+Stuart Marks, Beth Mynatt, Tom Paquin, Chris Peterson, Kamesh Ramakrishna, Tom
+Rodriguez, Jim VanGilder, Will Walker, and Mike Wexler.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+I am especially grateful to two of my colleagues: Ralph Swick for expert editorial guidance, and
+Kaleb Keithley for leadership in the implementation and the specification work.
+</para>
+
+<literallayout>
+Donna Converse
+X Consortium
+April 1994
+</literallayout>
+</dedication>
+<!-- </acknowledgements> -->
--- /dev/null
+<appendix id='Resource_File_Format'>
+<title>Resource File Format</title>
+<para>
+A resource file contains text representing the default resource values for an
+application or set of applications.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The format of resource files is defined by
+<emphasis remap='I'>Xlib — C Language X Interface.</emphasis> and is reproduced here
+for convenience only.
+</para>
+
+<para>The format of a resource specification is</para>
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='0.3*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ResourceLine</entry>
+ <entry>= Comment | IncludeFile | ResourceSpec | <empty line></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Comment</entry>
+ <entry>="!" {<any character except null or newline>}</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>IncludeFile</entry>
+ <entry>= "#" WhiteSpace "include" WhiteSpace FileName WhiteSpace</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>FileName</entry>
+ <entry>= <valid filename for operating system></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ResourceSpec</entry>
+ <entry>= WhiteSpace ResourceName WhiteSpace ":" WhiteSpace Value</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ResourceName</entry>
+ <entry>= [Binding] {Component Binding} ComponentName</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Binding</entry>
+ <entry>="." | "*"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>WhiteSpace</entry>
+ <entry>= {<space> | <horizontal tab>}</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Component</entry>
+ <entry>= "?" | ComponentName</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ComponentName</entry>
+ <entry>= NameChar {NameChar}</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>NameChar</entry>
+ <entry>= "a"-"z" | "A"-"Z" | "0"-"9" | "_" | "-"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Value</entry>
+ <entry>={<any character except null or unescaped newline>}</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+Elements separated by vertical bar (|) are alternatives.
+Curly braces ({...}) indicate zero or more repetitions
+of the enclosed elements.
+Square brackets ([...]) indicate that the enclosed element is optional.
+Quotes ("...") are used around literal characters.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If the last character on a line is a backslash (\),
+that line is assumed to continue on the next line.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To allow a Value to begin with whitespace,
+the two-character sequence "\<emphasis remap='I'>space</emphasis>" (backslash followed by space)
+is recognized and replaced by a space character,
+and the two-character sequence "\<emphasis remap='I'>tab</emphasis>"
+(backslash followed by horizontal tab)
+is recognized and replaced by a horizontal tab character.
+</para>
+<para>
+To allow a Value to contain embedded newline characters,
+the two-character sequence "\n" is recognized and replaced by a
+newline character.
+To allow a Value to be broken across multiple lines in a text file,
+the two-character sequence "\<emphasis remap='I'>newline</emphasis>"
+(backslash followed by newline) is
+recognized and removed from the value.
+</para>
+<para>
+To allow a Value to contain arbitrary character codes,
+the four-character sequence "\<emphasis remap='I'>nnn</emphasis>",
+where each <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis> is a digit character in the range of "0"-"7",
+is recognized and replaced with a single byte that contains
+the octal value specified by the sequence.
+Finally, the two-character sequence "\\" is recognized
+and replaced with a single backslash.
+</para>
+</appendix>
--- /dev/null
+<appendix id='Translation_Table_Syntax'>
+<title>Translation Table Syntax</title>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Notation</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>
+Syntax is specified in EBNF notation with the following conventions:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='0.1*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>[ a ]</entry>
+ <entry>Means either nothing or "a"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>{ a }</entry>
+ <entry>Means zero or more occurrences of "a"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>( a | b )</entry>
+ <entry>Means either "a" or "b"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>\\n</entry>
+ <entry>Is the newline character</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+All terminals are enclosed in double quotation marks (" ").
+Informal descriptions are enclosed in angle brackets (< >).
+Syntax
+</para>
+
+<para>The syntax of a translation table is</para>
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='0.2*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationTable</entry>
+ <entry>= [ directive ] { production }</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>directive</entry>
+ <entry>= ( "#replace" | "#override" | "#augment" ) "\\\\n"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>production</entry>
+ <entry>= lhs ":" rhs "\\\\n"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>lhs</entry>
+ <entry>= ( event | keyseq ) { "," (event | keyseq) }</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>keyseq</entry>
+ <entry>= """ keychar {keychar} """</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>keychar</entry>
+ <entry>= [ "^" | "$" | "\\\\" ] <ISO Latin 1 character></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>event</entry>
+ <entry>= [modifier_list] "<"event_type">" [ "(" count["+"] ")" ] {detail}</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>modifier_list</entry>
+ <entry>= ( ["!"] [":"] {modifier} ) | "None"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>modifier</entry>
+ <entry>= ["~"] modifier_name</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>count</entry>
+ <entry>= ("1" | "2" | "3" | "4" | ...)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>modifier_name</entry>
+ <entry>= "@" <keysym> | <see ModifierNames table below></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>event_type</entry>
+ <entry>= <see Event Types table below></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>detail</entry>
+ <entry>= <event specific details></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>rhs</entry>
+ <entry>= { name "(" [params] ")" }</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>name</entry>
+ <entry>= namechar { namechar }</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>namechar</entry>
+ <entry>= { "a"-"z" | "A"-"Z" | "0"-"9" | "_" | "-" }</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>params</entry>
+ <entry>= string {"," string}</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>string</entry>
+ <entry>= quoted_string | unquoted_string</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>quoted_string</entry>
+ <entry>= <quote>"</quote> {<Latin 1 character> | escape_char} ["\\\\" ] <quote>"</quote></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>escape_char</entry>
+ <entry>= "\\""</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>unquoted_string</entry>
+ <entry>= {<Latin 1 character except space, tab, ",", "\\n", ")">}</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis> field is parsed into a list of
+<function>String</function>
+values that will be passed to the named action procedure. A
+<emphasis remap='I'>quoted string</emphasis> may contain an embedded quotation mark if the
+quotation mark is preceded by a single backslash (\). The
+three-character sequence "\\\"" is interpreted as "single backslash
+followed by end-of-string".
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Modifier Names</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>
+The modifier field is used to specify standard X keyboard and button
+modifier mask bits.
+Modifiers are legal on event types
+<function>KeyPress</function>,
+<function>KeyRelease</function>,
+<function>ButtonPress</function>,
+<function>ButtonRelease</function>,
+<function>MotionNotify</function>,
+<function>EnterNotify</function>,
+<function>LeaveNotify</function>,
+and their abbreviations.
+An error is generated when a translation table
+that contains modifiers for any other events is parsed.
+</para>
+
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If the modifier list has no entries and is not "None",
+it means "don't care" on all modifiers.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If an exclamation point (!) is specified at the beginning
+of the modifier list,
+it means that the listed modifiers must be in the correct state
+and no other modifiers can be asserted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If any modifiers are specified
+and an exclamation point (!) is not specified,
+it means that the listed modifiers must be in the
+correct state and "don't care" about any other modifiers.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If a modifier is preceded by a tilde (~),
+it means that that modifier must not be asserted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If "None" is specified, it means no modifiers can be asserted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If a colon (:) is specified at the beginning of the modifier list,
+it directs the Intrinsics to apply any standard modifiers in the
+event to map the event keycode into a KeySym.
+The default standard modifiers are Shift and Lock,
+with the interpretation as defined in <emphasis remap='I'>X Window
+System Protocol</emphasis>, Section 5.
+The resulting KeySym must exactly match the specified
+KeySym, and the nonstandard modifiers in the event must match the
+modifier list.
+For example, ":<Key>a" is distinct from ":<Key>A",
+and ":Shift<Key>A" is distinct from ":<Key>A".
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If both an exclamation point (!) and a colon (:) are specified at
+the beginning of the modifier list, it means that the listed
+modifiers must be in the correct state and that no other modifiers
+except the standard modifiers can be asserted. Any standard
+modifiers in the event are applied as for colon (:) above.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If a colon (:) is not specified,
+no standard modifiers are applied.
+Then, for example, "<Key>A" and "<Key>a" are equivalent.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+In key sequences,
+a circumflex (^) is an abbreviation for the Control modifier,
+a dollar sign ($) is an abbreviation for Meta,
+and a backslash (\) can be used to quote any
+character, in particular a double quote ("), a circumflex (^),
+a dollar sign ($), and another backslash (\).
+Briefly:
+</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+No modifiers: None <event> detail
+Any modifiers: <event> detail
+Only these modifiers: ! mod1 mod2 <event> detail
+These modifiers and any others: mod1 mod2 <event> detail
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+The use of "None" for a modifier list is identical to the use
+of an exclamation point with no modifers.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Modifier</entry>
+ <entry>Abbreviation</entry>
+ <entry>Meaning</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ctrl</entry>
+ <entry>c</entry>
+ <entry>Control modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Shift</entry>
+ <entry>s</entry>
+ <entry>Shift modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Lock</entry>
+ <entry>l</entry>
+ <entry>Lock modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Meta</entry>
+ <entry>m</entry>
+ <entry>Meta key modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hyper</entry>
+ <entry>h</entry>
+ <entry>Hyper key modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Super</entry>
+ <entry>su</entry>
+ <entry>Super key modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Alt</entry>
+ <entry>a</entry>
+ <entry>Alt key modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mod1</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Mod1 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mod2</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Mod2 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mod3</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Mod3 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mod4</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Mod4 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mod5</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Mod5 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Button1</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Button1 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Button2</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Button2 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Button3</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Button3 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Button4</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Button4 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Button5</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Button5 modifier bit</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>None</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>No modifiers</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Any</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Any modifier combination</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+A key modifier is any modifier bit one of whose corresponding KeyCodes
+contains the corresponding left or right KeySym.
+For example,
+"m" or "Meta" means any modifier bit mapping to a KeyCode
+whose KeySym list contains XK_Meta_L or XK_Meta_R.
+Note that this interpretation is for each display,
+not global or even for each application context.
+The Control, Shift, and Lock modifier names refer
+explicitly to the corresponding modifier bits;
+there is no additional interpretation of KeySyms for these modifiers.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Because it is possible to associate arbitrary KeySyms with modifiers, the set of
+key modifiers is extensible. The "@" <keysym> syntax means any
+modifier bit whose corresponding KeyCode contains the specified KeySym name.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A modifier_list/KeySym combination in a translation matches a
+modifiers/KeyCode combination in an event in the following ways:
+</para>
+
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If a colon (:) is used, the Intrinsics call the display's
+<xref linkend='XtKeyProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the KeyCode and modifiers.
+To match, (<emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis> & ~<emphasis remap='I'>modifiers_return</emphasis>) must equal <emphasis remap='I'>modifier_list</emphasis>, and
+<emphasis remap='I'>keysym_return</emphasis> must equal the given KeySym.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If (:) is not used, the Intrinsics mask off all don't-care bits from the
+modifiers.
+This value must be equal to <emphasis remap='I'>modifier_list</emphasis>.
+Then, for each possible combination of
+don't-care modifiers in the modifier list, the Intrinsics call the display's
+<xref linkend='XtKeyProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the KeyCode and that combination ORed with the cared-about modifier bits
+from the event.
+<emphasis remap='I'>Keysym_return</emphasis> must match the KeySym in the translation.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Event Types</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>
+The event-type field describes XEvent types.
+In addition to the standard
+Xlib symbolic event type names, the following event type synonyms
+are defined:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Type</entry>
+ <entry>Meaning</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Key</entry>
+ <entry><function>KeyPress</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>KeyDown</entry>
+ <entry><function>KeyPress</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>KeyUp</entry>
+ <entry><function>KeyRelease</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>BtnDown</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonPress</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>BtnUp</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonRelease</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Motion</entry>
+ <entry><function>MotionNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>PtrMoved</entry>
+ <entry><function>MotionNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>MouseMoved</entry>
+ <entry><function>MotionNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Enter</entry>
+ <entry><function>EnterNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>EnterWindow</entry>
+ <entry><function>EnterNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Leave</entry>
+ <entry><function>LeaveNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>LeaveWindow</entry>
+ <entry><function>LeaveNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>FocusIn</entry>
+ <entry><function>FocusIn</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>FocusOut</entry>
+ <entry><function>FocusOut</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Keymap</entry>
+ <entry><function>KeymapNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Expose</entry>
+ <entry><function>Expose</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>GrExp</entry>
+ <entry><function>GraphicsExpose</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>NoExp</entry>
+ <entry><function>NoExpose</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Visible</entry>
+ <entry><function>VisibilityNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Create</entry>
+ <entry><function>CreateNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Destroy</entry>
+ <entry><function>DestroyNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Unmap</entry>
+ <entry><function>UnmapNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Map</entry>
+ <entry><function>MapNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>MapReq</entry>
+ <entry><function>MapRequest</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Reparent</entry>
+ <entry><function>ReparentNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Configure</entry>
+ <entry><function>ConfigureNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ConfigureReq</entry>
+ <entry><function>ConfigureRequest</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Grav</entry>
+ <entry><function>GravityNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ResReq</entry>
+ <entry><function>ResizeRequest</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Circ</entry>
+ <entry><function>CirculateNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>CircReq</entry>
+ <entry><function>CirculateRequest</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Prop</entry>
+ <entry><function>PropertyNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>SelClr</entry>
+ <entry><function>SelectionClear</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>SelReq</entry>
+ <entry><function>SelectionRequest</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Select</entry>
+ <entry><function>SelectionNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Clrmap</entry>
+ <entry><function>ColormapNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Message</entry>
+ <entry><function>ClientMessage</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mapping</entry>
+ <entry><function>MappingNotify</function></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>The supported abbreviations are:</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Abbreviation</entry>
+ <entry>Event Type</entry>
+ <entry>Including</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ctrl</entry>
+ <entry><function>KeyPress</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Control modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Meta</entry>
+ <entry><function>KeyPress</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Meta modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Shift</entry>
+ <entry><function>KeyPress</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Shift modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn1Down</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonPress</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button1 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn1Up</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonRelease</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button1 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn2Down</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonPress</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button2 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn2Up</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonRelease</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button2 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn3Down</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonPress</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button3 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn3Up</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonRelease</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button3 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn4Down</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonPress</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button4 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn4Up</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonRelease</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button4 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn5Down</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonPress</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button5 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn5Up</entry>
+ <entry><function>ButtonRelease</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button5 detail</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>BtnMotion</entry>
+ <entry><function>MotionNotify</function></entry>
+ <entry>with any button modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn1Motion</entry>
+ <entry><function>MotionNotify</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button1 modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn2Motion</entry>
+ <entry><function>MotionNotify</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button2 modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn3Motion</entry>
+ <entry><function>MotionNotify</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button3 modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn4Motion</entry>
+ <entry><function>MotionNotify</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button4 modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Btn5Motion</entry>
+ <entry><function>MotionNotify</function></entry>
+ <entry>with Button5 modifier</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The detail field is event-specific and normally corresponds to the
+detail field of the corresponding event as described
+by <emphasis remap='I'>X Window System Protocol</emphasis>, Section 11.
+The detail field is supported for the following event types:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='0.5*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>KeyPress</entry>
+ <entry>KeySym from event <emphasis>detail</emphasis> (keycode)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>KeyRelease</entry>
+ <entry>KeySym from event <emphasis>detail</emphasis> (keycode)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ButtonPress</entry>
+ <entry>button from event <emphasis>detail</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ButtonRelease</entry>
+ <entry>button from event <emphasis>detail</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>MotionNotify</entry>
+ <entry>event <emphasis>detail</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>EnterNotify</entry>
+ <entry>event <emphasis>mode</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>LeaveNotify</entry>
+ <entry>event <emphasis>mode</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>FocusIn</entry>
+ <entry>event <emphasis>mode</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>FocusOut</entry>
+ <entry>event <emphasis>mode</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>PropertyNotify</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>atom</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>SelectionClear</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>selection</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>SelectionRequest</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>selection</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>SelectionNotify</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>selection</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>type</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>MappingNotify</entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>request</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+If the event type is
+<function>KeyPress</function>
+or
+<function>KeyRelease</function>,
+the detail field
+specifies a KeySym name in standard format which is matched against
+the event as described above, for example, <Key>A.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+For the
+<function>PropertyNotify</function>,
+<function>SelectionClear</function>,
+<function>SelectionRequest</function>,
+<function>SelectionNotify</function>,
+and
+<function>ClientMessage</function>
+events the detail field is specified
+as an atom name; for example, <Message>WM_PROTOCOLS. For the
+<function>MotionNotify</function>,
+<function>EnterNotify</function>,
+<function>LeaveNotify</function>,
+<function>FocusIn</function>,
+<function>FocusOut</function>,
+and
+<function>MappingNotify</function>
+events, either the symbolic constants as defined by
+<emphasis remap='I'>X Window
+System Protocol</emphasis>, Section 11,
+or the numeric values may be specified.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If no detail field is specified, then any value in the event detail is
+accepted as a match.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A KeySym can be specified as any of the standard KeySym names,
+a hexadecimal number prefixed with "0x" or "0X",
+an octal number prefixed with "0", or a decimal number.
+A KeySym expressed as a single digit is interpreted as the
+corresponding Latin 1 KeySym, for example, "0" is the KeySym XK_0.
+Other single character KeySyms are treated as literal constants from Latin 1,
+for example, "!" is treated as 0x21.
+Standard KeySym names are as defined in
+<function><X11/keysymdef.h></function>
+with the "XK_" prefix removed.
+</para>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Canonical Representation</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>
+Every translation table has a unique, canonical text representation. This
+representation is passed to a widget's
+<function>display_accelerator</function>
+procedure to describe the accelerators installed on that widget.
+The canonical representation of a translation table is (see also
+"Syntax")
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='0.2*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationTable</entry>
+ <entry>= { production }
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>production</entry>
+ <entry>= lhs ":" rhs "\\n"
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>lhs</entry>
+ <entry>=event { "," event }
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>event</entry>
+ <entry>=[modifier_list] "<"event_type">" [ "(" count["+"] ")" ] {detail}
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>modifier_list</entry>
+ <entry>= ["!"] [":"] {modifier}
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>modifier</entry>
+ <entry>= ["˜"] modifier_name
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>count</entry>
+ <entry>=("1" | "2" | "3" | "4" | ...)
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>modifier_name</entry>
+ <entry>= "@" <keysym> | <see canonical modifier names below>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>event_type</entry>
+ <entry>= <see canonical event types below>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>detail</entry>
+ <entry>=<event-specific details>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>rhs</entry>
+ <entry>={ name "(" [params] ")" }
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>name</entry>
+ <entry>=namechar { namechar }
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>namechar</entry>
+ <entry>= { "a"-"z" | "A"-"Z" | "0"-"9" | "_" | "-" }
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>params</entry>
+ <entry>=string {"," string}
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>string</entry>
+ <entry>=quoted_string
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>quoted_string</entry>
+ <entry>= <quote>"</quote> {<Latin 1 character> | escape_char} ["\\\\" ] <quote>"</quote>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>escape_char</entry>
+ <entry>= "\\""
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>The canonical modifier names are</para>
+
+<literallayout >
+ Ctrl Mod1 Button1
+ Shift Mod2 Button2
+ Lock Mod3 Button3
+ Mod4 Button4
+ Mod5 Button5
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>The canonical event types are</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='none'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>KeyPress</entry>
+ <entry>KeyRelease</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ButtonPress</entry>
+ <entry>ButtonRelease</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>MotionNotify</entry>
+ <entry>EnterNotify</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>LeaveNotify</entry>
+ <entry>FocusIn</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>FocusOut</entry>
+ <entry>KeymapNotify</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Expose</entry>
+ <entry>GraphicsExpose,</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>NoExpose</entry>
+ <entry>VisibilityNotify</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>CreateNotify</entry>
+ <entry>DestroyNotify</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>UnmapNotify</entry>
+ <entry>MapNotify</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>MapRequest</entry>
+ <entry>ReparentNotify</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ConfigureNotify</entry>
+ <entry>ConfigureRequest</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>GravityNotify</entry>
+ <entry>ResizeRequest</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>CirculateNotify</entry>
+ <entry>CirculateRequest</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>PropertyNotify</entry>
+ <entry>SelectionClear</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>SelectionRequest</entry>
+ <entry>SelectionNotify</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ColormapNotify</entry>
+ <entry>ClientMessage</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Examples</emphasis></para>
+
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Always put more specific events in the table before more general ones:
+ </para>
+<literallayout >
+ Shift <Btn1Down> : twas()\n\
+ <Btn1Down> : brillig()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+For double-click on Button1 Up with Shift, use this specification:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+Shift<Btn1Up>(2) : and()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+This is equivalent to the following line with appropriate timers set
+between events:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up>,Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up> : and()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+For double-click on Button1 Down with Shift, use this specification:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+Shift<Btn1Down>(2) : the()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+This is equivalent to the following line with appropriate timers set
+between events:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up>,Shift<Btn1Down> : the()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Mouse motion is always discarded when it occurs between events in a table
+where no motion event is specified:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+<Btn1Down>,<Btn1Up> : slithy()
+</literallayout>
+ <para>
+This is taken, even if the pointer moves a bit between the down and
+up events.
+Similarly, any motion event specified in a translation matches any number
+of motion events.
+If the motion event causes an action procedure to be invoked,
+the procedure is invoked after each motion event.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If an event sequence consists of a sequence of events that is also a
+noninitial subsequence of another translation,
+it is not taken if it occurs in the context of the longer sequence.
+This occurs mostly in sequences like the following:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+<Btn1Down>,<Btn1Up> : toves()\n\
+<Btn1Up> : did()
+</literallayout>
+ <para>
+The second translation is taken only if the button release is not
+preceded by a button press or if there are intervening events between the
+press and the release.
+Be particularly aware of this when using the repeat notation, above,
+with buttons and keys,
+because their expansion includes additional events;
+and when specifying motion events, because they are implicitly included
+between any two other events.
+In particular,
+pointer motion and double-click translations cannot coexist in the same
+translation table.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+For single click on Button1 Up with Shift and Meta, use this specification:
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <literallayout >
+Shift Meta <Btn1Down>, Shift Meta<Btn1Up>: gyre()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+For multiple clicks greater or equal to a minimum number,
+a plus sign (+) may be appended to the final (rightmost)
+count in an event sequence. The actions will be invoked
+on the <emphasis remap='I'>count</emphasis>-th click and each subsequent one arriving
+within the multi-click time interval. For example:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+Shift <Btn1Up>(2+) : and()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To indicate
+<function>EnterNotify</function>
+with any modifiers, use this specification:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+<Enter> : gimble()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To indicate
+<function>EnterNotify</function>
+with no modifiers, use this specification:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+None <Enter> : in()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To indicate
+<function>EnterNotify</function>
+with Button1 Down and Button2 Up and "don't care" about
+the other modifiers, use this specification:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+Button1 ~Button2 <Enter> : the()
+</literallayout>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To indicate
+<function>EnterNotify</function>
+with Button1 down and Button2 down exclusively, use this specification:
+ </para>
+ <literallayout >
+! Button1 Button2 <Enter> : wabe()
+</literallayout>
+ <para>
+You do not need to use a tilde (~) with an exclamation point (!).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</appendix>
--- /dev/null
+<appendix id='Compability_Functions'>
+<title>Compatibility Functions
+<footnote>
+<para>
+This appendix is part of the formal Intrinsics Specification.
+</para>
+</footnote>
+</title>
+<para>
+In prototype versions of the X Toolkit
+each widget class
+implemented an Xt<<emphasis remap='I'>Widget</emphasis>>Create (for example,
+<function>XtLabelCreate</function>)
+function, in which most of the code was identical from widget to widget.
+In the Intrinsics, a single generic
+<xref linkend='XtCreateWidget' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+performs most of the common work and then calls the initialize procedure
+implemented for the particular widget class.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Each Composite class also implemented the procedures
+Xt<<emphasis remap='I'>Widget</emphasis>>Add and an Xt<<emphasis remap='I'>Widget</emphasis>>Delete (for example,
+<function>XtButtonBoxAddButton</function>
+and
+<function>XtButtonBoxDeleteButton</function>).
+In the Intrinsics, the Composite generic procedures
+<xref linkend='XtManageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtUnmanageChildren' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+perform error checking and screening out of certain children.
+Then they call the change_managed procedure
+implemented for the widget's Composite class.
+If the widget's parent has not yet been realized,
+the call to the change_managed procedure is delayed until realization time.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Old-style calls can be implemented in the X Toolkit by defining
+one-line procedures or macros that invoke a generic routine. For example,
+you could define the macro
+<function>XtLabelCreate</function>
+as:
+</para>
+
+<literallayout>
+#define XtLabelCreate(name, parent, args, num_args) \
+ ((LabelWidget) XtCreateWidget(name, labelWidgetClass, parent, args, num_args))
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+Pop-up shells in some of the prototypes automatically performed an
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+on their child within their insert_child procedure.
+Creators of pop-up children need to call
+<xref linkend='XtManageChild' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+themselves.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtVaAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+have been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtVaOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To initialize the Intrinsics internals, create an application context,
+open and initialize a display, and create the initial application shell
+instance, an application may use
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtVaAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppInitialize'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtAppInitialize</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext *<parameter>app_context_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmOptionDescList <parameter>options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>argc_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>argv_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>fallback_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class name of the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the command line options table.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argc_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argv_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the command line arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>fallback_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
+file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list to override any
+other resource specifications for the created shell widget.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function calls
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+followed by
+<xref linkend='XtCreateApplicationContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+then calls
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>display_string</emphasis> NULL and
+<emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> NULL, and finally calls
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> NULL, <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+<function>application\%Shell\%Widget\%Class</function>,
+and the specified <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+and returns the created shell. The modified <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis> returned by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+are returned in <emphasis remap='I'>argc_in_out</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>argv_in_out</emphasis>. If
+<emphasis remap='I'>app_context_return</emphasis> is not NULL, the created application context is
+also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot be
+opened, an error message is issued and
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+terminates the application. If <emphasis remap='I'>fallback_resources</emphasis> is non-NULL,
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetFallbackResources' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is called with the value prior to calling
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtVaAppInitialize'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtVaAppInitialize</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext *<parameter>app_context_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmOptionDescList <parameter>options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>argc_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>argv_in_out</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>fallback_resources</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class name of the application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the command line options table.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argc_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argv_in_out</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the command line arguments array.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>fallback_resources</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies resource values to be used if the application class
+resource file cannot be opened, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ ...
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
+resource specifications for the created shell.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtVaAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+procedure is identical in function to
+<xref linkend='XtAppInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with the <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis> parameters replaced by a varargs list,
+as described
+in Section 2.5.1.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+As a convenience to people converting from earlier versions of the toolkit
+without application contexts, the following routines exist:
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAddTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAddWorkProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtCreateApplicationShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtAddActions' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+<xref linkend='XtSetSelectionTimeout' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionTimeout' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtInitialize'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtInitialize</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>shell_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>application_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmOptionDescRec <parameter>options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_options</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>argc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>argv</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>shell_name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+This parameter is ignored; therefore, you can specify NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>application_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the class name of this application.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
+The <emphasis remap='I'>options</emphasis> argument is passed as a parameter to
+<function>XrmParseCommand</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_options</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>argv</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the command line parameters.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtToolkitInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+to initialize the toolkit internals,
+creates a default application context for use by the other convenience
+routines, calls
+<xref linkend='XtOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>display_string</emphasis> NULL and <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> NULL, and
+finally calls
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> NULL and
+returns the created shell.
+The semantics of calling
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+more than once are undefined.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtOpenApplication' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtMainLoop'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtMainLoop</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter>void</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+first reads the next alternate input, timer, or X event by calling
+<xref linkend='XtNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Then it dispatches this to the appropriate registered procedure by calling
+<xref linkend='XtDispatchEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppMainLoop' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtNextEvent'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtNextEvent</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If no input is on the X input queue for the default application context,
+<xref linkend='XtNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+flushes the X output buffer
+and waits for an event while looking at the alternate input sources
+and timeout values and calling any callback procedures triggered by them.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppNextEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this routine.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtProcessEvent'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtProcessEvent</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtInputMask <parameter>mask</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>mask</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the type of input to process.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+processes one X event, timeout, or alternate input source
+(depending on the value of <emphasis remap='I'>mask</emphasis>), blocking if necessary.
+It has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppProcessEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this function.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtPeekEvent'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtPeekEvent</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XEvent *<parameter>event_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>event_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If there is an event in the queue for the default application context,
+<xref linkend='XtPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+fills in the event and returns a nonzero value.
+If no X input is on the queue,
+<xref linkend='XtPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+flushes the output buffer and blocks until input is available, possibly
+calling some timeout callbacks in the process.
+If the input is an event,
+<xref linkend='XtPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+fills in the event and returns a nonzero value.
+Otherwise, the input is for an alternate input source, and
+<xref linkend='XtPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns zero.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppPeekEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this routine.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtPending'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Boolean <function>XtPending</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter></parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns a nonzero value if there are
+events pending from the X server or alternate input sources in the default
+application context.
+If there are no events pending,
+it flushes the output buffer and returns a zero value.
+It has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this routine.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddInput'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtInputId <function>XtAddInput</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>source</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>condition</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtInputCallbackProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>source</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source file descriptor on a POSIX-based system
+or other operating-system-dependent device specification.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>condition</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the mask that indicates either a read, write, or exception condition
+or some operating-system-dependent condition.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure called when input is available.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the parameter to be passed to <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> when input is available.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function registers in the default application context a new
+source of events,
+which is usually file input but can also be file output.
+(The word <emphasis remap='I'>file</emphasis> should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink
+or source of data.)
+<xref linkend='XtAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events.
+When input is pending on this source in the default application context,
+the callback procedure is called.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this routine.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddTimeOut'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtIntervalId <function>XtAddTimeOut</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long <parameter>interval</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtTimerCallbackProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>interval</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the time interval in milliseconds.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the procedure to be called when time expires.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the parameter to be passed to <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> when it is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtAddTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function creates a timeout in the default application context
+and returns an identifier for it.
+The timeout value is set to <emphasis remap='I'>interval</emphasis>.
+The callback procedure will be called after
+the time interval elapses, after which the timeout is removed.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddTimeOut' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this routine.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddWorkProc'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XtWorkProcId <function>XtAddWorkProc</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtWorkProc <parameter>proc</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtPointer <parameter>client_data</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Procedure to call to do the work.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>client_data</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Client data to pass to <emphasis remap='I'>proc</emphasis> when it is called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This routine registers a work procedure in the default application context. It has
+been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddWorkProc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this routine.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtCreateApplicationShell'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>Widget <function>XtCreateApplicationShell</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>WidgetClass <parameter>widget_class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>ArgList <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+This parameter is ignored; therefore, you can specify NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>widget_class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget class pointer for the created application shell widget.
+This will usually be
+<function>topLevelShellWidgetClass</function>
+or a subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The procedure
+<xref linkend='XtCreateApplicationShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+calls
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>application_name</emphasis> NULL, the application class passed to
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and the default application context created by
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppCreateShell' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+An old-format resource type converter procedure pointer is of type
+<xref linkend='XtConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtConverter'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>typedef void <function>(*XtConverter)</function></funcdef>
+
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>from</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValue *<parameter>to</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a list of additional
+<function>XrmValue</function>
+arguments to the converter if additional context is needed
+to perform the conversion, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the value to convert.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the descriptor to use to return the converted value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Type converters should perform the following actions:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Check to see that the number of arguments passed is correct.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Attempt the type conversion.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+If successful, return the size and pointer to the data in the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument;
+otherwise, call
+<xref linkend='XtWarningMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and return without modifying the <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Most type converters just take the data described by the specified <emphasis remap='I'>from</emphasis>
+argument and return data by writing into the specified <emphasis remap='I'>to</emphasis> argument.
+A few need other information, which is available in the specified
+argument list.
+A type converter can invoke another type converter,
+which allows differing sources that may convert into a common intermediate
+result to make maximum use of the type converter cache.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Note that the address returned in <emphasis remap='I'>to->addr</emphasis> cannot be that of a local variable of
+the converter because this is not valid after the converter returns.
+It should be a pointer to a static variable.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The procedure type
+<xref linkend='XtConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtStringConversionWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function is a convenience routine for old-format resource converters
+that convert from strings.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtStringConversionWarning'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtStringConversionWarning</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>src</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>src</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the string that could not be converted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>dst_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the name of the type to which the string could not be converted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtStringConversionWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function issues a warning message with name "conversionError",
+type "string", class "XtToolkitError, and the default message string
+"Cannot convert "<emphasis remap='I'>src</emphasis>" to type <emphasis remap='I'>dst_type</emphasis>". This routine
+has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtDisplayStringConversionWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register an old-format converter, use
+<xref linkend='XtAddConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddConverter'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAddConverter</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>from_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>to_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtConverter <parameter>converter</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtConvertArgList <parameter>convert_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the destination type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>converter</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the type converter procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>convert_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>convert_args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAddConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is equivalent in function to
+<xref linkend='XtSetTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>cache_type</emphasis> equal to
+<function>XtCacheAll</function>
+for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtSetTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAppAddConverter'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAppAddConverter</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtAppContext <parameter>app_context</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>from_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>to_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtConverter <parameter>converter</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XtConvertArgList <parameter>convert_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>app_context</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the application context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the destination type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>converter</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the type converter procedure.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>convert_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter, or NULL.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>convert_args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+is equivalent in function to
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+with <emphasis remap='I'>cache_type</emphasis> equal to
+<function>XtCacheAll</function>
+for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetTypeConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To invoke resource conversions, a client may use
+<xref linkend='XtConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or, for old-format converters only,
+<xref linkend='XtDirectConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtConvert'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtConvert</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>from_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>from</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>to_type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>to_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the widget to use for additional arguments, if any are
+needed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the source type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the value to be converted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the destination type.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the converted value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDirectConvert'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtDirectConvert</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtConverter <parameter>converter</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_args</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>from</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>XrmValuePtr <parameter>to_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>converter</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the conversion procedure to be called.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the argument list that contains the additional arguments
+needed to perform the conversion (often NULL).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_args</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>args</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>from</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the value to be converted.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>to_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Returns the converted value.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function looks up the type converter registered to convert <emphasis remap='I'>from_type</emphasis>
+to <emphasis remap='I'>to_type</emphasis>, computes any additional arguments needed, and then calls
+<xref linkend='XtDirectConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+or
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+The
+<xref linkend='XtDirectConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function looks in the converter cache to see if this conversion procedure
+has been called with the specified arguments.
+If so, it returns a descriptor for information stored in the cache;
+otherwise, it calls the converter and enters the result in the cache.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Before calling the specified converter,
+<xref linkend='XtDirectConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+sets the return value size to zero and the return value address to NULL.
+To determine if the conversion was successful,
+the client should check <emphasis remap='I'>to_return.addr</emphasis> for non-NULL.
+The data returned by
+<xref linkend='XtConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be copied immediately by the caller,
+as it may point to static data in the type converter.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<xref linkend='XtConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtConvertAndStore' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+and
+<xref linkend='XtDirectConvert' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtCallConverter' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To deallocate a shared GC when it is no longer needed, use
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtDestroyGC'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtDestroyGC</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>Widget <parameter>w</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>GC <parameter>gc</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>w</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies any object on the display for which the shared GC was
+created. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the shared GC to be deallocated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+References to sharable GCs are counted and a free request is generated to the
+server when the last user of a given GC destroys it.
+Note that some earlier versions of
+<xref linkend='XtDestroyGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+had only a <emphasis remap='I'>gc</emphasis> argument.
+Therefore, this function is not very portable,
+and you are encouraged to use
+<xref linkend='XtReleaseGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+instead.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To declare an action table in the default application context
+and register it with the translation manager, use
+<xref linkend='XtAddActions' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtAddActions'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtAddActions</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtActionList <parameter>actions</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal <parameter>num_actions</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>actions</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the action table to register.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_actions</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>actions</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+If more than one action is registered with the same name,
+the most recently registered action is used.
+If duplicate actions exist in an action table,
+the first is used.
+The Intrinsics register an action table for
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+and
+<xref linkend='XtMenuPopdown' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+as part of X Toolkit initialization.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppAddActions' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this routine.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To set the Intrinsics selection timeout in the default application context, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetSelectionTimeout' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetSelectionTimeout'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetSelectionTimeout</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned long <parameter>timeout</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>timeout</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetSelectionTimeout' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this routine.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+
+<para>
+To get the current selection timeout value in the default application
+context, use
+<xref linkend='XtGetSelectionTimeout' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetSelectionTimeout'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>unsigned long <function>XtGetSelectionTimeout</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter></parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<para>
+The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating
+applications must respond to one another.
+If one of them does not respond within this interval,
+the Intrinsics abort the selection request.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetSelectionTimeout' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+<xref linkend='XtInitialize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+must be called before using this routine.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To obtain the global error database (for example, to merge with
+an application- or widget-specific database), use
+<xref linkend='XtGetErrorDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetErrorDatabase'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>XrmDatabase <function>*XtGetErrorDatabase</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef><parameter></parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetErrorDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+function returns the address of the error database.
+The Intrinsics do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the
+database file until the first call to
+<function>XtGetErrorDatbaseText</function>.
+This routine has been replaced by
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetErrorDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+An error message handler can obtain the error database text for an
+error or a warning by calling
+<xref linkend='XtGetErrorDatabaseText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtGetErrorDatabaseText'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtGetErrorDatabaseText</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>default</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>buffer_return</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>nbytes</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specify the name and type that are concatenated to form the resource name
+of the error message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource class of the error message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>default</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>buffer_return</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>nbytes</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The
+<xref linkend='XtGetErrorDatabaseText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
+returns the appropriate message from the error database
+associated with the default application context
+or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the
+error database.
+To form the full resource name and class when querying the database,
+the <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis> and <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis> are concatenated with a single "."
+between them and the <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis> is concatenated with itself with a
+single "." if it does not already contain a ".".
+This routine has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetErrorMsgHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetErrorMsgHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetErrorMsgHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtErrorMsgHandler <parameter>msg_handler</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>msg_handler</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The default error handler provided by the Intrinsics constructs a
+string from the error resource database and calls
+<xref linkend='XtError' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+Fatal error message handlers should not return.
+If one does,
+subsequent Intrinsics behavior is undefined.
+This routine has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To call the high-level error handler, use
+<xref linkend='XtErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtErrorMsg'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtErrorMsg</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>default</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>params</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_params</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>default</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This routine has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetWarningMsgHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetWarningMsgHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetWarningMsgHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtErrorMsgHandler <parameter>msg_handler</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>msg_handler</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The default warning handler provided by the Intrinsics constructs a string
+from the error resource database and calls
+<xref linkend='XtWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+This routine has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To call the installed high-level warning handler, use
+<xref linkend='XtWarningMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtWarningMsg'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtWarningMsg</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>type</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>class</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>default</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>String *<parameter>params</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>Cardinal *<parameter>num_params</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the general kind of error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>type</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the detailed name of the error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>class</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the resource class.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>default</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>num_params</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the number of entries in <emphasis remap='I'>params</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+This routine has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarningMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetErrorHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetErrorHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetErrorHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtErrorHandler <parameter>handler</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>handler</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The default error handler provided by the Intrinsics is
+<function>_XtError</function>.
+On POSIX-based systems,
+it prints the message to standard error and terminates the application.
+Fatal error message handlers should not return.
+If one does,
+subsequent X Toolkit behavior is undefined.
+This routine has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetErrorHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To call the installed fatal error procedure, use
+<xref linkend='XtError' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtError'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtError</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>message</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>message</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the message to be reported.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Most programs should use
+<xref linkend='XtAppErrorMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+not
+<xref linkend='XtError' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+to provide for customization and internationalization of error
+messages. This routine has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppError' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
+<xref linkend='XtSetWarningHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtSetWarningHandler'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtSetWarningHandler</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>XtErrorHandler <parameter>handler</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>handler</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+The default warning handler provided by the Intrinsics is
+<function>_XtWarning</function>.
+On POSIX-based systems,
+it prints the message to standard error and returns to the caller.
+This routine has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppSetWarningHandler' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To call the installed nonfatal error procedure, use
+<xref linkend='XtWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+
+<funcsynopsis id='XtWarning'>
+<funcprototype>
+<funcdef>void <function>XtWarning</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>String <parameter>message</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <emphasis remap='I'>message</emphasis>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Specifies the nonfatal error message to be reported.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>
+Most programs should use
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarningMsg' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+not
+<xref linkend='XtWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
+to provide for customization and internationalization of warning messages.
+This routine has been superseded by
+<xref linkend='XtAppWarning' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+</para>
+</appendix>
--- /dev/null
+<appendix id='Intrinsics_Error_Messages'>
+<title>Intrinsics Error Messages</title>
+
+<para>
+All Intrinsics errors and warnings have class
+``XtToolkitError''.
+The following two tables summarize the common errors and warnings that can be
+generated by the Intrinsics.
+Additional implementation-dependent messages are permitted.
+Error Messages
+</para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Type</entry>
+ <entry>Default Message</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>allocError</entry>
+ <entry>calloc</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot perform calloc</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>allocError</entry>
+ <entry>malloc</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot perform malloc</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>allocError</entry>
+ <entry>realloc</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot perform realloc</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>internalError</entry>
+ <entry>xtMakeGeometryRequest</entry>
+ <entry>internal error; ShellClassExtension is NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidArgCount</entry>
+ <entry>xtGetValues</entry>
+ <entry>Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtGetValues</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidArgCount</entry>
+ <entry>xtSetValues</entry>
+ <entry>Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtSetValues</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidClass</entry>
+ <entry>applicationShellInsertChild</entry>
+ <entry>ApplicationShell does not accept RectObj children; ignored</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidClass</entry>
+ <entry>constraintSetValue</entry>
+ <entry>Subclass of Constraint required in CallConstraintSetValues</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidClass</entry>
+ <entry>xtAppCreateShell</entry>
+ <entry>XtAppCreateShell requires non-NULL widget class</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidClass</entry>
+ <entry>xtCreatePopupShell</entry>
+ <entry>XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL widget class</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidClass</entry>
+ <entry>xtCreateWidget</entry>
+ <entry>XtCreateWidget requires non-NULL widget class</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidClass</entry>
+ <entry>xtPopdown</entry>
+ <entry>XtPopdown requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidClass</entry>
+ <entry>xtPopup</entry>
+ <entry>XtPopup requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidDimension</entry>
+ <entry>xtCreateWindow</entry>
+ <entry>Widget %s has zero width and/or height</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidDimension</entry>
+ <entry>shellRealize</entry>
+ <entry>Shell widget %s has zero width and/or height</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidDisplay</entry>
+ <entry>xtInitialize</entry>
+ <entry>Can't open display: %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidGetValues</entry>
+ <entry>xtGetValues</entry>
+ <entry>NULL ArgVal in XtGetValues</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidExtension</entry>
+ <entry>shellClassPartInitialize</entry>
+ <entry>widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidExtension</entry>
+ <entry>xtMakeGeometryRequest</entry>
+ <entry>widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidGeometryManager</entry>
+ <entry>xtMakeGeometryRequest</entry>
+ <entry>XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent has no geometry manager</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParameter</entry>
+ <entry>xtAddInput</entry>
+ <entry>invalid condition passed to XtAddInput</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParameter</entry>
+ <entry>xtAddInput</entry>
+ <entry>invalid condition passed to XtAppAddInput</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtChangeManagedSet</entry>
+ <entry>Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtChangeManagedSet</entry>
+ <entry>Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtCreatePopupShell</entry>
+ <entry>XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL parent</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtCreateWidget</entry>
+ <entry>XtCreateWidget requires non-NULL parent</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtMakeGeometryRequest</entry>
+ <entry>non-shell has no parent in XtMakeGeometryRequest</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtMakeGeometryRequest</entry>
+ <entry>XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent not composite</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtManageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtUnmanageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidProcedure</entry>
+ <entry>inheritanceProc</entry>
+ <entry>Unresolved inheritance operation</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidProcedure</entry>
+ <entry>realizeProc</entry>
+ <entry>No realize class procedure defined</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidWindow</entry>
+ <entry>eventHandler</entry>
+ <entry>Event with wrong window</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>missingWidget</entry>
+ <entry>fetchDisplayArg</entry>
+ <entry>FetchDisplayArg called without a widget to reference</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>nonWidget</entry>
+ <entry>xtCreateWidget</entry>
+ <entry>attempt to add non-widget child "%s" to parent "%s" which supports only widgets</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>noPerDisplay</entry>
+ <entry>closeDisplay</entry>
+ <entry>Couldn't find per display information</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>noPerDisplay</entry>
+ <entry>getPerDisplay</entry>
+ <entry>Couldn't find per display information</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>noSelectionProperties</entry>
+ <entry>freeSelectionProperty</entry>
+ <entry>internal error: no selection property context for display</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>noWidgetAncestor</entry>
+ <entry>windowedAncestor</entry>
+ <entry>Object "%s" does not have windowed ancestor</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>nullDisplay</entry>
+ <entry>xtRegisterExtensionSelector</entry>
+ <entry>XtRegisterExtensionSelector requires a non-NULL display</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>nullProc</entry>
+ <entry>insertChild</entry>
+ <entry>"%s" parent has NULL insert_child method</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>r2versionMismatch</entry>
+ <entry>widget</entry>
+ <entry>Widget class %s must be re-compiled.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>R3versionMismatch</entry>
+ <entry>widget</entry>
+ <entry>Widget class %s must be re-compiled.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>R4orR5versionMismatch</entry>
+ <entry>widget</entry>
+ <entry>Widget class %s must be re-compiled.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>rangeError</entry>
+ <entry>xtRegisterExtensionSelector</entry>
+ <entry>Attempt to register multiple selectors for one extension event type</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>sessionManagement</entry>
+ <entry>SmcOpenConnection</entry>
+ <entry>Tried to connect to session manager, %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>subclassMismatch</entry>
+ <entry>xtCheckSubclass</entry>
+ <entry>Widget class %s found when subclass of %s expected: %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Warning Messages</emphasis></para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c3'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Type</entry>
+ <entry>Default Message</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ambiguousParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtChangeManagedSet</entry>
+ <entry>Not all children have same parent</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ambiguousParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtManageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>Not all children have same parent in XtManageChildren</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ambiguousParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtUnmanageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>Not all children have same parent in XtUnmanageChildren</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>badFormat</entry>
+ <entry>xtGetSelectionValue</entry>
+ <entry>Selection owner returned type INCR property with format != 32</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>badGeometry</entry>
+ <entry>shellRealize</entry>
+ <entry>Shell widget "%s" has an invalid geometry specification: "%s"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>badValue</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToPixel</entry>
+ <entry>Color name "%s" is not defined</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>communicationError</entry>
+ <entry>select</entry>
+ <entry>Select failed; error code %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>conversionError</entry>
+ <entry>string</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot convert string "%s" to type %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>conversionError</entry>
+ <entry>stringToVisual</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot find Visual of class %s for display %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>conversionFailed</entry>
+ <entry>xtConvertVarToArgList</entry>
+ <entry>Type conversion failed</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>conversionFailed</entry>
+ <entry>xtGetTypedArg</entry>
+ <entry>Type conversion (%s to %s) failed for widget '%s'</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>displayError</entry>
+ <entry>invalidDisplay</entry>
+ <entry>Can't find display structure</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>grabError</entry>
+ <entry>xtAddGrab</entry>
+ <entry>XtAddGrab requires exclusive grab if spring_loaded is TRUE</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>grabError</entry>
+ <entry>xtRemoveGrab</entry>
+ <entry>XtRemoveGrab asked to remove a widget not on the list</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>initializationError</entry>
+ <entry>xtInitialize</entry>
+ <entry>Initializing Resource Lists twice</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>insufficientSpace</entry>
+ <entry>xtGetTypedArg</entry>
+ <entry>Insufficient space for converted type '%s' in widget '%s'</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>internalError</entry>
+ <entry>shell</entry>
+ <entry>Shell's window manager interaction is broken</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidAddressMode</entry>
+ <entry>computeArgs</entry>
+ <entry>Conversion arguments for widget '%s' contain an unsupported address mode</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidArgCount</entry>
+ <entry>getResources</entry>
+ <entry>argument count > 0 on NULL argument list</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidCallbackList</entry>
+ <entry>xtAddCallback</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallback</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidCallbackList</entry>
+ <entry>xtAddCallback</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallbacks</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidCallbackList</entry>
+ <entry>xtCallCallback</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot find callback list in XtCallCallbacks</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidCallbackList</entry>
+ <entry>xtRemoveAllCallback</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveAllCallbacks</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidCallbackList</entry>
+ <entry>xtRemoveCallback</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveCallbacks</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidChild</entry>
+ <entry>xtChangeManagedSet</entry>
+ <entry>Null child passed to UnmanageChildren</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidChild</entry>
+ <entry>xtManageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>null child passed to ManageChildren</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidChild</entry>
+ <entry>xtManageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>null child passed to XtManageChildren</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidChild</entry>
+ <entry>xtUnmanageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>Null child passed to XtUnmanageChildren</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidChild</entry>
+ <entry>xtUnmanageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>Null child found in argument list to unmanage</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidDepth</entry>
+ <entry>setValues</entry>
+ <entry>Can't change widget depth</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidExtension</entry>
+ <entry>xtCreateWidget</entry>
+ <entry>widget "%s" class %s has invalid CompositeClassExtension record</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidExtension</entry>
+ <entry>xtCreateWidget</entry>
+ <entry>widget class %s has invalid ConstraintClassExtension record</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidGrab</entry>
+ <entry>ungrabKeyOrButton</entry>
+ <entry>Attempt to remove nonexistent passive grab</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidGrabKind</entry>
+ <entry>xtPopup</entry>
+ <entry>grab kind argument has invalid value; XtGrabNone assumed</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParameters</entry>
+ <entry>freeTranslations</entry>
+ <entry>Freeing XtTranslations requires no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParameters</entry>
+ <entry>mergeTranslations</entry>
+ <entry>MergeTM to TranslationTable needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParameters</entry>
+ <entry>xtMenuPopdown</entry>
+ <entry>XtMenuPopdown called with num_params != 0 or 1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParameters</entry>
+ <entry>xtMenuPopupAction</entry>
+ <entry>MenuPopup wants exactly one argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidParent</entry>
+ <entry>xtCopyFromParent</entry>
+ <entry>CopyFromParent must have non-NULL parent</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidPopup</entry>
+ <entry>xtMenuPopup</entry>
+ <entry>Can't find popup widget "%s" in XtMenuPopup</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidPopup</entry>
+ <entry>xtMenuPopdown</entry>
+ <entry>Can't find popup in widget "%s" in XtMenuPopdown</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidPopup</entry>
+ <entry>unsupportedOperation</entry>
+ <entry>Pop-up menu creation is only supported on ButtonPress, KeyPress or EnterNotify events.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidPopup</entry>
+ <entry>unsupportedOperation</entry>
+ <entry>Pop-up menu creation is only supported on Button, Key or EnterNotify events.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidProcedure</entry>
+ <entry>deleteChild</entry>
+ <entry>null delete_child procedure for class %s in XtDestroy</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidProcedure</entry>
+ <entry>inputHandler</entry>
+ <entry>XtRemoveInput: Input handler not found</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidProcedure</entry>
+ <entry>set_values_almost</entry>
+ <entry>set_values_almost procedure shouldn't be NULL</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidResourceCount</entry>
+ <entry>getResources</entry>
+ <entry>resource count > 0 on NULL resource list</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidResourceName</entry>
+ <entry>computeArgs</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot find resource name %s as argument to conversion</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidShell</entry>
+ <entry>xtTranslateCoords</entry>
+ <entry>Widget has no shell ancestor</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>invalidSizeOverride</entry>
+ <entry>xtDependencies</entry>
+ <entry>Representation size %d must match superclass's to override %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>missingCharsetList</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToFontSet</entry>
+ <entry>Missing charsets in String to FontSet conversion</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>noActionProc</entry>
+ <entry>xtCallActionProc</entry>
+ <entry>No action proc named "%s" is registered for widget "%s"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>noColormap</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToPixel</entry>
+ <entry>Cannot allocate colormap entry for "%s"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>noFont</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToFont</entry>
+ <entry>Unable to load any usable ISO8859-1 font</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>noFont</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToFontSet</entry>
+ <entry>Unable to load any usable fontset</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>noFont</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToFontStruct</entry>
+ <entry>Unable to load any usable ISO8859-1 font</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>notInConvertSelection</entry>
+ <entry>xtGetSelectionRequest</entry>
+ <entry>XtGetSelectionRequest or XtGetSelectionParameters called for widget "%s" outside of ConvertSelection proc</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>notRectObj</entry>
+ <entry>xtChangeManagedSet</entry>
+ <entry>child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>notRectObj</entry>
+ <entry>xtManageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>nullWidget</entry>
+ <entry>xtConvertVarToArgList</entry>
+ <entry>XtVaTypedArg conversion needs non-NULL widget handle</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>r3versionMismatch</entry>
+ <entry>widget</entry>
+ <entry>Shell Widget class %s binary compiled for R3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationError</entry>
+ <entry>nullTable</entry>
+ <entry>Can't remove accelerators from NULL table</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationError</entry>
+ <entry>nullTable</entry>
+ <entry>Tried to remove nonexistent accelerators</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationError</entry>
+ <entry>ambiguousActions</entry>
+ <entry>Overriding earlier translation manager actions.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationError</entry>
+ <entry>newActions</entry>
+ <entry>New actions are:%s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationError</entry>
+ <entry>nullTable</entry>
+ <entry>table to (un)merge must not be null</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationError</entry>
+ <entry>nullTable</entry>
+ <entry>Can't translate event through NULL table</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationError</entry>
+ <entry>oldActions</entry>
+ <entry>Previous entry was: %s %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationError</entry>
+ <entry>unboundActions</entry>
+ <entry>Actions not found: %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationError</entry>
+ <entry>xtTranslateInitialize</entry>
+ <entry>Initializing Translation manager twice.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationParseError</entry>
+ <entry>missingComma</entry>
+ <entry> ... possibly due to missing ',' in event sequence.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationParseError</entry>
+ <entry>nonLatin1</entry>
+ <entry> ... probably due to non-Latin1 character in quoted string</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationParseError</entry>
+ <entry>parseError</entry>
+ <entry>translation table syntax error: %s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationParseError</entry>
+ <entry>parseString</entry>
+ <entry>Missing '"'.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>translationParseError</entry>
+ <entry>showLine</entry>
+ <entry> ... found while parsing '%s'</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>typeConversionError</entry>
+ <entry>noConverter</entry>
+ <entry>No type converter registered for '%s' to '%s' conversion.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>unknownType</entry>
+ <entry>xtConvertVarToArgList</entry>
+ <entry>Unable to find type of resource for conversion</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>unknownType</entry>
+ <entry>xtGetTypedArg</entry>
+ <entry>Unable to find type of resource for conversion</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>versionMismatch</entry>
+ <entry>widget</entry>
+ <entry>Widget class %s version mismatch (recompilation needed):\\n widget %d vs. intrinsics %d.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtIntOrPixelToXColor</entry>
+ <entry>Pixel to color conversion needs screen and colormap arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtIntToBool</entry>
+ <entry>Integer to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtIntToBoolean</entry>
+ <entry>Integer to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtIntToFloat</entry>
+ <entry>Integer to Float conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtIntToFont</entry>
+ <entry>Integer to Font conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtIntToPixel</entry>
+ <entry>Integer to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtIntToPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>Integer to Pixmap conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtIntToShort</entry>
+ <entry>Integer to Short conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtIntToUnsignedChar</entry>
+ <entry>Integer to UnsignedChar conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToAcceleratorTable</entry>
+ <entry>String to AcceleratorTable conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToAtom</entry>
+ <entry>String to Atom conversion needs Display argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToBool</entry>
+ <entry>String to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToBoolean</entry>
+ <entry>String to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToCommandArgArray</entry>
+ <entry>String to CommandArgArray conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToCursor</entry>
+ <entry>String to cursor conversion needs display argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToDimension</entry>
+ <entry>String to Dimension conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToDirectoryString</entry>
+ <entry>String to DirectoryString conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToDisplay</entry>
+ <entry>String to Display conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToFile</entry>
+ <entry>String to File conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToFloat</entry>
+ <entry>String to Float conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToFont</entry>
+ <entry>String to font conversion needs display argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToFontSet</entry>
+ <entry>String to FontSet conversion needs display and locale arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToFontStruct</entry>
+ <entry>String to font conversion needs display argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToGravity</entry>
+ <entry>String to Gravity conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToInitialState</entry>
+ <entry>String to InitialState conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToInt</entry>
+ <entry>String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToPixel</entry>
+ <entry>String to pixel conversion needs screen and colormap arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToRestartStyle</entry>
+ <entry>String to RestartStyle conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToShort</entry>
+ <entry>String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToTranslationTable</entry>
+ <entry>String to TranslationTable conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToUnsignedChar</entry>
+ <entry>String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtStringToVisual</entry>
+ <entry>String to Visual conversion needs screen and depth arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>cvtXColorToPixel</entry>
+ <entry>Color to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>freeCursor</entry>
+ <entry>Free Cursor requires display argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>freeDirectoryString</entry>
+ <entry>Free Directory String requires no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>freeFile</entry>
+ <entry>Free File requires no extra arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>freeFont</entry>
+ <entry>Free Font needs display argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>freeFontSet</entry>
+ <entry>FreeFontSet needs display and locale arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>freeFontStruct</entry>
+ <entry>Free FontStruct requires display argument</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>wrongParameters</entry>
+ <entry>freePixel</entry>
+ <entry>Freeing a pixel requires screen and colormap arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</appendix>
--- /dev/null
+<appendix id='Defined_Strings'>
+<title>Defined Strings</title>
+
+<para>
+The <function>StringDefs.h</function>
+header file contains definitions for the following resource name,
+class, and representation type symbolic constants.
+</para>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Resource names:</emphasis></para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNaccelerators</entry>
+ <entry>"accelerators"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNallowHoriz</entry>
+ <entry>"allowHoriz"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNallowVert</entry>
+ <entry>"allowVert"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNancestorSensitive</entry>
+ <entry>"ancestorSensitive"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNbackground</entry>
+ <entry>"background"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNbackgroundPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>"backgroundPixmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNbitmap</entry>
+ <entry>"bitmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNborder</entry>
+ <entry>"borderColor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNborderColor</entry>
+ <entry>"borderColor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNborderPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>"borderPixmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNborderWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"borderWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcallback</entry>
+ <entry>"callback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNchangeHook</entry>
+ <entry>"changeHook"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNchildren</entry>
+ <entry>"children"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcolormap</entry>
+ <entry>"colormap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNconfigureHook</entry>
+ <entry>"configureHook"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcreateHook</entry>
+ <entry>"createHook"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdepth</entry>
+ <entry>"depth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdestroyCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"destroyCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdestroyHook</entry>
+ <entry>"destroyHook"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNeditType</entry>
+ <entry>"editType"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNfile</entry>
+ <entry>"file"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNfont</entry>
+ <entry>"font"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNfontSet</entry>
+ <entry>"fontSet"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNforceBars</entry>
+ <entry>"forceBars"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNforeground</entry>
+ <entry>"foreground"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNfunction</entry>
+ <entry>"function"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNgeometryHook</entry>
+ <entry>"geometryHook"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNheight</entry>
+ <entry>"height"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNhighlight</entry>
+ <entry>"highlight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNhSpace</entry>
+ <entry>"hSpace"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNindex</entry>
+ <entry>"index"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinitialResourcesPersistent</entry>
+ <entry>"initialResourcesPersistent"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinnerHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"innerHeight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinnerWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"innerWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinnerWindow</entry>
+ <entry>"innerWindow"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinsertPosition</entry>
+ <entry>"insertPosition"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinternalHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"internalHeight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinternalWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"internalWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNjumpProc</entry>
+ <entry>"jumpProc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNjustify</entry>
+ <entry>"justify"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNknobHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"knobHeight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNknobIndent</entry>
+ <entry>"knobIndent"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNknobPixel</entry>
+ <entry>"knobPixel"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNknobWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"knobWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNlabel</entry>
+ <entry>"label"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNlength</entry>
+ <entry>"length"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNlowerRight</entry>
+ <entry>"lowerRight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmappedWhenManaged</entry>
+ <entry>"mappedWhenManaged"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmenuEntry</entry>
+ <entry>"menuEntry"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNname</entry>
+ <entry>"name"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNnotify</entry>
+ <entry>"notify"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNnumChildren</entry>
+ <entry>"numChildren"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNnumShells</entry>
+ <entry>"numShells"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNorientation</entry>
+ <entry>"orientation"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNparameter</entry>
+ <entry>"parameter"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNpixmap</entry>
+ <entry>"pixmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNpopupCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"popupCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNpopdownCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"popdownCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNresize</entry>
+ <entry>"resize"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNreverseVideo</entry>
+ <entry>"reverseVideo"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNscreen</entry>
+ <entry>"screen"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNscrollProc</entry>
+ <entry>"scrollProc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNscrollDCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"scrollDCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNscrollHCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"scrollHCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNscrollLCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"scrollLCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNscrollRCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"scrollRCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNscrollUCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"scrollUCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNscrollVCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"scrollVCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNselection</entry>
+ <entry>"selection"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNselectionArray</entry>
+ <entry>"selectionArray"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsensitive</entry>
+ <entry>"sensitive"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsession</entry>
+ <entry>"session"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNshells</entry>
+ <entry>"shells"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNshown</entry>
+ <entry>"shown"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNspace</entry>
+ <entry>"space"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNstring</entry>
+ <entry>"string"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtextOptions</entry>
+ <entry>"textOptions"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtextSink</entry>
+ <entry>"textSink"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtextSource</entry>
+ <entry>"textSource"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNthickness</entry>
+ <entry>"thickness"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNthumb</entry>
+ <entry>"thumb"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNthumbProc</entry>
+ <entry>"thumbProc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtop</entry>
+ <entry>"top"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtranslations</entry>
+ <entry>"translations"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNunrealizeCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"unrealizeCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNupdate</entry>
+ <entry>"update"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNuseBottom</entry>
+ <entry>"useBottom"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNuseRight</entry>
+ <entry>"useRight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNvalue</entry>
+ <entry>"value"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNvSpace</entry>
+ <entry>"vSpace"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwidth</entry>
+ <entry>"width"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwindow</entry>
+ <entry>"window"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNx</entry>
+ <entry>"x"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNy</entry>
+ <entry>"y"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Resource classes:</emphasis></para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCAccelerators</entry>
+ <entry>"Accelerators"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCBackground</entry>
+ <entry>"Background"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCBitmap</entry>
+ <entry>"Bitmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCBoolean</entry>
+ <entry>"Boolean"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCBorderColor</entry>
+ <entry>"BorderColor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCBorderWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"BorderWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"Callback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCColormap</entry>
+ <entry>"Colormap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCColor</entry>
+ <entry>"Color"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"Cursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCDepth</entry>
+ <entry>"Depth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCEditType</entry>
+ <entry>"EditType"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCEventBindings</entry>
+ <entry>"EventBindings"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCFile</entry>
+ <entry>"File"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCFont</entry>
+ <entry>"Font"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCFontSet</entry>
+ <entry>"FontSet"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCForeground</entry>
+ <entry>"Foreground"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCFraction</entry>
+ <entry>"Fraction"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCFunction</entry>
+ <entry>"Function"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"Height"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCHSpace</entry>
+ <entry>"HSpace"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCIndex</entry>
+ <entry>"Index"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCInitialResourcesPersistent</entry>
+ <entry>"InitialResourcesPersistent"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCInsertPosition</entry>
+ <entry>"InsertPosition"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCInterval</entry>
+ <entry>"Interval"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCJustify</entry>
+ <entry>"Justify"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCKnobIndent</entry>
+ <entry>"KnobIndent"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCKnobPixel</entry>
+ <entry>"KnobPixel"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCLabel</entry>
+ <entry>"Label"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCLength</entry>
+ <entry>"Length"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMappedWhenManaged</entry>
+ <entry>"MappedWhenManaged"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMargin</entry>
+ <entry>"Margin"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMenuEntry</entry>
+ <entry>"MenuEntry"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCNotify</entry>
+ <entry>"Notify"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCOrientation</entry>
+ <entry>"Orientation"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCParameter</entry>
+ <entry>"Parameter"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>"Pixmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCPosition</entry>
+ <entry>"Position"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCReadOnly</entry>
+ <entry>"ReadOnly"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCResize</entry>
+ <entry>"Resize"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCReverseVideo</entry>
+ <entry>"ReverseVideo"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCScreen</entry>
+ <entry>"Screen"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCScrollProc</entry>
+ <entry>"ScrollProc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCScrollDCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"ScrollDCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCScrollHCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"ScrollHCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCScrollLCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"ScrollLCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCScrollRCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"ScrollRCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCScrollUCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"ScrollUCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCScrollVCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"ScrollVCursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCSelection</entry>
+ <entry>"Selection"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCSelectionArray</entry>
+ <entry>"SelectionArray"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCSensitive</entry>
+ <entry>"Sensitive"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCSession</entry>
+ <entry>"Session"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCSpace</entry>
+ <entry>"Space"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCString</entry>
+ <entry>"String"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCTextOptions</entry>
+ <entry>"TextOptions"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCTextPosition</entry>
+ <entry>"TextPosition"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCTextSink</entry>
+ <entry>"TextSink"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCTextSource</entry>
+ <entry>"TextSource"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCThickness</entry>
+ <entry>"Thickness"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCThumb</entry>
+ <entry>"Thumb"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCTranslations</entry>
+ <entry>"Translations"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCValue</entry>
+ <entry>"Value"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCVSpace</entry>
+ <entry>"VSpace"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"Width"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCWindow</entry>
+ <entry>"Window"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCX</entry>
+ <entry>"X"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCY</entry>
+ <entry>"Y"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Resource representation types:</emphasis></para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRAcceleratorTable</entry>
+ <entry>"AcceleratorTable"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRAtom</entry>
+ <entry>"Atom"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRBitmap</entry>
+ <entry>"Bitmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRBool</entry>
+ <entry>"Bool"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRBoolean</entry>
+ <entry>"Boolean"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"Callback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRCallProc</entry>
+ <entry>"CallProc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRCardinal</entry>
+ <entry>"Cardinal"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRColor</entry>
+ <entry>"Color"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRColormap</entry>
+ <entry>"Colormap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRCommandArgArray</entry>
+ <entry>"CommandArgArray"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRCursor</entry>
+ <entry>"Cursor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRDimension</entry>
+ <entry>"Dimension"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRDirectoryString</entry>
+ <entry>"DirectoryString"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRDisplay</entry>
+ <entry>"Display"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtREditMode</entry>
+ <entry>"EditMode"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtREnum</entry>
+ <entry>"Enum"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtREnvironmentArray</entry>
+ <entry>"EnvironmentArray"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRFile</entry>
+ <entry>"File"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRFloat</entry>
+ <entry>"Float"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRFont</entry>
+ <entry>"Font"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRFontSet</entry>
+ <entry>"FontSet"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRFontStruct</entry>
+ <entry>"FontStruct"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRFunction</entry>
+ <entry>"Function"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRGeometry</entry>
+ <entry>"Geometry"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRGravity</entry>
+ <entry>"Gravity"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRImmediate</entry>
+ <entry>"Immediate"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRInitialState</entry>
+ <entry>"InitialState"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRInt</entry>
+ <entry>"Int"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRJustify</entry>
+ <entry>"Justify"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRLongBoolean</entry>
+ <entry>XtRBool</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRObject</entry>
+ <entry>"Object"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtROrientation</entry>
+ <entry>"Orientation"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRPixel</entry>
+ <entry>"Pixel"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>"Pixmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRPointer</entry>
+ <entry>"Pointer"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRPosition</entry>
+ <entry>"Position"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRRestartStyle</entry>
+ <entry>"RestartStyle"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRScreen</entry>
+ <entry>"Screen"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRShort</entry>
+ <entry>"Short"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRSmcConn</entry>
+ <entry>"SmcConn"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRString</entry>
+ <entry>"String"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRStringArray</entry>
+ <entry>"StringArray"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRStringTable</entry>
+ <entry>"StringTable"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRUnsignedChar</entry>
+ <entry>"UnsignedChar"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRTranslationTable</entry>
+ <entry>"TranslationTable"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRVisual</entry>
+ <entry>"Visual"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRWidget</entry>
+ <entry>"Widget"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRWidgetClass</entry>
+ <entry>"WidgetClass"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRWidgetList</entry>
+ <entry>"WidgetList"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRWindow</entry>
+ <entry>"Window"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Boolean enumeration constants:</emphasis></para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEoff</entry>
+ <entry>"off"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEfalse</entry>
+ <entry>"false"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEno</entry>
+ <entry>"no"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEon</entry>
+ <entry>"on"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEtrue</entry>
+ <entry>"true"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEyes</entry>
+ <entry>"yes"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Orientation enumeration constants:</emphasis></para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEvertical</entry>
+ <entry>"vertical"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEhorizontal</entry>
+ <entry>"horizontal"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Text edit enumeration constants:</emphasis></para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEtextRead</entry>
+ <entry>"read"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEtextAppend</entry>
+ <entry>"append"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtEtextEdit</entry>
+ <entry>"edit"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Color enumeration constants:</emphasis></para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' rowsep='0' colsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtExtdefaultbackground</entry>
+ <entry>"xtdefaultbackground"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtExtdefaultforeground</entry>
+ <entry>"xtdefaultforeground"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Font constant:</emphasis></para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtExtdefaultfont</entry>
+ <entry>"xtdefaultfont"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Hooks for External Agents constants:</emphasis></para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHcreate</entry>
+ <entry>"Xtcreate"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHsetValues</entry>
+ <entry>"Xtsetvalues"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHmanageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>"XtmanageChildren"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHunmanageChildren</entry>
+ <entry>"XtunmanageChildren"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHmanageSet</entry>
+ <entry>"XtmanageSet"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHunmanageSet</entry>
+ <entry>"XtunmanageSet"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHrealizeWidget</entry>
+ <entry>"XtrealizeWidget"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHunrealizeWidget</entry>
+ <entry>"XtunrealizeWidget"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHaddCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"XtaddCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHaddCallbacks</entry>
+ <entry>"XtaddCallbacks"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHremoveCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"XtremoveCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHremoveCallbacks</entry>
+ <entry>"XtremoveCallbacks"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHremoveAllCallbacks</entry>
+ <entry>"XtremoveAllCallbacks"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHaugmentTranslations</entry>
+ <entry>"XtaugmentTranslations"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHoverrideTranslations</entry>
+ <entry>"XtoverrideTranslations"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHuninstallTranslations</entry>
+ <entry>"XtuninstallTranslations"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHsetKeyboardFocus</entry>
+ <entry>"XtsetKeyboardFocus"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHsetWMColormapWindows</entry>
+ <entry>"XtsetWMColormapWindows"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHmapWidget</entry>
+ <entry>"XtmapWidget"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHunmapWidget</entry>
+ <entry>"XtunmapWidget"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHpopup</entry>
+ <entry>"Xtpopup"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHpopupSpringLoaded</entry>
+ <entry>"XtpopupSpringLoaded"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHpopdown</entry>
+ <entry>"Xtpopdown"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHconfigure</entry>
+ <entry>"Xtconfigure"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHpreGeometry</entry>
+ <entry>"XtpreGeometry"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHpostGeometry</entry>
+ <entry>"XtpostGeometry"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtHdestroy</entry>
+ <entry>"Xtdestroy"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para>
+The
+<function>Shell.h</function>
+header file contains definitions for the following resource name,
+class, and representation type symbolic constants.
+</para>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Resource names:</emphasis></para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNallowShellResize</entry>
+ <entry>"allowShellResize"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNargc</entry>
+ <entry>"argc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNargv</entry>
+ <entry>"argv"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNbaseHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"baseHeight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNbaseWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"baseWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcancelCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"cancelCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNclientLeader</entry>
+ <entry>"clientLeader"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcloneCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"cloneCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNconnection</entry>
+ <entry>"connection"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcreatePopupChildProc</entry>
+ <entry>"createPopupChildProc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNcurrentDirectory</entry>
+ <entry>"currentDirectory"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdieCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"dieCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNdiscardCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"discardCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNenvironment</entry>
+ <entry>"environment"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNerrorCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"errorCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNgeometry</entry>
+ <entry>"geometry"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNheightInc</entry>
+ <entry>"heightInc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconMask</entry>
+ <entry>"iconMask"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconName</entry>
+ <entry>"iconName"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconNameEncoding</entry>
+ <entry>"iconNameEncoding"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>"iconPixmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconWindow</entry>
+ <entry>"iconWindow"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconX</entry>
+ <entry>"iconX"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconY</entry>
+ <entry>"iconY"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNiconic</entry>
+ <entry>"iconic"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinitialState</entry>
+ <entry>"initialState"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinput</entry>
+ <entry>"input"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNinteractCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"interactCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNjoinSession</entry>
+ <entry>"joinSession"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmaxAspectX</entry>
+ <entry>"maxAspectX"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmaxAspectY</entry>
+ <entry>"maxAspectY"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmaxHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"maxHeight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNmaxWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"maxWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNminAspectX</entry>
+ <entry>"minAspectX"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNminAspectY</entry>
+ <entry>"minAspectY"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNminHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"minHeight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNminWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"minWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNoverrideRedirect</entry>
+ <entry>"overrideRedirect"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNprogramPath</entry>
+ <entry>"programPath"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNresignCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"resignCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNrestartCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"restartCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNrestartStyle</entry>
+ <entry>"restartStyle"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsaveCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"saveCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsaveCompleteCallback</entry>
+ <entry>"saveCompleteCallback"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsaveUnder</entry>
+ <entry>"saveUnder"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNsessionID</entry>
+ <entry>"sessionID"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNshutdownCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"shutdownCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtitle</entry>
+ <entry>"title"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtitleEncoding</entry>
+ <entry>"titleEncoding"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtransient</entry>
+ <entry>"transient"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNtransientFor</entry>
+ <entry>"transientFor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNurgency</entry>
+ <entry>"urgency"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNvisual</entry>
+ <entry>"visual"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwaitForWm</entry>
+ <entry>"waitforwm"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwaitforwm</entry>
+ <entry>"waitforwm"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwidthInc</entry>
+ <entry>"widthInc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwindowGroup</entry>
+ <entry>"windowGroup"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwindowRole</entry>
+ <entry>"windowRole"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwinGravity</entry>
+ <entry>"winGravity"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtNwmTimeout</entry>
+ <entry>"wmTimeout"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Resource classes:</emphasis></para>
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="auto" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCAllowShellResize</entry>
+ <entry>"allowShellResize"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCArgc</entry>
+ <entry>"Argc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCArgv</entry>
+ <entry>"Argv"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCBaseHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"BaseHeight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCBaseWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"BaseWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCClientLeader</entry>
+ <entry>"ClientLeader"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCCloneCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"CloneCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCConnection</entry>
+ <entry>"Connection"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCCreatePopupChildProc</entry>
+ <entry>"CreatePopupChildProc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCCurrentDirectory</entry>
+ <entry>"CurrentDirectory"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCDiscardCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"DiscardCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCEnvironment</entry>
+ <entry>"Environment"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCGeometry</entry>
+ <entry>"Geometry"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCHeightInc</entry>
+ <entry>"HeightInc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCIconMask</entry>
+ <entry>"IconMask"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCIconName</entry>
+ <entry>"IconName"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCIconNameEncoding</entry>
+ <entry>"IconNameEncoding"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCIconPixmap</entry>
+ <entry>"IconPixmap"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCIconWindow</entry>
+ <entry>"IconWindow"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCIconX</entry>
+ <entry>"IconX"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCIconY</entry>
+ <entry>"IconY"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCIconic</entry>
+ <entry>"Iconic"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCInitialState</entry>
+ <entry>"InitialState"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCInput</entry>
+ <entry>"Input"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCJoinSession</entry>
+ <entry>"JoinSession"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMaxAspectX</entry>
+ <entry>"MaxAspectX"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMaxAspectY</entry>
+ <entry>"MaxAspectY"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMaxHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"MaxHeight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMaxWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"MaxWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMinAspectX</entry>
+ <entry>"MinAspectX"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMinAspectY</entry>
+ <entry>"MinAspectY"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMinHeight</entry>
+ <entry>"MinHeight"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCMinWidth</entry>
+ <entry>"MinWidth"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCOverrideRedirect</entry>
+ <entry>"OverrideRedirect"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCProgramPath</entry>
+ <entry>"ProgramPath"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCResignCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"ResignCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCRestartCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"RestartCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCRestartStyle</entry>
+ <entry>"RestartStyle"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCSaveUnder</entry>
+ <entry>"SaveUnder"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCSessionID</entry>
+ <entry>"SessionID"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCShutdownCommand</entry>
+ <entry>"ShutdownCommand"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCTitle</entry>
+ <entry>"Title"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCTitleEncoding</entry>
+ <entry>"TitleEncoding"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCTransient</entry>
+ <entry>"Transient"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCTransientFor</entry>
+ <entry>"TransientFor"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCUrgency</entry>
+ <entry>"Urgency"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCVisual</entry>
+ <entry>"Visual"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCWaitForWm</entry>
+ <entry>"Waitforwm"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCWaitforwm</entry>
+ <entry>"Waitforwm"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCWidthInc</entry>
+ <entry>"WidthInc"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCWindowGroup</entry>
+ <entry>"WindowGroup"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCWindowRole</entry>
+ <entry>"WindowRole"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCWinGravity</entry>
+ <entry>"WinGravity"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtCWmTimeout</entry>
+ <entry>"WmTimeout"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Resource representation types:</emphasis></para>
+
+<informaltable frame='topbot'>
+ <?dbfo keep-together="always" ?>
+ <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='0' rowsep='0'>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c1'/>
+ <colspec colwidth='1.0*' colname='c2'/>
+ <thead>
+ <row rowsep='1'>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Definition</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>XtRAtom</entry>
+ <entry>"Atom"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+</appendix>
--- /dev/null
+<appendix id='Resource_Configuration_Management'>
+<title>Resource Configuration Management</title>
+<para>
+Setting and changing resources in X applications can be difficult for
+both the application programmer and the end user. <emphasis role='strong'>Resource
+Configuration Management (RCM)</emphasis> addresses this problem by changing
+the <function>X Intrinsics</function> to immediately modify a resource for a
+specified widget and each child widget in the hierarchy.
+In this context, immediate means: no sourcing of a resource
+file is required; the application does not need to be restarted for the
+new resource values to take effect; and the change
+occurs immediately.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The main difference between <function>RCM</function> and the <function>Editres</function>
+protocol is that the <function>RCM</function>
+customizing hooks reside in the <function>Intrinsics</function> and thus are linked with
+other toolkits such as Motif and the Athena widgets. However, the
+<function>EditRes</function> protocol requires the application to link with the
+<function>EditRes</function>
+routines in the Xmu library and Xmu is not used by all applications that
+use Motif. Also, the <function>EditRes</function> protocol uses ClientMessage,
+whereas the
+<function>RCM</function> <function>Intrinsics</function> hooks use <function>PropertyNotify</function> events.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+X Properties and the <function>PropertyNotify</function> events are used
+to implement <function>RCM</function> and
+allow on-the-fly resource customization. When the X Toolkit is
+initialized, two atoms are interned with the strings
+<emphasis remap='I'>Custom Init</emphasis> and
+<emphasis remap='I'>Custom Data</emphasis>. Both
+<function>_XtCreatePopupShell</function>
+and
+<function>_XtAppCreateShell</function>
+register a <function>PropertyNotify</function> event handler to handle these properties.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A customization tool uses the <emphasis remap='I'>Custom Init</emphasis> property to <emphasis remap='I'>ping</emphasis> an
+application to get the application's toplevel window. When the
+application's property notify event handler is invoked, the handler
+deletes the property. No data is transferred in this property.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A customization tool uses the <emphasis remap='I'>Custom Data</emphasis> property to tell an
+application that it should change a resource's value. The data in
+the property contains the length of the resource name (the number
+of bytes in the resource name), the resource name and the new
+value for the resource. This property's type is <function>XA_STRING</function> and
+the format of the string is:
+</para>
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The length of the resource name (the number of bytes in
+the resource name)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+One space character
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The resource name
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+One space character
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+The resource value
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+<para>
+When setting the application's resource, the event handler calls
+functions to walk the application's widget tree, determining which
+widgets are affected by the resource string, and then applying the value
+with
+<xref linkend='XtSetValues' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
+As the widget tree is recursively descended, at
+each level in the widget tree a resource part is tested for a match.
+When the entire resource string has been matched, the value is applied
+to the widget or widgets.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Before a value is set on a widget, it is first determined if the last
+part of the resource is a valid resource for that widget. It must also
+add the resource to the application's resource database and then query
+it using specific resource strings that is builds from the widget
+information.
+</para>
+</appendix>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+[ <!ENTITY % defs SYSTEM "defs.ent"> %defs;
+]>
+
+<book id="intrinsics" lang="en">
+
+<bookinfo>
+ <title>X Toolkit Intrinsics - C Language Interface</title>
+ <subtitle>X Window System</subtitle>
+ <releaseinfo>X Version 11, Release &fullrelvers;</releaseinfo>
+ <printhistory><para>First Revision - April, 1994</para></printhistory>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Joel</firstname><surname>McCormack</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Digital Equipment Corporation</orgname>
+ <orgdiv>Western Software Laboratory</orgdiv>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Paul</firstname><surname>Asente</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Digital Equipment Corporation</orgname>
+ <orgdiv>Western Software Laboratory</orgdiv>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Ralph</firstname><othername>R.</othername>
+ <surname>Swick</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Digital Equipment Corporation</orgname>
+ <orgdiv>External Research Group</orgdiv>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <printhistory><para>version 6 edited by Donna Converse X Consortium, Inc.</para></printhistory>
+
+<legalnotice>
+<para>XWindow System is a trademark of X Consortium, Inc.</para>
+
+<para role="multiLicensing">
+Copyright © 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 X Consortium
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+</para>
+
+<para> THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+from the X Consortium.
+</para>
+</legalnotice>
+
+<legalnotice>
+<para role="multiLicensing">
+Copyright © 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
+Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
+purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
+Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
+to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
+Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
+software described herein for any purpose.
+It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+</para>
+
+</legalnotice>
+</bookinfo>
+
+
+
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="acknowledgement.xml"/>
+
+
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="preface.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH01.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH02.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH03.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH04.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH05.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH06.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH07.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH08.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH09.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH10.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH11.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH12.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="CH13.xml"/>
+
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="appA.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="appB.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="appC.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="appD.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="appE.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="appF.xml"/>
+
+</book>
+
--- /dev/null
+<preface id='About_This_Manual'>
+<title>About This Manual</title>
+
+<para>
+X Toolkit Intrinsics — C Language Interface is intended to be read by both application programmers
+who will use one or more of the many widget sets built with the Intrinsics and by widget
+programmers who will use the Intrinsics to build widgets for one of the widget sets. Not all the
+information in this manual, however, applies to both audiences. That is, because the application
+programmer is likely to use only a number of the Intrinsics functions in writing an application and
+because the widget programmer is likely to use many more, if not all, of the Intrinsics functions
+in building a widget, an attempt has been made to highlight those areas of information that are
+deemed to be of special interest for the application programmer. (It is assumed the widget programmer
+will have to be familiar with all the information.) Therefore, all entries in the table of
+contents that are printed in <emphasis role='strong'>bold</emphasis> indicate the information that
+should be of special interest to an application programmer.
+</para>
+<para>
+It is also assumed that, as application programmers become more familiar with the concepts discussed
+in this manual, they will find it more convenient to implement portions of their applications
+as special-purpose or custom widgets. It is possible, nonetheless, to use widgets without
+knowing how to build them.
+</para>
+
+<bridgehead><emphasis role='strong'>Conventions Used in this Manual</emphasis></bridgehead>
+<para>This document uses the following conventions:</para>
+<itemizedlist spacing='compact'>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Global symbols are printed in <function>this special font</function>. These can be either
+function names, symbols defined in include files, data types, or structure names. Arguments to
+functions, procedures, or macros are printed in italics.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Each function is introduced by a general discussion that distinguishes it from other functions.
+The function declaration itself follows, and each argument is specifically explained.
+General discussion of the function, if any is required, follows the arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+To eliminate any ambiguity between those arguments that you pass and those that a function
+returns to you, the explanations for all arguments that you pass start with the word
+specifies or, in the case of multiple arguments, the word specify. The explanations for all
+arguments that are returned to you start with the word <emphasis>returns</emphasis> or, in
+the case of multiple arguments, the word <emphasis>return</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</preface>
--- /dev/null
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+ * Contains XtAppAddActionHook, XtRemoveActionHook
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void FreeActionHookList(
+ Widget widget, /* unused (and invalid) */
+ XtPointer closure, /* ActionHook* */
+ XtPointer call_data) /* unused */
+{
+ ActionHook list = *(ActionHook*)closure;
+ while (list != NULL) {
+ ActionHook next = list->next;
+ XtFree( (XtPointer)list );
+ list = next;
+ }
+}
+
+
+XtActionHookId XtAppAddActionHook(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtActionHookProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ ActionHook hook = XtNew(ActionHookRec);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ hook->next = app->action_hook_list;
+ hook->app = app;
+ hook->proc = proc;
+ hook->closure = closure;
+ if (app->action_hook_list == NULL) {
+ _XtAddCallback( &app->destroy_callbacks,
+ FreeActionHookList,
+ (XtPointer)&app->action_hook_list
+ );
+ }
+ app->action_hook_list = hook;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return (XtActionHookId)hook;
+}
+
+
+void XtRemoveActionHook(
+ XtActionHookId id)
+{
+ ActionHook *p, hook = (ActionHook)id;
+ XtAppContext app = hook->app;
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ for (p = &app->action_hook_list; p != NULL && *p != hook; p = &(*p)->next);
+ if (p) {
+ *p = hook->next;
+ XtFree( (XtPointer)hook );
+ if (app->action_hook_list == NULL)
+ _XtRemoveCallback(&app->destroy_callbacks, FreeActionHookList,
+ (XtPointer) &app->action_hook_list);
+ }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ else {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app, "badId", "xtRemoveActionHook", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtRemoveActionHook called with bad or old hook id",
+ (String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
+ }
+#endif /*DEBUG*/
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+ * X Toolkit Memory Allocation Routines
+ *
+ * Uses Xlib memory management, which is spec'd to be re-entrant.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "InitialI.h"
+#undef _XBCOPYFUNC
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#define Xmalloc(size) malloc((size))
+#define Xrealloc(ptr, size) realloc((ptr), (size))
+#define Xcalloc(nelem, elsize) calloc((nelem), (elsize))
+#define Xfree(ptr) free(ptr)
+
+#ifdef _XNEEDBCOPYFUNC
+void _XtBcopy(
+ char *src, char *dst,
+ int length)
+{
+ if (src < dst) {
+ dst += length;
+ src += length;
+ while (length--)
+ *--dst = *--src;
+ } else {
+ while (length--)
+ *dst++ = *src++;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+void _XtAllocError(
+ String type)
+{
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ if (type == NULL) type = "local memory allocation";
+ XtErrorMsg("allocError", type, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot perform %s", &type, &num_params);
+}
+
+void _XtHeapInit(
+ Heap* heap)
+{
+ heap->start = NULL;
+ heap->bytes_remaining = 0;
+}
+
+/* Version of asprintf() using XtMalloc
+ * Not currently available in XTTRACEMEMORY version, since that would
+ * require varargs macros everywhere, which are only standard in C99 & later.
+ */
+Cardinal XtAsprintf(
+ String *new_string,
+ _Xconst char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format,
+ ...)
+{
+ char buf[256];
+ Cardinal len;
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ len = vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+
+ if (len < 0)
+ _XtAllocError("vsnprintf");
+
+ *new_string = XtMalloc(len + 1); /* snprintf doesn't count trailing '\0' */
+ if (len < sizeof(buf))
+ {
+ strncpy(*new_string, buf, len);
+ (*new_string)[len] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ if (vsnprintf(*new_string, len + 1, format, ap) < 0)
+ _XtAllocError("vsnprintf");
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
+ return len;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef XTTRACEMEMORY
+
+char *XtMalloc(
+ unsigned size)
+{
+ char *ptr;
+
+#if defined(MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL) && defined(XTMALLOC_BC)
+ /* preserve this (broken) behavior until everyone fixes their apps */
+ if (!size) size = 1;
+#endif
+ if ((ptr = Xmalloc(size)) == NULL)
+ _XtAllocError("malloc");
+
+ return(ptr);
+}
+
+char *XtRealloc(
+ char *ptr,
+ unsigned size)
+{
+ if (ptr == NULL) {
+#ifdef MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL
+ if (!size) size = 1;
+#endif
+ return(XtMalloc(size));
+ } else if ((ptr = Xrealloc(ptr, size)) == NULL
+#ifdef MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL
+ && size
+#endif
+ )
+ _XtAllocError("realloc");
+
+ return(ptr);
+}
+
+char *XtCalloc(
+ unsigned num, unsigned size)
+{
+ char *ptr;
+
+#if defined(MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL) && defined(XTMALLOC_BC)
+ /* preserve this (broken) behavior until everyone fixes their apps */
+ if (!size) num = size = 1;
+#endif
+ if ((ptr = Xcalloc(num, size)) == NULL)
+ _XtAllocError("calloc");
+
+ return(ptr);
+}
+
+void XtFree(
+ char *ptr)
+{
+ if (ptr != NULL) Xfree(ptr);
+}
+
+char* __XtMalloc(
+ unsigned size)
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL
+ if (!size) size = 1;
+#endif
+ return XtMalloc (size);
+}
+
+char* __XtCalloc(
+ unsigned num, unsigned size)
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL
+ if (!size) num = size = 1;
+#endif
+ return XtCalloc(num, size);
+}
+
+#ifndef HEAP_SEGMENT_SIZE
+#define HEAP_SEGMENT_SIZE 1492
+#endif
+
+char* _XtHeapAlloc(
+ Heap* heap,
+ Cardinal bytes)
+{
+ register char* heap_loc;
+ if (heap == NULL) return XtMalloc(bytes);
+ if (heap->bytes_remaining < (int)bytes) {
+ if ((bytes + sizeof(char*)) >= (HEAP_SEGMENT_SIZE>>1)) {
+ /* preserve current segment; insert this one in front */
+#ifdef _TRACE_HEAP
+ printf( "allocating large segment (%d bytes) on heap %#x\n",
+ bytes, heap );
+#endif
+ heap_loc = XtMalloc(bytes + sizeof(char*));
+ if (heap->start) {
+ *(char**)heap_loc = *(char**)heap->start;
+ *(char**)heap->start = heap_loc;
+ }
+ else {
+ *(char**)heap_loc = NULL;
+ heap->start = heap_loc;
+ }
+ return heap_loc + sizeof(char*);
+ }
+ /* else discard remainder of this segment */
+#ifdef _TRACE_HEAP
+ printf( "allocating new segment on heap %#x\n", heap );
+#endif
+ heap_loc = XtMalloc((unsigned)HEAP_SEGMENT_SIZE);
+ *(char**)heap_loc = heap->start;
+ heap->start = heap_loc;
+ heap->current = heap_loc + sizeof(char*);
+ heap->bytes_remaining = HEAP_SEGMENT_SIZE - sizeof(char*);
+ }
+ bytes = (bytes + (sizeof(long) - 1)) & (~(sizeof(long) - 1));
+ heap_loc = heap->current;
+ heap->current += bytes;
+ heap->bytes_remaining -= bytes; /* can be negative, if rounded */
+ return heap_loc;
+}
+
+void _XtHeapFree(
+ Heap* heap)
+{
+ char* segment = heap->start;
+ while (segment != NULL) {
+ char* next_segment = *(char**)segment;
+ XtFree(segment);
+ segment = next_segment;
+ }
+ heap->start = NULL;
+ heap->bytes_remaining = 0;
+}
+
+#else
+
+/*
+ * X Toolkit Memory Trace Allocation Routines
+ */
+
+#undef XtMalloc
+#undef XtRealloc
+#undef XtCalloc
+#undef XtFree
+
+typedef struct _Stats *StatsPtr;
+typedef struct _Stats {
+ StatsPtr prev, next;
+ char *file;
+ int line;
+ unsigned size;
+ unsigned long seq;
+ XtPointer heap;
+} Stats;
+
+static StatsPtr XtMemory = (StatsPtr)NULL;
+static unsigned long ActiveXtMemory = 0;
+static unsigned long XtSeqId = 0;
+static unsigned long XtSeqBreakpoint = ~0;
+
+#define StatsSize(n) ((((n) + (sizeof(long) - 1)) & ~(sizeof(long) - 1)) + sizeof(Stats))
+#define ToStats(ptr) ((StatsPtr)(ptr - sizeof(Stats)))
+#define ToMem(ptr) (((char *)ptr) + sizeof(Stats))
+
+#define CHAIN(ptr,len,hp) \
+ ptr->next = XtMemory; \
+ if (XtMemory) \
+ XtMemory->prev = ptr; \
+ XtMemory = ptr; \
+ ptr->prev = (StatsPtr)NULL; \
+ ptr->file = file; \
+ ptr->line = line; \
+ ptr->size = len; \
+ ptr->heap = hp; \
+ if (file) \
+ ActiveXtMemory += len; \
+ ptr->seq = XtSeqId; \
+ if (XtSeqId == XtSeqBreakpoint) \
+ _XtBreakpoint(ptr); \
+ XtSeqId++
+
+/*ARGUSED*/
+static void _XtBreakpoint(
+ StatsPtr mem)
+{
+ mem->seq = XtSeqId; /* avoid being optimized out of existence */
+}
+
+char *_XtMalloc(
+ unsigned size,
+ char *file,
+ int line)
+{
+ StatsPtr ptr;
+ unsigned newsize;
+ char* retval = NULL;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ newsize = StatsSize(size);
+ if ((ptr = (StatsPtr)Xmalloc(newsize)) == NULL)
+ _XtAllocError("malloc");
+ CHAIN(ptr, size, NULL);
+ retval = (ToMem(ptr));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+char *XtMalloc(
+ unsigned size)
+{
+ return _XtMalloc(size, (char *)NULL, 0);
+}
+
+char *_XtRealloc(
+ char *ptr,
+ unsigned size,
+ char *file,
+ int line)
+{
+ char *newptr;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ newptr = _XtMalloc(size, file, line);
+ if (ptr) {
+ unsigned copysize = ToStats(ptr)->size;
+ if (copysize > size) copysize = size;
+ memmove(newptr, ptr, copysize);
+ _XtFree(ptr);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return(newptr);
+}
+
+char *XtRealloc(
+ char *ptr,
+ unsigned size)
+{
+ return _XtRealloc(ptr, size, (char *)NULL, 0);
+}
+
+char *_XtCalloc(
+ unsigned num, unsigned size,
+ char *file,
+ int line)
+{
+ StatsPtr ptr;
+ unsigned total, newsize;
+ char* retval = NULL;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ total = num * size;
+ newsize = StatsSize(total);
+ if ((ptr = (StatsPtr)Xcalloc(newsize, 1)) == NULL)
+ _XtAllocError("calloc");
+ CHAIN(ptr, total, NULL);
+ retval = (ToMem(ptr));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+char *XtCalloc(
+ unsigned num, unsigned size)
+{
+ return _XtCalloc(num, size, (char *)NULL, 0);
+}
+
+Boolean _XtIsValidPointer(
+ char *ptr)
+{
+ register StatsPtr mem;
+ register StatsPtr stp = ToStats(ptr);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (mem = XtMemory; mem; mem = mem->next) {
+ if (mem == stp) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return True;
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+}
+
+Boolean _XtValidateMemory = False;
+
+void _XtFree(
+ char *ptr)
+{
+ register StatsPtr stp;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (ptr) {
+ if (_XtValidateMemory && !_XtIsValidPointer(ptr))
+ abort();
+ stp = ToStats(ptr);
+ if (stp->file)
+ ActiveXtMemory -= stp->size;
+ if (stp->prev)
+ stp->prev->next = stp->next;
+ else
+ XtMemory = stp->next;
+ if (stp->next)
+ stp->next->prev = stp->prev;
+ Xfree((char *)stp);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+void XtFree(char *ptr)
+{
+ _XtFree(ptr);
+}
+
+char *_XtHeapMalloc(
+ Heap *heap,
+ Cardinal size,
+ char *file,
+ int line)
+{
+ StatsPtr ptr;
+ unsigned newsize;
+ XtPointer hp = (XtPointer) heap;
+ char* retval = NULL;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ newsize = StatsSize(size);
+ if ((ptr = (StatsPtr)Xmalloc(newsize)) == NULL)
+ _XtAllocError("malloc");
+ CHAIN(ptr, size, hp);
+ retval = (ToMem(ptr));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+void _XtHeapFree(register XtPointer heap)
+{
+ register StatsPtr mem, next;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (mem = XtMemory; mem; mem = next) {
+ next = mem->next;
+ if (mem->heap == heap) {
+ if (mem->file)
+ ActiveXtMemory -= mem->size;
+ if (mem->prev)
+ mem->prev->next = next;
+ else
+ XtMemory = next;
+ if (next)
+ next->prev = mem->prev;
+ Xfree((char *)mem);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+void _XtPrintMemory(char * filename)
+{
+ register StatsPtr mem;
+ FILE *f;
+
+ if (filename == NULL)
+ f = stderr;
+ else
+ f = fopen(filename, "w");
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ fprintf(f, "total size: %d\n", ActiveXtMemory);
+ for (mem = XtMemory; mem; mem = mem->next) {
+ if (mem->file)
+ fprintf(f, "size: %6d seq: %5d %12s(%4d) %s\n",
+ mem->size, mem->seq,
+ mem->file, mem->line, mem->heap ? "heap" : "");
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (filename) fclose(f);
+}
+
+#endif /* XTTRACEMEMORY */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/*
+ * This routine merges two arglists. It does NOT check for duplicate entries.
+ */
+
+ArgList XtMergeArgLists(
+ ArgList args1,
+ Cardinal num_args1,
+ ArgList args2,
+ Cardinal num_args2)
+{
+ ArgList result, args;
+
+ result = (ArgList) __XtCalloc((unsigned) num_args1 + num_args2,
+ (unsigned) sizeof(Arg));
+
+ for (args = result; num_args1 != 0; num_args1--)
+ *args++ = *args1++;
+ for ( ; num_args2 != 0; num_args2--)
+ *args++ = *args2++;
+
+ return result;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+static String XtNinvalidCallbackList = "invalidCallbackList";
+static String XtNxtAddCallback = "xtAddCallback";
+static String XtNxtRemoveCallback = "xtRemoveCallback";
+static String XtNxtRemoveAllCallback = "xtRemoveAllCallback";
+static String XtNxtCallCallback = "xtCallCallback";
+
+/* However it doesn't contain a final NULL record */
+#define ToList(p) ((XtCallbackList) ((p)+1))
+
+static InternalCallbackList* FetchInternalList(
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char *name)
+{
+ XrmQuark quark;
+ int n;
+ CallbackTable offsets;
+ InternalCallbackList* retval = NULL;
+
+ quark = StringToQuark(name);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ offsets = (CallbackTable)
+ widget->core.widget_class->core_class.callback_private;
+
+ for (n = (int)(long) *(offsets++); --n >= 0; offsets++)
+ if (quark == (*offsets)->xrm_name) {
+ retval = (InternalCallbackList *)
+ ((char *) widget - (*offsets)->xrm_offset - 1);
+ break;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+void _XtAddCallback(
+ InternalCallbackList* callbacks,
+ XtCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ register InternalCallbackList icl;
+ register XtCallbackList cl;
+ register int count;
+
+ icl = *callbacks;
+ count = icl ? icl->count : 0;
+
+ if (icl && icl->call_state) {
+ icl->call_state |= _XtCBFreeAfterCalling;
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList)
+ __XtMalloc(sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * (count + 1));
+ (void) memmove((char *)ToList(icl), (char *)ToList(*callbacks),
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * count);
+ } else {
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList)
+ XtRealloc((char *) icl, sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * (count + 1));
+ }
+ *callbacks = icl;
+ icl->count = count + 1;
+ icl->is_padded = 0;
+ icl->call_state = 0;
+ cl = ToList(icl) + count;
+ cl->callback = callback;
+ cl->closure = closure;
+} /* _XtAddCallback */
+
+void _XtAddCallbackOnce(
+ register InternalCallbackList*callbacks,
+ XtCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ register XtCallbackList cl = ToList(*callbacks);
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i=(*callbacks)->count; --i >= 0; cl++)
+ if (cl->callback == callback && cl->closure == closure)
+ return;
+
+ _XtAddCallback(callbacks, callback, closure);
+} /* _XtAddCallbackOnce */
+
+void XtAddCallback(
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ XtCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure
+ )
+{
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ callbacks = FetchInternalList(widget, name);
+ if (!callbacks) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNinvalidCallbackList,XtNxtAddCallback,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallback",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ _XtAddCallback(callbacks, callback, closure);
+ if (!_XtIsHookObject(widget)) {
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHaddCallback;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) name;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtAddCallback */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void AddCallbacks(
+ Widget widget,
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks,
+ XtCallbackList newcallbacks)
+{
+ register InternalCallbackList icl;
+ register int i, j;
+ register XtCallbackList cl;
+
+ icl = *callbacks;
+ i = icl ? icl->count : 0;
+ for (j=0, cl = newcallbacks; cl->callback; cl++, j++);
+ if (icl && icl->call_state) {
+ icl->call_state |= _XtCBFreeAfterCalling;
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList) __XtMalloc(sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * (i+j));
+ (void) memmove((char *)ToList(*callbacks), (char *)ToList(icl),
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * i);
+ } else {
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList) XtRealloc((char *) icl,
+ sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * (i+j));
+ }
+ *callbacks = icl;
+ icl->count = i+j;
+ icl->is_padded = 0;
+ icl->call_state = 0;
+ for (cl = ToList(icl) + i; --j >= 0; )
+ *cl++ = *newcallbacks++;
+} /* AddCallbacks */
+
+void XtAddCallbacks(
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ XtCallbackList xtcallbacks
+ )
+{
+ InternalCallbackList* callbacks;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ callbacks = FetchInternalList(widget, name);
+ if (!callbacks) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNinvalidCallbackList,XtNxtAddCallback,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallbacks",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ AddCallbacks(widget, callbacks, xtcallbacks);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHaddCallbacks;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) name;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtAddCallbacks */
+
+void _XtRemoveCallback (
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks,
+ XtCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ register InternalCallbackList icl;
+ register int i, j;
+ register XtCallbackList cl, ncl, ocl;
+
+ icl = *callbacks;
+ if (!icl) return;
+
+ cl = ToList(icl);
+ for (i=icl->count; --i >= 0; cl++) {
+ if (cl->callback == callback && cl->closure == closure) {
+ if (icl->call_state) {
+ icl->call_state |= _XtCBFreeAfterCalling;
+ if (icl->count == 1) {
+ *callbacks = NULL;
+ } else {
+ j = icl->count - i - 1;
+ ocl = ToList(icl);
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList)
+ __XtMalloc(sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * (i + j));
+ icl->count = i + j;
+ icl->is_padded = 0;
+ icl->call_state = 0;
+ ncl = ToList(icl);
+ while (--j >= 0)
+ *ncl++ = *ocl++;
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *ncl++ = *++cl;
+ *callbacks = icl;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (--icl->count) {
+ ncl = cl + 1;
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *cl++ = *ncl++;
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList)
+ XtRealloc((char *) icl, sizeof(InternalCallbackRec)
+ + sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * icl->count);
+ icl->is_padded = 0;
+ *callbacks = icl;
+ } else {
+ XtFree((char *) icl);
+ *callbacks = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+} /* _XtRemoveCallback */
+
+void XtRemoveCallback (
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ XtCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure
+ )
+{
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ callbacks = FetchInternalList(widget, name);
+ if (!callbacks) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNinvalidCallbackList,XtNxtRemoveCallback,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveCallback",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ _XtRemoveCallback(callbacks, callback, closure);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHremoveCallback;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) name;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtRemoveCallback */
+
+
+void XtRemoveCallbacks (
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ XtCallbackList xtcallbacks)
+{
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ int i;
+ InternalCallbackList icl;
+ XtCallbackList cl, ccl, rcl;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ callbacks = FetchInternalList(widget, name);
+ if (!callbacks) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNinvalidCallbackList,XtNxtRemoveCallback,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveCallbacks",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ icl = *callbacks;
+ if (!icl) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ i = icl->count;
+ cl = ToList(icl);
+ if (icl->call_state) {
+ icl->call_state |= _XtCBFreeAfterCalling;
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList)__XtMalloc(sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * i);
+ icl->count = i;
+ icl->call_state = 0;
+ }
+ ccl = ToList(icl);
+ while (--i >= 0) {
+ *ccl++ = *cl;
+ for (rcl=xtcallbacks; rcl->callback; rcl++) {
+ if (cl->callback == rcl->callback && cl->closure == rcl->closure) {
+ ccl--;
+ icl->count--;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ cl++;
+ }
+ if (icl->count) {
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList)
+ XtRealloc((char *)icl, (sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * icl->count));
+ icl->is_padded = 0;
+ *callbacks = icl;
+ } else {
+ XtFree((char *)icl);
+ *callbacks = NULL;
+ }
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHremoveCallbacks;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) name;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtRemoveCallbacks */
+
+
+void _XtRemoveAllCallbacks (
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks)
+{
+ register InternalCallbackList icl = *callbacks;
+
+ if (icl) {
+ if (icl->call_state)
+ icl->call_state |= _XtCBFreeAfterCalling;
+ else
+ XtFree((char *) icl);
+ *callbacks = NULL;
+ }
+} /* _XtRemoveAllCallbacks */
+
+void XtRemoveAllCallbacks(
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char* name)
+{
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ callbacks = FetchInternalList(widget, name);
+ if (!callbacks) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNinvalidCallbackList,XtNxtRemoveAllCallback,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveAllCallbacks",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ _XtRemoveAllCallbacks(callbacks);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHremoveAllCallbacks;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) name;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtRemoveAllCallbacks */
+
+InternalCallbackList _XtCompileCallbackList(
+ XtCallbackList xtcallbacks)
+{
+ register int n;
+ register XtCallbackList xtcl, cl;
+ register InternalCallbackList callbacks;
+
+ for (n=0, xtcl=xtcallbacks; xtcl->callback; n++, xtcl++) {};
+ if (n == 0) return (InternalCallbackList) NULL;
+
+ callbacks = (InternalCallbackList) __XtMalloc(sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * n);
+ callbacks->count = n;
+ callbacks->is_padded = 0;
+ callbacks->call_state = 0;
+ cl = ToList(callbacks);
+ while (--n >= 0)
+ *cl++ = *xtcallbacks++;
+ return(callbacks);
+} /* _XtCompileCallbackList */
+
+
+XtCallbackList _XtGetCallbackList(
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks)
+{
+ register int i;
+ register InternalCallbackList icl;
+ register XtCallbackList cl, ocl;
+
+ icl = *callbacks;
+ if (!icl) {
+ static XtCallbackRec emptyList[1] = { {NULL, NULL} };
+ return (XtCallbackList)emptyList;
+ }
+ if (icl->is_padded)
+ return ToList(icl);
+ i = icl->count;
+ if (icl->call_state) {
+ icl->call_state |= _XtCBFreeAfterCalling;
+ ocl = ToList(icl);
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList) __XtMalloc(sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * (i+1));
+ icl->count = i;
+ icl->call_state = 0;
+ cl = ToList(icl);
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *cl++ = *ocl++;
+ } else {
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList) XtRealloc((char *)icl,
+ sizeof(InternalCallbackRec) +
+ sizeof(XtCallbackRec) * (i+1));
+ cl = ToList(icl) + i;
+ }
+ icl->is_padded = 1;
+ cl->callback = (XtCallbackProc) NULL;
+ cl->closure = NULL;
+ *callbacks = icl;
+ return ToList(icl);
+}
+
+void XtCallCallbacks(
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ XtPointer call_data
+ )
+{
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks;
+ InternalCallbackList icl;
+ XtCallbackList cl;
+ int i;
+ char ostate;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ callbacks = FetchInternalList(widget, name);
+ if (!callbacks) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNinvalidCallbackList,XtNxtCallCallback,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot find callback list in XtCallCallbacks",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ icl = *callbacks;
+ if (!icl) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ cl = ToList(icl);
+ if (icl->count == 1) {
+ (*cl->callback) (widget, cl->closure, call_data);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ ostate = icl->call_state;
+ icl->call_state = _XtCBCalling;
+ for (i = icl->count; --i >= 0; cl++)
+ (*cl->callback) (widget, cl->closure, call_data);
+ if (ostate)
+ icl->call_state |= ostate;
+ else if (icl->call_state & _XtCBFreeAfterCalling)
+ XtFree((char *)icl);
+ else
+ icl->call_state = ostate;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtCallCallbacks */
+
+
+XtCallbackStatus XtHasCallbacks(
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char* callback_name
+ )
+{
+ InternalCallbackList *callbacks;
+ XtCallbackStatus retval = XtCallbackHasSome;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ callbacks = FetchInternalList(widget, callback_name);
+ if (!callbacks)
+ retval = XtCallbackNoList;
+ else if (!*callbacks)
+ retval = XtCallbackHasNone;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+} /* XtHasCallbacks */
+
+
+void XtCallCallbackList(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtCallbackList callbacks,
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ register InternalCallbackList icl;
+ register XtCallbackList cl;
+ register int i;
+ char ostate;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (!callbacks) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList)callbacks;
+ cl = ToList(icl);
+ if (icl->count == 1) {
+ (*cl->callback) (widget, cl->closure, call_data);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ ostate = icl->call_state;
+ icl->call_state = _XtCBCalling;
+ for (i = icl->count; --i >= 0; cl++)
+ (*cl->callback) (widget, cl->closure, call_data);
+ if (ostate)
+ icl->call_state |= ostate;
+ else if (icl->call_state & _XtCBFreeAfterCalling)
+ XtFree((char *)icl);
+ else
+ icl->call_state = 0;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtCallCallbackList */
+
+void _XtPeekCallback(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtCallbackList callbacks,
+ XtCallbackProc *callback,
+ XtPointer *closure)
+{
+ register InternalCallbackList icl = (InternalCallbackList) callbacks;
+ register XtCallbackList cl;
+
+ if (!callbacks) {
+ *callback = (XtCallbackProc) NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+ cl = ToList(icl);
+ *callback = cl->callback;
+ *closure = cl->closure;
+ return;
+}
+
+void _XtCallConditionalCallbackList(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtCallbackList callbacks,
+ XtPointer call_data,
+ _XtConditionProc cond_proc)
+{
+ register InternalCallbackList icl;
+ register XtCallbackList cl;
+ register int i;
+ char ostate;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (!callbacks) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ icl = (InternalCallbackList)callbacks;
+ cl = ToList(icl);
+ if (icl->count == 1) {
+ (*cl->callback) (widget, cl->closure, call_data);
+ (void) (*cond_proc)(call_data);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ ostate = icl->call_state;
+ icl->call_state = _XtCBCalling;
+ for (i = icl->count; --i >= 0; cl++) {
+ (*cl->callback) (widget, cl->closure, call_data);
+ if (! (*cond_proc)(call_data))
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ostate)
+ icl->call_state |= ostate;
+ else if (icl->call_state & _XtCBFreeAfterCalling)
+ XtFree((char *)icl);
+ else
+ icl->call_state = 0;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+ * Contains XtSetMultiClickTime, XtGetMultiClickTime
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+void XtSetMultiClickTime(
+ Display *dpy,
+ int time)
+{
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->multi_click_time = time;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+int XtGetMultiClickTime(
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ int retval;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->multi_click_time;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+ {XtNchildren, XtCReadOnly, XtRWidgetList, sizeof(WidgetList),
+ XtOffsetOf(CompositeRec, composite.children), XtRImmediate, NULL},
+ {XtNnumChildren, XtCReadOnly, XtRCardinal, sizeof(Cardinal),
+ XtOffsetOf(CompositeRec, composite.num_children), XtRImmediate, NULL},
+ {XtNinsertPosition, XtCInsertPosition, XtRFunction, sizeof(XtOrderProc),
+ XtOffsetOf(CompositeRec, composite.insert_position), XtRImmediate, NULL},
+};
+
+static void CompositeClassPartInitialize(WidgetClass);
+static void CompositeInitialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void CompositeInsertChild(Widget);
+static void CompositeDeleteChild(Widget);
+static void CompositeDestroy(Widget);
+
+externaldef(compositeclassrec) CompositeClassRec compositeClassRec = {
+ { /******* CorePart *******/
+ /* superclass */ &widgetClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "Composite",
+ /* widget_size */ sizeof(CompositeRec),
+ /* class_initialize */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ CompositeClassPartInitialize,
+ /* class_inited */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ CompositeInitialize,
+ /* initialize_hook */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ resources,
+ /* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave */ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ CompositeDestroy,
+ /* resize */ NULL,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback_offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },
+ { /**** CompositePart *****/
+ /* geometry_handler */ NULL,
+ /* change_managed */ NULL,
+ /* insert_child */ CompositeInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ CompositeDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(compositewidgetclass) WidgetClass compositeWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &compositeClassRec;
+
+static void InheritAllowsChangeManagedSet(
+ WidgetClass widget_class)
+{
+ CompositeWidgetClass cc = (CompositeWidgetClass) widget_class;
+ CompositeClassExtension ext, super_ext, new_ext;
+
+ ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
+ XtGetClassExtension(widget_class,
+ XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec, composite_class.extension),
+ NULLQUARK, 1L, 0);
+
+ if (ext && ext->version == XtCompositeExtensionVersion)
+ return;
+
+ super_ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
+ XtGetClassExtension(cc->core_class.superclass,
+ XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec, composite_class.extension),
+ NULLQUARK, 1L, 0);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (super_ext && super_ext->version == XtCompositeExtensionVersion &&
+ super_ext->record_size == sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec) &&
+ super_ext->allows_change_managed_set) {
+
+ new_ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
+ __XtCalloc(1, sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec));
+
+ /* Be careful to inherit only what is appropriate */
+ new_ext->next_extension = cc->composite_class.extension;
+ new_ext->record_type = NULLQUARK;
+ new_ext->version = XtCompositeExtensionVersion;
+ new_ext->record_size = sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec);
+ new_ext->accepts_objects = (ext ? ext->accepts_objects : False);
+ new_ext->allows_change_managed_set = True;
+ cc->composite_class.extension = (XtPointer) new_ext;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static void CompositeClassPartInitialize(
+ WidgetClass widgetClass)
+{
+ register CompositePartPtr wcPtr;
+ register CompositePartPtr superPtr = NULL;
+
+ wcPtr = (CompositePartPtr)
+ &(((CompositeWidgetClass)widgetClass)->composite_class);
+
+ if (widgetClass != compositeWidgetClass)
+ /* don't compute possible bogus pointer */
+ superPtr = (CompositePartPtr)&(((CompositeWidgetClass)widgetClass
+ ->core_class.superclass)->composite_class);
+
+ /* We don't need to check for null super since we'll get to composite
+ eventually, and it had better define them! */
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (wcPtr->geometry_manager == XtInheritGeometryManager) {
+ wcPtr->geometry_manager =
+ superPtr->geometry_manager;
+ }
+
+ if (wcPtr->change_managed == XtInheritChangeManaged) {
+ wcPtr->change_managed =
+ superPtr->change_managed;
+ InheritAllowsChangeManagedSet(widgetClass);
+ }
+
+ if (wcPtr->insert_child == XtInheritInsertChild) {
+ wcPtr->insert_child = superPtr->insert_child;
+ }
+
+ if (wcPtr->delete_child == XtInheritDeleteChild) {
+ wcPtr->delete_child = superPtr->delete_child;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static void CompositeDestroy(
+ Widget w)
+{
+ register CompositeWidget cw = (CompositeWidget) w;
+
+ XtFree((char *) cw->composite.children);
+}
+
+static void CompositeInsertChild(
+ Widget w)
+{
+ register Cardinal position;
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register CompositeWidget cw;
+ register WidgetList children;
+
+ cw = (CompositeWidget) w->core.parent;
+ children = cw->composite.children;
+
+ if (cw->composite.insert_position != NULL)
+ position = (*(cw->composite.insert_position))(w);
+ else
+ position = cw->composite.num_children;
+
+ if (cw->composite.num_children == cw->composite.num_slots) {
+ /* Allocate more space */
+ cw->composite.num_slots += (cw->composite.num_slots / 2) + 2;
+ cw->composite.children = children =
+ (WidgetList) XtRealloc((XtPointer) children,
+ (unsigned) (cw->composite.num_slots) * sizeof(Widget));
+ }
+ /* Ripple children up one space from "position" */
+ for (i = cw->composite.num_children; i > position; i--) {
+ children[i] = children[i-1];
+ }
+ children[position] = w;
+ cw->composite.num_children++;
+}
+
+static void CompositeDeleteChild(
+ Widget w)
+{
+ register Cardinal position;
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register CompositeWidget cw;
+
+ cw = (CompositeWidget) w->core.parent;
+
+ for (position = 0; position < cw->composite.num_children; position++) {
+ if (cw->composite.children[position] == w) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (position == cw->composite.num_children) return;
+
+ /* Ripple children down one space from "position" */
+ cw->composite.num_children--;
+ for (i = position; i < cw->composite.num_children; i++) {
+ cw->composite.children[i] = cw->composite.children[i+1];
+ }
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void CompositeInitialize(
+ Widget requested_widget,
+ Widget new_widget,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ register CompositeWidget cw;
+
+ cw = (CompositeWidget) new_widget;
+ cw->composite.num_children = 0;
+ cw->composite.children = NULL;
+ cw->composite.num_slots = 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+static void ConstraintPartInitialize(WidgetClass wc);
+externaldef(constraintclassrec) ConstraintClassRec constraintClassRec = {
+ { /******* CorePart *******/
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &compositeClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "Constraint",
+ /* widget_size */ sizeof(ConstraintRec),
+ /* class_initialize */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ ConstraintPartInitialize,
+ /* class_inited */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ NULL,
+ /* initialize_hook */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ NULL,
+ /* num_resources */ 0,
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave */ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ NULL,
+ /* resize */ NULL,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback_offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{ /**** CompositePart *****/
+ /* geometry_handler */ NULL,
+ /* change_managed */ NULL,
+ /* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{ /**** ConstraintPart ****/
+ /* resources */ NULL,
+ /* num_resources */ 0,
+ /* constraint_size */ 0,
+ /* initialize */ NULL,
+ /* destroy */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(constraintwidgetclass) WidgetClass constraintWidgetClass =
+ (WidgetClass) &constraintClassRec;
+
+
+static void ConstraintPartInitialize(WidgetClass wc)
+{
+ ConstraintWidgetClass cwc = (ConstraintWidgetClass)wc;
+ if (cwc->constraint_class.resources)
+ _XtCompileResourceList(cwc->constraint_class.resources,
+ cwc->constraint_class.num_resources);
+
+ _XtConstraintResDependencies((ConstraintWidgetClass)wc);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "Intrinsic.h"
+
+/* Conversion procedure hash table */
+
+#define CONVERTHASHSIZE ((unsigned)256)
+#define CONVERTHASHMASK 255
+#define ProcHash(from_type, to_type) (2 * (from_type) + to_type)
+
+typedef struct _ConverterRec *ConverterPtr;
+typedef struct _ConverterRec {
+ ConverterPtr next;
+ XrmRepresentation from, to;
+ XtTypeConverter converter;
+ XtDestructor destructor;
+ unsigned short num_args;
+ unsigned int do_ref_count:1;
+ unsigned int new_style:1;
+ unsigned int global:1;
+ char cache_type;
+} ConverterRec;
+
+#define ConvertArgs(p) ((XtConvertArgList)((p)+1))
+
+/* used for old-style type converter cache only */
+static Heap globalHeap = {NULL, NULL, 0};
+
+void _XtSetDefaultConverterTable(
+ ConverterTable *table)
+{
+ register ConverterTable globalConverterTable;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ globalConverterTable = _XtGetProcessContext()->globalConverterTable;
+
+ *table = (ConverterTable)
+ __XtCalloc(CONVERTHASHSIZE, (unsigned)sizeof(ConverterPtr));
+ _XtAddDefaultConverters(*table);
+
+ if (globalConverterTable) {
+ ConverterPtr rec;
+ int i;
+ XtCacheType cache_type;
+ for (i = CONVERTHASHSIZE; --i >= 0; ) {
+ for (rec = *globalConverterTable++; rec; rec = rec->next) {
+ cache_type = rec->cache_type;
+ if (rec->do_ref_count)
+ cache_type |= XtCacheRefCount;
+ _XtTableAddConverter(*table, rec->from, rec->to, rec->converter,
+ ConvertArgs(rec), rec->num_args,
+ rec->new_style, cache_type,
+ rec->destructor, True);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+void _XtFreeConverterTable(
+ ConverterTable table)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register ConverterPtr p;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < CONVERTHASHSIZE; i++) {
+ for (p = table[i]; p; ) {
+ register ConverterPtr next = p->next;
+ XtFree((char*)p);
+ p = next;
+ }
+ }
+ XtFree((char*)table);
+}
+
+/* Data cache hash table */
+
+typedef struct _CacheRec *CachePtr;
+
+typedef struct _CacheRec {
+ CachePtr next;
+ XtPointer tag;
+ int hash;
+ XtTypeConverter converter;
+ unsigned short num_args;
+ unsigned int conversion_succeeded:1;
+ unsigned int has_ext:1;
+ unsigned int is_refcounted:1;
+ unsigned int must_be_freed:1;
+ unsigned int from_is_value:1;
+ unsigned int to_is_value:1;
+ XrmValue from;
+ XrmValue to;
+} CacheRec;
+
+typedef struct _CacheRecExt {
+ CachePtr *prev;
+ XtDestructor destructor;
+ XtPointer closure;
+ long ref_count;
+} CacheRecExt;
+
+#define CEXT(p) ((CacheRecExt *)((p)+1))
+#define CARGS(p) ((p)->has_ext ? (XrmValue *)(CEXT(p)+1) : (XrmValue *)((p)+1))
+
+#define CACHEHASHSIZE 256
+#define CACHEHASHMASK 255
+typedef CachePtr CacheHashTable[CACHEHASHSIZE];
+
+static CacheHashTable cacheHashTable;
+
+void _XtTableAddConverter(
+ ConverterTable table,
+ XrmRepresentation from_type,
+ XrmRepresentation to_type,
+ XtTypeConverter converter,
+ XtConvertArgList convert_args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ _XtBoolean new_style,
+ XtCacheType cache_type,
+ XtDestructor destructor,
+ _XtBoolean global)
+{
+ register ConverterPtr *pp;
+ register ConverterPtr p;
+ XtConvertArgList args;
+
+ pp= &table[ProcHash(from_type, to_type) & CONVERTHASHMASK];
+ while ((p = *pp) && (p->from != from_type || p->to != to_type))
+ pp = &p->next;
+
+ if (p) {
+ *pp = p->next;
+ XtFree((char *)p);
+ }
+
+ p = (ConverterPtr) __XtMalloc(sizeof(ConverterRec) +
+ sizeof(XtConvertArgRec) * num_args);
+ p->next = *pp;
+ *pp = p;
+ p->from = from_type;
+ p->to = to_type;
+ p->converter = converter;
+ p->destructor = destructor;
+ p->num_args = num_args;
+ p->global = global;
+ args = ConvertArgs(p);
+ while (num_args--)
+ *args++ = *convert_args++;
+ p->new_style = new_style;
+ p->do_ref_count = False;
+ if (destructor || (cache_type & 0xff)) {
+ p->cache_type = cache_type & 0xff;
+ if (cache_type & XtCacheRefCount)
+ p->do_ref_count = True;
+ } else {
+ p->cache_type = XtCacheNone;
+ }
+}
+
+void XtSetTypeConverter(
+ register _Xconst char* from_type,
+ register _Xconst char* to_type,
+ XtTypeConverter converter,
+ XtConvertArgList convert_args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtCacheType cache_type,
+ XtDestructor destructor
+ )
+{
+ ProcessContext process;
+ XtAppContext app;
+ XrmRepresentation from;
+ XrmRepresentation to;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ process = _XtGetProcessContext();
+ app = process->appContextList;
+ from = XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type);
+ to = XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type);
+
+ if (!process->globalConverterTable) {
+ process->globalConverterTable = (ConverterTable)
+ __XtCalloc(CONVERTHASHSIZE, (unsigned)sizeof(ConverterPtr));
+ }
+ _XtTableAddConverter(process->globalConverterTable, from, to,
+ converter, convert_args,
+ num_args, True, cache_type, destructor, True);
+ while (app) {
+ _XtTableAddConverter(app->converterTable, from, to,
+ converter, convert_args,
+ num_args, True, cache_type, destructor, True);
+ app = app->next;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+void XtAppSetTypeConverter(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ register _Xconst char* from_type,
+ register _Xconst char* to_type,
+ XtTypeConverter converter,
+ XtConvertArgList convert_args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtCacheType cache_type,
+ XtDestructor destructor
+ )
+{
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ _XtTableAddConverter(app->converterTable,
+ XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type),
+ XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type),
+ converter, convert_args, num_args,
+ True, cache_type, destructor, False);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+/* old interface */
+void XtAddConverter(
+ register _Xconst char* from_type,
+ register _Xconst char* to_type,
+ XtConverter converter,
+ XtConvertArgList convert_args,
+ Cardinal num_args
+ )
+{
+ ProcessContext process;
+ XtAppContext app;
+ XrmRepresentation from;
+ XrmRepresentation to;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ process = _XtGetProcessContext();
+ app = process->appContextList;
+ from = XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type);
+ to = XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type);
+
+ if (!process->globalConverterTable) {
+ process->globalConverterTable = (ConverterTable)
+ __XtCalloc(CONVERTHASHSIZE, (unsigned)sizeof(ConverterPtr));
+ }
+ _XtTableAddConverter(process->globalConverterTable, from, to,
+ (XtTypeConverter)converter, convert_args, num_args,
+ False, XtCacheAll, (XtDestructor)NULL, True);
+ while (app) {
+ _XtTableAddConverter(app->converterTable, from, to,
+ (XtTypeConverter)converter, convert_args,
+ num_args, False, XtCacheAll, (XtDestructor)NULL,
+ True);
+ app = app->next;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+/* old interface */
+void XtAppAddConverter(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ register _Xconst char* from_type,
+ register _Xconst char* to_type,
+ XtConverter converter,
+ XtConvertArgList convert_args,
+ Cardinal num_args
+ )
+{
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ _XtTableAddConverter(app->converterTable,
+ XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type),
+ XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type),
+ (XtTypeConverter)converter, convert_args, num_args,
+ False, XtCacheAll, (XtDestructor)NULL, False);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static CachePtr
+CacheEnter(
+ Heap* heap,
+ register XtTypeConverter converter,
+ register XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr from,
+ XrmValuePtr to,
+ Boolean succeeded,
+ register int hash,
+ Boolean do_ref,
+ Boolean do_free,
+ XtDestructor destructor,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ register CachePtr *pHashEntry;
+ register CachePtr p;
+ register Cardinal i;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pHashEntry = &cacheHashTable[hash & CACHEHASHMASK];
+
+ if ((succeeded && destructor) || do_ref) {
+ p = (CachePtr) _XtHeapAlloc(heap, (sizeof(CacheRec) +
+ sizeof(CacheRecExt) +
+ num_args * sizeof(XrmValue)));
+ CEXT(p)->prev = pHashEntry;
+ CEXT(p)->destructor = succeeded ? destructor : NULL;
+ CEXT(p)->closure = closure;
+ CEXT(p)->ref_count = 1;
+ p->has_ext = True;
+ }
+ else {
+ p = (CachePtr)_XtHeapAlloc(heap, (sizeof(CacheRec) +
+ num_args * sizeof(XrmValue)));
+ p->has_ext = False;
+ }
+ if (!to->addr)
+ succeeded = False;
+ p->conversion_succeeded = succeeded;
+ p->is_refcounted = do_ref;
+ p->must_be_freed = do_free;
+ p->next = *pHashEntry;
+ if (p->next && p->next->has_ext)
+ CEXT(p->next)->prev = &p->next;
+
+ *pHashEntry = p;
+ p->tag = (XtPointer)heap;
+ p->hash = hash;
+ p->converter = converter;
+ p->from.size = from->size;
+ if (from->size <= sizeof(p->from.addr)) {
+ p->from_is_value = True;
+ XtMemmove(&p->from.addr, from->addr, from->size);
+ } else {
+ p->from_is_value = False;
+ p->from.addr = (XPointer)_XtHeapAlloc(heap, from->size);
+ (void) memmove((char *)p->from.addr, (char *)from->addr, from->size);
+ }
+ p->num_args = num_args;
+ if (num_args) {
+ XrmValue *pargs = CARGS(p);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_args; i++) {
+ pargs[i].size = args[i].size;
+ pargs[i].addr = (XPointer)_XtHeapAlloc(heap, args[i].size);
+ XtMemmove(pargs[i].addr, args[i].addr, args[i].size);
+ }
+ }
+ p->to.size = to->size;
+ if (!succeeded) {
+ p->to_is_value = False;
+ p->to.addr = NULL;
+ } else if (to->size <= sizeof(p->to.addr)) {
+ p->to_is_value = True;
+ XtMemmove(&p->to.addr, to->addr, to->size);
+ } else {
+ p->to_is_value = False;
+ p->to.addr = (XPointer)_XtHeapAlloc(heap, to->size);
+ (void) memmove((char *)p->to.addr, (char *)to->addr, to->size);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return p;
+}
+
+static void FreeCacheRec(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ CachePtr p,
+ CachePtr *prev)
+{
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (p->has_ext) {
+ if (CEXT(p)->destructor) {
+ Cardinal num_args = p->num_args;
+ XrmValue *args = NULL;
+ XrmValue toc;
+ if (num_args)
+ args = CARGS(p);
+ toc.size = p->to.size;
+ if (p->to_is_value)
+ toc.addr = (XPointer)&p->to.addr;
+ else
+ toc.addr = p->to.addr;
+ (*CEXT(p)->destructor) (app, &toc, CEXT(p)->closure, args,
+ &num_args);
+ }
+ *(CEXT(p)->prev) = p->next;
+ if (p->next && p->next->has_ext)
+ CEXT(p->next)->prev = CEXT(p)->prev;
+ } else {
+ *prev = p->next;
+ if (p->next && p->next->has_ext)
+ CEXT(p->next)->prev = prev;
+ }
+ if (p->must_be_freed) {
+ register int i;
+ if (!p->from_is_value)
+ XtFree(p->from.addr);
+ if ((i = p->num_args)) {
+ XrmValue *pargs = CARGS(p);
+ while (i--)
+ XtFree(pargs[i].addr);
+ }
+ if (!p->to_is_value)
+ XtFree(p->to.addr);
+ XtFree((char*)p);
+ }
+ /* else on private heap; will free entire heap later */
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+
+void _XtCacheFlushTag(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtPointer tag)
+{
+ int i;
+ register CachePtr *prev;
+ register CachePtr rec;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (i = CACHEHASHSIZE; --i >= 0;) {
+ prev = &cacheHashTable[i];
+ while ((rec = *prev)) {
+ if (rec->tag == tag)
+ FreeCacheRec(app, rec, prev);
+ else
+ prev = &rec->next;
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+void _XtConverterCacheStats(void)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register CachePtr p;
+ register Cardinal entries;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (i = 0; i < CACHEHASHSIZE; i++) {
+ p = cacheHashTable[i];
+ if (p) {
+ for (entries = 0; p; p = p->next) {
+ entries++;
+ }
+ (void) fprintf(stdout, "Index: %4d Entries: %d\n", i, entries);
+ for (p = cacheHashTable[i]; p; p = p->next) {
+ (void) fprintf(stdout, " Size: %3d Refs: %3d '",
+ p->from.size,
+ p->has_ext ? CEXT(p)->ref_count : 0);
+ (void) fprintf(stdout, "'\n");
+ }
+ (void) fprintf(stdout, "\n");
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+#endif /*DEBUG*/
+
+static Boolean ResourceQuarkToOffset(
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ XrmName name,
+ Cardinal *offset)
+{
+ register WidgetClass wc;
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register XrmResourceList res, *resources;
+
+ for (wc = widget_class; wc; wc = wc->core_class.superclass) {
+ resources = (XrmResourceList*) wc->core_class.resources;
+ for (i = 0; i < wc->core_class.num_resources; i++, resources++) {
+ res = *resources;
+ if (res->xrm_name == name) {
+ *offset = -res->xrm_offset - 1;
+ return True;
+ }
+ } /* for i in resources */
+ } /* for wc in widget classes */
+ (*offset) = 0;
+ return False;
+}
+
+
+static void ComputeArgs(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtConvertArgList convert_args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr args)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+ Cardinal offset;
+ String params[1];
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ Widget ancestor = NULL;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_args; i++) {
+ args[i].size = convert_args[i].size;
+ switch (convert_args[i].address_mode) {
+ case XtAddress:
+ args[i].addr = convert_args[i].address_id;
+ break;
+
+ case XtBaseOffset:
+ args[i].addr =
+ (XPointer)((char *)widget + (long)convert_args[i].address_id);
+ break;
+
+ case XtWidgetBaseOffset:
+ if (!ancestor) {
+ if (XtIsWidget(widget))
+ ancestor = widget;
+ else
+ ancestor = _XtWindowedAncestor(widget);
+ }
+
+ args[i].addr =
+ (XPointer)((char *)ancestor + (long)convert_args[i].address_id);
+ break;
+
+ case XtImmediate:
+ args[i].addr = (XPointer) &(convert_args[i].address_id);
+ break;
+
+ case XtProcedureArg:
+ (*(XtConvertArgProc)convert_args[i].address_id)
+ (widget, &convert_args[i].size, &args[i]);
+ break;
+
+ case XtResourceString:
+ /* Convert in place for next usage */
+ convert_args[i].address_mode = XtResourceQuark;
+ convert_args[i].address_id =
+ (XtPointer)(long)XrmStringToQuark((String)convert_args[i].address_id);
+ /* Fall through */
+
+ case XtResourceQuark:
+ if (! ResourceQuarkToOffset(widget->core.widget_class,
+ (XrmQuark)(long) convert_args[i].address_id, &offset)) {
+ params[0]=
+ XrmQuarkToString((XrmQuark)(long) convert_args[i].address_id);
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidResourceName","computeArgs",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot find resource name %s as argument to conversion",
+ params,&num_params);
+ offset = 0;
+ }
+ args[i].addr = (XPointer)((char *)widget + offset);
+ break;
+ default:
+ params[0] = XtName(widget);
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidAddressMode", "computeArgs", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Conversion arguments for widget '%s' contain an unsupported address mode",
+ params,&num_params);
+ args[i].addr = NULL;
+ args[i].size = 0;
+ } /* switch */
+ } /* for */
+} /* ComputeArgs */
+
+void XtDirectConvert(
+ XtConverter converter,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ register XrmValuePtr from,
+ XrmValuePtr to)
+{
+ register CachePtr p;
+ register int hash;
+ register Cardinal i;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ /* Try to find cache entry for conversion */
+ hash = ((long) converter >> 2) + from->size + *((char *) from->addr);
+ if (from->size > 1) hash += ((char *) from->addr)[1];
+
+ for (p = cacheHashTable[hash & CACHEHASHMASK]; p; p = p->next) {
+ if ((p->hash == hash)
+ && (p->converter == (XtTypeConverter)converter)
+ && (p->from.size == from->size)
+ && !(p->from_is_value ?
+ XtMemcmp(&p->from.addr, from->addr, from->size) :
+ memcmp((char *)p->from.addr, (char *)from->addr, from->size))
+ && (p->num_args == num_args)) {
+ if ((i = num_args)) {
+ XrmValue *pargs = CARGS(p);
+ /* Are all args the same data ? */
+ while (i) {
+ i--; /* do not move to while test, broken compilers */
+ if (pargs[i].size != args[i].size ||
+ XtMemcmp(pargs[i].addr, args[i].addr, args[i].size)) {
+ i++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (!i) {
+ /* Perfect match */
+ to->size = p->to.size;
+ if (p->to_is_value)
+ to->addr = (XPointer)&p->to.addr;
+ else
+ to->addr = p->to.addr;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Didn't find it, call converter procedure and entry result in cache */
+ (*to).size = 0;
+ (*to).addr = NULL;
+ (*converter)(args, &num_args, from, to);
+ /* This memory can never be freed since we don't know the Display
+ * or app context from which to compute the persistance */
+ {
+ CacheEnter(&globalHeap, (XtTypeConverter)converter, args, num_args,
+ from, to, (to->addr != NULL), hash, False, False,
+ (XtDestructor)NULL, NULL);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+
+static ConverterPtr GetConverterEntry(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtTypeConverter converter)
+{
+ Cardinal entry;
+ register ConverterPtr cP;
+ ConverterTable converterTable;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ converterTable = app->converterTable;
+ cP = NULL;
+ for (entry = 0; (entry < CONVERTHASHSIZE) && !cP; entry++) {
+ cP = converterTable[entry];
+ while (cP && (cP->converter != converter)) cP = cP->next;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return cP;
+}
+
+
+static Boolean
+CallConverter(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XtTypeConverter converter,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ register XrmValuePtr from,
+ XrmValuePtr to,
+ XtCacheRef *cache_ref_return,
+ register ConverterPtr cP)
+{
+ CachePtr p;
+ int hash;
+ Cardinal i;
+ Boolean retval;
+
+ if (!cP || ((cP->cache_type == XtCacheNone) && !cP->destructor)) {
+ XtPointer closure;
+ if (cache_ref_return) *cache_ref_return = NULL;
+ retval = (*(XtTypeConverter)converter)
+ (dpy, args, &num_args, from, to, &closure);
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ /* Try to find cache entry for conversion */
+ hash = ((long)(converter) >> 2) + from->size + *((char *) from->addr);
+ if (from->size > 1) hash += ((char *) from->addr)[1];
+
+ if (cP->cache_type != XtCacheNone) {
+ for (p = cacheHashTable[hash & CACHEHASHMASK]; p; p = p->next){
+ if ((p->hash == hash)
+ && (p->converter == converter)
+ && (p->from.size == from->size)
+ && !(p->from_is_value ?
+ XtMemcmp(&p->from.addr, from->addr, from->size) :
+ memcmp((char *)p->from.addr, (char *)from->addr, from->size))
+ && (p->num_args == num_args)) {
+ if ((i = num_args)) {
+ XrmValue *pargs = CARGS(p);
+ /* Are all args the same data ? */
+ while (i) {
+ i--; /* do not move to while test, broken compilers */
+ if (pargs[i].size != args[i].size ||
+ XtMemcmp(pargs[i].addr, args[i].addr, args[i].size)){
+ i++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (!i) {
+ /* Perfect match */
+ if (p->conversion_succeeded) {
+ if (to->addr) { /* new-style call */
+ if (to->size < p->to.size) {
+ to->size = p->to.size;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+ }
+ to->size = p->to.size;
+ if (p->to_is_value) {
+ XtMemmove(to->addr, &p->to.addr,
+ to->size);
+ } else {
+ (void) memmove((char *)to->addr,
+ (char *)p->to.addr, to->size);
+ }
+ } else { /* old-style call */
+ to->size = p->to.size;
+ if (p->to_is_value)
+ to->addr = (XPointer)&p->to.addr;
+ else
+ to->addr = p->to.addr;
+ }
+ }
+ if (p->is_refcounted) {
+ CEXT(p)->ref_count++;
+ if (cache_ref_return)
+ *cache_ref_return = (XtCacheRef)p;
+ else
+ p->is_refcounted = False;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (cache_ref_return)
+ *cache_ref_return = NULL;
+ }
+ retval = (p->conversion_succeeded);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No cache entry, call converter procedure and enter result in cache */
+ {
+ Heap *heap;
+ XtPointer closure = NULL;
+ unsigned int supplied_size = to->size;
+ Boolean do_ref = cP->do_ref_count && cache_ref_return;
+ Boolean do_free = False;
+ Boolean retval =
+ (*(XtTypeConverter)converter)(dpy, args, &num_args, from, to, &closure);
+
+ if (retval == False && supplied_size < to->size) {
+ /* programmer error: caller must allocate sufficient storage */
+ if (cache_ref_return)
+ *cache_ref_return = NULL;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ if ((cP->cache_type == XtCacheNone) || do_ref) {
+ heap = NULL;
+ do_free = True;
+ }
+ else if (cP->cache_type == XtCacheByDisplay)
+ heap = &_XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->heap;
+ else if (cP->global)
+ heap = &globalHeap;
+ else
+ heap = &XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy)->heap;
+
+ p = CacheEnter(heap, converter, args, num_args, from, to, retval,
+ hash, do_ref, do_free, cP->destructor, closure);
+ if (do_ref)
+ *cache_ref_return = (XtCacheRef)p;
+ else if (cache_ref_return)
+ *cache_ref_return = NULL;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+ }
+}
+
+Boolean
+XtCallConverter(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XtTypeConverter converter,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ register XrmValuePtr from,
+ XrmValuePtr to,
+ XtCacheRef *cache_ref_return)
+{
+ ConverterPtr cP;
+ Boolean retval;
+ XtAppContext app = XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if ((cP = GetConverterEntry(app, converter)) == NULL) {
+ XtAppSetTypeConverter(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "_XtUnk1", "_XtUnk2",
+ converter, NULL, 0,
+ XtCacheAll, NULL);
+ cP = GetConverterEntry(app, converter);
+ }
+ retval = CallConverter(dpy, converter, args, num_args, from, to,
+ cache_ref_return, cP);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+Boolean _XtConvert(
+ Widget widget,
+ register XrmRepresentation from_type,
+ XrmValuePtr from,
+ register XrmRepresentation to_type,
+ register XrmValuePtr to,
+ XtCacheRef *cache_ref_return)
+{
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+ register ConverterPtr p;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+ XrmValue *args;
+
+ /* Look for type converter */
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ p = app->converterTable[ProcHash(from_type, to_type) & CONVERTHASHMASK];
+ for (; p; p = p->next) {
+ if (from_type == p->from && to_type == p->to) {
+ Boolean retval = False;
+ /* Compute actual arguments from widget and arg descriptor */
+ num_args = p->num_args;
+ if (num_args != 0) {
+ args = (XrmValue*)
+ ALLOCATE_LOCAL( num_args * sizeof (XrmValue) );
+ if (!args) _XtAllocError("alloca");
+ ComputeArgs(widget, ConvertArgs(p), num_args, args);
+ } else args = NULL;
+ if (p->new_style) {
+ retval =
+ CallConverter(XtDisplayOfObject(widget),
+ p->converter, args, num_args,
+ from, to, cache_ref_return, p);
+ }
+ else { /* is old-style (non-display) converter */
+ XrmValue tempTo;
+ XtDirectConvert((XtConverter)p->converter, args, num_args,
+ from, &tempTo);
+ if (cache_ref_return)
+ *cache_ref_return = NULL;
+ if (tempTo.addr) {
+ if (to->addr) { /* new-style caller */
+ if (to->size >= tempTo.size) {
+ if (to_type == _XtQString)
+ *(String*)(to->addr) = tempTo.addr;
+ else {
+ XtMemmove(to->addr, tempTo.addr,
+ tempTo.size);
+ }
+ retval = True;
+ }
+ to->size = tempTo.size;
+ } else { /* old-style caller */
+ *to = tempTo;
+ retval = True;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (args) DEALLOCATE_LOCAL( (XtPointer)args );
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+
+ {
+ String params[2];
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+ params[0] = XrmRepresentationToString(from_type);
+ params[1] = XrmRepresentationToString(to_type);
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app, "typeConversionError", "noConverter", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "No type converter registered for '%s' to '%s' conversion.",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+}
+
+void XtConvert(
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char* from_type_str,
+ XrmValuePtr from,
+ _Xconst char* to_type_str,
+ XrmValuePtr to)
+{
+ XrmQuark from_type, to_type;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ from_type = XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type_str);
+ to_type = XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type_str);
+ if (from_type != to_type) {
+ /* It's not safe to ref count these resources, 'cause we
+ don't know what older clients may have assumed about
+ the resource lifetimes.
+ XtCacheRef ref;
+ */
+ to->addr = NULL;
+ to->size = 0;
+ _XtConvert(widget, from_type, from, to_type, to, /*&ref*/ NULL);
+ /*
+ if (ref) {
+ XtAddCallback( widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef, (XtPointer)ref );
+ }
+ */
+ }
+ else
+ (*to) = *from;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+Boolean XtConvertAndStore(
+ Widget object,
+ _Xconst char* from_type_str,
+ XrmValuePtr from,
+ _Xconst char* to_type_str,
+ XrmValuePtr to)
+{
+ XrmQuark from_type, to_type;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(object);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ from_type = XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type_str);
+ to_type = XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type_str);
+ if (from_type != to_type) {
+ static XtPointer local_valueP = NULL;
+ static Cardinal local_valueS = 128;
+ XtCacheRef ref;
+ Boolean local = False;
+ do {
+ if (!to->addr) {
+ if (!local_valueP)
+ local_valueP = _XtHeapAlloc(&globalHeap, local_valueS);
+ to->addr = local_valueP;
+ to->size = local_valueS;
+ local = True;
+ }
+ if (!_XtConvert(object, from_type, from, to_type, to, &ref)) {
+ if (local && (to->size > local_valueS)) {
+ to->addr =
+ local_valueP = _XtHeapAlloc(&globalHeap, to->size);
+ local_valueS = to->size;
+ continue;
+ } else {
+ if (local) {
+ to->addr = NULL;
+ to->size = 0;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return False;
+ }
+ }
+ if (ref) {
+ XtAddCallback( object, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef, (XtPointer)ref );
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return True;
+ } while (local /* && local_valueS < to->size */);
+ }
+ if (to->addr) {
+ if (to->size < from->size) {
+ to->size = from->size;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return False;
+ }
+ (void) memmove(to->addr, from->addr, from->size );
+ to->size = from->size;
+ } else /* from_type == to_type */
+ *to = *from;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return True;
+}
+
+void XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtCacheRef *refs)
+{
+ register CachePtr *r;
+ register CachePtr p;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (r = (CachePtr*)refs; (p = *r); r++) {
+ if (p->is_refcounted && --(CEXT(p)->ref_count) == 0) {
+ FreeCacheRec(app, p, NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList(
+ Widget widget, /* unused */
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data) /* unused */
+{
+ XtAppReleaseCacheRefs( XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ (XtCacheRef*)closure );
+ XtFree(closure);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef(
+ Widget widget, /* unused */
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data) /* unused */
+{
+ XtCacheRef cache_refs[2];
+ cache_refs[0] = (XtCacheRef)closure;
+ cache_refs[1] = NULL;
+ XtAppReleaseCacheRefs( XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget), cache_refs );
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+/* Conversion.c - implementations of resource type conversion procs */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "Shell.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
+#include <X11/keysym.h>
+#include <X11/Xlocale.h>
+#include <errno.h> /* for StringToDirectoryString */
+
+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
+#define IsNewline(str) ((str) == '\n' || (str) == '\r')
+#define IsWhitespace(str) ((str)== ' ' || (str) == '\t' || (str) == '\r')
+#else
+#define IsNewline(str) ((str) == '\n')
+#define IsWhitespace(str) ((str)== ' ' || (str) == '\t')
+#endif
+
+static const String XtNwrongParameters = "wrongParameters";
+static const String XtNconversionError = "conversionError";
+static const String XtNmissingCharsetList = "missingCharsetList";
+
+/* Representation types */
+
+#define XtQAtom XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRAtom)
+#define XtQCommandArgArray XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRCommandArgArray)
+#define XtQCursor XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRCursor)
+#define XtQDirectoryString XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRDirectoryString)
+#define XtQDisplay XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRDisplay)
+#define XtQFile XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRFile)
+#define XtQFloat XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRFloat)
+#define XtQInitialState XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRInitialState)
+#define XtQPixmap XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRPixmap)
+#define XtQRestartStyle XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRRestartStyle)
+#define XtQShort XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRShort)
+#define XtQUnsignedChar XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRUnsignedChar)
+#define XtQVisual XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRVisual)
+
+static XrmQuark XtQBool;
+static XrmQuark XtQBoolean;
+static XrmQuark XtQColor;
+static XrmQuark XtQDimension;
+static XrmQuark XtQFont;
+static XrmQuark XtQFontSet;
+static XrmQuark XtQFontStruct;
+static XrmQuark XtQGravity;
+static XrmQuark XtQInt;
+static XrmQuark XtQPixel;
+static XrmQuark XtQPosition;
+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
+XrmQuark _XtQString = 0;
+#else
+XrmQuark _XtQString;
+#endif
+
+void _XtConvertInitialize(void)
+{
+ XtQBool = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRBool);
+ XtQBoolean = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRBoolean);
+ XtQColor = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRColor);
+ XtQDimension = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRDimension);
+ XtQFont = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRFont);
+ XtQFontSet = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRFontSet);
+ XtQFontStruct = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRFontStruct);
+ XtQGravity = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRGravity);
+ XtQInt = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRInt);
+ XtQPixel = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRPixel);
+ XtQPosition = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRPosition);
+ _XtQString = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRString);
+}
+
+#define donestr(type, value, tstr) \
+ { \
+ if (toVal->addr != NULL) { \
+ if (toVal->size < sizeof(type)) { \
+ toVal->size = sizeof(type); \
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, \
+ (char*) fromVal->addr, tstr); \
+ return False; \
+ } \
+ *(type*)(toVal->addr) = (value); \
+ } \
+ else { \
+ static type static_val; \
+ static_val = (value); \
+ toVal->addr = (XPointer)&static_val; \
+ } \
+ toVal->size = sizeof(type); \
+ return True; \
+ }
+
+#define done(type, value) \
+ { \
+ if (toVal->addr != NULL) { \
+ if (toVal->size < sizeof(type)) { \
+ toVal->size = sizeof(type); \
+ return False; \
+ } \
+ *(type*)(toVal->addr) = (value); \
+ } \
+ else { \
+ static type static_val; \
+ static_val = (value); \
+ toVal->addr = (XPointer)&static_val; \
+ } \
+ toVal->size = sizeof(type); \
+ return True; \
+ }
+
+void XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(
+ Display* dpy,
+ _Xconst char* from,
+ _Xconst char* toType
+ )
+{
+#ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS
+ /* Allow suppression of conversion warnings. %%% Not specified. */
+
+ static enum {Check, Report, Ignore} report_it = Check;
+ XtAppContext app = XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (report_it == Check) {
+ XrmDatabase rdb = XtDatabase(dpy);
+ XrmName xrm_name[2];
+ XrmClass xrm_class[2];
+ XrmRepresentation rep_type;
+ XrmValue value;
+ xrm_name[0] = XrmPermStringToQuark( "stringConversionWarnings" );
+ xrm_name[1] = 0;
+ xrm_class[0] = XrmPermStringToQuark( "StringConversionWarnings" );
+ xrm_class[1] = 0;
+ if (XrmQGetResource( rdb, xrm_name, xrm_class,
+ &rep_type, &value ))
+ {
+ if (rep_type == XtQBoolean)
+ report_it = *(Boolean*)value.addr ? Report : Ignore;
+ else if (rep_type == _XtQString) {
+ XrmValue toVal;
+ Boolean report;
+ toVal.addr = (XPointer)&report;
+ toVal.size = sizeof(Boolean);
+ if (XtCallConverter(dpy, XtCvtStringToBoolean, (XrmValuePtr)NULL,
+ (Cardinal)0, &value, &toVal,
+ (XtCacheRef*)NULL))
+ report_it = report ? Report : Ignore;
+ }
+ else report_it = Report;
+ }
+ else report_it = Report;
+ }
+
+ if (report_it == Report) {
+#endif /* ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS */
+ String params[2];
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+ params[0] = (String)from;
+ params[1] = (String)toType;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNconversionError,"string",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot convert string \"%s\" to type %s",
+ params,&num_params);
+#ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS
+ }
+#endif /* ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS */
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtStringConversionWarning(
+ _Xconst char* from,
+ _Xconst char* toType
+ )
+{
+ String params[2];
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+ params[0] = (String)from;
+ params[1] = (String)toType;
+ XtWarningMsg(XtNconversionError,"string",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot convert string \"%s\" to type %s",
+ params,&num_params);
+}
+
+static int CompareISOLatin1(const char *, const char *);
+
+
+static Boolean IsInteger(
+ String string,
+ int *value)
+{
+ Boolean foundDigit = False;
+ Boolean isNegative = False;
+ Boolean isPositive = False;
+ int val = 0;
+ char ch;
+ /* skip leading whitespace */
+#ifndef __UNIXOS2__
+ while ((ch = *string) == ' ' || ch == '\t') string++;
+#else
+ while ((ch = *string) == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\r') string++;
+#endif
+ while ((ch = *string++)) {
+ if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
+ val *= 10;
+ val += ch - '0';
+ foundDigit = True;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (IsWhitespace(ch)) {
+ if (!foundDigit) return False;
+ /* make sure only trailing whitespace */
+ while ((ch = *string++)) {
+ if (!IsWhitespace(ch))
+ return False;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ch == '-' && !foundDigit && !isNegative && !isPositive) {
+ isNegative = True;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (ch == '+' && !foundDigit && !isNegative && !isPositive) {
+ isPositive = True;
+ continue;
+ }
+ return False;
+ }
+ if (ch == '\0') {
+ if (isNegative)
+ *value = -val;
+ else
+ *value = val;
+ return True;
+ }
+ return False;
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtIntToBoolean(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToBoolean",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Integer to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ done(Boolean, (*(int *)fromVal->addr != 0));
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtIntToShort(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToShort",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Integer to Short conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ done(short, (*(int *)fromVal->addr));
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToBoolean(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ String str = (String)fromVal->addr;
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToBoolean",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ if ( (CompareISOLatin1(str, "true") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "yes") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "on") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "1") == 0)) donestr( Boolean, True, XtRBoolean );
+
+ if ( (CompareISOLatin1(str, "false") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "no") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "off") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "0") == 0)) donestr( Boolean, False, XtRBoolean );
+
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, str, XtRBoolean);
+ return False;
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtIntToBool(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToBool",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Integer to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ done(Bool, (*(int *)fromVal->addr != 0));
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToBool(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ String str = (String)fromVal->addr;
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToBool",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ if ( (CompareISOLatin1(str, "true") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "yes") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "on") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "1") == 0)) donestr( Bool, True, XtRBool );
+
+ if ( (CompareISOLatin1(str, "false") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "no") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "off") == 0)
+ || (CompareISOLatin1(str, "0") == 0)) donestr( Bool, False, XtRBool );
+
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *) fromVal->addr, XtRBool);
+ return False;
+}
+
+XtConvertArgRec const colorConvertArgs[] = {
+ {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer)XtOffsetOf(WidgetRec, core.screen),
+ sizeof(Screen *)},
+ {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer)XtOffsetOf(WidgetRec, core.colormap),
+ sizeof(Colormap)}
+};
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+Boolean XtCvtIntToColor(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ XColor c;
+ Screen *screen;
+ Colormap colormap;
+
+ if (*num_args != 2) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntOrPixelToXColor",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Pixel to color conversion needs screen and colormap arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+ screen = *((Screen **) args[0].addr);
+ colormap = *((Colormap *) args[1].addr);
+ c.pixel = *(int *)fromVal->addr;
+
+ XQueryColor(DisplayOfScreen(screen), colormap, &c);
+ done(XColor, c);
+}
+
+
+Boolean XtCvtStringToPixel(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ String str = (String)fromVal->addr;
+ XColor screenColor;
+ XColor exactColor;
+ Screen *screen;
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ Colormap colormap;
+ Status status;
+ String params[1];
+ Cardinal num_params=1;
+
+ if (*num_args != 2) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(pd->appContext, XtNwrongParameters, "cvtStringToPixel",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to pixel conversion needs screen and colormap arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ screen = *((Screen **) args[0].addr);
+ colormap = *((Colormap *) args[1].addr);
+
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultBackground) == 0) {
+ *closure_ret = NULL;
+ if (pd->rv) donestr(Pixel, BlackPixelOfScreen(screen), XtRPixel)
+ else donestr(Pixel, WhitePixelOfScreen(screen), XtRPixel);
+ }
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultForeground) == 0) {
+ *closure_ret = NULL;
+ if (pd->rv) donestr(Pixel, WhitePixelOfScreen(screen), XtRPixel)
+ else donestr(Pixel, BlackPixelOfScreen(screen), XtRPixel);
+ }
+
+ status = XAllocNamedColor(DisplayOfScreen(screen), colormap,
+ (char*)str, &screenColor, &exactColor);
+ if (status == 0) {
+ String msg, type;
+ params[0] = str;
+ /* Server returns a specific error code but Xlib discards it. Ugh */
+ if (XLookupColor(DisplayOfScreen(screen), colormap, (char*)str,
+ &exactColor, &screenColor)) {
+ type = "noColormap";
+ msg = "Cannot allocate colormap entry for \"%s\"";
+ }
+ else {
+ type = "badValue";
+ msg = "Color name \"%s\" is not defined";
+ }
+
+ XtAppWarningMsg(pd->appContext, type, "cvtStringToPixel",
+ XtCXtToolkitError, msg, params, &num_params);
+ *closure_ret = NULL;
+ return False;
+ } else {
+ *closure_ret = (char*)True;
+ donestr(Pixel, screenColor.pixel, XtRPixel);
+ }
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void FreePixel(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ Screen *screen;
+ Colormap colormap;
+
+ if (*num_args != 2) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app, XtNwrongParameters,"freePixel",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Freeing a pixel requires screen and colormap arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ screen = *((Screen **) args[0].addr);
+ colormap = *((Colormap *) args[1].addr);
+
+ if (closure) {
+ XFreeColors( DisplayOfScreen(screen), colormap,
+ (unsigned long*)toVal->addr, 1, (unsigned long)0
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* no longer used by Xt, but it's in the spec */
+XtConvertArgRec const screenConvertArg[] = {
+ {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer)XtOffsetOf(WidgetRec, core.screen),
+ sizeof(Screen *)}
+};
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void FetchDisplayArg(
+ Widget widget,
+ Cardinal *size,
+ XrmValue* value)
+{
+ if (widget == NULL)
+ XtErrorMsg("missingWidget", "fetchDisplayArg", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "FetchDisplayArg called without a widget to reference",
+ (String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
+ /* can't return any useful Display and caller will de-ref NULL,
+ so aborting is the only useful option */
+
+ value->size = sizeof(Display*);
+ value->addr = (XPointer)&DisplayOfScreen(XtScreenOfObject(widget));
+}
+
+static XtConvertArgRec const displayConvertArg[] = {
+ {XtProcedureArg, (XtPointer)FetchDisplayArg, 0},
+};
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToCursor(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ static const struct _CursorName {
+ const char *name;
+ unsigned int shape;
+ } cursor_names[] = {
+ {"X_cursor", XC_X_cursor},
+ {"arrow", XC_arrow},
+ {"based_arrow_down", XC_based_arrow_down},
+ {"based_arrow_up", XC_based_arrow_up},
+ {"boat", XC_boat},
+ {"bogosity", XC_bogosity},
+ {"bottom_left_corner", XC_bottom_left_corner},
+ {"bottom_right_corner", XC_bottom_right_corner},
+ {"bottom_side", XC_bottom_side},
+ {"bottom_tee", XC_bottom_tee},
+ {"box_spiral", XC_box_spiral},
+ {"center_ptr", XC_center_ptr},
+ {"circle", XC_circle},
+ {"clock", XC_clock},
+ {"coffee_mug", XC_coffee_mug},
+ {"cross", XC_cross},
+ {"cross_reverse", XC_cross_reverse},
+ {"crosshair", XC_crosshair},
+ {"diamond_cross", XC_diamond_cross},
+ {"dot", XC_dot},
+ {"dotbox", XC_dotbox},
+ {"double_arrow", XC_double_arrow},
+ {"draft_large", XC_draft_large},
+ {"draft_small", XC_draft_small},
+ {"draped_box", XC_draped_box},
+ {"exchange", XC_exchange},
+ {"fleur", XC_fleur},
+ {"gobbler", XC_gobbler},
+ {"gumby", XC_gumby},
+ {"hand1", XC_hand1},
+ {"hand2", XC_hand2},
+ {"heart", XC_heart},
+ {"icon", XC_icon},
+ {"iron_cross", XC_iron_cross},
+ {"left_ptr", XC_left_ptr},
+ {"left_side", XC_left_side},
+ {"left_tee", XC_left_tee},
+ {"leftbutton", XC_leftbutton},
+ {"ll_angle", XC_ll_angle},
+ {"lr_angle", XC_lr_angle},
+ {"man", XC_man},
+ {"middlebutton", XC_middlebutton},
+ {"mouse", XC_mouse},
+ {"pencil", XC_pencil},
+ {"pirate", XC_pirate},
+ {"plus", XC_plus},
+ {"question_arrow", XC_question_arrow},
+ {"right_ptr", XC_right_ptr},
+ {"right_side", XC_right_side},
+ {"right_tee", XC_right_tee},
+ {"rightbutton", XC_rightbutton},
+ {"rtl_logo", XC_rtl_logo},
+ {"sailboat", XC_sailboat},
+ {"sb_down_arrow", XC_sb_down_arrow},
+ {"sb_h_double_arrow", XC_sb_h_double_arrow},
+ {"sb_left_arrow", XC_sb_left_arrow},
+ {"sb_right_arrow", XC_sb_right_arrow},
+ {"sb_up_arrow", XC_sb_up_arrow},
+ {"sb_v_double_arrow", XC_sb_v_double_arrow},
+ {"shuttle", XC_shuttle},
+ {"sizing", XC_sizing},
+ {"spider", XC_spider},
+ {"spraycan", XC_spraycan},
+ {"star", XC_star},
+ {"target", XC_target},
+ {"tcross", XC_tcross},
+ {"top_left_arrow", XC_top_left_arrow},
+ {"top_left_corner", XC_top_left_corner},
+ {"top_right_corner", XC_top_right_corner},
+ {"top_side", XC_top_side},
+ {"top_tee", XC_top_tee},
+ {"trek", XC_trek},
+ {"ul_angle", XC_ul_angle},
+ {"umbrella", XC_umbrella},
+ {"ur_angle", XC_ur_angle},
+ {"watch", XC_watch},
+ {"xterm", XC_xterm},
+ };
+ const struct _CursorName *nP;
+ char *name = (char *)fromVal->addr;
+ register Cardinal i;
+
+ if (*num_args != 1) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToCursor",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to cursor conversion needs display argument",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ for (i=0, nP=cursor_names; i < XtNumber(cursor_names); i++, nP++ ) {
+ if (strcmp(name, nP->name) == 0) {
+ Display *display = *(Display**)args[0].addr;
+ Cursor cursor = XCreateFontCursor(display, nP->shape );
+ donestr(Cursor, cursor, XtRCursor);
+ }
+ }
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, name, XtRCursor);
+ return False;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void FreeCursor(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer closure, /* unused */
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ Display* display;
+
+ if (*num_args != 1) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNwrongParameters,"freeCursor",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Free Cursor requires display argument",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ display = *(Display**)args[0].addr;
+ XFreeCursor( display, *(Cursor*)toVal->addr );
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToDisplay(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ Display *d;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToDisplay",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Display conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ d = XOpenDisplay((char *)fromVal->addr);
+ if (d != NULL)
+ donestr(Display*, d, XtRDisplay);
+
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *) fromVal->addr, XtRDisplay);
+ return False;
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToFile(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ FILE *f;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToFile",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to File conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ f = fopen((char *)fromVal->addr, "r");
+ if (f != NULL)
+ donestr(FILE*, f, XtRFile);
+
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *) fromVal->addr, XtRFile);
+ return False;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void FreeFile(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer closure, /* unused */
+ XrmValuePtr args, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNwrongParameters,"freeFile",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Free File requires no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ fclose( *(FILE**)toVal->addr );
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtIntToFloat(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToFloat",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Integer to Float conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ done(float, (*(int *)fromVal->addr));
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToFloat(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ int ret;
+ float f, nan;
+
+#ifndef ISC /* On ISC this generates a core dump :-( at least with gs */
+ /* depending on the system this may or may not do anything useful */
+ (void) sscanf ("NaNS", "%g",
+ toVal->addr != NULL ? (float*) toVal->addr : &nan);
+#endif
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToFloat",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Float conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ ret = sscanf (fromVal->addr, "%g", &f);
+ if (ret == 0) {
+ if (toVal->addr != NULL && toVal->size == sizeof nan)
+ *(float*)toVal->addr = nan;
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning (dpy, (char*) fromVal->addr, XtRFloat);
+ return False;
+ }
+ donestr(float, f, XtRFloat);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToFont(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ Font f;
+ Display* display;
+
+ if (*num_args != 1) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToFont",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to font conversion needs display argument",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ display = *(Display**)args[0].addr;
+
+ if (CompareISOLatin1((String)fromVal->addr, XtDefaultFont) != 0) {
+ f = XLoadFont(display, (char *)fromVal->addr);
+ if (f != 0) {
+ Done: donestr( Font, f, XtRFont );
+ }
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *) fromVal->addr, XtRFont);
+ }
+ /* try and get the default font */
+
+ {
+ XrmName xrm_name[2];
+ XrmClass xrm_class[2];
+ XrmRepresentation rep_type;
+ XrmValue value;
+
+ xrm_name[0] = XrmPermStringToQuark ("xtDefaultFont");
+ xrm_name[1] = 0;
+ xrm_class[0] = XrmPermStringToQuark ("XtDefaultFont");
+ xrm_class[1] = 0;
+ if (XrmQGetResource(XtDatabase(display), xrm_name, xrm_class,
+ &rep_type, &value)) {
+ if (rep_type == _XtQString) {
+ f = XLoadFont(display, (char *)value.addr);
+ if (f != 0)
+ goto Done;
+ else
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *)value.addr,
+ XtRFont);
+ } else if (rep_type == XtQFont) {
+ f = *(Font*)value.addr;
+ goto Done;
+ } else if (rep_type == XtQFontStruct) {
+ f = ((XFontStruct*)value.addr)->fid;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Should really do XListFonts, but most servers support this */
+ f = XLoadFont(display, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-ISO8859-*");
+ if (f != 0)
+ goto Done;
+
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "noFont","cvtStringToFont",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Unable to load any usable ISO8859 font",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ return False;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void FreeFont(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer closure, /* unused */
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ Display *display;
+ if (*num_args != 1) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNwrongParameters,"freeFont",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Free Font needs display argument",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ display = *(Display**)args[0].addr;
+ XUnloadFont( display, *(Font*)toVal->addr );
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtIntToFont(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToFont",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Integer to Font conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ done(Font, *(int*)fromVal->addr);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToFontSet(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ XFontSet f;
+ Display* display;
+ char** missing_charset_list;
+ int missing_charset_count;
+ char* def_string;
+
+ if (*num_args != 2) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToFontSet",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to FontSet conversion needs display and locale arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ display = *(Display**)args[0].addr;
+
+ if (CompareISOLatin1((String)fromVal->addr, XtDefaultFontSet) != 0) {
+ f = XCreateFontSet(display, (char *)fromVal->addr,
+ &missing_charset_list, &missing_charset_count, &def_string);
+ /* Free any returned missing charset list */
+ if (missing_charset_count) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNmissingCharsetList,"cvtStringToFontSet",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Missing charsets in String to FontSet conversion",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ XFreeStringList(missing_charset_list);
+ }
+ if (f != NULL) {
+ Done: donestr( XFontSet, f, XtRFontSet );
+ }
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *)fromVal->addr, XtRFontSet);
+ }
+ /* try and get the default fontset */
+
+ {
+ XrmName xrm_name[2];
+ XrmClass xrm_class[2];
+ XrmRepresentation rep_type;
+ XrmValue value;
+
+ xrm_name[0] = XrmPermStringToQuark ("xtDefaultFontSet");
+ xrm_name[1] = 0;
+ xrm_class[0] = XrmPermStringToQuark ("XtDefaultFontSet");
+ xrm_class[1] = 0;
+ if (XrmQGetResource(XtDatabase(display), xrm_name, xrm_class,
+ &rep_type, &value)) {
+ if (rep_type == _XtQString) {
+
+ f = XCreateFontSet(display, (char *)value.addr,
+ &missing_charset_list, &missing_charset_count,
+ &def_string);
+ /* Free any returned missing charset list */
+ if (missing_charset_count) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNmissingCharsetList,"cvtStringToFontSet",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Missing charsets in String to FontSet conversion",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ XFreeStringList(missing_charset_list);
+ }
+ if (f != NULL)
+ goto Done;
+ else
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *)value.addr,
+ XtRFontSet);
+ } else if (rep_type == XtQFontSet) {
+ f = *(XFontSet*)value.addr;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Should really do XListFonts, but most servers support this */
+ f = XCreateFontSet(display, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*,*",
+ &missing_charset_list, &missing_charset_count, &def_string);
+
+ /* Free any returned missing charset list */
+ if (missing_charset_count) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNmissingCharsetList,"cvtStringToFontSet",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Missing charsets in String to FontSet conversion",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ XFreeStringList(missing_charset_list);
+ }
+ if (f != NULL)
+ goto Done;
+
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "noFont","cvtStringToFontSet",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Unable to load any usable fontset",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ return False;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void FreeFontSet(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer closure, /* unused */
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ Display *display;
+ if (*num_args != 2) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNwrongParameters,"freeFontSet",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "FreeFontSet needs display and locale arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ display = *(Display**)args[0].addr;
+ XFreeFontSet( display, *(XFontSet*)toVal->addr );
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void FetchLocaleArg(
+ Widget widget, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *size, /* unused */
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ static XrmString locale;
+
+ locale = XrmQuarkToString(XrmStringToQuark
+ (setlocale(LC_CTYPE, (char*)NULL)));
+ value->size = sizeof(XrmString);
+ value->addr = (XPointer)&locale;
+}
+
+static XtConvertArgRec const localeDisplayConvertArgs[] = {
+ {XtProcedureArg, (XtPointer)FetchDisplayArg, 0},
+ {XtProcedureArg, (XtPointer)FetchLocaleArg, 0},
+};
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean
+XtCvtStringToFontStruct(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ XFontStruct *f;
+ Display* display;
+
+ if (*num_args != 1) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToFontStruct",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to font conversion needs display argument",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ display = *(Display**)args[0].addr;
+
+ if (CompareISOLatin1((String)fromVal->addr, XtDefaultFont) != 0) {
+ f = XLoadQueryFont(display, (char *)fromVal->addr);
+ if (f != NULL) {
+ Done: donestr( XFontStruct*, f, XtRFontStruct);
+ }
+
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char*)fromVal->addr,
+ XtRFontStruct);
+ }
+
+ /* try and get the default font */
+
+ {
+ XrmName xrm_name[2];
+ XrmClass xrm_class[2];
+ XrmRepresentation rep_type;
+ XrmValue value;
+
+ xrm_name[0] = XrmPermStringToQuark ("xtDefaultFont");
+ xrm_name[1] = 0;
+ xrm_class[0] = XrmPermStringToQuark ("XtDefaultFont");
+ xrm_class[1] = 0;
+ if (XrmQGetResource(XtDatabase(display), xrm_name, xrm_class,
+ &rep_type, &value)) {
+ if (rep_type == _XtQString) {
+ f = XLoadQueryFont(display, (char*)value.addr);
+ if (f != NULL)
+ goto Done;
+ else
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char*)value.addr,
+ XtRFontStruct);
+ } else if (rep_type == XtQFont) {
+ f = XQueryFont(display, *(Font*)value.addr );
+ if (f != NULL) goto Done;
+ } else if (rep_type == XtQFontStruct) {
+ f = (XFontStruct*)value.addr;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Should really do XListFonts, but most servers support this */
+ f = XLoadQueryFont(display, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-ISO8859-*");
+ if (f != NULL)
+ goto Done;
+
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "noFont","cvtStringToFontStruct",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Unable to load any usable ISO8859 font",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ return False;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void FreeFontStruct(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer closure, /* unused */
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ Display *display;
+ if (*num_args != 1) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNwrongParameters,"freeFontStruct",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Free FontStruct requires display argument",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ display = *(Display**)args[0].addr;
+ XFreeFont( display, *(XFontStruct**)toVal->addr );
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToInt(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToInt",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ if (IsInteger((String)fromVal->addr, &i))
+ donestr(int, i, XtRInt);
+
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *) fromVal->addr, XtRInt);
+ return False;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToShort(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToShort",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ if (IsInteger((String)fromVal->addr, &i))
+ donestr(short, (short)i, XtRShort);
+
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *) fromVal->addr, XtRShort);
+ return False;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToDimension(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToDimension",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Dimension conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ if (IsInteger((String)fromVal->addr, &i)) {
+ if ( i < 0 )
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char*)fromVal->addr,
+ XtRDimension);
+ donestr(Dimension, (Dimension)i, XtRDimension);
+ }
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *) fromVal->addr, XtRDimension);
+ return False;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToUnsignedChar",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Integer to UnsignedChar conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ done(unsigned char, (*(int *)fromVal->addr));
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToUnsignedChar",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ if (IsInteger((String)fromVal->addr, &i)) {
+ if ( i < 0 || i > 255 )
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char*)fromVal->addr,
+ XtRUnsignedChar);
+ donestr(unsigned char, i, XtRUnsignedChar);
+ }
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char*)fromVal->addr,
+ XtRUnsignedChar);
+ return False;
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtColorToPixel(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtXColorToPixel",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Color to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ done(Pixel, ((XColor *)fromVal->addr)->pixel);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtIntToPixel(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToPixel",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Integer to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ done(Pixel, *(int*)fromVal->addr);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtIntToPixmap(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtIntToPixmap",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Integer to Pixmap conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ done(Pixmap, *(int*)fromVal->addr);
+}
+
+#ifdef MOTIFBC
+void LowerCase(register char *source, register *dest)
+{
+ register char ch;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; (ch = *source) != 0 && i < 999; source++, dest++, i++) {
+ if ('A' <= ch && ch <= 'Z')
+ *dest = ch - 'A' + 'a';
+ else
+ *dest = ch;
+ }
+ *dest = 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int CompareISOLatin1 (const char *first, const char *second)
+{
+ register const unsigned char *ap, *bp;
+
+ for (ap = (const unsigned char *) first,
+ bp = (const unsigned char *) second;
+ *ap && *bp; ap++, bp++) {
+ register unsigned char a, b;
+
+ if ((a = *ap) != (b = *bp)) {
+ /* try lowercasing and try again */
+
+ if ((a >= XK_A) && (a <= XK_Z))
+ a += (XK_a - XK_A);
+ else if ((a >= XK_Agrave) && (a <= XK_Odiaeresis))
+ a += (XK_agrave - XK_Agrave);
+ else if ((a >= XK_Ooblique) && (a <= XK_Thorn))
+ a += (XK_oslash - XK_Ooblique);
+
+ if ((b >= XK_A) && (b <= XK_Z))
+ b += (XK_a - XK_A);
+ else if ((b >= XK_Agrave) && (b <= XK_Odiaeresis))
+ b += (XK_agrave - XK_Agrave);
+ else if ((b >= XK_Ooblique) && (b <= XK_Thorn))
+ b += (XK_oslash - XK_Ooblique);
+
+ if (a != b) break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (((int) *bp) - ((int) *ap));
+}
+
+static void CopyISOLatin1Lowered(char *dst, const char *src)
+{
+ unsigned char *dest = (unsigned char *) dst;
+ const unsigned char *source = (const unsigned char *) src;
+
+ for ( ; *source; source++, dest++) {
+ if (*source >= XK_A && *source <= XK_Z)
+ *dest = *source + (XK_a - XK_A);
+ else if (*source >= XK_Agrave && *source <= XK_Odiaeresis)
+ *dest = *source + (XK_agrave - XK_Agrave);
+ else if (*source >= XK_Ooblique && *source <= XK_Thorn)
+ *dest = *source + (XK_oslash - XK_Ooblique);
+ else
+ *dest = *source;
+ }
+ *dest = '\0';
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean
+XtCvtStringToInitialState(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ String str = (String)fromVal->addr;
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToInitialState",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to InitialState conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "NormalState") == 0) donestr(int, NormalState, XtRInitialState);
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "IconicState") == 0) donestr(int, IconicState, XtRInitialState);
+ {
+ int val;
+ if (IsInteger(str, &val)) donestr( int, val, XtRInitialState );
+ }
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, str, XtRInitialState);
+ return False;
+}
+
+static XtConvertArgRec const visualConvertArgs[] = {
+ {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer)XtOffsetOf(WidgetRec, core.screen),
+ sizeof(Screen *)},
+ {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer)XtOffsetOf(WidgetRec, core.depth),
+ sizeof(Cardinal)}
+};
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToVisual(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args, /* Screen, depth */
+ Cardinal *num_args, /* 2 */
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret) /* unused */
+{
+ String str = (String)fromVal->addr;
+ int vc;
+ XVisualInfo vinfo;
+ if (*num_args != 2) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToVisual",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Visual conversion needs screen and depth arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "StaticGray") == 0) vc = StaticGray;
+ else if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "StaticColor") == 0) vc = StaticColor;
+ else if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "TrueColor") == 0) vc = TrueColor;
+ else if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "GrayScale") == 0) vc = GrayScale;
+ else if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "PseudoColor") == 0) vc = PseudoColor;
+ else if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "DirectColor") == 0) vc = DirectColor;
+ else if (!IsInteger(str, &vc)) {
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, str, "Visual class name");
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ if (XMatchVisualInfo( XDisplayOfScreen((Screen*)*(Screen**)args[0].addr),
+ XScreenNumberOfScreen((Screen*)*(Screen**)args[0].addr),
+ (int)*(int*)args[1].addr,
+ vc,
+ &vinfo) ) {
+ donestr( Visual*, vinfo.visual, XtRVisual );
+ }
+ else {
+ String params[2];
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+ params[0] = str;
+ params[1] =
+ DisplayString(XDisplayOfScreen((Screen*)*(Screen**)args[0].addr));
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNconversionError, "stringToVisual", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Cannot find Visual of class %s for display %s",
+ params, &num_params );
+ return False;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToAtom(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ Atom atom;
+ if (*num_args != 1) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToAtom",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to Atom conversion needs Display argument",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ atom = XInternAtom( *(Display**)args->addr, (char*)fromVal->addr, False );
+ donestr(Atom, atom, XtRAtom);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToDirectoryString(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ String str;
+ char directory[PATH_MAX+1];
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToDirectoryString",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to DirectoryString conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ str = (String)fromVal->addr;
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "XtCurrentDirectory") == 0) {
+ /* uglier, but does not depend on compiler knowing return type */
+#if !defined(X_NOT_POSIX) || defined(SYSV) || defined(WIN32)
+ if (getcwd(directory, PATH_MAX + 1))
+ str = directory;
+#else
+ if (getwd(directory))
+ str = directory;
+#endif
+ if (!str) {
+ if (errno == EACCES)
+ errno = 0; /* reset errno */
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *) fromVal->addr,
+ XtRDirectoryString);
+ return False;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Since memory from the resource database or from static buffers of
+ * system libraries may be freed or overwritten, allocate memory.
+ * The memory is freed when all cache references are released.
+ */
+ str = XtNewString(str);
+ donestr(String, str, XtRDirectoryString);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void FreeDirectoryString(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer closure, /* unused */
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ XtNwrongParameters,"freeDirectoryString",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Free Directory String requires no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
+
+ XtFree((char *) toVal->addr);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToRestartStyle(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ String str = (String)fromVal->addr;
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToRestartStyle",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to RestartStyle conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "RestartIfRunning") == 0)
+ donestr(unsigned char, SmRestartIfRunning, XtRRestartStyle);
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "RestartAnyway") == 0)
+ donestr(unsigned char, SmRestartAnyway, XtRRestartStyle);
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "RestartImmediately") == 0)
+ donestr(unsigned char, SmRestartImmediately, XtRRestartStyle);
+ if (CompareISOLatin1(str, "RestartNever") == 0)
+ donestr(unsigned char, SmRestartNever, XtRRestartStyle);
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, str, XtRRestartStyle);
+ return False;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ String *strarray, *ptr;
+ char *src;
+ char *dst, *dst_str;
+ char *start;
+ int tokens, len;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ XtNwrongParameters,"cvtStringToCommandArgArray",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to CommandArgArray conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ src = fromVal->addr;
+ dst = dst_str = __XtMalloc((unsigned) strlen(src) + 1);
+ tokens = 0;
+
+ while (*src != '\0') {
+ /* skip whitespace */
+ while (IsWhitespace(*src) || IsNewline(*src))
+ src++;
+ /* test for end of string */
+ if (*src == '\0')
+ break;
+
+ /* start new token */
+ tokens++;
+ start = src;
+ while (*src != '\0' && !IsWhitespace(*src) && !IsNewline(*src)) {
+ if (*src == '\\' &&
+ (IsWhitespace(*(src+1)) || IsNewline(*(src+1)))) {
+ len = src - start;
+ if (len) {
+ /* copy preceeding part of token */
+ memcpy(dst, start, len);
+ dst += len;
+ }
+ /* skip backslash */
+ src++;
+ /* next part of token starts at whitespace */
+ start = src;
+ }
+ src++;
+ }
+ len = src - start;
+ if (len) {
+ /* copy last part of token */
+ memcpy(dst, start, len);
+ dst += len;
+ }
+ *dst = '\0';
+ if (*src != '\0')
+ dst++;
+ }
+
+ ptr = strarray = (String*) __XtMalloc((Cardinal)(tokens+1) * sizeof(String));
+ src = dst_str;
+ while (--tokens >= 0) {
+ *ptr = src;
+ ptr++;
+ if (tokens) {
+ len = strlen(src);
+ src = src + len + 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *ptr = NULL;
+
+ *closure_ret = (XtPointer) strarray;
+ donestr(char**, strarray, XtRCommandArgArray)
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void ArgArrayDestructor(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ String *strarray;
+
+ if (closure) {
+ strarray = (String*) closure;
+ XtFree(*strarray);
+ XtFree((char *) strarray);
+ }
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToGravity (
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr fromVal,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ static struct _namepair {
+ XrmQuark quark;
+ const char *name;
+ int gravity;
+ } names[] = {
+ { NULLQUARK, "forget", ForgetGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "northwest", NorthWestGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "north", NorthGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "northeast", NorthEastGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "west", WestGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "center", CenterGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "east", EastGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "southwest", SouthWestGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "south", SouthGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "southeast", SouthEastGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "static", StaticGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "unmap", UnmapGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "0", ForgetGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "1", NorthWestGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "2", NorthGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "3", NorthEastGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "4", WestGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "5", CenterGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "6", EastGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "7", SouthWestGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "8", SouthGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "9", SouthEastGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, "10", StaticGravity },
+ { NULLQUARK, NULL, ForgetGravity }
+ };
+ static Boolean haveQuarks = FALSE;
+ char lowerName[40];
+ XrmQuark q;
+ char *s;
+ struct _namepair *np;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy),
+ "wrongParameters","cvtStringToGravity","XtToolkitError",
+ "String to Gravity conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+ if (!haveQuarks) {
+ for (np = names; np->name; np++) {
+ np->quark = XrmPermStringToQuark (np->name);
+ }
+ haveQuarks = TRUE;
+ }
+ s = (char *) fromVal->addr;
+ if (strlen(s) < sizeof lowerName) {
+ CopyISOLatin1Lowered (lowerName, s);
+ q = XrmStringToQuark (lowerName);
+ for (np = names; np->name; np++)
+ if (np->quark == q) donestr(int, np->gravity, XtRGravity);
+ }
+ XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(dpy, (char *)fromVal->addr, XtRGravity);
+ return False;
+}
+
+void _XtAddDefaultConverters(
+ ConverterTable table)
+{
+#define Add(from, to, proc, convert_args, num_args, cache) \
+ _XtTableAddConverter(table, from, to, proc, \
+ (XtConvertArgList) convert_args, (Cardinal)num_args, \
+ True, cache, (XtDestructor)NULL, True)
+
+#define Add2(from, to, proc, convert_args, num_args, cache, destructor) \
+ _XtTableAddConverter(table, from, to, proc, \
+ (XtConvertArgList) convert_args, (Cardinal)num_args, \
+ True, cache, destructor, True)
+
+ Add(XtQColor, XtQPixel, XtCvtColorToPixel, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQBool, XtCvtIntToBool, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQBoolean, XtCvtIntToBoolean, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQColor, XtCvtIntToColor,
+ colorConvertArgs, XtNumber(colorConvertArgs), XtCacheByDisplay);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQDimension, XtCvtIntToShort, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQFloat, XtCvtIntToFloat, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQFont, XtCvtIntToFont, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQPixel, XtCvtIntToPixel, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQPixmap, XtCvtIntToPixmap, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQPosition, XtCvtIntToShort, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQShort, XtCvtIntToShort, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(XtQInt, XtQUnsignedChar,XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar,NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+
+ Add(XtQPixel, XtQColor, XtCvtIntToColor,
+ colorConvertArgs, XtNumber(colorConvertArgs), XtCacheByDisplay);
+
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQAtom, XtCvtStringToAtom,
+ displayConvertArg, XtNumber(displayConvertArg), XtCacheNone);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQBool, XtCvtStringToBool, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQBoolean, XtCvtStringToBoolean, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add2(_XtQString, XtQCommandArgArray, XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray,
+ NULL, 0, XtCacheNone | XtCacheRefCount, ArgArrayDestructor);
+ Add2(_XtQString, XtQCursor, XtCvtStringToCursor,
+ displayConvertArg, XtNumber(displayConvertArg),
+ XtCacheByDisplay, FreeCursor);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQDimension, XtCvtStringToDimension,NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add2(_XtQString, XtQDirectoryString, XtCvtStringToDirectoryString, NULL, 0,
+ XtCacheNone | XtCacheRefCount, FreeDirectoryString);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQDisplay, XtCvtStringToDisplay, NULL, 0, XtCacheAll);
+ Add2(_XtQString, XtQFile, XtCvtStringToFile, NULL, 0,
+ XtCacheAll | XtCacheRefCount, FreeFile);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQFloat, XtCvtStringToFloat, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+
+ Add2(_XtQString, XtQFont, XtCvtStringToFont,
+ displayConvertArg, XtNumber(displayConvertArg),
+ XtCacheByDisplay, FreeFont);
+ Add2(_XtQString, XtQFontSet, XtCvtStringToFontSet,
+ localeDisplayConvertArgs, XtNumber(localeDisplayConvertArgs),
+ XtCacheByDisplay, FreeFontSet);
+ Add2(_XtQString, XtQFontStruct,XtCvtStringToFontStruct,
+ displayConvertArg, XtNumber(displayConvertArg),
+ XtCacheByDisplay, FreeFontStruct);
+
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQGravity, XtCvtStringToGravity, NULL, 0, XtCacheNone);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQInitialState, XtCvtStringToInitialState, NULL, 0,
+ XtCacheNone);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQInt, XtCvtStringToInt, NULL, 0, XtCacheAll);
+ Add2(_XtQString, XtQPixel, XtCvtStringToPixel,
+ colorConvertArgs, XtNumber(colorConvertArgs),
+ XtCacheByDisplay, FreePixel);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQPosition, XtCvtStringToShort, NULL, 0, XtCacheAll);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQRestartStyle, XtCvtStringToRestartStyle, NULL, 0,
+ XtCacheNone);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQShort, XtCvtStringToShort, NULL, 0, XtCacheAll);
+ Add(_XtQString, XtQUnsignedChar, XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar,
+ NULL, 0, XtCacheAll);
+ Add2(_XtQString, XtQVisual, XtCvtStringToVisual,
+ visualConvertArgs, XtNumber(visualConvertArgs),
+ XtCacheByDisplay, NULL);
+
+ _XtAddTMConverters(table);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicP.h"
+#include "EventI.h"
+#include "ConvertI.h"
+#include "TranslateI.h"
+#include "ResourceI.h"
+#include "RectObj.h"
+#include "RectObjP.h"
+#include "ThreadsI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+/******************************************************************
+ *
+ * CoreWidget Resources
+ *
+ ******************************************************************/
+
+externaldef(xtinherittranslations) int _XtInheritTranslations = 0;
+extern String XtCXtToolkitError; /* from IntrinsicI.h */
+static void XtCopyScreen(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+ {XtNscreen, XtCScreen, XtRScreen, sizeof(Screen*),
+ XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.screen), XtRCallProc, (XtPointer)XtCopyScreen},
+/*_XtCopyFromParent does not work for screen because the Display
+parameter is not passed through to the XtRCallProc routines */
+ {XtNdepth, XtCDepth, XtRInt,sizeof(int),
+ XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.depth),
+ XtRCallProc, (XtPointer)_XtCopyFromParent},
+ {XtNcolormap, XtCColormap, XtRColormap, sizeof(Colormap),
+ XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.colormap),
+ XtRCallProc,(XtPointer)_XtCopyFromParent},
+ {XtNbackground, XtCBackground, XtRPixel,sizeof(Pixel),
+ XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.background_pixel),
+ XtRString, (XtPointer)"XtDefaultBackground"},
+ {XtNbackgroundPixmap, XtCPixmap, XtRPixmap, sizeof(Pixmap),
+ XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.background_pixmap),
+ XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)XtUnspecifiedPixmap},
+ {XtNborderColor, XtCBorderColor, XtRPixel,sizeof(Pixel),
+ XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.border_pixel),
+ XtRString,(XtPointer)"XtDefaultForeground"},
+ {XtNborderPixmap, XtCPixmap, XtRPixmap, sizeof(Pixmap),
+ XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.border_pixmap),
+ XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)XtUnspecifiedPixmap},
+ {XtNmappedWhenManaged, XtCMappedWhenManaged, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.mapped_when_managed),
+ XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)True},
+ {XtNtranslations, XtCTranslations, XtRTranslationTable,
+ sizeof(XtTranslations), XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.tm.translations),
+ XtRTranslationTable, (XtPointer)NULL},
+ {XtNaccelerators, XtCAccelerators, XtRAcceleratorTable,
+ sizeof(XtTranslations), XtOffsetOf(CoreRec,core.accelerators),
+ XtRTranslationTable, (XtPointer)NULL}
+ };
+
+static void CoreInitialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void CoreClassPartInitialize(WidgetClass);
+static void CoreDestroy(Widget);
+static void CoreRealize(Widget, XtValueMask *, XSetWindowAttributes *);
+static Boolean CoreSetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void CoreSetValuesAlmost(Widget, Widget, XtWidgetGeometry *, XtWidgetGeometry *);
+
+static RectObjClassRec unNamedObjClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass)&rectObjClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "UnNamedObj",
+ /* widget_size */ 0,
+ /* class_initialize */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
+ /* class_inited */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ NULL,
+ /* initialize_hook */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ (XtProc)XtInheritRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ NULL,
+ /* num_resources */ 0,
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ NULL,
+ /* resize */ NULL,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback_offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+
+externaldef(widgetclassrec) WidgetClassRec widgetClassRec = {
+{
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass)&unNamedObjClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "Core",
+ /* widget_size */ sizeof(WidgetRec),
+ /* class_initialize */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ CoreClassPartInitialize,
+ /* class_inited */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ CoreInitialize,
+ /* initialize_hook */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ CoreRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ resources,
+ /* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ CoreDestroy,
+ /* resize */ NULL,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ CoreSetValues,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ CoreSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback_offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+externaldef (WidgetClass) WidgetClass widgetClass = &widgetClassRec;
+
+externaldef (WidgetClass) WidgetClass coreWidgetClass = &widgetClassRec;
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void XtCopyScreen(
+ Widget widget,
+ int offset,
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ value->addr = (XPointer)(&widget->core.screen);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start of Core methods
+ */
+
+static void CoreClassPartInitialize(
+ register WidgetClass wc)
+{
+ /* We don't need to check for null super since we'll get to object
+ eventually, and it had better define them! */
+
+ register WidgetClass super = wc->core_class.superclass;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (wc->core_class.realize == XtInheritRealize) {
+ wc->core_class.realize = super->core_class.realize;
+ }
+
+ if (wc->core_class.accept_focus == XtInheritAcceptFocus) {
+ wc->core_class.accept_focus = super->core_class.accept_focus;
+ }
+
+ if (wc->core_class.display_accelerator == XtInheritDisplayAccelerator) {
+ wc->core_class.display_accelerator =
+ super->core_class.display_accelerator;
+ }
+
+ if (wc->core_class.tm_table == (char *) XtInheritTranslations) {
+ wc->core_class.tm_table =
+ wc->core_class.superclass->core_class.tm_table;
+ } else if (wc->core_class.tm_table != NULL) {
+ wc->core_class.tm_table =
+ (String)XtParseTranslationTable(wc->core_class.tm_table);
+ }
+
+ if (wc->core_class.actions != NULL) {
+ Boolean inPlace;
+
+ if (wc->core_class.version == XtVersionDontCheck)
+ inPlace = True;
+ else
+ inPlace = (wc->core_class.version < XtVersion) ? False : True;
+
+ /* Compile the action table into a more efficient form */
+ wc->core_class.actions = (XtActionList) _XtInitializeActionData(
+ wc->core_class.actions, wc->core_class.num_actions, inPlace);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void CoreInitialize(
+ Widget requested_widget,
+ register Widget new_widget,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ XtTranslations save1, save2;
+ new_widget->core.event_table = NULL;
+ new_widget->core.tm.proc_table = NULL;
+ new_widget->core.tm.lastEventTime = 0;
+ /* magic semi-resource fetched by GetResources */
+ save1 = (XtTranslations)new_widget->core.tm.current_state;
+ new_widget->core.tm.current_state = NULL;
+ save2 = new_widget->core.tm.translations;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ new_widget->core.tm.translations =
+ (XtTranslations)new_widget->core.widget_class->core_class.tm_table;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (save1)
+ _XtMergeTranslations(new_widget, save1, save1->operation);
+ if (save2)
+ _XtMergeTranslations(new_widget, save2, save2->operation);
+}
+
+static void CoreRealize(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtValueMask *value_mask,
+ XSetWindowAttributes *attributes)
+{
+ XtCreateWindow(widget, (unsigned int) InputOutput,
+ (Visual *) CopyFromParent, *value_mask, attributes);
+} /* CoreRealize */
+
+static void CoreDestroy (
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ _XtFreeEventTable(&widget->core.event_table);
+ _XtDestroyTMData(widget);
+ XtUnregisterDrawable(XtDisplay(widget), widget->core.window);
+
+ if (widget->core.popup_list != NULL)
+ XtFree((char *)widget->core.popup_list);
+
+} /* CoreDestroy */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static Boolean CoreSetValues(
+ Widget old, Widget reference, Widget new,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ Boolean redisplay;
+ Mask window_mask;
+ XSetWindowAttributes attributes;
+ XtTranslations save;
+
+ redisplay = FALSE;
+ if (old->core.tm.translations != new->core.tm.translations) {
+ save = new->core.tm.translations;
+ new->core.tm.translations = old->core.tm.translations;
+ _XtMergeTranslations(new, save, XtTableReplace);
+ }
+
+ /* Check everything that depends upon window being realized */
+ if (XtIsRealized(old)) {
+ window_mask = 0;
+ /* Check window attributes */
+ if (old->core.background_pixel != new->core.background_pixel
+ && new->core.background_pixmap == XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
+ attributes.background_pixel = new->core.background_pixel;
+ window_mask |= CWBackPixel;
+ redisplay = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (old->core.background_pixmap != new->core.background_pixmap) {
+ if (new->core.background_pixmap == XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
+ window_mask |= CWBackPixel;
+ attributes.background_pixel = new->core.background_pixel;
+ }
+ else {
+ attributes.background_pixmap = new->core.background_pixmap;
+ window_mask &= ~CWBackPixel;
+ window_mask |= CWBackPixmap;
+ }
+ redisplay = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (old->core.border_pixel != new->core.border_pixel
+ && new->core.border_pixmap == XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
+ attributes.border_pixel = new->core.border_pixel;
+ window_mask |= CWBorderPixel;
+ }
+ if (old->core.border_pixmap != new->core.border_pixmap) {
+ if (new->core.border_pixmap == XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
+ window_mask |= CWBorderPixel;
+ attributes.border_pixel = new->core.border_pixel;
+ }
+ else {
+ attributes.border_pixmap = new->core.border_pixmap;
+ window_mask &= ~CWBorderPixel;
+ window_mask |= CWBorderPixmap;
+ }
+ }
+ if (old->core.depth != new->core.depth) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(old),
+ "invalidDepth","setValues",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Can't change widget depth", (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ new->core.depth = old->core.depth;
+ }
+ if (old->core.colormap != new->core.colormap) {
+ window_mask |= CWColormap;
+ attributes.colormap = new->core.colormap;
+ }
+ if (window_mask != 0) {
+ /* Actually change X window attributes */
+ XChangeWindowAttributes(
+ XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new), window_mask, &attributes);
+ }
+
+ if (old->core.mapped_when_managed != new->core.mapped_when_managed) {
+ Boolean mapped_when_managed = new->core.mapped_when_managed;
+ new->core.mapped_when_managed = !mapped_when_managed;
+ XtSetMappedWhenManaged(new, mapped_when_managed);
+ }
+ } /* if realized */
+
+ return redisplay;
+} /* CoreSetValues */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void CoreSetValuesAlmost(
+ Widget old,
+ Widget new,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *request,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *reply)
+{
+ *request = *reply;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "VarargsI.h"
+#include "ShellP.h"
+#include "CreateI.h"
+#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
+#include "ResConfigP.h"
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+static String XtNxtCreateWidget = "xtCreateWidget";
+static String XtNxtCreatePopupShell = "xtCreatePopupShell";
+
+static void
+CallClassPartInit(WidgetClass ancestor, WidgetClass wc)
+{
+ if (ancestor->core_class.superclass != NULL) {
+ CallClassPartInit(ancestor->core_class.superclass, wc);
+ }
+ if (ancestor->core_class.class_part_initialize != NULL) {
+ (*(ancestor->core_class.class_part_initialize)) (wc);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+XtInitializeWidgetClass(WidgetClass wc)
+{
+ XtEnum inited;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (wc->core_class.class_inited) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+ inited = 0x01;
+ {
+ WidgetClass pc;
+#define LeaveIfClass(c, d) if (pc == c) { inited = d; break; }
+ for (pc = wc; pc; pc = pc->core_class.superclass) {
+ LeaveIfClass(rectObjClass, 0x01 |
+ RectObjClassFlag);
+ LeaveIfClass(coreWidgetClass, 0x01 |
+ RectObjClassFlag |
+ WidgetClassFlag);
+ LeaveIfClass(compositeWidgetClass, 0x01 |
+ RectObjClassFlag |
+ WidgetClassFlag |
+ CompositeClassFlag);
+ LeaveIfClass(constraintWidgetClass, 0x01 |
+ RectObjClassFlag |
+ WidgetClassFlag |
+ CompositeClassFlag |
+ ConstraintClassFlag);
+ LeaveIfClass(shellWidgetClass, 0x01 |
+ RectObjClassFlag |
+ WidgetClassFlag |
+ CompositeClassFlag |
+ ShellClassFlag);
+ LeaveIfClass(wmShellWidgetClass, 0x01 |
+ RectObjClassFlag |
+ WidgetClassFlag |
+ CompositeClassFlag |
+ ShellClassFlag |
+ WMShellClassFlag);
+ LeaveIfClass(topLevelShellWidgetClass, 0x01 |
+ RectObjClassFlag |
+ WidgetClassFlag |
+ CompositeClassFlag |
+ ShellClassFlag |
+ WMShellClassFlag |
+ TopLevelClassFlag);
+ }
+#undef LeaveIfClass
+ }
+ if (wc->core_class.version != XtVersion &&
+ wc->core_class.version != XtVersionDontCheck) {
+ String param[3];
+ String mismatch = "Widget class %s version mismatch (recompilation needed):\n widget %d vs. intrinsics %d.";
+ String recompile = "Widget class %s must be re-compiled.";
+ Cardinal num_params;
+
+ param[0] = wc->core_class.class_name;
+ param[1] = (String) wc->core_class.version;
+ param[2] = (String) XtVersion;
+
+ if (wc->core_class.version == (11 * 1000 + 5) || /* MIT X11R5 */
+ wc->core_class.version == (11 * 1000 + 4)) { /* MIT X11R4 */
+ if ((inited & WMShellClassFlag) &&
+ (sizeof(Boolean) != sizeof(char) ||
+ sizeof(Atom) != sizeof(Widget) ||
+ sizeof(Atom) != sizeof(String))) {
+ num_params=3;
+ XtWarningMsg("versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ mismatch, param, &num_params);
+ num_params=1;
+ XtErrorMsg("R4orR5versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ recompile, param, &num_params);
+
+ }
+ }
+ else if (wc->core_class.version == (11 * 1000 + 3)) { /* MIT X11R3 */
+ if (inited & ShellClassFlag) {
+ num_params=1;
+ XtWarningMsg("r3versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Shell Widget class %s binary compiled for R3",
+ param,&num_params);
+ XtErrorMsg("R3versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ recompile, param, &num_params);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ num_params=3;
+ XtWarningMsg("versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ mismatch, param, &num_params);
+ if (wc->core_class.version == (2 * 1000 + 2)) /* MIT X11R2 */ {
+ num_params=1;
+ XtErrorMsg("r2versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ recompile, param, &num_params);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((wc->core_class.superclass != NULL)
+ && (!(wc->core_class.superclass->core_class.class_inited)))
+ XtInitializeWidgetClass(wc->core_class.superclass);
+
+ if (wc->core_class.class_initialize != NULL)
+ (*(wc->core_class.class_initialize))();
+ CallClassPartInit(wc, wc);
+ wc->core_class.class_inited = inited;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static void
+CallInitialize (
+ WidgetClass class,
+ Widget req_widget,
+ Widget new_widget,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ WidgetClass superclass;
+ XtInitProc initialize;
+ XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ superclass = class->core_class.superclass;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (superclass)
+ CallInitialize (superclass, req_widget, new_widget, args, num_args);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ initialize = class->core_class.initialize;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (initialize)
+ (*initialize) (req_widget, new_widget, args, &num_args);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ initialize_hook = class->core_class.initialize_hook;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (initialize_hook)
+ (*initialize_hook) (new_widget, args, &num_args);
+}
+
+static void
+CallConstraintInitialize (
+ ConstraintWidgetClass class,
+ Widget req_widget,
+ Widget new_widget,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ WidgetClass superclass;
+ XtInitProc initialize;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ superclass = class->core_class.superclass;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (superclass != constraintWidgetClass)
+ CallConstraintInitialize((ConstraintWidgetClass) superclass,
+ req_widget, new_widget, args, num_args);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ initialize = class->constraint_class.initialize;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (initialize)
+ (*initialize) (req_widget, new_widget, args, &num_args);
+}
+
+static Widget
+xtWidgetAlloc(
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ ConstraintWidgetClass parent_constraint_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ String name,
+ ArgList args, /* must be NULL if typed_args is non-NULL */
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args, /* must be NULL if args is non-NULL */
+ Cardinal num_typed_args)
+{
+ Widget widget;
+ Cardinal wsize, csize = 0;
+ ObjectClassExtension ext;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (! (widget_class->core_class.class_inited))
+ XtInitializeWidgetClass(widget_class);
+ ext = (ObjectClassExtension)
+ XtGetClassExtension(widget_class,
+ XtOffsetOf(ObjectClassRec, object_class.extension),
+ NULLQUARK, XtObjectExtensionVersion,
+ sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec));
+ if (parent_constraint_class)
+ csize = parent_constraint_class->constraint_class.constraint_size;
+ if (ext && ext->allocate) {
+ XtAllocateProc allocate;
+ Cardinal extra = 0;
+ Cardinal nargs = num_args;
+ Cardinal ntyped = num_typed_args;
+ allocate = ext->allocate;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*allocate)(widget_class, &csize, &extra, args, &nargs,
+ typed_args, &ntyped, &widget, NULL);
+ } else {
+ wsize = widget_class->core_class.widget_size;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (csize) {
+ if (sizeof(struct {char a; double b;}) !=
+ (sizeof(struct {char a; unsigned long b;}) -
+ sizeof(unsigned long) + sizeof(double))) {
+ if (csize && !(csize & (sizeof(double) - 1)))
+ wsize = (wsize + sizeof(double) - 1) & ~(sizeof(double)-1);
+ }
+ }
+ widget = (Widget) __XtMalloc((unsigned)(wsize + csize));
+ bzero(widget, wsize + csize);
+ widget->core.constraints =
+ (csize ? (XtPointer)((char *)widget + wsize) : NULL);
+ }
+ widget->core.self = widget;
+ widget->core.parent = parent;
+ widget->core.widget_class = widget_class;
+ widget->core.xrm_name = StringToName((name != NULL) ? name : "");
+ widget->core.being_destroyed =
+ (parent != NULL ? parent->core.being_destroyed : FALSE);
+ return widget;
+}
+
+static void
+CompileCallbacks(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ CallbackTable offsets;
+ InternalCallbackList* cl;
+ int i;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ offsets = (CallbackTable)
+ widget->core.widget_class->core_class.callback_private;
+
+ for (i = (int)(long) *(offsets++); --i >= 0; offsets++) {
+ cl = (InternalCallbackList *)
+ ((char *) widget - (*offsets)->xrm_offset - 1);
+ if (*cl)
+ *cl = _XtCompileCallbackList((XtCallbackList) *cl);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static Widget
+xtCreate(
+ char *name,
+ char *class,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ Screen* default_screen, /* undefined when creating a nonwidget */
+ ArgList args, /* must be NULL if typed_args is non-NULL */
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args, /* must be NULL if args is non-NULL */
+ Cardinal num_typed_args,
+ ConstraintWidgetClass parent_constraint_class,
+ /* NULL if not a subclass of Constraint or if child is popup shell */
+ XtWidgetProc post_proc)
+{
+ /* need to use strictest alignment rules possible in next two decls. */
+ double widget_cache[100];
+ double constraint_cache[20];
+ Widget req_widget;
+ XtPointer req_constraints = NULL;
+ Cardinal wsize, csize;
+ Widget widget;
+ XtCacheRef *cache_refs;
+ Cardinal i;
+ XtCreateHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ widget = xtWidgetAlloc(widget_class, parent_constraint_class, parent,
+ name, args, num_args, typed_args, num_typed_args);
+
+ if (XtIsRectObj(widget)) {
+ widget->core.managed = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (XtIsWidget(widget)) {
+ widget->core.name = XrmNameToString(widget->core.xrm_name);
+ widget->core.screen = default_screen;
+ widget->core.tm.translations = NULL;
+ widget->core.window = (Window) 0;
+ widget->core.visible = TRUE;
+ widget->core.popup_list = NULL;
+ widget->core.num_popups = 0;
+ };
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (XtIsApplicationShell(widget)) {
+ ApplicationShellWidget a = (ApplicationShellWidget) widget;
+ if (class != NULL)
+ a->application.xrm_class = StringToClass(class);
+ else
+ a->application.xrm_class = widget_class->core_class.xrm_class;
+ a->application.class = XrmQuarkToString(a->application.xrm_class);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ /* fetch resources */
+ cache_refs = _XtGetResources(widget, args, num_args,
+ typed_args, &num_typed_args);
+
+ /* Convert typed arg list to arg list */
+ if (typed_args != NULL && num_typed_args > 0) {
+ args = (ArgList)ALLOCATE_LOCAL(sizeof(Arg) * num_typed_args);
+ if (args == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_typed_args; i++) {
+ args[i].name = typed_args[i].name;
+ args[i].value = typed_args[i].value;
+ }
+ num_args = num_typed_args;
+ }
+
+ CompileCallbacks(widget);
+
+ if (cache_refs != NULL) {
+ XtAddCallback(widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList, (XtPointer)cache_refs );
+ }
+
+ wsize = widget_class->core_class.widget_size;
+ csize = 0;
+ req_widget = (Widget) XtStackAlloc(wsize, widget_cache);
+ (void) memmove ((char *) req_widget, (char *) widget, (int) wsize);
+ CallInitialize (XtClass(widget), req_widget, widget, args, num_args);
+ if (parent_constraint_class != NULL) {
+ csize = parent_constraint_class->constraint_class.constraint_size;
+ if (csize) {
+ req_constraints = XtStackAlloc(csize, constraint_cache);
+ (void) memmove((char*)req_constraints, widget->core.constraints,
+ (int)csize);
+ req_widget->core.constraints = req_constraints;
+ } else req_widget->core.constraints = NULL;
+ CallConstraintInitialize(parent_constraint_class, req_widget, widget,
+ args, num_args);
+ if (csize) {
+ XtStackFree(req_constraints, constraint_cache);
+ }
+ }
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)req_widget, widget_cache);
+ if (post_proc != (XtWidgetProc) NULL) {
+ Widget hookobj;
+ (*post_proc)(widget);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay((default_screen != (Screen*) NULL) ?
+ default_screen->display :
+ XtDisplayOfObject(parent));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNcreateHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+
+ call_data.type = XtHcreate;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.args = args;
+ call_data.num_args = num_args;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.createhook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ }
+ if (typed_args != NULL) {
+ while (num_typed_args-- > 0) {
+
+ /* In GetResources we may have dynamically alloc'd store to hold */
+ /* a copy of a resource which was larger then sizeof(XtArgVal). */
+ /* We must free this store now in order to prevent a memory leak */
+ /* A typed arg that has a converted value in dynamic store has a */
+ /* negated size field. */
+
+ if (typed_args->type != NULL && typed_args->size < 0) {
+ XtFree((char*)typed_args->value);
+ typed_args->size = -(typed_args->size);
+ }
+ typed_args++;
+ }
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL((char*)args);
+ }
+ return (widget);
+}
+
+static void
+widgetPostProc(Widget w)
+{
+ XtWidgetProc insert_child;
+ Widget parent = XtParent(w);
+ String param = XtName(w);
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+
+ if (XtIsComposite(parent)) {
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ insert_child = ((CompositeWidgetClass) parent->core.widget_class)->
+ composite_class.insert_child;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ } else {
+ return;
+ }
+ if (insert_child == NULL) {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
+ "nullProc","insertChild",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "\"%s\" parent has NULL insert_child method",
+ ¶m, &num_params);
+ } else {
+ (*insert_child) (w);
+ }
+}
+
+Widget
+_XtCreateWidget(
+ String name,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal num_typed_args)
+{
+ register Widget widget;
+ ConstraintWidgetClass cwc;
+ Screen* default_screen;
+ XtEnum class_inited;
+ String params[3];
+ Cardinal num_params;
+
+ params[0] = name;
+ num_params = 1;
+
+ if (parent == NULL) {
+ XtErrorMsg("invalidParent", XtNxtCreateWidget, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtCreateWidget \"%s\" requires non-NULL parent",
+ params, &num_params);
+ } else if (widget_class == NULL) {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
+ "invalidClass", XtNxtCreateWidget, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtCreateWidget \"%s\" requires non-NULL widget class",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (!widget_class->core_class.class_inited)
+ XtInitializeWidgetClass(widget_class);
+ class_inited = widget_class->core_class.class_inited;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if ((class_inited & WidgetClassFlag) == 0) {
+ /* not a widget */
+ default_screen = NULL;
+ if (XtIsComposite(parent)) {
+ CompositeClassExtension ext;
+ ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
+ XtGetClassExtension(XtClass(parent),
+ XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec, composite_class.extension),
+ NULLQUARK, 1L, (Cardinal) 0);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (ext &&
+ (ext->version > XtCompositeExtensionVersion ||
+ ext->record_size > sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec))) {
+ params[1] = XtClass(parent)->core_class.class_name;
+ num_params = 2;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
+ "invalidExtension", XtNxtCreateWidget,
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "widget \"%s\" class %s has invalid CompositeClassExtension record",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ if (!ext || !ext->accepts_objects) {
+ params[1] = XtName(parent);
+ num_params = 2;
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
+ "nonWidget", XtNxtCreateWidget,XtCXtToolkitError,
+"attempt to add non-widget child \"%s\" to parent \"%s\" which supports only widgets",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+ } else {
+ default_screen = parent->core.screen;
+ }
+
+ if (XtIsConstraint(parent)) {
+ cwc = (ConstraintWidgetClass) parent->core.widget_class;
+ } else {
+ cwc = NULL;
+ }
+ widget = xtCreate(name, (char *)NULL, widget_class, parent,
+ default_screen, args, num_args,
+ typed_args, num_typed_args, cwc, widgetPostProc);
+ return (widget);
+}
+
+Widget
+XtCreateWidget(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args
+ )
+{
+ Widget retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(parent);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = _XtCreateWidget((String)name, widget_class, parent, args, num_args,
+ (XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+Widget
+XtCreateManagedWidget(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args
+ )
+{
+ register Widget widget;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(parent);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ XtCheckSubclass(parent, compositeWidgetClass, "in XtCreateManagedWidget");
+ widget = _XtCreateWidget((String)name, widget_class, parent, args,
+ num_args, (XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal) 0);
+ XtManageChild(widget);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return widget;
+}
+
+static void
+popupPostProc(Widget w)
+{
+ Widget parent = XtParent(w);
+
+ parent->core.popup_list =
+ (WidgetList) XtRealloc((char*) parent->core.popup_list,
+ (unsigned) (parent->core.num_popups+1) * sizeof(Widget));
+ parent->core.popup_list[parent->core.num_popups++] = w;
+}
+
+Widget
+_XtCreatePopupShell(
+ String name,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal num_typed_args)
+{
+ register Widget widget;
+ Screen* default_screen;
+
+ if (parent == NULL) {
+ XtErrorMsg("invalidParent",XtNxtCreatePopupShell,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL parent",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ } else if (widget_class == NULL) {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
+ "invalidClass",XtNxtCreatePopupShell,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL widget class",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+ XtCheckSubclass(parent, coreWidgetClass, "in XtCreatePopupShell");
+ default_screen = parent->core.screen;
+ widget = xtCreate(name, (char *)NULL, widget_class, parent,
+ default_screen, args, num_args, typed_args,
+ num_typed_args, (ConstraintWidgetClass)NULL,
+ popupPostProc);
+
+#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
+ XtAddEventHandler (widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask, FALSE,
+ (XtEventHandler) _XtResourceConfigurationEH, NULL);
+#endif
+ return(widget);
+}
+
+Widget
+XtCreatePopupShell(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args
+ )
+{
+ Widget retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(parent);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = _XtCreatePopupShell((String)name, widget_class, parent, args,
+ num_args, (XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+Widget
+_XtAppCreateShell(
+ String name,
+ String class,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Display* display,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal num_typed_args)
+{
+ Widget shell;
+
+ if (widget_class == NULL) {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(display),
+ "invalidClass","xtAppCreateShell",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtAppCreateShell requires non-NULL widget class",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+ if (name == NULL)
+ name = XrmNameToString(_XtGetPerDisplay(display)->name);
+ shell = xtCreate(name, class, widget_class, (Widget)NULL,
+ (Screen*)DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display),
+ args, num_args, typed_args, num_typed_args,
+ (ConstraintWidgetClass) NULL, _XtAddShellToHookObj);
+
+#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
+ XtAddEventHandler (shell, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask, FALSE,
+ (XtEventHandler) _XtResourceConfigurationEH, NULL);
+#endif
+
+ return shell;
+}
+
+Widget
+XtAppCreateShell(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* class,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Display *display,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args
+ )
+{
+ Widget retval;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(display);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = _XtAppCreateShell((String)name, (String)class, widget_class,
+ display, args, num_args, (XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+Widget
+XtCreateApplicationShell(
+ _Xconst char* name, /* unused in R3 and later */
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args
+ )
+{
+ Widget retval;
+ Display* dpy;
+ XrmClass class;
+ XtAppContext app = _XtDefaultAppContext();
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ dpy = app->list[0];
+ class = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->class;
+
+ retval = _XtAppCreateShell((String)NULL, XrmQuarkToString((XrmQuark)class),
+ widget_class, dpy, args, num_args,
+ (XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+Widget
+_XtCreateHookObj(Screen* screen)
+{
+ Widget req_widget;
+ double widget_cache[100];
+ Cardinal wsize = 0;
+ Widget hookobj = xtWidgetAlloc(hookObjectClass,
+ (ConstraintWidgetClass)NULL,
+ (Widget)NULL, "hooks",
+ (ArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0,
+ (XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
+
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.screen = screen;
+ (void) _XtGetResources(hookobj, (ArgList)NULL, 0,
+ (XtTypedArgList)NULL, &wsize);
+ CompileCallbacks(hookobj);
+ wsize = hookObjectClass->core_class.widget_size;
+ req_widget = (Widget) XtStackAlloc(wsize, widget_cache);
+ (void) memmove ((char *) req_widget, (char *) hookobj, (int) wsize);
+ CallInitialize (hookObjectClass, req_widget, hookobj,
+ (ArgList)NULL, (Cardinal) 0);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)req_widget, widget_cache);
+ return hookobj;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+struct _DestroyRec {
+ int dispatch_level;
+ Widget widget;
+};
+
+static void Recursive(Widget widget, XtWidgetProc proc)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+ CompositePart *cwp;
+
+ /* Recurse down normal children */
+ if (XtIsComposite(widget)) {
+ cwp = &(((CompositeWidget) widget)->composite);
+ for (i = 0; i < cwp->num_children; i++) {
+ Recursive(cwp->children[i], proc);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Recurse down popup children */
+ if (XtIsWidget(widget)) {
+ for (i = 0; i < widget->core.num_popups; i++) {
+ Recursive(widget->core.popup_list[i], proc);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Finally, apply procedure to this widget */
+ (*proc) (widget);
+} /* Recursive */
+
+static void Phase1Destroy (Widget widget)
+{
+ Widget hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+
+ widget->core.being_destroyed = TRUE;
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNdestroyHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtDestroyHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHdestroy;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.destroyhook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer) &call_data);
+ }
+} /* Phase1Destroy */
+
+static void Phase2Callbacks(Widget widget)
+{
+ if (widget->core.destroy_callbacks != NULL) {
+ XtCallCallbackList(widget,
+ widget->core.destroy_callbacks, (XtPointer) NULL);
+ }
+} /* Phase2Callbacks */
+
+static void Phase2Destroy(register Widget widget)
+{
+ register WidgetClass class;
+ register ConstraintWidgetClass cwClass;
+ ObjectClassExtension ext;
+
+ /* Call constraint destroy procedures */
+ if (XtParent(widget) != NULL && !XtIsShell(widget) && XtIsConstraint(XtParent(widget))) {
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ cwClass = (ConstraintWidgetClass)XtParent(widget)->core.widget_class;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (;;) {
+ XtWidgetProc destroy;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ destroy = cwClass->constraint_class.destroy;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (destroy)
+ (*destroy) (widget);
+ if (cwClass == (ConstraintWidgetClass)constraintWidgetClass) break;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ cwClass = (ConstraintWidgetClass) cwClass->core_class.superclass;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Call widget destroy procedures */
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (class = widget->core.widget_class;
+ class != NULL;
+ class = class->core_class.superclass) {
+ XtWidgetProc destroy;
+
+ destroy = class->core_class.destroy;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (destroy)
+ (*destroy) (widget);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+
+ /* Call widget deallocate procedure */
+ ext = (ObjectClassExtension)
+ XtGetClassExtension(widget->core.widget_class,
+ XtOffsetOf(CoreClassPart, extension),
+ NULLQUARK, XtObjectExtensionVersion,
+ sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec));
+ if (ext && ext->deallocate) {
+ XtDeallocateProc deallocate;
+ deallocate = ext->deallocate;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*deallocate)(widget, NULL);
+ } else {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ XtFree((char *)widget);
+ }
+} /* Phase2Destroy */
+
+static Boolean IsDescendant(Widget widget, Widget root)
+{
+ while ((widget = XtParent(widget)) != root) {
+ if (widget == NULL) return False;
+ }
+ return True;
+}
+
+static void XtPhase2Destroy (Widget widget)
+{
+ Display *display = NULL;
+ Window window;
+ Widget parent;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+ Widget outerInPhase2Destroy = app->in_phase2_destroy;
+ int starting_count = app->destroy_count;
+ Boolean isPopup = False;
+
+ /* invalidate focus trace cache for this display */
+ _XtGetPerDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget))->pdi.traceDepth = 0;
+
+ parent = widget->core.parent;
+
+ if (parent && XtIsWidget(parent) && parent->core.num_popups) {
+ Cardinal i;
+ for (i = 0; i < parent->core.num_popups; i++) {
+ if (parent->core.popup_list[i] == widget) {
+ isPopup = True;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!isPopup && parent && XtIsComposite(parent)) {
+ XtWidgetProc delete_child;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ delete_child =
+ ((CompositeWidgetClass) parent->core.widget_class)->
+ composite_class.delete_child;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (XtIsRectObj(widget)) {
+ XtUnmanageChild(widget);
+ }
+ if (delete_child == NULL) {
+ String param;
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ param = parent->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidProcedure","deleteChild",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "null delete_child procedure for class %s in XtDestroy",
+ ¶m, &num_params);
+ } else {
+ (*delete_child) (widget);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* widget is freed in Phase2Destroy, so retrieve window now.
+ * Shells destroy their own windows, to prevent window leaks in
+ * popups; this test is practical only when XtIsShell() is cheap.
+ */
+ if (XtIsShell(widget) || !XtIsWidget(widget)) {
+ window = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ display = XtDisplay(widget);
+ window = widget->core.window;
+ }
+
+ Recursive(widget, Phase2Callbacks);
+ if (app->destroy_count > starting_count) {
+ int i = starting_count;
+ while (i < app->destroy_count) {
+
+ DestroyRec * dr = app->destroy_list + i;
+ if (IsDescendant(dr->widget, widget)) {
+ Widget descendant = dr->widget;
+ register int j;
+ app->destroy_count--;
+ for (j = app->destroy_count - i; --j >= 0; dr++)
+ *dr = *(dr + 1);
+ XtPhase2Destroy(descendant);
+ }
+ else i++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ app->in_phase2_destroy = widget;
+ Recursive(widget, Phase2Destroy);
+ app->in_phase2_destroy = outerInPhase2Destroy;
+
+ if (isPopup) {
+ Cardinal i;
+ for (i = 0; i < parent->core.num_popups; i++)
+ if (parent->core.popup_list[i] == widget) {
+ parent->core.num_popups--;
+ while (i < parent->core.num_popups) {
+ parent->core.popup_list[i] = parent->core.popup_list[i+1];
+ i++;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* %%% the following parent test hides a more serious problem,
+ but it avoids breaking those who depended on the old bug
+ until we have time to fix it properly. */
+
+ if (window && (parent == NULL || !parent->core.being_destroyed))
+ XDestroyWindow(display, window);
+} /* XtPhase2Destroy */
+
+
+void _XtDoPhase2Destroy(XtAppContext app, int dispatch_level)
+{
+ /* Phase 2 must occur in fifo order. List is not necessarily
+ * contiguous in dispatch_level.
+ */
+
+ int i = 0;
+ while (i < app->destroy_count) {
+
+ /* XtPhase2Destroy can result in calls to XtDestroyWidget,
+ * and these could cause app->destroy_list to be reallocated.
+ */
+
+ DestroyRec* dr = app->destroy_list + i;
+ if (dr->dispatch_level >= dispatch_level) {
+ Widget w = dr->widget;
+ register int j;
+ app->destroy_count--;
+ for (j = app->destroy_count - i; --j >=0; dr++)
+ *dr = *(dr + 1);
+ XtPhase2Destroy(w);
+ }
+ else i++;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void XtDestroyWidget (Widget widget)
+{
+ XtAppContext app;
+ DestroyRec *dr, *dr2;
+
+ app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (widget->core.being_destroyed) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ Recursive(widget, Phase1Destroy);
+
+ if (app->in_phase2_destroy &&
+ IsDescendant(widget, app->in_phase2_destroy))
+ {
+ XtPhase2Destroy(widget);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (app->destroy_count == app->destroy_list_size) {
+ app->destroy_list_size += 10;
+ app->destroy_list = (DestroyRec*)
+ XtRealloc( (char*)app->destroy_list,
+ (unsigned)sizeof(DestroyRec)*app->destroy_list_size
+ );
+ }
+ dr = app->destroy_list + app->destroy_count++;
+ dr->dispatch_level = app->dispatch_level;
+ dr->widget = widget;
+
+ if (app->dispatch_level > 1) {
+ int i;
+ for (i = app->destroy_count - 1; i;) {
+ /* this handles only one case of nesting difficulties */
+ dr = app->destroy_list + (--i);
+ if (dr->dispatch_level < app->dispatch_level &&
+ IsDescendant(dr->widget, widget)) {
+ dr2 = app->destroy_list + (app->destroy_count-1);
+ dr2->dispatch_level = dr->dispatch_level;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (_XtSafeToDestroy(app)) {
+ app->dispatch_level = 1; /* avoid nested _XtDoPhase2Destroy */
+ _XtDoPhase2Destroy(app, 0);
+ app->dispatch_level = 0;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+
+} /* XtDestroyWidget */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
+#include "ResConfigP.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+void (*_XtProcessLock)(void) = NULL;
+void (*_XtProcessUnlock)(void) = NULL;
+void (*_XtInitAppLock)(XtAppContext) = NULL;
+#endif
+
+static String XtNnoPerDisplay = "noPerDisplay";
+
+ProcessContext _XtGetProcessContext(void)
+{
+ static ProcessContextRec processContextRec = {
+ (XtAppContext)NULL,
+ (XtAppContext)NULL,
+ (ConverterTable)NULL,
+ {(XtLanguageProc)NULL, (XtPointer)NULL}
+ };
+
+ return &processContextRec;
+}
+
+
+XtAppContext _XtDefaultAppContext(void)
+{
+ ProcessContext process = _XtGetProcessContext();
+ XtAppContext app;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (process->defaultAppContext == NULL) {
+ process->defaultAppContext = XtCreateApplicationContext();
+ }
+ app = process->defaultAppContext;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return app;
+}
+
+static void AddToAppContext(
+ Display *d,
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+#define DISPLAYS_TO_ADD 4
+
+ if (app->count >= app->max) {
+ app->max += DISPLAYS_TO_ADD;
+ app->list = (Display **) XtRealloc((char *)app->list,
+ (unsigned) app->max * sizeof(Display *));
+ }
+
+ app->list[app->count++] = d;
+ app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ if (ConnectionNumber(d) + 1 > app->fds.nfds) {
+ app->fds.nfds = ConnectionNumber(d) + 1;
+ }
+#else
+ app->fds.nfds++;
+#endif
+#undef DISPLAYS_TO_ADD
+}
+
+static void XtDeleteFromAppContext(
+ Display *d,
+ register XtAppContext app)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < app->count; i++) if (app->list[i] == d) break;
+
+ if (i < app->count) {
+ if (i <= app->last && app->last > 0) app->last--;
+ for (i++; i < app->count; i++) app->list[i-1] = app->list[i];
+ app->count--;
+ }
+ app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ if ((ConnectionNumber(d) + 1) == app->fds.nfds)
+ app->fds.nfds--;
+ else /* Unnecessary, just to be fool-proof */
+ FD_CLR(ConnectionNumber(d), &app->fds.rmask);
+#else
+ app->fds.nfds--;
+#endif
+}
+
+static XtPerDisplay NewPerDisplay(
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ PerDisplayTablePtr pd;
+
+ pd = XtNew(PerDisplayTable);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pd->dpy = dpy;
+ pd->next = _XtperDisplayList;
+ _XtperDisplayList = pd;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return &(pd->perDpy);
+}
+
+static XtPerDisplay InitPerDisplay(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XtAppContext app,
+ _Xconst char * name,
+ _Xconst char * classname)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+
+ AddToAppContext(dpy, app);
+
+ pd = NewPerDisplay(dpy);
+ _XtHeapInit(&pd->heap);
+ pd->destroy_callbacks = NULL;
+ pd->region = XCreateRegion();
+ pd->case_cvt = NULL;
+ pd->defaultKeycodeTranslator = XtTranslateKey;
+ pd->keysyms_serial = 0;
+ pd->keysyms = NULL;
+ XDisplayKeycodes(dpy, &pd->min_keycode, &pd->max_keycode);
+ pd->modKeysyms = NULL;
+ pd->modsToKeysyms = NULL;
+ pd->appContext = app;
+ pd->name = XrmStringToName(name);
+ pd->class = XrmStringToClass(classname);
+ pd->being_destroyed = False;
+ pd->GClist = NULL;
+ pd->pixmap_tab = NULL;
+ pd->language = NULL;
+ pd->rv = False;
+ pd->last_event.xany.serial = 0;
+ pd->last_timestamp = 0;
+ _XtAllocTMContext(pd);
+ pd->mapping_callbacks = NULL;
+
+ pd->pdi.grabList = NULL;
+ pd->pdi.trace = NULL;
+ pd->pdi.traceDepth = 0;
+ pd->pdi.traceMax = 0;
+ pd->pdi.focusWidget = NULL;
+ pd->pdi.activatingKey = 0;
+ pd->pdi.keyboard.grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+ pd->pdi.pointer.grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+ _XtAllocWWTable(pd);
+ pd->per_screen_db = (XrmDatabase *)__XtCalloc(ScreenCount(dpy),
+ sizeof(XrmDatabase));
+ pd->cmd_db = (XrmDatabase)NULL;
+ pd->server_db = (XrmDatabase)NULL;
+ pd->dispatcher_list = NULL;
+ pd->ext_select_list = NULL;
+ pd->ext_select_count = 0;
+ pd->hook_object = NULL;
+#if 0
+ pd->hook_object = _XtCreate("hooks", "Hooks", hookObjectClass,
+ (Widget)NULL, (Screen*)DefaultScreenOfDisplay(dpy),
+ (ArgList)NULL, 0, (XtTypedArgList)NULL, 0,
+ (ConstraintWidgetClass)NULL);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
+ pd->rcm_init = XInternAtom (dpy, RCM_INIT, 0);
+ pd->rcm_data = XInternAtom (dpy, RCM_DATA, 0);
+#endif
+
+ return pd;
+}
+
+Display *XtOpenDisplay(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ _Xconst char* displayName,
+ _Xconst char* applName,
+ _Xconst char* className,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *urlist,
+ Cardinal num_urs,
+ int *argc,
+ String *argv)
+{
+ Display *d;
+ XrmDatabase db = NULL;
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ String language = NULL;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ /* parse the command line for name, display, and/or language */
+ db = _XtPreparseCommandLine(urlist, num_urs, *argc, argv,
+ (String *)&applName,
+ (String *)(displayName ? NULL : &displayName),
+ (app->process->globalLangProcRec.proc ?
+ &language : NULL));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ d = XOpenDisplay(displayName);
+
+ if (! applName && !(applName = getenv("RESOURCE_NAME"))) {
+ if (*argc > 0 && argv[0] && *argv[0]) {
+#ifdef WIN32
+ char *ptr = strrchr(argv[0], '\\');
+#else
+ char *ptr = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+#endif
+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
+ char *dot_ptr,*ptr2;
+ ptr2 = strrchr(argv[0],'\\');
+ if (ptr2 > ptr) ptr = ptr2;
+ dot_ptr = strrchr(argv[0],'.');
+ if (dot_ptr && (dot_ptr > ptr)) *dot_ptr='\0';
+#endif /* This will remove the .exe suffix under OS/2 */
+
+ if (ptr) applName = ++ptr;
+ else applName = argv[0];
+ } else
+ applName = "main";
+ }
+
+ if (d) {
+ pd = InitPerDisplay(d, app, applName, className);
+ pd->language = language;
+ _XtDisplayInitialize(d, pd, applName, urlist, num_urs, argc, argv);
+ } else {
+ int len;
+ displayName = XDisplayName(displayName);
+ len = strlen (displayName);
+ app->display_name_tried = (String) __XtMalloc (len + 1);
+ strncpy ((char*) app->display_name_tried, displayName, len + 1);
+ app->display_name_tried[len] = '\0';
+ }
+ if (db) XrmDestroyDatabase(db);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return d;
+}
+
+Display *
+_XtAppInit(
+ XtAppContext * app_context_return,
+ String application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String **argv_in_out,
+ String * fallback_resources)
+{
+ String *saved_argv;
+ int i;
+ Display *dpy;
+
+/*
+ * Save away argv and argc so we can set the properties later
+ */
+
+ saved_argv = (String *)
+ __XtMalloc( (Cardinal)((*argc_in_out + 1) * sizeof(String)) );
+
+ for (i = 0 ; i < *argc_in_out ; i++) saved_argv[i] = (*argv_in_out)[i];
+ saved_argv[i] = NULL; /* NULL terminate that sucker. */
+
+
+ *app_context_return = XtCreateApplicationContext();
+
+ LOCK_APP((*app_context_return));
+ if (fallback_resources) /* save a procedure call */
+ XtAppSetFallbackResources(*app_context_return, fallback_resources);
+
+ dpy = XtOpenDisplay(*app_context_return, (String) NULL, NULL,
+ application_class,
+ options, num_options, argc_in_out, *argv_in_out);
+
+ if (!dpy) {
+ String param = (*app_context_return)->display_name_tried;
+ Cardinal param_count = 1;
+ XtErrorMsg("invalidDisplay","xtInitialize",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Can't open display: %s", ¶m, ¶m_count);
+ XtFree((char *) (*app_context_return)->display_name_tried);
+ }
+ *argv_in_out = saved_argv;
+ UNLOCK_APP((*app_context_return));
+ return dpy;
+}
+
+void
+XtDisplayInitialize(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ Display *dpy,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* classname,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *urlist,
+ Cardinal num_urs,
+ int *argc,
+ String *argv
+ )
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ XrmDatabase db = NULL;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = InitPerDisplay(dpy, app, name, classname);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (app->process->globalLangProcRec.proc)
+ /* pre-parse the command line for the language resource */
+ db = _XtPreparseCommandLine(urlist, num_urs, *argc, argv, NULL, NULL,
+ &pd->language);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ _XtDisplayInitialize(dpy, pd, name, urlist, num_urs, argc, argv);
+ if (db) XrmDestroyDatabase(db);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext(void)
+{
+ XtAppContext app = XtNew(XtAppStruct);
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ app->lock_info = NULL;
+ app->lock = NULL;
+ app->unlock = NULL;
+ app->yield_lock = NULL;
+ app->restore_lock = NULL;
+ app->free_lock = NULL;
+#endif
+ INIT_APP_LOCK(app);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ app->process = _XtGetProcessContext();
+ app->next = app->process->appContextList;
+ app->process->appContextList = app;
+ app->langProcRec.proc = app->process->globalLangProcRec.proc;
+ app->langProcRec.closure = app->process->globalLangProcRec.closure;
+ app->destroy_callbacks = NULL;
+ app->list = NULL;
+ app->count = app->max = app->last = 0;
+ app->timerQueue = NULL;
+ app->workQueue = NULL;
+ app->signalQueue = NULL;
+ app->input_list = NULL;
+ app->outstandingQueue = NULL;
+ app->errorDB = NULL;
+ _XtSetDefaultErrorHandlers(&app->errorMsgHandler,
+ &app->warningMsgHandler, &app->errorHandler,
+ &app->warningHandler);
+ app->action_table = NULL;
+ _XtSetDefaultSelectionTimeout(&app->selectionTimeout);
+ _XtSetDefaultConverterTable(&app->converterTable);
+ app->sync = app->being_destroyed = app->error_inited = FALSE;
+ app->in_phase2_destroy = NULL;
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ FD_ZERO(&app->fds.rmask);
+ FD_ZERO(&app->fds.wmask);
+ FD_ZERO(&app->fds.emask);
+#endif
+ app->fds.nfds = 0;
+ app->input_count = app->input_max = 0;
+ _XtHeapInit(&app->heap);
+ app->fallback_resources = NULL;
+ _XtPopupInitialize(app);
+ app->action_hook_list = NULL;
+ app->block_hook_list = NULL;
+ app->destroy_list_size = app->destroy_count = app->dispatch_level = 0;
+ app->destroy_list = NULL;
+#ifndef NO_IDENTIFY_WINDOWS
+ app->identify_windows = False;
+#endif
+ app->free_bindings = NULL;
+ app->display_name_tried = NULL;
+ app->dpy_destroy_count = 0;
+ app->dpy_destroy_list = NULL;
+ app->exit_flag = FALSE;
+ app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return app;
+}
+
+void XtAppSetExitFlag (
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ app->exit_flag = TRUE;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+Boolean XtAppGetExitFlag (
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ Boolean retval;
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = app->exit_flag;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+static void DestroyAppContext(XtAppContext app)
+{
+ XtAppContext* prev_app;
+
+ prev_app = &app->process->appContextList;
+ while (app->count-- > 0) XtCloseDisplay(app->list[app->count]);
+ if (app->list != NULL) XtFree((char *)app->list);
+ _XtFreeConverterTable(app->converterTable);
+ _XtCacheFlushTag(app, (XtPointer)&app->heap);
+ _XtFreeActions(app->action_table);
+ if (app->destroy_callbacks != NULL) {
+ XtCallCallbackList((Widget) NULL,
+ (XtCallbackList)app->destroy_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)app);
+ _XtRemoveAllCallbacks(&app->destroy_callbacks);
+ }
+ while (app->timerQueue) XtRemoveTimeOut((XtIntervalId)app->timerQueue);
+ while (app->workQueue) XtRemoveWorkProc((XtWorkProcId)app->workQueue);
+ while (app->signalQueue) XtRemoveSignal((XtSignalId)app->signalQueue);
+ if (app->input_list) _XtRemoveAllInputs(app);
+ XtFree((char*)app->destroy_list);
+ _XtHeapFree(&app->heap);
+ while (*prev_app != app) prev_app = &(*prev_app)->next;
+ *prev_app = app->next;
+ if (app->process->defaultAppContext == app)
+ app->process->defaultAppContext = NULL;
+ if (app->free_bindings) _XtDoFreeBindings (app);
+ FREE_APP_LOCK(app);
+ XtFree((char *)app);
+}
+
+static XtAppContext* appDestroyList = NULL;
+int _XtAppDestroyCount = 0;
+
+void XtDestroyApplicationContext(XtAppContext app)
+{
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (app->being_destroyed) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (_XtSafeToDestroy(app)) {
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ DestroyAppContext(app);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ } else {
+ app->being_destroyed = TRUE;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ _XtAppDestroyCount++;
+ appDestroyList =
+ (XtAppContext *) XtRealloc((char *) appDestroyList,
+ (unsigned) (_XtAppDestroyCount * sizeof(XtAppContext)));
+ appDestroyList[_XtAppDestroyCount-1] = app;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ }
+}
+
+void _XtDestroyAppContexts(void)
+{
+ int i,ii;
+ XtAppContext apps[8];
+ XtAppContext* pApps;
+
+ pApps = XtStackAlloc (sizeof (XtAppContext) * _XtAppDestroyCount, apps);
+
+ for (i = ii = 0; i < _XtAppDestroyCount; i++) {
+ if (_XtSafeToDestroy(appDestroyList[i]))
+ DestroyAppContext(appDestroyList[i]);
+ else
+ pApps[ii++] = appDestroyList[i];
+ }
+ _XtAppDestroyCount = ii;
+ if (_XtAppDestroyCount == 0) {
+ XtFree((char *) appDestroyList);
+ appDestroyList = NULL;
+ } else {
+ for (i = 0; i < ii; i++)
+ appDestroyList[i] = pApps[i];
+ }
+ XtStackFree ((XtPointer) pApps, apps);
+}
+
+XrmDatabase XtDatabase(Display *dpy)
+{
+ XrmDatabase retval;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = XrmGetDatabase(dpy);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+PerDisplayTablePtr _XtperDisplayList = NULL;
+
+XtPerDisplay _XtSortPerDisplayList(Display *dpy)
+{
+ register PerDisplayTablePtr pd, opd = NULL;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (pd = _XtperDisplayList;
+ pd != NULL && pd->dpy != dpy;
+ pd = pd->next) {
+ opd = pd;
+ }
+
+ if (pd == NULL) {
+ XtErrorMsg(XtNnoPerDisplay, "getPerDisplay", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Couldn't find per display information",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pd != _XtperDisplayList) { /* move it to the front */
+ /* opd points to the previous one... */
+
+ opd->next = pd->next;
+ pd->next = _XtperDisplayList;
+ _XtperDisplayList = pd;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return &(pd->perDpy);
+}
+
+XtAppContext XtDisplayToApplicationContext(Display *dpy)
+{
+ XtAppContext retval;
+
+ retval = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->appContext;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+static void CloseDisplay(Display *dpy)
+{
+ register XtPerDisplay xtpd;
+ register PerDisplayTablePtr pd, opd = NULL;
+ XrmDatabase db;
+ int i;
+
+ XtDestroyWidget(XtHooksOfDisplay(dpy));
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (pd = _XtperDisplayList;
+ pd != NULL && pd->dpy != dpy;
+ pd = pd->next){
+ opd = pd;
+ }
+
+ if (pd == NULL) {
+ XtErrorMsg(XtNnoPerDisplay, "closeDisplay", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Couldn't find per display information",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pd == _XtperDisplayList) _XtperDisplayList = pd->next;
+ else opd->next = pd->next;
+
+ xtpd = &(pd->perDpy);
+
+ if (xtpd != NULL) {
+ if (xtpd->destroy_callbacks != NULL) {
+ XtCallCallbackList((Widget) NULL,
+ (XtCallbackList)xtpd->destroy_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)xtpd);
+ _XtRemoveAllCallbacks(&xtpd->destroy_callbacks);
+ }
+ if (xtpd->mapping_callbacks != NULL)
+ _XtRemoveAllCallbacks(&xtpd->mapping_callbacks);
+ XtDeleteFromAppContext(dpy, xtpd->appContext);
+ if (xtpd->keysyms)
+ XFree((char *) xtpd->keysyms);
+ XtFree((char *) xtpd->modKeysyms);
+ XtFree((char *) xtpd->modsToKeysyms);
+ xtpd->keysyms_per_keycode = 0;
+ xtpd->being_destroyed = FALSE;
+ xtpd->keysyms = NULL;
+ xtpd->modKeysyms = NULL;
+ xtpd->modsToKeysyms = NULL;
+ XDestroyRegion(xtpd->region);
+ _XtCacheFlushTag(xtpd->appContext, (XtPointer)&xtpd->heap);
+ _XtGClistFree(dpy, xtpd);
+ XtFree((char*)xtpd->pdi.trace);
+ _XtHeapFree(&xtpd->heap);
+ _XtFreeWWTable(xtpd);
+ xtpd->per_screen_db[DefaultScreen(dpy)] = (XrmDatabase)NULL;
+ for (i = ScreenCount(dpy); --i >= 0; ) {
+ db = xtpd->per_screen_db[i];
+ if (db)
+ XrmDestroyDatabase(db);
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)xtpd->per_screen_db);
+ if ((db = XrmGetDatabase(dpy)))
+ XrmDestroyDatabase(db);
+ if (xtpd->cmd_db)
+ XrmDestroyDatabase(xtpd->cmd_db);
+ if (xtpd->server_db)
+ XrmDestroyDatabase(xtpd->server_db);
+ XtFree(xtpd->language);
+ if (xtpd->dispatcher_list != NULL)
+ XtFree((char *) xtpd->dispatcher_list);
+ if (xtpd->ext_select_list != NULL)
+ XtFree((char *) xtpd->ext_select_list);
+ }
+ XtFree((char*)pd);
+ XrmSetDatabase(dpy, (XrmDatabase)NULL);
+ XCloseDisplay(dpy);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+void XtCloseDisplay(Display *dpy)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ XtAppContext app = XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ if (pd->being_destroyed) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (_XtSafeToDestroy(app)) CloseDisplay(dpy);
+ else {
+ pd->being_destroyed = TRUE;
+ app->dpy_destroy_count++;
+ app->dpy_destroy_list = (Display **)
+ XtRealloc((char *) app->dpy_destroy_list,
+ (unsigned) (app->dpy_destroy_count * sizeof(Display *)));
+ app->dpy_destroy_list[app->dpy_destroy_count-1] = dpy;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void _XtCloseDisplays(XtAppContext app)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ for (i = 0; i < app->dpy_destroy_count; i++) {
+ CloseDisplay(app->dpy_destroy_list[i]);
+ }
+ app->dpy_destroy_count = 0;
+ XtFree((char *) app->dpy_destroy_list);
+ app->dpy_destroy_list = NULL;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext(Widget w)
+{
+ XtAppContext retval;
+
+ retval = _XtGetPerDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(w))->appContext;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+void XtGetApplicationNameAndClass(
+ Display *dpy,
+ String *name_return,
+ String *class_return)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ *name_return = XrmQuarkToString(pd->name);
+ *class_return = XrmQuarkToString(pd->class);
+}
+
+XtPerDisplay _XtGetPerDisplay (Display* display)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay retval;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ retval = ((_XtperDisplayList != NULL &&
+ _XtperDisplayList->dpy == display)
+ ? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy
+ : _XtSortPerDisplayList(display));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+XtPerDisplayInputRec* _XtGetPerDisplayInput(Display* display)
+{
+ XtPerDisplayInputRec* retval;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ retval = ((_XtperDisplayList != NULL &&
+ _XtperDisplayList->dpy == display)
+ ? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy.pdi
+ : &_XtSortPerDisplayList(display)->pdi);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+void XtGetDisplays(
+ XtAppContext app_context,
+ Display*** dpy_return,
+ Cardinal* num_dpy_return)
+{
+ int ii;
+ LOCK_APP(app_context);
+ *num_dpy_return = app_context->count;
+ *dpy_return = (Display**)__XtMalloc(app_context->count * sizeof(Display*));
+ for (ii = 0; ii < app_context->count; ii++)
+ (*dpy_return)[ii] = app_context->list[ii];
+ UNLOCK_APP(app_context);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* The error handlers in the application context aren't used since we can't
+ come up with a uniform way of using them. If you can, define
+ GLOBALERRORS to be FALSE (or 0). */
+
+#ifndef GLOBALERRORS
+#define GLOBALERRORS 1
+#endif
+
+static void InitErrorHandling(XrmDatabase *);
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+static XrmDatabase errorDB = NULL;
+static Boolean error_inited = FALSE;
+void _XtDefaultErrorMsg(String, String, String, String, String*, Cardinal*);
+void _XtDefaultWarningMsg(String, String, String, String, String*, Cardinal*);
+void _XtDefaultError(String);
+void _XtDefaultWarning(String);
+static XtErrorMsgHandler errorMsgHandler = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
+static XtErrorMsgHandler warningMsgHandler = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
+static XtErrorHandler errorHandler = _XtDefaultError;
+static XtErrorHandler warningHandler = _XtDefaultWarning;
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+
+XrmDatabase *XtGetErrorDatabase(void)
+{
+ XrmDatabase* retval;
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ retval = &errorDB;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ retval = XtAppGetErrorDatabase(_XtDefaultAppContext());
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+ return retval;
+}
+
+XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ XrmDatabase* retval;
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ retval = &errorDB;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval= &app->errorDB;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+ return retval;
+}
+
+void XtGetErrorDatabaseText(
+ register _Xconst char* name,
+ register _Xconst char* type,
+ register _Xconst char* class,
+ _Xconst char* defaultp,
+ String buffer,
+ int nbytes)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(NULL,
+ name,type,class,defaultp, buffer, nbytes, NULL);
+#else
+ XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(_XtDefaultAppContext(),
+ name,type,class,defaultp, buffer, nbytes, NULL);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ register _Xconst char* name,
+ register _Xconst char* type,
+ register _Xconst char* class,
+ _Xconst char* defaultp,
+ String buffer,
+ int nbytes,
+ XrmDatabase db)
+{
+ String str_class;
+ String type_str;
+ XrmValue result;
+ char *str_name = NULL;
+ char *temp = NULL;
+
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (error_inited == FALSE) {
+ InitErrorHandling (&errorDB);
+ error_inited = TRUE;
+ }
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (app->error_inited == FALSE) {
+ InitErrorHandling (&app->errorDB);
+ app->error_inited = TRUE;
+ }
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+ if (!(str_name = ALLOCATE_LOCAL(strlen(name) + strlen(type) + 2)))
+ _XtAllocError(NULL);
+ (void) sprintf(str_name, "%s.%s", name, type);
+ /* XrmGetResource requires the name and class to be fully qualified
+ * and to have the same number of components. */
+ str_class = (char *)class;
+ if (! strchr(class, '.')) {
+ if (!(temp = ALLOCATE_LOCAL(2 * strlen(class) + 2)))
+ _XtAllocError(NULL);
+ (void) sprintf(temp, "%s.%s", class, class);
+ str_class = temp;
+ }
+ if (db == NULL) {
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ (void) XrmGetResource(errorDB, str_name, str_class, &type_str,
+ &result);
+#else
+ (void) XrmGetResource(app->errorDB, str_name, str_class, &type_str,
+ &result);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+ } else (void) XrmGetResource(db, str_name, str_class, &type_str, &result);
+ if (result.addr) {
+ (void) strncpy (buffer, result.addr, nbytes);
+ if (result.size > (unsigned) nbytes) buffer[nbytes-1] = 0;
+ } else {
+ int len = strlen(defaultp);
+ if (len >= nbytes) len = nbytes-1;
+ (void) memmove(buffer, defaultp, len);
+ buffer[len] = '\0';
+ }
+ if (str_name)
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(str_name);
+ if (temp)
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(temp);
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void InitErrorHandling (
+ XrmDatabase *db)
+{
+ XrmDatabase errordb;
+
+ errordb = XrmGetFileDatabase(ERRORDB);
+ XrmMergeDatabases(errordb, db);
+}
+
+static void DefaultMsg (
+ String name,
+ String type,
+ String class,
+ String defaultp,
+ String* params,
+ Cardinal* num_params,
+ Bool error,
+ void (*fn)(_Xconst _XtString))
+{
+#define BIGBUF 1024
+ char buffer[BIGBUF];
+ char* message;
+ XtGetErrorDatabaseText(name,type,class,defaultp, buffer, BIGBUF);
+/*need better solution here, perhaps use lower level printf primitives? */
+ if (params == NULL || num_params == NULL || *num_params == 0)
+ (*fn)(buffer);
+#ifndef WIN32 /* and OS/2 */
+ else if ((getuid () != geteuid ()) || getuid() == 0) {
+ if ((error && errorHandler == _XtDefaultError) ||
+ (!error && warningHandler == _XtDefaultWarning)) {
+ /*
+ * if it's just going to go to stderr anyway, then we'll
+ * fprintf to stderr ourselves and skip the insecure sprintf.
+ */
+ Cardinal i = *num_params;
+ String par[10];
+ if (i > 10) i = 10;
+ (void) memmove((char*)par, (char*)params, i * sizeof(String) );
+ bzero( &par[i], (10-i) * sizeof(String) );
+ (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s%s",
+ error ? XTERROR_PREFIX : XTWARNING_PREFIX,
+ error ? "Error: " : "Warning: ");
+ (void) fprintf (stderr, buffer,
+ par[0], par[1], par[2], par[3], par[4],
+ par[5], par[6], par[7], par[8], par[9]);
+ (void) fprintf (stderr, "%c", '\n');
+ if (i != *num_params)
+ (*fn) ( "Some arguments in previous message were lost" );
+ else if (error) exit (1);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * can't tell what it might do, so we'll play it safe
+ */
+ XtWarning ("\
+This program is an suid-root program or is being run by the root user.\n\
+The full text of the error or warning message cannot be safely formatted\n\
+in this environment. You may get a more descriptive message by running the\n\
+program as a non-root user or by removing the suid bit on the executable.");
+ (*fn)(buffer); /* if *fn is an ErrorHandler it should exit */
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ else {
+ /*
+ * If you have snprintf the worst thing that could happen is you'd
+ * lose some information. Without snprintf you're probably going to
+ * scramble your heap and perhaps SEGV -- sooner or later.
+ * If it hurts when you go like this then don't go like this! :-)
+ */
+ Cardinal i = *num_params;
+ String par[10];
+ if (i > 10) i = 10;
+ (void) memmove((char*)par, (char*)params, i * sizeof(String) );
+ bzero( &par[i], (10-i) * sizeof(String) );
+ if (i != *num_params)
+ XtWarning( "Some arguments in following message were lost" );
+ /*
+ * resist any temptation you might have to make `message' a
+ * local buffer on the stack. Doing so is a security hole
+ * in programs executing as root. Error and Warning
+ * messages shouldn't be called frequently enough for this
+ * to be a performance issue.
+ */
+ if ((message = __XtMalloc (BIGBUF))) {
+ (void) snprintf (message, BIGBUF, buffer,
+ par[0], par[1], par[2], par[3], par[4],
+ par[5], par[6], par[7], par[8], par[9]);
+ (*fn)(message);
+ XtFree(message);
+ } else {
+ XtWarning ("Memory allocation failed, arguments in the following message were lost");
+ (*fn)(buffer);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void _XtDefaultErrorMsg (
+ String name,
+ String type,
+ String class,
+ String defaultp,
+ String* params,
+ Cardinal* num_params)
+{
+ DefaultMsg (name,type,class,defaultp,params,num_params,True,XtError);
+}
+
+void _XtDefaultWarningMsg (
+ String name,
+ String type,
+ String class,
+ String defaultp,
+ String* params,
+ Cardinal* num_params)
+{
+ DefaultMsg (name,type,class,defaultp,params,num_params,False,XtWarning);
+}
+
+void XtErrorMsg(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* type,
+ _Xconst char* class,
+ _Xconst char* defaultp,
+ String* params,
+ Cardinal* num_params)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*errorMsgHandler)((String)name,(String)type,(String)class,
+ (String)defaultp,params,num_params);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ XtAppErrorMsg(_XtDefaultAppContext(),name,type,class,
+ defaultp,params,num_params);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+void XtAppErrorMsg(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* type,
+ _Xconst char* class,
+ _Xconst char* defaultp,
+ String* params,
+ Cardinal* num_params)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*errorMsgHandler)((String)name,(String)type,(String)class,
+ (String)defaultp,params,num_params);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ (*app->errorMsgHandler)(name,type,class,defaultp,params,num_params);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+void XtWarningMsg(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* type,
+ _Xconst char* class,
+ _Xconst char* defaultp,
+ String* params,
+ Cardinal* num_params)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*warningMsgHandler)((String)name,(String)type,(String)class,
+ (String)defaultp,params,num_params);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ XtAppWarningMsg(_XtDefaultAppContext(),name,type,class,
+ defaultp,params,num_params);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+void XtAppWarningMsg(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* type,
+ _Xconst char* class,
+ _Xconst char* defaultp,
+ String* params,
+ Cardinal* num_params)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*warningMsgHandler)((String)name,(String)type,(String)class,
+ (String)defaultp,params,num_params);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ (*app->warningMsgHandler)(name,type,class,defaultp,params,num_params);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+void XtSetErrorMsgHandler(
+ XtErrorMsgHandler handler)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (handler != NULL) errorMsgHandler = handler;
+ else errorMsgHandler = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(_XtDefaultAppContext(), handler);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtErrorMsgHandler handler)
+{
+ XtErrorMsgHandler old;
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ old = errorMsgHandler;
+ if (handler != NULL) errorMsgHandler = handler;
+ else errorMsgHandler = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ old = app->errorMsgHandler;
+ if (handler != NULL) app->errorMsgHandler = handler;
+ else app->errorMsgHandler = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+ return old;
+}
+
+void XtSetWarningMsgHandler(
+ XtErrorMsgHandler handler)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (handler != NULL) warningMsgHandler = handler;
+ else warningMsgHandler = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(_XtDefaultAppContext(),handler);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtErrorMsgHandler handler)
+{
+ XtErrorMsgHandler old;
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ old = warningMsgHandler;
+ if (handler != NULL) warningMsgHandler = handler;
+ else warningMsgHandler = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ old = app->warningMsgHandler;
+ if (handler != NULL) app->warningMsgHandler = handler;
+ else app->warningMsgHandler = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+ return old;
+}
+
+void _XtDefaultError(String message)
+{
+ if (message && *message)
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%sError: %s\n", XTERROR_PREFIX, message);
+ exit(1);
+}
+
+void _XtDefaultWarning(String message)
+{
+ if (message && *message)
+ (void)fprintf(stderr, "%sWarning: %s\n", XTWARNING_PREFIX, message);
+ return;
+}
+
+void XtError(
+ _Xconst char* message)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*errorHandler)((String)message);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ XtAppError(_XtDefaultAppContext(),message);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+void XtAppError(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ _Xconst char* message)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*errorHandler)((String)message);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ (*app->errorHandler)(message);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+void XtWarning(
+ _Xconst char* message)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*warningHandler)((String)message);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ XtAppWarning(_XtDefaultAppContext(),message);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+void XtAppWarning(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ _Xconst char* message)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*warningHandler)((String)message);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ (*app->warningHandler)(message);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+void XtSetErrorHandler(XtErrorHandler handler)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (handler != NULL) errorHandler = handler;
+ else errorHandler = _XtDefaultError;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ XtAppSetErrorHandler(_XtDefaultAppContext(),handler);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+XtErrorHandler XtAppSetErrorHandler(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtErrorHandler handler)
+{
+ XtErrorHandler old;
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ old = errorHandler;
+ if (handler != NULL) errorHandler = handler;
+ else errorHandler = _XtDefaultError;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ old = app->errorHandler;
+ if (handler != NULL) app->errorHandler = handler;
+ else app->errorHandler = _XtDefaultError;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+ return old;
+}
+
+void XtSetWarningHandler(XtErrorHandler handler)
+{
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (handler != NULL) warningHandler = handler;
+ else warningHandler = _XtDefaultWarning;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ XtAppSetWarningHandler(_XtDefaultAppContext(),handler);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
+
+XtErrorHandler XtAppSetWarningHandler(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtErrorHandler handler)
+{
+ XtErrorHandler old;
+#if GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ old = warningHandler;
+ if (handler != NULL) warningHandler = handler;
+ else warningHandler = _XtDefaultWarning;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#else
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ old = app->warningHandler;
+ if (handler != NULL) app->warningHandler = handler;
+ else app->warningHandler = _XtDefaultWarning;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+ return old;
+}
+
+void _XtSetDefaultErrorHandlers(
+ XtErrorMsgHandler *errMsg,
+ XtErrorMsgHandler *warnMsg,
+ XtErrorHandler *err,
+ XtErrorHandler *warn)
+{
+#ifndef GLOBALERRORS
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ *errMsg = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
+ *warnMsg = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
+ *err = _XtDefaultError;
+ *warn = _XtDefaultWarning;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "Shell.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+typedef struct _XtEventRecExt {
+ int type;
+ XtPointer select_data[1]; /* actual dimension is [mask] */
+} XtEventRecExt;
+
+#define EXT_TYPE(p) (((XtEventRecExt*) ((p)+1))->type)
+#define EXT_SELECT_DATA(p,n) (((XtEventRecExt*) ((p)+1))->select_data[n])
+
+#define NonMaskableMask ((EventMask)0x80000000L)
+
+/*
+ * These are definitions to make the code that handles exposure compresssion
+ * easier to read.
+ *
+ * COMP_EXPOSE - The compression exposure field of "widget"
+ * COMP_EXPOSE_TYPE - The type of compression (lower 4 bits of COMP_EXPOSE.
+ * GRAPHICS_EXPOSE - TRUE if the widget wants graphics expose events
+ * dispatched.
+ * NO_EXPOSE - TRUE if the widget wants No expose events dispatched.
+ */
+
+#define COMP_EXPOSE (widget->core.widget_class->core_class.compress_exposure)
+#define COMP_EXPOSE_TYPE (COMP_EXPOSE & 0x0f)
+#define GRAPHICS_EXPOSE ((XtExposeGraphicsExpose & COMP_EXPOSE) || \
+ (XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged & COMP_EXPOSE))
+#define NO_EXPOSE (XtExposeNoExpose & COMP_EXPOSE)
+
+EventMask XtBuildEventMask(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ XtEventTable ev;
+ EventMask mask = 0L;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ for (ev = widget->core.event_table; ev != NULL; ev = ev->next)
+ if (ev->select) {
+ if (!ev->has_type_specifier)
+ mask |= ev->mask;
+ else {
+ if (EXT_TYPE(ev) < LASTEvent) {
+ Cardinal i;
+ for (i = 0; i < ev->mask; i++)
+ if (EXT_SELECT_DATA(ev, i))
+ mask |= *(EventMask*)EXT_SELECT_DATA(ev, i);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (widget->core.widget_class->core_class.expose != NULL)
+ mask |= ExposureMask;
+ if (widget->core.widget_class->core_class.visible_interest)
+ mask |= VisibilityChangeMask;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (widget->core.tm.translations)
+ mask |= widget->core.tm.translations->eventMask;
+
+ mask = mask & ~NonMaskableMask;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return mask;
+}
+
+static void CallExtensionSelector(
+ Widget widget,
+ ExtSelectRec* rec,
+ Boolean forceCall)
+{
+ XtEventRec* p;
+ XtPointer* data;
+ int* types;
+ Cardinal i, count = 0;
+
+ for (p = widget->core.event_table; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ if (p->has_type_specifier &&
+ EXT_TYPE(p) >= rec->min && EXT_TYPE(p) <= rec->max)
+ count += p->mask;
+
+ if (count == 0 && !forceCall) return;
+
+ data = (XtPointer *) ALLOCATE_LOCAL(count * sizeof (XtPointer));
+ types = (int *) ALLOCATE_LOCAL(count * sizeof (int));
+ count = 0;
+
+ for (p = widget->core.event_table; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ if (p->has_type_specifier &&
+ EXT_TYPE(p) >= rec->min && EXT_TYPE(p) <= rec->max)
+ for (i =0; i < p->mask; i++) {
+ types[count] = EXT_TYPE(p);
+ data[count++] = EXT_SELECT_DATA(p, i);
+ }
+
+ (*rec->proc)(widget, types, data, count, rec->client_data);
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL((char*) types);
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL((char*) data);
+}
+
+static void
+RemoveEventHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer select_data,
+ int type,
+ Boolean has_type_specifier,
+ Boolean other,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ Boolean raw)
+{
+ XtEventRec *p, **pp;
+ EventMask eventMask, oldMask = XtBuildEventMask(widget);
+
+ if (raw) raw = 1;
+ pp = &widget->core.event_table;
+ while ((p = *pp) &&
+ (p->proc != proc || p->closure != closure || p->select == raw ||
+ has_type_specifier != p->has_type_specifier ||
+ (has_type_specifier && EXT_TYPE(p) != type)))
+ pp = &p->next;
+ if (!p) return;
+
+ /* un-register it */
+ if (!has_type_specifier) {
+ eventMask = *(EventMask*)select_data;
+ eventMask &= ~NonMaskableMask;
+ if (other)
+ eventMask |= NonMaskableMask;
+ p->mask &= ~eventMask;
+ } else {
+ Cardinal i;
+ /* p->mask specifies count of EXT_SELECT_DATA(p,i)
+ * search through the list of selection data, if not found
+ * dont remove this handler
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < p->mask && select_data != EXT_SELECT_DATA(p,i);) i++;
+ if (i == p->mask) return;
+ if (p->mask == 1) p->mask = 0;
+ else {
+ p->mask--;
+ while (i < p->mask) {
+ EXT_SELECT_DATA(p,i) = EXT_SELECT_DATA(p, i+1);
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!p->mask) { /* delete it entirely */
+ *pp = p->next;
+ XtFree((char *)p);
+ }
+
+ /* Reset select mask if realized and not raw. */
+ if ( !raw && XtIsRealized(widget) && !widget->core.being_destroyed) {
+ EventMask mask = XtBuildEventMask(widget);
+ Display* dpy = XtDisplay (widget);
+
+ if (oldMask != mask)
+ XSelectInput(dpy, XtWindow(widget), mask);
+
+ if (has_type_specifier) {
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < pd->ext_select_count; i++) {
+ if (type >= pd->ext_select_list[i].min &&
+ type <= pd->ext_select_list[i].max) {
+ CallExtensionSelector(widget, pd->ext_select_list+i, TRUE);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (type < pd->ext_select_list[i].min) break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Function Name: AddEventHandler
+ * Description: An Internal routine that does the actual work of
+ * adding the event handlers.
+ * Arguments: widget - widget to register an event handler for.
+ * eventMask - events to mask for.
+ * other - pass non maskable events to this proceedure.
+ * proc - proceedure to register.
+ * closure - data to pass to the event hander.
+ * position - where to add this event handler.
+ * force_new_position - If the element is already in the
+ * list, this will force it to the
+ * beginning or end depending on position.
+ * raw - If FALSE call XSelectInput for events in mask.
+ * Returns: none
+ */
+
+static void
+AddEventHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer select_data,
+ int type,
+ Boolean has_type_specifier,
+ Boolean other,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtListPosition position,
+ Boolean force_new_position,
+ Boolean raw)
+{
+ register XtEventRec *p, **pp;
+ EventMask oldMask = 0, eventMask = 0;
+
+ if (!has_type_specifier) {
+ eventMask = *(EventMask*)select_data & ~NonMaskableMask;
+ if (other) eventMask |= NonMaskableMask;
+ if (!eventMask) return;
+ } else if (!type) return;
+
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget) && !raw) oldMask = XtBuildEventMask(widget);
+
+ if (raw) raw = 1;
+ pp = &widget->core.event_table;
+ while ((p = *pp) &&
+ (p->proc != proc || p->closure != closure || p->select == raw ||
+ has_type_specifier != p->has_type_specifier ||
+ (has_type_specifier && EXT_TYPE(p) != type)))
+ pp = &p->next;
+
+ if (!p) { /* New proc to add to list */
+ if (has_type_specifier) {
+ p = (XtEventRec*) __XtMalloc(sizeof(XtEventRec) +
+ sizeof(XtEventRecExt));
+ EXT_TYPE(p) = type;
+ EXT_SELECT_DATA(p,0) = select_data;
+ p->mask = 1;
+ p->has_type_specifier = True;
+ } else {
+ p = (XtEventRec*) __XtMalloc(sizeof(XtEventRec));
+ p->mask = eventMask;
+ p->has_type_specifier = False;
+ }
+ p->proc = proc;
+ p->closure = closure;
+ p->select = ! raw;
+
+ if (position == XtListHead) {
+ p->next = widget->core.event_table;
+ widget->core.event_table = p;
+ pp = &widget->core.event_table;
+ } else {
+ *pp = p;
+ p->next = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if (force_new_position) {
+ *pp = p->next;
+
+ if (position == XtListHead) {
+ p->next = widget->core.event_table;
+ widget->core.event_table = p;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Find the last element in the list.
+ */
+ while (*pp)
+ pp = &(*pp)->next;
+ *pp = p;
+ p->next = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!has_type_specifier)
+ p->mask |= eventMask;
+ else {
+ Cardinal i;
+ /* p->mask specifies count of EXT_SELECT_DATA(p,i) */
+ for (i = 0; i < p->mask && select_data != EXT_SELECT_DATA(p,i); )
+ i++;
+ if (i == p->mask) {
+ p = (XtEventRec*) XtRealloc((char*)p,
+ sizeof(XtEventRec) +
+ sizeof(XtEventRecExt) +
+ p->mask * sizeof(XtPointer));
+ EXT_SELECT_DATA(p,i) = select_data;
+ p->mask++;
+ *pp = p;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget) && !raw) {
+ EventMask mask = XtBuildEventMask(widget);
+ Display* dpy = XtDisplay (widget);
+
+ if (oldMask != mask)
+ XSelectInput(dpy, XtWindow(widget), mask);
+
+ if (has_type_specifier) {
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay (dpy);
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < pd->ext_select_count; i++) {
+ if (type >= pd->ext_select_list[i].min &&
+ type <= pd->ext_select_list[i].max) {
+ CallExtensionSelector(widget, pd->ext_select_list+i, FALSE);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (type < pd->ext_select_list[i].min) break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void XtRemoveEventHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ EventMask eventMask,
+ _XtBoolean other,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ RemoveEventHandler(widget, (XtPointer) &eventMask, 0, FALSE,
+ other, proc, closure, FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtAddEventHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ EventMask eventMask,
+ _XtBoolean other,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ AddEventHandler(widget, (XtPointer) &eventMask, 0, FALSE, other,
+ proc, closure, XtListTail, FALSE, FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtInsertEventHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ EventMask eventMask,
+ _XtBoolean other,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtListPosition position)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ AddEventHandler(widget, (XtPointer) &eventMask, 0, FALSE, other,
+ proc, closure, position, TRUE, FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtRemoveRawEventHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ EventMask eventMask,
+ _XtBoolean other,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ RemoveEventHandler(widget, (XtPointer) &eventMask, 0, FALSE,
+ other, proc, closure, TRUE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtInsertRawEventHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ EventMask eventMask,
+ _XtBoolean other,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtListPosition position)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ AddEventHandler(widget, (XtPointer) &eventMask, 0, FALSE, other,
+ proc, closure, position, TRUE, TRUE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtAddRawEventHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ EventMask eventMask,
+ _XtBoolean other,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ AddEventHandler(widget, (XtPointer) &eventMask, 0, FALSE, other,
+ proc, closure, XtListTail, FALSE, TRUE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ int type,
+ XtPointer select_data,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ RemoveEventHandler(widget, select_data, type, TRUE,
+ FALSE, proc, closure, FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtInsertEventTypeHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ int type,
+ XtPointer select_data,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtListPosition position)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ AddEventHandler(widget, select_data, type, TRUE, FALSE,
+ proc, closure, position, TRUE, FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+typedef struct _WWPair {
+ struct _WWPair *next;
+ Window window;
+ Widget widget;
+} *WWPair;
+
+typedef struct _WWTable {
+ unsigned int mask; /* size of hash table - 1 */
+ unsigned int rehash; /* mask - 2 */
+ unsigned int occupied; /* number of occupied entries */
+ unsigned int fakes; /* number occupied by WWfake */
+ Widget *entries; /* the entries */
+ WWPair pairs; /* bogus entries */
+} *WWTable;
+
+static const WidgetRec WWfake; /* placeholder for deletions */
+
+#define WWHASH(tab,win) ((win) & tab->mask)
+#define WWREHASHVAL(tab,win) ((((win) % tab->rehash) + 2) | 1)
+#define WWREHASH(tab,idx,rehash) ((idx + rehash) & tab->mask)
+#define WWTABLE(display) (_XtGetPerDisplay(display)->WWtable)
+
+static void ExpandWWTable(WWTable);
+
+void XtRegisterDrawable(
+ Display* display,
+ Drawable drawable,
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ WWTable tab;
+ int idx, rehash;
+ Widget entry;
+ Window window = (Window) drawable;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ tab = WWTABLE(display);
+ if (window != XtWindow(widget)) {
+ WWPair pair;
+ pair = XtNew(struct _WWPair);
+ pair->next = tab->pairs;
+ pair->window = window;
+ pair->widget = widget;
+ tab->pairs = pair;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ if ((tab->occupied + (tab->occupied >> 2)) > tab->mask)
+ ExpandWWTable(tab);
+
+ idx = WWHASH(tab, window);
+ if ((entry = tab->entries[idx]) && entry != &WWfake) {
+ rehash = WWREHASHVAL(tab, window);
+ do {
+ idx = WWREHASH(tab, idx, rehash);
+ } while ((entry = tab->entries[idx]) && entry != &WWfake);
+ }
+ if (!entry)
+ tab->occupied++;
+ else if (entry == &WWfake)
+ tab->fakes--;
+ tab->entries[idx] = widget;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtUnregisterDrawable(
+ Display* display,
+ Drawable drawable)
+{
+ WWTable tab;
+ int idx, rehash;
+ Widget entry;
+ Window window = (Window) drawable;
+ Widget widget = XtWindowToWidget (display, window);
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(display);
+
+ if (widget == NULL) return;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ tab = WWTABLE(display);
+ if (window != XtWindow(widget)) {
+ WWPair *prev, pair;
+
+ prev = &tab->pairs;
+ while ((pair = *prev) && pair->window != window)
+ prev = &pair->next;
+ if (pair) {
+ *prev = pair->next;
+ XtFree((char *)pair);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ idx = WWHASH(tab, window);
+ if ((entry = tab->entries[idx])) {
+ if (entry != widget) {
+ rehash = WWREHASHVAL(tab, window);
+ do {
+ idx = WWREHASH(tab, idx, rehash);
+ if (!(entry = tab->entries[idx])) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ } while (entry != widget);
+ }
+ tab->entries[idx] = (Widget)&WWfake;
+ tab->fakes++;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+static void ExpandWWTable(
+ register WWTable tab)
+{
+ unsigned int oldmask;
+ register Widget *oldentries, *entries;
+ register Cardinal oldidx, newidx, rehash;
+ register Widget entry;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ oldmask = tab->mask;
+ oldentries = tab->entries;
+ tab->occupied -= tab->fakes;
+ tab->fakes = 0;
+ if ((tab->occupied + (tab->occupied >> 2)) > tab->mask) {
+ tab->mask = (tab->mask << 1) + 1;
+ tab->rehash = tab->mask - 2;
+ }
+ entries = tab->entries = (Widget *) __XtCalloc(tab->mask+1, sizeof(Widget));
+ for (oldidx = 0; oldidx <= oldmask; oldidx++) {
+ if ((entry = oldentries[oldidx]) && entry != &WWfake) {
+ newidx = WWHASH(tab, XtWindow(entry));
+ if (entries[newidx]) {
+ rehash = WWREHASHVAL(tab, XtWindow(entry));
+ do {
+ newidx = WWREHASH(tab, newidx, rehash);
+ } while (entries[newidx]);
+ }
+ entries[newidx] = entry;
+ }
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)oldentries);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+Widget XtWindowToWidget(
+ register Display *display,
+ register Window window)
+{
+ register WWTable tab;
+ register int idx, rehash;
+ register Widget entry;
+ WWPair pair;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(display);
+
+ if (!window) return NULL;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ tab = WWTABLE(display);
+ idx = WWHASH(tab, window);
+ if ((entry = tab->entries[idx]) && XtWindow(entry) != window) {
+ rehash = WWREHASHVAL(tab, window);
+ do {
+ idx = WWREHASH(tab, idx, rehash);
+ } while ((entry = tab->entries[idx]) && XtWindow(entry) != window);
+ }
+ if (entry) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return entry;
+ }
+ for (pair = tab->pairs; pair; pair = pair->next) {
+ if (pair->window == window) {
+ entry = pair->widget;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return entry;
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void _XtAllocWWTable(
+ XtPerDisplay pd)
+{
+ register WWTable tab;
+
+ tab = (WWTable) __XtMalloc(sizeof(struct _WWTable));
+ tab->mask = 0x7f;
+ tab->rehash = tab->mask - 2;
+ tab->entries = (Widget *) __XtCalloc(tab->mask+1, sizeof(Widget));
+ tab->occupied = 0;
+ tab->fakes = 0;
+ tab->pairs = NULL;
+ pd->WWtable = tab;
+}
+
+void _XtFreeWWTable(
+ register XtPerDisplay pd)
+{
+ register WWPair pair, next;
+
+ for (pair = pd->WWtable->pairs; pair; pair = next) {
+ next = pair->next;
+ XtFree((char *)pair);
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)pd->WWtable->entries);
+ XtFree((char *)pd->WWtable);
+}
+
+#define EHMAXSIZE 25 /* do not make whopping big */
+
+static Boolean CallEventHandlers(
+ Widget widget,
+ XEvent *event,
+ EventMask mask)
+{
+ register XtEventRec *p;
+ XtEventHandler *proc;
+ XtPointer *closure;
+ XtEventHandler procs[EHMAXSIZE];
+ XtPointer closures[EHMAXSIZE];
+ Boolean cont_to_disp = True;
+ int i, numprocs;
+
+ /* Have to copy the procs into an array, because one of them might
+ * call XtRemoveEventHandler, which would break our linked list. */
+
+ numprocs = 0;
+ for (p=widget->core.event_table; p; p = p->next) {
+ if ((!p->has_type_specifier && (mask & p->mask)) ||
+ (p->has_type_specifier && event->type == EXT_TYPE(p)))
+ numprocs++;
+ }
+ if (numprocs > EHMAXSIZE) {
+ proc = (XtEventHandler *)__XtMalloc(numprocs * (sizeof(XtEventHandler) +
+ sizeof(XtPointer)));
+ closure = (XtPointer *)(proc + numprocs);
+ } else {
+ proc = procs;
+ closure = closures;
+ }
+ numprocs = 0;
+ for (p=widget->core.event_table; p; p = p->next) {
+ if ((!p->has_type_specifier && (mask & p->mask)) ||
+ (p->has_type_specifier && event->type == EXT_TYPE(p))) {
+ proc[numprocs] = p->proc;
+ closure[numprocs] = p->closure;
+ numprocs++;
+ }
+ }
+/* FUNCTIONS CALLED THROUGH POINTER proc:
+ Selection.c:ReqCleanup,
+ "Shell.c":EventHandler,
+ PassivGrab.c:ActiveHandler,
+ PassivGrab.c:RealizeHandler,
+ Keyboard.c:QueryEventMask,
+ _XtHandleFocus,
+ Selection.c:HandleSelectionReplies,
+ Selection.c:HandleGetIncrement,
+ Selection.c:HandleIncremental,
+ Selection.c:HandlePropertyGone,
+ Selection.c:HandleSelectionEvents
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < numprocs && cont_to_disp; i++)
+ (*(proc[i]))(widget, closure[i], event, &cont_to_disp);
+ if (numprocs > EHMAXSIZE)
+ XtFree((char *)proc);
+ return cont_to_disp;
+}
+
+static void CompressExposures(XEvent *, Widget);
+
+#define KnownButtons (Button1MotionMask|Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|\
+ Button4MotionMask|Button5MotionMask)
+
+/* keep this SMALL to avoid blowing stack cache! */
+/* because some compilers allocate all local locals on procedure entry */
+#define EHSIZE 4
+
+Boolean XtDispatchEventToWidget(
+ Widget widget,
+ XEvent* event)
+{
+ register XtEventRec *p;
+ Boolean was_dispatched = False;
+ Boolean call_tm = False;
+ Boolean cont_to_disp;
+ EventMask mask;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+
+ mask = _XtConvertTypeToMask(event->type);
+ if (event->type == MotionNotify)
+ mask |= (event->xmotion.state & KnownButtons);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if ( (mask == ExposureMask) ||
+ ((event->type == NoExpose) && NO_EXPOSE) ||
+ ((event->type == GraphicsExpose) && GRAPHICS_EXPOSE) ) {
+
+ if (widget->core.widget_class->core_class.expose != NULL ) {
+
+ /* We need to mask off the bits that could contain the information
+ * about whether or not we desire Graphics and NoExpose events. */
+
+ if ( (COMP_EXPOSE_TYPE == XtExposeNoCompress) ||
+ (event->type == NoExpose) )
+
+ (*widget->core.widget_class->core_class.expose)
+ (widget, event, (Region)NULL);
+ else {
+ CompressExposures(event, widget);
+ }
+ was_dispatched = True;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((mask == VisibilityChangeMask) &&
+ XtClass(widget)->core_class.visible_interest) {
+ was_dispatched = True;
+ /* our visibility just changed... */
+ switch (((XVisibilityEvent *)event)->state) {
+ case VisibilityUnobscured:
+ widget->core.visible = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:
+ /* what do we want to say here? */
+ /* well... some of us is visible */
+ widget->core.visible = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case VisibilityFullyObscured:
+ widget->core.visible = FALSE;
+ /* do we want to mark our children obscured? */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ /* to maintain "copy" semantics we check TM now but call later */
+ if (widget->core.tm.translations &&
+ (mask & widget->core.tm.translations->eventMask))
+ call_tm = True;
+
+ cont_to_disp = True;
+ p=widget->core.event_table;
+ if (p) {
+ if (p->next) {
+ XtEventHandler proc[EHSIZE];
+ XtPointer closure[EHSIZE];
+ int numprocs = 0;
+
+ /* Have to copy the procs into an array, because one of them might
+ * call XtRemoveEventHandler, which would break our linked list. */
+
+ for (; p; p = p->next) {
+ if ((!p->has_type_specifier && (mask & p->mask)) ||
+ (p->has_type_specifier && event->type == EXT_TYPE(p))) {
+ if (numprocs >= EHSIZE)
+ break;
+ proc[numprocs] = p->proc;
+ closure[numprocs] = p->closure;
+ numprocs++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (numprocs) {
+ if (p) {
+ cont_to_disp = CallEventHandlers(widget, event, mask);
+ } else {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < numprocs && cont_to_disp; i++)
+ (*(proc[i]))(widget, closure[i], event, &cont_to_disp);
+/* FUNCTIONS CALLED THROUGH POINTER proc:
+ Selection.c:ReqCleanup,
+ "Shell.c":EventHandler,
+ PassivGrab.c:ActiveHandler,
+ PassivGrab.c:RealizeHandler,
+ Keyboard.c:QueryEventMask,
+ _XtHandleFocus,
+ Selection.c:HandleSelectionReplies,
+ Selection.c:HandleGetIncrement,
+ Selection.c:HandleIncremental,
+ Selection.c:HandlePropertyGone,
+ Selection.c:HandleSelectionEvents
+ */
+ }
+ was_dispatched = True;
+ }
+ } else if ((!p->has_type_specifier && (mask & p->mask)) ||
+ (p->has_type_specifier && event->type == EXT_TYPE(p))) {
+ (*p->proc)(widget, p->closure, event, &cont_to_disp);
+ was_dispatched = True;
+ }
+ }
+ if (call_tm && cont_to_disp)
+ _XtTranslateEvent(widget, event);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return (was_dispatched|call_tm);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This structure is passed into the check exposure proc.
+ */
+
+typedef struct _CheckExposeInfo {
+ int type1, type2; /* Types of events to check for. */
+ Boolean maximal; /* Ignore non-exposure events? */
+ Boolean non_matching; /* Was there an event that did not
+ match either type? */
+ Window window; /* Window to match. */
+} CheckExposeInfo;
+
+#define GetCount(ev) (((XExposeEvent *)(ev))->count)
+
+static void SendExposureEvent(XEvent *, Widget, XtPerDisplay);
+static Bool CheckExposureEvent(Display *, XEvent *, char *);
+static void AddExposureToRectangularRegion(XEvent *, Region);
+
+/* Function Name: CompressExposures
+ * Description: Handles all exposure compression
+ * Arguments: event - the xevent that is to be dispatched
+ * widget - the widget that this event occured in.
+ * Returns: none.
+ *
+ * NOTE: Event must be of type Expose or GraphicsExpose.
+ */
+
+static void
+CompressExposures(
+XEvent * event,
+Widget widget)
+{
+ CheckExposeInfo info;
+ int count;
+ Display* dpy = XtDisplay (widget);
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ XtEnum comp_expose;
+ XtEnum comp_expose_type;
+ Boolean no_region;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ comp_expose = COMP_EXPOSE;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ comp_expose_type = comp_expose & 0x0f;
+ no_region = ((comp_expose & XtExposeNoRegion) ? True : False);
+
+ if (no_region)
+ AddExposureToRectangularRegion(event, pd->region);
+ else
+ XtAddExposureToRegion(event, pd->region);
+
+ if ( GetCount(event) != 0 )
+ return;
+
+ if ((comp_expose_type == XtExposeCompressSeries) ||
+ (XEventsQueued(dpy, QueuedAfterReading) == 0)) {
+ SendExposureEvent(event, widget, pd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (comp_expose & XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged) {
+ info.type1 = Expose;
+ info.type2 = GraphicsExpose;
+ }
+ else {
+ info.type1 = event->type;
+ info.type2 = 0;
+ }
+ info.maximal = (comp_expose_type == XtExposeCompressMaximal);
+ info.non_matching = FALSE;
+ info.window = XtWindow(widget);
+
+/*
+ * We have to be very careful here not to hose down the processor
+ * when blocking until count gets to zero.
+ *
+ * First, check to see if there are any events in the queue for this
+ * widget, and of the correct type.
+ *
+ * Once we cannot find any more events, check to see that count is zero.
+ * If it is not then block until we get another exposure event.
+ *
+ * If we find no more events, and count on the last one we saw was zero we
+ * we can be sure that all events have been processed.
+ *
+ * Unfortunately, we wind up having to look at the entire queue
+ * event if we're not doing Maximal compression, due to the
+ * semantics of XCheckIfEvent (we can't abort without re-ordering
+ * the event queue as a side-effect).
+ */
+
+ count = 0;
+ while (TRUE) {
+ XEvent event_return;
+
+ if (XCheckIfEvent(dpy, &event_return,
+ CheckExposureEvent, (char *) &info)) {
+
+ count = GetCount(&event_return);
+ if (no_region)
+ AddExposureToRectangularRegion(&event_return, pd->region);
+ else
+ XtAddExposureToRegion(&event_return, pd->region);
+ }
+ else if (count != 0) {
+ XIfEvent(dpy, &event_return,
+ CheckExposureEvent, (char *) &info);
+ count = GetCount(&event_return);
+ if (no_region)
+ AddExposureToRectangularRegion(&event_return, pd->region);
+ else
+ XtAddExposureToRegion(&event_return, pd->region);
+ }
+ else /* count == 0 && XCheckIfEvent Failed. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ SendExposureEvent(event, widget, pd);
+}
+
+void XtAddExposureToRegion(
+ XEvent *event,
+ Region region)
+{
+ XRectangle rect;
+ XExposeEvent *ev = (XExposeEvent *) event;
+ /* These Expose and GraphicsExpose fields are at identical offsets */
+
+ if (event->type == Expose || event->type == GraphicsExpose) {
+ rect.x = ev->x;
+ rect.y = ev->y;
+ rect.width = ev->width;
+ rect.height = ev->height;
+ XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, region, region);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+static void AddExposureToRectangularRegion(
+ XEvent *event, /* when called internally, type is always appropriate */
+ Region region)
+{
+ XRectangle rect;
+ XExposeEvent *ev = (XExposeEvent *) event;
+ /* These Expose and GraphicsExpose fields are at identical offsets */
+
+ rect.x = ev->x;
+ rect.y = ev->y;
+ rect.width = ev->width;
+ rect.height = ev->height;
+
+ if (XEmptyRegion(region)) {
+ XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, region, region);
+ } else {
+ XRectangle merged, bbox;
+
+ XClipBox(region, &bbox);
+ merged.x = MIN(rect.x, bbox.x);
+ merged.y = MIN(rect.y, bbox.y);
+ merged.width = MAX(rect.x + rect.width,
+ bbox.x + bbox.width) - merged.x;
+ merged.height = MAX(rect.y + rect.height,
+ bbox.y + bbox.height) - merged.y;
+ XUnionRectWithRegion(&merged, region, region);
+ }
+}
+
+static Region nullRegion;
+/* READ-ONLY VARIABLES: nullRegion */
+
+void _XtEventInitialize(void)
+{
+#ifndef __lock_lint
+ nullRegion = XCreateRegion();
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Function Name: SendExposureEvent
+ * Description: Sets the x, y, width, and height of the event
+ * to be the clip box of Expose Region.
+ * Arguments: event - the X Event to mangle; Expose or GraphicsExpose.
+ * widget - the widget that this event occured in.
+ * pd - the per display information for this widget.
+ * Returns: none.
+ */
+
+static void
+SendExposureEvent(
+XEvent * event,
+Widget widget,
+XtPerDisplay pd)
+{
+ XtExposeProc expose;
+ XRectangle rect;
+ XtEnum comp_expose;
+ XExposeEvent *ev = (XExposeEvent *) event;
+
+ XClipBox(pd->region, &rect);
+ ev->x = rect.x;
+ ev->y = rect.y;
+ ev->width = rect.width;
+ ev->height = rect.height;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ comp_expose = COMP_EXPOSE;
+ expose = widget->core.widget_class->core_class.expose;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (comp_expose & XtExposeNoRegion)
+ (*expose)(widget, event, NULL);
+ else
+ (*expose)(widget, event, pd->region);
+ (void) XIntersectRegion(nullRegion, pd->region, pd->region);
+}
+
+/* Function Name: CheckExposureEvent
+ * Description: Checks the event queue for an expose event
+ * Arguments: display - the display connection.
+ * event - the event to check.
+ * arg - a pointer to the exposure info structure.
+ * Returns: TRUE if we found an event of the correct type
+ * with the right window.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The only valid types (info.type1 and info.type2) are Expose
+ * and GraphicsExpose.
+ */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static Bool
+CheckExposureEvent(
+Display * disp,
+XEvent * event,
+char * arg)
+{
+ CheckExposeInfo * info = ((CheckExposeInfo *) arg);
+
+ if ( (info->type1 == event->type) || (info->type2 == event->type)) {
+ if (!info->maximal && info->non_matching) return FALSE;
+ if (event->type == GraphicsExpose)
+ return(event->xgraphicsexpose.drawable == info->window);
+ return(event->xexpose.window == info->window);
+ }
+ info->non_matching = TRUE;
+ return(FALSE);
+}
+
+static EventMask const masks[] = {
+ 0, /* Error, should never see */
+ 0, /* Reply, should never see */
+ KeyPressMask, /* KeyPress */
+ KeyReleaseMask, /* KeyRelease */
+ ButtonPressMask, /* ButtonPress */
+ ButtonReleaseMask, /* ButtonRelease */
+ PointerMotionMask /* MotionNotify */
+ | ButtonMotionMask,
+ EnterWindowMask, /* EnterNotify */
+ LeaveWindowMask, /* LeaveNotify */
+ FocusChangeMask, /* FocusIn */
+ FocusChangeMask, /* FocusOut */
+ KeymapStateMask, /* KeymapNotify */
+ ExposureMask, /* Expose */
+ NonMaskableMask, /* GraphicsExpose, in GC */
+ NonMaskableMask, /* NoExpose, in GC */
+ VisibilityChangeMask, /* VisibilityNotify */
+ SubstructureNotifyMask, /* CreateNotify */
+ StructureNotifyMask /* DestroyNotify */
+ | SubstructureNotifyMask,
+ StructureNotifyMask /* UnmapNotify */
+ | SubstructureNotifyMask,
+ StructureNotifyMask /* MapNotify */
+ | SubstructureNotifyMask,
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, /* MapRequest */
+ StructureNotifyMask /* ReparentNotify */
+ | SubstructureNotifyMask,
+ StructureNotifyMask /* ConfigureNotify */
+ | SubstructureNotifyMask,
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, /* ConfigureRequest */
+ StructureNotifyMask /* GravityNotify */
+ | SubstructureNotifyMask,
+ ResizeRedirectMask, /* ResizeRequest */
+ StructureNotifyMask /* CirculateNotify */
+ | SubstructureNotifyMask,
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, /* CirculateRequest */
+ PropertyChangeMask, /* PropertyNotify */
+ NonMaskableMask, /* SelectionClear */
+ NonMaskableMask, /* SelectionRequest */
+ NonMaskableMask, /* SelectionNotify */
+ ColormapChangeMask, /* ColormapNotify */
+ NonMaskableMask, /* ClientMessage */
+ NonMaskableMask /* MappingNotify */
+};
+
+EventMask _XtConvertTypeToMask (
+ int eventType)
+{
+ if ((Cardinal) eventType < XtNumber(masks))
+ return masks[eventType];
+ else
+ return NoEventMask;
+}
+
+Boolean _XtOnGrabList(
+ register Widget widget,
+ XtGrabRec *grabList)
+{
+ register XtGrabRec* gl;
+ for (; widget != NULL; widget = (Widget)widget->core.parent) {
+ for (gl = grabList; gl != NULL; gl = gl->next) {
+ if (gl->widget == widget) return TRUE;
+ if (gl->exclusive) break;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Widget LookupSpringLoaded(
+ XtGrabList grabList)
+{
+ XtGrabList gl;
+
+ for (gl = grabList; gl != NULL; gl = gl->next) {
+ if (gl->spring_loaded) {
+ if (XtIsSensitive(gl->widget))
+ return gl->widget;
+ else
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (gl->exclusive) break;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static Boolean DispatchEvent(
+ XEvent* event,
+ Widget widget)
+{
+
+ if (event->type == EnterNotify &&
+ event->xcrossing.mode == NotifyNormal &&
+ widget->core.widget_class->core_class.compress_enterleave) {
+ if (XPending(event->xcrossing.display)) {
+ XEvent nextEvent;
+ XPeekEvent(event->xcrossing.display, &nextEvent);
+ if (nextEvent.type == LeaveNotify &&
+ event->xcrossing.window == nextEvent.xcrossing.window &&
+ nextEvent.xcrossing.mode == NotifyNormal &&
+ ((event->xcrossing.detail != NotifyInferior &&
+ nextEvent.xcrossing.detail != NotifyInferior) ||
+ (event->xcrossing.detail == NotifyInferior &&
+ nextEvent.xcrossing.detail == NotifyInferior))) {
+ /* skip the enter/leave pair */
+ XNextEvent(event->xcrossing.display, &nextEvent);
+ return False;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (event->type == MotionNotify &&
+ widget->core.widget_class->core_class.compress_motion) {
+ while (XPending(event->xmotion.display)) {
+ XEvent nextEvent;
+ XPeekEvent(event->xmotion.display, &nextEvent);
+ if (nextEvent.type == MotionNotify &&
+ event->xmotion.window == nextEvent.xmotion.window &&
+ event->xmotion.subwindow == nextEvent.xmotion.subwindow) {
+ /* replace the current event with the next one */
+ XNextEvent(event->xmotion.display, event);
+ } else break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return XtDispatchEventToWidget(widget, event);
+}
+
+typedef enum _GrabType {pass, ignore, remap} GrabType;
+
+#if !defined(AIXV3) || !defined(AIXSHLIB)
+static /* AIX shared libraries are broken */
+#endif
+Boolean _XtDefaultDispatcher(
+ XEvent *event)
+{
+ register Widget widget;
+ GrabType grabType;
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
+ XtGrabList grabList;
+ Boolean was_dispatched = False;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(event->xany.display);
+
+ /* the default dispatcher discards all extension events */
+ if (event->type >= LASTEvent)
+ return False;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+
+ switch (event->type) {
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease: grabType = remap; break;
+ case MotionNotify:
+ case EnterNotify: grabType = ignore; break;
+ default: grabType = pass; break;
+ }
+
+ widget = XtWindowToWidget (event->xany.display, event->xany.window);
+ pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(event->xany.display);
+ grabList = *_XtGetGrabList(pdi);
+
+ if (widget == NULL) {
+ if (grabType == remap
+ && (widget = LookupSpringLoaded(grabList)) != NULL) {
+ /* event occurred in a non-widget window, but we've promised also
+ to dispatch it to the nearest accessible spring_loaded widget */
+ was_dispatched = (XFilterEvent(event, XtWindow(widget))
+ || XtDispatchEventToWidget(widget, event));
+ }
+ else was_dispatched = XFilterEvent(event, None);
+ }
+ else if (grabType == pass) {
+ if (event->type == LeaveNotify ||
+ event->type == FocusIn ||
+ event->type == FocusOut) {
+ if (XtIsSensitive (widget))
+ was_dispatched = (XFilterEvent(event, XtWindow(widget)) ||
+ XtDispatchEventToWidget(widget, event));
+ } else was_dispatched = (XFilterEvent(event, XtWindow(widget)) ||
+ XtDispatchEventToWidget(widget, event));
+ }
+ else if (grabType == ignore) {
+ if ((grabList == NULL || _XtOnGrabList(widget, grabList))
+ && XtIsSensitive(widget)) {
+ was_dispatched = (XFilterEvent(event, XtWindow(widget))
+ || DispatchEvent(event, widget));
+ }
+ }
+ else if (grabType == remap) {
+ EventMask mask = _XtConvertTypeToMask(event->type);
+ Widget dspWidget;
+ Boolean was_filtered = False;
+
+ dspWidget = _XtFindRemapWidget(event, widget, mask, pdi);
+
+ if ((grabList == NULL ||_XtOnGrabList(dspWidget, grabList))
+ && XtIsSensitive(dspWidget)) {
+ if ((was_filtered = XFilterEvent(event, XtWindow(dspWidget)))) {
+ /* If this event activated a device grab, release it. */
+ _XtUngrabBadGrabs(event, widget, mask, pdi);
+ was_dispatched = True;
+ } else
+ was_dispatched = XtDispatchEventToWidget(dspWidget, event);
+ }
+ else _XtUngrabBadGrabs(event, widget, mask, pdi);
+
+ if (!was_filtered) {
+ /* Also dispatch to nearest accessible spring_loaded. */
+ /* Fetch this afterward to reflect modal list changes */
+ grabList = *_XtGetGrabList(pdi);
+ widget = LookupSpringLoaded(grabList);
+ if (widget != NULL && widget != dspWidget) {
+ was_dispatched = (XFilterEvent(event, XtWindow(widget))
+ || XtDispatchEventToWidget(widget, event)
+ || was_dispatched);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return was_dispatched;
+}
+
+Boolean XtDispatchEvent (
+ XEvent *event)
+{
+ Boolean was_dispatched, safe;
+ int dispatch_level;
+ int starting_count;
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ Time time = 0;
+ XtEventDispatchProc dispatch = _XtDefaultDispatcher;
+ XtAppContext app = XtDisplayToApplicationContext(event->xany.display);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ dispatch_level = ++app->dispatch_level;
+ starting_count = app->destroy_count;
+
+ switch (event->type) {
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease: time = event->xkey.time; break;
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease: time = event->xbutton.time; break;
+ case MotionNotify: time = event->xmotion.time; break;
+ case EnterNotify:
+ case LeaveNotify: time = event->xcrossing.time; break;
+ case PropertyNotify: time = event->xproperty.time; break;
+ case SelectionClear: time = event->xselectionclear.time; break;
+
+ case MappingNotify: _XtRefreshMapping(event, True); break;
+ }
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(event->xany.display);
+ if (time) pd->last_timestamp = time;
+ pd->last_event = *event;
+
+ if (pd->dispatcher_list) {
+ dispatch = pd->dispatcher_list[event->type];
+ if (dispatch == NULL) dispatch = _XtDefaultDispatcher;
+ }
+ was_dispatched = (*dispatch)(event);
+
+ /*
+ * To make recursive XtDispatchEvent work, we need to do phase 2 destroys
+ * only on those widgets destroyed by this particular dispatch.
+ *
+ */
+
+ if (app->destroy_count > starting_count)
+ _XtDoPhase2Destroy(app, dispatch_level);
+
+ app->dispatch_level = dispatch_level - 1;
+
+ if ((safe = _XtSafeToDestroy(app))) {
+ if (app->dpy_destroy_count != 0) _XtCloseDisplays(app);
+ if (app->free_bindings) _XtDoFreeBindings(app);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (_XtAppDestroyCount != 0 && safe) _XtDestroyAppContexts();
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return was_dispatched;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void GrabDestroyCallback(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ /* Remove widget from grab list if it destroyed */
+ XtRemoveGrab(widget);
+}
+
+static XtGrabRec *NewGrabRec(
+ Widget widget,
+ Boolean exclusive,
+ Boolean spring_loaded)
+{
+ register XtGrabList gl;
+
+ gl = XtNew(XtGrabRec);
+ gl->next = NULL;
+ gl->widget = widget;
+ gl->exclusive = exclusive;
+ gl->spring_loaded = spring_loaded;
+
+ return gl;
+}
+
+void XtAddGrab(
+ Widget widget,
+ _XtBoolean exclusive,
+ _XtBoolean spring_loaded)
+{
+ register XtGrabList gl;
+ XtGrabList *grabListPtr;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ grabListPtr = _XtGetGrabList(_XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget)));
+
+ if (spring_loaded && !exclusive) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ "grabError", "xtAddGrab", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtAddGrab requires exclusive grab if spring_loaded is TRUE",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
+ exclusive = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ gl = NewGrabRec(widget, exclusive, spring_loaded);
+ gl->next = *grabListPtr;
+ *grabListPtr = gl;
+
+ XtAddCallback (widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ GrabDestroyCallback, (XtPointer) NULL);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtRemoveGrab(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ register XtGrabList gl;
+ register Boolean done;
+ XtGrabList *grabListPtr;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ grabListPtr = _XtGetGrabList(_XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget)));
+
+ for (gl = *grabListPtr; gl != NULL; gl = gl->next) {
+ if (gl->widget == widget) break;
+ }
+
+ if (gl == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ "grabError","xtRemoveGrab",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtRemoveGrab asked to remove a widget not on the list",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ do {
+ gl = *grabListPtr;
+ done = (gl->widget == widget);
+ *grabListPtr = gl->next;
+ XtRemoveCallback(gl->widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ GrabDestroyCallback, (XtPointer)NULL);
+ XtFree((char *)gl);
+ } while (! done);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+}
+
+void XtMainLoop(void)
+{
+ XtAppMainLoop(_XtDefaultAppContext());
+}
+
+void XtAppMainLoop(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ do {
+ XtAppProcessEvent(app, XtIMAll);
+ } while(app->exit_flag == FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void _XtFreeEventTable(
+ XtEventTable *event_table)
+{
+ register XtEventTable event;
+
+ event = *event_table;
+ while (event != NULL) {
+ register XtEventTable next = event->next;
+ XtFree((char *) event);
+ event = next;
+ }
+}
+
+Time XtLastTimestampProcessed(
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ Time time;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ time = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->last_timestamp;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return(time);
+}
+
+XEvent* XtLastEventProcessed(
+ Display* dpy)
+{
+ XEvent* le = NULL;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ le = &_XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->last_event;
+ if (!le->xany.serial)
+ le = NULL;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return le;
+}
+
+void _XtSendFocusEvent(
+ Widget child,
+ int type)
+{
+ child = XtIsWidget(child) ? child : _XtWindowedAncestor(child);
+ if (XtIsSensitive(child) && !child->core.being_destroyed
+ && XtIsRealized(child)
+ && (XtBuildEventMask(child) & FocusChangeMask))
+ {
+ XFocusChangeEvent event;
+ Display* dpy = XtDisplay (child);
+
+ event.type = type;
+ event.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dpy);
+ event.send_event = True;
+ event.display = dpy;
+ event.window = XtWindow(child);
+ event.mode = NotifyNormal;
+ event.detail = NotifyAncestor;
+ if (XFilterEvent((XEvent*)&event, XtWindow(child)))
+ return;
+ XtDispatchEventToWidget(child, (XEvent*)&event);
+ }
+}
+
+static XtEventDispatchProc* NewDispatcherList(void)
+{
+ XtEventDispatchProc* l =
+ (XtEventDispatchProc*) __XtCalloc((Cardinal) 128,
+ (Cardinal)sizeof(XtEventDispatchProc));
+ return l;
+}
+
+XtEventDispatchProc XtSetEventDispatcher(
+ Display *dpy,
+ int event_type,
+ XtEventDispatchProc proc)
+{
+ XtEventDispatchProc *list;
+ XtEventDispatchProc old_proc;
+ register XtPerDisplay pd;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+
+ list = pd->dispatcher_list;
+ if (!list) {
+ if (proc) list = pd->dispatcher_list = NewDispatcherList();
+ else return _XtDefaultDispatcher;
+ }
+ old_proc = list[event_type];
+ list[event_type] = proc;
+ if (old_proc == NULL) old_proc = _XtDefaultDispatcher;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return old_proc;
+}
+
+void XtRegisterExtensionSelector(
+ Display *dpy,
+ int min_event_type,
+ int max_event_type,
+ XtExtensionSelectProc proc,
+ XtPointer client_data)
+{
+ ExtSelectRec *e;
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ int i;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ if (dpy == NULL) XtErrorMsg("nullDisplay",
+ "xtRegisterExtensionSelector", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtRegisterExtensionSelector requires a non-NULL display",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < pd->ext_select_count; i++) {
+ e = &pd->ext_select_list[i];
+ if (e->min == min_event_type && e->max == max_event_type) {
+ e->proc = proc;
+ e->client_data = client_data;
+ return;
+ }
+ if ((min_event_type >= e->min && min_event_type <= e->max) ||
+ (max_event_type >= e->min && max_event_type <= e->max)) {
+ XtErrorMsg("rangeError", "xtRegisterExtensionSelector",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Attempt to register multiple selectors for one extension event type",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ pd->ext_select_count++;
+ pd->ext_select_list =
+ (ExtSelectRec *) XtRealloc((char *) pd->ext_select_list,
+ pd->ext_select_count * sizeof(ExtSelectRec));
+ for (i = pd->ext_select_count - 1; i > 0; i--) {
+ if (pd->ext_select_list[i-1].min > min_event_type) {
+ pd->ext_select_list[i] = pd->ext_select_list[i-1];
+ } else break;
+ }
+ pd->ext_select_list[i].min = min_event_type;
+ pd->ext_select_list[i].max = max_event_type;
+ pd->ext_select_list[i].proc = proc;
+ pd->ext_select_list[i].client_data = client_data;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void _XtExtensionSelect(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ int i;
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
+
+ for (i = 0; i < pd->ext_select_count; i++) {
+ CallExtensionSelector(widget, pd->ext_select_list+i, FALSE);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+/********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
+and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
+notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of
+Hewlett-Packard or Digital not be used in advertising or
+publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "PassivGraI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "EventI.h"
+
+static XContext perWidgetInputContext = 0;
+
+void _XtFreePerWidgetInput(
+ Widget w,
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi)
+{
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ XDeleteContext(XtDisplay(w),
+ (Window)w,
+ perWidgetInputContext);
+
+ XtFree((char *)pwi);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This routine gets the passive list associated with the widget
+ * from the context manager.
+ */
+XtPerWidgetInput _XtGetPerWidgetInput(
+ Widget widget,
+ _XtBoolean create)
+{
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi = NULL;
+ Display *dpy = widget->core.screen->display;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (! perWidgetInputContext)
+ perWidgetInputContext = XUniqueContext();
+
+ if (XFindContext(dpy,
+ (Window)widget,
+ perWidgetInputContext,
+ (XPointer *)&pwi) &&
+ create)
+ {
+ pwi = (XtPerWidgetInput)
+ __XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(XtPerWidgetInputRec));
+
+ pwi->focusKid = NULL;
+ pwi->queryEventDescendant = NULL;
+ pwi->focalPoint = XtUnrelated;
+ pwi->keyList =
+ pwi->ptrList = NULL;
+
+ pwi->haveFocus =
+ pwi->map_handler_added =
+ pwi->realize_handler_added =
+ pwi->active_handler_added = FALSE;
+
+ XtAddCallback(widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ _XtDestroyServerGrabs, (XtPointer)pwi);
+
+ (void) XSaveContext(dpy,
+ (Window)widget,
+ perWidgetInputContext,
+ (char *) pwi);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return pwi;
+}
+
+
+void _XtFillAncestorList(
+ Widget **listPtr,
+ int *maxElemsPtr,
+ int *numElemsPtr,
+ Widget start,
+ Widget breakWidget)
+{
+#define CACHESIZE 16
+ Cardinal i;
+ Widget w;
+ Widget *trace = *listPtr;
+
+ /* First time in, allocate the ancestor list */
+ if (trace == NULL)
+ {
+ trace = (Widget *) __XtMalloc(CACHESIZE * sizeof(Widget));
+ *maxElemsPtr = CACHESIZE;
+ }
+ /* First fill in the ancestor list */
+
+ trace[0] = start;
+
+ for (i = 1, w = XtParent(start);
+ w != NULL && !XtIsShell(trace[i-1]) && trace[i-1] != breakWidget;
+ w = XtParent(w), i++) {
+ if (i == (Cardinal) *maxElemsPtr) {
+ /* This should rarely happen, but if it does it'll probably
+ happen again, so grow the ancestor list */
+ *maxElemsPtr += CACHESIZE;
+ trace = (Widget *) XtRealloc((char*)trace,
+ sizeof(Widget) * (*maxElemsPtr));
+ }
+ trace[i] = w;
+ }
+ *listPtr = trace;
+ *numElemsPtr = i;
+#undef CACHESIZE
+}
+
+
+Widget _XtFindRemapWidget(
+ XEvent *event,
+ Widget widget,
+ EventMask mask,
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
+{
+ Widget dspWidget = widget;
+
+ if (!pdi->traceDepth || !(widget == pdi->trace[0]))
+ {
+ _XtFillAncestorList(&pdi->trace, &pdi->traceMax,
+ &pdi->traceDepth, widget, NULL);
+ pdi->focusWidget = NULL; /* invalidate the focus
+ cache */
+ }
+ if (mask & (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask))
+ dspWidget = _XtProcessKeyboardEvent((XKeyEvent*)event, widget, pdi);
+ else if (mask &(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask))
+ dspWidget = _XtProcessPointerEvent((XButtonEvent*)event, widget,pdi);
+
+ return dspWidget;
+}
+
+void _XtUngrabBadGrabs(
+ XEvent *event,
+ Widget widget,
+ EventMask mask,
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
+{
+ XKeyEvent * ke = (XKeyEvent *) event;
+
+ if (mask & (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask))
+ {
+ if (IsServerGrab(pdi->keyboard.grabType) &&
+ !_XtOnGrabList(pdi->keyboard.grab.widget,
+ pdi->grabList))
+ XtUngrabKeyboard(widget, ke->time);
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (IsServerGrab(pdi->pointer.grabType) &&
+ !_XtOnGrabList(pdi->pointer.grab.widget,
+ pdi->grabList))
+ XtUngrabPointer(widget, ke->time);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include <X11/Shell.h>
+#include <X11/Vendor.h>
+
+/*
+ * This file defines functional equivalents to all macros defined
+ * in Intrinsic.h
+ *
+ */
+
+#undef XtIsRectObj
+Boolean XtIsRectObj(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x02);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsWidget
+Boolean XtIsWidget(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x04);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsComposite
+Boolean XtIsComposite(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x08);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsConstraint
+Boolean XtIsConstraint(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x10);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsShell
+Boolean XtIsShell(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x20);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsOverrideShell
+Boolean XtIsOverrideShell(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtIsSubclassOf(object, (WidgetClass)overrideShellWidgetClass,
+ (WidgetClass)shellWidgetClass, 0x20);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsWMShell
+Boolean XtIsWMShell(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x40);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsVendorShell
+Boolean XtIsVendorShell(Widget object)
+{
+ Boolean retval;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ retval = _XtIsSubclassOf(object,
+#ifdef notdef
+/*
+ * We don't refer to vendorShell directly, because some shared libraries
+ * bind local references tightly.
+ */
+ (WidgetClass)vendorShellWidgetClass,
+#endif
+ transientShellWidgetClass->core_class.superclass,
+ (WidgetClass)wmShellWidgetClass, 0x40);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsTransientShell
+Boolean XtIsTransientShell(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtIsSubclassOf(object, (WidgetClass)transientShellWidgetClass,
+ (WidgetClass)wmShellWidgetClass, 0x40);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsTopLevelShell
+Boolean XtIsTopLevelShell(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x80);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtIsApplicationShell
+Boolean XtIsApplicationShell(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtIsSubclassOf(object, (WidgetClass)applicationShellWidgetClass,
+ (WidgetClass)topLevelShellWidgetClass, 0x80);
+}
+
+#undef XtIsSessionShell
+Boolean XtIsSessionShell(Widget object)
+{
+ return _XtIsSubclassOf(object, (WidgetClass)sessionShellWidgetClass,
+ (WidgetClass)topLevelShellWidgetClass, 0x80);
+}
+
+#undef XtMapWidget
+void XtMapWidget(Widget w)
+{
+ Widget hookobj;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ XMapWindow(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w));
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(w));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHmapWidget;
+ call_data.widget = w;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtUnmapWidget
+void XtUnmapWidget(Widget w)
+{
+ Widget hookobj;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ XUnmapWindow(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w));
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(w));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHunmapWidget;
+ call_data.widget = w;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+#undef XtNewString
+String XtNewString(String str)
+{
+ if (str == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ else
+ return strcpy(__XtMalloc((unsigned)strlen(str) + 1), str);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1990, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+
+typedef struct _GCrec {
+ unsigned char screen; /* Screen for GC */
+ unsigned char depth; /* Depth for GC */
+ char dashes; /* Dashes value */
+ Pixmap clip_mask; /* Clip_mask value */
+ Cardinal ref_count; /* # of shareholders */
+ GC gc; /* The GC itself. */
+ XtGCMask dynamic_mask; /* Writable values */
+ XtGCMask unused_mask; /* Unused values */
+ struct _GCrec *next; /* Next GC for this widgetkind. */
+} GCrec, *GCptr;
+
+#define GCVAL(bit,mask,val,default) ((bit&mask) ? val : default)
+
+#define CHECK(bit,comp,default) \
+ if ((checkMask & bit) && \
+ (GCVAL(bit,valueMask,v->comp,default) != gcv.comp)) return False
+
+#define ALLGCVALS (GCFunction | GCPlaneMask | GCForeground | \
+ GCBackground | GCLineWidth | GCLineStyle | \
+ GCCapStyle | GCJoinStyle | GCFillStyle | \
+ GCFillRule | GCTile | GCStipple | \
+ GCTileStipXOrigin | GCTileStipYOrigin | \
+ GCFont | GCSubwindowMode | GCGraphicsExposures | \
+ GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin | GCDashOffset | \
+ GCArcMode)
+
+static Bool Matches(
+ Display *dpy,
+ GCptr ptr,
+ register XtGCMask valueMask,
+ register XGCValues *v,
+ XtGCMask readOnlyMask,
+ XtGCMask dynamicMask)
+{
+ XGCValues gcv;
+ register XtGCMask checkMask;
+
+ if (readOnlyMask & ptr->dynamic_mask)
+ return False;
+ if (((ptr->dynamic_mask|ptr->unused_mask) & dynamicMask) != dynamicMask)
+ return False;
+ if (!XGetGCValues(dpy, ptr->gc, ALLGCVALS, &gcv))
+ return False;
+ checkMask = readOnlyMask & ~ptr->unused_mask;
+ CHECK(GCForeground, foreground, 0);
+ CHECK(GCBackground, background, 1);
+ CHECK(GCFont, font, ~0UL);
+ CHECK(GCFillStyle, fill_style, FillSolid);
+ CHECK(GCLineWidth, line_width, 0);
+ CHECK(GCFunction, function, GXcopy);
+ CHECK(GCGraphicsExposures, graphics_exposures, True);
+ CHECK(GCTile, tile, ~0UL);
+ CHECK(GCSubwindowMode, subwindow_mode, ClipByChildren);
+ CHECK(GCPlaneMask, plane_mask, AllPlanes);
+ CHECK(GCLineStyle, line_style, LineSolid);
+ CHECK(GCCapStyle, cap_style, CapButt);
+ CHECK(GCJoinStyle, join_style, JoinMiter);
+ CHECK(GCFillRule, fill_rule, EvenOddRule);
+ CHECK(GCArcMode, arc_mode, ArcPieSlice);
+ CHECK(GCStipple, stipple, ~0UL);
+ CHECK(GCTileStipXOrigin, ts_x_origin, 0);
+ CHECK(GCTileStipYOrigin, ts_y_origin, 0);
+ CHECK(GCClipXOrigin, clip_x_origin, 0);
+ CHECK(GCClipYOrigin, clip_y_origin, 0);
+ CHECK(GCDashOffset, dash_offset, 0);
+ gcv.clip_mask = ptr->clip_mask;
+ CHECK(GCClipMask, clip_mask, None);
+ gcv.dashes = ptr->dashes;
+ CHECK(GCDashList, dashes, 4);
+ valueMask &= ptr->unused_mask | dynamicMask;
+ if (valueMask) {
+ XChangeGC(dpy, ptr->gc, valueMask, v);
+ if (valueMask & GCDashList)
+ ptr->dashes = v->dashes;
+ if (valueMask & GCClipMask)
+ ptr->clip_mask = v->clip_mask;
+ }
+ ptr->unused_mask &= ~(dynamicMask | readOnlyMask);
+ ptr->dynamic_mask |= dynamicMask;
+ return True;
+} /* Matches */
+
+/* Called by CloseDisplay to free the per-display GC list */
+void _XtGClistFree(
+ Display *dpy,
+ register XtPerDisplay pd)
+{
+ register GCptr GClist, next;
+ register int i;
+
+ GClist = pd->GClist;
+ while (GClist) {
+ next = GClist->next;
+ XtFree((char*)GClist);
+ GClist = next;
+ }
+ if (pd->pixmap_tab) {
+ for (i = ScreenCount(dpy); --i >= 0; ) {
+ if (pd->pixmap_tab[i])
+ XtFree((char *)pd->pixmap_tab[i]);
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)pd->pixmap_tab);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Return a GC with the given values and characteristics.
+ */
+
+GC XtAllocateGC(
+ register Widget widget,
+ Cardinal depth,
+ XtGCMask valueMask,
+ XGCValues *values,
+ XtGCMask dynamicMask,
+ XtGCMask unusedMask)
+{
+ register GCptr *prev;
+ register GCptr cur;
+ Screen *screen;
+ register Display *dpy;
+ register XtPerDisplay pd;
+ Drawable drawable;
+ Drawable *pixmaps;
+ XtGCMask readOnlyMask;
+ GC retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (!XtIsWidget(widget))
+ widget = _XtWindowedAncestor(widget);
+ if (!depth)
+ depth = widget->core.depth;
+ screen = XtScreen(widget);
+ dpy = DisplayOfScreen(screen);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ unusedMask &= ~valueMask;
+ readOnlyMask = ~(dynamicMask | unusedMask);
+
+ /* Search for existing GC that matches exactly */
+ for (prev = &pd->GClist; (cur = *prev); prev = &cur->next) {
+ if (cur->depth == depth &&
+ ScreenOfDisplay(dpy, cur->screen) == screen &&
+ Matches(dpy, cur, valueMask, values, readOnlyMask, dynamicMask)) {
+ cur->ref_count++;
+ /* Move this GC to front of list */
+ *prev = cur->next;
+ cur->next = pd->GClist;
+ pd->GClist = cur;
+ retval = cur->gc;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No matches, have to create a new one */
+ cur = XtNew(GCrec);
+ cur->screen = XScreenNumberOfScreen(screen);
+ cur->depth = depth;
+ cur->ref_count = 1;
+ cur->dynamic_mask = dynamicMask;
+ cur->unused_mask = (unusedMask & ~dynamicMask);
+ cur->dashes = GCVAL(GCDashList, valueMask, values->dashes, 4);
+ cur->clip_mask = GCVAL(GCClipMask, valueMask, values->clip_mask, None);
+ drawable = 0;
+ if (depth == widget->core.depth)
+ drawable = XtWindow(widget);
+ if (!drawable && depth == (Cardinal) DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen))
+ drawable = RootWindowOfScreen(screen);
+ if (!drawable) {
+ if (!pd->pixmap_tab) {
+ int n;
+ pd->pixmap_tab = (Drawable **)__XtMalloc((unsigned)ScreenCount(dpy) *
+ sizeof(Drawable *));
+ for (n = 0; n < ScreenCount(dpy); n++)
+ pd->pixmap_tab[n] = NULL;
+ }
+ pixmaps = pd->pixmap_tab[cur->screen];
+ if (!pixmaps) {
+ int max, n, *depths;
+ depths = XListDepths(dpy, cur->screen, &n);
+ n--;
+ max = depths[n];
+ while (n--) {
+ if (depths[n] > max)
+ max = depths[n];
+ }
+ XFree((char *)depths);
+ pixmaps = (Drawable *)__XtCalloc((unsigned)max, sizeof(Drawable));
+ pd->pixmap_tab[cur->screen] = pixmaps;
+ }
+ drawable = pixmaps[cur->depth - 1];
+ if (!drawable) {
+ drawable = XCreatePixmap(dpy, RootWindowOfScreen(screen), 1, 1,
+ cur->depth);
+ pixmaps[cur->depth - 1] = drawable;
+ }
+ }
+ cur->gc = XCreateGC(dpy, drawable, valueMask, values);
+ cur->next = pd->GClist;
+ pd->GClist = cur;
+ retval = cur->gc;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+} /* XtAllocateGC */
+
+/*
+ * Return a read-only GC with the given values.
+ */
+
+GC XtGetGC(
+ register Widget widget,
+ XtGCMask valueMask,
+ XGCValues *values)
+{
+ return XtAllocateGC(widget, 0, valueMask, values, 0, 0);
+} /* XtGetGC */
+
+void XtReleaseGC(
+ Widget widget,
+ register GC gc)
+{
+ register GCptr cur, *prev;
+ Display* dpy;
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ dpy = XtDisplayOfObject(widget);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+
+ for (prev = &pd->GClist; (cur = *prev); prev = &cur->next) {
+ if (cur->gc == gc) {
+ if (--(cur->ref_count) == 0) {
+ *prev = cur->next;
+ XFreeGC(dpy, gc);
+ XtFree((char *) cur);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtReleaseGC */
+
+/* The following interface is broken and supplied only for backwards
+ * compatibility. It will work properly in all cases only if there
+ * is exactly 1 Display created by the application.
+ */
+
+void XtDestroyGC(register GC gc)
+{
+ GCptr cur, *prev;
+ XtAppContext app;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ app = _XtGetProcessContext()->appContextList;
+ /* This is awful; we have to search through all the lists
+ to find the GC. */
+ for (; app; app = app->next) {
+ int i;
+ for (i = app->count; i ;) {
+ Display *dpy = app->list[--i];
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ for (prev = &pd->GClist; (cur = *prev); prev = &cur->next) {
+ if (cur->gc == gc) {
+ if (--(cur->ref_count) == 0) {
+ *prev = cur->next;
+ XFreeGC(dpy, gc);
+ XtFree((char *) cur);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+} /* XtDestroyGC */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "ShellP.h"
+#include "ShellI.h"
+
+static void ClearRectObjAreas(
+ RectObj r,
+ XWindowChanges* old)
+{
+ Widget pw = _XtWindowedAncestor((Widget)r);
+ int bw2;
+
+ bw2 = old->border_width << 1;
+ XClearArea( XtDisplay(pw), XtWindow(pw),
+ old->x, old->y,
+ old->width + bw2, old->height + bw2,
+ TRUE );
+
+ bw2 = r->rectangle.border_width << 1;
+ XClearArea( XtDisplay(pw), XtWindow(pw),
+ (int)r->rectangle.x, (int)r->rectangle.y,
+ (unsigned int)(r->rectangle.width + bw2),
+ (unsigned int)(r->rectangle.height + bw2),
+ TRUE );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Internal function used by XtMakeGeometryRequest and XtSetValues.
+ * Returns more data than the public interface. Does not convert
+ * XtGeometryDone to XtGeometryYes.
+ *
+ * clear_rect_obj - *** RETURNED ***
+ * TRUE if the rect obj has been cleared, false otherwise.
+ */
+
+XtGeometryResult
+_XtMakeGeometryRequest (
+ Widget widget,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *request,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *reply,
+ Boolean * clear_rect_obj)
+{
+ XtWidgetGeometry junk;
+ XtGeometryHandler manager = (XtGeometryHandler) NULL;
+ XtGeometryResult returnCode;
+ Widget parent = widget->core.parent;
+ Boolean managed, parentRealized, rgm = False;
+ XtConfigureHookDataRec req;
+ Widget hookobj;
+
+ *clear_rect_obj = FALSE;
+
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "\"%s\" is making a %sgeometry request to its parent \"%s\".\n",
+ XtName(widget),
+ ((request->request_mode & XtCWQueryOnly))? "query only ":"",
+ (XtParent(widget))?XtName(XtParent(widget)):"Root"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(1));
+
+ if (XtIsShell(widget)) {
+ ShellClassExtension ext;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (ext = (ShellClassExtension)((ShellWidgetClass)XtClass(widget))
+ ->shell_class.extension;
+ ext != NULL && ext->record_type != NULLQUARK;
+ ext = (ShellClassExtension)ext->next_extension);
+
+ if (ext != NULL) {
+ if ( ext->version == XtShellExtensionVersion
+ && ext->record_size == sizeof(ShellClassExtensionRec)) {
+ manager = ext->root_geometry_manager;
+ rgm = True;
+ } else {
+ String params[1];
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ params[0] = XtClass(widget)->core_class.class_name;
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidExtension", "xtMakeGeometryRequest",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ } else {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "internalError", "xtMakeGeometryRequest",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "internal error; ShellClassExtension is NULL",
+ NULL, NULL);
+ }
+ managed = True;
+ parentRealized = TRUE;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ } else /* not shell */ {
+ if (parent == NULL)
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidParent","xtMakeGeometryRequest",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "non-shell has no parent in XtMakeGeometryRequest",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ managed = XtIsManaged(widget);
+ parentRealized = XtIsRealized(parent);
+ if (XtIsComposite(parent))
+ {
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ manager = ((CompositeWidgetClass) (parent->core.widget_class))
+ ->composite_class.geometry_manager;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ /*
+ * The Xt spec says that these conditions must generate
+ * error messages (not warnings), but many Xt applications
+ * and toolkits (including parts of Xaw, Motif and Netscape)
+ * depend on the previous Xt behaviour. Thus, these tests
+ * should probably remain disabled.
+ */
+ if (parentRealized && managed) {
+ if (parent && !XtIsComposite(parent))
+ {
+ /*
+ * This shouldn't ever happen, we only test for this to pass
+ * VSW5. Normally managing the widget will catch this, but VSW5
+ * does some really screwy stuff to get here.
+ */
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidParent", "xtMakeGeometryRequest",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent not composite",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+ else if (manager == (XtGeometryHandler) NULL)
+ {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidGeometryManager","xtMakeGeometryRequest",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent has no geometry manager",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ if (!manager)
+ managed = False;
+#endif
+
+ if (widget->core.being_destroyed) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "It is being destroyed, just return XtGeometryNo.\n"));
+ return XtGeometryNo;
+ }
+
+ /* see if requesting anything to change */
+ req.changeMask = 0;
+ if (request->request_mode & CWStackMode
+ && request->stack_mode != XtSMDontChange) {
+ req.changeMask |= CWStackMode;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "Asking for a change in StackMode!\n"));
+ if (request->request_mode & CWSibling) {
+ XtCheckSubclass(request->sibling, rectObjClass,
+ "XtMakeGeometryRequest");
+ req.changeMask |= CWSibling;
+ }
+ }
+ if (request->request_mode & CWX
+ && widget->core.x != request->x) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "Asking for a change in x: from %d to %d.\n",
+ widget->core.x, request->x));
+ req.changeMask |= CWX;
+ }
+ if (request->request_mode & CWY
+ && widget->core.y != request->y) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "Asking for a change in y: from %d to %d.\n",
+ widget->core.y, request->y));
+ req.changeMask |= CWY;
+ }
+ if (request->request_mode & CWWidth
+ && widget->core.width != request->width) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"Asking for a change in width: from %d to %d.\n",
+ widget->core.width, request->width));
+ req.changeMask |= CWWidth;
+ }
+ if (request->request_mode & CWHeight
+ && widget->core.height != request->height) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "Asking for a change in height: from %d to %d.\n",
+ widget->core.height, request->height));
+ req.changeMask |= CWHeight;
+ }
+ if (request->request_mode & CWBorderWidth
+ && widget->core.border_width != request->border_width){
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "Asking for a change in border_width: from %d to %d.\n",
+ widget->core.border_width, request->border_width));
+ req.changeMask |= CWBorderWidth;
+ }
+ if (! req.changeMask) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "Asking for nothing new,\n"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "just return XtGeometryYes.\n"));
+ return XtGeometryYes;
+ }
+ req.changeMask |= (request->request_mode & XtCWQueryOnly);
+
+ if ( !(req.changeMask & XtCWQueryOnly) && XtIsRealized(widget) ) {
+ /* keep record of the current geometry so we know what's changed */
+ req.changes.x = widget->core.x ;
+ req.changes.y = widget->core.y ;
+ req.changes.width = widget->core.width ;
+ req.changes.height = widget->core.height ;
+ req.changes.border_width = widget->core.border_width ;
+ }
+
+ if (!managed || !parentRealized) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "Not Managed or Parent not realized.\n"));
+ /* Don't get parent's manager involved--assume the answer is yes */
+ if (req.changeMask & XtCWQueryOnly) {
+ /* He was just asking, don't change anything, just tell him yes */
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"QueryOnly request\n"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"just return XtGeometryYes.\n"));
+ return XtGeometryYes;
+ } else {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "Copy values from request to widget.\n"));
+ /* copy values from request to widget */
+ if (request->request_mode & CWX)
+ widget->core.x = request->x;
+ if (request->request_mode & CWY)
+ widget->core.y = request->y;
+ if (request->request_mode & CWWidth)
+ widget->core.width = request->width;
+ if (request->request_mode & CWHeight)
+ widget->core.height = request->height;
+ if (request->request_mode & CWBorderWidth)
+ widget->core.border_width = request->border_width;
+ if (!parentRealized) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"and return XtGeometryYes.\n"));
+ return XtGeometryYes;
+ }
+ else returnCode = XtGeometryYes;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* go ask the widget's geometry manager */
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "Go ask the parent geometry manager.\n"));
+ if (reply == (XtWidgetGeometry *) NULL) {
+ returnCode = (*manager)(widget, request, &junk);
+ } else {
+ returnCode = (*manager)(widget, request, reply);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If Unrealized, not a XtGeometryYes, or a query-only then we are done.
+ */
+
+ if ((returnCode != XtGeometryYes) ||
+ (req.changeMask & XtCWQueryOnly) || !XtIsRealized(widget)) {
+
+#ifdef XT_GEO_TATTLER
+ switch(returnCode){
+ case XtGeometryNo:
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"\"%s\" returns XtGeometryNo.\n",
+ (XtParent(widget))?XtName(XtParent(widget)):"Root"));
+ /* check for no change */
+ break ;
+ case XtGeometryDone:
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"\"%s\" returns XtGeometryDone.\n",
+ (XtParent(widget))?XtName(XtParent(widget)):"Root"));
+ /* check for no change in queryonly */
+ break ;
+ case XtGeometryAlmost:
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"\"%s\" returns XtGeometryAlmost.\n",
+ (XtParent(widget))?XtName(XtParent(widget)):"Root"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"Proposal: width %d height %d.\n",
+ (reply)?reply->width:junk.width,
+ (reply)?reply->height:junk.height));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+
+ /* check for no change */
+ break ;
+ case XtGeometryYes:
+ if (req.changeMask & XtCWQueryOnly) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "QueryOnly specified, no configuration.\n"));
+ }
+ if (!XtIsRealized(widget)) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "\"%s\" not realized, no configuration.\n",
+ XtName(widget)));
+ }
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"\"%s\" returns XtGeometryYes.\n",
+ (XtParent(widget))?XtName(XtParent(widget)):"Root"));
+ break ;
+ }
+#endif
+ return returnCode;
+ }
+
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"\"%s\" returns XtGeometryYes.\n",
+ (XtParent(widget))?XtName(XtParent(widget)):"Root"));
+
+ if (XtIsWidget(widget)) { /* reconfigure the window (if needed) */
+
+ if (rgm) return returnCode;
+
+ if (req.changes.x != widget->core.x) {
+ req.changeMask |= CWX;
+ req.changes.x = widget->core.x;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "x changing to %d\n",widget->core.x));
+ }
+ if (req.changes.y != widget->core.y) {
+ req.changeMask |= CWY;
+ req.changes.y = widget->core.y;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "y changing to %d\n",widget->core.y));
+ }
+ if (req.changes.width != widget->core.width) {
+ req.changeMask |= CWWidth;
+ req.changes.width = widget->core.width;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "width changing to %d\n",widget->core.width));
+ }
+ if (req.changes.height != widget->core.height) {
+ req.changeMask |= CWHeight;
+ req.changes.height = widget->core.height;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "height changing to %d\n",widget->core.height));
+ }
+ if (req.changes.border_width != widget->core.border_width) {
+ req.changeMask |= CWBorderWidth;
+ req.changes.border_width = widget->core.border_width;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "border_width changing to %d\n",
+ widget->core.border_width));
+ }
+ if (req.changeMask & CWStackMode) {
+ req.changes.stack_mode = request->stack_mode;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"stack_mode changing\n"));
+ if (req.changeMask & CWSibling) {
+ if (XtIsWidget(request->sibling))
+ req.changes.sibling = XtWindow(request->sibling);
+ else
+ req.changeMask &= ~(CWStackMode | CWSibling);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef XT_GEO_TATTLER
+ if (req.changeMask) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "XConfigure \"%s\"'s window.\n",
+ XtName(widget)));
+ } else {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "No window configuration needed for \"%s\".\n",
+ XtName(widget)));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ XConfigureWindow(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ req.changeMask, &req.changes);
+ }
+ else { /* RectObj child of realized Widget */
+ *clear_rect_obj = TRUE;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "ClearRectObj on \"%s\".\n",XtName(widget)));
+
+ ClearRectObjAreas((RectObj)widget, &req.changes);
+ }
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));;
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNconfigureHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ req.type = XtHconfigure;
+ req.widget = widget;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.confighook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&req);
+ }
+
+ return returnCode;
+} /* _XtMakeGeometryRequest */
+
+
+/* Public routines */
+
+XtGeometryResult XtMakeGeometryRequest (
+ Widget widget,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *request,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *reply)
+{
+ Boolean junk;
+ XtGeometryResult r;
+ XtGeometryHookDataRec call_data;
+ Widget hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNgeometryHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ call_data.type = XtHpreGeometry;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.request = request;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.geometryhook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ call_data.result = r =
+ _XtMakeGeometryRequest(widget, request, reply, &junk);
+ call_data.type = XtHpostGeometry;
+ call_data.reply = reply;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.geometryhook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ } else {
+ r = _XtMakeGeometryRequest(widget, request, reply, &junk);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+
+ return ((r == XtGeometryDone) ? XtGeometryYes : r);
+}
+
+XtGeometryResult
+XtMakeResizeRequest(
+ Widget widget,
+ _XtDimension width,
+ _XtDimension height,
+ Dimension *replyWidth,
+ Dimension *replyHeight)
+{
+ XtWidgetGeometry request, reply;
+ XtGeometryResult r;
+ XtGeometryHookDataRec call_data;
+ Boolean junk;
+ Widget hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ request.request_mode = CWWidth | CWHeight;
+ request.width = width;
+ request.height = height;
+
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNgeometryHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ call_data.type = XtHpreGeometry;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.request = &request;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.geometryhook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ call_data.result = r =
+ _XtMakeGeometryRequest(widget, &request, &reply, &junk);
+ call_data.type = XtHpostGeometry;
+ call_data.reply = &reply;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.geometryhook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ } else {
+ r = _XtMakeGeometryRequest(widget, &request, &reply, &junk);
+ }
+ if (replyWidth != NULL) {
+ if (r == XtGeometryAlmost && reply.request_mode & CWWidth)
+ *replyWidth = reply.width;
+ else
+ *replyWidth = width;
+ }
+ if (replyHeight != NULL) {
+ if (r == XtGeometryAlmost && reply.request_mode & CWHeight)
+ *replyHeight = reply.height;
+ else
+ *replyHeight = height;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return ((r == XtGeometryDone) ? XtGeometryYes : r);
+} /* XtMakeResizeRequest */
+
+void XtResizeWindow(
+ Widget w)
+{
+ XtConfigureHookDataRec req;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (XtIsRealized(w)) {
+ req.changes.width = w->core.width;
+ req.changes.height = w->core.height;
+ req.changes.border_width = w->core.border_width;
+ req.changeMask = CWWidth | CWHeight | CWBorderWidth;
+ XConfigureWindow(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w),
+ (unsigned) req.changeMask, &req.changes);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(w));;
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNconfigureHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ req.type = XtHconfigure;
+ req.widget = w;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.confighook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&req);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtResizeWindow */
+
+void XtResizeWidget(
+ Widget w,
+ _XtDimension width,
+ _XtDimension height,
+ _XtDimension borderWidth)
+{
+ XtConfigureWidget(w, w->core.x, w->core.y, width, height, borderWidth);
+} /* XtResizeWidget */
+
+void XtConfigureWidget(
+ Widget w,
+ _XtPosition x,
+ _XtPosition y,
+ _XtDimension width,
+ _XtDimension height,
+ _XtDimension borderWidth)
+{
+ XtConfigureHookDataRec req;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ XWindowChanges old;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w);
+
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
+ "\"%s\" is being configured by its parent \"%s\"\n",
+ XtName(w),
+ (XtParent(w))?XtName(XtParent(w)):"Root"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(1));
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ req.changeMask = 0;
+ if ((old.x = w->core.x) != x) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,"x move from %d to %d\n",w->core.x, x));
+ req.changes.x = w->core.x = x;
+ req.changeMask |= CWX;
+ }
+
+ if ((old.y = w->core.y) != y) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,"y move from %d to %d\n",w->core.y, y));
+ req.changes.y = w->core.y = y;
+ req.changeMask |= CWY;
+ }
+
+ if ((old.width = w->core.width) != width) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
+ "width move from %d to %d\n",w->core.width, width));
+ req.changes.width = w->core.width = width;
+ req.changeMask |= CWWidth;
+ }
+
+ if ((old.height = w->core.height) != height) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
+ "height move from %d to %d\n",w->core.height, height));
+ req.changes.height = w->core.height = height;
+ req.changeMask |= CWHeight;
+ }
+
+ if ((old.border_width = w->core.border_width) != borderWidth) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,"border_width move from %d to %d\n",
+ w->core.border_width,borderWidth ));
+ req.changes.border_width = w->core.border_width = borderWidth;
+ req.changeMask |= CWBorderWidth;
+ }
+
+ if (req.changeMask != 0) {
+ if (XtIsRealized(w)) {
+ if (XtIsWidget(w)) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
+ "XConfigure \"%s\"'s window\n",XtName(w)));
+ XConfigureWindow(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w),
+ req.changeMask, &req.changes);
+ } else {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
+ "ClearRectObj called on \"%s\"\n",XtName(w)));
+ ClearRectObjAreas((RectObj)w, &old);
+ }
+ }
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(w));;
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNconfigureHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ req.type = XtHconfigure;
+ req.widget = w;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.confighook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&req);
+ }
+ {
+ XtWidgetProc resize;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ resize = XtClass(w)->core_class.resize;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if ((req.changeMask & (CWWidth | CWHeight)) &&
+ resize != (XtWidgetProc) NULL) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,"Resize proc is called.\n"));
+ (*resize)(w);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,"No change in configuration\n"));
+ }
+
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtConfigureWidget */
+
+void XtMoveWidget(
+ Widget w,
+ _XtPosition x,
+ _XtPosition y)
+{
+ XtConfigureWidget(w, x, y, w->core.width, w->core.height,
+ w->core.border_width);
+} /* XtMoveWidget */
+
+void XtTranslateCoords(
+ register Widget w,
+ _XtPosition x,
+ _XtPosition y,
+ register Position *rootx, /* return */
+ register Position *rooty) /* return */
+{
+ Position garbagex, garbagey;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (rootx == NULL) rootx = &garbagex;
+ if (rooty == NULL) rooty = &garbagey;
+
+ *rootx = x;
+ *rooty = y;
+
+ for (; w != NULL && ! XtIsShell(w); w = w->core.parent) {
+ *rootx += w->core.x + w->core.border_width;
+ *rooty += w->core.y + w->core.border_width;
+ }
+
+ if (w == NULL)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ "invalidShell","xtTranslateCoords",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Widget has no shell ancestor",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ else {
+ Position x, y;
+ _XtShellGetCoordinates( w, &x, &y );
+ *rootx += x + w->core.border_width;
+ *rooty += y + w->core.border_width;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+XtGeometryResult XtQueryGeometry(
+ Widget widget,
+ register XtWidgetGeometry *intended, /* parent's changes; may be NULL */
+ XtWidgetGeometry *reply) /* child's preferred geometry; never NULL */
+{
+ XtWidgetGeometry null_intended;
+ XtGeometryHandler query;
+ XtGeometryResult result;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "\"%s\" is asking its preferred geometry to \"%s\".\n",
+ (XtParent(widget))?XtName(XtParent(widget)):"Root",
+ XtName(widget)));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(1));
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ query = XtClass(widget)->core_class.query_geometry;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ reply->request_mode = 0;
+ if (query != NULL) {
+ if (intended == NULL) {
+ null_intended.request_mode = 0;
+ intended = &null_intended;
+#ifdef XT_GEO_TATTLER
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"without any constraint.\n"));
+ } else {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ "with the following constraints:\n"));
+
+ if (intended->request_mode & CWX) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget," x = %d\n",intended->x));
+ }
+ if (intended->request_mode & CWY) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget," y = %d\n",intended->y));
+ }
+ if (intended->request_mode & CWWidth) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ " width = %d\n",intended->width));
+ }
+ if (intended->request_mode & CWHeight) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ " height = %d\n",intended->height));
+ }
+ if (intended->request_mode & CWBorderWidth) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,
+ " border_width = %d\n",intended->border_width));
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ result = (*query) (widget, intended, reply);
+ }
+ else {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"\"%s\" has no QueryGeometry proc, return the current state\n",XtName(widget)));
+
+ result = XtGeometryYes;
+ }
+
+#ifdef XT_GEO_TATTLER
+#define FillIn(mask, field) \
+ if (!(reply->request_mode & mask)) {\
+ reply->field = widget->core.field;\
+ _XtGeoTrace(widget," using core %s = %d.\n","field",\
+ widget->core.field);\
+ } else {\
+ _XtGeoTrace(widget," replied %s = %d\n","field",\
+ reply->field);\
+ }
+#else
+#define FillIn(mask, field) \
+ if (!(reply->request_mode & mask)) reply->field = widget->core.field;
+#endif
+
+ FillIn(CWX, x);
+ FillIn(CWY, y);
+ FillIn(CWWidth, width);
+ FillIn(CWHeight, height);
+ FillIn(CWBorderWidth, border_width);
+
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+#undef FillIn
+
+ if (!(reply->request_mode & CWStackMode))
+ reply->stack_mode = XtSMDontChange;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return result;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+KeySym XtGetActionKeysym(
+ XEvent *event,
+ Modifiers *modifiers_return)
+{
+ TMKeyContext tm_context;
+ Modifiers modifiers;
+ KeySym keysym, retval;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ tm_context= _XtGetPerDisplay(event->xany.display)->tm_context;
+ if (event->xany.type != KeyPress && event->xany.type != KeyRelease) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return NoSymbol;
+ }
+ if (tm_context != NULL
+ && event == tm_context->event
+ && event->xany.serial == tm_context->serial ) {
+
+ if (modifiers_return != NULL)
+ *modifiers_return = tm_context->modifiers;
+ retval = tm_context->keysym;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+ XtTranslateKeycode( event->xany.display, (KeyCode)event->xkey.keycode,
+ event->xkey.state, &modifiers, &keysym );
+
+ if (modifiers_return != NULL)
+ *modifiers_return = event->xkey.state & modifiers;
+
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return keysym;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "Intrinsic.h"
+
+/*
+ * XtGetResourceList(), XtGetConstraintResourceList()
+ */
+
+#define TOXRMQUARK(p) ((XrmQuark)(long)(p)) /* avoid LP64 warnings */
+
+void XtGetResourceList(
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ XtResourceList *resources,
+ Cardinal *num_resources)
+{
+ int size;
+ register Cardinal i, dest = 0;
+ register XtResourceList *list, dlist;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ size = widget_class->core_class.num_resources * sizeof(XtResource);
+ *resources = (XtResourceList) __XtMalloc((unsigned) size);
+
+ if (!widget_class->core_class.class_inited) {
+ /* Easy case */
+
+ (void) memmove((char *) *resources,
+ (char *)widget_class->core_class.resources, size);
+ *num_resources = widget_class->core_class.num_resources;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Nope, it's the hard case */
+
+ list = (XtResourceList *) widget_class->core_class.resources;
+ dlist = *resources;
+ for (i = 0; i < widget_class->core_class.num_resources; i++) {
+ if (list[i] != NULL) {
+ dlist[dest].resource_name = (String)
+ XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_name));
+ dlist[dest].resource_class = (String)
+ XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_class));
+ dlist[dest].resource_type = (String)
+ XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_type));
+ dlist[dest].resource_size = list[i]->resource_size;
+ /* trust that resource_offset isn't that big */
+ dlist[dest].resource_offset = (Cardinal)
+ -((int)(list[i]->resource_offset + 1));
+ dlist[dest].default_type = (String)
+ XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->default_type));
+ dlist[dest].default_addr = list[i]->default_addr;
+ dest++;
+ }
+ }
+ *num_resources = dest;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+
+static Boolean ClassIsSubclassOf(WidgetClass class, WidgetClass superclass)
+{
+ for (; class != NULL; class = class->core_class.superclass) {
+ if (class == superclass) return True;
+ }
+ return False;
+}
+
+void XtGetConstraintResourceList(
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ XtResourceList *resources,
+ Cardinal *num_resources)
+{
+ int size;
+ register Cardinal i, dest = 0;
+ register XtResourceList *list, dlist;
+ ConstraintWidgetClass class = (ConstraintWidgetClass)widget_class;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if ( (class->core_class.class_inited &&
+ !(class->core_class.class_inited & ConstraintClassFlag))
+ || (!class->core_class.class_inited &&
+ !ClassIsSubclassOf(widget_class, constraintWidgetClass))
+ || class->constraint_class.num_resources == 0) {
+
+ *resources = NULL;
+ *num_resources = 0;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ size = class->constraint_class.num_resources * sizeof(XtResource);
+ *resources = (XtResourceList) __XtMalloc((unsigned) size);
+
+ if (!class->core_class.class_inited) {
+ /* Easy case */
+
+ (void) memmove((char *) *resources,
+ (char *)class->constraint_class.resources, size);
+ *num_resources = class->constraint_class.num_resources;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Nope, it's the hard case */
+
+ list = (XtResourceList *) class->constraint_class.resources;
+ dlist = *resources;
+ for (i = 0; i < class->constraint_class.num_resources; i++) {
+ if (list[i] != NULL) {
+ dlist[dest].resource_name = (String)
+ XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_name));
+ dlist[dest].resource_class = (String)
+ XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_class));
+ dlist[dest].resource_type = (String)
+ XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_type));
+ dlist[dest].resource_size = list[i]->resource_size;
+ /* trust that resource_offset isn't that big */
+ dlist[dest].resource_offset = (Cardinal)
+ -((int)(list[i]->resource_offset + 1));
+ dlist[dest].default_type = (String)
+ XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->default_type));
+ dlist[dest].default_addr = list[i]->default_addr;
+ dest++;
+ }
+ }
+ *num_resources = dest;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+static int GetValues(
+ char* base, /* Base address to fetch values from */
+ XrmResourceList* res, /* The current resource values. */
+ register Cardinal num_resources, /* number of items in resources */
+ ArgList args, /* The resource values requested */
+ Cardinal num_args) /* number of items in arg list */
+{
+ register ArgList arg;
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register XrmName argName;
+ register XrmResourceList* xrmres;
+ int translation_arg_num = -1;
+ static XrmQuark QCallback = NULLQUARK;
+ static XrmQuark QTranslationTable = NULLQUARK;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (QCallback == NULLQUARK) {
+ QCallback = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRCallback);
+ QTranslationTable = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRTranslationTable);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ /* Resource lists should be in compiled form already */
+
+ for (arg = args ; num_args != 0; num_args--, arg++) {
+ argName = StringToName(arg->name);
+ for (xrmres = res, i = 0; i < num_resources; i++, xrmres++) {
+ if (argName == (*xrmres)->xrm_name) {
+ /* hack; do special cases here instead of a get_values_hook
+ * because get_values_hook looses info as to
+ * whether arg->value == NULL for ancient compatibility
+ * mode in _XtCopyToArg. It helps performance, too...
+ */
+ if ((*xrmres)->xrm_type == QCallback) {
+ XtCallbackList callback = _XtGetCallbackList(
+ (InternalCallbackList *)
+ (base - (*xrmres)->xrm_offset - 1));
+ _XtCopyToArg(
+ (char*)&callback, &arg->value,
+ (*xrmres)->xrm_size);
+ }
+ else if ((*xrmres)->xrm_type == QTranslationTable)
+ translation_arg_num = (int) (arg - args);
+ else {
+ _XtCopyToArg(
+ base - (*xrmres)->xrm_offset - 1,
+ &arg->value,
+ (*xrmres)->xrm_size);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return translation_arg_num;
+} /* GetValues */
+
+static void CallGetValuesHook(
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget w,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ WidgetClass superclass;
+ XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ superclass = widget_class->core_class.superclass;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (superclass != NULL)
+ CallGetValuesHook (superclass, w, args, num_args);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ get_values_hook = widget_class->core_class.get_values_hook;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (get_values_hook != NULL)
+ (*get_values_hook) (w, args, &num_args);
+}
+
+
+
+static void CallConstraintGetValuesHook(
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget w,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ ConstraintClassExtension ext;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (widget_class->core_class.superclass
+ ->core_class.class_inited & ConstraintClassFlag) {
+ CallConstraintGetValuesHook
+ (widget_class->core_class.superclass, w, args, num_args);
+ }
+
+ for (ext = (ConstraintClassExtension)((ConstraintWidgetClass)widget_class)
+ ->constraint_class.extension;
+ ext != NULL && ext->record_type != NULLQUARK;
+ ext = (ConstraintClassExtension)ext->next_extension);
+
+ if (ext != NULL) {
+ if ( ext->version == XtConstraintExtensionVersion
+ && ext->record_size == sizeof(ConstraintClassExtensionRec)) {
+ if (ext->get_values_hook != NULL)
+ (*(ext->get_values_hook)) (w, args, &num_args);
+ } else {
+ String params[1];
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ params[0] = widget_class->core_class.class_name;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w),
+ "invalidExtension", "xtCreateWidget", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "widget class %s has invalid ConstraintClassExtension record",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+
+void XtGetValues(
+ register Widget w,
+ register ArgList args,
+ register Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ WidgetClass wc;
+ int targ;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w);
+
+ if (num_args == 0) return;
+ if ((args == NULL) && (num_args != 0)) {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(app,
+ "invalidArgCount","xtGetValues",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtGetValues",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ wc = XtClass(w);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ /* Get widget values */
+ targ = GetValues((char*)w, (XrmResourceList *) wc->core_class.resources,
+ wc->core_class.num_resources, args, num_args);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (targ != -1 && XtIsWidget(w)) {
+ XtTranslations translations = _XtGetTranslationValue(w);
+ _XtCopyToArg((char*)&translations, &args[targ].value,
+ sizeof(XtTranslations));
+ }
+
+ /* Get constraint values if necessary */
+ /* constraints may be NULL if constraint_size==0 */
+ if (XtParent(w) != NULL && !XtIsShell(w) && XtIsConstraint(XtParent(w)) &&
+ w->core.constraints) {
+ ConstraintWidgetClass cwc
+ = (ConstraintWidgetClass) XtClass(XtParent(w));
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ GetValues((char*)w->core.constraints,
+ (XrmResourceList *)(cwc->constraint_class.resources),
+ cwc->constraint_class.num_resources, args, num_args);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+ /* Notify any class procedures that we have performed get_values */
+ CallGetValuesHook(wc, w, args, num_args);
+
+ /* Notify constraint get_values if necessary */
+ if (XtParent(w) != NULL && !XtIsShell(w) && XtIsConstraint(XtParent(w)))
+ CallConstraintGetValuesHook(XtClass(XtParent(w)), w, args,num_args);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtGetValues */
+
+void XtGetSubvalues(
+ XtPointer base, /* Base address to fetch values from */
+ XtResourceList resources, /* The current resource values. */
+ Cardinal num_resources, /* number of items in resources */
+ ArgList args, /* The resource values requested */
+ Cardinal num_args) /* number of items in arg list */
+{
+ XrmResourceList* xrmres;
+ xrmres = _XtCreateIndirectionTable(resources, num_resources);
+ GetValues((char*)base, xrmres, num_resources, args, num_args);
+ XtFree((char *)xrmres);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+/******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Hook Object Resources
+ *
+ ******************************************************************/
+
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+ { XtNcreateHook, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ XtOffsetOf(HookObjRec, hooks.createhook_callbacks),
+ XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL},
+ { XtNchangeHook, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ XtOffsetOf(HookObjRec, hooks.changehook_callbacks),
+ XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL},
+ { XtNconfigureHook, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ XtOffsetOf(HookObjRec, hooks.confighook_callbacks),
+ XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL},
+ { XtNgeometryHook, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ XtOffsetOf(HookObjRec, hooks.geometryhook_callbacks),
+ XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL},
+ { XtNdestroyHook, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ XtOffsetOf(HookObjRec, hooks.destroyhook_callbacks),
+ XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL},
+ { XtNshells, XtCReadOnly, XtRWidgetList, sizeof(WidgetList),
+ XtOffsetOf(HookObjRec, hooks.shells), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) NULL },
+ { XtNnumShells, XtCReadOnly, XtRCardinal, sizeof(Cardinal),
+ XtOffsetOf(HookObjRec, hooks.num_shells), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) 0 }
+};
+
+static void GetValuesHook(Widget widget, ArgList args, Cardinal *num_args);
+static void Initialize(Widget req, Widget new, ArgList args,
+ Cardinal *num_args);
+
+externaldef(hookobjclassrec) HookObjClassRec hookObjClassRec = {
+ { /* Object Class Part */
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass)&objectClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "Hook",
+ /* widget_size */ sizeof(HookObjRec),
+ /* class_initialize */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
+ /* class_inited */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ Initialize,
+ /* initialize_hook */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ NULL,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ resources,
+ /* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ NULL,
+ /* resize */ NULL,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ NULL,
+ /* get_values_hook */ GetValuesHook,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback_offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },
+ { /* HookObj Class Part */
+ /* unused */ 0
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(hookObjectClass) WidgetClass hookObjectClass =
+ (WidgetClass)&hookObjClassRec;
+
+static void FreeShellList(
+ Widget w,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ HookObject h = (HookObject)w;
+ if (h->hooks.shells != NULL)
+ XtFree((char*)h->hooks.shells);
+}
+
+static void Initialize(
+ Widget req,
+ Widget new,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal* num_args)
+{
+ HookObject w = (HookObject) new;
+ w->hooks.max_shells = 0;
+ XtAddCallback (new, XtNdestroyCallback, FreeShellList, (XtPointer) NULL);
+}
+
+static void GetValuesHook(
+ Widget widget,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal* num_args)
+{
+ /* get the XtNshells and XtNnumShells pseudo-resources */
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "CreateI.h"
+
+static void FreeBlockHookList(
+ Widget widget, /* unused (and invalid) */
+ XtPointer closure, /* ActionHook* */
+ XtPointer call_data) /* unused */
+{
+ BlockHook list = *(BlockHook*)closure;
+ while (list != NULL) {
+ BlockHook next = list->next;
+ XtFree( (XtPointer)list );
+ list = next;
+ }
+}
+
+
+XtBlockHookId XtAppAddBlockHook(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtBlockHookProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ BlockHook hook = XtNew(BlockHookRec);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ hook->next = app->block_hook_list;
+ hook->app = app;
+ hook->proc = proc;
+ hook->closure = closure;
+ if (app->block_hook_list == NULL) {
+ _XtAddCallback( &app->destroy_callbacks,
+ FreeBlockHookList,
+ (XtPointer)&app->block_hook_list
+ );
+ }
+ app->block_hook_list = hook;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return (XtBlockHookId)hook;
+}
+
+
+void XtRemoveBlockHook(
+ XtBlockHookId id)
+{
+ BlockHook *p, hook = (BlockHook)id;
+ XtAppContext app = hook->app;
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ for (p = &app->block_hook_list; p != NULL && *p != hook; p = &(*p)->next);
+ if (p == NULL) {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app, "badId", "xtRemoveBlockHook", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtRemoveBlockHook called with bad or old hook id",
+ (String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
+#endif /*DEBUG*/
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ *p = hook->next;
+ XtFree( (XtPointer)hook );
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+static void DeleteShellFromHookObj(
+ Widget shell,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ /* app_con is locked when this function is called */
+ Cardinal ii, jj;
+ HookObject ho = (HookObject) closure;
+
+ for (ii = 0; ii < ho->hooks.num_shells; ii++)
+ if (ho->hooks.shells[ii] == shell) {
+ /* collapse the list */
+ for (jj = ii; jj < ho->hooks.num_shells; jj++) {
+ if ((jj+1) < ho->hooks.num_shells)
+ ho->hooks.shells[jj] = ho->hooks.shells[jj+1];
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ ho->hooks.num_shells--;
+}
+
+#define SHELL_INCR 4
+
+void _XtAddShellToHookObj(
+ Widget shell)
+{
+ /* app_con is locked when this function is called */
+ HookObject ho = (HookObject) XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(shell));
+
+ if (ho->hooks.num_shells == ho->hooks.max_shells) {
+ ho->hooks.max_shells += SHELL_INCR;
+ ho->hooks.shells =
+ (WidgetList)XtRealloc((char*)ho->hooks.shells,
+ ho->hooks.max_shells * sizeof (Widget));
+ }
+ ho->hooks.shells[ho->hooks.num_shells++] = shell;
+
+ XtAddCallback(shell, XtNdestroyCallback, DeleteShellFromHookObj,
+ (XtPointer)ho);
+}
+
+Boolean _XtIsHookObject(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ return (widget->core.widget_class == hookObjectClass);
+}
+
+Widget XtHooksOfDisplay(
+ Display* dpy)
+{
+ Widget retval;
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ if (pd->hook_object == NULL)
+ pd->hook_object =
+ _XtCreateHookObj((Screen*)DefaultScreenOfDisplay(dpy));
+ retval = pd->hook_object;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/* Make sure all wm properties can make it out of the resource manager */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "CoreP.h"
+#include "ShellP.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/Xlocale.h>
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+#include <X11/Xthreads.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef WIN32
+#define X_INCLUDE_PWD_H
+#define XOS_USE_XT_LOCKING
+#include <X11/Xos_r.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if (defined(SUNSHLIB) || defined(AIXSHLIB)) && defined(SHAREDCODE)
+/*
+ * If used as a shared library, generate code under a different name so that
+ * the stub routines in sharedlib.c get loaded into the application binary.
+ */
+#define XtToolkitInitialize _XtToolkitInitialize
+#define XtOpenApplication _XtOpenApplication
+#define XtAppInitialize _XtAppInitialize
+#define XtInitialize _XtInitialize
+#endif /* (SUNSHLIB || AIXSHLIB) && SHAREDCODE */
+
+/*
+ * hpux
+ * Hand-patched versions of HP-UX prior to version 7.0 can usefully add
+ * -DUSE_UNAME in the appropriate config file to get long hostnames.
+ */
+
+#ifdef USG
+#define USE_UNAME
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_UNAME
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+
+/* some unspecified magic number of expected search levels for Xrm */
+#define SEARCH_LIST_SIZE 1000
+
+/*
+ This is a set of default records describing the command line arguments that
+ Xlib will parse and set into the resource data base.
+
+ This list is applied before the users list to enforce these defaults. This is
+ policy, which the toolkit avoids but I hate differing programs at this level.
+*/
+
+static XrmOptionDescRec const opTable[] = {
+{"+rv", "*reverseVideo", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "off"},
+{"+synchronous","*synchronous", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "off"},
+{"-background", "*background", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-bd", "*borderColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-bg", "*background", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-bordercolor","*borderColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-borderwidth",".borderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-bw", ".borderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-display", ".display", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-fg", "*foreground", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-fn", "*font", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-font", "*font", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-foreground", "*foreground", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "on"},
+{"-name", ".name", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-reverse", "*reverseVideo", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "on"},
+{"-rv", "*reverseVideo", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "on"},
+{"-selectionTimeout",
+ ".selectionTimeout", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-synchronous","*synchronous", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "on"},
+{"-title", ".title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-xnllanguage",".xnlLanguage", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-xrm", NULL, XrmoptionResArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+{"-xtsessionID",".sessionID", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * GetHostname - emulates gethostname() on non-bsd systems.
+ */
+
+static void GetHostname (
+ char *buf,
+ int maxlen)
+{
+#ifdef USE_UNAME
+ int len;
+ struct utsname name;
+
+ if (maxlen <= 0 || buf == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ uname (&name);
+ len = strlen (name.nodename);
+ if (len >= maxlen) len = maxlen;
+ (void) strncpy (buf, name.nodename, len-1);
+ buf[len-1] = '\0';
+#else
+ if (maxlen <= 0 || buf == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ buf[0] = '\0';
+ (void) gethostname (buf, maxlen);
+ buf [maxlen - 1] = '\0';
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SUNSHLIB
+void _XtInherit(void)
+{
+ extern void __XtInherit();
+ __XtInherit();
+}
+#define _XtInherit __XtInherit
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined (WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+/*
+ * The Symbol _XtInherit is used in two different manners.
+ * First it could be used as a generic function and second
+ * as an absolute address reference, which will be used to
+ * check the initialisation process of several other libraries.
+ * Because of this the symbol must be accessable by all
+ * client dll's and applications. In unix environments
+ * this is no problem, because the used shared libraries
+ * format (elf) supports this immediatly. Under Windows
+ * this isn't true, because a functions address in a dll
+ * is different from the same function in another dll or
+ * applications, because the used Portable Executable
+ * File adds a code stub to each client to provide the
+ * exported symbol name. This stub uses an indirect
+ * pointer to get the original symbol address, which is
+ * then jumped to, like in this example:
+ *
+ * --- client --- --- dll ----
+ * ...
+ * call foo
+ *
+ * foo: jmp (*_imp_foo) ----> foo: ....
+ * nop
+ * nop
+ *
+ * _imp_foo: .long <index of foo in dll export table, is
+ * set to the real address by the runtime linker>
+ *
+ * Now it is clear why the clients symbol foo isn't the same
+ * as in the dll and we can think about how to deal which
+ * this two above mentioned requirements, to export this
+ * symbol to all clients and to allow calling this symbol
+ * as a function. The solution I've used exports the
+ * symbol _XtInherit as data symbol, because global data
+ * symbols are exported to all clients. But how to deal
+ * with the second requirement, that this symbol should
+ * be used as function. The Trick is to build a little
+ * code stub in the data section in the exact manner as
+ * above explained. This is done with the assembler code
+ * below.
+ *
+ * Ralf Habacker
+ *
+ * References:
+ * msdn http://msdn.microsoft.com/msdnmag/issues/02/02/PE/PE.asp
+ * cygwin-xfree: http://www.cygwin.com/ml/cygwin-xfree/2003-10/msg00000.html
+ */
+
+asm (".data\n\
+ .globl __XtInherit \n\
+ __XtInherit: jmp *_y \n\
+ _y: .long ___XtInherit \n\
+ .text \n");
+
+#define _XtInherit __XtInherit
+#endif
+
+
+void _XtInherit(void)
+{
+ XtErrorMsg("invalidProcedure","inheritanceProc",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Unresolved inheritance operation",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+}
+
+
+void XtToolkitInitialize(void)
+{
+ static Boolean initialized = False;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (initialized) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+ initialized = True;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ /* Resource management initialization */
+ XrmInitialize();
+ _XtResourceListInitialize();
+
+ /* Other intrinsic intialization */
+ _XtConvertInitialize();
+ _XtEventInitialize();
+ _XtTranslateInitialize();
+
+ /* Some apps rely on old (broken) XtAppPeekEvent behavior */
+ if(getenv("XTAPPPEEKEVENT_SKIPTIMER"))
+ XtAppPeekEvent_SkipTimer = True;
+ else
+ XtAppPeekEvent_SkipTimer = False;
+}
+
+
+String _XtGetUserName(
+ String dest,
+ int len)
+{
+#ifdef WIN32
+ String ptr = NULL;
+
+ if ((ptr = getenv("USERNAME"))) {
+ (void) strncpy (dest, ptr, len-1);
+ dest[len-1] = '\0';
+ } else
+ *dest = '\0';
+#else
+#ifdef X_NEEDS_PWPARAMS
+ _Xgetpwparams pwparams;
+#endif
+ struct passwd *pw;
+ char* ptr;
+
+ if ((ptr = getenv("USER"))) {
+ (void) strncpy (dest, ptr, len-1);
+ dest[len-1] = '\0';
+ } else {
+ if ((pw = _XGetpwuid(getuid(),pwparams)) != NULL) {
+ (void) strncpy (dest, pw->pw_name, len-1);
+ dest[len-1] = '\0';
+ } else
+ *dest = '\0';
+ }
+#endif
+ return dest;
+}
+
+
+static String GetRootDirName(
+ String dest,
+ int len)
+{
+#ifdef WIN32
+ register char *ptr1;
+ register char *ptr2 = NULL;
+ int len1 = 0, len2 = 0;
+
+ if (ptr1 = getenv("HOME")) { /* old, deprecated */
+ len1 = strlen (ptr1);
+ } else if ((ptr1 = getenv("HOMEDRIVE")) && (ptr2 = getenv("HOMEDIR"))) {
+ len1 = strlen (ptr1);
+ len2 = strlen (ptr2);
+ } else if (ptr2 = getenv("USERNAME")) {
+ len1 = strlen (ptr1 = "/users/");
+ len2 = strlen (ptr2);
+ }
+ if ((len1 + len2 + 1) < len)
+ sprintf (dest, "%s%s", ptr1, (ptr2) ? ptr2 : "");
+ else
+ *dest = '\0';
+#else
+#ifdef X_NEEDS_PWPARAMS
+ _Xgetpwparams pwparams;
+#endif
+ struct passwd *pw;
+ static char *ptr;
+
+ if (len <= 0 || dest == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if ((ptr = getenv("HOME"))) {
+ (void) strncpy (dest, ptr, len-1);
+ dest[len-1] = '\0';
+ } else {
+ if ((ptr = getenv("USER")))
+ pw = _XGetpwnam(ptr,pwparams);
+ else
+ pw = _XGetpwuid(getuid(),pwparams);
+ if (pw != NULL) {
+ (void) strncpy (dest, pw->pw_dir, len-1);
+ dest[len-1] = '\0';
+ } else
+ *dest = '\0';
+ }
+#endif
+ return dest;
+}
+
+static void CombineAppUserDefaults(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XrmDatabase *pdb)
+{
+ char* filename;
+ char* path = NULL;
+ Boolean deallocate = False;
+
+ if (!(path = getenv("XUSERFILESEARCHPATH"))) {
+#if !defined(WIN32) || !defined(__MINGW32__)
+ char *old_path;
+ char homedir[PATH_MAX];
+ GetRootDirName(homedir, PATH_MAX);
+ if (!(old_path = getenv("XAPPLRESDIR"))) {
+ XtAsprintf(&path,
+ "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N",
+ homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir, homedir);
+ } else {
+ XtAsprintf(&path,
+ "%s/%%L/%%N%%C:%s/%%l/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%N%%C:%s/%%L/%%N:%s/%%l/%%N:%s/%%N:%s/%%N",
+ old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir,
+ old_path, old_path, old_path, homedir);
+ }
+ deallocate = True;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ filename = XtResolvePathname(dpy, NULL, NULL, NULL, path, NULL, 0, NULL);
+ if (filename) {
+ (void)XrmCombineFileDatabase(filename, pdb, False);
+ XtFree(filename);
+ }
+
+ if (deallocate)
+ XtFree(path);
+}
+
+static void CombineUserDefaults(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XrmDatabase *pdb)
+{
+#ifdef __MINGW32__
+ const char *slashDotXdefaults = "/Xdefaults";
+#else
+ const char *slashDotXdefaults = "/.Xdefaults";
+#endif
+ char *dpy_defaults = XResourceManagerString(dpy);
+
+ if (dpy_defaults) {
+ XrmCombineDatabase(XrmGetStringDatabase(dpy_defaults), pdb, False);
+ } else {
+ char filename[PATH_MAX];
+ (void) GetRootDirName(filename,
+ PATH_MAX - strlen (slashDotXdefaults) - 1);
+ (void) strcat(filename, slashDotXdefaults);
+ (void)XrmCombineFileDatabase(filename, pdb, False);
+ }
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static Bool StoreDBEntry(
+ XrmDatabase *db,
+ XrmBindingList bindings,
+ XrmQuarkList quarks,
+ XrmRepresentation *type,
+ XrmValuePtr value,
+ XPointer data)
+{
+ XrmQPutResource((XrmDatabase *)data, bindings, quarks, *type, value);
+ return False;
+}
+
+static XrmDatabase CopyDB(XrmDatabase db)
+{
+ XrmDatabase copy = NULL;
+ XrmQuark empty = NULLQUARK;
+
+ XrmEnumerateDatabase(db, &empty, &empty, XrmEnumAllLevels,
+ StoreDBEntry, (XPointer)©);
+ return copy;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static String _XtDefaultLanguageProc(
+ Display *dpy, /* unused */
+ String xnl,
+ XtPointer closure) /* unused */
+{
+ if (! setlocale(LC_ALL, xnl))
+ XtWarning("locale not supported by C library, locale unchanged");
+
+ if (! XSupportsLocale()) {
+ XtWarning("locale not supported by Xlib, locale set to C");
+ setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");
+ }
+ if (! XSetLocaleModifiers(""))
+ XtWarning("X locale modifiers not supported, using default");
+
+ return setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL); /* re-query in case overwritten */
+}
+
+XtLanguageProc XtSetLanguageProc(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtLanguageProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ XtLanguageProc old;
+
+ if (!proc) {
+ proc = _XtDefaultLanguageProc;
+ closure = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (app) {
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ /* set langProcRec only for this application context */
+ old = app->langProcRec.proc;
+ app->langProcRec.proc = proc;
+ app->langProcRec.closure = closure;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ } else {
+ /* set langProcRec for all application contexts */
+ ProcessContext process;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ process = _XtGetProcessContext();
+ old = process->globalLangProcRec.proc;
+ process->globalLangProcRec.proc = proc;
+ process->globalLangProcRec.closure = closure;
+ app = process->appContextList;
+ while (app) {
+ app->langProcRec.proc = proc;
+ app->langProcRec.closure = closure;
+ app = app->next;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+ return (old ? old : _XtDefaultLanguageProc);
+}
+
+XrmDatabase XtScreenDatabase(
+ Screen *screen)
+{
+ int scrno;
+ Bool doing_def;
+ XrmDatabase db, olddb;
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ Status do_fallback;
+ char *scr_resources;
+ Display *dpy = DisplayOfScreen(screen);
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (screen == DefaultScreenOfDisplay(dpy)) {
+ scrno = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ doing_def = True;
+ } else {
+ scrno = XScreenNumberOfScreen(screen);
+ doing_def = False;
+ }
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ if ((db = pd->per_screen_db[scrno])) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return (doing_def ? XrmGetDatabase(dpy) : db);
+ }
+ scr_resources = XScreenResourceString(screen);
+
+ if (ScreenCount(dpy) == 1) {
+ db = pd->cmd_db;
+ pd->cmd_db = NULL;
+ } else {
+ db = CopyDB(pd->cmd_db);
+ }
+ { /* Environment defaults */
+ char filenamebuf[PATH_MAX];
+ char *filename;
+
+ if (!(filename = getenv("XENVIRONMENT"))) {
+ int len;
+#ifdef __MINGW32__
+ const char *slashDotXdefaultsDash = "/Xdefaults-";
+#else
+ const char *slashDotXdefaultsDash = "/.Xdefaults-";
+#endif
+
+ (void) GetRootDirName(filename = filenamebuf,
+ PATH_MAX - strlen (slashDotXdefaultsDash) - 1);
+ (void) strcat(filename, slashDotXdefaultsDash);
+ len = strlen(filename);
+ GetHostname (filename+len, PATH_MAX-len);
+ }
+ (void)XrmCombineFileDatabase(filename, &db, False);
+ }
+ if (scr_resources)
+ { /* Screen defaults */
+ XrmCombineDatabase(XrmGetStringDatabase(scr_resources), &db, False);
+ XFree(scr_resources);
+ }
+ /* Server or host defaults */
+ if (!pd->server_db)
+ CombineUserDefaults(dpy, &db);
+ else {
+ (void) XrmCombineDatabase(pd->server_db, &db, False);
+ pd->server_db = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (!db)
+ db = XrmGetStringDatabase("");
+ pd->per_screen_db[scrno] = db;
+ olddb = XrmGetDatabase(dpy);
+ /* set database now, for XtResolvePathname to use */
+ XrmSetDatabase(dpy, db);
+ CombineAppUserDefaults(dpy, &db);
+ do_fallback = 1;
+ { /* System app-defaults */
+ char *filename;
+
+ if ((filename = XtResolvePathname(dpy, "app-defaults",
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL))) {
+ do_fallback = !XrmCombineFileDatabase(filename, &db, False);
+ XtFree(filename);
+ }
+ }
+ /* now restore old database, if need be */
+ if (!doing_def)
+ XrmSetDatabase(dpy, olddb);
+ if (do_fallback && pd->appContext->fallback_resources)
+ { /* Fallback defaults */
+ XrmDatabase fdb = NULL;
+ String *res;
+
+ for (res = pd->appContext->fallback_resources; *res; res++)
+ XrmPutLineResource(&fdb, *res);
+ (void)XrmCombineDatabase(fdb, &db, False);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return db;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Merge two option tables, allowing the second to over-ride the first,
+ * so that ambiguous abbreviations can be noticed. The merge attempts
+ * to make the resulting table lexicographically sorted, but succeeds
+ * only if the first source table is sorted. Though it _is_ recommended
+ * (for optimizations later in XrmParseCommand), it is not required
+ * that either source table be sorted.
+ *
+ * Caller is responsible for freeing the returned option table.
+ */
+
+static void _MergeOptionTables(
+ const XrmOptionDescRec *src1,
+ Cardinal num_src1,
+ const XrmOptionDescRec *src2,
+ Cardinal num_src2,
+ XrmOptionDescRec **dst,
+ Cardinal *num_dst)
+{
+ XrmOptionDescRec *table, *endP;
+ register XrmOptionDescRec *opt1, *whereP, *dstP;
+ register const XrmOptionDescRec *opt2;
+ int i1;
+ Cardinal i2;
+ int dst_len, order;
+ Boolean found;
+ enum {Check, NotSorted, IsSorted} sort_order = Check;
+
+ *dst = table = (XrmOptionDescRec*)
+ __XtMalloc( sizeof(XrmOptionDescRec) * (num_src1 + num_src2) );
+
+ (void) memmove(table, src1, sizeof(XrmOptionDescRec) * num_src1 );
+ if (num_src2 == 0) {
+ *num_dst = num_src1;
+ return;
+ }
+ endP = &table[dst_len = num_src1];
+ for (opt2 = src2, i2= 0; i2 < num_src2; opt2++, i2++) {
+ found = False;
+ whereP = endP-1; /* assume new option goes at the end */
+ for (opt1 = table, i1 = 0; i1 < dst_len; opt1++, i1++) {
+ /* have to walk the entire new table so new list is ordered
+ (if src1 was ordered) */
+ if (sort_order == Check && i1 > 0
+ && strcmp(opt1->option, (opt1-1)->option) < 0)
+ sort_order = NotSorted;
+ if ((order = strcmp(opt1->option, opt2->option)) == 0) {
+ /* same option names; just overwrite opt1 with opt2 */
+ *opt1 = *opt2;
+ found = True;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* else */
+ if (sort_order == IsSorted && order > 0) {
+ /* insert before opt1 to preserve order */
+ /* shift rest of table forward to make room for new entry */
+ for (dstP = endP++; dstP > opt1; dstP--)
+ *dstP = *(dstP-1);
+ *opt1 = *opt2;
+ dst_len++;
+ found = True;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* else */
+ if (order < 0)
+ /* opt2 sorts after opt1, so remember this position */
+ whereP = opt1;
+ }
+ if (sort_order == Check && i1 == dst_len)
+ sort_order = IsSorted;
+ if (!found) {
+ /* when we get here, whereP points to the last entry in the
+ destination that sorts before "opt2". Shift rest of table
+ forward and insert "opt2" after whereP. */
+ whereP++;
+ for (dstP = endP++; dstP > whereP; dstP--)
+ *dstP = *(dstP-1);
+ *whereP = *opt2;
+ dst_len++;
+ }
+ }
+ *num_dst = dst_len;
+}
+
+
+/* NOTE: name, class, and type must be permanent strings */
+static Boolean _GetResource(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XrmSearchList list,
+ String name,
+ String class,
+ String type,
+ XrmValue* value)
+{
+ XrmRepresentation db_type;
+ XrmValue db_value;
+ XrmName Qname = XrmPermStringToQuark(name);
+ XrmClass Qclass = XrmPermStringToQuark(class);
+ XrmRepresentation Qtype = XrmPermStringToQuark(type);
+
+ if (XrmQGetSearchResource(list, Qname, Qclass, &db_type, &db_value)) {
+ if (db_type == Qtype) {
+ if (Qtype == _XtQString)
+ *(String*)value->addr = db_value.addr;
+ else
+ (void) memmove(value->addr, db_value.addr, value->size );
+ return True;
+ } else {
+ WidgetRec widget; /* hack, hack */
+ bzero( &widget, sizeof(widget) );
+ widget.core.self = &widget;
+ widget.core.widget_class = coreWidgetClass;
+ widget.core.screen = (Screen*)DefaultScreenOfDisplay(dpy);
+ XtInitializeWidgetClass(coreWidgetClass);
+ if (_XtConvert(&widget,db_type,&db_value,Qtype,value,NULL)) {
+ return True;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return False;
+}
+
+XrmDatabase _XtPreparseCommandLine(
+ XrmOptionDescRec *urlist,
+ Cardinal num_urs,
+ int argc,
+ String *argv,
+ /* return */
+ String *applName,
+ String *displayName,
+ String *language)
+{
+ XrmDatabase db = NULL;
+ XrmOptionDescRec *options;
+ Cardinal num_options;
+ XrmName name_list[3];
+ XrmName class_list[3];
+ XrmRepresentation type;
+ XrmValue val;
+ String *targv;
+ int targc = argc;
+
+ targv = (String *) __XtMalloc(sizeof(char *) * argc);
+ (void) memmove(targv, argv, sizeof(char *) * argc);
+ _MergeOptionTables(opTable, XtNumber(opTable), urlist, num_urs,
+ &options, &num_options);
+ name_list[0] = class_list[0] = XrmPermStringToQuark(".");
+ name_list[2] = class_list[2] = NULLQUARK;
+ XrmParseCommand(&db, options, num_options, ".", &targc, targv);
+ if (applName) {
+ name_list[1] = XrmPermStringToQuark("name");
+ if (XrmQGetResource(db, name_list, name_list, &type, &val) &&
+ type == _XtQString)
+ *applName = val.addr;
+ }
+ if (displayName) {
+ name_list[1] = XrmPermStringToQuark("display");
+ if (XrmQGetResource(db, name_list, name_list, &type, &val) &&
+ type == _XtQString)
+ *displayName = val.addr;
+ }
+ if (language) {
+ name_list[1] = XrmPermStringToQuark("xnlLanguage");
+ class_list[1] = XrmPermStringToQuark("XnlLanguage");
+ if (XrmQGetResource(db, name_list, class_list, &type, &val) &&
+ type == _XtQString)
+ *language = val.addr;
+ }
+
+ XtFree((char *)targv);
+ XtFree((char *)options);
+ return db;
+}
+
+
+static void GetLanguage(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XtPerDisplay pd)
+{
+ XrmRepresentation type;
+ XrmValue value;
+ XrmName name_list[3];
+ XrmName class_list[3];
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (! pd->language) {
+ name_list[0] = pd->name;
+ name_list[1] = XrmPermStringToQuark("xnlLanguage");
+ class_list[0] = pd->class;
+ class_list[1] = XrmPermStringToQuark("XnlLanguage");
+ name_list[2] = class_list[2] = NULLQUARK;
+ if (!pd->server_db)
+ CombineUserDefaults(dpy, &pd->server_db);
+ if (pd->server_db &&
+ XrmQGetResource(pd->server_db,name_list,class_list, &type, &value)
+ && type == _XtQString)
+ pd->language = (char *) value.addr;
+ }
+
+ if (pd->appContext->langProcRec.proc) {
+ if (! pd->language) pd->language = "";
+ pd->language = (*pd->appContext->langProcRec.proc)
+ (dpy, pd->language, pd->appContext->langProcRec.closure);
+ }
+ else if (! pd->language || pd->language[0] == '\0') /* R4 compatibility */
+ pd->language = getenv("LANG");
+
+ if (pd->language) pd->language = XtNewString(pd->language);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static void ProcessInternalConnection (
+ XtPointer client_data,
+ int* fd,
+ XtInputId* id)
+{
+ XProcessInternalConnection ((Display *) client_data, *fd);
+}
+
+static void ConnectionWatch (
+ Display* dpy,
+ XPointer client_data,
+ int fd,
+ Bool opening,
+ XPointer* watch_data)
+{
+ XtInputId* iptr;
+ XtAppContext app = XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy);
+
+ if (opening) {
+ iptr = (XtInputId *) __XtMalloc(sizeof(XtInputId));
+ *iptr = XtAppAddInput(app, fd, (XtPointer) XtInputReadMask,
+ ProcessInternalConnection, client_data);
+ *watch_data = (XPointer) iptr;
+ } else {
+ iptr = (XtInputId *) *watch_data;
+ XtRemoveInput(*iptr);
+ (void) XtFree(*watch_data);
+ }
+}
+
+void _XtDisplayInitialize(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XtPerDisplay pd,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *urlist,
+ Cardinal num_urs,
+ int *argc,
+ char **argv)
+{
+ Boolean tmp_bool;
+ XrmValue value;
+ XrmOptionDescRec *options;
+ Cardinal num_options;
+ XrmDatabase db;
+ XrmName name_list[2];
+ XrmClass class_list[2];
+ XrmHashTable* search_list;
+ int search_list_size = SEARCH_LIST_SIZE;
+
+ GetLanguage(dpy, pd);
+
+ /* Parse the command line and remove Xt arguments from argv */
+ _MergeOptionTables( opTable, XtNumber(opTable), urlist, num_urs,
+ &options, &num_options );
+ XrmParseCommand(&pd->cmd_db, options, num_options, name, argc, argv);
+
+ db = XtScreenDatabase(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(dpy));
+
+ if (!(search_list = (XrmHashTable*)
+ ALLOCATE_LOCAL( SEARCH_LIST_SIZE*sizeof(XrmHashTable))))
+ _XtAllocError(NULL);
+ name_list[0] = pd->name;
+ class_list[0] = pd->class;
+ name_list[1] = NULLQUARK;
+ class_list[1] = NULLQUARK;
+
+ while (!XrmQGetSearchList(db, name_list, class_list,
+ search_list, search_list_size)) {
+ XrmHashTable* old = search_list;
+ Cardinal size = (search_list_size*=2)*sizeof(XrmHashTable);
+ if (!(search_list = (XrmHashTable*)ALLOCATE_LOCAL(size)))
+ _XtAllocError(NULL);
+ (void) memmove((char*)search_list, (char*)old, (size>>1) );
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(old);
+ }
+
+ value.size = sizeof(tmp_bool);
+ value.addr = (XtPointer)&tmp_bool;
+ if (_GetResource(dpy, search_list, "synchronous", "Synchronous",
+ XtRBoolean, &value)) {
+ int i;
+ Display **dpyP = pd->appContext->list;
+ pd->appContext->sync = tmp_bool;
+ for (i = pd->appContext->count; i; dpyP++, i--) {
+ (void) XSynchronize(*dpyP, (Bool)tmp_bool);
+ }
+ } else {
+ (void) XSynchronize(dpy, (Bool)pd->appContext->sync);
+ }
+
+ if (_GetResource(dpy, search_list, "reverseVideo", "ReverseVideo",
+ XtRBoolean, &value)
+ && tmp_bool) {
+ pd->rv = True;
+ }
+
+ value.size = sizeof(pd->multi_click_time);
+ value.addr = (XtPointer)&pd->multi_click_time;
+ if (!_GetResource(dpy, search_list,
+ "multiClickTime", "MultiClickTime",
+ XtRInt, &value)) {
+ pd->multi_click_time = 200;
+ }
+
+ value.size = sizeof(pd->appContext->selectionTimeout);
+ value.addr = (XtPointer)&pd->appContext->selectionTimeout;
+ (void)_GetResource(dpy, search_list,
+ "selectionTimeout", "SelectionTimeout",
+ XtRInt, &value);
+
+#ifndef NO_IDENTIFY_WINDOWS
+ value.size = sizeof(pd->appContext->identify_windows);
+ value.addr = (XtPointer)&pd->appContext->identify_windows;
+ (void)_GetResource(dpy, search_list,
+ "xtIdentifyWindows", "XtDebug",
+ XtRBoolean, &value);
+#endif
+
+ XAddConnectionWatch(dpy, ConnectionWatch, (XPointer) dpy);
+
+ XtFree( (XtPointer)options );
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL( search_list );
+}
+
+/* Function Name: XtAppSetFallbackResources
+ * Description: Sets the fallback resource list that will be loaded
+ * at display initialization time.
+ * Arguments: app_context - the app context.
+ * specification_list - the resource specification list.
+ * Returns: none.
+ */
+
+void
+XtAppSetFallbackResources(
+ XtAppContext app_context,
+ String *specification_list)
+{
+ LOCK_APP(app_context);
+ app_context->fallback_resources = specification_list;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app_context);
+}
+
+
+Widget XtOpenApplication(XtAppContext *app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char *application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *options, Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out, String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources, WidgetClass widget_class,
+ ArgList args_in, Cardinal num_args_in)
+{
+ XtAppContext app_con;
+ Display * dpy;
+ register int saved_argc = *argc_in_out;
+ Widget root;
+ Arg args[3], *merged_args;
+ Cardinal num = 0;
+
+ XtToolkitInitialize(); /* cannot be moved into _XtAppInit */
+
+ dpy = _XtAppInit(&app_con, (String)application_class, options, num_options,
+ argc_in_out, &argv_in_out, fallback_resources);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app_con);
+ XtSetArg(args[num], XtNscreen, DefaultScreenOfDisplay(dpy)); num++;
+ XtSetArg(args[num], XtNargc, saved_argc); num++;
+ XtSetArg(args[num], XtNargv, argv_in_out); num++;
+
+ merged_args = XtMergeArgLists(args_in, num_args_in, args, num);
+ num += num_args_in;
+
+ root = XtAppCreateShell(NULL, application_class, widget_class, dpy,
+ merged_args, num);
+
+ if (app_context_return)
+ *app_context_return = app_con;
+
+ XtFree((XtPointer)merged_args);
+ XtFree((XtPointer)argv_in_out);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app_con);
+ return root;
+}
+
+
+Widget
+XtAppInitialize(
+ XtAppContext * app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources,
+ ArgList args_in,
+ Cardinal num_args_in)
+{
+ return XtOpenApplication(app_context_return, application_class,
+ options, num_options,
+ argc_in_out, argv_in_out, fallback_resources,
+ applicationShellWidgetClass,
+ args_in, num_args_in);
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Widget
+XtInitialize(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* classname,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc,
+ String *argv)
+{
+ Widget root;
+ XtAppContext app_con;
+ register ProcessContext process = _XtGetProcessContext();
+
+ root = XtAppInitialize(&app_con, classname, options, num_options,
+ argc, argv, NULL, NULL, (Cardinal) 0);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ process->defaultAppContext = app_con;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return root;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#define INTRINSIC_C
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "VarargsI.h" /* for geoTattler */
+#ifndef NO_IDENTIFY_WINDOWS
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef VMS
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif /* VMS */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+String XtCXtToolkitError = "XtToolkitError";
+
+Boolean XtIsSubclass(
+ Widget widget,
+ WidgetClass widgetClass)
+{
+ register WidgetClass w;
+ Boolean retval = FALSE;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (w = widget->core.widget_class; w != NULL; w = w->core_class.superclass)
+ if (w == widgetClass) {
+ retval = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+} /* XtIsSubclass */
+
+
+Boolean _XtCheckSubclassFlag(
+ Widget object,
+ _XtXtEnum flag)
+{
+ Boolean retval;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (object->core.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & flag)
+ retval = TRUE;
+ else
+ retval = FALSE;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+} /*_XtVerifySubclass */
+
+
+Boolean _XtIsSubclassOf(
+ Widget object,
+ WidgetClass widgetClass,
+ WidgetClass superClass,
+ _XtXtEnum flag)
+{
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (!(object->core.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & flag)) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+ } else {
+ register WidgetClass c = object->core.widget_class;
+ while (c != superClass) {
+ if (c == widgetClass) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return True;
+ }
+ c = c->core_class.superclass;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+ }
+} /*_XtIsSubclassOf */
+
+
+XtPointer XtGetClassExtension(
+ WidgetClass object_class,
+ Cardinal byte_offset,
+ XrmQuark type,
+ long version,
+ Cardinal record_size)
+{
+ ObjectClassExtension ext;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ ext = *(ObjectClassExtension *)((char *)object_class + byte_offset);
+ while (ext && (ext->record_type != type || ext->version < version
+ || ext->record_size < record_size)) {
+ ext = (ObjectClassExtension) ext->next_extension;
+ }
+
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return (XtPointer) ext;
+}
+
+
+static void ComputeWindowAttributes(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtValueMask *value_mask,
+ XSetWindowAttributes *values)
+{
+ XtExposeProc expose;
+
+ *value_mask = CWEventMask | CWColormap;
+ (*values).event_mask = XtBuildEventMask(widget);
+ (*values).colormap = widget->core.colormap;
+ if (widget->core.background_pixmap != XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
+ *value_mask |= CWBackPixmap;
+ (*values).background_pixmap = widget->core.background_pixmap;
+ } else {
+ *value_mask |= CWBackPixel;
+ (*values).background_pixel = widget->core.background_pixel;
+ }
+ if (widget->core.border_pixmap != XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
+ *value_mask |= CWBorderPixmap;
+ (*values).border_pixmap = widget->core.border_pixmap;
+ } else {
+ *value_mask |= CWBorderPixel;
+ (*values).border_pixel = widget->core.border_pixel;
+ }
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ expose = widget->core.widget_class->core_class.expose;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (expose == (XtExposeProc) NULL) {
+ /* Try to avoid redisplay upon resize by making bit_gravity the same
+ as the default win_gravity */
+ *value_mask |= CWBitGravity;
+ (*values).bit_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
+ }
+} /* ComputeWindowAttributes */
+
+static void CallChangeManaged(
+ register Widget widget)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+ XtWidgetProc change_managed;
+ register WidgetList children;
+ int managed_children = 0;
+
+ register CompositePtr cpPtr;
+ register CompositePartPtr clPtr;
+
+ if (XtIsComposite (widget)) {
+ cpPtr = (CompositePtr)&((CompositeWidget) widget)->composite;
+ clPtr = (CompositePartPtr)&((CompositeWidgetClass)
+ widget->core.widget_class)->composite_class;
+ } else return;
+
+ children = cpPtr->children;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ change_managed = clPtr->change_managed;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ /* CallChangeManaged for all children */
+ for (i = cpPtr->num_children; i != 0; --i) {
+ CallChangeManaged (children[i-1]);
+ if (XtIsManaged(children[i-1])) managed_children++;
+ }
+
+ if (change_managed != NULL && managed_children != 0) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"Call \"%s\"[%d,%d]'s changemanaged\n",
+ XtName(widget),
+ widget->core.width, widget->core.height));
+ (*change_managed) (widget);
+ }
+} /* CallChangeManaged */
+
+
+static void MapChildren(
+ CompositePart *cwp)
+{
+ Cardinal i;
+ WidgetList children;
+ register Widget child;
+
+ children = cwp->children;
+ for (i = 0; i < cwp->num_children; i++) {
+ child = children[i];
+ if (XtIsWidget (child)){
+ if (child->core.managed && child->core.mapped_when_managed) {
+ XtMapWidget (children[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+} /* MapChildren */
+
+
+static Boolean ShouldMapAllChildren(
+ CompositePart *cwp)
+{
+ Cardinal i;
+ WidgetList children;
+ register Widget child;
+
+ children = cwp->children;
+ for (i = 0; i < cwp->num_children; i++) {
+ child = children[i];
+ if (XtIsWidget(child)) {
+ if (XtIsRealized(child) && (! (child->core.managed
+ && child->core.mapped_when_managed))){
+ return False;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return True;
+} /* ShouldMapAllChildren */
+
+
+static void RealizeWidget(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ XtValueMask value_mask;
+ XSetWindowAttributes values;
+ XtRealizeProc realize;
+ Window window;
+ Display* display;
+ String class_name;
+ Widget hookobj;
+
+ if (!XtIsWidget(widget) || XtIsRealized(widget)) return;
+ display = XtDisplay(widget);
+ _XtInstallTranslations(widget);
+
+ ComputeWindowAttributes (widget, &value_mask, &values);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ realize = widget->core.widget_class->core_class.realize;
+ class_name = widget->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (realize == NULL)
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidProcedure","realizeProc",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "No realize class procedure defined",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ else {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(widget,"Call \"%s\"[%d,%d]'s realize proc\n",
+ XtName(widget),
+ widget->core.width, widget->core.height));
+ (*realize) (widget, &value_mask, &values);
+ }
+ window = XtWindow(widget);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj,XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHrealizeWidget;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+#ifndef NO_IDENTIFY_WINDOWS
+ if (_XtGetPerDisplay(display)->appContext->identify_windows) {
+ int len_nm, len_cl;
+ char *s;
+
+ len_nm = widget->core.name ? strlen(widget->core.name) : 0;
+ len_cl = strlen(class_name);
+ s = __XtMalloc((unsigned) (len_nm + len_cl + 2));
+ s[0] = '\0';
+ if (len_nm)
+ strcpy(s, widget->core.name);
+ strcpy(s + len_nm + 1, class_name);
+ XChangeProperty(display, window,
+ XInternAtom(display, "_MIT_OBJ_CLASS",
+ False),
+ XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) s,
+ len_nm + len_cl + 2);
+ XtFree(s);
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef notdef
+ _XtRegisterAsyncHandlers(widget);
+#endif
+ /* (re)register any grabs extant in the translations */
+ _XtRegisterGrabs(widget);
+ /* reregister any grabs added with XtGrab{Button,Key} */
+ _XtRegisterPassiveGrabs(widget);
+ XtRegisterDrawable (display, window, widget);
+ _XtExtensionSelect(widget);
+
+ if (XtIsComposite (widget)) {
+ Cardinal i;
+ CompositePart *cwp = &(((CompositeWidget)widget)->composite);
+ WidgetList children = cwp->children;
+ /* Realize all children */
+ for (i = cwp->num_children; i != 0; --i) {
+ RealizeWidget (children[i-1]);
+ }
+ /* Map children that are managed and mapped_when_managed */
+
+ if (cwp->num_children != 0) {
+ if (ShouldMapAllChildren(cwp)) {
+ XMapSubwindows (display, window);
+ } else {
+ MapChildren(cwp);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If this is the application's popup shell, map it */
+ if (widget->core.parent == NULL && widget->core.mapped_when_managed) {
+ XtMapWidget (widget);
+ }
+} /* RealizeWidget */
+
+void XtRealizeWidget (
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (XtIsRealized (widget)) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ CallChangeManaged(widget);
+ RealizeWidget(widget);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtRealizeWidget */
+
+
+static void UnrealizeWidget(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ CompositeWidget cw;
+ Cardinal i;
+ WidgetList children;
+
+ if (!XtIsWidget(widget) || !XtIsRealized(widget)) return;
+
+ /* If this is the application's popup shell, unmap it? */
+ /* no, the window is being destroyed */
+
+ /* Recurse on children */
+ if (XtIsComposite (widget)) {
+ cw = (CompositeWidget) widget;
+ children = cw->composite.children;
+ /* Unrealize all children */
+ for (i = cw->composite.num_children; i != 0; --i) {
+ UnrealizeWidget (children[i-1]);
+ }
+ /* Unmap children that are managed and mapped_when_managed? */
+ /* No, it's ok to be managed and unrealized as long as your parent */
+ /* is unrealized. XtUnrealize widget makes sure the "top" widget */
+ /* is unmanaged, we can ignore all descendents */
+ }
+
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(widget, XtNunrealizeCallback) == XtCallbackHasSome)
+ XtCallCallbacks(widget, XtNunrealizeCallback, NULL);
+
+ /* Unregister window */
+ XtUnregisterDrawable(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget));
+
+ /* Remove Event Handlers */
+ /* remove grabs. Happens automatically when window is destroyed. */
+
+ /* Destroy X Window, done at outer level with one request */
+ widget->core.window = None;
+
+ /* Removing the event handler here saves having to keep track if
+ * the translation table is changed while the widget is unrealized.
+ */
+ _XtRemoveTranslations(widget);
+} /* UnrealizeWidget */
+
+
+void XtUnrealizeWidget (
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ Window window;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ window = XtWindow(widget);
+ if (! XtIsRealized (widget)) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (widget->core.managed && widget->core.parent != NULL)
+ XtUnmanageChild(widget);
+ UnrealizeWidget(widget);
+ if (window != None)
+ XDestroyWindow(XtDisplay(widget), window);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHunrealizeWidget;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtUnrealizeWidget */
+
+
+void XtCreateWindow(
+ Widget widget,
+ unsigned int window_class,
+ Visual *visual,
+ XtValueMask value_mask,
+ XSetWindowAttributes *attributes)
+{
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (widget->core.window == None) {
+ if (widget->core.width == 0 || widget->core.height == 0) {
+ Cardinal count = 1;
+ XtAppErrorMsg(app,
+ "invalidDimension", "xtCreateWindow", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Widget %s has zero width and/or height",
+ &widget->core.name, &count);
+ }
+ widget->core.window =
+ XCreateWindow (
+ XtDisplay (widget),
+ (widget->core.parent ?
+ widget->core.parent->core.window :
+ widget->core.screen->root),
+ (int)widget->core.x, (int)widget->core.y,
+ (unsigned)widget->core.width, (unsigned)widget->core.height,
+ (unsigned)widget->core.border_width, (int) widget->core.depth,
+ window_class, visual, value_mask, attributes);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtCreateWindow */
+
+
+/* ---------------- XtNameToWidget ----------------- */
+
+static Widget NameListToWidget(
+ Widget root,
+ XrmNameList names,
+ XrmBindingList bindings,
+ int in_depth, int *out_depth, int *found_depth);
+
+typedef Widget (*NameMatchProc)(XrmNameList,
+ XrmBindingList,
+ WidgetList, Cardinal, int, int *, int *);
+
+static Widget MatchExactChildren(
+ XrmNameList names,
+ XrmBindingList bindings,
+ register WidgetList children,
+ register Cardinal num,
+ int in_depth, int *out_depth, int *found_depth)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register XrmName name = *names;
+ Widget w, result = NULL;
+ int d, min = 10000;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
+ if (name == children[i]->core.xrm_name) {
+ w = NameListToWidget(children[i], &names[1], &bindings[1],
+ in_depth+1, &d, found_depth);
+ if (w != NULL && d < min) {result = w; min = d;}
+ }
+ }
+ *out_depth = min;
+ return result;
+}
+
+static Widget MatchWildChildren(
+ XrmNameList names,
+ XrmBindingList bindings,
+ register WidgetList children,
+ register Cardinal num,
+ int in_depth, int *out_depth, int *found_depth)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+ Widget w, result = NULL;
+ int d, min = 10000;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
+ w = NameListToWidget(children[i], names, bindings,
+ in_depth+1, &d, found_depth);
+ if (w != NULL && d < min) {result = w; min = d;}
+ }
+ *out_depth = min;
+ return result;
+}
+
+static Widget SearchChildren(
+ Widget root,
+ XrmNameList names,
+ XrmBindingList bindings,
+ NameMatchProc matchproc,
+ int in_depth, int *out_depth, int *found_depth)
+{
+ Widget w1 = NULL, w2;
+ int d1, d2;
+
+ if (XtIsComposite(root)) {
+ w1 = (*matchproc)(names, bindings,
+ ((CompositeWidget) root)->composite.children,
+ ((CompositeWidget) root)->composite.num_children,
+ in_depth, &d1, found_depth);
+ } else d1 = 10000;
+ w2 = (*matchproc)(names, bindings, root->core.popup_list,
+ root->core.num_popups, in_depth, &d2, found_depth);
+ *out_depth = (d1 < d2 ? d1 : d2);
+ return (d1 < d2 ? w1 : w2);
+}
+
+static Widget NameListToWidget(
+ register Widget root,
+ XrmNameList names,
+ XrmBindingList bindings,
+ int in_depth, int *out_depth, int *found_depth)
+{
+ Widget w1, w2;
+ int d1, d2;
+
+ if (in_depth >= *found_depth) {
+ *out_depth = 10000;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (names[0] == NULLQUARK) {
+ *out_depth = *found_depth = in_depth;
+ return root;
+ }
+
+ if (! XtIsWidget(root)) {
+ *out_depth = 10000;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (*bindings == XrmBindTightly) {
+ return SearchChildren(root, names, bindings, MatchExactChildren,
+ in_depth, out_depth, found_depth);
+
+ } else { /* XrmBindLoosely */
+ w1 = SearchChildren(root, names, bindings, MatchExactChildren,
+ in_depth, &d1, found_depth);
+ w2 = SearchChildren(root, names, bindings, MatchWildChildren,
+ in_depth, &d2, found_depth);
+ *out_depth = (d1 < d2 ? d1 : d2);
+ return (d1 < d2 ? w1 : w2);
+ }
+} /* NameListToWidget */
+
+Widget XtNameToWidget(
+ Widget root,
+ _Xconst char* name)
+{
+ XrmName *names;
+ XrmBinding *bindings;
+ int len, depth, found = 10000;
+ Widget result;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(root);
+
+ len = strlen(name);
+ if (len == 0) return NULL;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ names = (XrmName *) ALLOCATE_LOCAL((unsigned) (len+1) * sizeof(XrmName));
+ bindings = (XrmBinding *)
+ ALLOCATE_LOCAL((unsigned) (len+1) * sizeof(XrmBinding));
+ if (names == NULL || bindings == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
+
+ XrmStringToBindingQuarkList(name, bindings, names);
+ if (names[0] == NULLQUARK) {
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL((char *) bindings);
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL((char *) names);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ result = NameListToWidget(root, names, bindings, 0, &depth, &found);
+
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL((char *) bindings);
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL((char *) names);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return result;
+} /* XtNameToWidget */
+
+/* Define user versions of intrinsics macros */
+
+#undef XtDisplayOfObject
+Display *XtDisplayOfObject(
+ Widget object)
+{
+ /* Attempts to LockApp() here will generate endless recursive loops */
+ if (XtIsSubclass(object, hookObjectClass))
+ return DisplayOfScreen(((HookObject)object)->hooks.screen);
+ return XtDisplay(XtIsWidget(object) ? object : _XtWindowedAncestor(object));
+}
+
+#undef XtDisplay
+Display *XtDisplay(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ /* Attempts to LockApp() here will generate endless recursive loops */
+ return DisplayOfScreen(widget->core.screen);
+}
+
+#undef XtScreenOfObject
+Screen *XtScreenOfObject(
+ Widget object)
+{
+ /* Attempts to LockApp() here will generate endless recursive loops */
+ if (XtIsSubclass(object, hookObjectClass))
+ return ((HookObject)object)->hooks.screen;
+ return XtScreen(XtIsWidget(object) ? object : _XtWindowedAncestor(object));
+}
+
+#undef XtScreen
+Screen *XtScreen(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ /* Attempts to LockApp() here will generate endless recursive loops */
+ return widget->core.screen;
+}
+
+#undef XtWindowOfObject
+Window XtWindowOfObject(
+ Widget object)
+{
+ return XtWindow(XtIsWidget(object) ? object : _XtWindowedAncestor(object));
+}
+
+
+#undef XtWindow
+Window XtWindow(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ return widget->core.window;
+}
+
+#undef XtSuperclass
+WidgetClass XtSuperclass(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ WidgetClass retval;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ retval = XtClass(widget)->core_class.superclass;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+#undef XtClass
+WidgetClass XtClass(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ WidgetClass retval;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ retval = widget->core.widget_class;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+#undef XtIsManaged
+Boolean XtIsManaged(
+ Widget object)
+{
+ Boolean retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(object);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (XtIsRectObj(object))
+ retval = object->core.managed;
+ else
+ retval = False;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+#undef XtIsRealized
+Boolean XtIsRealized (
+ Widget object)
+{
+ Boolean retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(object);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = XtWindowOfObject(object) != None;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+} /* XtIsRealized */
+
+#undef XtIsSensitive
+Boolean XtIsSensitive(
+ Widget object)
+{
+ Boolean retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(object);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (XtIsRectObj(object))
+ retval = object->core.sensitive && object->core.ancestor_sensitive;
+ else
+ retval = False;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Internal routine; must be called only after XtIsWidget returns false
+ */
+Widget _XtWindowedAncestor(
+ register Widget object)
+{
+ Widget obj = object;
+ for (object = XtParent(object); object && !XtIsWidget(object);)
+ object = XtParent(object);
+
+ if (object == NULL) {
+ String params = XtName(obj);
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ XtErrorMsg("noWidgetAncestor", "windowedAncestor", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Object \"%s\" does not have windowed ancestor",
+ ¶ms, &num_params);
+ }
+
+ return object;
+}
+
+#undef XtParent
+Widget XtParent(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ /* Attempts to LockApp() here will generate endless recursive loops */
+ return widget->core.parent;
+}
+
+#undef XtName
+String XtName(
+ Widget object)
+{
+ /* Attempts to LockApp() here will generate endless recursive loops */
+ return XrmQuarkToString(object->core.xrm_name);
+}
+
+
+Boolean XtIsObject(
+ Widget object)
+{
+ WidgetClass wc;
+ String class_name;
+
+ /* perform basic sanity checks */
+ if (object->core.self != object || object->core.xrm_name == NULLQUARK)
+ return False;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ wc = object->core.widget_class;
+ if (wc->core_class.class_name == NULL ||
+ wc->core_class.xrm_class == NULLQUARK ||
+ (class_name = XrmClassToString(wc->core_class.xrm_class)) == NULL ||
+ strcmp(wc->core_class.class_name, class_name) != 0) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ if (XtIsWidget(object)) {
+ if (object->core.name == NULL ||
+ (class_name = XrmNameToString(object->core.xrm_name)) == NULL ||
+ strcmp(object->core.name, class_name) != 0)
+ return False;
+ }
+ return True;
+}
+
+#if defined(WIN32)
+static int access_file (
+ char* path,
+ char* pathbuf,
+ int len_pathbuf,
+ char** pathret)
+{
+ if (access (path, F_OK) == 0) {
+ if (strlen (path) < len_pathbuf)
+ *pathret = pathbuf;
+ else
+ *pathret = XtMalloc (strlen (path));
+ if (*pathret) {
+ strcpy (*pathret, path);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int AccessFile (
+ char* path,
+ char* pathbuf,
+ int len_pathbuf,
+ char** pathret)
+{
+ unsigned long drives;
+ int i, len;
+ char* drive;
+ char buf[MAX_PATH];
+ char* bufp;
+
+ /* just try the "raw" name first and see if it works */
+ if (access_file (path, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret))
+ return 1;
+
+#if defined(WIN32) && defined(__MINGW32__)
+ /* don't try others */
+ return 0;
+#endif
+
+ /* try the places set in the environment */
+ drive = getenv ("_XBASEDRIVE");
+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
+ if (!drive)
+ drive = getenv ("X11ROOT");
+#endif
+ if (!drive)
+ drive = "C:";
+ len = strlen (drive) + strlen (path);
+ bufp = XtStackAlloc (len + 1, buf);
+ strcpy (bufp, drive);
+ strcat (bufp, path);
+ if (access_file (bufp, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)) {
+ XtStackFree (bufp, buf);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+#ifndef __UNIXOS2__
+ /* one last place to look */
+ drive = getenv ("HOMEDRIVE");
+ if (drive) {
+ len = strlen (drive) + strlen (path);
+ bufp = XtStackAlloc (len + 1, buf);
+ strcpy (bufp, drive);
+ strcat (bufp, path);
+ if (access_file (bufp, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)) {
+ XtStackFree (bufp, buf);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* does OS/2 (with or with gcc-emx) have getdrives()? */
+ /* tried everywhere else, go fishing */
+ drives = _getdrives ();
+#define C_DRIVE ('C' - 'A')
+#define Z_DRIVE ('Z' - 'A')
+ for (i = C_DRIVE; i <= Z_DRIVE; i++) { /* don't check on A: or B: */
+ if ((1 << i) & drives) {
+ len = 2 + strlen (path);
+ bufp = XtStackAlloc (len + 1, buf);
+ *bufp = 'A' + i;
+ *(bufp + 1) = ':';
+ *(bufp + 2) = '\0';
+ strcat (bufp, path);
+ if (access_file (bufp, pathbuf, len_pathbuf, pathret)) {
+ XtStackFree (bufp, buf);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+static Boolean TestFile(
+ String path)
+{
+#ifndef VMS
+ int ret = 0;
+ struct stat status;
+#if defined(WIN32)
+ char buf[MAX_PATH];
+ char* bufp;
+ int len;
+ UINT olderror = SetErrorMode (SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);
+
+ if (AccessFile (path, buf, MAX_PATH, &bufp))
+ path = bufp;
+
+ (void) SetErrorMode (olderror);
+#endif
+ ret = (access(path, R_OK) == 0 && /* exists and is readable */
+ stat(path, &status) == 0 && /* get the status */
+#ifndef X_NOT_POSIX
+ S_ISDIR(status.st_mode) == 0); /* not a directory */
+#else
+ (status.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFDIR); /* not a directory */
+#endif /* X_NOT_POSIX else */
+ return ret;
+#else /* VMS */
+ return TRUE; /* Who knows what to do here? */
+#endif /* VMS */
+}
+
+/* return of TRUE = resolved string fit, FALSE = didn't fit. Not
+ null-terminated and not collapsed if it didn't fit */
+
+static Boolean Resolve(
+ register _Xconst char *source, /* The source string */
+ register int len, /* The length in bytes of *source */
+ Substitution sub, /* Array of string values to substitute */
+ Cardinal num, /* Number of substitution entries */
+ char *buf, /* Where to put the resolved string; */
+ char collapse) /* Character to collapse */
+{
+ register int bytesLeft = PATH_MAX;
+ register char* bp = buf;
+#ifndef DONT_COLLAPSE
+ Boolean atBeginning = TRUE;
+ Boolean prevIsCollapse = FALSE;
+
+#define PUT(ch) \
+ { \
+ if (--bytesLeft == 0) return FALSE; \
+ if (prevIsCollapse) \
+ if ((*bp = ch) != collapse) { \
+ prevIsCollapse = FALSE; \
+ bp++; \
+ } \
+ else bytesLeft++; \
+ else if ((*bp++ = ch) == collapse && !atBeginning) \
+ prevIsCollapse = TRUE; \
+ }
+#else /* DONT_COLLAPSE */
+
+#define PUT(ch) \
+ { \
+ if (--bytesLeft == 0) return FALSE; \
+ *bp++ = ch; \
+ }
+#endif /* DONT_COLLAPSE */
+#define escape '%'
+
+ while (len--) {
+#ifndef DONT_COLLAPSE
+ if (*source == collapse) {
+ PUT(*source);
+ source++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* DONT_COLLAPSE */
+ if (*source != escape) {
+ PUT(*source);
+ }
+ else {
+ source++;
+ if (len-- == 0) {
+ PUT(escape);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (*source == ':' || *source == escape)
+ PUT(*source)
+ else {
+ /* Match the character against the match array */
+ register Cardinal j;
+
+ for (j = 0; j < num && sub[j].match != *source; j++) {}
+
+ /* Substitute the substitution string */
+
+ if (j >= num) PUT(*source)
+ else if (sub[j].substitution != NULL) {
+ char *sp = sub[j].substitution;
+ while (*sp) {
+ PUT(*sp);
+ sp++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ source++;
+#ifndef DONT_COLLAPSE
+ atBeginning = FALSE;
+#endif /* DONT_COLLAPSE */
+ }
+ PUT('\0');
+
+ return TRUE;
+#undef PUT
+#undef escape
+}
+
+
+String XtFindFile(
+ _Xconst char* path,
+ Substitution substitutions,
+ Cardinal num_substitutions,
+ XtFilePredicate predicate)
+{
+ char *buf, *buf1, *buf2, *colon;
+ int len;
+ Boolean firstTime = TRUE;
+
+ buf = buf1 = __XtMalloc((unsigned)PATH_MAX);
+ buf2 = __XtMalloc((unsigned)PATH_MAX);
+
+ if (predicate == NULL) predicate = TestFile;
+
+ while (1) {
+ colon = (String)path;
+ /* skip leading colons */
+ while (*colon) {
+ if (*colon != ':') break;
+ colon++;
+ path++;
+ }
+ /* now look for an un-escaped colon */
+ for ( ; *colon ; colon++) {
+ if (*colon == '%' && *(path+1)) {
+ colon++; /* bump it an extra time to skip %. */
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*colon == ':')
+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
+ if (colon > (path+1))
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ len = colon - path;
+ if (Resolve(path, len, substitutions, num_substitutions,
+ buf, '/')) {
+ if (firstTime || strcmp(buf1,buf2) != 0) {
+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
+ {
+ char *bufx = (char*)__XOS2RedirRoot(buf);
+ strcpy(buf,bufx);
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef XNL_DEBUG
+ printf("Testing file %s\n", buf);
+#endif /* XNL_DEBUG */
+ /* Check out the file */
+ if ((*predicate) (buf)) {
+ /* We've found it, return it */
+#ifdef XNL_DEBUG
+ printf("File found.\n");
+#endif /* XNL_DEBUG */
+ if (buf == buf1) XtFree(buf2);
+ else XtFree(buf1);
+ return buf;
+ }
+ if (buf == buf1)
+ buf = buf2;
+ else
+ buf = buf1;
+ firstTime = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Nope...any more paths? */
+
+ if (*colon == '\0') break;
+ path = colon+1;
+ }
+
+ /* No file found */
+
+ XtFree(buf1);
+ XtFree(buf2);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* The implementation of this routine is operating system dependent */
+/* Should match the code in Xlib _XlcMapOSLocaleName */
+
+static char *ExtractLocaleName(
+ String lang)
+{
+
+#if defined(hpux) || defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(sun) || defined(SVR4) || defined(sgi) || defined(__osf__) || defined(AIXV3) || defined(ultrix) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__UNIXOS2__) || defined (linux)
+# ifdef hpux
+/*
+ * We need to discriminated between HPUX 9 and HPUX 10. The equivalent
+ * code in Xlib in SetLocale.c does include locale.h via X11/Xlocale.h.
+ */
+# include <locale.h>
+# ifndef _LastCategory
+ /* HPUX 9 and earlier */
+# define SKIPCOUNT 2
+# define STARTCHAR ':'
+# define ENDCHAR ';'
+# else
+ /* HPUX 10 */
+# define ENDCHAR ' '
+# endif
+# else
+# ifdef ultrix
+# define SKIPCOUNT 2
+# define STARTCHAR '\001'
+# define ENDCHAR '\001'
+# else
+# if defined(WIN32) || defined(__UNIXOS2__)
+# define SKIPCOUNT 1
+# define STARTCHAR '='
+# define ENDCHAR ';'
+# define WHITEFILL
+# else
+# if defined(__osf__) || (defined(AIXV3) && !defined(AIXV4))
+# define STARTCHAR ' '
+# define ENDCHAR ' '
+# else
+# if defined(linux)
+# define STARTSTR "LC_CTYPE="
+# define ENDCHAR ';'
+# else
+# if !defined(sun) || defined(SVR4)
+# define STARTCHAR '/'
+# define ENDCHAR '/'
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ char *start;
+ char *end;
+ int len;
+# ifdef SKIPCOUNT
+ int n;
+# endif
+ static char* buf = NULL;
+
+ start = lang;
+# ifdef SKIPCOUNT
+ for (n = SKIPCOUNT;
+ --n >= 0 && start && (start = strchr (start, STARTCHAR));
+ start++)
+ ;
+ if (!start)
+ start = lang;
+# endif
+# ifdef STARTCHAR
+ if (start && (start = strchr (start, STARTCHAR)))
+# elif defined (STARTSTR)
+ if (start && (start = strstr (start,STARTSTR)))
+# endif
+ {
+# ifdef STARTCHAR
+ start++;
+# elif defined (STARTSTR)
+ start += strlen(STARTSTR);
+# endif
+
+ if ((end = strchr (start, ENDCHAR))) {
+ len = end - start;
+ if (buf != NULL) XtFree (buf);
+ buf = XtMalloc (len + 1);
+ if (buf == NULL) return NULL;
+ strncpy(buf, start, len);
+ *(buf + len) = '\0';
+# ifdef WHITEFILL
+ for (start = buf; start = strchr(start, ' '); )
+ *start++ = '-';
+# endif
+ return buf;
+ } else /* if no ENDCHAR is found we are at the end of the line */
+ return start;
+ }
+# ifdef WHITEFILL
+ if (strchr(lang, ' ')) {
+ if (buf != NULL) XtFree (buf);
+ else buf = XtMalloc (strlen (lang) + 1);
+ if (buf == NULL) return NULL;
+ strcpy(buf, lang);
+ for (start = buf; start = strchr(start, ' '); )
+ *start++ = '-';
+ return buf;
+ }
+# endif
+# undef STARTCHAR
+# undef ENDCHAR
+# undef WHITEFILL
+#endif
+
+ return lang;
+}
+
+static void FillInLangSubs(
+ Substitution subs,
+ XtPerDisplay pd)
+{
+ int len;
+ char *string, *p1, *p2, *p3;
+ char **rest;
+ char *ch;
+
+ if (pd->language == NULL ||
+ (pd->language != NULL && pd->language[0] == '\0')) {
+ subs[0].substitution = subs[1].substitution =
+ subs[2].substitution = subs[3].substitution = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ string = ExtractLocaleName(pd->language);
+
+ if (string == NULL ||
+ (string != NULL && string[0] == '\0')) {
+ subs[0].substitution = subs[1].substitution =
+ subs[2].substitution = subs[3].substitution = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ len = strlen(string) + 1;
+ subs[0].substitution = string;
+ p1 = subs[1].substitution = __XtMalloc((Cardinal) 3*len);
+ p2 = subs[2].substitution = subs[1].substitution + len;
+ p3 = subs[3].substitution = subs[2].substitution + len;
+
+ /* Everything up to the first "_" goes into p1. From "_" to "." in
+ p2. The rest in p3. If no delimiters, all goes into p1. We
+ assume p1, p2, and p3 are large enough. */
+
+ *p1 = *p2 = *p3 = '\0';
+
+ ch = strchr(string, '_');
+ if (ch != NULL) {
+ len = ch - string;
+ (void) strncpy(p1, string, len);
+ p1[len] = '\0';
+ string = ch + 1;
+ rest = &p2;
+ } else rest = &p1;
+
+ /* Rest points to where we put the first part */
+
+ ch = strchr(string, '.');
+ if (ch != NULL) {
+ len = ch - string;
+ strncpy(*rest, string, len);
+ (*rest)[len] = '\0';
+ (void) strcpy(p3, ch+1);
+ } else (void) strcpy(*rest, string);
+}
+
+/*
+ * default path used if environment variable XFILESEARCHPATH
+ * is not defined. Also substitued for %D.
+ * The exact value should be documented in the implementation
+ * notes for any Xt implementation.
+ */
+static const char *implementation_default_path(void)
+{
+#if defined(WIN32)
+ static char xfilesearchpath[] = "";
+
+ return xfilesearchpath;
+#elif defined(__UNIXOS2__)
+ /* if you know how to pass % thru the compiler let me know */
+ static char xfilesearchpath[] = XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT;
+ static Bool fixed;
+ char *ch;
+
+ if (!fixed) {
+ for (ch = xfilesearchpath; ch = strchr(ch, ';'); ch++)
+ *ch = '%';
+ fixed = True;
+ }
+ return xfilesearchpath;
+#else
+ return XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static SubstitutionRec defaultSubs[] = {
+ {'N', NULL},
+ {'T', NULL},
+ {'S', NULL},
+ {'C', NULL},
+ {'L', NULL},
+ {'l', NULL},
+ {'t', NULL},
+ {'c', NULL}
+};
+
+
+String XtResolvePathname(
+ Display *dpy,
+ _Xconst char* type,
+ _Xconst char* filename,
+ _Xconst char* suffix,
+ _Xconst char* path,
+ Substitution substitutions,
+ Cardinal num_substitutions,
+ XtFilePredicate predicate)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ static const char *defaultPath = NULL;
+ const char *impl_default = implementation_default_path();
+ int idef_len = strlen(impl_default);
+ char *massagedPath;
+ int bytesAllocd, bytesLeft;
+ char *ch, *result;
+ Substitution merged_substitutions;
+ XrmRepresentation db_type;
+ XrmValue value;
+ XrmName name_list[3];
+ XrmClass class_list[3];
+ Boolean pathMallocd = False;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ if (path == NULL) {
+#ifndef VMS
+ if (defaultPath == NULL) {
+ defaultPath = getenv("XFILESEARCHPATH");
+ if (defaultPath == NULL)
+ defaultPath = impl_default;
+ }
+ path = defaultPath;
+#endif /* VMS */
+ }
+
+ if (path == NULL)
+ path = ""; /* NULL would kill us later */
+
+ if (filename == NULL) {
+ filename = XrmClassToString(pd->class);
+ }
+
+ bytesAllocd = bytesLeft = 1000;
+ massagedPath = ALLOCATE_LOCAL(bytesAllocd);
+ if (massagedPath == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
+
+ if (path[0] == ':') {
+ strcpy(massagedPath, "%N%S");
+ ch = &massagedPath[4];
+ bytesLeft -= 4;
+ } else ch = massagedPath;
+
+ /* Insert %N%S between adjacent colons
+ * and default path for %D.
+ * Default path should not have any adjacent colons of its own.
+ */
+
+ while (*path != '\0') {
+ if (bytesLeft < idef_len) {
+ int bytesUsed = bytesAllocd - bytesLeft;
+ char *new;
+ bytesAllocd +=1000;
+ new = __XtMalloc((Cardinal) bytesAllocd);
+ strncpy( new, massagedPath, bytesUsed );
+ ch = new + bytesUsed;
+ if (pathMallocd)
+ XtFree(massagedPath);
+ else
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(massagedPath);
+ pathMallocd = True;
+ massagedPath = new;
+ bytesLeft = bytesAllocd - bytesUsed;
+ }
+ if (*path == '%' && *(path+1) == ':') {
+ *ch++ = '%';
+ *ch++ = ':';
+ path += 2;
+ bytesLeft -= 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*path == ':' && *(path+1) == ':') {
+ strcpy(ch, ":%N%S:");
+ ch += 6;
+ bytesLeft -= 6;
+ while (*path == ':') path++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*path == '%' && *(path+1) == 'D') {
+ strcpy(ch, impl_default);
+ ch += idef_len;
+ bytesLeft -= idef_len;
+ path += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+ *ch++ = *path++;
+ bytesLeft--;
+ }
+ *ch = '\0';
+#ifdef XNL_DEBUG
+ printf("Massaged path: %s\n", massagedPath);
+#endif /* XNL_DEBUG */
+
+ if (num_substitutions == 0)
+ merged_substitutions = defaultSubs;
+ else {
+ int i = XtNumber(defaultSubs);
+ Substitution sub, def;
+ merged_substitutions = sub = (Substitution)
+ ALLOCATE_LOCAL((unsigned)(num_substitutions+i)*sizeof(SubstitutionRec));
+ if (sub == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
+ for (def = defaultSubs; i--; sub++, def++) sub->match = def->match;
+ for (i = num_substitutions; i--; ) *sub++ = *substitutions++;
+ }
+ merged_substitutions[0].substitution = (String)filename;
+ merged_substitutions[1].substitution = (String)type;
+ merged_substitutions[2].substitution = (String)suffix;
+ name_list[0] = pd->name;
+ name_list[1] = XrmPermStringToQuark("customization");
+ name_list[2] = NULLQUARK;
+ class_list[0] = pd->class;
+ class_list[1] = XrmPermStringToQuark("Customization");
+ class_list[2] = NULLQUARK;
+ if (XrmQGetResource(XrmGetDatabase(dpy), name_list, class_list,
+ &db_type, &value) &&
+ db_type == _XtQString)
+ merged_substitutions[3].substitution = (char *)value.addr;
+ else
+ merged_substitutions[3].substitution = NULL;
+ FillInLangSubs(&merged_substitutions[4], pd);
+
+ result = XtFindFile(massagedPath, merged_substitutions,
+ num_substitutions + XtNumber(defaultSubs),
+ predicate);
+
+ if (merged_substitutions[5].substitution != NULL)
+ XtFree( (XtPointer)merged_substitutions[5].substitution );
+
+ if (merged_substitutions != defaultSubs)
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(merged_substitutions);
+
+ if (pathMallocd)
+ XtFree(massagedPath);
+ else
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(massagedPath);
+
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+Boolean XtCallAcceptFocus(
+ Widget widget,
+ Time *time)
+{
+ XtAcceptFocusProc ac;
+ Boolean retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ ac = XtClass(widget)->core_class.accept_focus;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ if (ac != NULL)
+ retval = (*ac) (widget, time);
+ else
+ retval = FALSE;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+#ifdef XT_GEO_TATTLER
+/**************************************************************************
+ GeoTattler: This is used to debug Geometry management in Xt.
+
+ It uses a pseudo resource XtNgeotattler.
+
+ E.G. if those lines are found in the resource database:
+
+ myapp*draw.XmScale.geoTattler: ON
+ *XmScrollBar.geoTattler:ON
+ *XmRowColumn.exit_button.geoTattler:ON
+
+ then:
+
+ all the XmScale children of the widget named draw,
+ all the XmScrollBars,
+ the widget named exit_button in any XmRowColumn
+
+ will return True to the function IsTattled(), and will generate
+ outlined trace to stdout.
+
+*************************************************************************/
+
+#define XtNgeoTattler "geoTattler"
+#define XtCGeoTattler "GeoTattler"
+
+typedef struct { Boolean geo_tattler ;} GeoDataRec ;
+
+static XtResource geo_resources[] = {
+ { XtNgeoTattler, XtCGeoTattler, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ XtOffsetOf(GeoDataRec, geo_tattler),
+ XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) False }
+};
+
+/************************************************************************
+ This function uses XtGetSubresources to find out if a widget
+ needs to be geo-spied by the caller. */
+static Boolean IsTattled (Widget widget)
+{
+ GeoDataRec geo_data ;
+
+ XtGetSubresources(widget, (XtPointer)&geo_data,
+ (String)NULL, (String)NULL,
+ geo_resources, XtNumber(geo_resources),
+ NULL, 0);
+
+ return geo_data.geo_tattler;
+
+} /* IsTattled */
+
+static int n_tab = 0 ; /* not MT for now */
+
+void
+_XtGeoTab (int direction) /* +1 or -1 */
+{
+ n_tab += direction ;
+}
+
+
+void
+_XtGeoTrace (Widget widget, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ char *fmt;
+ int i ;
+ if (IsTattled(widget)) {
+ va_start(args, widget);
+ fmt = va_arg(args, char *);
+ for (i=0; i<n_tab; i++) printf(" ");
+ (void) vprintf(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* XT_GEO_TATTLER */
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+/********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
+and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
+notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of
+Hewlett-Packard or Digital not be used in advertising or
+publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+#include "PassivGraI.h"
+#include "EventI.h"
+
+#define _GetWindowedAncestor(w) (XtIsWidget(w) ? w : _XtWindowedAncestor(w))
+
+/* InActiveSubtree cache of the current focus source and its ancestors */
+static Widget *pathTrace = NULL;
+static int pathTraceDepth = 0;
+static int pathTraceMax = 0;
+
+/* FindKeyDestination cache of focus destination and ancestors up to source */
+static Widget *pseudoTrace = NULL;
+static int pseudoTraceDepth = 0;
+static int pseudoTraceMax = 0;
+
+void _XtClearAncestorCache(Widget widget)
+{
+ /* the caller must lock the process lock */
+ if (pathTraceDepth && pathTrace[0] == widget)
+ pathTraceDepth = 0;
+}
+
+static XtServerGrabPtr CheckServerGrabs(
+ XEvent *event,
+ Widget *trace,
+ Cardinal traceDepth)
+{
+ XtServerGrabPtr grab;
+ Cardinal i;
+
+ for (i = traceDepth; i > 0; i--)
+ {
+ if ((grab = _XtCheckServerGrabsOnWidget(event, trace[i-1], KEYBOARD)))
+ return (grab);
+ }
+ return (XtServerGrabPtr)0;
+}
+
+static Boolean IsParent(Widget a, Widget b)
+{
+ for (b = XtParent(b); b; b = XtParent(b)) {
+ if (b == a) return TRUE;
+ if (XtIsShell(b)) return FALSE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+#define RelRtn(lca, type) {*relTypeRtn = type; return lca;}
+
+static Widget CommonAncestor(
+ register Widget a,
+ register Widget b,
+ XtGeneology * relTypeRtn)
+{
+ if (a == b)
+ {
+ RelRtn(a, XtMySelf)
+ }
+ else if (IsParent(a, b))
+ {
+ RelRtn(a, XtMyAncestor)
+ }
+ else if (IsParent(b, a))
+ {
+ RelRtn(b, XtMyDescendant)
+ }
+ else
+ for (b = XtParent(b);
+ b && !XtIsShell(b);
+ b = XtParent(b))
+ if (IsParent(b, a))
+ {
+ RelRtn(b, XtMyCousin)
+ }
+ RelRtn(NULL, XtUnrelated)
+}
+#undef RelRtn
+
+
+
+
+
+static Widget _FindFocusWidget(
+ Widget widget,
+ Widget *trace,
+ int traceDepth,
+ Boolean activeCheck,
+ Boolean *isTarget)
+{
+ int src;
+ Widget dst;
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi = NULL;
+
+ /* For each ancestor, starting at the top, see if it's forwarded */
+
+
+ /* first check the trace list till done or we go to branch */
+ for (src = traceDepth-1, dst = widget; src > 0;)
+ {
+ if ((pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(trace[src], FALSE)))
+ {
+ if (pwi->focusKid)
+ {
+ dst = pwi->focusKid;
+ for (src--; src > 0 && trace[src] != dst; src--) {}
+ }
+ else dst = trace[--src];
+ }
+ else dst = trace[--src];
+ }
+
+ if (isTarget) {
+ if (pwi && pwi->focusKid == widget)
+ *isTarget = TRUE;
+ else
+ *isTarget = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (!activeCheck)
+ while (XtIsWidget(dst)
+ && (pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(dst, FALSE))
+ && pwi->focusKid)
+ dst = pwi->focusKid;
+
+ return dst;
+}
+
+
+static Widget FindFocusWidget(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
+{
+ if (pdi->focusWidget)
+ return pdi->focusWidget;
+ else
+ return _FindFocusWidget(widget, pdi->trace, pdi->traceDepth, FALSE, NULL);
+}
+
+Widget XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(Widget widget)
+{
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
+ Widget retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
+ retval = FindFocusWidget(widget, pdi);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+static Boolean IsOutside(
+ XKeyEvent *e,
+ Widget w)
+{
+ Position left, right, top, bottom;
+
+ /*
+ * if the pointer is outside the shell or inside
+ * the window try to see if it would recieve the
+ * focus
+ */
+ XtTranslateCoords(w, 0, 0, &left, &top);
+ /* We need to take borders into consideration */
+ left = left - w->core.border_width;
+ top = top - w->core.border_width;
+ right = left + w->core.width + w->core.border_width;
+ bottom = top + w->core.height + w->core.border_width;
+
+ if (
+ (e->x_root < left) || (e->y_root < top) ||
+ (e->x_root > right) || (e->y_root > bottom))
+ return TRUE;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Widget FindKeyDestination(
+ Widget widget,
+ XKeyEvent *event,
+ XtServerGrabPtr prevGrab,
+ XtServerGrabType prevGrabType,
+ XtServerGrabPtr devGrab,
+ XtServerGrabType devGrabType,
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
+{
+
+ Widget dspWidget;
+ Widget focusWidget;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ dspWidget =
+ focusWidget =
+ pdi->focusWidget =
+ _GetWindowedAncestor(FindFocusWidget(widget, pdi));
+
+
+ /*
+ * If a grab is active from a previous activation then dispatch
+ * based on owner_events ala protocol but with focus being
+ * determined by XtSetKeyboardFocus.
+ */
+ if (IsAnyGrab(prevGrabType))
+ {
+ if (prevGrab->ownerEvents)
+ dspWidget = focusWidget;
+ else
+ dspWidget = prevGrab->widget;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * If the focus widget is the event widget or a descendant
+ * then we can avoid the rest of this. Else ugh...
+ */
+ if (focusWidget != widget)
+ {
+ XtGeneology ewRelFw; /* relationship of event widget to
+ focusWidget */
+ Widget lca;
+
+ lca = CommonAncestor(widget, focusWidget, &ewRelFw);
+
+ /*
+ * if the event widget is an ancestor of focus due to the pointer
+ * and/or the grab being in an ancestor and it's a passive grab
+ * send to grab widget.
+ * we are also dispatching to widget if ownerEvents and the event
+ * is outside the client
+ */
+ if ((ewRelFw == XtMyAncestor) &&
+ (devGrabType == XtPassiveServerGrab))
+ {
+ if (IsOutside(event, widget) ||
+ event->type ==KeyPress
+ )
+ dspWidget = devGrab->widget;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * if the grab widget is not an ancestor of the focus
+ * release the grab in order to avoid locking. There
+ * is a possible case in that ownerEvents true will fall
+ * through and if synch is set and the event widget
+ * could turn it off we'll lock. check for it ? why not
+ */
+ if ((ewRelFw != XtMyAncestor)
+ && (devGrabType == XtPassiveServerGrab)
+ && (!IsAnyGrab(prevGrabType))
+ )
+ {
+ XtUngrabKeyboard(devGrab->widget,
+ event->time);
+ devGrabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+ }
+ /*
+ * if there isn't a grab with then check
+ * for a logical grab that would have been activated
+ * if the server was using Xt focus instead of server
+ * focus
+ */
+ if (
+ (event->type != KeyPress) ||
+ (event->keycode == 0) /* Xlib XIM composed input */
+ )
+ dspWidget = focusWidget;
+ else
+ {
+ XtServerGrabPtr grab;
+
+ if (!pseudoTraceDepth ||
+ !(focusWidget == pseudoTrace[0]) ||
+ !(lca == pseudoTrace[pseudoTraceDepth]))
+ {
+ /*
+ * fill ancestor list from lca
+ * (non-inclusive)to focusWidget by
+ * passing in lca as breakWidget
+ */
+ _XtFillAncestorList(&pseudoTrace,
+ &pseudoTraceMax,
+ &pseudoTraceDepth,
+ focusWidget,
+ lca);
+ /* ignore lca */
+ pseudoTraceDepth--;
+ }
+ if ((grab = CheckServerGrabs((XEvent*)event,
+ pseudoTrace,
+ pseudoTraceDepth)))
+ {
+ XtDevice device = &pdi->keyboard;
+
+ device->grabType = XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab;
+ pdi->activatingKey = event->keycode;
+ device->grab = *grab;
+
+ if (grab
+ )
+ dspWidget = grab->widget;
+ else
+ dspWidget = focusWidget;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return dspWidget;
+}
+
+Widget _XtProcessKeyboardEvent(
+ XKeyEvent *event,
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
+{
+ XtDevice device = &pdi->keyboard;
+ XtServerGrabPtr newGrab, devGrab = &device->grab;
+ XtServerGrabRec prevGrabRec;
+ XtServerGrabType prevGrabType = device->grabType;
+ Widget dspWidget = NULL;
+ Boolean deactivateGrab = FALSE;
+
+ prevGrabRec = *devGrab;
+
+ switch (event->type)
+ {
+ case KeyPress:
+ {
+ if (event->keycode != 0 && /* Xlib XIM composed input */
+ !IsServerGrab(device->grabType) &&
+ (newGrab = CheckServerGrabs((XEvent*)event,
+ pdi->trace,
+ pdi->traceDepth)))
+ {
+ /*
+ * honor pseudo-grab from prior event by X
+ * unlocking keyboard. Not Xt Unlock !
+ */
+ if (IsPseudoGrab(prevGrabType))
+ XUngrabKeyboard(XtDisplay(newGrab->widget),
+ event->time);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Activate the grab */
+ device->grab = *newGrab;
+ pdi->activatingKey = event->keycode;
+ device->grabType = XtPassiveServerGrab;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case KeyRelease:
+ {
+ if (IsEitherPassiveGrab(device->grabType) &&
+ (event->keycode == pdi->activatingKey))
+ deactivateGrab = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ dspWidget = FindKeyDestination(widget, event,
+ &prevGrabRec, prevGrabType,
+ devGrab, device->grabType,
+ pdi);
+ if (deactivateGrab)
+ {
+ /* Deactivate the grab */
+ device->grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+ pdi->activatingKey = 0;
+ }
+ return dspWidget;
+}
+
+static Widget GetShell(Widget widget)
+{
+ Widget shell;
+
+ for (shell = widget;
+ shell && !XtIsShell(shell);
+ shell = XtParent(shell)){}
+ return shell;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Check that widget really has Xt focus due to it having recieved an
+ * event
+ */
+typedef enum {NotActive = 0, IsActive, IsTarget} ActiveType;
+static ActiveType InActiveSubtree(Widget widget)
+{
+ Boolean isTarget;
+ ActiveType retval;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (!pathTraceDepth || widget != pathTrace[0]) {
+ _XtFillAncestorList(&pathTrace,
+ &pathTraceMax,
+ &pathTraceDepth,
+ widget,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ if (widget == _FindFocusWidget(widget,
+ pathTrace,
+ pathTraceDepth,
+ TRUE,
+ &isTarget))
+ retval = (isTarget ? IsTarget : IsActive);
+ else
+ retval = NotActive;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void _XtHandleFocus(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer client_data, /* child who wants focus */
+ XEvent *event,
+ Boolean *cont) /* unused */
+{
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi = (XtPerWidgetInput)client_data;
+ XtGeneology oldFocalPoint = pwi->focalPoint;
+ XtGeneology newFocalPoint = pwi->focalPoint;
+
+ switch( event->type ) {
+
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ /*
+ * We're getting the keyevents used to guarantee propagating
+ * child interest ala ForwardEvent in R3
+ */
+ return;
+
+ case EnterNotify:
+ case LeaveNotify:
+
+ /*
+ * If operating in a focus driven model, then enter and
+ * leave events do not affect the keyboard focus.
+ */
+ if ((event->xcrossing.detail != NotifyInferior)
+ && (event->xcrossing.focus))
+ {
+ switch (oldFocalPoint)
+ {
+ case XtMyAncestor:
+ if (event->type == LeaveNotify)
+ newFocalPoint = XtUnrelated;
+ break;
+ case XtUnrelated:
+ if (event->type == EnterNotify)
+ newFocalPoint = XtMyAncestor;
+ break;
+ case XtMySelf:
+ break;
+ case XtMyDescendant:
+ break;
+
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case FocusIn:
+ switch (event->xfocus.detail)
+ {
+ case NotifyNonlinear:
+ case NotifyAncestor:
+ case NotifyInferior:
+ newFocalPoint = XtMySelf;
+ break;
+ case NotifyNonlinearVirtual:
+ case NotifyVirtual:
+ newFocalPoint = XtMyDescendant;
+ break;
+ case NotifyPointer:
+ newFocalPoint = XtMyAncestor;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case FocusOut:
+ switch (event->xfocus.detail)
+ {
+ case NotifyPointer:
+ case NotifyNonlinear:
+ case NotifyAncestor:
+ case NotifyNonlinearVirtual:
+ case NotifyVirtual:
+ newFocalPoint = XtUnrelated;
+ break;
+ case NotifyInferior:
+ newFocalPoint = XtMyDescendant;
+ return;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (newFocalPoint != oldFocalPoint)
+ {
+ Boolean add;
+ Widget descendant = pwi->focusKid;
+
+ pwi->focalPoint = newFocalPoint;
+
+ if ((oldFocalPoint == XtUnrelated) &&
+ InActiveSubtree(widget) != NotActive)
+ {
+ pdi->focusWidget = NULL; /* invalidate the cache */
+ pwi->haveFocus = TRUE;
+ add = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (newFocalPoint == XtUnrelated)
+ {
+ pdi->focusWidget = NULL; /* invalidate the cache */
+ pwi->haveFocus = FALSE;
+ add = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ return;
+
+ if (descendant)
+ {
+ if (add)
+ {
+ _XtSendFocusEvent(descendant, FocusIn);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _XtSendFocusEvent(descendant, FocusOut);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void AddFocusHandler(
+ Widget widget,
+ Widget descendant,
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi,
+ XtPerWidgetInput psi,
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi,
+ EventMask oldEventMask)
+{
+ EventMask eventMask, targetEventMask;
+ Widget target;
+
+ /*
+ * widget must now select for key events if the descendant is
+ * interested in them.
+ *
+ * shell borders are not occluded by the child, they're occluded
+ * by reparenting window managers. !!!
+ */
+ target = descendant ? _GetWindowedAncestor(descendant) : NULL;
+ targetEventMask = XtBuildEventMask(target);
+ eventMask = targetEventMask & (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask);
+ eventMask |= FocusChangeMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask;
+
+ if (oldEventMask) {
+ oldEventMask &= KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;
+ oldEventMask |= FocusChangeMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask;
+
+ if (oldEventMask != eventMask)
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (oldEventMask & ~eventMask),
+ False, _XtHandleFocus, (XtPointer)pwi);
+ }
+
+ if (oldEventMask != eventMask)
+ XtAddEventHandler(widget, eventMask, False,
+ _XtHandleFocus, (XtPointer)pwi);
+
+ /* What follows is too much grief to go through if the
+ * target doesn't actually care about focus change events,
+ * so just invalidate the focus cache & refill it when
+ * the next input event actually arrives.
+ */
+
+ if (!(targetEventMask & FocusChangeMask)) {
+ pdi->focusWidget = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget) && !pwi->haveFocus) {
+ if (psi->haveFocus) {
+ Window root, child;
+ int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
+ int left, right, top, bottom;
+ unsigned int modMask;
+ ActiveType act;
+
+ /*
+ * If the shell has the focus but the source widget
+ * doesn't, it may only be because the source widget
+ * wasn't previously tracking focus or crossing events.
+ * If the target wants focus events, we have to
+ * now determine whether the source has the focus.
+ */
+
+ if ((act = InActiveSubtree(widget)) == IsTarget)
+ pwi->haveFocus = TRUE;
+ else if (act == IsActive) {
+ /*
+ * An ancestor contains the focus, so if source
+ * contains the pointer, then source has the focus.
+ */
+
+ if (XQueryPointer(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ &root, &child,
+ &root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &modMask))
+ {
+ /* We need to take borders into consideration */
+ left = top = -((int) widget->core.border_width);
+ right = (int) (widget->core.width + (widget->core.border_width << 1));
+ bottom = (int) (widget->core.height + (widget->core.border_width << 1));
+
+ if (win_x >= left && win_x < right &&
+ win_y >= top && win_y < bottom)
+ pwi->haveFocus = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (pwi->haveFocus) {
+ pdi->focusWidget = NULL; /* invalidate the cache */
+ _XtSendFocusEvent(target, FocusIn);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void QueryEventMask(
+ Widget widget, /* child who gets focus */
+ XtPointer client_data, /* ancestor giving it */
+ XEvent *event,
+ Boolean *cont) /* unused */
+{
+ /* widget was once the target of an XtSetKeyboardFocus but
+ * was unrealized at the time. Make sure ancestor still wants
+ * focus set here then install the handler now that we know the
+ * complete event mask.
+ */
+ Widget ancestor = (Widget)client_data;
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(ancestor, FALSE);
+
+ if (pwi) {
+ Widget target = pwi->queryEventDescendant;
+
+ /* use of 'target' is non-standard hackery;
+ allows focus to non-widget */
+ if ( pwi->focusKid == target ) {
+ AddFocusHandler(ancestor, target, pwi,
+ _XtGetPerWidgetInput(GetShell(ancestor), TRUE),
+ _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(ancestor)),
+ (EventMask)0);
+ }
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True,
+ QueryEventMask, client_data);
+ pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void FocusDestroyCallback(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure, /* Widget */
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ XtSetKeyboardFocus((Widget)closure, NULL);
+}
+
+void XtSetKeyboardFocus(
+ Widget widget,
+ Widget descendant)
+{
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
+ Widget oldDesc, oldTarget, target, hookobj;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
+ pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(widget, TRUE);
+ oldDesc = pwi->focusKid;
+
+ if (descendant == widget) descendant = (Widget)None;
+
+ target = descendant ? _GetWindowedAncestor(descendant) : NULL;
+ oldTarget = oldDesc ? _GetWindowedAncestor(oldDesc) : NULL;
+
+ if (descendant != oldDesc) {
+
+ /* update the forward path */
+ pwi->focusKid = descendant;
+
+
+ /* all the rest handles focus ins and focus outs and misc gunk */
+
+ if (oldDesc) {
+ /* invalidate FindKeyDestination's ancestor list */
+ if (pseudoTraceDepth && oldTarget == pseudoTrace[0])
+ pseudoTraceDepth = 0;
+
+ XtRemoveCallback(oldDesc, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ FocusDestroyCallback, (XtPointer)widget);
+
+ if (!oldTarget->core.being_destroyed) {
+ if (pwi->map_handler_added) {
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(oldTarget, XtAllEvents, True,
+ QueryEventMask, (XtPointer)widget);
+ pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (pwi->haveFocus) {
+ _XtSendFocusEvent( oldTarget, FocusOut);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pwi->map_handler_added) {
+ pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (pwi->haveFocus)
+ pdi->focusWidget = NULL; /* invalidate cache */
+
+ /*
+ * If there was a forward path then remove the handler if
+ * the path is being set to null and it isn't a shell.
+ * shells always have a handler for tracking focus for the
+ * hierarchy.
+ *
+ * Keep the pwi record on the assumption that the client
+ * will continue to dynamically assign focus for this widget.
+ */
+ if (!XtIsShell(widget) && !descendant) {
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True,
+ _XtHandleFocus, (XtPointer)pwi);
+ pwi->haveFocus = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (descendant) {
+ Widget shell = GetShell(widget);
+ XtPerWidgetInput psi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(shell, TRUE);
+ XtAddCallback (descendant, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ FocusDestroyCallback, (XtPointer) widget);
+
+ AddFocusHandler(widget, descendant, pwi, psi, pdi,
+ oldTarget ? XtBuildEventMask(oldTarget) : 0);
+
+ if (widget != shell)
+ XtAddEventHandler(
+ shell,
+ FocusChangeMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask,
+ False,
+ _XtHandleFocus,
+ (XtPointer)psi
+ );
+
+ if (! XtIsRealized(target)) {
+ XtAddEventHandler(target, (EventMask)StructureNotifyMask,
+ False, QueryEventMask, (XtPointer)widget);
+ pwi->map_handler_added = TRUE;
+ pwi->queryEventDescendant = descendant;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHsetKeyboardFocus;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) descendant;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
--- /dev/null
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libXt.la
+
+BUILT_SOURCES = $(BUILT_FILES)
+CLEANFILES = $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+
+SRCH_DEFINES = -DXFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT=\"$(XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT)\"
+ERRORDB_DEFINES = -DERRORDB=\"$(libdir)/X11/XtErrorDB\"
+
+AM_CFLAGS = $(CWARNFLAGS) $(XT_CFLAGS) $(SRCH_DEFINES) $(ERRORDB_DEFINES) \
+ $(XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS)
+
+INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/include/ -I$(top_srcdir)/include/X11 \
+ -I$(top_builddir)/include -I$(top_builddir)/include/X11
+
+nodist_libXt_la_SOURCES = StringDefs.c
+
+libXt_la_SOURCES = \
+ ActionHook.c \
+ Alloc.c \
+ ArgList.c \
+ Callback.c \
+ ClickTime.c \
+ Composite.c \
+ Constraint.c \
+ Convert.c \
+ Converters.c \
+ Core.c \
+ Create.c \
+ Destroy.c \
+ Display.c \
+ Error.c \
+ Event.c \
+ EventUtil.c \
+ Functions.c \
+ GCManager.c \
+ Geometry.c \
+ GetActKey.c \
+ GetResList.c \
+ GetValues.c \
+ HookObj.c \
+ Hooks.c \
+ Initialize.c \
+ Intrinsic.c \
+ Keyboard.c \
+ Manage.c \
+ NextEvent.c \
+ Object.c \
+ PassivGrab.c \
+ Pointer.c \
+ Popup.c \
+ PopupCB.c \
+ RectObj.c \
+ ResConfig.c \
+ Resources.c \
+ Selection.c \
+ SetSens.c \
+ SetValues.c \
+ SetWMCW.c \
+ Shell.c \
+ TMaction.c \
+ TMgrab.c \
+ TMkey.c \
+ TMparse.c \
+ TMprint.c \
+ TMstate.c \
+ Threads.c \
+ VarCreate.c \
+ VarGet.c \
+ Varargs.c \
+ Vendor.c \
+ sharedlib.c
+
+DISTCLEANFILES = StringDefs.c
+
+libXt_la_LIBADD = @XT_LIBS@
+
+libXt_la_LDFLAGS = -version-number 6:0:0 -no-undefined
+
+#
+# The util directory contains a program that builds some of the sources.
+# The input to this program is given in files. Unfortunately those input
+# files refers to things like
+#
+# util/foo
+#
+# so the generating program must be run from the top directory.
+#
+
+BUILT_SOURCE = StringDefs.c
+BUILT_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/include/X11/StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11/Shell.h
+BUILT_FILES = $(BUILT_SOURCE) $(BUILT_HEADER)
+
+STRING_LIST = $(top_srcdir)/util/string.list
+
+all-local: $(BUILT_FILES)
+
+$(BUILT_HEADER): $(BUILT_SOURCE)
+
+$(BUILT_SOURCE):
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(top_builddir)/util/makestrs -i $(top_srcdir) $(STRINGSABIOPTIONS) < $(STRING_LIST) > StringDefs.c
+ $(AM_V_at)mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/src
+ $(AM_V_at)mkdir -p $(top_builddir)/include/X11
+ $(AM_V_at)cp StringDefs.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11
+ $(AM_V_at)cp Shell.h $(top_builddir)/include/X11
+ $(AM_V_at)rm StringDefs.h Shell.h
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+static String XtNinvalidChild = "invalidChild";
+static String XtNxtUnmanageChildren = "xtUnmanageChildren";
+static String XtNxtManageChildren = "xtManageChildren";
+static String XtNxtChangeManagedSet = "xtChangeManagedSet";
+
+static void UnmanageChildren(
+ WidgetList children,
+ Cardinal num_children,
+ Widget parent,
+ Cardinal* num_unique_children,
+ Boolean call_change_managed,
+ String caller_func)
+{
+ Widget child;
+ Cardinal i;
+ XtWidgetProc change_managed = NULL;
+ Bool parent_realized = False;
+
+ *num_unique_children = 0;
+
+ if (XtIsComposite((Widget) parent)) {
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ change_managed = ((CompositeWidgetClass) parent->core.widget_class)
+ ->composite_class.change_managed;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ parent_realized = XtIsRealized((Widget)parent);
+ } else {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
+ "invalidParent",caller_func, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_children; i++) {
+ child = children[i];
+ if (child == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
+ XtNinvalidChild,caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Null child passed to XtUnmanageChildren",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (child->core.parent != parent) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
+ "ambiguousParent",caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Not all children have same parent in UnmanageChildren",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ } else
+ if (child->core.managed) {
+ (*num_unique_children)++;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(child,"Child \"%s\" is marked unmanaged\n",
+ XtName(child)));
+ child->core.managed = FALSE;
+ if (XtIsWidget(child)
+ && XtIsRealized(child)
+ && child->core.mapped_when_managed)
+ XtUnmapWidget(child);
+ else
+ { /* RectObj child */
+ Widget pw = child->core.parent;
+ RectObj r = (RectObj) child;
+ while ((pw!=NULL) && (!XtIsWidget(pw))) pw = pw->core.parent;
+ if ((pw!=NULL) && XtIsRealized (pw))
+ XClearArea (XtDisplay (pw), XtWindow (pw),
+ r->rectangle.x, r->rectangle.y,
+ r->rectangle.width + (r->rectangle.border_width << 1),
+ r->rectangle.height + (r->rectangle.border_width << 1),
+ TRUE);
+ }
+
+ }
+ }
+ if (call_change_managed && *num_unique_children != 0 &&
+ change_managed != NULL && parent_realized) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)parent,
+ "Call parent: \"%s\"[%d,%d]'s changemanaged proc\n",
+ XtName((Widget)parent),
+ parent->core.width,parent->core.height));
+ (*change_managed) (parent);
+ }
+} /* UnmanageChildren */
+
+void XtUnmanageChildren (
+ WidgetList children,
+ Cardinal num_children)
+{
+ Widget parent, hookobj;
+ Cardinal ii;
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ XtAppContext app;
+#endif
+
+ if (num_children == 0) return;
+ if (children[0] == NULL) {
+ XtWarningMsg(XtNinvalidChild,XtNxtUnmanageChildren,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Null child found in argument list to unmanage",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(children[0]);
+#endif
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ parent = children[0]->core.parent;
+ if (parent->core.being_destroyed) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ UnmanageChildren(children, num_children, parent, &ii,
+ (Boolean)True, XtNxtUnmanageChildren);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(children[0]));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHunmanageChildren;
+ call_data.widget = parent;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) children;
+ call_data.num_event_data = num_children;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtUnmanageChildren */
+
+void XtUnmanageChild(
+ Widget child)
+{
+ XtUnmanageChildren(&child, (Cardinal)1);
+} /* XtUnmanageChild */
+
+
+static void ManageChildren(
+ WidgetList children,
+ Cardinal num_children,
+ Widget parent,
+ Boolean call_change_managed,
+ String caller_func)
+{
+#define MAXCHILDREN 100
+ Widget child;
+ Cardinal num_unique_children, i;
+ XtWidgetProc change_managed = NULL;
+ WidgetList unique_children;
+ Widget cache[MAXCHILDREN];
+ Bool parent_realized = False;
+
+ if (XtIsComposite((Widget) parent)) {
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ change_managed = ((CompositeWidgetClass) parent->core.widget_class)
+ ->composite_class.change_managed;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ parent_realized = XtIsRealized((Widget)parent);
+ } else {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
+ "invalidParent",caller_func, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Construct new list of children that really need to be operated upon. */
+ if (num_children <= MAXCHILDREN) {
+ unique_children = cache;
+ } else {
+ unique_children = (WidgetList) __XtMalloc(num_children * sizeof(Widget));
+ }
+ num_unique_children = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < num_children; i++) {
+ child = children[i];
+ if (child == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
+ XtNinvalidChild,caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "null child passed to ManageChildren",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ if (unique_children != cache) XtFree((char *) unique_children);
+ return;
+ }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (!XtIsRectObj(child)) {
+ String params[2];
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+ params[0] = XtName(child);
+ params[1] = child->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
+ "notRectObj",caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "child \"%s\", class %s is not a RectObj",
+ params, &num_params);
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif /*DEBUG*/
+ if (child->core.parent != parent) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
+ "ambiguousParent",caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Not all children have same parent in XtManageChildren",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ } else if (! child->core.managed && !child->core.being_destroyed) {
+ unique_children[num_unique_children++] = child;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(child,
+ "Child \"%s\"[%d,%d] is marked managed\n",
+ XtName(child),
+ child->core.width,child->core.height));
+ child->core.managed = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((call_change_managed || num_unique_children != 0) && parent_realized) {
+ /* Compute geometry of new managed set of children. */
+ if (change_managed != NULL) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)parent,
+ "Call parent: \"%s\"[%d,%d]'s changemanaged\n",
+ XtName((Widget)parent),
+ parent->core.width,parent->core.height));
+ (*change_managed) ((Widget)parent);
+ }
+
+ /* Realize each child if necessary, then map if necessary */
+ for (i = 0; i < num_unique_children; i++) {
+ child = unique_children[i];
+ if (XtIsWidget(child)) {
+ if (! XtIsRealized(child)) XtRealizeWidget(child);
+ if (child->core.mapped_when_managed) XtMapWidget(child);
+ } else { /* RectObj child */
+ Widget pw = child->core.parent;
+ RectObj r = (RectObj) child;
+ while ((pw!=NULL) && (!XtIsWidget(pw)))
+ pw = pw->core.parent;
+ if (pw != NULL)
+ XClearArea (XtDisplay (pw), XtWindow (pw),
+ r->rectangle.x, r->rectangle.y,
+ r->rectangle.width + (r->rectangle.border_width << 1),
+ r->rectangle.height + (r->rectangle.border_width << 1),
+ TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (unique_children != cache) XtFree((char *) unique_children);
+} /* ManageChildren */
+
+void XtManageChildren(
+ WidgetList children,
+ Cardinal num_children)
+{
+ Widget parent, hookobj;
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ XtAppContext app;
+#endif
+
+ if (num_children == 0) return;
+ if (children[0] == NULL) {
+ XtWarningMsg(XtNinvalidChild, XtNxtManageChildren, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "null child passed to XtManageChildren",
+ (String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(children[0]);
+#endif
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ parent = children[0]->core.parent;
+ if (parent->core.being_destroyed) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ ManageChildren(children, num_children, parent, (Boolean)False,
+ XtNxtManageChildren);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(children[0]));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHmanageChildren;
+ call_data.widget = parent;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) children;
+ call_data.num_event_data = num_children;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtManageChildren */
+
+void XtManageChild(
+ Widget child)
+{
+ XtManageChildren(&child, (Cardinal) 1);
+} /* XtManageChild */
+
+
+void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(
+ Widget widget,
+ _XtBoolean mapped_when_managed)
+{
+ Widget hookobj;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (widget->core.mapped_when_managed == mapped_when_managed) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ widget->core.mapped_when_managed = mapped_when_managed;
+
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHsetMappedWhenManaged;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) (unsigned long) mapped_when_managed;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+
+ if (! XtIsManaged(widget)) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (mapped_when_managed) {
+ /* Didn't used to be mapped when managed. */
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget)) XtMapWidget(widget);
+ } else {
+ /* Used to be mapped when managed. */
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget)) XtUnmapWidget(widget);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtSetMappedWhenManaged */
+
+
+void XtChangeManagedSet(
+ WidgetList unmanage_children,
+ Cardinal num_unmanage,
+ XtDoChangeProc do_change_proc,
+ XtPointer client_data,
+ WidgetList manage_children,
+ Cardinal num_manage)
+{
+ WidgetList childp;
+ Widget parent;
+ int i;
+ Cardinal some_unmanaged;
+ Boolean call_out;
+ CompositeClassExtension ext;
+ XtAppContext app;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ if (num_unmanage == 0 && num_manage == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* specification doesn't state that library will check for NULL in list */
+
+ childp = num_unmanage ? unmanage_children : manage_children;
+ app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(*childp);
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+
+ parent = XtParent(*childp);
+ childp = unmanage_children;
+ for (i = num_unmanage; --i >= 0 && XtParent(*childp) == parent; childp++);
+ call_out = (i >= 0);
+ childp = manage_children;
+ for (i = num_manage; --i >= 0 && XtParent(*childp) == parent; childp++);
+ if (call_out || i >= 0) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app, "ambiguousParent", XtNxtChangeManagedSet,
+ XtCXtToolkitError, "Not all children have same parent",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+ if (! XtIsComposite(parent)) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ XtAppErrorMsg(app, "invalidParent", XtNxtChangeManagedSet,
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite",
+ (String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
+ }
+ if (parent->core.being_destroyed) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ call_out = False;
+ if (do_change_proc) {
+ ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
+ XtGetClassExtension(parent->core.widget_class,
+ XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec,
+ composite_class.extension),
+ NULLQUARK, XtCompositeExtensionVersion,
+ sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec));
+ if (!ext || !ext->allows_change_managed_set)
+ call_out = True;
+ }
+
+ UnmanageChildren(unmanage_children, num_unmanage, parent,
+ &some_unmanaged, call_out, XtNxtChangeManagedSet);
+
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(parent));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ call_data.type = XtHunmanageSet;
+ call_data.widget = parent;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) unmanage_children;
+ call_data.num_event_data = num_unmanage;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer) &call_data);
+ }
+
+ if (do_change_proc)
+ (*do_change_proc)(parent, unmanage_children, &num_unmanage,
+ manage_children, &num_manage, client_data);
+
+ call_out = (some_unmanaged && !call_out);
+ ManageChildren(manage_children, num_manage, parent, call_out,
+ XtNxtChangeManagedSet);
+
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ call_data.type = XtHmanageSet;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) manage_children;
+ call_data.num_event_data = num_manage;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer) &call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtChangeManagedSet */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998, 2001 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+static TimerEventRec* freeTimerRecs;
+static WorkProcRec* freeWorkRecs;
+static SignalEventRec* freeSignalRecs;
+
+/* Some systems running NTP daemons are known to return strange usec
+ * values from gettimeofday.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP
+# if defined(sun) || defined(MOTOROLA) || (defined(__osf__) && defined(__alpha))
+# define NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP 1
+# else
+# define NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP
+#define FIXUP_TIMEVAL(t) { \
+ while ((t).tv_usec >= 1000000) { \
+ (t).tv_usec -= 1000000; \
+ (t).tv_sec++; \
+ } \
+ while ((t).tv_usec < 0) { \
+ if ((t).tv_sec > 0) { \
+ (t).tv_usec += 1000000; \
+ (t).tv_sec--; \
+ } else { \
+ (t).tv_usec = 0; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ }}
+#else
+#define FIXUP_TIMEVAL(t)
+#endif /*NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP*/
+
+/*
+ * Private routines
+ */
+#define ADD_TIME(dest, src1, src2) { \
+ if(((dest).tv_usec = (src1).tv_usec + (src2).tv_usec) >= 1000000) {\
+ (dest).tv_usec -= 1000000;\
+ (dest).tv_sec = (src1).tv_sec + (src2).tv_sec + 1 ; \
+ } else { (dest).tv_sec = (src1).tv_sec + (src2).tv_sec ; \
+ if(((dest).tv_sec >= 1) && (((dest).tv_usec <0))) { \
+ (dest).tv_sec --;(dest).tv_usec += 1000000; } } }
+
+
+#define TIMEDELTA(dest, src1, src2) { \
+ if(((dest).tv_usec = (src1).tv_usec - (src2).tv_usec) < 0) {\
+ (dest).tv_usec += 1000000;\
+ (dest).tv_sec = (src1).tv_sec - (src2).tv_sec - 1;\
+ } else (dest).tv_sec = (src1).tv_sec - (src2).tv_sec; }
+
+#define IS_AFTER(t1, t2) (((t2).tv_sec > (t1).tv_sec) \
+ || (((t2).tv_sec == (t1).tv_sec)&& ((t2).tv_usec > (t1).tv_usec)))
+
+#define IS_AT_OR_AFTER(t1, t2) (((t2).tv_sec > (t1).tv_sec) \
+ || (((t2).tv_sec == (t1).tv_sec)&& ((t2).tv_usec >= (t1).tv_usec)))
+
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+#ifndef XT_DEFAULT_FDLIST_SIZE
+#define XT_DEFAULT_FDLIST_SIZE 32
+#endif
+#endif
+
+static void AdjustHowLong (
+ unsigned long *howlong,
+ struct timeval *start_time)
+{
+ struct timeval new_time, time_spent, lstart_time;
+
+ lstart_time = *start_time;
+ X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&new_time);
+ FIXUP_TIMEVAL(new_time);
+ TIMEDELTA(time_spent, new_time, lstart_time);
+ if(*howlong <= (unsigned long)(time_spent.tv_sec*1000+time_spent.tv_usec/1000))
+ *howlong = (unsigned long)0; /* Timed out */
+ else
+ *howlong -= (time_spent.tv_sec*1000+time_spent.tv_usec/1000);
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+ struct timeval cur_time;
+ struct timeval start_time;
+ struct timeval wait_time;
+ struct timeval new_time;
+ struct timeval time_spent;
+ struct timeval max_wait_time;
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ struct timeval *wait_time_ptr;
+#else
+ int poll_wait;
+#endif
+} wait_times_t, *wait_times_ptr_t;
+
+static struct timeval zero_time = { 0 , 0};
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+static fd_set zero_fd;
+#else
+#define X_BLOCK -1
+#define X_DONT_BLOCK 0
+#endif
+
+static void InitTimes (
+ Boolean block,
+ unsigned long* howlong,
+ wait_times_ptr_t wt)
+{
+ if (block) {
+ X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&wt->cur_time);
+ FIXUP_TIMEVAL(wt->cur_time);
+ wt->start_time = wt->cur_time;
+ if(howlong == NULL) { /* special case for ever */
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ wt->wait_time_ptr = NULL;
+#else
+ wt->poll_wait = X_BLOCK;
+#endif
+ } else { /* block until at most */
+ wt->max_wait_time.tv_sec = *howlong/1000;
+ wt->max_wait_time.tv_usec = (*howlong %1000)*1000;
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ wt->wait_time_ptr = &wt->max_wait_time;
+#else
+ wt->poll_wait = *howlong;
+#endif
+ }
+ } else { /* don't block */
+ wt->max_wait_time = zero_time;
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ wt->wait_time_ptr = &wt->max_wait_time;
+#else
+ wt->poll_wait = X_DONT_BLOCK;
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ fd_set rmask, wmask, emask;
+ int nfds;
+#else
+ struct pollfd* fdlist;
+ struct pollfd* stack;
+ int fdlistlen, num_dpys;
+#endif
+} wait_fds_t, *wait_fds_ptr_t;
+
+static void InitFds (
+ XtAppContext app,
+ Boolean ignoreEvents,
+ Boolean ignoreInputs,
+ wait_fds_ptr_t wf)
+{
+ int ii;
+ app->rebuild_fdlist = FALSE;
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ wf->nfds = app->fds.nfds;
+ if( !ignoreInputs ) {
+ wf->rmask = app->fds.rmask;
+ wf->wmask = app->fds.wmask;
+ wf->emask = app->fds.emask;
+ } else
+ wf->rmask = wf->wmask = wf->emask = zero_fd;
+
+ if (!ignoreEvents)
+ for (ii = 0; ii < app->count; ii++) {
+ FD_SET (ConnectionNumber(app->list[ii]), &wf->rmask);
+ }
+#else
+#ifndef POLLRDNORM
+#define POLLRDNORM 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef POLLRDBAND
+#define POLLRDBAND 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef POLLWRNORM
+#define POLLWRNORM 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef POLLWRBAND
+#define POLLWRBAND 0
+#endif
+
+#define XPOLL_READ (POLLIN|POLLRDNORM|POLLPRI|POLLRDBAND)
+#define XPOLL_WRITE (POLLOUT|POLLWRNORM|POLLWRBAND)
+#define XPOLL_EXCEPT 0
+
+ if (!ignoreEvents)
+ wf->fdlistlen = wf->num_dpys = app->count;
+ else
+ wf->fdlistlen = wf->num_dpys = 0;
+
+ if (!ignoreInputs && app->input_list != NULL) {
+ int ii;
+ for (ii = 0; ii < (int) app->input_max; ii++)
+ if (app->input_list[ii] != NULL)
+ wf->fdlistlen++;
+ }
+
+ if (!wf->fdlist || wf->fdlist == wf->stack) {
+ wf->fdlist = (struct pollfd*)
+ XtStackAlloc (sizeof (struct pollfd) * wf->fdlistlen, wf->stack);
+ } else {
+ wf->fdlist = (struct pollfd*)
+ XtRealloc ((char*) wf->fdlist,
+ sizeof (struct pollfd) * wf->fdlistlen);
+ }
+
+ if (wf->fdlistlen) {
+ struct pollfd* fdlp = wf->fdlist;
+ InputEvent* iep;
+
+ if (!ignoreEvents)
+ for (ii = 0 ; ii < wf->num_dpys; ii++, fdlp++) {
+ fdlp->fd = ConnectionNumber (app->list[ii]);
+ fdlp->events = POLLIN;
+ }
+ if (!ignoreInputs && app->input_list != NULL)
+ for (ii = 0; ii < app->input_max; ii++)
+ if (app->input_list[ii] != NULL) {
+ iep = app->input_list[ii];
+ fdlp->fd = ii;
+ fdlp->events = 0;
+ for ( ; iep; iep = iep->ie_next) {
+ if (iep->ie_condition & XtInputReadMask)
+ fdlp->events |= XPOLL_READ;
+ if (iep->ie_condition & XtInputWriteMask)
+ fdlp->events |= XPOLL_WRITE;
+ if (iep->ie_condition & XtInputExceptMask)
+ fdlp->events |= XPOLL_EXCEPT;
+ }
+ fdlp++;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+static void AdjustTimes (
+ XtAppContext app,
+ Boolean block,
+ unsigned long* howlong,
+ Boolean ignoreTimers,
+ wait_times_ptr_t wt)
+{
+ if (app->timerQueue != NULL && !ignoreTimers && block) {
+ if (IS_AFTER (wt->cur_time, app->timerQueue->te_timer_value)) {
+ TIMEDELTA (wt->wait_time, app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, wt->cur_time);
+ if (howlong == NULL || IS_AFTER (wt->wait_time, wt->max_wait_time))
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ wt->wait_time_ptr = &wt->wait_time;
+ else
+ wt->wait_time_ptr = &wt->max_wait_time;
+ } else
+ wt->wait_time_ptr = &zero_time;
+ }
+#else
+ wt->poll_wait = wt->wait_time.tv_sec * 1000 + wt->wait_time.tv_usec / 1000;
+ else
+ wt->poll_wait = wt->max_wait_time.tv_sec * 1000 + wt->max_wait_time.tv_usec / 1000;
+ } else
+ wt->poll_wait = X_DONT_BLOCK;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static int IoWait (
+ wait_times_ptr_t wt,
+ wait_fds_ptr_t wf)
+{
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ return Select (wf->nfds, &wf->rmask, &wf->wmask, &wf->emask,
+ wt->wait_time_ptr);
+#else
+ return poll (wf->fdlist, wf->fdlistlen, wt->poll_wait);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static void FindInputs (
+ XtAppContext app,
+ wait_fds_ptr_t wf,
+ int nfds,
+ Boolean ignoreEvents,
+ Boolean ignoreInputs,
+ int* dpy_no,
+ int* found_input)
+{
+ XtInputMask condition;
+ InputEvent *ep;
+ int ii;
+#ifndef USE_POLL /* { check ready file descriptors block */
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ fd_set rmask;
+#endif
+ int dd;
+ *dpy_no = -1;
+ *found_input = False;
+
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ rmask = app->fds.rmask;
+ for (dd = app->count; dd-- > 0; )
+ FD_SET (ConnectionNumber (app->list[dd]), &rmask);
+#endif
+
+ for (ii = 0; ii < wf->nfds && nfds > 0; ii++) {
+ condition = 0;
+ if (FD_ISSET (ii, &wf->rmask)
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ && FD_ISSET (ii, &rmask)
+#endif
+ ) {
+ nfds--;
+ if (!ignoreEvents) {
+ for (dd = 0; dd < app->count; dd++) {
+ if (ii == ConnectionNumber (app->list[dd])) {
+ if (*dpy_no == -1) {
+ if (XEventsQueued (app->list[dd], QueuedAfterReading ))
+ *dpy_no = dd;
+ /*
+ * An error event could have arrived
+ * without any real events, or events
+ * could have been swallowed by Xlib,
+ * or the connection may be broken.
+ * We can't tell the difference, so
+ * assume Xlib will eventually discover
+ * a broken connection.
+ */
+ }
+ goto ENDILOOP;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ condition = XtInputReadMask;
+ }
+ if (FD_ISSET (ii, &wf->wmask)
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ && FD_ISSET (ii, &app->fds.wmask)
+#endif
+ ) {
+ condition |= XtInputWriteMask;
+ nfds--;
+ }
+ if (FD_ISSET (ii, &wf->emask)
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ && FD_ISSET (ii, &app->fds.emask)
+#endif
+ ) {
+ condition |= XtInputExceptMask;
+ nfds--;
+ }
+ if (condition) {
+ for (ep = app->input_list[ii]; ep; ep = ep->ie_next)
+ if (condition & ep->ie_condition) {
+ /* make sure this input isn't already marked outstanding */
+ InputEvent *oq;
+ for (oq = app->outstandingQueue; oq; oq = oq->ie_oq)
+ if (oq == ep)
+ break;
+ if (!oq)
+ {
+ ep->ie_oq = app->outstandingQueue;
+ app->outstandingQueue = ep;
+ }
+ }
+ *found_input = True;
+ }
+ENDILOOP: ;
+ } /* endfor */
+#else /* }{ */
+ struct pollfd* fdlp;
+
+ *dpy_no = -1;
+ *found_input = False;
+
+ if (!ignoreEvents) {
+ fdlp = wf->fdlist;
+ for (ii = 0; ii < wf->num_dpys; ii++, fdlp++) {
+ if (*dpy_no == -1 && fdlp->revents & (POLLIN|POLLHUP|POLLERR) &&
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ !(fdlp->revents & POLLNVAL) &&
+#endif
+ XEventsQueued (app->list[ii], QueuedAfterReading)) {
+ *dpy_no = ii;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!ignoreInputs) {
+ fdlp = &wf->fdlist[wf->num_dpys];
+ for (ii = wf->num_dpys; ii < wf->fdlistlen; ii++, fdlp++) {
+ condition = 0;
+ if (fdlp->revents) {
+ if (fdlp->revents & (XPOLL_READ|POLLHUP|POLLERR)
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ && !(fdlp->revents & POLLNVAL)
+#endif
+ )
+ condition = XtInputReadMask;
+ if (fdlp->revents & XPOLL_WRITE)
+ condition |= XtInputWriteMask;
+ if (fdlp->revents & XPOLL_EXCEPT)
+ condition |= XtInputExceptMask;
+ }
+ if (condition) {
+ *found_input = True;
+ for (ep = app->input_list[fdlp->fd]; ep; ep = ep->ie_next)
+ if (condition & ep->ie_condition) {
+ InputEvent *oq;
+ /* make sure this input isn't already marked outstanding */
+ for (oq = app->outstandingQueue; oq; oq = oq->ie_oq)
+ if (oq == ep)
+ break;
+ if (!oq)
+ {
+ ep->ie_oq = app->outstandingQueue;
+ app->outstandingQueue = ep;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* } */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Routine to block in the toolkit. This should be the only call to select.
+ *
+ * This routine returns when there is something to be done.
+ *
+ * Before calling this with ignoreInputs==False, app->outstandingQueue should
+ * be checked; this routine will not verify that an alternate input source
+ * has not already been enqueued.
+ *
+ *
+ * _XtWaitForSomething( appContext,
+ * ignoreEvent, ignoreTimers, ignoreInputs, ignoreSignals,
+ * block, drop_lock, howlong)
+ * XtAppContext app; (Displays to check wait on)
+ *
+ * Boolean ignoreEvents; (Don't return if XEvents are available
+ * Also implies forget XEvents exist)
+ *
+ * Boolean ignoreTimers; (Ditto for timers)
+ *
+ * Boolean ignoreInputs; (Ditto for input callbacks )
+ *
+ * Boolean ignoreSignals; (Ditto for signals)
+ *
+ * Boolean block; (Okay to block)
+ *
+ * Boolean drop_lock (drop lock before going into select/poll)
+ *
+ * TimeVal howlong; (howlong to wait for if blocking and not
+ * doing Timers... Null means forever.
+ * Maybe should mean shortest of both)
+ * Returns display for which input is available, if any
+ * and if ignoreEvents==False, else returns -1
+ *
+ * if ignoring everything && block=True && howlong=NULL, you'll have
+ * lots of time for coffee; better not try it! In fact, it probably
+ * makes little sense to do this regardless of the value of howlong
+ * (bottom line is, we don't bother checking here).
+ *
+ * If drop_lock is FALSE, the app->lock->mutex is not unlocked before
+ * entering select/poll. It is illegal for drop_lock to be FALSE if
+ * ignoreTimers, ignoreInputs, or ignoreSignals is FALSE.
+ */
+int _XtWaitForSomething(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ _XtBoolean ignoreEvents,
+ _XtBoolean ignoreTimers,
+ _XtBoolean ignoreInputs,
+ _XtBoolean ignoreSignals,
+ _XtBoolean block,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ _XtBoolean drop_lock,
+#endif
+ unsigned long *howlong)
+{
+ wait_times_t wt;
+ wait_fds_t wf;
+ int nfds, dpy_no, found_input, dd;
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ Boolean push_thread = TRUE;
+ Boolean pushed_thread = FALSE;
+ int level = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ struct pollfd fdlist[XT_DEFAULT_FDLIST_SIZE];
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ /* assert ((ignoreTimers && ignoreInputs && ignoreSignals) || drop_lock); */
+ /* If not multi-threaded, never drop lock */
+ if (app->lock == (ThreadAppProc) NULL)
+ drop_lock = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+ InitTimes (block, howlong, &wt);
+
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ wf.fdlist = NULL;
+ wf.stack = fdlist;
+ wf.fdlistlen = wf.num_dpys = 0;
+#endif
+
+WaitLoop:
+ app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
+
+ while (1) {
+ AdjustTimes (app, block, howlong, ignoreTimers, &wt);
+
+ if (block && app->block_hook_list) {
+ BlockHook hook;
+ for (hook = app->block_hook_list;
+ hook != NULL;
+ hook = hook->next)
+ (*hook->proc) (hook->closure);
+
+ if (!ignoreEvents)
+ /* see if the hook(s) generated any protocol */
+ for (dd = 0; dd < app->count; dd++)
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[dd], QueuedAlready)) {
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
+#endif
+ return dd;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (app->rebuild_fdlist)
+ InitFds (app, ignoreEvents, ignoreInputs, &wf);
+
+#ifdef XTHREADS /* { */
+ if (drop_lock) {
+ YIELD_APP_LOCK(app, &push_thread, &pushed_thread, &level);
+ nfds = IoWait (&wt, &wf);
+ RESTORE_APP_LOCK(app, level, &pushed_thread);
+ } else
+#endif /* } */
+ nfds = IoWait (&wt, &wf);
+ if (nfds == -1) {
+ /*
+ * interrupt occured recalculate time value and wait again.
+ */
+ if (errno == EINTR || errno == EAGAIN) {
+ if (errno == EAGAIN) {
+ errno = 0; /* errno is not self reseting */
+ continue;
+ }
+ errno = 0; /* errno is not self reseting */
+
+ /* was it interrupted by a signal that we care about? */
+ if (!ignoreSignals && app->signalQueue != NULL) {
+ SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
+ while (se_ptr != NULL) {
+ if (se_ptr->se_notice) {
+ if (block && howlong != NULL)
+ AdjustHowLong (howlong, &wt.start_time);
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
+#endif
+ return -1;
+ }
+ se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!ignoreEvents)
+ /* get Xlib to detect a bad connection */
+ for (dd = 0; dd < app->count; dd++)
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[dd], QueuedAfterReading)) {
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
+#endif
+ return dd;
+ }
+
+ if (block) {
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ if (wt.wait_time_ptr == NULL)
+#else
+ if (wt.poll_wait == X_BLOCK)
+#endif
+ continue;
+ X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&wt.new_time);
+ FIXUP_TIMEVAL (wt.new_time);
+ TIMEDELTA (wt.time_spent, wt.new_time, wt.cur_time);
+ wt.cur_time = wt.new_time;
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ if (IS_AFTER (wt.time_spent, *wt.wait_time_ptr)) {
+ TIMEDELTA (wt.wait_time, *wt.wait_time_ptr, wt.time_spent);
+ wt.wait_time_ptr = &wt.wait_time;
+ continue;
+ } else
+#else
+ if ((wt.time_spent.tv_sec * 1000 + wt.time_spent.tv_usec / 1000) < wt.poll_wait) {
+ wt.poll_wait -= (wt.time_spent.tv_sec * 1000 + wt.time_spent.tv_usec / 1000);
+ continue;
+ } else
+#endif
+ nfds = 0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ char Errno[12];
+ String param = Errno;
+ Cardinal param_count = 1;
+
+ sprintf( Errno, "%d", errno);
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app, "communicationError","select",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,"Select failed; error code %s",
+ ¶m, ¶m_count);
+ continue;
+ }
+ } /* timed out or input available */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (nfds == 0) {
+ /* Timed out */
+ if (howlong)
+ *howlong = (unsigned long)0;
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
+#endif
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (block && howlong != NULL)
+ AdjustHowLong (howlong, &wt.start_time);
+
+ if (ignoreInputs && ignoreEvents) {
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
+#endif
+ return -1;
+ } else
+ FindInputs (app, &wf, nfds,
+ ignoreEvents, ignoreInputs,
+ &dpy_no, &found_input);
+
+ if (dpy_no >= 0 || found_input) {
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
+#endif
+ return dpy_no;
+ }
+ if (block)
+ goto WaitLoop;
+ else {
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
+#endif
+ return -1;
+ }
+}
+
+#define IeCallProc(ptr) \
+ (*ptr->ie_proc) (ptr->ie_closure, &ptr->ie_source, (XtInputId*)&ptr);
+
+#define TeCallProc(ptr) \
+ (*ptr->te_proc) (ptr->te_closure, (XtIntervalId*)&ptr);
+
+#define SeCallProc(ptr) \
+ (*ptr->se_proc) (ptr->se_closure, (XtSignalId*)&ptr);
+
+/*
+ * Public Routines
+ */
+
+XtIntervalId XtAddTimeOut(
+ unsigned long interval,
+ XtTimerCallbackProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ return XtAppAddTimeOut(_XtDefaultAppContext(),
+ interval, proc, closure);
+}
+
+static void QueueTimerEvent(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ TimerEventRec *ptr)
+{
+ TimerEventRec *t,**tt;
+ tt = &app->timerQueue;
+ t = *tt;
+ while (t != NULL &&
+ IS_AFTER(t->te_timer_value, ptr->te_timer_value)) {
+ tt = &t->te_next;
+ t = *tt;
+ }
+ ptr->te_next = t;
+ *tt = ptr;
+}
+
+XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ unsigned long interval,
+ XtTimerCallbackProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ TimerEventRec *tptr;
+ struct timeval current_time;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (freeTimerRecs) {
+ tptr = freeTimerRecs;
+ freeTimerRecs = tptr->te_next;
+ }
+ else tptr = XtNew(TimerEventRec);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ tptr->te_next = NULL;
+ tptr->te_closure = closure;
+ tptr->te_proc = proc;
+ tptr->app = app;
+ tptr->te_timer_value.tv_sec = interval/1000;
+ tptr->te_timer_value.tv_usec = (interval%1000)*1000;
+ X_GETTIMEOFDAY (¤t_time);
+ FIXUP_TIMEVAL(current_time);
+ ADD_TIME(tptr->te_timer_value,tptr->te_timer_value,current_time);
+ QueueTimerEvent(app, tptr);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return( (XtIntervalId) tptr);
+}
+
+void XtRemoveTimeOut(
+ XtIntervalId id)
+{
+ TimerEventRec *t, *last, *tid = (TimerEventRec *) id;
+ XtAppContext app = tid->app;
+
+ /* find it */
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ for(t = app->timerQueue, last = NULL;
+ t != NULL && t != tid;
+ t = t->te_next) last = t;
+
+ if (t == NULL) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return; /* couldn't find it */
+ }
+ if(last == NULL) { /* first one on the list */
+ app->timerQueue = t->te_next;
+ } else last->te_next = t->te_next;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ t->te_next = freeTimerRecs;
+ freeTimerRecs = t;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+XtWorkProcId XtAddWorkProc(
+ XtWorkProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ return XtAppAddWorkProc(_XtDefaultAppContext(), proc, closure);
+}
+
+XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtWorkProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ WorkProcRec *wptr;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (freeWorkRecs) {
+ wptr = freeWorkRecs;
+ freeWorkRecs = wptr->next;
+ } else wptr = XtNew(WorkProcRec);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ wptr->next = app->workQueue;
+ wptr->closure = closure;
+ wptr->proc = proc;
+ wptr->app = app;
+ app->workQueue = wptr;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return (XtWorkProcId) wptr;
+}
+
+void XtRemoveWorkProc(
+ XtWorkProcId id)
+{
+ WorkProcRec *wid= (WorkProcRec *) id, *w, *last;
+ XtAppContext app = wid->app;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ /* find it */
+ for(w = app->workQueue, last = NULL;
+ w != NULL && w != wid; w = w->next) last = w;
+
+ if (w == NULL) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return; /* couldn't find it */
+ }
+
+ if(last == NULL) app->workQueue = w->next;
+ else last->next = w->next;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ w->next = freeWorkRecs;
+ freeWorkRecs = w;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+XtSignalId XtAddSignal(
+ XtSignalCallbackProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ return XtAppAddSignal(_XtDefaultAppContext(), proc, closure);
+}
+
+XtSignalId XtAppAddSignal(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtSignalCallbackProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ SignalEventRec *sptr;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (freeSignalRecs) {
+ sptr = freeSignalRecs;
+ freeSignalRecs = sptr->se_next;
+ } else
+ sptr = XtNew(SignalEventRec);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ sptr->se_next = app->signalQueue;
+ sptr->se_closure = closure;
+ sptr->se_proc = proc;
+ sptr->app = app;
+ sptr->se_notice = FALSE;
+ app->signalQueue = sptr;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return (XtSignalId) sptr;
+}
+
+void XtRemoveSignal(
+ XtSignalId id)
+{
+ SignalEventRec *sid = (SignalEventRec*) id, *s, *last = NULL;
+ XtAppContext app = sid->app;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ for (s = app->signalQueue; s != NULL && s != sid; s = s->se_next)
+ last = s;
+ if (s == NULL) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (last == NULL)
+ app->signalQueue = s->se_next;
+ else
+ last->se_next = s->se_next;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ s->se_next = freeSignalRecs;
+ freeSignalRecs = s;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtNoticeSignal(
+ XtSignalId id)
+{
+ /*
+ * It would be overkill to lock the app to set this flag.
+ * In the worst case, 2..n threads would be modifying this
+ * flag. The last one wins. Since signals occur asynchronously
+ * anyway, this can occur with or without threads.
+ *
+ * The other issue is that thread t1 sets the flag in a
+ * signalrec that has been deleted in thread t2. We rely
+ * on a detail of the implementation, i.e. free'd signalrecs
+ * aren't really free'd, they're just moved to a list of
+ * free recs, so deref'ing one won't hurt anything.
+ *
+ * Lastly, and perhaps most importantly, since POSIX threads
+ * says that the handling of asynchronous signals in a synchronous
+ * threads environment is undefined. Therefor it would be an
+ * error for both signals and threads to be in use in the same
+ * program.
+ */
+ SignalEventRec *sid = (SignalEventRec*) id;
+ sid->se_notice = TRUE;
+}
+
+XtInputId XtAddInput(
+ int source,
+ XtPointer Condition,
+ XtInputCallbackProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ return XtAppAddInput(_XtDefaultAppContext(),
+ source, Condition, proc, closure);
+}
+
+XtInputId XtAppAddInput(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ int source,
+ XtPointer Condition,
+ XtInputCallbackProc proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ InputEvent* sptr;
+ XtInputMask condition = (XtInputMask) Condition;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (!condition ||
+ condition & ~(XtInputReadMask|XtInputWriteMask|XtInputExceptMask))
+ XtAppErrorMsg(app,"invalidParameter","xtAddInput",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "invalid condition passed to XtAppAddInput",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ if (app->input_max <= source) {
+ Cardinal n = source + 1;
+ int ii;
+ app->input_list = (InputEvent**)XtRealloc((char*) app->input_list,
+ n * sizeof(InputEvent*));
+ for (ii = app->input_max; ii < (int) n; ii++)
+ app->input_list[ii] = (InputEvent*) NULL;
+ app->input_max = n;
+ }
+ sptr = XtNew(InputEvent);
+ sptr->ie_proc = proc;
+ sptr->ie_closure = closure;
+ sptr->app = app;
+ sptr->ie_oq = NULL;
+ sptr->ie_source = source;
+ sptr->ie_condition = condition;
+ sptr->ie_next = app->input_list[source];
+ app->input_list[source] = sptr;
+
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ if (condition & XtInputReadMask) FD_SET(source, &app->fds.rmask);
+ if (condition & XtInputWriteMask) FD_SET(source, &app->fds.wmask);
+ if (condition & XtInputExceptMask) FD_SET(source, &app->fds.emask);
+
+ if (app->fds.nfds < (source+1)) app->fds.nfds = source+1;
+#else
+ if (sptr->ie_next == NULL)
+ app->fds.nfds++;
+#endif
+ app->input_count++;
+ app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return((XtInputId)sptr);
+}
+
+void XtRemoveInput(
+ register XtInputId id)
+{
+ register InputEvent *sptr, *lptr;
+ XtAppContext app = ((InputEvent *)id)->app;
+ register int source = ((InputEvent *)id)->ie_source;
+ Boolean found = False;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ sptr = app->outstandingQueue;
+ lptr = NULL;
+ for (; sptr != NULL; sptr = sptr->ie_oq) {
+ if (sptr == (InputEvent *)id) {
+ if (lptr == NULL) app->outstandingQueue = sptr->ie_oq;
+ else lptr->ie_oq = sptr->ie_oq;
+ }
+ lptr = sptr;
+ }
+
+ if(app->input_list && (sptr = app->input_list[source]) != NULL) {
+ for( lptr = NULL ; sptr; sptr = sptr->ie_next ){
+ if(sptr == (InputEvent *) id) {
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ XtInputMask condition = 0;
+#endif
+ if(lptr == NULL) {
+ app->input_list[source] = sptr->ie_next;
+ } else {
+ lptr->ie_next = sptr->ie_next;
+ }
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ for (lptr = app->input_list[source];
+ lptr; lptr = lptr->ie_next)
+ condition |= lptr->ie_condition;
+ if ((sptr->ie_condition & XtInputReadMask) &&
+ !(condition & XtInputReadMask))
+ FD_CLR(source, &app->fds.rmask);
+ if ((sptr->ie_condition & XtInputWriteMask) &&
+ !(condition & XtInputWriteMask))
+ FD_CLR(source, &app->fds.wmask);
+ if ((sptr->ie_condition & XtInputExceptMask) &&
+ !(condition & XtInputExceptMask))
+ FD_CLR(source, &app->fds.emask);
+#endif
+ XtFree((char *) sptr);
+ found = True;
+ break;
+ }
+ lptr = sptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (found) {
+ app->input_count--;
+#ifdef USE_POLL
+ if (app->input_list[source] == NULL)
+ app->fds.nfds--;
+#endif
+ app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
+ } else
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app, "invalidProcedure","inputHandler",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtRemoveInput: Input handler not found",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void _XtRemoveAllInputs(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < app->input_max; i++) {
+ InputEvent* ep = app->input_list[i];
+ while (ep) {
+ InputEvent *next = ep->ie_next;
+ XtFree( (char*)ep );
+ ep = next;
+ }
+ }
+ XtFree((char *) app->input_list);
+}
+
+/* Do alternate input and timer callbacks if there are any */
+
+static void DoOtherSources(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ TimerEventRec *te_ptr;
+ InputEvent *ie_ptr;
+ struct timeval cur_time;
+
+#define DrainQueue() \
+ for (ie_ptr = app->outstandingQueue; ie_ptr != NULL;) { \
+ app->outstandingQueue = ie_ptr->ie_oq; \
+ ie_ptr ->ie_oq = NULL; \
+ IeCallProc(ie_ptr); \
+ ie_ptr = app->outstandingQueue; \
+ }
+/*enddef*/
+ DrainQueue();
+ if (app->input_count > 0) {
+ /* Call _XtWaitForSomething to get input queued up */
+ (void) _XtWaitForSomething (app,
+ TRUE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE,
+ FALSE,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ TRUE,
+#endif
+ (unsigned long *)NULL);
+ DrainQueue();
+ }
+ if (app->timerQueue != NULL) { /* check timeout queue */
+ X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
+ FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
+ while(IS_AT_OR_AFTER (app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time)) {
+ te_ptr = app->timerQueue;
+ app->timerQueue = te_ptr->te_next;
+ te_ptr->te_next = NULL;
+ if (te_ptr->te_proc != NULL)
+ TeCallProc(te_ptr);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ te_ptr->te_next = freeTimerRecs;
+ freeTimerRecs = te_ptr;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (app->timerQueue == NULL) break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (app->signalQueue != NULL) {
+ SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
+ while (se_ptr != NULL) {
+ if (se_ptr->se_notice) {
+ se_ptr->se_notice = FALSE;
+ if (se_ptr->se_proc != NULL)
+ SeCallProc(se_ptr);
+ }
+ se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
+ }
+ }
+#undef DrainQueue
+}
+
+/* If there are any work procs, call them. Return whether we did so */
+
+static Boolean CallWorkProc(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ register WorkProcRec *w = app->workQueue;
+ Boolean delete;
+
+ if (w == NULL) return FALSE;
+
+ app->workQueue = w->next;
+
+ delete = (*(w->proc)) (w->closure);
+
+ if (delete) {
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ w->next = freeWorkRecs;
+ freeWorkRecs = w;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+ else {
+ w->next = app->workQueue;
+ app->workQueue = w;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * XtNextEvent()
+ * return next event;
+ */
+
+void XtNextEvent(
+ XEvent *event)
+{
+ XtAppNextEvent(_XtDefaultAppContext(), event);
+}
+
+void _XtRefreshMapping(
+ XEvent* event,
+ _XtBoolean dispatch)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(event->xmapping.display);
+ if (event->xmapping.request != MappingPointer &&
+ pd && pd->keysyms && (event->xmapping.serial >= pd->keysyms_serial))
+ _XtBuildKeysymTables( event->xmapping.display, pd );
+ XRefreshKeyboardMapping(&event->xmapping);
+ if (dispatch && pd && pd->mapping_callbacks)
+ XtCallCallbackList((Widget) NULL,
+ (XtCallbackList)pd->mapping_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)event );
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+void XtAppNextEvent(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XEvent *event)
+{
+ int i, d;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ for (;;) {
+ if (app->count == 0)
+ DoOtherSources(app);
+ else {
+ for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
+ d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
+ if (d == 0) DoOtherSources(app);
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterReading))
+ goto GotEvent;
+ }
+ for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
+ d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush))
+ goto GotEvent;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* We're ready to wait...if there is a work proc, call it */
+ if (CallWorkProc(app)) continue;
+
+ d = _XtWaitForSomething (app,
+ FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE,
+ TRUE,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ TRUE,
+#endif
+ (unsigned long *) NULL);
+
+ if (d != -1) {
+ GotEvent:
+ XNextEvent (app->list[d], event);
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ /* assert(app->list[d] == event->xany.display); */
+#endif
+ app->last = d;
+ if (event->xany.type == MappingNotify)
+ _XtRefreshMapping(event, False);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ } /* for */
+}
+
+void XtProcessEvent(
+ XtInputMask mask)
+{
+ XtAppProcessEvent(_XtDefaultAppContext(), mask);
+}
+
+void XtAppProcessEvent(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtInputMask mask)
+{
+ int i, d;
+ XEvent event;
+ struct timeval cur_time;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (mask == 0) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (;;) {
+
+ if (mask & XtIMSignal && app->signalQueue != NULL) {
+ SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
+ while (se_ptr != NULL) {
+ if (se_ptr->se_notice) {
+ se_ptr->se_notice = FALSE;
+ SeCallProc(se_ptr);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (mask & XtIMTimer && app->timerQueue != NULL) {
+ X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
+ FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
+ if (IS_AT_OR_AFTER(app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time)){
+ TimerEventRec *te_ptr = app->timerQueue;
+ app->timerQueue = app->timerQueue->te_next;
+ te_ptr->te_next = NULL;
+ if (te_ptr->te_proc != NULL)
+ TeCallProc(te_ptr);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ te_ptr->te_next = freeTimerRecs;
+ freeTimerRecs = te_ptr;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (mask & XtIMAlternateInput) {
+ if (app->input_count > 0 && app->outstandingQueue == NULL) {
+ /* Call _XtWaitForSomething to get input queued up */
+ (void) _XtWaitForSomething (app,
+ TRUE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE,
+ FALSE,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ TRUE,
+#endif
+ (unsigned long *)NULL);
+ }
+ if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) {
+ InputEvent *ie_ptr = app->outstandingQueue;
+ app->outstandingQueue = ie_ptr->ie_oq;
+ ie_ptr->ie_oq = NULL;
+ IeCallProc(ie_ptr);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (mask & XtIMXEvent) {
+ for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
+ d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterReading))
+ goto GotEvent;
+ }
+ for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
+ d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush))
+ goto GotEvent;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Nothing to do...wait for something */
+
+ if (CallWorkProc(app)) continue;
+
+ d = _XtWaitForSomething (app,
+ (mask & XtIMXEvent ? FALSE : TRUE),
+ (mask & XtIMTimer ? FALSE : TRUE),
+ (mask & XtIMAlternateInput ? FALSE : TRUE),
+ (mask & XtIMSignal ? FALSE : TRUE),
+ TRUE,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ TRUE,
+#endif
+ (unsigned long *) NULL);
+
+ if (mask & XtIMXEvent && d != -1) {
+ GotEvent:
+ XNextEvent(app->list[d], &event);
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ /* assert(app->list[d] == event.xany.display); */
+#endif
+ app->last = d;
+ if (event.xany.type == MappingNotify) {
+ _XtRefreshMapping(&event, False);
+ }
+ XtDispatchEvent(&event);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ }
+}
+
+Boolean XtPending(void)
+{
+ return (XtAppPending(_XtDefaultAppContext()) != 0);
+}
+
+XtInputMask XtAppPending(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ struct timeval cur_time;
+ int d;
+ XtInputMask ret = 0;
+
+/*
+ * Check for pending X events
+ */
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ for (d = 0; d < app->count; d++) {
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterReading)) {
+ ret = XtIMXEvent;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (ret == 0) {
+ for (d = 0; d < app->count; d++) {
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush)) {
+ ret = XtIMXEvent;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (app->signalQueue != NULL) {
+ SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
+ while (se_ptr != NULL) {
+ if (se_ptr->se_notice) {
+ ret |= XtIMSignal;
+ break;
+ }
+ se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
+ }
+ }
+
+/*
+ * Check for pending alternate input
+ */
+ if (app->timerQueue != NULL) { /* check timeout queue */
+ X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
+ FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
+ if ((IS_AT_OR_AFTER(app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time)) &&
+ (app->timerQueue->te_proc != NULL)) {
+ ret |= XtIMTimer;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) ret |= XtIMAlternateInput;
+ else {
+ /* This won't cause a wait, but will enqueue any input */
+
+ if(_XtWaitForSomething (app,
+ FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE,
+ FALSE,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ TRUE,
+#endif
+ (unsigned long *) NULL) != -1)
+ ret |= XtIMXEvent;
+ if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) ret |= XtIMAlternateInput;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Peek at alternate input and timer callbacks if there are any */
+
+static Boolean PeekOtherSources(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ struct timeval cur_time;
+
+ if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) return TRUE;
+
+ if (app->signalQueue != NULL) {
+ SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
+ while (se_ptr != NULL) {
+ if (se_ptr->se_notice)
+ return TRUE;
+ se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (app->input_count > 0) {
+ /* Call _XtWaitForSomething to get input queued up */
+ (void) _XtWaitForSomething (app,
+ TRUE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE,
+ FALSE,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ TRUE,
+#endif
+ (unsigned long *)NULL);
+ if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (app->timerQueue != NULL) { /* check timeout queue */
+ X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
+ FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
+ if (IS_AT_OR_AFTER (app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+Boolean XtPeekEvent(
+ XEvent *event)
+{
+ return XtAppPeekEvent(_XtDefaultAppContext(), event);
+}
+
+Boolean XtAppPeekEvent_SkipTimer;
+
+Boolean XtAppPeekEvent(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XEvent *event)
+{
+ int i, d;
+ Boolean foundCall = FALSE;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
+ d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
+ if (d == 0) foundCall = PeekOtherSources(app);
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterReading))
+ goto GotEvent;
+ }
+ for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
+ d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush))
+ goto GotEvent;
+ }
+
+ if (foundCall) {
+ event->xany.type = 0;
+ event->xany.display = NULL;
+ event->xany.window = 0;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ while (1) {
+ d = _XtWaitForSomething (app,
+ FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE,
+ TRUE,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ TRUE,
+#endif
+ (unsigned long *) NULL);
+
+ if (d != -1) { /* event */
+ GotEvent:
+ XPeekEvent(app->list[d], event);
+ app->last = (d == 0 ? app->count : d) - 1;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else { /* input or timer or signal */
+ /*
+ * Check to see why a -1 was returned, if a timer expired,
+ * call it and block some more
+ */
+ if ((app->timerQueue != NULL) && ! XtAppPeekEvent_SkipTimer) { /* timer */
+ struct timeval cur_time;
+ Bool did_timer = False;
+
+ X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
+ FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
+ while (IS_AT_OR_AFTER(app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time)) {
+ TimerEventRec *te_ptr = app->timerQueue;
+ app->timerQueue = app->timerQueue->te_next;
+ te_ptr->te_next = NULL;
+ if (te_ptr->te_proc != NULL) {
+ TeCallProc(te_ptr);
+ did_timer = True;
+ }
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ te_ptr->te_next = freeTimerRecs;
+ freeTimerRecs = te_ptr;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (app->timerQueue == NULL) break;
+ }
+ if (did_timer)
+ {
+ for (d = 0; d < app->count; d++)
+ /* the timer's procedure may have caused an event */
+ if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush)) {
+ goto GotEvent;
+ }
+ continue; /* keep blocking */
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * spec is vague here; we'll assume signals also return FALSE,
+ * of course to determine whether a signal is pending requires
+ * walking the signalQueue looking for se_notice flags which
+ * this code doesn't do.
+ */
+#if 0
+ if (app->signalQueue != NULL) { /* signal */
+ event->xany.type = 0;
+ event->xany.display = NULL;
+ event->xany.window = 0;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ { /* input */
+ event->xany.type = 0;
+ event->xany.display = NULL;
+ event->xany.window = 0;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ } /* end while */
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+ {XtNdestroyCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback,sizeof(XtPointer),
+ XtOffsetOf(ObjectRec,object.destroy_callbacks),
+ XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL}
+ };
+
+static void ObjectClassPartInitialize(WidgetClass);
+static Boolean ObjectSetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void ObjectDestroy(Widget);
+
+externaldef(objectclassrec) ObjectClassRec objectClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ NULL,
+ /* class_name */ "Object",
+ /* widget_size */ sizeof(ObjectRec),
+ /* class_initialize */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ ObjectClassPartInitialize,
+ /* class_inited */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ NULL,
+ /* initialize_hook */ NULL,
+ /* pad */ NULL,
+ /* pad */ NULL,
+ /* pad */ 0,
+ /* resources */ resources,
+ /* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* pad */ FALSE,
+ /* pad */ FALSE,
+ /* pad */ FALSE,
+ /* pad */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ ObjectDestroy,
+ /* pad */ NULL,
+ /* pad */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ ObjectSetValues,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* pad */ NULL,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* pad */ NULL,
+ /* version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback_offsets */ NULL,
+ /* pad */ NULL,
+ /* pad */ NULL,
+ /* pad */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+}
+};
+
+externaldef(objectClass) WidgetClass objectClass
+ = (WidgetClass)&objectClassRec;
+
+/*
+ * Start of object routines.
+ */
+
+
+static void ConstructCallbackOffsets(
+ WidgetClass widgetClass)
+{
+ static XrmQuark QCallback = NULLQUARK;
+ register int i;
+ register int tableSize;
+ register CallbackTable newTable;
+ register CallbackTable superTable;
+ register XrmResourceList resourceList;
+ ObjectClass objectClass = (ObjectClass)widgetClass;
+
+ /*
+ This function builds an array of pointers to the resource
+ structures which describe the callbacks for this widget class.
+ This array is special in that the 0th entry is the number of
+ callback pointers.
+ */
+
+ if (QCallback == NULLQUARK)
+ QCallback = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRCallback);
+
+ if (objectClass->object_class.superclass != NULL) {
+ superTable = (CallbackTable)
+ ((ObjectClass) objectClass->object_class.superclass)->
+ object_class.callback_private;
+ tableSize = (int)(long) superTable[0];
+ } else {
+ superTable = (CallbackTable) NULL;
+ tableSize = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Count the number of callbacks */
+ resourceList = (XrmResourceList) objectClass->object_class.resources;
+ for (i = objectClass->object_class.num_resources; --i >= 0; resourceList++)
+ if (resourceList->xrm_type == QCallback)
+ tableSize++;
+
+ /*
+ * Allocate and load the table. Make sure that the new callback
+ * offsets occur in the table ahead of the superclass callback
+ * offsets so that resource overrides work.
+ */
+ newTable = (CallbackTable)
+ __XtMalloc(sizeof(XrmResource *) * (tableSize + 1));
+
+ newTable[0] = (XrmResource *)(long) tableSize;
+
+ if (superTable)
+ tableSize -= (int)(long) superTable[0];
+ resourceList = (XrmResourceList) objectClass->object_class.resources;
+ for (i=1; tableSize > 0; resourceList++)
+ if (resourceList->xrm_type == QCallback) {
+ newTable[i++] = resourceList;
+ tableSize--;
+ }
+
+ if (superTable)
+ for (tableSize = (int)(long) *superTable++;
+ --tableSize >= 0; superTable++)
+ newTable[i++] = *superTable;
+
+ objectClass->object_class.callback_private = (XtPointer) newTable;
+}
+
+static void InheritObjectExtensionMethods(
+ WidgetClass widget_class)
+{
+ ObjectClass oc = (ObjectClass) widget_class;
+ ObjectClassExtension ext, super_ext = NULL;
+
+ ext = (ObjectClassExtension)
+ XtGetClassExtension(widget_class,
+ XtOffsetOf(ObjectClassRec, object_class.extension),
+ NULLQUARK, XtObjectExtensionVersion,
+ sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec));
+
+ if (oc->object_class.superclass)
+ super_ext = (ObjectClassExtension)
+ XtGetClassExtension(oc->object_class.superclass,
+ XtOffsetOf(ObjectClassRec, object_class.extension),
+ NULLQUARK, XtObjectExtensionVersion,
+ sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec));
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (ext) {
+ if (ext->allocate == XtInheritAllocate)
+ ext->allocate = (super_ext ? super_ext->allocate : NULL);
+ if (ext->deallocate == XtInheritDeallocate)
+ ext->deallocate = (super_ext ? super_ext->deallocate : NULL);
+ } else if (super_ext) {
+ /* Be careful to inherit only what is appropriate */
+ ext = (ObjectClassExtension)
+ __XtCalloc(1, sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec));
+ ext->next_extension = oc->object_class.extension;
+ ext->record_type = NULLQUARK;
+ ext->version = XtObjectExtensionVersion;
+ ext->record_size = sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec);
+ ext->allocate = super_ext->allocate;
+ ext->deallocate = super_ext->deallocate;
+ oc->object_class.extension = (XtPointer) ext;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static void ObjectClassPartInitialize(
+ register WidgetClass wc)
+{
+ ObjectClass oc = (ObjectClass)wc;
+
+ oc->object_class.xrm_class =
+ XrmPermStringToQuark(oc->object_class.class_name);
+
+ if (oc->object_class.resources)
+ _XtCompileResourceList(oc->object_class.resources,
+ oc->object_class.num_resources);
+
+ ConstructCallbackOffsets(wc);
+ _XtResourceDependencies(wc);
+ InheritObjectExtensionMethods(wc);
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static Boolean ObjectSetValues(
+ Widget old,
+ Widget request,
+ Widget widget,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal * num_args)
+{
+ register CallbackTable offsets;
+ register int i;
+ register InternalCallbackList *ol, *nl;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ /* Compile any callback lists into internal form */
+ offsets = (CallbackTable) XtClass(widget)->core_class.callback_private;
+
+ for (i= (int)(long) *(offsets++); --i >= 0; offsets++) {
+ ol = (InternalCallbackList *)
+ ((char *) old - (*offsets)->xrm_offset - 1);
+ nl = (InternalCallbackList *)
+ ((char *) widget - (*offsets)->xrm_offset - 1);
+ if (*ol != *nl) {
+ if (*ol != NULL)
+ XtFree((char *) *ol);
+ if (*nl != NULL)
+ *nl = _XtCompileCallbackList((XtCallbackList) *nl);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+}
+
+
+static void ObjectDestroy (
+ register Widget widget)
+{
+ register CallbackTable offsets;
+ register int i;
+ register InternalCallbackList cl;
+
+ /* Remove all callbacks associated with widget */
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ offsets = (CallbackTable)
+ widget->core.widget_class->core_class.callback_private;
+
+ for (i = (int)(long) *(offsets++); --i >= 0; offsets++) {
+ cl = *(InternalCallbackList *)
+ ((char *) widget - (*offsets)->xrm_offset - 1);
+ if (cl) XtFree((char *) cl);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+} /* ObjectDestroy */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+/********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989,1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
+and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
+notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of
+Hewlett-Packard or Digital not be used in advertising or
+publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "PassivGraI.h"
+
+/* typedef unsigned long Mask; */
+#define BITMASK(i) (((Mask)1) << ((i) & 31))
+#define MASKIDX(i) ((i) >> 5)
+#define MASKWORD(buf, i) buf[MASKIDX(i)]
+#define BITSET(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) |= BITMASK(i)
+#define BITCLEAR(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) &= ~BITMASK(i)
+#define GETBIT(buf, i) (MASKWORD(buf, i) & BITMASK(i))
+#define MasksPerDetailMask 8
+
+#define pDisplay(grabPtr) (((grabPtr)->widget)->core.screen->display)
+#define pWindow(grabPtr) (((grabPtr)->widget)->core.window)
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/*********************** Internal Support Routines *************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Turn off (clear) the bit in the specified detail mask which is associated
+ * with the detail.
+ */
+
+static void DeleteDetailFromMask(
+ Mask **ppDetailMask,
+ unsigned short detail)
+{
+ Mask *pDetailMask = *ppDetailMask;
+
+ if (!pDetailMask) {
+ int i;
+ pDetailMask = (Mask *)__XtMalloc(sizeof(Mask) * MasksPerDetailMask);
+ for (i = MasksPerDetailMask; --i >= 0; )
+ pDetailMask[i] = ~0;
+ *ppDetailMask = pDetailMask;
+ }
+ BITCLEAR((pDetailMask), detail);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Make an exact copy of the specified detail mask.
+ */
+
+static Mask *CopyDetailMask(
+ Mask *pOriginalDetailMask)
+{
+ Mask *pTempMask;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!pOriginalDetailMask)
+ return NULL;
+
+ pTempMask = (Mask *)__XtMalloc(sizeof(Mask) * MasksPerDetailMask);
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < MasksPerDetailMask; i++)
+ pTempMask[i]= pOriginalDetailMask[i];
+
+ return pTempMask;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a new grab entry, and fill in all of the fields using the
+ * specified parameters.
+ */
+
+static XtServerGrabPtr CreateGrab(
+ Widget widget,
+ Boolean ownerEvents,
+ Modifiers modifiers,
+ KeyCode keybut,
+ int pointer_mode,
+ int keyboard_mode,
+ Mask event_mask,
+ Window confine_to,
+ Cursor cursor,
+ Boolean need_ext)
+{
+ XtServerGrabPtr grab;
+
+ if (confine_to || cursor)
+ need_ext = True;
+ grab = (XtServerGrabPtr)__XtMalloc(sizeof(XtServerGrabRec) +
+ (need_ext ? sizeof(XtServerGrabExtRec)
+ : 0));
+ grab->next = NULL;
+ grab->widget = widget;
+ grab->ownerEvents = ownerEvents;
+ grab->pointerMode = pointer_mode;
+ grab->keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;
+ grab->eventMask = event_mask;
+ grab->hasExt = need_ext;
+ grab->confineToIsWidgetWin = (XtWindow (widget) == confine_to);
+ grab->modifiers = modifiers;
+ grab->keybut = keybut;
+ if (need_ext) {
+ XtServerGrabExtPtr ext = GRABEXT(grab);
+ ext->pModifiersMask = NULL;
+ ext->pKeyButMask = NULL;
+ ext->confineTo = confine_to;
+ ext->cursor = cursor;
+ }
+ return grab;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Free up the space occupied by a grab entry.
+ */
+
+static void FreeGrab(
+ XtServerGrabPtr pGrab)
+{
+ if (pGrab->hasExt) {
+ XtServerGrabExtPtr ext = GRABEXT(pGrab);
+ if (ext->pModifiersMask)
+ XtFree((char *)ext->pModifiersMask);
+ if (ext->pKeyButMask)
+ XtFree((char *)ext->pKeyButMask);
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)pGrab);
+}
+
+typedef struct _DetailRec {
+ unsigned short exact;
+ Mask *pMask;
+} DetailRec, *DetailPtr;
+
+/*
+ * If the first detail is set to 'exception' and the second detail
+ * is contained in the mask of the first, then TRUE is returned.
+ */
+
+static Bool IsInGrabMask(
+ register DetailPtr firstDetail,
+ register DetailPtr secondDetail,
+ unsigned short exception)
+{
+ if (firstDetail->exact == exception) {
+ if (!firstDetail->pMask)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* (at present) never called with two non-null pMasks */
+ if (secondDetail->exact == exception)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (GETBIT(firstDetail->pMask, secondDetail->exact))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * If neither of the details is set to 'exception', and they match
+ * exactly, then TRUE is returned.
+ */
+
+static Bool IdenticalExactDetails(
+ unsigned short firstExact,
+ unsigned short secondExact,
+ unsigned short exception)
+{
+ if ((firstExact == exception) || (secondExact == exception))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (firstExact == secondExact)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * If the first detail is set to 'exception', and its mask has the bit
+ * enabled which corresponds to the second detail, OR if neither of the
+ * details is set to 'exception' and the details match exactly, then
+ * TRUE is returned.
+ */
+
+static Bool DetailSupersedesSecond(
+ register DetailPtr firstDetail,
+ register DetailPtr secondDetail,
+ unsigned short exception)
+{
+ if (IsInGrabMask(firstDetail, secondDetail, exception))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (IdenticalExactDetails(firstDetail->exact, secondDetail->exact,
+ exception))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * If the two grab events match exactly, or if the first grab entry
+ * 'encompasses' the second grab entry, then TRUE is returned.
+ */
+
+static Bool GrabSupersedesSecond(
+ register XtServerGrabPtr pFirstGrab,
+ register XtServerGrabPtr pSecondGrab)
+{
+ DetailRec first, second;
+
+ first.exact = pFirstGrab->modifiers;
+ if (pFirstGrab->hasExt)
+ first.pMask = GRABEXT(pFirstGrab)->pModifiersMask;
+ else
+ first.pMask = NULL;
+ second.exact = pSecondGrab->modifiers;
+ if (pSecondGrab->hasExt)
+ second.pMask = GRABEXT(pSecondGrab)->pModifiersMask;
+ else
+ second.pMask = NULL;
+ if (!DetailSupersedesSecond(&first, &second, (unsigned short)AnyModifier))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ first.exact = pFirstGrab->keybut;
+ if (pFirstGrab->hasExt)
+ first.pMask = GRABEXT(pFirstGrab)->pKeyButMask;
+ else
+ first.pMask = NULL;
+ second.exact = pSecondGrab->keybut;
+ if (pSecondGrab->hasExt)
+ second.pMask = GRABEXT(pSecondGrab)->pKeyButMask;
+ else
+ second.pMask = NULL;
+ if (DetailSupersedesSecond(&first, &second, (unsigned short)AnyKey))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Two grabs are considered to be matching if either of the following are true:
+ *
+ * 1) The two grab entries match exactly, or the first grab entry
+ * encompasses the second grab entry.
+ * 2) The second grab entry encompasses the first grab entry.
+ * 3) The keycodes match exactly, and one entry's modifiers encompasses
+ * the others.
+ * 4) The keycode for one entry encompasses the other, and the detail
+ * for the other entry encompasses the first.
+ */
+
+static Bool GrabMatchesSecond(
+ register XtServerGrabPtr pFirstGrab,
+ register XtServerGrabPtr pSecondGrab)
+{
+ DetailRec firstD, firstM, secondD, secondM;
+
+ if (pDisplay(pFirstGrab) != pDisplay(pSecondGrab))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (GrabSupersedesSecond(pFirstGrab, pSecondGrab))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (GrabSupersedesSecond(pSecondGrab, pFirstGrab))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ firstD.exact = pFirstGrab->keybut;
+ firstM.exact = pFirstGrab->modifiers;
+ if (pFirstGrab->hasExt) {
+ firstD.pMask = GRABEXT(pFirstGrab)->pKeyButMask;
+ firstM.pMask = GRABEXT(pFirstGrab)->pModifiersMask;
+ } else {
+ firstD.pMask = NULL;
+ firstM.pMask = NULL;
+ }
+ secondD.exact = pSecondGrab->keybut;
+ secondM.exact = pSecondGrab->modifiers;
+ if (pSecondGrab->hasExt) {
+ secondD.pMask = GRABEXT(pSecondGrab)->pKeyButMask;
+ secondM.pMask = GRABEXT(pSecondGrab)->pModifiersMask;
+ } else {
+ secondD.pMask = NULL;
+ secondM.pMask = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (DetailSupersedesSecond(&secondD, &firstD, (unsigned short)AnyKey) &&
+ DetailSupersedesSecond(&firstM, &secondM, (unsigned short)AnyModifier))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (DetailSupersedesSecond(&firstD, &secondD, (unsigned short)AnyKey) &&
+ DetailSupersedesSecond(&secondM, &firstM, (unsigned short)AnyModifier))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Delete a grab combination from the passive grab list. Each entry will
+ * be checked to see if it is affected by the grab being deleted. This
+ * may result in multiple entries being modified/deleted.
+ */
+
+static void DeleteServerGrabFromList(
+ XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr,
+ XtServerGrabPtr pMinuendGrab)
+{
+ register XtServerGrabPtr *next;
+ register XtServerGrabPtr grab;
+ register XtServerGrabExtPtr ext;
+
+ for (next = passiveListPtr; (grab = *next); )
+ {
+ if (GrabMatchesSecond(grab, pMinuendGrab) &&
+ (pDisplay(grab) == pDisplay(pMinuendGrab)))
+ {
+ if (GrabSupersedesSecond(pMinuendGrab, grab))
+ {
+ /*
+ * The entry being deleted encompasses the list entry,
+ * so delete the list entry.
+ */
+ *next = grab->next;
+ FreeGrab(grab);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (!grab->hasExt) {
+ grab = (XtServerGrabPtr)
+ XtRealloc((char *)grab, (sizeof(XtServerGrabRec) +
+ sizeof(XtServerGrabExtRec)));
+ *next = grab;
+ grab->hasExt = True;
+ ext = GRABEXT(grab);
+ ext->pKeyButMask = NULL;
+ ext->pModifiersMask = NULL;
+ ext->confineTo = None;
+ ext->cursor = None;
+ } else
+ ext = GRABEXT(grab);
+ if ((grab->keybut == AnyKey) && (grab->modifiers != AnyModifier))
+ {
+ /*
+ * If the list entry has the key detail of AnyKey, and
+ * a modifier detail not set to AnyModifier, then we
+ * simply need to turn off the key detail bit in the
+ * list entry's key detail mask.
+ */
+ DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pKeyButMask, pMinuendGrab->keybut);
+ } else if ((grab->modifiers == AnyModifier) &&
+ (grab->keybut != AnyKey)) {
+ /*
+ * The list entry has a specific key detail, but its
+ * modifier detail is set to AnyModifier; so, we only
+ * need to turn off the specified modifier combination
+ * in the list entry's modifier mask.
+ */
+ DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pModifiersMask,
+ pMinuendGrab->modifiers);
+ } else if ((pMinuendGrab->keybut != AnyKey) &&
+ (pMinuendGrab->modifiers != AnyModifier)) {
+ /*
+ * The list entry has a key detail of AnyKey and a
+ * modifier detail of AnyModifier; the entry being
+ * deleted has a specific key and a specific modifier
+ * combination. Therefore, we need to mask off the
+ * keycode from the list entry, and also create a
+ * new entry for this keycode, which has a modifier
+ * mask set to AnyModifier & ~(deleted modifiers).
+ */
+ XtServerGrabPtr pNewGrab;
+
+ DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pKeyButMask, pMinuendGrab->keybut);
+ pNewGrab = CreateGrab(grab->widget,
+ (Boolean)grab->ownerEvents,
+ (Modifiers)AnyModifier,
+ pMinuendGrab->keybut,
+ (int)grab->pointerMode,
+ (int)grab->keyboardMode,
+ (Mask)0, (Window)0, (Cursor)0, True);
+ GRABEXT(pNewGrab)->pModifiersMask =
+ CopyDetailMask(ext->pModifiersMask);
+
+ DeleteDetailFromMask(&GRABEXT(pNewGrab)->pModifiersMask,
+ pMinuendGrab->modifiers);
+
+ pNewGrab->next = *passiveListPtr;
+ *passiveListPtr = pNewGrab;
+ } else if (pMinuendGrab->keybut == AnyKey) {
+ /*
+ * The list entry has keycode AnyKey and modifier
+ * AnyModifier; the entry being deleted has
+ * keycode AnyKey and specific modifiers. So we
+ * simply need to mask off the specified modifier
+ * combination.
+ */
+ DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pModifiersMask,
+ pMinuendGrab->modifiers);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * The list entry has keycode AnyKey and modifier
+ * AnyModifier; the entry being deleted has a
+ * specific keycode and modifier AnyModifier. So
+ * we simply need to mask off the specified
+ * keycode.
+ */
+ DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pKeyButMask, pMinuendGrab->keybut);
+ }
+ }
+ next = &(*next)->next;
+ }
+}
+
+static void DestroyPassiveList(
+ XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr)
+{
+ XtServerGrabPtr next, grab;
+
+ for (next = *passiveListPtr; next; ) {
+ grab = next;
+ next = grab->next;
+
+ /* not necessary to explicitly ungrab key or button;
+ * window is being destroyed so server will take care of it.
+ */
+
+ FreeGrab(grab);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * This function is called at widget destroy time to clean up
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void _XtDestroyServerGrabs(
+ Widget w,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data) /* unused */
+{
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi = (XtPerWidgetInput)closure;
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(w));
+ _XtClearAncestorCache(w);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ /* Remove the active grab, if necessary */
+ if ((pdi->keyboard.grabType != XtNoServerGrab) &&
+ (pdi->keyboard.grab.widget == w)) {
+ pdi->keyboard.grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+ pdi->activatingKey = (KeyCode)0;
+ }
+ if ((pdi->pointer.grabType != XtNoServerGrab) &&
+ (pdi->pointer.grab.widget == w))
+ pdi->pointer.grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+
+ DestroyPassiveList(&pwi->keyList);
+ DestroyPassiveList(&pwi->ptrList);
+
+ _XtFreePerWidgetInput(w, pwi);
+}
+
+/*
+ * If the incoming event is on the passive grab list, then activate
+ * the grab. The grab will remain in effect until the key is released.
+ */
+
+XtServerGrabPtr _XtCheckServerGrabsOnWidget (
+ XEvent *event,
+ Widget widget,
+ _XtBoolean isKeyboard)
+{
+ register XtServerGrabPtr grab;
+ XtServerGrabRec tempGrab;
+ XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr;
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(widget, FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (!pwi)
+ return (XtServerGrabPtr)NULL;
+ if (isKeyboard)
+ passiveListPtr = &pwi->keyList;
+ else
+ passiveListPtr = &pwi->ptrList;
+
+ /*
+ * if either there is no entry in the context manager or the entry
+ * is empty, or the keyboard is grabed, then no work to be done
+ */
+ if (!*passiveListPtr)
+ return (XtServerGrabPtr)NULL;
+
+ /* Take only the lower thirteen bits as modifier state. The X Keyboard
+ * Extension may be representing keyboard group state in two upper bits.
+ */
+ tempGrab.widget = widget;
+ tempGrab.keybut = event->xkey.keycode; /* also xbutton.button */
+ tempGrab.modifiers = event->xkey.state & 0x1FFF; /*also xbutton.state*/
+ tempGrab.hasExt = False;
+
+ for (grab = *passiveListPtr; grab; grab = grab->next) {
+ if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab))
+ return (grab);
+ }
+ return (XtServerGrabPtr)NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This handler is needed to guarantee that we see releases on passive
+ * button grabs for widgets that haven't selected for button release.
+ */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void ActiveHandler (
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer pdi,
+ XEvent *event,
+ Boolean *cont)
+{
+ /* nothing */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * MakeGrab
+ */
+static void MakeGrab(
+ XtServerGrabPtr grab,
+ XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr,
+ Boolean isKeyboard,
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi,
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi)
+{
+ if (!isKeyboard && !pwi->active_handler_added) {
+ XtAddEventHandler(grab->widget, ButtonReleaseMask, FALSE,
+ ActiveHandler, (XtPointer)pdi);
+ pwi->active_handler_added = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (isKeyboard) {
+ XGrabKey(pDisplay(grab),
+ grab->keybut, grab->modifiers,
+ pWindow(grab), grab->ownerEvents,
+ grab->pointerMode, grab->keyboardMode);
+ } else {
+ Window confineTo = None;
+ Cursor cursor = None;
+
+ if (grab->hasExt) {
+ if (grab->confineToIsWidgetWin)
+ confineTo = XtWindow (grab->widget);
+ else
+ confineTo = GRABEXT(grab)->confineTo;
+ cursor = GRABEXT(grab)->cursor;
+ }
+ XGrabButton(pDisplay(grab),
+ grab->keybut, grab->modifiers,
+ pWindow(grab), grab->ownerEvents, grab->eventMask,
+ grab->pointerMode, grab->keyboardMode,
+ confineTo, cursor);
+ }
+
+ /* Add the new grab entry to the passive key grab list */
+ grab->next = *passiveListPtr;
+ *passiveListPtr = grab;
+}
+
+static void MakeGrabs(
+ XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr,
+ Boolean isKeyboard,
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
+{
+ XtServerGrabPtr next = *passiveListPtr;
+ XtServerGrabPtr grab;
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
+ /*
+ * make MakeGrab build a new list that has had the merge
+ * processing done on it. Start with an empty list
+ * (passiveListPtr).
+ */
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ *passiveListPtr = NULL;
+ while (next)
+ {
+ grab = next;
+ next = grab->next;
+ pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(grab->widget, FALSE);
+ MakeGrab(grab, passiveListPtr, isKeyboard, pdi, pwi);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This function is the event handler attached to the associated widget
+ * when grabs need to be added, but the widget is not yet realized. When
+ * it is first mapped, this handler will be invoked, and it will add all
+ * needed grabs.
+ */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void RealizeHandler (
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XEvent *event, /* unused */
+ Boolean *cont) /* unused */
+{
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi = (XtPerWidgetInput)closure;
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ MakeGrabs(&pwi->keyList, KEYBOARD, pdi);
+ MakeGrabs(&pwi->ptrList, POINTER, pdi);
+
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True,
+ RealizeHandler, (XtPointer)pwi);
+ pwi->realize_handler_added = FALSE;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/**************************** Global Routines ******************************/
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * Routine used by an application to set up a passive grab for a key/modifier
+ * combination.
+ */
+
+static
+void GrabKeyOrButton (
+ Widget widget,
+ KeyCode keyOrButton,
+ Modifiers modifiers,
+ Boolean owner_events,
+ int pointer_mode,
+ int keyboard_mode,
+ Mask event_mask,
+ Window confine_to,
+ Cursor cursor,
+ Boolean isKeyboard)
+{
+ XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr;
+ XtServerGrabPtr newGrab;
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
+
+
+ XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass, "in XtGrabKey or XtGrabButton");
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(widget, TRUE);
+ if (isKeyboard)
+ passiveListPtr = &pwi->keyList;
+ else
+ passiveListPtr = &pwi->ptrList;
+ pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ newGrab = CreateGrab(widget, owner_events, modifiers,
+ keyOrButton, pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
+ event_mask, confine_to, cursor, False);
+ /*
+ * if the widget is realized then process the entry into the grab
+ * list. else if the list is empty (i.e. first time) then add the
+ * event handler. then add the raw entry to the list for processing
+ * in the handler at realize time.
+ */
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget))
+ MakeGrab(newGrab, passiveListPtr, isKeyboard, pdi, pwi);
+ else {
+ if (!pwi->realize_handler_added)
+ {
+ XtAddEventHandler(widget, StructureNotifyMask, FALSE,
+ RealizeHandler,
+ (XtPointer)pwi);
+ pwi->realize_handler_added = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ while (*passiveListPtr)
+ passiveListPtr = &(*passiveListPtr)->next;
+ *passiveListPtr = newGrab;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static
+void UngrabKeyOrButton (
+ Widget widget,
+ int keyOrButton,
+ Modifiers modifiers,
+ Boolean isKeyboard)
+{
+ XtServerGrabRec tempGrab;
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
+
+ XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass,
+ "in XtUngrabKey or XtUngrabButton");
+
+ /* Build a temporary grab list entry */
+ tempGrab.widget = widget;
+ tempGrab.modifiers = modifiers;
+ tempGrab.keybut = keyOrButton;
+ tempGrab.hasExt = False;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(widget, FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ /*
+ * if there is no entry in the context manager then somethings wrong
+ */
+ if (!pwi)
+ {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidGrab", "ungrabKeyOrButton", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Attempt to remove nonexistent passive grab",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget))
+ {
+ if (isKeyboard)
+ XUngrabKey(widget->core.screen->display,
+ keyOrButton, (unsigned int)modifiers,
+ widget->core.window);
+ else
+ XUngrabButton(widget->core.screen->display,
+ keyOrButton, (unsigned int)modifiers,
+ widget->core.window);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Delete all entries which are encompassed by the specified grab. */
+ DeleteServerGrabFromList(isKeyboard ? &pwi->keyList : &pwi->ptrList,
+ &tempGrab);
+}
+
+void XtGrabKey (
+ Widget widget,
+ _XtKeyCode keycode,
+ Modifiers modifiers,
+ _XtBoolean owner_events,
+ int pointer_mode,
+ int keyboard_mode)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ GrabKeyOrButton(widget, (KeyCode)keycode, modifiers, owner_events,
+ pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
+ (Mask)0, (Window)None, (Cursor)None, KEYBOARD);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtGrabButton(
+ Widget widget,
+ int button,
+ Modifiers modifiers,
+ _XtBoolean owner_events,
+ unsigned int event_mask,
+ int pointer_mode,
+ int keyboard_mode,
+ Window confine_to,
+ Cursor cursor)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ GrabKeyOrButton(widget, (KeyCode)button, modifiers, owner_events,
+ pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
+ (Mask)event_mask, confine_to, cursor, POINTER);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Routine used by an application to clear a passive grab for a key/modifier
+ * combination.
+ */
+
+void XtUngrabKey (
+ Widget widget,
+ _XtKeyCode keycode,
+ Modifiers modifiers)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ UngrabKeyOrButton(widget, (int)keycode, modifiers, KEYBOARD);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtUngrabButton (
+ Widget widget,
+ unsigned int button,
+ Modifiers modifiers)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ UngrabKeyOrButton(widget, (KeyCode)button, modifiers, POINTER);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Active grab of Device. clear any client side grabs so we dont lock
+ */
+static int GrabDevice (
+ Widget widget,
+ Boolean owner_events,
+ int pointer_mode,
+ int keyboard_mode,
+ Mask event_mask,
+ Window confine_to,
+ Cursor cursor,
+ Time time,
+ Boolean isKeyboard)
+{
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
+ int returnVal;
+
+ XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass,
+ "in XtGrabKeyboard or XtGrabPointer");
+ if (!XtIsRealized(widget))
+ return GrabNotViewable;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (!isKeyboard)
+ returnVal = XGrabPointer(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ owner_events, event_mask,
+ pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
+ confine_to, cursor, time);
+ else
+ returnVal = XGrabKeyboard(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ owner_events, pointer_mode,
+ keyboard_mode, time);
+
+ if (returnVal == GrabSuccess) {
+ XtDevice device;
+
+ device = isKeyboard ? &pdi->keyboard : &pdi->pointer;
+ /* fill in the server grab rec */
+ device->grab.widget = widget;
+ device->grab.modifiers = 0;
+ device->grab.keybut = 0;
+ device->grab.ownerEvents = owner_events;
+ device->grab.pointerMode = pointer_mode;
+ device->grab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;
+ device->grab.hasExt = False;
+ device->grabType = XtActiveServerGrab;
+ pdi->activatingKey = (KeyCode)0;
+ }
+ return returnVal;
+}
+
+static void UngrabDevice(
+ Widget widget,
+ Time time,
+ Boolean isKeyboard)
+{
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
+ XtDevice device;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ device = isKeyboard ? &pdi->keyboard : &pdi->pointer;
+ XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass,
+ "in XtUngrabKeyboard or XtUngrabPointer");
+
+ if (device->grabType != XtNoServerGrab) {
+
+ if (device->grabType != XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab
+ && XtIsRealized(widget)) {
+ if (isKeyboard)
+ XUngrabKeyboard(XtDisplay(widget), time);
+ else
+ XUngrabPointer(XtDisplay(widget), time);
+ }
+ device->grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+ pdi->activatingKey = (KeyCode)0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Active grab of keyboard. clear any client side grabs so we dont lock
+ */
+int XtGrabKeyboard (
+ Widget widget,
+ _XtBoolean owner_events,
+ int pointer_mode,
+ int keyboard_mode,
+ Time time)
+{
+ int retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = GrabDevice (widget, owner_events,
+ pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
+ (Mask)0, (Window)None, (Cursor)None, time, KEYBOARD);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Ungrab the keyboard
+ */
+
+void XtUngrabKeyboard(
+ Widget widget,
+ Time time)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ UngrabDevice(widget, time, KEYBOARD);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*
+ * grab the pointer
+ */
+int XtGrabPointer (
+ Widget widget,
+ _XtBoolean owner_events,
+ unsigned int event_mask,
+ int pointer_mode,
+ int keyboard_mode,
+ Window confine_to,
+ Cursor cursor,
+ Time time)
+{
+ int retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = GrabDevice (widget, owner_events,
+ pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
+ (Mask)event_mask, confine_to,
+ cursor, time, POINTER);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Ungrab the pointer
+ */
+
+void XtUngrabPointer(
+ Widget widget,
+ Time time)
+{
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ UngrabDevice(widget, time, POINTER);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+void _XtRegisterPassiveGrabs (
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ XtPerWidgetInput pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput (widget, FALSE);
+
+ if (pwi != NULL && !pwi->realize_handler_added) {
+ XtAddEventHandler(widget, StructureNotifyMask, FALSE,
+ RealizeHandler,
+ (XtPointer)pwi);
+ pwi->realize_handler_added = TRUE;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
+and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
+notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of
+Hewlett-Packard or Digital not be used in advertising or
+publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "PassivGraI.h"
+
+
+#define AllButtonsMask (Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask)
+
+Widget _XtProcessPointerEvent(
+ XButtonEvent *event,
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
+{
+ XtDevice device = &pdi->pointer;
+ XtServerGrabPtr newGrab = NULL, devGrab = &device->grab;
+ Widget dspWidget = NULL;
+ Boolean deactivateGrab = FALSE;
+
+ switch (event->type)
+ {
+ case ButtonPress:
+ {
+ if (!IsServerGrab(device->grabType))
+ {
+ Cardinal i;
+
+ for (i = pdi->traceDepth;
+ i > 0 && !newGrab;
+ i--)
+ newGrab = _XtCheckServerGrabsOnWidget((XEvent*)event,
+ pdi->trace[i-1],
+ POINTER);
+ }
+ if (newGrab)
+ {
+ /* Activate the grab */
+ device->grab = *newGrab;
+ device->grabType = XtPassiveServerGrab;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ {
+ if ((device->grabType == XtPassiveServerGrab) &&
+ !(event->state & ~(Button1Mask << (event->button - 1)) &
+ AllButtonsMask))
+ deactivateGrab = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (IsServerGrab(device->grabType) && !(devGrab)->ownerEvents)
+ dspWidget = (devGrab)->widget;
+ else
+ dspWidget = widget;
+
+ if (deactivateGrab)
+ device->grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+
+ return dspWidget;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "ShellP.h"
+
+void _XtPopup(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtGrabKind grab_kind,
+ _XtBoolean spring_loaded)
+{
+ register ShellWidget shell_widget = (ShellWidget) widget;
+
+ if (! XtIsShell(widget)) {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidClass","xtPopup",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtPopup requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (! shell_widget->shell.popped_up) {
+ XtGrabKind call_data = grab_kind;
+ XtCallCallbacks(widget, XtNpopupCallback, (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ shell_widget->shell.popped_up = TRUE;
+ shell_widget->shell.grab_kind = grab_kind;
+ shell_widget->shell.spring_loaded = spring_loaded;
+ if (shell_widget->shell.create_popup_child_proc != NULL) {
+ (*(shell_widget->shell.create_popup_child_proc))(widget);
+ }
+ if (grab_kind == XtGrabExclusive) {
+ XtAddGrab(widget, TRUE, spring_loaded);
+ } else if (grab_kind == XtGrabNonexclusive) {
+ XtAddGrab(widget, FALSE, spring_loaded);
+ }
+ XtRealizeWidget(widget);
+ XMapRaised(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget));
+ } else
+ XRaiseWindow(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget));
+
+} /* _XtPopup */
+
+void XtPopup (Widget widget, XtGrabKind grab_kind)
+{
+ Widget hookobj;
+
+ switch (grab_kind) {
+
+ case XtGrabNone:
+ case XtGrabExclusive:
+ case XtGrabNonexclusive:
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ XtAppWarningMsg(
+ XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidGrabKind","xtPopup",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "grab kind argument has invalid value; XtGrabNone assumed",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ grab_kind = XtGrabNone;
+ }
+
+ _XtPopup(widget, grab_kind, FALSE);
+
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHpopup;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer)grab_kind;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+} /* XtPopup */
+
+void XtPopupSpringLoaded (
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ Widget hookobj;
+
+ _XtPopup(widget, XtGrabExclusive, True);
+
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHpopupSpringLoaded;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+}
+
+void XtPopdown(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ /* Unmap a shell widget if it is mapped, and remove from grab list */
+ Widget hookobj;
+ ShellWidget shell_widget = (ShellWidget) widget;
+ XtGrabKind grab_kind;
+
+ if (! XtIsShell(widget)) {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidClass","xtPopdown",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtPopdown requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+
+#ifndef X_NO_XT_POPDOWN_CONFORMANCE
+ if (!shell_widget->shell.popped_up)
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ grab_kind = shell_widget->shell.grab_kind;
+ XWithdrawWindow(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ XScreenNumberOfScreen(XtScreen(widget)));
+ if (grab_kind != XtGrabNone)
+ XtRemoveGrab(widget);
+ shell_widget->shell.popped_up = FALSE;
+ XtCallCallbacks(widget, XtNpopdownCallback, (XtPointer)&grab_kind);
+
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHpopdown;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+} /* XtPopdown */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void XtCallbackPopdown(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ register XtPopdownID id = (XtPopdownID) closure;
+
+ XtPopdown(id->shell_widget);
+ if (id->enable_widget != NULL) {
+ XtSetSensitive(id->enable_widget, TRUE);
+ }
+} /* XtCallbackPopdown */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void XtCallbackNone(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ XtSetSensitive(widget, FALSE);
+ _XtPopup((Widget) closure, XtGrabNone, FALSE);
+} /* XtCallbackNone */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void XtCallbackNonexclusive(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+
+ XtSetSensitive(widget, FALSE);
+ _XtPopup((Widget) closure, XtGrabNonexclusive, FALSE);
+} /* XtCallbackNonexclusive */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void XtCallbackExclusive(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ XtSetSensitive(widget, FALSE);
+ _XtPopup((Widget) closure, XtGrabExclusive, FALSE);
+} /* XtCallbackExclusive */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "CreateI.h"
+
+/******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Rectangle Object Resources
+ *
+ ******************************************************************/
+
+static void XtCopyAncestorSensitive(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+
+ {XtNancestorSensitive, XtCSensitive, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.ancestor_sensitive),XtRCallProc,
+ (XtPointer)XtCopyAncestorSensitive},
+ {XtNx, XtCPosition, XtRPosition, sizeof(Position),
+ XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.x), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
+ {XtNy, XtCPosition, XtRPosition, sizeof(Position),
+ XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.y), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
+ {XtNwidth, XtCWidth, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
+ XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.width), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
+ {XtNheight, XtCHeight, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
+ XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.height), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
+ {XtNborderWidth, XtCBorderWidth, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
+ XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.border_width), XtRImmediate,
+ (XtPointer)1},
+ {XtNsensitive, XtCSensitive, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.sensitive), XtRImmediate,
+ (XtPointer)True}
+ };
+
+static void RectClassPartInitialize(WidgetClass);
+static void RectSetValuesAlmost(Widget, Widget, XtWidgetGeometry *, XtWidgetGeometry *);
+
+externaldef(rectobjclassrec) RectObjClassRec rectObjClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass)&objectClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "Rect",
+ /* widget_size */ sizeof(RectObjRec),
+ /* class_initialize */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ RectClassPartInitialize,
+ /* class_inited */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ NULL,
+ /* initialize_hook */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ NULL,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ resources,
+ /* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ NULL,
+ /* resize */ NULL,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ RectSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback_offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(rectObjClass)
+WidgetClass rectObjClass = (WidgetClass)&rectObjClassRec;
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void XtCopyAncestorSensitive(
+ Widget widget,
+ int offset,
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ static Boolean sensitive;
+ Widget parent = widget->core.parent;
+
+ sensitive = (parent->core.ancestor_sensitive & parent->core.sensitive);
+ value->addr = (XPointer)(&sensitive);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Start of rectangle object methods
+ */
+
+
+static void RectClassPartInitialize(
+ register WidgetClass wc)
+{
+ register RectObjClass roc = (RectObjClass)wc;
+ register RectObjClass super = ((RectObjClass)roc->rect_class.superclass);
+
+ /* We don't need to check for null super since we'll get to object
+ eventually, and it had better define them! */
+
+
+ if (roc->rect_class.resize == XtInheritResize) {
+ roc->rect_class.resize = super->rect_class.resize;
+ }
+
+ if (roc->rect_class.expose == XtInheritExpose) {
+ roc->rect_class.expose = super->rect_class.expose;
+ }
+
+ if (roc->rect_class.set_values_almost == XtInheritSetValuesAlmost) {
+ roc->rect_class.set_values_almost = super->rect_class.set_values_almost;
+ }
+
+
+ if (roc->rect_class.query_geometry == XtInheritQueryGeometry) {
+ roc->rect_class.query_geometry = super->rect_class.query_geometry;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Why there isn't an Initialize Method:
+ *
+ * Initialization of the RectObj non-Resource field is done by the
+ * intrinsics in _XtCreateWidget in order that the field is initialized
+ * for use by converters during instance resource resolution.
+ */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void RectSetValuesAlmost(
+ Widget old,
+ Widget new,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *request,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *reply)
+{
+ *request = *reply;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+/*****************************************************************
+
+(C) COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp. 1992,1997
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE IBM CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of the IBM Corporation shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the IBM
+Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "Intrinsic.h"
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "Core.h"
+#include "CoreP.h"
+#include "ShellP.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "ResConfigP.h"
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define MAX_BUFFER 512
+
+static void _search_child(Widget, char *, char *, char *, char *, char, char *);
+static void _set_and_search(Widget, char *, char *, char *, char *, char , char *);
+static int _locate_children(Widget, Widget **);
+
+#if defined(sun) && !defined(SVR4)
+# define Strtoul(a,b,c) (unsigned long)strtol(a,b,c)
+#else
+# define Strtoul(a,b,c) strtoul(a,b,c)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _set_resource_values
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * This function sets the value on the widget. It must first determine
+ * if the last part is a valid resource for that widget. (eg.
+ * labelString is a valid resource for label but not for bulletin board)
+ * It must also add the resource to the application's resource database
+ * and then query it out using specific resource strings that it builds
+ * from the widget information. This ensures that a customizing tool
+ * on-the-fly paradigm is followed: an application that is
+ * instantaneously updated should look the same as one that is restarted
+ * and uses the .Xdefaults file.
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * w the widget to match
+ * resource the resource string to be matched
+ * value the value to be set
+ * last_part the last resource part (e.g. *background)
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES: void
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+static void
+_set_resource_values (
+ Widget w,
+ char *resource,
+ char *value,
+ char *last_part)
+{
+ XrmDatabase db = NULL;
+ char *resource_name = NULL;
+ char *resource_class = NULL;
+ char *return_type;
+ XrmValue return_value;
+ char *resource_value;
+ Widget cur = w;
+ char *temp;
+ XtResourceList resources_return = NULL;
+ Cardinal num_resources_return = 0;
+ Cardinal res_index;
+ Boolean found_resource = False;
+ Display *dpy;
+ XrmDatabase tmp_db;
+
+ if (!XtIsWidget (w))
+ dpy = XtDisplay (w->core.parent);
+ else
+ dpy = XtDisplay (w);
+ tmp_db = XtDatabase(dpy);
+
+ /*
+ * get a list of all the valid resources for this widget
+ */
+ XtGetResourceList (w->core.widget_class,
+ &resources_return, &num_resources_return);
+
+ /*
+ * try to match the last_part of the resource string with
+ * a resource in this resource list
+ */
+ for (res_index=0; res_index<num_resources_return; res_index++) {
+ if ((strcmp (last_part,
+ resources_return[res_index].resource_name) == 0) ||
+ (strcmp (last_part,
+ resources_return[res_index].resource_class) == 0)) {
+ found_resource = True;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * if resource is not a valid resource for this widget
+ * or the resource name or class are NULL
+ * then exit this function
+ */
+ if (!found_resource
+ || !resources_return[res_index].resource_name
+ || !resources_return[res_index].resource_class) {
+ XtFree ((char *) resources_return);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * build the full resource name and class specifications so
+ * that you can query the resource database
+ * eg: .app.button1.foreground
+ * .App.XmPushButton.Foreground
+ */
+ while (cur != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * create resource name string
+ */
+ if (resource_name) {
+ XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s%s", cur->core.name, resource_name);
+ XtFree (resource_name);
+ } else if (!XtIsWidget (cur) || !cur->core.name) {
+ cur = XtParent(cur);
+ continue;
+ } else {
+ XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s", cur->core.name);
+ }
+ resource_name = temp;
+
+ /*
+ * create resource class string
+ */
+ if ((XtIsTopLevelShell (cur)) && (XtParent (cur) == NULL)) {
+ ApplicationShellWidget top =
+ (ApplicationShellWidget) (cur);
+
+ if (resource_class) {
+ XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s%s",
+ top->application.class, resource_class);
+ } else {
+ XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s",
+ top->application.class);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (resource_class) {
+ XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s%s",
+ cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name,
+ resource_class);
+ } else {
+ XtAsprintf (&temp, ".%s",
+ cur->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name);
+ }
+ }
+ if (resource_class != NULL)
+ XtFree (resource_class);
+ resource_class = temp;
+
+ cur = XtParent(cur);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * add the resource name to the end of the resource name string
+ */
+ XtAsprintf (&temp, "%s.%s", resource_name,
+ resources_return[res_index].resource_name);
+ if (resource_name != NULL)
+ XtFree (resource_name);
+ resource_name = temp;
+
+ /*
+ * add the resource class to the end of the resource class string
+ */
+ XtAsprintf (&temp, "%s.%s", resource_class,
+ resources_return[res_index].resource_class);
+ if (resource_class != NULL)
+ XtFree (resource_class);
+ resource_class = temp;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fprintf (stderr, "resource_name = %s\n", resource_name);
+ fprintf (stderr, "resource_class = %s\n", resource_class);
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * put the resource and its value in a resource database and
+ * then query it back out again using the specific name and
+ * class resource strings that were built above. This is
+ * necessary to maintain a precedence similar to the .Xdefaults
+ * file
+ */
+ XrmPutStringResource (&db, resource, value);
+ XrmMergeDatabases (db, &tmp_db);
+ XrmGetResource (tmp_db, resource_name, resource_class,
+ &return_type, &return_value);
+ if (return_type)
+ resource_value = XtNewString (return_value.addr);
+ else
+ resource_value = XtNewString (value);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "Apply:\n\twidget = %s\n\tlast_part = %s\n\tvalue = %s\n",
+ (w->core.name == NULL) ? "NULL" : w->core.name,
+ resources_return[res_index].resource_name,
+ resource_value);
+#endif
+ /*
+ * use XtVaSetValues with XtVaTypedArg to convert the value of
+ * type String the the same type as the resource (last_part).
+ * Then set the value.
+ */
+ XtVaSetValues (w,
+ XtVaTypedArg, resources_return[res_index].resource_name,
+ XtRString, resource_value,
+ strlen (resource_value) + 1,
+ NULL);
+
+ XtFree ((char *) resources_return);
+ XtFree (resource_name);
+ XtFree (resource_class);
+ XtFree (resource_value);
+}
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _apply_values_to_children
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * Once the resource string matches the value must be applied to
+ * all children if applicable. (eg. App*Form.background must apply
+ * background to all children of the Form widget)
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * w the widget to match
+ * remainder the part of the resource string left over
+ * resource the resource string to be matched
+ * value the value to be set
+ * last_token the last * or . before the final resoruce part
+ * last_part the last resource part (e.g. *background)
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES: void
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+static void
+_apply_values_to_children (
+ Widget w,
+ char *remainder,
+ char *resource,
+ char *value,
+ char last_token,
+ char *last_part)
+{
+ int i;
+ int num_children;
+ Widget *children;
+
+ /*
+ * Recursively search through the children
+ */
+ num_children = _locate_children (w, &children);
+
+ for (i=0; i<num_children; i++) {
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (XtIsWidget (children[i]) && XtIsWidget (w))
+ fprintf (stderr, "searching child %s of parent %s\n",
+ children[i]->core.name, w->core.name);
+ else
+ fprintf (stderr,"searching child (NULL) of parent %s\n",
+ w->core.name);
+ if (!XtIsWidget (children[i]))
+ fprintf (stderr, "children[%d] is NOT a widget\n", i);
+ if (!XtIsWidget (w))
+ fprintf (stderr, "w is NOT a widget\n");
+#endif
+
+ _set_resource_values (children[i], resource, value, last_part);
+ _apply_values_to_children (children[i], remainder,
+ resource, value, last_token, last_part);
+ }
+
+ XtFree ((char *)children);
+}
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _search_child
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * descends through each child of the tree
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * w the widget whose children are to be searched
+ * indx index into the resource string
+ * remainder the remaining part of the resource string
+ * resource the resource string to be matched
+ * value the value to be applied
+ * last_token the last * or . before the final resoruce part
+ * last_part the last resource part (e.g. *background)
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES: none
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+static void
+_search_child (
+ Widget w,
+ char *indx,
+ char *remainder,
+ char *resource,
+ char *value,
+ char last_token,
+ char *last_part)
+{
+ int i;
+ int num_children;
+ Widget *children;
+
+ /*
+ * Recursively search through the children
+ */
+ num_children = _locate_children (w, &children);
+ for (i=0; i<num_children; i++) {
+ _set_and_search (children[i], indx, remainder, resource,
+ value, last_token, last_part);
+ }
+
+ XtFree ((char *)children);
+}
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _get_part
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * This routine will return the token and following part of the resource
+ * when given the current index it will update the index accordingly
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * remainder the part of the resource string left over
+ * indx the index into the resource string
+ * part the parsed off part of the resource string
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES:
+ * char the token (* or . or ?) preceding the resource part
+ * indx the index into the resource string
+ * part the parsed off part of the resource string
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static char
+_get_part (
+ char *remainder,
+ char **indx,
+ char **part)
+{
+ char buffer[MAX_BUFFER];
+ char *buf_ptr;
+ char token = **indx;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * copy the remainder part into the buffer
+ */
+ buf_ptr = buffer;
+ (*indx)++; /* get rid of the token */
+ while (**indx && (**indx != '.') && (**indx != '*')) {
+ *buf_ptr++ = *(*indx)++;
+ if (++i >= MAX_BUFFER - 1)
+ break;
+ }
+ *buf_ptr = '\0';
+
+ *part = XtNewString (buffer); /* return a new string to part */
+
+ if (strcmp (*indx, "") == 0)
+ *indx = NULL;
+
+ return (token); /* return the token */
+}
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _match_resource_to_widget
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * This function matches the resource part to the widget name or class
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * w the widget to match
+ * part the parsed off part of the resource string
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES:
+ * Boolean true if a match occurs
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+static Boolean
+_match_resource_to_widget (
+ Widget w,
+ char *part)
+{
+ /*
+ * Match any widget at this level if the ? is used
+ */
+ if (strcmp (part, "?") == 0)
+ return (True);
+
+ /*
+ * if the object is really a widget then its name can be matched
+ * otherwise only use its class. Note that if you try to reference
+ * a widget name when the object is not a widget, you may get a
+ * core dump from an invalid pointer reference.
+ */
+ if (XtIsWidget (w)) {
+ if ((strcmp (w->core.name, part) == 0) ||
+ (strcmp (w->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name,
+ part) == 0))
+ return (True);
+ else
+ return (False);
+ } else {
+ if ((strcmp (w->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name,
+ part) == 0))
+ return (True);
+ else
+ return (False);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _set_and_search
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * The algorithm to search the widget tree and apply a resource string
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * w the widget to match
+ * indx the index into the resource string
+ * remainder the part of the resource string left over
+ * resource the resource string to be matched
+ * value the value to be set
+ * last_token the last * or . before the final resoruce part
+ * last_part the last resource part (e.g. *background)
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES: none
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ *
+ * ALGORITHM:
+ * loop (look at all children)
+ * if (resource segment and current widget match)
+ * if '.'
+ * if at end of resource string
+ * set values ( .=over all children
+ * *=this widget only)
+ * else
+ * descend the widget tree
+ * and parse off resource segment
+ * exit the loop
+ * if '*'
+ * if at end of resource string
+ * set values ( .=over all children
+ * *=this widget only)
+ * descend and parse
+ * else
+ * if '.'
+ * continue looping
+ * if '*'
+ * descend but don't parse
+ * continue looping
+ * end loop
+ *
+ * NOTE: the _set_resource_values routine will not allow a value to be
+ * set on a resource against the rules of the resource database manager
+ */
+static void
+_set_and_search (
+ Widget w,
+ char *indx,
+ char *remainder,
+ char *resource,
+ char *value,
+ char last_token,
+ char *last_part)
+{
+ char *part;
+ char *local_index = indx;
+ char token;
+
+ /*
+ * parse off one part, return token and the new index
+ */
+ token = _get_part (remainder, &local_index, &part);
+
+ if (_match_resource_to_widget (w, part)) {
+ if (token == '.') {
+ if (local_index == NULL) {
+ if (last_token == '.') {
+ _set_resource_values (w, resource,
+ value, last_part);
+ } else if (last_token == '*') {
+ _set_resource_values (w, resource,
+ value, last_part);
+ _apply_values_to_children (w,
+ remainder, resource, value,
+ last_token, last_part);
+ }
+ } else
+ _search_child (w, local_index, remainder,
+ resource, value, last_token, last_part);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (token == '*') {
+ if (local_index == NULL) {
+ if (last_token == '.') {
+ _set_resource_values (w, resource,
+ value, last_part);
+ } else if (last_token == '*') {
+ _set_resource_values (w, resource,
+ value, last_part);
+ _apply_values_to_children ( w,
+ remainder, resource, value,
+ last_token, last_part);
+ }
+ } else
+ _search_child (w, local_index, remainder,
+ resource, value, last_token, last_part);
+ }
+ } else {/* if the widget name and class don't match the part */
+ /* if (token == '.') just continue looping */
+
+ if (token == '*') {
+ _search_child (w, indx, remainder, resource, value,
+ last_token, last_part);
+ }
+ }
+
+ XtFree (part);
+}
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _get_last_part
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * This routine will parse off the last segment of a resource string
+ * and its token and return them. the remainder of resource is also
+ * returned. strcoll is used to guarantee no problems with
+ * international strings.
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * remainder the part of the resource string left over
+ * part the parsed off part of the resource string
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES:
+ * char the token (* or . or ?) preceding the resource part
+ * remainder the part of the resource string left over
+ * part the parsed off part of the resource string
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+static char
+_get_last_part (
+ char *remainder,
+ char **part)
+{
+ char *loose, *tight;
+
+ loose = strrchr (remainder, '*');
+ tight = strrchr (remainder, '.');
+
+ if ((loose == NULL) && (tight == NULL)) {
+ *part = XtNewString (remainder);
+ return ('.');
+ }
+ if ((loose == NULL) || (tight && (strcoll (loose, tight) < 0))) {
+ *tight++ = '\0'; /* shorten the remainder string */
+ *part = XtNewString (tight);
+ return ('.');
+ }
+ if ((tight == NULL) || (loose && (strcoll (tight, loose) < 0))) {
+ *loose++ = '\0';
+ *part = XtNewString (loose);
+ return ('*');
+ }
+ *part = NULL;
+
+ return ('0'); /* error - return 0 */
+}
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _search_widget_tree
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * This function tries to match a resource string to the widgets
+ * it applies to. The functions it invokes to do this then set
+ * the value for that resource to each widget.
+ *
+ * The resource string has to be parsed into the following format:
+ * resource = App*Form*button1.background
+ * remainder = *Form*button1
+ * last_part = background last_token = .
+ * As the widget tree is recursively descended, these variables are
+ * passed. The remainder is parsed at each level in the widget
+ * tree as the _set_and_search function attempts to match
+ * the resource part (eg. part = Form token = *) to a widget. When
+ * the entire resource string has been matched, the _set_resource_values
+ * functions is called to apply the value to the widget or widgets.
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * w a widget from whose toplevel shell ancestor
+ * the search will start
+ * resource the resource string to match
+ * value the value to apply
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES: none
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+static void
+_search_widget_tree (
+ Widget w,
+ char *resource,
+ char *value)
+{
+ Widget parent = w;
+ char *last_part;
+ char *remainder = NULL;
+ char last_token;
+ char *indx, *copy;
+ char *loose, *tight;
+ int loose_len, tight_len;
+
+ /*
+ * Find the root of the tree given any widget
+ */
+ while (XtParent(parent) != NULL) {
+ parent = XtParent(parent);
+ }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (XtIsWidget (w) && XtIsWidget (parent))
+ fprintf (stderr, "widget = %s parent = %s\n",
+ w->core.name, parent->core.name);
+ else
+ fprintf (stderr, "widget = NULL parent = NULL\n");
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * parse off the Class name that was prepended to this string in
+ * a customizing tool
+ */
+ loose = strchr (resource, '*');
+ tight = strchr (resource, '.');
+ if ((loose == NULL) && (tight == NULL))
+ return;
+
+ loose_len = (loose) ? strlen (loose) : 0;
+ tight_len = (tight) ? strlen (tight) : 0;
+
+ if ((loose == NULL) || (tight_len > loose_len))
+ remainder = XtNewString (tight);
+ else if ((tight == NULL) || (loose_len > tight_len))
+ remainder = XtNewString (loose);
+
+ /*
+ * Parse last segment off of resource string, (eg. background, font,
+ * etc.)
+ */
+ last_token = _get_last_part (remainder, &last_part);
+ /*
+ * this case covers resources of only one level (eg. *background)
+ */
+ if (remainder[0] == 0) {
+ _set_resource_values (w, resource, value, last_part);
+ if (last_token == '*')
+ _apply_values_to_children (parent, remainder, resource,
+ value, last_token, last_part);
+ /*
+ * all other resource strings are recursively applied to the widget tree.
+ * Prepend a '.' to the remainder string if there is no leading token.
+ */
+ } else {
+ if (remainder[0] != '*' && remainder[0] != '.') {
+ XtAsprintf (©, ".%s", remainder);
+ XtFree (remainder);
+ remainder = copy;
+ }
+ indx = remainder;
+ _set_and_search (parent, indx, remainder, resource, value,
+ last_token, last_part);
+ }
+
+ XtFree (remainder);
+ XtFree (last_part);
+}
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _locate_children
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * returns a list of all of a widget's children
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * w the parent to search for its children
+ * children the list of children that is created
+ * normal flag for normal children
+ * popup flag for popup children
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES:
+ * int the number of children
+ * children the list of children found
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+static int
+_locate_children (
+ Widget parent,
+ Widget **children)
+{
+ CompositeWidget comp = (CompositeWidget) parent;
+ Cardinal i;
+ int num_children = 0;
+ int current = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * count the number of children
+ */
+ if (XtIsWidget (parent))
+ num_children += parent->core.num_popups;
+ if (XtIsComposite (parent))
+ num_children += comp->composite.num_children;
+ if (num_children == 0) {
+ *children = NULL;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ *children = (Widget *)
+ XtMalloc ((Cardinal) sizeof(Widget) * num_children);
+
+ if (XtIsComposite (parent)) {
+ for (i=0; i<comp->composite.num_children; i++) {
+ (*children)[current] = comp->composite.children[i];
+ current++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (XtIsWidget (parent)) {
+ for (i=0; i<parent->core.num_popups; i++) {
+ (*children)[current] = comp->core.popup_list[i];
+ current++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (num_children);
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/*
+ * NAME: dump_widget_tree
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * recursively printout entire widget tree
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * w the widget to match
+ * indent the amount to indent each line
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES: void
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+static void
+dump_widget_tree (
+ Widget w,
+ int indent)
+{
+ int i,j;
+ int num_children;
+ Widget *children;
+
+ /*
+ * Recursively search through the children
+ */
+ num_children = _locate_children (w, &children);
+ indent += 2;
+ for (i=0; i<num_children; i++) {
+ if (children[i] != NULL) {
+ for (j=0; j<indent; j++)
+ fprintf (stderr, " ");
+ if (XtIsWidget (children[i])) {
+ fprintf (stderr, "(%s)\t",children[i]->core.name);
+ fprintf (stderr, "(%s)\n",
+ children[i]->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name);
+ } else {
+ fprintf (stderr, "(NULL)\t");
+ fprintf (stderr, "(%s)\n",
+ children[i]->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name);
+ }
+ }
+ dump_widget_tree (children[i], indent);
+ }
+
+ XtFree ((char *)children);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * NAME: _XtResourceConfiguationEH
+ *
+ * FUNCTION:
+ * This function is the event handler for the on-the-fly communication
+ * with a resource customization tool. This event handler must be
+ * registered for the toplevel shell of each app. This is best done
+ * in the _XtCreatePopupShell and _XtAppCreateShell functions in Xt's
+ * Create.c source file.
+ *
+ * The property used to communicate with a customizing tool is
+ * placed on the toplevel shell window of the application. The
+ * customizing tool places a property on this window which causes
+ * this event handler to be invoked via the PropertyNotify event.
+ * This event handler reads the property and then deletes it from
+ * the server. The contents of the property are a resource string
+ * and value. The event handler then calls functions to walk the
+ * applications widget tree, determining which widgets are affected
+ * by the resource string, and then applying the value with XtSetValues.
+ *
+ * PARAMETERS:
+ * w the widget that invoked this event handler
+ * client_data not used
+ * event the event structure
+ *
+ * RETURN VALUES: none
+ *
+ * ERRORS: none
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+_XtResourceConfigurationEH (
+ Widget w,
+ XtPointer client_data,
+ XEvent *event)
+{
+ Atom actual_type;
+ int actual_format;
+ unsigned long nitems;
+ unsigned long leftover;
+ unsigned char *data = NULL;
+ unsigned long resource_len;
+ char *data_ptr;
+ char *resource;
+ char *value;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ int indent = 0;
+#endif
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fprintf (stderr, "in _XtResourceConfiguationEH atom = %d\n",event->xproperty.atom);
+ fprintf (stderr, " window = %x\n", XtWindow (w));
+ if (XtIsWidget (w))
+ fprintf (stderr, " widget = %x name = %s\n", w, w->core.name);
+#endif
+
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay (XtDisplay (w));
+
+ /*
+ * The window on which a customizing tool places the property
+ * is determined at this point. It should be the applications
+ * toplevel shell window.
+ *
+ * A customizing tool sends a "ping" to the application on
+ * the RCM_INIT property. The application answers the ping
+ * by deleting the property.
+ */
+ if (event->xproperty.atom == pd->rcm_init) {
+ XDeleteProperty (XtDisplay(w), XtWindow (w), pd->rcm_init);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (XtIsWidget (w))
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", w->core.name);
+ else
+ fprintf (stderr, "NULL name\n");
+ dump_widget_tree(w, indent);
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "answer ping\n");
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * This event handler ignores any property notify events that
+ * are not RCM_INIT or RCM_DATA
+ */
+ if (event->xproperty.atom != pd->rcm_data)
+ return;
+
+ /*
+ * Retrieve the data from the property
+ */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fprintf (stderr, "receiving RCM_DATA property\n");
+#endif
+ if (XGetWindowProperty (XtDisplay(w),
+ XtWindow (w),
+ pd->rcm_data, 0L, 8192L,
+ TRUE, XA_STRING,
+ &actual_type, &actual_format, &nitems, &leftover,
+ &data ) == Success && actual_type == XA_STRING
+ && actual_format == 8) {
+ /*
+ * data format is:
+ *
+ * resource_length, resource, value
+ *
+ * convert the resource_length to a long, skip over it, put a
+ * zero byte at the end of the resource, and pick off the
+ * resource and value fields.
+ */
+ if (data) {
+ resource_len = Strtoul ((void *)data, &data_ptr, 10);
+ data_ptr++;
+
+ data_ptr[resource_len] = '\0';
+
+ resource = XtNewString (data_ptr);
+ value = XtNewString (&data_ptr[resource_len + 1]);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fprintf (stderr, "resource_len=%d\n",resource_len);
+ fprintf (stderr, "resource = %s\t value = %s\n",
+ resource, value);
+#endif
+ /*
+ * descend the application widget tree and
+ * apply the value to the appropriate widgets
+ */
+ _search_widget_tree (w, resource, value);
+
+ XtFree (resource);
+ XtFree (value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (data)
+ XFree ((char *)data);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "VarargsI.h"
+#include "Shell.h"
+#include "ShellP.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+static XrmClass QBoolean, QString, QCallProc, QImmediate;
+static XrmName QinitialResourcesPersistent, QInitialResourcesPersistent;
+static XrmClass QTranslations, QTranslationTable;
+static XrmName Qtranslations, QbaseTranslations;
+static XrmName Qscreen;
+static XrmClass QScreen;
+
+#ifdef CRAY
+void Cjump();
+char *Cjumpp = (char *) Cjump;
+void Cjump() {}
+#endif
+
+void _XtCopyFromParent(
+ Widget widget,
+ int offset,
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ if (widget->core.parent == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidParent","xtCopyFromParent",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "CopyFromParent must have non-NULL parent",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ value->addr = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+ value->addr = (XPointer)(((char *)widget->core.parent) + offset);
+} /* _XtCopyFromParent */
+
+
+void _XtCopyFromArg(
+ XtArgVal src,
+ char* dst,
+ register unsigned int size)
+{
+ if (size > sizeof(XtArgVal))
+ (void) memmove((char *) dst, (char *) src, (int) size);
+ else {
+ union {
+ long longval;
+#ifdef LONG64
+ int intval;
+#endif
+ short shortval;
+ char charval;
+ char* charptr;
+ XtPointer ptr;
+ } u;
+ char *p = (char*)&u;
+ if (size == sizeof(long)) u.longval = (long)src;
+#ifdef LONG64
+ else if (size == sizeof(int)) u.intval = (int)src;
+#endif
+ else if (size == sizeof(short)) u.shortval = (short)src;
+ else if (size == sizeof(char)) u.charval = (char)src;
+ else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) u.ptr = (XtPointer)src;
+ else if (size == sizeof(char*)) u.charptr = (char*)src;
+ else p = (char*)&src;
+
+ (void) memmove(dst, p, (int) size);
+ }
+} /* _XtCopyFromArg */
+
+void _XtCopyToArg(
+ char* src,
+ XtArgVal *dst,
+ register unsigned int size)
+{
+ if (!*dst) {
+#ifdef GETVALUES_BUG
+ /* old GetValues semantics (storing directly into arglists) are bad,
+ * but preserve for compatibility as long as arglist contains NULL.
+ */
+ union {
+ long longval;
+#ifdef LONG64
+ int intval;
+#endif
+ short shortval;
+ char charval;
+ char* charptr;
+ XtPointer ptr;
+ } u;
+ if (size <= sizeof(XtArgVal)) {
+ (void) memmove((char*)&u, (char*)src, (int)size );
+ if (size == sizeof(long)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.longval;
+#ifdef LONG64
+ else if (size == sizeof(int)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.intval;
+#endif
+ else if (size == sizeof(short)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.shortval;
+ else if (size == sizeof(char)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.charval;
+ else if (size == sizeof(char*)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.charptr;
+ else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.ptr;
+ else (void) memmove((char*)dst, (char*)src, (int)size );
+ }
+ else
+ (void) memmove((char*)dst, (char*)src, (int)size );
+#else
+ XtErrorMsg("invalidGetValues", "xtGetValues", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "NULL ArgVal in XtGetValues", (String*) NULL, (Cardinal*) NULL);
+#endif
+ }
+ else {
+ /* proper GetValues semantics: argval is pointer to destination */
+ (void) memmove((char*)*dst, (char*)src, (int)size );
+ }
+} /* _XtCopyToArg */
+
+static void CopyToArg(
+ char* src,
+ XtArgVal *dst,
+ register unsigned int size)
+{
+ if (!*dst) {
+ /* old GetValues semantics (storing directly into arglists) are bad,
+ * but preserve for compatibility as long as arglist contains NULL.
+ */
+ union {
+ long longval;
+#ifdef LONG64
+ int intval;
+#endif
+ short shortval;
+ char charval;
+ char* charptr;
+ XtPointer ptr;
+ } u;
+ if (size <= sizeof(XtArgVal)) {
+ (void) memmove((char*)&u, (char*)src, (int)size );
+ if (size == sizeof(long)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.longval;
+#ifdef LONG64
+ else if (size == sizeof(int)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.intval;
+#endif
+ else if (size == sizeof(short)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.shortval;
+ else if (size == sizeof(char)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.charval;
+ else if (size == sizeof(char*)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.charptr;
+ else if (size == sizeof(XtPointer)) *dst = (XtArgVal)u.ptr;
+ else (void) memmove((char*)dst, (char*)src, (int)size );
+ }
+ else
+ (void) memmove((char*)dst, (char*)src, (int)size );
+ }
+ else {
+ /* proper GetValues semantics: argval is pointer to destination */
+ (void) memmove((char*)*dst, (char*)src, (int)size );
+ }
+} /* CopyToArg */
+
+
+static Cardinal CountTreeDepth(
+ Widget w)
+{
+ Cardinal count;
+
+ for (count = 1; w != NULL; w = (Widget) w->core.parent)
+ count++;
+
+ return count;
+}
+
+static void GetNamesAndClasses(
+ register Widget w,
+ register XrmNameList names,
+ register XrmClassList classes)
+{
+ register Cardinal length, j;
+ register XrmQuark t;
+ WidgetClass class;
+
+ /* Return null-terminated quark arrays, with length the number of
+ quarks (not including NULL) */
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (length = 0; w != NULL; w = (Widget) w->core.parent) {
+ names[length] = w->core.xrm_name;
+ class = XtClass(w);
+ /* KLUDGE KLUDGE KLUDGE KLUDGE */
+ if (w->core.parent == NULL && XtIsApplicationShell(w)) {
+ classes[length] =
+ ((ApplicationShellWidget) w)->application.xrm_class;
+ } else classes[length] = class->core_class.xrm_class;
+ length++;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ /* They're in backwards order, flop them around */
+ for (j = 0; j < length/2; j++) {
+ t = names[j];
+ names[j] = names[length-j-1];
+ names[length-j-1] = t;
+ t = classes[j];
+ classes[j] = classes[length-j-1];
+ classes[length-j-1] = t;
+ }
+ names[length] = NULLQUARK;
+ classes[length] = NULLQUARK;
+} /* GetNamesAndClasses */
+
+
+/* Spiffy fast compiled form of resource list. */
+/* XtResourceLists are compiled in-place into XrmResourceLists */
+/* All atoms are replaced by quarks, and offsets are -offset-1 to */
+/* indicate that this list has been compiled already */
+
+void _XtCompileResourceList(
+ register XtResourceList resources,
+ Cardinal num_resources)
+{
+ register Cardinal count;
+
+#define xrmres ((XrmResourceList) resources)
+#define PSToQ XrmPermStringToQuark
+
+ for (count = 0; count < num_resources; resources++, count++) {
+ xrmres->xrm_name = PSToQ(resources->resource_name);
+ xrmres->xrm_class = PSToQ(resources->resource_class);
+ xrmres->xrm_type = PSToQ(resources->resource_type);
+ xrmres->xrm_offset = (Cardinal)
+ (-(int)resources->resource_offset - 1);
+ xrmres->xrm_default_type = PSToQ(resources->default_type);
+ }
+#undef PSToQ
+#undef xrmres
+} /* _XtCompileResourceList */
+
+/* Like _XtCompileResourceList, but strings are not permanent */
+static void XrmCompileResourceListEphem(
+ register XtResourceList resources,
+ Cardinal num_resources)
+{
+ register Cardinal count;
+
+#define xrmres ((XrmResourceList) resources)
+
+ for (count = 0; count < num_resources; resources++, count++) {
+ xrmres->xrm_name = StringToName(resources->resource_name);
+ xrmres->xrm_class = StringToClass(resources->resource_class);
+ xrmres->xrm_type = StringToQuark(resources->resource_type);
+ xrmres->xrm_offset = (Cardinal)
+ (-(int)resources->resource_offset - 1);
+ xrmres->xrm_default_type = StringToQuark(resources->default_type);
+ }
+#undef xrmres
+} /* XrmCompileResourceListEphem */
+
+static void BadSize(
+ Cardinal size,
+ XrmQuark name)
+{
+ String params[2];
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+
+ params[0] = (String)(long) size;
+ params[1] = XrmQuarkToString(name);
+ XtWarningMsg("invalidSizeOverride", "xtDependencies", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Representation size %d must match superclass's to override %s",
+ params, &num_params);
+} /* BadType */
+
+/*
+ * Create a new resource list, with the class resources following the
+ * superclass's resources. If a resource in the class list overrides
+ * a superclass resource, then just replace the superclass entry in place.
+ *
+ * At the same time, add a level of indirection to the XtResourceList to
+ * create and XrmResourceList.
+ */
+void _XtDependencies(
+ XtResourceList *class_resp, /* VAR */
+ Cardinal *class_num_resp, /* VAR */
+ XrmResourceList *super_res,
+ Cardinal super_num_res,
+ Cardinal super_widget_size)
+{
+ register XrmResourceList *new_res;
+ Cardinal new_num_res;
+ XrmResourceList class_res = (XrmResourceList) *class_resp;
+ Cardinal class_num_res = *class_num_resp;
+ register Cardinal i, j;
+ Cardinal new_next;
+
+ if (class_num_res == 0) {
+ /* Just point to superclass resource list */
+ *class_resp = (XtResourceList) super_res;
+ *class_num_resp = super_num_res;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate and initialize new_res with superclass resource pointers */
+ new_num_res = super_num_res + class_num_res;
+ new_res = (XrmResourceList *) __XtMalloc(new_num_res*sizeof(XrmResourceList));
+ if (super_num_res > 0)
+ XtMemmove(new_res, super_res, super_num_res * sizeof(XrmResourceList));
+
+ /* Put pointers to class resource entries into new_res */
+ new_next = super_num_res;
+ for (i = 0; i < class_num_res; i++) {
+ if ((Cardinal)(-class_res[i].xrm_offset-1) < super_widget_size) {
+ /* Probably an override of superclass resources--look for overlap */
+ for (j = 0; j < super_num_res; j++) {
+ if (class_res[i].xrm_offset == new_res[j]->xrm_offset) {
+ /* Spec is silent on what fields subclass can override.
+ * The only two of real concern are type & size.
+ * Although allowing type to be over-ridden introduces
+ * the possibility of errors, it's at present the only
+ * reasonable way to allow a subclass to force a private
+ * converter to be invoked for a subset of fields.
+ */
+ /* We do insist that size be identical to superclass */
+ if (class_res[i].xrm_size != new_res[j]->xrm_size) {
+ BadSize(class_res[i].xrm_size,
+ (XrmQuark) class_res[i].xrm_name);
+ class_res[i].xrm_size = new_res[j]->xrm_size;
+ }
+ new_res[j] = &(class_res[i]);
+ new_num_res--;
+ goto NextResource;
+ }
+ } /* for j */
+ }
+ /* Not an overlap, add an entry to new_res */
+ new_res[new_next++] = &(class_res[i]);
+NextResource:;
+ } /* for i */
+
+ /* Okay, stuff new resources back into class record */
+ *class_resp = (XtResourceList) new_res;
+ *class_num_resp = new_num_res;
+} /* _XtDependencies */
+
+
+void _XtResourceDependencies(
+ WidgetClass wc)
+{
+ WidgetClass sc;
+
+ sc = wc->core_class.superclass;
+ if (sc == NULL) {
+ _XtDependencies(&(wc->core_class.resources),
+ &(wc->core_class.num_resources),
+ (XrmResourceList *) NULL, (unsigned)0, (unsigned)0);
+ } else {
+ _XtDependencies(&(wc->core_class.resources),
+ &(wc->core_class.num_resources),
+ (XrmResourceList *) sc->core_class.resources,
+ sc->core_class.num_resources,
+ sc->core_class.widget_size);
+ }
+} /* _XtResourceDependencies */
+
+void _XtConstraintResDependencies(
+ ConstraintWidgetClass wc)
+{
+ ConstraintWidgetClass sc;
+
+ if (wc == (ConstraintWidgetClass) constraintWidgetClass) {
+ _XtDependencies(&(wc->constraint_class.resources),
+ &(wc->constraint_class.num_resources),
+ (XrmResourceList *)NULL, (unsigned)0, (unsigned)0);
+ } else {
+ sc = (ConstraintWidgetClass) wc->core_class.superclass;
+ _XtDependencies(&(wc->constraint_class.resources),
+ &(wc->constraint_class.num_resources),
+ (XrmResourceList *) sc->constraint_class.resources,
+ sc->constraint_class.num_resources,
+ sc->constraint_class.constraint_size);
+ }
+} /* _XtConstraintResDependencies */
+
+
+
+
+XrmResourceList* _XtCreateIndirectionTable (
+ XtResourceList resources,
+ Cardinal num_resources)
+{
+ register Cardinal idx;
+ XrmResourceList* table;
+
+ table = (XrmResourceList*)__XtMalloc(num_resources * sizeof(XrmResourceList));
+ for (idx = 0; idx < num_resources; idx++)
+ table[idx] = (XrmResourceList)(&(resources[idx]));
+ return table;
+}
+
+static XtCacheRef *GetResources(
+ Widget widget, /* Widget resources are associated with */
+ char* base, /* Base address of memory to write to */
+ XrmNameList names, /* Full inheritance name of widget */
+ XrmClassList classes, /* Full inheritance class of widget */
+ XrmResourceList* table, /* The list of resources required. */
+ unsigned num_resources, /* number of items in resource list */
+ XrmQuarkList quark_args, /* Arg names quarkified */
+ ArgList args, /* ArgList to override resources */
+ unsigned num_args, /* number of items in arg list */
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args, /* Typed arg list to override resources */
+ Cardinal* pNumTypedArgs, /* number of items in typed arg list */
+ Boolean tm_hack) /* do baseTranslations */
+{
+/*
+ * assert: *pNumTypedArgs == 0 if num_args > 0
+ * assert: num_args == 0 if *pNumTypedArgs > 0
+ */
+#define SEARCHLISTLEN 100
+#define MAXRESOURCES 400
+
+ XrmValue value;
+ XrmQuark rawType;
+ XrmValue convValue;
+ XrmHashTable stackSearchList[SEARCHLISTLEN];
+ XrmHashTable *searchList = stackSearchList;
+ unsigned int searchListSize = SEARCHLISTLEN;
+ Boolean found[MAXRESOURCES];
+ int typed[MAXRESOURCES];
+ XtCacheRef cache_ref[MAXRESOURCES];
+ XtCacheRef *cache_ptr, *cache_base;
+ Boolean persistent_resources = True;
+ Boolean found_persistence = False;
+ int num_typed_args = *pNumTypedArgs;
+ XrmDatabase db;
+ Boolean do_tm_hack = False;
+
+ if ((args == NULL) && (num_args != 0)) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidArgCount","getResources",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "argument count > 0 on NULL argument list",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ num_args = 0;
+ }
+ if (num_resources == 0) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else if (num_resources >= MAXRESOURCES) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidResourceCount","getResources",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "too many resources",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return NULL;
+ } else if (table == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidResourceCount","getResources",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "resource count > 0 on NULL resource list",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Mark each resource as not found on arg list */
+ bzero((char *) found, (int) (num_resources * sizeof(Boolean)));
+ bzero((char *) typed, (int) (num_resources * sizeof(int)));
+
+ /* Copy the args into the resources, mark each as found */
+ {
+ register ArgList arg;
+ register XtTypedArgList typed_arg;
+ register XrmName argName;
+ register Cardinal j;
+ register int i;
+ register XrmResourceList rx;
+ register XrmResourceList *res;
+ for (arg = args, i = 0; (Cardinal)i < num_args; i++, arg++) {
+ argName = quark_args[i];
+ if (argName == QinitialResourcesPersistent) {
+ persistent_resources = (Boolean)arg->value;
+ found_persistence = True;
+ continue;
+ }
+ for (j = 0, res = table; j < num_resources; j++, res++) {
+ rx = *res;
+ if (argName == rx->xrm_name) {
+ _XtCopyFromArg(
+ arg->value,
+ base - rx->xrm_offset - 1,
+ rx->xrm_size);
+ found[j] = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ for (typed_arg = typed_args, i = 0; i < num_typed_args;
+ i++, typed_arg++) {
+ register XrmRepresentation argType;
+ argName = quark_args[i];
+ argType = (typed_arg->type == NULL) ? NULLQUARK
+ : XrmStringToRepresentation(typed_arg->type);
+ if (argName == QinitialResourcesPersistent) {
+ persistent_resources = (Boolean)typed_arg->value;
+ found_persistence = True;
+ break;
+ }
+ for (j = 0, res = table; j < num_resources; j++, res++) {
+ rx = *res;
+ if (argName == rx->xrm_name) {
+ if (argType != NULLQUARK && argType != rx->xrm_type) {
+ typed[j] = i + 1;
+ } else {
+ _XtCopyFromArg(
+ typed_arg->value,
+ base - rx->xrm_offset - 1,
+ rx->xrm_size);
+ }
+ found[j] = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Ask resource manager for a list of database levels that we can
+ do a single-level search on each resource */
+
+ db = XtScreenDatabase(XtScreenOfObject(widget));
+ while (!XrmQGetSearchList(db, names, classes,
+ searchList, searchListSize)) {
+ if (searchList == stackSearchList)
+ searchList = NULL;
+ searchList = (XrmHashTable*)XtRealloc((char*)searchList,
+ sizeof(XrmHashTable) *
+ (searchListSize *= 2));
+ }
+
+ if (persistent_resources)
+ cache_base = NULL;
+ else
+ cache_base = cache_ref;
+ /* geez, this is an ugly mess */
+ if (XtIsShell(widget)) {
+ register XrmResourceList *res;
+ register Cardinal j;
+ Screen *oldscreen = widget->core.screen;
+
+ /* look up screen resource first, since real rdb depends on it */
+ for (res = table, j = 0; j < num_resources; j++, res++) {
+ if ((*res)->xrm_name != Qscreen)
+ continue;
+ if (typed[j]) {
+ register XtTypedArg* arg = typed_args + typed[j] - 1;
+ XrmQuark from_type;
+ XrmValue from_val, to_val;
+
+ from_type = StringToQuark(arg->type);
+ from_val.size = arg->size;
+ if ((from_type == QString) || ((unsigned) arg->size > sizeof(XtArgVal)))
+ from_val.addr = (XPointer)arg->value;
+ else
+ from_val.addr = (XPointer)&arg->value;
+ to_val.size = sizeof(Screen*);
+ to_val.addr = (XPointer)&widget->core.screen;
+ found[j] = _XtConvert(widget, from_type, &from_val,
+ QScreen, &to_val, cache_base);
+ if (cache_base && *cache_base)
+ cache_base++;
+ }
+ if (!found[j]) {
+ if (XrmQGetSearchResource(searchList, Qscreen, QScreen,
+ &rawType, &value)) {
+ if (rawType != QScreen) {
+ convValue.size = sizeof(Screen*);
+ convValue.addr = (XPointer)&widget->core.screen;
+ (void)_XtConvert(widget, rawType, &value,
+ QScreen, &convValue, cache_base);
+ if (cache_base && *cache_base)
+ cache_base++;
+ } else {
+ widget->core.screen = *((Screen **)value.addr);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ /* now get the database to use for the rest of the resources */
+ if (widget->core.screen != oldscreen) {
+ db = XtScreenDatabase(widget->core.screen);
+ while (!XrmQGetSearchList(db, names, classes,
+ searchList, searchListSize)) {
+ if (searchList == stackSearchList)
+ searchList = NULL;
+ searchList = (XrmHashTable*)XtRealloc((char*)searchList,
+ sizeof(XrmHashTable) *
+ (searchListSize *= 2));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* go to the resource manager for those resources not found yet */
+ /* if it's not in the resource database use the default value */
+
+ {
+ register XrmResourceList rx;
+ register XrmResourceList *res;
+ register Cardinal j;
+ register XrmRepresentation xrm_type;
+ register XrmRepresentation xrm_default_type;
+ char char_val;
+ short short_val;
+ int int_val;
+ long long_val;
+ char* char_ptr;
+
+ if (!found_persistence) {
+ if (XrmQGetSearchResource(searchList, QinitialResourcesPersistent,
+ QInitialResourcesPersistent, &rawType, &value)) {
+ if (rawType != QBoolean) {
+ convValue.size = sizeof(Boolean);
+ convValue.addr = (XPointer)&persistent_resources;
+ (void)_XtConvert(widget, rawType, &value, QBoolean,
+ &convValue, NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ persistent_resources = *(Boolean*)value.addr;
+ }
+ }
+ if (persistent_resources)
+ cache_ptr = NULL;
+ else if (cache_base)
+ cache_ptr = cache_base;
+ else
+ cache_ptr = cache_ref;
+
+ for (res = table, j = 0; j < num_resources; j++, res++) {
+ rx = *res;
+ xrm_type = rx->xrm_type;
+ if (typed[j]) {
+ register XtTypedArg* arg = typed_args + typed[j] - 1;
+
+ /*
+ * This resource value has been specified as a typed arg and
+ * has to be converted. Typed arg conversions are done here
+ * to correctly interpose them with normal resource conversions.
+ */
+ XrmQuark from_type;
+ XrmValue from_val, to_val;
+ Boolean converted;
+
+ from_type = StringToQuark(arg->type);
+ from_val.size = arg->size;
+ if ((from_type == QString) || ((unsigned) arg->size > sizeof(XtArgVal)))
+ from_val.addr = (XPointer)arg->value;
+ else
+ from_val.addr = (XPointer)&arg->value;
+ to_val.size = rx->xrm_size;
+ to_val.addr = base - rx->xrm_offset - 1;
+ converted = _XtConvert(widget, from_type, &from_val,
+ xrm_type, &to_val, cache_ptr);
+ if (converted) {
+
+ /* Copy the converted value back into the typed argument.
+ * normally the data should be <= sizeof(XtArgVal) and
+ * is stored directly into the 'value' field .... BUT
+ * if the resource size is greater than sizeof(XtArgVal)
+ * then we dynamically alloc a block of store to hold the
+ * data and zap a copy in there !!! .... freeing it later
+ * the size field in the typed arg is negated to indicate
+ * that the store pointed to by the value field is
+ * dynamic .......
+ * "freeing" happens in the case of _XtCreate after the
+ * CallInitialize ..... other clients of GetResources
+ * using typed args should be aware of the need to free
+ * this store .....
+ */
+
+ if(rx->xrm_size > sizeof(XtArgVal)) {
+ arg->value = (XtArgVal) __XtMalloc(rx->xrm_size);
+ arg->size = -(arg->size);
+ } else { /* will fit - copy directly into value field */
+ arg->value = (XtArgVal) NULL;
+ }
+ CopyToArg((char *)(base - rx->xrm_offset - 1),
+ &arg->value, rx->xrm_size);
+
+ } else {
+ /* Conversion failed. Get default value. */
+ found[j] = False;
+ }
+
+ if (cache_ptr && *cache_ptr)
+ cache_ptr++;
+ }
+
+ if (!found[j]) {
+ Boolean already_copied = False;
+ Boolean have_value = False;
+
+ if (XrmQGetSearchResource(searchList,
+ rx->xrm_name, rx->xrm_class, &rawType, &value)) {
+ if (rawType != xrm_type) {
+ convValue.size = rx->xrm_size;
+ convValue.addr = (XPointer)(base - rx->xrm_offset - 1);
+ already_copied = have_value =
+ _XtConvert(widget, rawType, &value,
+ xrm_type, &convValue, cache_ptr);
+ if (cache_ptr && *cache_ptr)
+ cache_ptr++;
+ } else have_value = True;
+ if (have_value && rx->xrm_name == Qtranslations)
+ do_tm_hack = True;
+ }
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (!have_value
+ && ((rx->xrm_default_type == QImmediate)
+ || (rx->xrm_default_type == xrm_type)
+ || (rx->xrm_default_addr != NULL))) {
+ /* Convert default value to proper type */
+ xrm_default_type = rx->xrm_default_type;
+ if (xrm_default_type == QCallProc) {
+#ifdef CRAY
+ if ( (int) Cjumpp != (int) Cjump)
+ (*(XtResourceDefaultProc)
+ (((int)(rx->xrm_default_addr))<<2))(
+ widget,-(rx->xrm_offset+1), &value);
+ else
+#endif
+ (*(XtResourceDefaultProc)(rx->xrm_default_addr))(
+ widget,-(rx->xrm_offset+1), &value);
+
+ } else if (xrm_default_type == QImmediate) {
+ /* XtRImmediate == XtRString for type XtRString */
+ if (xrm_type == QString) {
+ value.addr = rx->xrm_default_addr;
+ } else if (rx->xrm_size == sizeof(int)) {
+ int_val = (int)(long)rx->xrm_default_addr;
+ value.addr = (XPointer) &int_val;
+ } else if (rx->xrm_size == sizeof(short)) {
+ short_val = (short)(long)rx->xrm_default_addr;
+ value.addr = (XPointer) &short_val;
+ } else if (rx->xrm_size == sizeof(char)) {
+ char_val = (char)(long)rx->xrm_default_addr;
+ value.addr = (XPointer) &char_val;
+ } else if (rx->xrm_size == sizeof(long)) {
+ long_val = (long)rx->xrm_default_addr;
+ value.addr = (XPointer) &long_val;
+ } else if (rx->xrm_size == sizeof(char*)) {
+ char_ptr = (char*)rx->xrm_default_addr;
+ value.addr = (XPointer) &char_ptr;
+ } else {
+ value.addr = (XPointer) &(rx->xrm_default_addr);
+ }
+ } else if (xrm_default_type == xrm_type) {
+ value.addr = rx->xrm_default_addr;
+ } else {
+ value.addr = rx->xrm_default_addr;
+ if (xrm_default_type == QString) {
+ value.size = strlen((char *)value.addr) + 1;
+ } else {
+ value.size = sizeof(XtPointer);
+ }
+ convValue.size = rx->xrm_size;
+ convValue.addr = (XPointer)(base - rx->xrm_offset - 1);
+ already_copied =
+ _XtConvert(widget, xrm_default_type, &value,
+ xrm_type, &convValue, cache_ptr);
+ if (!already_copied)
+ value.addr = NULL;
+ if (cache_ptr && *cache_ptr)
+ cache_ptr++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!already_copied) {
+ if (xrm_type == QString) {
+ *((String*)(base - rx->xrm_offset - 1)) = value.addr;
+ } else {
+ if (value.addr != NULL) {
+ XtMemmove(base - rx->xrm_offset - 1,
+ value.addr, rx->xrm_size);
+ } else {
+ /* didn't get value, initialize to NULL... */
+ XtBZero(base - rx->xrm_offset - 1, rx->xrm_size);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ for (res = table, j = 0; j < num_resources; j++, res++) {
+ if (!found[j] && typed[j]) {
+ /*
+ * This resource value was specified as a typed arg.
+ * However, the default value is being used here since
+ * type type conversion failed, so we compress the list.
+ */
+ register XtTypedArg* arg = typed_args + typed[j] - 1;
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = num_typed_args - typed[j]; i > 0; i--, arg++) {
+ *arg = *(arg+1);
+ }
+ num_typed_args--;
+ }
+ }
+ if (tm_hack)
+ widget->core.tm.current_state = NULL;
+ if (tm_hack &&
+ (!widget->core.tm.translations ||
+ (do_tm_hack &&
+ widget->core.tm.translations->operation != XtTableReplace)) &&
+ XrmQGetSearchResource(searchList, QbaseTranslations,
+ QTranslations, &rawType, &value)) {
+ if (rawType != QTranslationTable) {
+ convValue.size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
+ convValue.addr = (XPointer)&widget->core.tm.current_state;
+ (void)_XtConvert(widget, rawType, &value,
+ QTranslationTable, &convValue, cache_ptr);
+ if (cache_ptr && *cache_ptr)
+ cache_ptr++;
+ } else {
+ /* value.addr can be NULL see: !already_copied */
+ if (value.addr)
+ *((XtTranslations *)&widget->core.tm.current_state) =
+ *((XtTranslations *)value.addr);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if ((Cardinal)num_typed_args != *pNumTypedArgs) *pNumTypedArgs = num_typed_args;
+ if (searchList != stackSearchList) XtFree((char*)searchList);
+ if (!cache_ptr)
+ cache_ptr = cache_base;
+ if (cache_ptr && cache_ptr != cache_ref) {
+ int cache_ref_size = cache_ptr - cache_ref;
+ XtCacheRef *refs = (XtCacheRef*)
+ __XtMalloc((unsigned)sizeof(XtCacheRef)*(cache_ref_size + 1));
+ (void) memmove(refs, cache_ref, sizeof(XtCacheRef)*cache_ref_size );
+ refs[cache_ref_size] = NULL;
+ return refs;
+ }
+ return (XtCacheRef*)NULL;
+}
+
+
+
+static void CacheArgs(
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal num_typed_args,
+ XrmQuarkList quark_cache,
+ Cardinal num_quarks,
+ XrmQuarkList *pQuarks) /* RETURN */
+{
+ register XrmQuarkList quarks;
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register Cardinal count;
+
+ count = (args != NULL) ? num_args : num_typed_args;
+
+ if (num_quarks < count) {
+ quarks = (XrmQuarkList) __XtMalloc(count * sizeof(XrmQuark));
+ } else {
+ quarks = quark_cache;
+ }
+ *pQuarks = quarks;
+
+ if (args != NULL) {
+ for (i = count; i; i--)
+ *quarks++ = StringToQuark((args++)->name);
+ }
+ else {
+ for (i = count; i; i--)
+ *quarks++ = StringToQuark((typed_args++)->name);
+ }
+}
+
+#define FreeCache(cache, pointer) \
+ if (cache != pointer) XtFree((char *)pointer)
+
+
+XtCacheRef *_XtGetResources(
+ register Widget w,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal* num_typed_args)
+{
+ XrmName *names, names_s[50];
+ XrmClass *classes, classes_s[50];
+ XrmQuark quark_cache[100];
+ XrmQuarkList quark_args;
+ WidgetClass wc;
+ ConstraintWidgetClass cwc;
+ XtCacheRef *cache_refs, *cache_refs_core;
+ Cardinal count;
+
+ wc = XtClass(w);
+
+ count = CountTreeDepth(w);
+ names = (XrmName*) XtStackAlloc (count * sizeof(XrmName), names_s);
+ classes = (XrmClass*) XtStackAlloc (count * sizeof(XrmClass), classes_s);
+ if (names == NULL || classes == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
+
+ /* Get names, classes for widget and ancestors */
+ GetNamesAndClasses(w, names, classes);
+
+ /* Compile arg list into quarks */
+ CacheArgs(args, num_args, typed_args, *num_typed_args, quark_cache,
+ XtNumber(quark_cache), &quark_args);
+
+ /* Get normal resources */
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ cache_refs = GetResources(w, (char*)w, names, classes,
+ (XrmResourceList *) wc->core_class.resources,
+ wc->core_class.num_resources, quark_args, args, num_args,
+ typed_args, num_typed_args, XtIsWidget(w));
+
+ if (w->core.constraints != NULL) {
+ cwc = (ConstraintWidgetClass) XtClass(w->core.parent);
+ cache_refs_core =
+ GetResources(w, (char*)w->core.constraints, names, classes,
+ (XrmResourceList *) cwc->constraint_class.resources,
+ cwc->constraint_class.num_resources,
+ quark_args, args, num_args, typed_args, num_typed_args, False);
+ if (cache_refs_core) {
+ XtFree((char *)cache_refs_core);
+ }
+ }
+ FreeCache(quark_cache, quark_args);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)names, names_s);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)classes, classes_s);
+ return cache_refs;
+} /* _XtGetResources */
+
+
+void _XtGetSubresources (
+ Widget w, /* Widget "parent" of subobject */
+ XtPointer base, /* Base address to write to */
+ const char* name, /* name of subobject */
+ const char* class, /* class of subobject */
+ XtResourceList resources, /* resource list for subobject */
+ Cardinal num_resources,
+ ArgList args, /* arg list to override resources */
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal num_typed_args)
+{
+ XrmName *names, names_s[50];
+ XrmClass *classes, classes_s[50];
+ XrmQuark quark_cache[100];
+ XrmQuarkList quark_args;
+ XrmResourceList* table;
+ Cardinal count, ntyped_args = num_typed_args;
+ XtCacheRef *Resrc = NULL;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w);
+
+ if (num_resources == 0) return;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ count = CountTreeDepth(w);
+ count++; /* make sure there's enough room for name and class */
+ names = (XrmName*) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(XrmName), names_s);
+ classes = (XrmClass*) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(XrmClass), classes_s);
+ if (names == NULL || classes == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
+
+ /* Get full name, class of subobject */
+ GetNamesAndClasses(w, names, classes);
+ count -= 2;
+ names[count] = StringToName(name);
+ classes[count] = StringToClass(class);
+ count++;
+ names[count] = NULLQUARK;
+ classes[count] = NULLQUARK;
+
+ /* Compile arg list into quarks */
+ CacheArgs(args, num_args, typed_args, num_typed_args,
+ quark_cache, XtNumber(quark_cache), &quark_args);
+
+ /* Compile resource list if needed */
+ if (((int) resources->resource_offset) >= 0) {
+ XrmCompileResourceListEphem(resources, num_resources);
+ }
+ table = _XtCreateIndirectionTable(resources, num_resources);
+ Resrc = GetResources(w, (char*)base, names, classes, table, num_resources,
+ quark_args, args, num_args,
+ typed_args, &ntyped_args, False);
+ FreeCache(quark_cache, quark_args);
+ XtFree((char *)table);
+ XtFree((char *)Resrc);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)names, names_s);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)classes, classes_s);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtGetSubresources (
+ Widget w, /* Widget "parent" of subobject */
+ XtPointer base, /* Base address to write to */
+ _Xconst char* name, /* name of subobject */
+ _Xconst char* class, /* class of subobject */
+ XtResourceList resources, /* resource list for subobject */
+ Cardinal num_resources,
+ ArgList args, /* arg list to override resources */
+ Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ _XtGetSubresources (w, base, name, class, resources, num_resources, args, num_args, NULL, 0);
+}
+
+
+void _XtGetApplicationResources (
+ Widget w, /* Application shell widget */
+ XtPointer base, /* Base address to write to */
+ XtResourceList resources, /* resource list for subobject */
+ Cardinal num_resources,
+ ArgList args, /* arg list to override resources */
+ Cardinal num_args,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args,
+ Cardinal num_typed_args)
+{
+ XrmName *names, names_s[50];
+ XrmClass *classes, classes_s[50];
+ XrmQuark quark_cache[100];
+ XrmQuarkList quark_args;
+ XrmResourceList* table;
+ Cardinal count, ntyped_args = num_typed_args;
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ XtAppContext app;
+#endif
+ XtCacheRef *Resrc = NULL;
+
+ if (num_resources == 0) return;
+
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ if (w == NULL) app = _XtDefaultAppContext();
+ else app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w);
+#endif
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ /* Get full name, class of application */
+ if (w == NULL) {
+ /* hack for R2 compatibility */
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(_XtDefaultAppContext()->list[0]);
+ names = (XrmName*) XtStackAlloc (2 * sizeof(XrmName), names_s);
+ classes = (XrmClass*) XtStackAlloc (2 * sizeof(XrmClass), classes_s);
+ names[0] = pd->name;
+ names[1] = NULLQUARK;
+ classes[0] = pd->class;
+ classes[1] = NULLQUARK;
+ }
+ else {
+ count = CountTreeDepth(w);
+ names = (XrmName*) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(XrmName), names_s);
+ classes = (XrmClass*) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(XrmClass), classes_s);
+ if (names == NULL || classes == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
+ GetNamesAndClasses(w, names, classes);
+ }
+
+ /* Compile arg list into quarks */
+ CacheArgs(args, num_args, typed_args, num_typed_args, quark_cache,
+ XtNumber(quark_cache), &quark_args);
+ /* Compile resource list if needed */
+ if (((int) resources->resource_offset) >= 0) {
+#ifdef CRAY2
+ if (base == 0) { /* this client is non-portable, but... */
+ int count;
+ XtResourceList res = resources;
+ for (count = 0; count < num_resources; res++, count++) {
+ res->resource_offset *= sizeof(long);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* CRAY2 */
+ XrmCompileResourceListEphem(resources, num_resources);
+ }
+ table = _XtCreateIndirectionTable(resources,num_resources);
+
+ Resrc = GetResources(w, (char*)base, names, classes, table, num_resources,
+ quark_args, args, num_args,
+ typed_args, &ntyped_args, False);
+ FreeCache(quark_cache, quark_args);
+ XtFree((char *)table);
+ XtFree((char *)Resrc);
+ if (w != NULL) {
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)names, names_s);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)classes, classes_s);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtGetApplicationResources (
+ Widget w, /* Application shell widget */
+ XtPointer base, /* Base address to write to */
+ XtResourceList resources, /* resource list for subobject */
+ Cardinal num_resources,
+ ArgList args, /* arg list to override resources */
+ Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ _XtGetApplicationResources(w, base, resources, num_resources, args, num_args, NULL, 0);
+}
+
+static Boolean initialized = FALSE;
+
+void _XtResourceListInitialize(void)
+{
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (initialized) {
+ XtWarningMsg("initializationError","xtInitialize",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Initializing Resource Lists twice",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+ initialized = TRUE;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ QBoolean = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtCBoolean);
+ QString = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtCString);
+ QCallProc = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRCallProc);
+ QImmediate = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRImmediate);
+ QinitialResourcesPersistent = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtNinitialResourcesPersistent);
+ QInitialResourcesPersistent = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtCInitialResourcesPersistent);
+ Qtranslations = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtNtranslations);
+ QbaseTranslations = XrmPermStringToQuark("baseTranslations");
+ QTranslations = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtCTranslations);
+ QTranslationTable = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRTranslationTable);
+ Qscreen = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtNscreen);
+ QScreen = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtCScreen);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "SelectionI.h"
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+void _XtSetDefaultSelectionTimeout(
+ unsigned long *timeout)
+{
+ *timeout = 5000; /* default to 5 seconds */
+}
+
+void XtSetSelectionTimeout(
+ unsigned long timeout)
+{
+ XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(_XtDefaultAppContext(), timeout);
+}
+
+void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ unsigned long timeout)
+{
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ app->selectionTimeout = timeout;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+unsigned long XtGetSelectionTimeout(void)
+{
+ return XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(_XtDefaultAppContext());
+}
+
+unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ unsigned long retval;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = app->selectionTimeout;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+/* General utilities */
+
+static void HandleSelectionReplies(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent *, Boolean *);
+static void ReqTimedOut(XtPointer, XtIntervalId *);
+static void HandlePropertyGone(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent *, Boolean *);
+static void HandleGetIncrement(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent *, Boolean *);
+static void HandleIncremental(Display *, Widget, Atom, CallBackInfo, unsigned long);
+
+static XContext selectPropertyContext = 0;
+static XContext paramPropertyContext = 0;
+static XContext multipleContext = 0;
+
+/* Multiple utilities */
+static void AddSelectionRequests(Widget, Atom, int, Atom *, XtSelectionCallbackProc *, int, XtPointer *, Boolean *, Atom *);
+static Boolean IsGatheringRequest(Widget, Atom);
+
+#define PREALLOCED 32
+
+/* Parameter utilities */
+static void AddParamInfo(Widget, Atom, Atom);
+static void RemoveParamInfo(Widget, Atom);
+static Atom GetParamInfo(Widget, Atom);
+
+static int StorageSize[3] = {1, sizeof(short), sizeof(long)};
+#define BYTELENGTH(length, format) ((length) * StorageSize[(format)>>4])
+#define NUMELEM(bytelength, format) ((bytelength) / StorageSize[(format)>>4])
+
+/* Xlib and Xt are permitted to have different memory allocators, and in the
+ * XtSelectionCallbackProc the client is instructed to free the selection
+ * value with XtFree, so the selection value received from XGetWindowProperty
+ * should be copied to memory allocated through Xt. But copying is
+ * undesirable since the selection value may be large, and, under normal
+ * library configuration copying is unnecessary.
+ */
+#ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY
+#define XT_COPY_SELECTION 1
+#endif
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void FreePropList(
+ Widget w, /* unused */
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtPointer callData) /* unused */
+{
+ PropList sarray = (PropList)closure;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ XDeleteContext(sarray->dpy, DefaultRootWindow(sarray->dpy),
+ selectPropertyContext);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ XtFree((char*)sarray->list);
+ XtFree((char*)closure);
+}
+
+
+static PropList GetPropList(
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ PropList sarray;
+ Atom atoms[4];
+ static char* names[] = {
+ "INCR",
+ "MULTIPLE",
+ "TIMESTAMP",
+ "_XT_SELECTION_0" };
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (selectPropertyContext == 0)
+ selectPropertyContext = XUniqueContext();
+ if (XFindContext(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), selectPropertyContext,
+ (XPointer *)&sarray)) {
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ sarray = (PropList) __XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(PropListRec));
+ sarray->dpy = dpy;
+ XInternAtoms(dpy, names, 4, FALSE, atoms);
+ sarray->incr_atom = atoms[0];
+ sarray->indirect_atom = atoms[1];
+ sarray->timestamp_atom = atoms[2];
+ sarray->propCount = 1;
+ sarray->list =
+ (SelectionProp)__XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(SelectionPropRec));
+ sarray->list[0].prop = atoms[3];
+ sarray->list[0].avail = TRUE;
+ (void) XSaveContext(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), selectPropertyContext,
+ (char *) sarray);
+ _XtAddCallback( &pd->destroy_callbacks,
+ FreePropList, (XtPointer)sarray );
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return sarray;
+}
+
+
+static Atom GetSelectionProperty(
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ SelectionProp p;
+ int propCount;
+ char propname[80];
+ PropList sarray = GetPropList(dpy);
+
+ for (p = sarray->list, propCount=sarray->propCount;
+ propCount;
+ p++, propCount--) {
+ if (p->avail) {
+ p->avail = FALSE;
+ return(p->prop);
+ }
+ }
+ propCount = sarray->propCount++;
+ sarray->list = (SelectionProp) XtRealloc((XtPointer)sarray->list,
+ (unsigned)(sarray->propCount*sizeof(SelectionPropRec)));
+ (void) snprintf(propname, sizeof(propname), "_XT_SELECTION_%d", propCount);
+ sarray->list[propCount].prop = XInternAtom(dpy, propname, FALSE);
+ sarray->list[propCount].avail = FALSE;
+ return(sarray->list[propCount].prop);
+}
+
+static void FreeSelectionProperty(
+ Display *dpy,
+ Atom prop)
+{
+ SelectionProp p;
+ int propCount;
+ PropList sarray;
+ if (prop == None) return;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (XFindContext(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), selectPropertyContext,
+ (XPointer *)&sarray))
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "noSelectionProperties", "freeSelectionProperty", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "internal error: no selection property context for display",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL );
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (p = sarray->list, propCount=sarray->propCount;
+ propCount;
+ p++, propCount--)
+ if (p->prop == prop) {
+ p->avail = TRUE;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+static void FreeInfo(
+ CallBackInfo info)
+{
+ XtFree((char*)info->incremental);
+ XtFree((char*)info->callbacks);
+ XtFree((char*)info->req_closure);
+ XtFree((char*)info->target);
+ XtFree((char*)info);
+}
+
+static CallBackInfo MakeInfo(
+ Select ctx,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc *callbacks,
+ XtPointer *closures,
+ int count,
+ Widget widget,
+ Time time,
+ Boolean *incremental,
+ Atom *properties)
+{
+ CallBackInfo info = XtNew(CallBackInfoRec);
+
+ info->ctx = ctx;
+ info->callbacks = (XtSelectionCallbackProc *)
+ __XtMalloc((unsigned) (count * sizeof(XtSelectionCallbackProc)));
+ (void) memmove((char*)info->callbacks, (char*)callbacks,
+ count * sizeof(XtSelectionCallbackProc));
+ info->req_closure =
+ (XtPointer*)__XtMalloc((unsigned) (count * sizeof(XtPointer)));
+ (void) memmove((char*)info->req_closure, (char*)closures,
+ count * sizeof(XtPointer));
+ if (count == 1 && properties != NULL && properties[0] != None)
+ info->property = properties[0];
+ else {
+ info->property = GetSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget));
+ XDeleteProperty(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ info->property);
+ }
+ info->proc = HandleSelectionReplies;
+ info->widget = widget;
+ info->time = time;
+ info->incremental = (Boolean*) __XtMalloc(count * sizeof(Boolean));
+ (void) memmove((char*)info->incremental, (char*) incremental,
+ count * sizeof(Boolean));
+ info->current = 0;
+ info->value = NULL;
+ return (info);
+}
+
+static void RequestSelectionValue(
+ CallBackInfo info,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom target)
+{
+#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(info->widget);
+ info->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
+ app->selectionTimeout, ReqTimedOut, (XtPointer)info);
+#endif
+ XtAddEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
+ HandleSelectionReplies, (XtPointer)info);
+ XConvertSelection(info->ctx->dpy, selection, target,
+ info->property, XtWindow(info->widget), info->time);
+}
+
+
+static XContext selectContext = 0;
+
+static Select NewContext(
+ Display *dpy,
+ Atom selection)
+{
+ /* assert(selectContext != 0) */
+ Select ctx = XtNew(SelectRec);
+ ctx->dpy = dpy;
+ ctx->selection = selection;
+ ctx->widget = NULL;
+ ctx->prop_list = GetPropList(dpy);
+ ctx->ref_count = 0;
+ ctx->free_when_done = FALSE;
+ ctx->was_disowned = FALSE;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (void)XSaveContext(dpy, (Window)selection, selectContext, (char *)ctx);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return ctx;
+}
+
+static Select FindCtx(
+ Display *dpy,
+ Atom selection)
+{
+ Select ctx;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (selectContext == 0)
+ selectContext = XUniqueContext();
+ if (XFindContext(dpy, (Window)selection, selectContext, (XPointer *)&ctx))
+ ctx = NewContext(dpy, selection);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return ctx;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void WidgetDestroyed(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure, XtPointer data)
+{
+ Select ctx = (Select) closure;
+ if (ctx->widget == widget) {
+ if (ctx->free_when_done)
+ XtFree((char*)ctx);
+ else
+ ctx->widget = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Selection Owner code */
+
+static void HandleSelectionEvents(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent *, Boolean *);
+
+static Boolean LoseSelection(
+ Select ctx,
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Time time)
+{
+ if ((ctx->widget == widget) &&
+ (ctx->selection == selection) && /* paranoia */
+ !ctx->was_disowned &&
+ ((time == CurrentTime) || (time >= ctx->time)))
+ {
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
+ HandleSelectionEvents, (XtPointer)ctx);
+ XtRemoveCallback(widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ WidgetDestroyed, (XtPointer)ctx);
+ ctx->was_disowned = TRUE; /* widget officially loses ownership */
+ /* now inform widget */
+ if (ctx->loses) {
+ if (ctx->incremental)
+ (*(XtLoseSelectionIncrProc)ctx->loses)
+ (widget, &ctx->selection, ctx->owner_closure);
+ else (*ctx->loses)(widget, &ctx->selection);
+ }
+ return(TRUE);
+ }
+ else return(FALSE);
+}
+
+static XContext selectWindowContext = 0;
+
+/* %%% Xlib.h should make this public! */
+typedef int (*xErrorHandler)(Display*, XErrorEvent*);
+
+static xErrorHandler oldErrorHandler = NULL;
+static unsigned long firstProtectRequest;
+static Window errorWindow;
+
+static int LocalErrorHandler (
+ Display *dpy,
+ XErrorEvent *error)
+{
+ int retval;
+
+ /* If BadWindow error on selection requestor, nothing to do but let
+ * the transfer timeout. Otherwise, invoke saved error handler. */
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ if (error->error_code == BadWindow && error->resourceid == errorWindow &&
+ error->serial >= firstProtectRequest) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (oldErrorHandler == NULL) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return 0; /* should never happen */
+ }
+
+ retval = (*oldErrorHandler)(dpy, error);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return retval;
+}
+
+static void StartProtectedSection(
+ Display *dpy,
+ Window window)
+{
+ /* protect ourselves against request window being destroyed
+ * before completion of transfer */
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(LocalErrorHandler);
+ firstProtectRequest = NextRequest(dpy);
+ errorWindow = window;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static void EndProtectedSection(
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ /* flush any generated errors on requestor and
+ * restore original error handler */
+
+ XSync(dpy, False);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
+ oldErrorHandler = NULL;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static void AddHandler(
+ Request req,
+ EventMask mask,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ Display *dpy = req->ctx->dpy;
+ Window window = req->requestor;
+ Widget widget = XtWindowToWidget(dpy, window);
+
+ if (widget != NULL) req->widget = widget;
+ else widget = req->widget;
+
+ if (XtWindow(widget) == window)
+ XtAddEventHandler(widget, mask, False, proc, closure);
+ else {
+ RequestWindowRec *requestWindowRec;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (selectWindowContext == 0)
+ selectWindowContext = XUniqueContext();
+ if (XFindContext(dpy, window, selectWindowContext,
+ (XPointer *)&requestWindowRec)) {
+ requestWindowRec = XtNew(RequestWindowRec);
+ requestWindowRec->active_transfer_count = 0;
+ (void)XSaveContext(dpy, window, selectWindowContext,
+ (char *)requestWindowRec);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (requestWindowRec->active_transfer_count++ == 0) {
+ XtRegisterDrawable(dpy, window, widget);
+ XSelectInput(dpy, window, mask);
+ }
+ XtAddRawEventHandler(widget, mask, FALSE, proc, closure);
+ }
+}
+
+static void RemoveHandler(
+ Request req,
+ EventMask mask,
+ XtEventHandler proc,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ Display *dpy = req->ctx->dpy;
+ Window window = req->requestor;
+ Widget widget = req->widget;
+
+ if ((XtWindowToWidget(dpy, window) == widget) &&
+ (XtWindow(widget) != window)) {
+ /* we had to hang this window onto our widget; take it off */
+ RequestWindowRec* requestWindowRec;
+ XtRemoveRawEventHandler(widget, mask, TRUE, proc, closure);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (void)XFindContext(dpy, window, selectWindowContext,
+ (XPointer *)&requestWindowRec);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (--requestWindowRec->active_transfer_count == 0) {
+ XtUnregisterDrawable(dpy, window);
+ StartProtectedSection(dpy, window);
+ XSelectInput(dpy, window, 0L);
+ EndProtectedSection(dpy);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (void)XDeleteContext(dpy, window, selectWindowContext);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ XtFree((char*)requestWindowRec);
+ }
+ } else {
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, mask, TRUE, proc, closure);
+ }
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void OwnerTimedOut(
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtIntervalId *id)
+{
+ Request req = (Request)closure;
+ Select ctx = req->ctx;
+
+ if (ctx->incremental && (ctx->owner_cancel != NULL)) {
+ (*ctx->owner_cancel)(ctx->widget, &ctx->selection,
+ &req->target, (XtRequestId*)&req,
+ ctx->owner_closure);
+ } else {
+ if (ctx->notify == NULL)
+ XtFree((char*)req->value);
+ else {
+ /* the requestor hasn't deleted the property, but
+ * the owner needs to free the value.
+ */
+ if (ctx->incremental)
+ (*(XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)ctx->notify)
+ (ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target,
+ (XtRequestId*)&req, ctx->owner_closure);
+ else
+ (*ctx->notify)(ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target);
+ }
+ }
+
+ RemoveHandler(req, (EventMask)PropertyChangeMask,
+ HandlePropertyGone, closure);
+ XtFree((char*)req);
+ if (--ctx->ref_count == 0 && ctx->free_when_done)
+ XtFree((char*)ctx);
+}
+
+static void SendIncrement(
+ Request incr)
+{
+ Display *dpy = incr->ctx->dpy;
+
+ unsigned long incrSize = MAX_SELECTION_INCR(dpy);
+ if (incrSize > incr->bytelength - incr->offset)
+ incrSize = incr->bytelength - incr->offset;
+ StartProtectedSection(dpy, incr->requestor);
+ XChangeProperty(dpy, incr->requestor, incr->property,
+ incr->type, incr->format, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *)incr->value + incr->offset,
+ NUMELEM((int)incrSize, incr->format));
+ EndProtectedSection(dpy);
+ incr->offset += incrSize;
+}
+
+static void AllSent(
+ Request req)
+{
+ Select ctx = req->ctx;
+ StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, req->requestor);
+ XChangeProperty(ctx->dpy, req->requestor,
+ req->property, req->type, req->format,
+ PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) NULL, 0);
+ EndProtectedSection(ctx->dpy);
+ req->allSent = TRUE;
+
+ if (ctx->notify == NULL) XtFree((char*)req->value);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void HandlePropertyGone(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XEvent *ev,
+ Boolean *cont)
+{
+ XPropertyEvent *event = (XPropertyEvent *) ev;
+ Request req = (Request)closure;
+ Select ctx = req->ctx;
+
+ if ((event->type != PropertyNotify) ||
+ (event->state != PropertyDelete) ||
+ (event->atom != req->property) ||
+ (event->window != req->requestor))
+ return;
+#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
+ XtRemoveTimeOut(req->timeout);
+#endif
+ if (req->allSent) {
+ if (ctx->notify) {
+ if (ctx->incremental) {
+ (*(XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)ctx->notify)
+ (ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target,
+ (XtRequestId*)&req, ctx->owner_closure);
+ }
+ else (*ctx->notify)(ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target);
+ }
+ RemoveHandler(req, (EventMask)PropertyChangeMask,
+ HandlePropertyGone, closure);
+ XtFree((char*)req);
+ if (--ctx->ref_count == 0 && ctx->free_when_done)
+ XtFree((char*)ctx);
+ } else { /* is this part of an incremental transfer? */
+ if (ctx->incremental) {
+ if (req->bytelength == 0)
+ AllSent(req);
+ else {
+ unsigned long size = MAX_SELECTION_INCR(ctx->dpy);
+ SendIncrement(req);
+ (*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
+ (ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target,
+ &req->type, &req->value,
+ &req->bytelength, &req->format,
+ &size, ctx->owner_closure, (XtPointer*)&req);
+ if (req->bytelength)
+ req->bytelength = BYTELENGTH(req->bytelength, req->format);
+ req->offset = 0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (req->offset < req->bytelength)
+ SendIncrement(req);
+ else AllSent(req);
+ }
+#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
+ {
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(req->widget);
+ req->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
+ app->selectionTimeout, OwnerTimedOut, (XtPointer)req);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+static void PrepareIncremental(
+ Request req,
+ Widget widget,
+ Window window,
+ Atom property,
+ Atom target,
+ Atom targetType,
+ XtPointer value,
+ unsigned long length,
+ int format)
+{
+ req->type = targetType;
+ req->value = value;
+ req->bytelength = BYTELENGTH(length,format);
+ req->format = format;
+ req->offset = 0;
+ req->target = target;
+ req->widget = widget;
+ req->allSent = FALSE;
+#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
+ {
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+ req->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
+ app->selectionTimeout, OwnerTimedOut, (XtPointer)req);
+ }
+#endif
+ AddHandler(req, (EventMask)PropertyChangeMask,
+ HandlePropertyGone, (XtPointer)req);
+/* now send client INCR property */
+ XChangeProperty(req->ctx->dpy, window, req->property,
+ req->ctx->prop_list->incr_atom,
+ 32, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *)&req->bytelength, 1);
+}
+
+static Boolean GetConversion(
+ Select ctx, /* logical owner */
+ XSelectionRequestEvent* event,
+ Atom target,
+ Atom property, /* requestor's property */
+ Widget widget) /* physical owner (receives events) */
+{
+ XtPointer value = NULL;
+ unsigned long length;
+ int format;
+ Atom targetType;
+ Request req = XtNew(RequestRec);
+ Boolean timestamp_target = (target == ctx->prop_list->timestamp_atom);
+
+ req->ctx = ctx;
+ req->event = *event;
+ req->property = property;
+ req->requestor = event->requestor;
+
+ if (timestamp_target) {
+ value = __XtMalloc(sizeof(long));
+ *(long*)value = ctx->time;
+ targetType = XA_INTEGER;
+ length = 1;
+ format = 32;
+ }
+ else {
+ ctx->ref_count++;
+ if (ctx->incremental == TRUE) {
+ unsigned long size = MAX_SELECTION_INCR(ctx->dpy);
+ if ((*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
+ (ctx->widget, &event->selection, &target,
+ &targetType, &value, &length, &format,
+ &size, ctx->owner_closure, (XtRequestId*)&req)
+ == FALSE) {
+ XtFree((char*)req);
+ ctx->ref_count--;
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+ StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, event->requestor);
+ PrepareIncremental(req, widget, event->requestor, property,
+ target, targetType, value, length, format);
+ return(TRUE);
+ }
+ ctx->req = req;
+ if ((*ctx->convert)(ctx->widget, &event->selection, &target,
+ &targetType, &value, &length, &format) == FALSE) {
+ XtFree((char*)req);
+ ctx->req = NULL;
+ ctx->ref_count--;
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+ ctx->req = NULL;
+ }
+ StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, event->requestor);
+ if (BYTELENGTH(length,format) <= (unsigned long) MAX_SELECTION_INCR(ctx->dpy)) {
+ if (! timestamp_target) {
+ if (ctx->notify != NULL) {
+ req->target = target;
+ req->widget = widget;
+ req->allSent = TRUE;
+#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
+ {
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(req->widget);
+ req->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
+ app->selectionTimeout, OwnerTimedOut, (XtPointer)req);
+ }
+#endif
+ AddHandler(req, (EventMask)PropertyChangeMask,
+ HandlePropertyGone, (XtPointer)req);
+ }
+ else ctx->ref_count--;
+ }
+ XChangeProperty(ctx->dpy, event->requestor, property,
+ targetType, format, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *)value, (int)length);
+ /* free storage for client if no notify proc */
+ if (timestamp_target || ctx->notify == NULL) {
+ XtFree((char*)value);
+ XtFree((char*)req);
+ }
+ } else {
+ PrepareIncremental(req, widget, event->requestor, property,
+ target, targetType, value, length, format);
+ }
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void HandleSelectionEvents(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XEvent *event,
+ Boolean *cont)
+{
+ Select ctx;
+ XSelectionEvent ev;
+ Atom target;
+ int count;
+ Boolean writeback = FALSE;
+
+ ctx = (Select) closure;
+ switch (event->type) {
+ case SelectionClear:
+ /* if this event is not for the selection we registered for,
+ * don't do anything */
+ if (ctx->selection != event->xselectionclear.selection ||
+ ctx->serial > event->xselectionclear.serial)
+ break;
+ (void) LoseSelection(ctx, widget, event->xselectionclear.selection,
+ event->xselectionclear.time);
+ break;
+ case SelectionRequest:
+ /* if this event is not for the selection we registered for,
+ * don't do anything */
+ if (ctx->selection != event->xselectionrequest.selection)
+ break;
+ ev.type = SelectionNotify;
+ ev.display = event->xselectionrequest.display;
+ ev.requestor = event->xselectionrequest.requestor;
+ ev.selection = event->xselectionrequest.selection;
+ ev.time = event->xselectionrequest.time;
+ ev.target = event->xselectionrequest.target;
+ if (event->xselectionrequest.property == None) /* obsolete requestor */
+ event->xselectionrequest.property = event->xselectionrequest.target;
+ if (ctx->widget != widget || ctx->was_disowned
+ || ((event->xselectionrequest.time != CurrentTime)
+ && (event->xselectionrequest.time < ctx->time))) {
+ ev.property = None;
+ StartProtectedSection(ev.display, ev.requestor);
+ } else {
+ if (ev.target == ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom) {
+ IndirectPair *p;
+ int format;
+ unsigned long bytesafter, length;
+ unsigned char *value;
+ ev.property = event->xselectionrequest.property;
+ StartProtectedSection(ev.display, ev.requestor);
+ (void) XGetWindowProperty(ev.display, ev.requestor,
+ event->xselectionrequest.property, 0L, 1000000,
+ False,(Atom)AnyPropertyType, &target, &format, &length,
+ &bytesafter, &value);
+ count = BYTELENGTH(length, format) / sizeof(IndirectPair);
+ for (p = (IndirectPair *)value; count; p++, count--) {
+ EndProtectedSection(ctx->dpy);
+ if (!GetConversion(ctx, (XSelectionRequestEvent*)event,
+ p->target, p->property, widget)) {
+
+ p->target = None;
+ writeback = TRUE;
+ StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, ev.requestor);
+ }
+ }
+ if (writeback)
+ XChangeProperty(ev.display, ev.requestor,
+ event->xselectionrequest.property, target,
+ format, PropModeReplace, value, (int)length);
+ XFree((char *)value);
+ } else /* not multiple */ {
+ if (GetConversion(ctx, (XSelectionRequestEvent*)event,
+ event->xselectionrequest.target,
+ event->xselectionrequest.property,
+ widget))
+ ev.property = event->xselectionrequest.property;
+ else {
+ ev.property = None;
+ StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, ev.requestor);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ (void) XSendEvent(ctx->dpy, ev.requestor, False, (unsigned long)NULL,
+ (XEvent *) &ev);
+
+ EndProtectedSection(ctx->dpy);
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static Boolean OwnSelection(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Time time,
+ XtConvertSelectionProc convert,
+ XtLoseSelectionProc lose,
+ XtSelectionDoneProc notify,
+ XtCancelConvertSelectionProc cancel,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ Boolean incremental)
+{
+ Select ctx;
+ Select oldctx = NULL;
+
+ if (!XtIsRealized(widget)) return False;
+
+ ctx = FindCtx(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
+ if (ctx->widget != widget || ctx->time != time ||
+ ctx->ref_count || ctx->was_disowned)
+ {
+ Boolean replacement = FALSE;
+ Window window = XtWindow(widget);
+ unsigned long serial = XNextRequest(ctx->dpy);
+ XSetSelectionOwner(ctx->dpy, selection, window, time);
+ if (XGetSelectionOwner(ctx->dpy, selection) != window)
+ return FALSE;
+ if (ctx->ref_count) { /* exchange is in-progress */
+#ifdef DEBUG_ACTIVE
+ printf( "Active exchange for widget \"%s\"; selection=0x%lx, ref_count=%d\n",
+ XtName(widget), (long)selection, ctx->ref_count );
+#endif
+ if (ctx->widget != widget ||
+ ctx->convert != convert ||
+ ctx->loses != lose ||
+ ctx->notify != notify ||
+ ctx->owner_cancel != cancel ||
+ ctx->incremental != incremental ||
+ ctx->owner_closure != closure)
+ {
+ if (ctx->widget == widget) {
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
+ HandleSelectionEvents, (XtPointer)ctx);
+ XtRemoveCallback(widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ WidgetDestroyed, (XtPointer)ctx);
+ replacement = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (!ctx->was_disowned) {
+ oldctx = ctx;
+ }
+ ctx->free_when_done = TRUE;
+ ctx = NewContext(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
+ }
+ else if (!ctx->was_disowned) { /* current owner is new owner */
+ ctx->time = time;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (ctx->widget != widget || ctx->was_disowned || replacement) {
+ if (ctx->widget && !ctx->was_disowned && !replacement) {
+ oldctx = ctx;
+ oldctx->free_when_done = TRUE;
+ ctx = NewContext(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
+ }
+ XtAddEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
+ HandleSelectionEvents, (XtPointer)ctx);
+ XtAddCallback(widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ WidgetDestroyed, (XtPointer)ctx);
+ }
+ ctx->widget = widget; /* Selection offically changes hands. */
+ ctx->time = time;
+ ctx->serial = serial;
+ }
+ ctx->convert = convert;
+ ctx->loses = lose;
+ ctx->notify = notify;
+ ctx->owner_cancel = cancel;
+ ctx->incremental = incremental;
+ ctx->owner_closure = closure;
+ ctx->was_disowned = FALSE;
+
+ /* Defer calling the previous selection owner's lose selection procedure
+ * until the new selection is established, to allow the previous
+ * selection owner to ask for the new selection to be converted in
+ * the lose selection procedure. The context pointer is the closure
+ * of the event handler and the destroy callback, so the old context
+ * pointer and the record contents must be preserved for LoseSelection.
+ */
+ if (oldctx) {
+ (void) LoseSelection(oldctx, oldctx->widget, selection, oldctx->time);
+ if (!oldctx->ref_count && oldctx->free_when_done)
+ XtFree((char*)oldctx);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+Boolean XtOwnSelection(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Time time,
+ XtConvertSelectionProc convert,
+ XtLoseSelectionProc lose,
+ XtSelectionDoneProc notify)
+{
+ Boolean retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = OwnSelection(widget, selection, time, convert, lose, notify,
+ (XtCancelConvertSelectionProc)NULL,
+ (XtPointer)NULL, FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+Boolean XtOwnSelectionIncremental(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Time time,
+ XtConvertSelectionIncrProc convert,
+ XtLoseSelectionIncrProc lose,
+ XtSelectionDoneIncrProc notify,
+ XtCancelConvertSelectionProc cancel,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ Boolean retval;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ retval = OwnSelection(widget, selection, time,
+ (XtConvertSelectionProc)convert,
+ (XtLoseSelectionProc)lose,
+ (XtSelectionDoneProc)notify,
+ cancel, closure, TRUE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+void XtDisownSelection(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Time time)
+{
+ Select ctx;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ ctx = FindCtx(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
+ if (LoseSelection(ctx, widget, selection, time))
+ XSetSelectionOwner(XtDisplay(widget), selection, None, time);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+/* Selection Requestor code */
+
+static Boolean IsINCRtype(
+ CallBackInfo info,
+ Window window,
+ Atom prop)
+{
+ unsigned long bytesafter;
+ unsigned long length;
+ int format;
+ Atom type;
+ unsigned char *value;
+
+ if (prop == None) return False;
+
+ (void)XGetWindowProperty(XtDisplay(info->widget), window, prop, 0L, 0L,
+ False, info->ctx->prop_list->incr_atom,
+ &type, &format, &length, &bytesafter, &value);
+
+ return (type == info->ctx->prop_list->incr_atom);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void ReqCleanup(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XEvent *ev,
+ Boolean *cont)
+{
+ CallBackInfo info = (CallBackInfo)closure;
+ unsigned long bytesafter, length;
+ char *value;
+ int format;
+ Atom target;
+
+ if (ev->type == SelectionNotify) {
+ XSelectionEvent *event = (XSelectionEvent *) ev;
+ if (!MATCH_SELECT(event, info)) return; /* not really for us */
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
+ ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info );
+ if (IsINCRtype(info, XtWindow(widget), event->property)) {
+ info->proc = HandleGetIncrement;
+ XtAddEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask,
+ FALSE, ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info);
+ } else {
+ if (event->property != None)
+ XDeleteProperty(event->display, XtWindow(widget),
+ event->property);
+ FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), info->property);
+ FreeInfo(info);
+ }
+ } else if ((ev->type == PropertyNotify) &&
+ (ev->xproperty.state == PropertyNewValue) &&
+ (ev->xproperty.atom == info->property)) {
+ XPropertyEvent *event = (XPropertyEvent *) ev;
+ (void) XGetWindowProperty(event->display, XtWindow(widget),
+ event->atom, 0L, 1000000, True, AnyPropertyType,
+ &target, &format, &length, &bytesafter,
+ (unsigned char **) &value);
+ XFree(value);
+ if (length == 0) {
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask, FALSE,
+ ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info );
+ FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), info->property);
+ XtFree(info->value); /* requestor never got this, so free now */
+ FreeInfo(info);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void ReqTimedOut(
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XtIntervalId *id)
+{
+ XtPointer value = NULL;
+ unsigned long length = 0;
+ int format = 8;
+ Atom resulttype = XT_CONVERT_FAIL;
+ CallBackInfo info = (CallBackInfo)closure;
+ unsigned long bytesafter;
+ unsigned long proplength;
+ Atom type;
+ IndirectPair *pairs;
+ XtPointer *c;
+ int i;
+
+ if (*info->target == info->ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom) {
+ (void) XGetWindowProperty(XtDisplay(info->widget),
+ XtWindow(info->widget), info->property, 0L,
+ 10000000, True, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format,
+ &proplength, &bytesafter, (unsigned char **) &pairs);
+ XFree((char*)pairs);
+ for (proplength = proplength / IndirectPairWordSize, i = 0, c = info->req_closure;
+ proplength; proplength--, c++, i++)
+ (*info->callbacks[i])(info->widget, *c,
+ &info->ctx->selection, &resulttype, value, &length, &format);
+ } else {
+ (*info->callbacks[0])(info->widget, *info->req_closure,
+ &info->ctx->selection, &resulttype, value, &length, &format);
+ }
+
+ /* change event handlers for straggler events */
+ if (info->proc == (XtEventHandler)HandleSelectionReplies) {
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask)0,
+ TRUE, info->proc, (XtPointer) info);
+ XtAddEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
+ ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info);
+ } else {
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(info->widget,(EventMask) PropertyChangeMask,
+ FALSE, info->proc, (XtPointer) info);
+ XtAddEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask,
+ FALSE, ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info);
+ }
+
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void HandleGetIncrement(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XEvent *ev,
+ Boolean *cont)
+{
+ XPropertyEvent *event = (XPropertyEvent *) ev;
+ CallBackInfo info = (CallBackInfo) closure;
+ Select ctx = info->ctx;
+ char *value;
+ unsigned long bytesafter;
+ unsigned long length;
+ int bad;
+ int n = info->current;
+
+ if ((event->state != PropertyNewValue) || (event->atom != info->property))
+ return;
+
+ bad = XGetWindowProperty(event->display, XtWindow(widget),
+ event->atom, 0L,
+ 10000000, True, AnyPropertyType, &info->type,
+ &info->format, &length, &bytesafter,
+ (unsigned char **) &value);
+ if (bad)
+ return;
+#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
+ XtRemoveTimeOut(info->timeout);
+#endif
+ if (length == 0) {
+ unsigned long u_offset = NUMELEM(info->offset, info->format);
+ (*info->callbacks[n])(widget, *info->req_closure, &ctx->selection,
+ &info->type,
+ (info->offset == 0 ? value : info->value),
+ &u_offset, &info->format);
+ /* assert ((info->offset != 0) == (info->incremental[n]) */
+ if (info->offset != 0) XFree(value);
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask, FALSE,
+ HandleGetIncrement, (XtPointer) info);
+ FreeSelectionProperty(event->display, info->property);
+ FreeInfo(info);
+ } else { /* add increment to collection */
+ if (info->incremental[n]) {
+#ifdef XT_COPY_SELECTION
+ int size = BYTELENGTH(length, info->format) + 1;
+ char *tmp = __XtMalloc((Cardinal) size);
+ (void) memmove(tmp, value, size);
+ XFree(value);
+ value = tmp;
+#endif
+ (*info->callbacks[n])(widget, *info->req_closure, &ctx->selection,
+ &info->type, value, &length, &info->format);
+ } else {
+ int size = BYTELENGTH(length, info->format);
+ if (info->offset + size > info->bytelength) {
+ /* allocate enough for this and the next increment */
+ info->bytelength = info->offset + size * 2;
+ info->value = XtRealloc(info->value,
+ (Cardinal) info->bytelength);
+ }
+ (void) memmove(&info->value[info->offset], value, size);
+ info->offset += size;
+ XFree(value);
+ }
+ /* reset timer */
+#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
+ {
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(info->widget);
+ info->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
+ app->selectionTimeout, ReqTimedOut, (XtPointer) info);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void HandleNone(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ Atom selection)
+{
+ unsigned long length = 0;
+ int format = 8;
+ Atom type = None;
+
+ (*callback)(widget, closure, &selection,
+ &type, NULL, &length, &format);
+}
+
+
+static long IncrPropSize(
+ Widget widget,
+ unsigned char* value,
+ int format,
+ unsigned long length)
+{
+ unsigned long size;
+ if (format == 32) {
+ size = ((long*)value)[length-1]; /* %%% what order for longs? */
+ return size;
+ }
+ else {
+ XtAppWarningMsg( XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "badFormat","xtGetSelectionValue",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Selection owner returned type INCR property with format != 32",
+ (String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL );
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static
+Boolean HandleNormal(
+ Display *dpy,
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom property,
+ CallBackInfo info,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ Atom selection)
+{
+ unsigned long bytesafter;
+ unsigned long length;
+ int format;
+ Atom type;
+ unsigned char *value;
+ int number = info->current;
+
+ (void) XGetWindowProperty(dpy, XtWindow(widget), property, 0L,
+ 10000000, False, AnyPropertyType,
+ &type, &format, &length, &bytesafter, &value);
+
+ if (type == info->ctx->prop_list->incr_atom) {
+ unsigned long size = IncrPropSize(widget, value, format, length);
+ XFree((char *)value);
+ if (info->property != property) {
+ /* within MULTIPLE */
+ CallBackInfo ninfo;
+ ninfo = MakeInfo(info->ctx, &info->callbacks[number],
+ &info->req_closure[number], 1, widget,
+ info->time, &info->incremental[number], &property);
+ ninfo->target = (Atom *) __XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(Atom));
+ *ninfo->target = info->target[number + 1];
+ info = ninfo;
+ }
+ HandleIncremental(dpy, widget, property, info, size);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ XDeleteProperty(dpy, XtWindow(widget), property);
+#ifdef XT_COPY_SELECTION
+ if (value) { /* it could have been deleted after the SelectionNotify */
+ int size = BYTELENGTH(length, info->format) + 1;
+ char *tmp = __XtMalloc((Cardinal) size);
+ (void) memmove(tmp, value, size);
+ XFree(value);
+ value = (unsigned char *) tmp;
+ }
+#endif
+ (*info->callbacks[number])(widget, closure, &selection,
+ &type, (XtPointer)value, &length, &format);
+
+ if (info->incremental[number]) {
+ /* let requestor know the whole thing has been received */
+ value = (unsigned char*)__XtMalloc((unsigned)1);
+ length = 0;
+ (*info->callbacks[number])(widget, closure, &selection,
+ &type, (XtPointer)value, &length, &format);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void HandleIncremental(
+ Display *dpy,
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom property,
+ CallBackInfo info,
+ unsigned long size)
+{
+ XtAddEventHandler(widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask, FALSE,
+ HandleGetIncrement, (XtPointer) info);
+
+ /* now start the transfer */
+ XDeleteProperty(dpy, XtWindow(widget), property);
+ XFlush(dpy);
+
+ info->bytelength = size;
+ if (info->incremental[info->current]) /* requestor wants incremental too */
+ info->value = NULL; /* so no need for buffer to assemble value */
+ else
+ info->value = (char *) __XtMalloc((unsigned) info->bytelength);
+ info->offset = 0;
+
+ /* reset the timer */
+ info->proc = HandleGetIncrement;
+#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
+ {
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(info->widget);
+ info->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
+ app->selectionTimeout, ReqTimedOut, (XtPointer) info);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void HandleSelectionReplies(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XEvent *ev,
+ Boolean *cont)
+{
+ XSelectionEvent *event = (XSelectionEvent *) ev;
+ Display *dpy = event->display;
+ CallBackInfo info = (CallBackInfo) closure;
+ Select ctx = info->ctx;
+ IndirectPair *pairs, *p;
+ unsigned long bytesafter;
+ unsigned long length;
+ int format;
+ Atom type;
+ XtPointer *c;
+
+ if (event->type != SelectionNotify) return;
+ if (!MATCH_SELECT(event, info)) return; /* not really for us */
+#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
+ XtRemoveTimeOut(info->timeout);
+#endif
+ XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
+ HandleSelectionReplies, (XtPointer) info );
+ if (event->target == ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom) {
+ (void) XGetWindowProperty(dpy, XtWindow(widget), info->property, 0L,
+ 10000000, True, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format,
+ &length, &bytesafter, (unsigned char **) &pairs);
+ for (length = length / IndirectPairWordSize, p = pairs,
+ c = info->req_closure;
+ length; length--, p++, c++, info->current++) {
+ if (event->property == None || format != 32 || p->target == None
+ || /* bug compatibility */ p->property == None) {
+ HandleNone(widget, info->callbacks[info->current],
+ *c, event->selection);
+ if (p->property != None)
+ FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), p->property);
+ } else {
+ if (HandleNormal(dpy, widget, p->property, info, *c,
+ event->selection)) {
+ FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), p->property);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ XFree((char*)pairs);
+ FreeSelectionProperty(dpy, info->property);
+ FreeInfo(info);
+ } else if (event->property == None) {
+ HandleNone(widget, info->callbacks[0], *info->req_closure, event->selection);
+ FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), info->property);
+ FreeInfo(info);
+ } else {
+ if (HandleNormal(dpy, widget, event->property, info,
+ *info->req_closure, event->selection)) {
+ FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), info->property);
+ FreeInfo(info);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void DoLocalTransfer(
+ Request req,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom target,
+ Widget widget, /* The widget requesting the value. */
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure, /* the closure for the callback, not the conversion */
+ Boolean incremental,
+ Atom property)
+{
+ Select ctx = req->ctx;
+ XtPointer value = NULL, temp, total = NULL;
+ unsigned long length;
+ int format;
+ Atom resulttype;
+ unsigned long totallength = 0;
+
+ req->event.type = 0;
+ req->event.target = target;
+ req->event.property = req->property = property;
+ req->event.requestor = req->requestor = XtWindow(widget);
+
+ if (ctx->incremental) {
+ unsigned long size = MAX_SELECTION_INCR(ctx->dpy);
+ if (!(*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
+ (ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
+ &resulttype, &value, &length, &format,
+ &size, ctx->owner_closure, (XtRequestId*)&req)) {
+ HandleNone(widget, callback, closure, selection);
+ }
+ else {
+ if (incremental) {
+ Boolean allSent = FALSE;
+ while (!allSent) {
+ if (ctx->notify && (value != NULL)) {
+ int bytelength = BYTELENGTH(length,format);
+ /* both sides think they own this storage */
+ temp = __XtMalloc((unsigned)bytelength);
+ (void) memmove(temp, value, bytelength);
+ value = temp;
+ }
+ /* use care; older clients were never warned that
+ * they must return a value even if length==0
+ */
+ if (value == NULL) value = __XtMalloc((unsigned)1);
+ (*callback)(widget, closure, &selection,
+ &resulttype, value, &length, &format);
+ if (length) {
+ /* should owner be notified on end-of-piece?
+ * Spec is unclear, but non-local transfers don't.
+ */
+ (*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
+ (ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
+ &resulttype, &value, &length, &format,
+ &size, ctx->owner_closure,
+ (XtRequestId*)&req);
+ }
+ else allSent = TRUE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ while (length) {
+ int bytelength = BYTELENGTH(length, format);
+ total = XtRealloc(total,
+ (unsigned) (totallength += bytelength));
+ (void) memmove((char*)total + totallength - bytelength,
+ value,
+ bytelength);
+ (*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
+ (ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
+ &resulttype, &value, &length, &format,
+ &size, ctx->owner_closure, (XtRequestId*)&req);
+ }
+ if (total == NULL) total = __XtMalloc(1);
+ totallength = NUMELEM(totallength, format);
+ (*callback)(widget, closure, &selection, &resulttype,
+ total, &totallength, &format);
+ }
+ if (ctx->notify)
+ (*(XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)ctx->notify)
+ (ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
+ (XtRequestId*)&req, ctx->owner_closure);
+ else XtFree((char*)value);
+ }
+ } else { /* not incremental owner */
+ if (!(*ctx->convert)(ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
+ &resulttype, &value, &length, &format)) {
+ HandleNone(widget, callback, closure, selection);
+ } else {
+ if (ctx->notify && (value != NULL)) {
+ int bytelength = BYTELENGTH(length,format);
+ /* both sides think they own this storage; better copy */
+ temp = __XtMalloc((unsigned)bytelength);
+ (void) memmove(temp, value, bytelength);
+ value = temp;
+ }
+ if (value == NULL) value = __XtMalloc((unsigned)1);
+ (*callback)(widget, closure, &selection, &resulttype,
+ value, &length, &format);
+ if (ctx->notify)
+ (*ctx->notify)(ctx->widget, &selection, &target);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void GetSelectionValue(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom target,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ Time time,
+ Boolean incremental,
+ Atom property)
+{
+ Select ctx;
+ CallBackInfo info;
+ Atom properties[1];
+
+ properties[0] = property;
+
+ ctx = FindCtx(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
+ if (ctx->widget && !ctx->was_disowned) {
+ RequestRec req;
+ ctx->req = &req;
+ req.ctx = ctx;
+ req.event.time = time;
+ ctx->ref_count++;
+ DoLocalTransfer(&req, selection, target, widget,
+ callback, closure, incremental, property);
+ if (--ctx->ref_count == 0 && ctx->free_when_done)
+ XtFree((char*)ctx);
+ else
+ ctx->req = NULL;
+ }
+ else {
+ info = MakeInfo(ctx, &callback, &closure, 1, widget,
+ time, &incremental, properties);
+ info->target = (Atom *)__XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(Atom));
+ *(info->target) = target;
+ RequestSelectionValue(info, selection, target);
+ }
+}
+
+
+void XtGetSelectionValue(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom target,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ Time time)
+{
+ Atom property;
+ Boolean incr = False;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ property = GetParamInfo(widget, selection);
+ RemoveParamInfo(widget, selection);
+
+ if (IsGatheringRequest(widget, selection)) {
+ AddSelectionRequests(widget, selection, 1, &target, &callback, 1,
+ &closure, &incr, &property);
+ } else {
+ GetSelectionValue(widget, selection, target, callback,
+ closure, time, FALSE, property);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+void XtGetSelectionValueIncremental(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom target,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ Time time)
+{
+ Atom property;
+ Boolean incr = TRUE;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ property = GetParamInfo(widget, selection);
+ RemoveParamInfo(widget, selection);
+
+ if (IsGatheringRequest(widget, selection)) {
+ AddSelectionRequests(widget, selection, 1, &target, &callback, 1,
+ &closure, &incr, &property);
+ } else {
+ GetSelectionValue(widget, selection, target, callback,
+ closure, time, TRUE, property);
+ }
+
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+static void GetSelectionValues(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom *targets,
+ int count,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc *callbacks,
+ int num_callbacks,
+ XtPointer *closures,
+ Time time,
+ Boolean *incremental,
+ Atom *properties)
+{
+ Select ctx;
+ CallBackInfo info;
+ IndirectPair *pairs, *p;
+ Atom *t;
+
+ if (count == 0) return;
+ ctx = FindCtx(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
+ if (ctx->widget && !ctx->was_disowned) {
+ int j, i;
+ RequestRec req;
+ ctx->req = &req;
+ req.ctx = ctx;
+ req.event.time = time;
+ ctx->ref_count++;
+ for (i = 0, j = 0; count; count--, i++, j++ ) {
+ if (j >= num_callbacks) j = 0;
+
+ DoLocalTransfer(&req, selection, targets[i], widget,
+ callbacks[j], closures[i], incremental[i],
+ properties ? properties[i] : None);
+
+ }
+ if (--ctx->ref_count == 0 && ctx->free_when_done)
+ XtFree((char*)ctx);
+ else
+ ctx->req = NULL;
+ } else {
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc *passed_callbacks;
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc stack_cbs[32];
+ int i = 0, j = 0;
+
+ passed_callbacks = (XtSelectionCallbackProc *)
+ XtStackAlloc(sizeof(XtSelectionCallbackProc) * count, stack_cbs);
+
+ /* To deal with the old calls from XtGetSelectionValues* we
+ will repeat however many callbacks have been passed into
+ the array */
+ for(i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+ if (j >= num_callbacks) j = 0;
+ passed_callbacks[i] = callbacks[j];
+ j++;
+ }
+ info = MakeInfo(ctx, passed_callbacks, closures, count, widget,
+ time, incremental, properties);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer) passed_callbacks, stack_cbs);
+
+ info->target = (Atom *)__XtMalloc((unsigned) ((count+1) * sizeof(Atom)));
+ (*info->target) = ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom;
+ (void) memmove((char *) info->target+sizeof(Atom), (char *) targets,
+ count * sizeof(Atom));
+ pairs = (IndirectPair*)__XtMalloc((unsigned)(count*sizeof(IndirectPair)));
+ for (p = &pairs[count-1], t = &targets[count-1], i = count - 1;
+ p >= pairs; p--, t--, i--) {
+ p->target = *t;
+ if (properties == NULL || properties[i] == None) {
+ p->property = GetSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget));
+ XDeleteProperty(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ p->property);
+ } else {
+ p->property = properties[i];
+ }
+ }
+ XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ info->property, info->property,
+ 32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) pairs,
+ count * IndirectPairWordSize);
+ XtFree((char*)pairs);
+ RequestSelectionValue(info, selection, ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom);
+ }
+}
+
+
+void XtGetSelectionValues(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom *targets,
+ int count,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer *closures,
+ Time time)
+{
+ Boolean incremental_values[32];
+ Boolean *incremental;
+ int i;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ incremental = XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Boolean), incremental_values);
+ for(i = 0; i < count; i++) incremental[i] = FALSE;
+ if (IsGatheringRequest(widget, selection)) {
+ AddSelectionRequests(widget, selection, count, targets, &callback,
+ 1, closures, incremental, NULL);
+ } else {
+ GetSelectionValues(widget, selection, targets, count, &callback, 1,
+ closures, time, incremental, NULL);
+ }
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer) incremental, incremental_values);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+void XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom *targets,
+ int count,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
+ XtPointer *closures,
+ Time time)
+{
+ Boolean incremental_values[32];
+ Boolean *incremental;
+ int i;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ incremental = XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Boolean), incremental_values);
+ for(i = 0; i < count; i++) incremental[i] = TRUE;
+ if (IsGatheringRequest(widget, selection)) {
+ AddSelectionRequests(widget, selection, count, targets, &callback,
+ 1, closures, incremental, NULL);
+ } else {
+ GetSelectionValues(widget, selection, targets, count,
+ &callback, 1, closures, time, incremental, NULL);
+ }
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer) incremental, incremental_values);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+static Request GetRequestRecord(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ XtRequestId id)
+{
+ Request req = (Request)id;
+ Select ctx = NULL;
+
+ if ( (req == NULL
+ && ((ctx = FindCtx( XtDisplay(widget), selection )) == NULL
+ || ctx->req == NULL
+ || ctx->selection != selection
+ || ctx->widget == NULL))
+ || (req != NULL
+ && (req->ctx == NULL
+ || req->ctx->selection != selection
+ || req->ctx->widget != widget)))
+ {
+ String params = XtName(widget);
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "notInConvertSelection", "xtGetSelectionRequest",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtGetSelectionRequest or XtGetSelectionParameters called for widget \"%s\" outside of ConvertSelection proc",
+ ¶ms, &num_params
+ );
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (req == NULL) {
+ /* non-incremental owner; only one request can be
+ * outstanding at a time, so it's safe to keep ptr in ctx */
+ req = ctx->req;
+ }
+ return req;
+}
+
+XSelectionRequestEvent *XtGetSelectionRequest(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ XtRequestId id)
+{
+ Request req = (Request)id;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+
+ req = GetRequestRecord(widget, selection, id);
+
+ if (! req) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return (XSelectionRequestEvent*) NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (req->event.type == 0) {
+ /* owner is local; construct the remainder of the event */
+ req->event.type = SelectionRequest;
+ req->event.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(XtDisplay(widget));
+ req->event.send_event = True;
+ req->event.display = XtDisplay(widget);
+ req->event.owner = XtWindow(req->ctx->widget);
+ req->event.selection = selection;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return &req->event;
+}
+
+/* Property atom access */
+Atom XtReservePropertyAtom(
+ Widget w)
+{
+ return(GetSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(w)));
+}
+
+void XtReleasePropertyAtom(
+ Widget w,
+ Atom atom)
+{
+ FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(w), atom);
+}
+
+
+/* Multiple utilities */
+
+/* All requests are put in a single list per widget. It is
+ very unlikely anyone will be gathering multiple MULTIPLE
+ requests at the same time, so the loss in efficiency for
+ this case is acceptable */
+
+/* Queue one or more requests to the one we're gathering */
+static void AddSelectionRequests(
+ Widget wid,
+ Atom sel,
+ int count,
+ Atom *targets,
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc *callbacks,
+ int num_cb,
+ XtPointer *closures,
+ Boolean *incrementals,
+ Atom *properties)
+{
+ QueuedRequestInfo qi;
+ Window window = XtWindow(wid);
+ Display *dpy = XtDisplay(wid);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
+
+ qi = NULL;
+ (void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &qi);
+
+ if (qi != NULL) {
+ QueuedRequest *req = qi->requests;
+ int start = qi->count;
+ int i = 0;
+ int j = 0;
+
+ qi->count += count;
+ req = (QueuedRequest*) XtRealloc((char*) req,
+ (start + count) *
+ sizeof(QueuedRequest));
+ while(i < count) {
+ QueuedRequest newreq = (QueuedRequest)
+ __XtMalloc(sizeof(QueuedRequestRec));
+ newreq->selection = sel;
+ newreq->target = targets[i];
+ if (properties != NULL)
+ newreq->param = properties[i];
+ else {
+ newreq->param = GetSelectionProperty(dpy);
+ XDeleteProperty(dpy, window, newreq->param);
+ }
+ newreq->callback = callbacks[j];
+ newreq->closure = closures[i];
+ newreq->incremental = incrementals[i];
+
+ req[start] = newreq;
+ start++;
+ i++;
+ j++;
+ if (j > num_cb) j = 0;
+ }
+
+ qi->requests = req;
+ } else {
+ /* Impossible */
+ }
+
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+/* Only call IsGatheringRequest when we have a lock already */
+
+static Boolean IsGatheringRequest(
+ Widget wid,
+ Atom sel)
+{
+ QueuedRequestInfo qi;
+ Window window = XtWindow(wid);
+ Display *dpy = XtDisplay(wid);
+ Boolean found = False;
+ int i;
+
+ if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
+
+ qi = NULL;
+ (void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &qi);
+
+ if (qi != NULL) {
+ i = 0;
+ while(qi->selections[i] != None) {
+ if (qi->selections[i] == sel) {
+ found = True;
+ break;
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(found);
+}
+
+/* Cleanup request scans the request queue and releases any
+ properties queued, and removes any requests queued */
+static void CleanupRequest(
+ Display *dpy,
+ QueuedRequestInfo qi,
+ Atom sel)
+{
+ int i, j, n;
+
+ i = 0;
+
+ /* Remove this selection from the list */
+ n = 0;
+ while(qi->selections[n] != sel &&
+ qi->selections[n] != None) n++;
+ if (qi->selections[n] == sel) {
+ while(qi->selections[n] != None) {
+ qi->selections[n] = qi->selections[n + 1];
+ n++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while(i < qi->count) {
+ QueuedRequest req = qi->requests[i];
+
+ if (req->selection == sel) {
+ /* Match */
+ if (req->param != None)
+ FreeSelectionProperty(dpy, req->param);
+ qi->count--;
+
+ for(j = i; j < qi->count; j++)
+ qi->requests[j] = qi->requests[j + 1];
+
+ XtFree((char*) req);
+ } else {
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void XtCreateSelectionRequest(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection)
+{
+ QueuedRequestInfo queueInfo;
+ Window window = XtWindow(widget);
+ Display *dpy = XtDisplay(widget);
+ int n;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
+
+ queueInfo = NULL;
+ (void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &queueInfo);
+
+ /* If there is one, then cancel it */
+ if (queueInfo != NULL)
+ CleanupRequest(dpy, queueInfo, selection);
+ else {
+ /* Create it */
+ queueInfo = (QueuedRequestInfo) __XtMalloc(sizeof(QueuedRequestInfoRec));
+ queueInfo->count = 0;
+ queueInfo->selections = (Atom*) __XtMalloc(sizeof(Atom) * 2);
+ queueInfo->selections[0] = None;
+ queueInfo->requests = (QueuedRequest *)
+ __XtMalloc(sizeof(QueuedRequest));
+ }
+
+ /* Append this selection to list */
+ n = 0;
+ while(queueInfo->selections[n] != None) n++;
+ queueInfo->selections =
+ (Atom*) XtRealloc((char*) queueInfo->selections,
+ (n + 2) * sizeof(Atom));
+ queueInfo->selections[n] = selection;
+ queueInfo->selections[n + 1] = None;
+
+ (void) XSaveContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (char*) queueInfo);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+void XtSendSelectionRequest(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection,
+ Time time)
+{
+ QueuedRequestInfo queueInfo;
+ Window window = XtWindow(widget);
+ Display *dpy = XtDisplay(widget);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
+
+ queueInfo = NULL;
+ (void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &queueInfo);
+ if (queueInfo != NULL) {
+ int count = 0;
+ int i;
+ QueuedRequest *req = queueInfo->requests;
+
+ /* Construct the requests and send it using
+ GetSelectionValues */
+ for(i = 0; i < queueInfo->count; i++)
+ if (req[i]->selection == selection) count++;
+
+ if (count > 0) {
+ if (count == 1) {
+ for(i = 0; i < queueInfo->count; i++)
+ if (req[i]->selection == selection) break;
+
+ /* special case a multiple which isn't needed */
+ GetSelectionValue(widget, selection, req[i]->target,
+ req[i]->callback, req[i]->closure, time,
+ req[i]->incremental, req[i]->param);
+ } else {
+ Atom *targets;
+ Atom t[PREALLOCED];
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc *cbs;
+ XtSelectionCallbackProc c[PREALLOCED];
+ XtPointer *closures;
+ XtPointer cs[PREALLOCED];
+ Boolean *incrs;
+ Boolean ins[PREALLOCED];
+ Atom *props;
+ Atom p[PREALLOCED];
+ int i = 0;
+ int j = 0;
+
+ /* Allocate */
+ targets = (Atom *) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Atom), t);
+ cbs = (XtSelectionCallbackProc *)
+ XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(XtSelectionCallbackProc), c);
+ closures = (XtPointer *) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(XtPointer), cs);
+ incrs = (Boolean *) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Boolean), ins);
+ props = (Atom *) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Atom), p);
+
+ /* Copy */
+ for(i = 0; i < queueInfo->count; i++) {
+ if (req[i]->selection == selection) {
+ targets[j] = req[i]->target;
+ cbs[j] = req[i]->callback;
+ closures[j] = req[i]->closure;
+ incrs[j] = req[i]->incremental;
+ props[j] = req[i]->param;
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Make the request */
+ GetSelectionValues(widget, selection, targets, count,
+ cbs, count, closures, time, incrs, props);
+
+ /* Free */
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer) targets, t);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer) cbs, c);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer) closures, cs);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer) incrs, ins);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer) props, p);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ CleanupRequest(dpy, queueInfo, selection);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+void XtCancelSelectionRequest(
+ Widget widget,
+ Atom selection)
+{
+ QueuedRequestInfo queueInfo;
+ Window window = XtWindow(widget);
+ Display *dpy = XtDisplay(widget);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
+
+ queueInfo = NULL;
+ (void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &queueInfo);
+ /* If there is one, then cancel it */
+ if (queueInfo != NULL)
+ CleanupRequest(dpy, queueInfo, selection);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+/* Parameter utilities */
+
+/* Parameters on a selection request */
+/* Places data on allocated parameter atom, then records the
+ parameter atom data for use in the next call to one of
+ the XtGetSelectionValue functions. */
+void XtSetSelectionParameters(
+ Widget requestor,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom type,
+ XtPointer value,
+ unsigned long length,
+ int format)
+{
+ Display *dpy = XtDisplay(requestor);
+ Window window = XtWindow(requestor);
+ Atom property = GetParamInfo(requestor, selection);
+
+ if (property == None) {
+ property = GetSelectionProperty(dpy);
+ AddParamInfo(requestor, selection, property);
+ }
+
+ XChangeProperty(dpy, window, property,
+ type, format, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *) value, length);
+}
+
+/* Retrieves data passed in a parameter. Data for this is stored
+ on the originator's window */
+void XtGetSelectionParameters(
+ Widget owner,
+ Atom selection,
+ XtRequestId request_id,
+ Atom* type_return,
+ XtPointer* value_return,
+ unsigned long* length_return,
+ int* format_return)
+{
+ Request req;
+ Display *dpy = XtDisplay(owner);
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(owner);
+
+ *value_return = NULL;
+ *length_return = *format_return = 0;
+ *type_return = None;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+
+ req = GetRequestRecord(owner, selection, request_id);
+
+ if (req && req->property) {
+ unsigned long bytes_after; /* unused */
+ StartProtectedSection(dpy, req->requestor);
+ XGetWindowProperty(dpy, req->requestor, req->property, 0L, 10000000,
+ False, AnyPropertyType, type_return, format_return,
+ length_return, &bytes_after,
+ (unsigned char**) value_return);
+ EndProtectedSection(dpy);
+#ifdef XT_COPY_SELECTION
+ if (*value_return) {
+ int size = BYTELENGTH(*length_return, *format_return) + 1;
+ char *tmp = __XtMalloc((Cardinal) size);
+ (void) memmove(tmp, *value_return, size);
+ XFree(*value_return);
+ *value_return = tmp;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+/* Parameters are temporarily stashed in an XContext. A list is used because
+ * there may be more than one selection request in progress. The context
+ * data is deleted when the list is empty. In the future, the parameter
+ * context could be merged with other contexts used during selections.
+ */
+
+static void AddParamInfo(
+ Widget w,
+ Atom selection,
+ Atom param_atom)
+{
+ int n;
+ Param p;
+ ParamInfo pinfo;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (paramPropertyContext == 0)
+ paramPropertyContext = XUniqueContext();
+
+ if (XFindContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext,
+ (XPointer *) &pinfo)) {
+ pinfo = (ParamInfo) __XtMalloc(sizeof(ParamInfoRec));
+ pinfo->count = 1;
+ pinfo->paramlist = XtNew(ParamRec);
+ p = pinfo->paramlist;
+ (void) XSaveContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext,
+ (char *)pinfo);
+ }
+ else {
+ for (n = pinfo->count, p = pinfo->paramlist; n; n--, p++) {
+ if (p->selection == None || p->selection == selection)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (n == 0) {
+ pinfo->count++;
+ pinfo->paramlist = (Param)
+ XtRealloc((char*) pinfo->paramlist,
+ pinfo->count * sizeof(ParamRec));
+ p = &pinfo->paramlist[pinfo->count - 1];
+ (void) XSaveContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w),
+ paramPropertyContext, (char *)pinfo);
+ }
+ }
+ p->selection = selection;
+ p->param = param_atom;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static void RemoveParamInfo(
+ Widget w,
+ Atom selection)
+{
+ int n;
+ Param p;
+ ParamInfo pinfo;
+ Boolean retain = False;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (paramPropertyContext
+ && (XFindContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext,
+ (XPointer *) &pinfo) == 0)) {
+
+ /* Find and invalidate the parameter data. */
+ for (n = pinfo->count, p = pinfo->paramlist; n; n--, p++) {
+ if (p->selection != None) {
+ if (p->selection == selection)
+ p->selection = None;
+ else
+ retain = True;
+ }
+ }
+ /* If there's no valid data remaining, release the context entry. */
+ if (! retain) {
+ XtFree((char*) pinfo->paramlist);
+ XtFree((char*) pinfo);
+ XDeleteContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static Atom GetParamInfo(
+ Widget w,
+ Atom selection)
+{
+ int n;
+ Param p;
+ ParamInfo pinfo;
+ Atom atom = None;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (paramPropertyContext
+ && (XFindContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext,
+ (XPointer *) &pinfo) == 0)) {
+
+ for (n = pinfo->count, p = pinfo->paramlist; n; n--, p++)
+ if (p->selection == selection) {
+ atom = p->param;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return atom;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+/*
+ * XtSetSensitive()
+ */
+
+static void SetAncestorSensitive(
+ register Widget widget,
+ Boolean ancestor_sensitive)
+{
+ Arg args[1];
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register WidgetList children;
+
+ if (widget->core.ancestor_sensitive == ancestor_sensitive) return;
+
+ XtSetArg(args[0], XtNancestorSensitive, ancestor_sensitive);
+ XtSetValues(widget, args, XtNumber(args));
+
+ /* If widget's sensitive is TRUE, propagate new ancestor_sensitive to
+ children's ancestor_sensitive; else do nothing as children's
+ ancestor_sensitive is already FALSE */
+
+ if (widget->core.sensitive && XtIsComposite(widget)) {
+ children = ((CompositeWidget) widget)->composite.children;
+ for (i=0; i < ((CompositeWidget)widget)->composite.num_children; i++) {
+ SetAncestorSensitive (children[i], ancestor_sensitive);
+ }
+ }
+} /* SetAncestorSensitive */
+
+
+void XtSetSensitive(
+ register Widget widget,
+ _XtBoolean sensitive)
+{
+ Arg args[1];
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register WidgetList children;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (widget->core.sensitive == sensitive) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ XtSetArg(args[0], XtNsensitive, sensitive);
+ XtSetValues(widget, args, XtNumber(args));
+
+ /* If widget's ancestor_sensitive is TRUE, propagate new sensitive to
+ children's ancestor_sensitive; else do nothing as children's
+ ancestor_sensitive is already FALSE */
+
+ if (widget->core.ancestor_sensitive && XtIsComposite (widget)) {
+ children = ((CompositeWidget) widget)->composite.children;
+ for (i = 0; i < ((CompositeWidget)widget)->composite.num_children; i++){
+ SetAncestorSensitive (children[i], sensitive);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtSetSensitive */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+/*
+ * XtSetValues(), XtSetSubvalues()
+ */
+
+
+static void SetValues(
+ char* base, /* Base address to write values to */
+ XrmResourceList* res, /* The current resource values. */
+ register Cardinal num_resources, /* number of items in resources */
+ ArgList args, /* The resource values to set */
+ Cardinal num_args) /* number of items in arg list */
+{
+ register ArgList arg;
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register XrmName argName;
+ register XrmResourceList* xrmres;
+
+ /* Resource lists are assumed to be in compiled form already via the
+ initial XtGetResources, XtGetSubresources calls */
+
+ for (arg = args ; num_args != 0; num_args--, arg++) {
+ argName = StringToName(arg->name);
+ for (xrmres = res, i = 0; i < num_resources; i++, xrmres++) {
+ if (argName == (*xrmres)->xrm_name) {
+ _XtCopyFromArg(arg->value,
+ base - (*xrmres)->xrm_offset - 1,
+ (*xrmres)->xrm_size);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+} /* SetValues */
+
+static Boolean CallSetValues (
+ WidgetClass class,
+ Widget current,
+ Widget request,
+ Widget new,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ Boolean redisplay = FALSE;
+ WidgetClass superclass;
+ XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ superclass = class->core_class.superclass;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (superclass)
+ redisplay =
+ CallSetValues(superclass, current, request, new, args, num_args);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ set_values = class->core_class.set_values;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (set_values)
+ redisplay |= (*set_values) (current, request, new, args, &num_args);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ set_values_hook = class->core_class.set_values_hook;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (set_values_hook)
+ redisplay |= (*set_values_hook) (new, args, &num_args);
+ return (redisplay);
+}
+
+static Boolean
+CallConstraintSetValues (
+ ConstraintWidgetClass class,
+ Widget current,
+ Widget request,
+ Widget new,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ Boolean redisplay = FALSE;
+ XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
+ ConstraintWidgetClass superclass;
+
+ if ((WidgetClass)class != constraintWidgetClass) {
+ if (class == NULL)
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(current),
+ "invalidClass","constraintSetValue",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Subclass of Constraint required in CallConstraintSetValues",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ superclass = (ConstraintWidgetClass) class->core_class.superclass;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ redisplay =
+ CallConstraintSetValues(superclass,
+ current, request, new, args, num_args);
+ }
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ set_values = class->constraint_class.set_values;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (set_values)
+ redisplay |= (*set_values) (current, request, new, args, &num_args);
+ return (redisplay);
+}
+
+void XtSetSubvalues(
+ XtPointer base, /* Base address to write values to */
+ register XtResourceList resources, /* The current resource values. */
+ register Cardinal num_resources, /* number of items in resources */
+ ArgList args, /* The resource values to set */
+ Cardinal num_args) /* number of items in arg list */
+{
+ register XrmResourceList* xrmres;
+ xrmres = _XtCreateIndirectionTable (resources, num_resources);
+ SetValues((char*)base,xrmres,num_resources, args, num_args);
+ XtFree((char *)xrmres);
+}
+
+
+void XtSetValues(
+ register Widget w,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal num_args)
+{
+ register Widget oldw, reqw;
+ /* need to use strictest alignment rules possible in next two decls. */
+ double oldwCache[100], reqwCache[100];
+ double oldcCache[20], reqcCache[20];
+ Cardinal widgetSize, constraintSize;
+ Boolean redisplay, cleared_rect_obj = False;
+ XtGeometryResult result;
+ XtWidgetGeometry geoReq, geoReply;
+ WidgetClass wc;
+ ConstraintWidgetClass cwc = NULL;
+ Boolean hasConstraints;
+ XtAlmostProc set_values_almost;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w);
+ Widget hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(w));
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ wc = XtClass(w);
+ if ((args == NULL) && (num_args != 0)) {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(app,
+ "invalidArgCount","xtSetValues",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtSetValues",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate and copy current widget into old widget */
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ widgetSize = wc->core_class.widget_size;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ oldw = (Widget) XtStackAlloc(widgetSize, oldwCache);
+ reqw = (Widget) XtStackAlloc (widgetSize, reqwCache);
+ (void) memmove((char *) oldw, (char *) w, (int) widgetSize);
+
+ /* Set resource values */
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ SetValues((char*)w, (XrmResourceList *) wc->core_class.resources,
+ wc->core_class.num_resources, args, num_args);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ (void) memmove ((char *) reqw, (char *) w, (int) widgetSize);
+
+ hasConstraints = (XtParent(w) != NULL && !XtIsShell(w) && XtIsConstraint(XtParent(w)));
+
+ /* Some widget sets apparently do ugly things by freeing the
+ * constraints on some children, thus the extra test here */
+ if (hasConstraints) {
+ cwc = (ConstraintWidgetClass) XtClass(w->core.parent);
+ if (w->core.constraints) {
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ constraintSize = cwc->constraint_class.constraint_size;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ } else constraintSize = 0;
+ } else constraintSize = 0;
+
+ if (constraintSize) {
+ /* Allocate and copy current constraints into oldw */
+ oldw->core.constraints = XtStackAlloc(constraintSize, oldcCache);
+ reqw->core.constraints = XtStackAlloc(constraintSize, reqcCache);
+ (void) memmove((char *) oldw->core.constraints,
+ (char *) w->core.constraints, (int) constraintSize);
+
+ /* Set constraint values */
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ SetValues((char*)w->core.constraints,
+ (XrmResourceList *)(cwc->constraint_class.resources),
+ cwc->constraint_class.num_resources, args, num_args);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ (void) memmove((char *) reqw->core.constraints,
+ (char *) w->core.constraints, (int) constraintSize);
+ }
+
+ /* Inform widget of changes, then inform parent of changes */
+ redisplay = CallSetValues (wc, oldw, reqw, w, args, num_args);
+ if (hasConstraints) {
+ redisplay |= CallConstraintSetValues(cwc, oldw, reqw, w, args, num_args);
+ }
+
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+ XtChangeHookSetValuesDataRec set_val;
+
+ set_val.old = oldw;
+ set_val.req = reqw;
+ set_val.args = args;
+ set_val.num_args = num_args;
+ call_data.type = XtHsetValues;
+ call_data.widget = w;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) &set_val;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+
+ if (XtIsRectObj(w)) {
+ /* Now perform geometry request if needed */
+ geoReq.request_mode = 0;
+ if (oldw->core.x != w->core.x) {
+ geoReq.x = w->core.x;
+ w->core.x = oldw->core.x;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWX;
+ }
+ if (oldw->core.y != w->core.y) {
+ geoReq.y = w->core.y;
+ w->core.y = oldw->core.y;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWY;
+ }
+ if (oldw->core.width != w->core.width) {
+ geoReq.width = w->core.width;
+ w->core.width = oldw->core.width;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWWidth;
+ }
+ if (oldw->core.height != w->core.height) {
+ geoReq.height = w->core.height;
+ w->core.height = oldw->core.height;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWHeight;
+ }
+ if (oldw->core.border_width != w->core.border_width) {
+ geoReq.border_width = w->core.border_width;
+ w->core.border_width = oldw->core.border_width;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWBorderWidth;
+ }
+
+ if (geoReq.request_mode != 0) {
+ /* Pass on any requests for unchanged geometry values */
+ if (geoReq.request_mode !=
+ (CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight | CWBorderWidth)) {
+ for ( ; num_args != 0; num_args--, args++) {
+ if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWX) &&
+ strcmp(XtNx, args->name) == 0) {
+ geoReq.x = w->core.x;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWX;
+ } else if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWY) &&
+ strcmp(XtNy, args->name) == 0) {
+ geoReq.y = w->core.y;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWY;
+ } else if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWWidth) &&
+ strcmp(XtNwidth, args->name) == 0) {
+ geoReq.width = w->core.width;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWWidth;
+ } else if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWHeight) &&
+ strcmp(XtNheight, args->name) == 0) {
+ geoReq.height = w->core.height;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWHeight;
+ } else if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWBorderWidth) &&
+ strcmp(XtNborderWidth, args->name) == 0) {
+ geoReq.border_width = w->core.border_width;
+ geoReq.request_mode |= CWBorderWidth;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
+ "\nXtSetValues sees some geometry changes for \"%s\".\n",
+ XtName(w)));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(1));
+ do {
+ XtGeometryHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNgeometryHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ call_data.type = XtHpreGeometry;
+ call_data.widget = w;
+ call_data.request = &geoReq;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.geometryhook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ call_data.result = result =
+ _XtMakeGeometryRequest(w, &geoReq, &geoReply,
+ &cleared_rect_obj);
+ call_data.type = XtHpostGeometry;
+ call_data.reply = &geoReply;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.geometryhook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ } else {
+ result = _XtMakeGeometryRequest(w, &geoReq, &geoReply,
+ &cleared_rect_obj);
+ }
+ if (result == XtGeometryYes || result == XtGeometryDone)
+ break;
+
+ /* An Almost or No reply. Call widget and let it munge
+ request, reply */
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ set_values_almost = wc->core_class.set_values_almost;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (set_values_almost == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ "invalidProcedure","set_values_almost",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "set_values_almost procedure shouldn't be NULL",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (result == XtGeometryNo) geoReply.request_mode = 0;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,"calling SetValuesAlmost.\n"));
+ (*set_values_almost) (oldw, w, &geoReq, &geoReply);
+ } while (geoReq.request_mode != 0);
+ /* call resize proc if we changed size and parent
+ * didn't already invoke resize */
+ {
+ XtWidgetProc resize;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ resize = wc->core_class.resize;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ if ((w->core.width != oldw->core.width ||
+ w->core.height != oldw->core.height)
+ && result != XtGeometryDone
+ && resize != (XtWidgetProc) NULL) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
+ "XtSetValues calls \"%s\"'s resize proc.\n",
+ XtName(w)));
+ (*resize)(w);
+ }
+ }
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ }
+ /* Redisplay if needed. No point in clearing if the window is
+ * about to disappear, as the Expose event will just go straight
+ * to the bit bucket. */
+ if (XtIsWidget(w)) {
+ /* widgets can distinguish between redisplay and resize, since
+ the server will cause an expose on resize */
+ if (redisplay && XtIsRealized(w) && !w->core.being_destroyed) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
+ "XtSetValues calls ClearArea on \"%s\".\n",
+ XtName(w)));
+ XClearArea (XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), 0, 0, 0, 0, TRUE);
+ }
+ } else { /*non-window object */
+ if (redisplay && ! cleared_rect_obj ) {
+ Widget pw = _XtWindowedAncestor(w);
+ if (XtIsRealized(pw) && !pw->core.being_destroyed) {
+ RectObj r = (RectObj)w;
+ int bw2 = r->rectangle.border_width << 1;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
+ "XtSetValues calls ClearArea on \"%s\"'s parent \"%s\".\n",
+ XtName(w),XtName(pw)));
+ XClearArea (XtDisplay (pw), XtWindow (pw),
+ r->rectangle.x, r->rectangle.y,
+ r->rectangle.width + bw2,
+ r->rectangle.height + bw2,TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ /* Free dynamic storage */
+ if (constraintSize) {
+ XtStackFree(oldw->core.constraints, oldcCache);
+ XtStackFree(reqw->core.constraints, reqcCache);
+ }
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)oldw, oldwCache);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)reqw, reqwCache);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+} /* XtSetValues */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ *
+ * Author: Chris D. Peterson, MIT X Consortium
+ */
+
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+
+/* Function Name: XtSetWMColormapWindows
+ *
+ * Description: Sets the value of the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
+ * property on a widget's window.
+ *
+ * Arguments: widget - specifies the widget on whose window the
+ * - WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property will be stored.
+ *
+ * list - Specifies a list of widgets whose windows are to be
+ * listed in the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
+ * count - Specifies the number of widgets in list.
+ *
+ * Returns: none.
+ */
+
+void
+XtSetWMColormapWindows(
+ Widget widget,
+ Widget *list,
+ Cardinal count)
+{
+ Window *data;
+ Widget *checked, *top, *temp, hookobj;
+ Cardinal i, j, checked_count;
+ Boolean match;
+ Atom xa_wm_colormap_windows;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if ( !XtIsRealized(widget) || (count == 0) ) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ top = checked = (Widget *) __XtMalloc( (Cardinal) sizeof(Widget) * count);
+
+
+/*
+ * The specification calls for only adding the windows that have unique
+ * colormaps to the property to this function, so we will make a pass through
+ * the widget list removing all the widgets with non-unique colormaps.
+ *
+ * We will also remove any unrealized widgets from the list at this time.
+ */
+
+ for (checked_count = 0, i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+ if (!XtIsRealized(list[i])) continue;
+
+ *checked = list[i];
+ match = FALSE;
+
+/*
+ * Don't check first element for matching colormap since there is nothing
+ * to check it against.
+ */
+
+ if (checked != top)
+ for (j = 0, temp = top; j < checked_count ; j++, temp++)
+ if ( (*temp)->core.colormap == (*checked)->core.colormap) {
+ match = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+/*
+ * If no colormap was found to match then add this widget to the linked list.
+ */
+
+ if (!match) {
+ checked++;
+ checked_count++;
+ }
+ }
+
+/*
+ * Now that we have the list of widgets we need to convert it to a list of
+ * windows and set the property.
+ */
+
+ data = (Window *) __XtMalloc( (Cardinal) sizeof(Window) * checked_count);
+
+ for ( i = 0 ; i < checked_count ; i++)
+ data[i] = XtWindow(top[i]);
+
+ xa_wm_colormap_windows = XInternAtom(XtDisplay(widget),
+ "WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS", FALSE);
+
+ XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ xa_wm_colormap_windows, XA_WINDOW, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) data, (int) i);
+
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHsetWMColormapWindows;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) list;
+ call_data.num_event_data = count;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+
+ XtFree( (char *) data);
+ XtFree( (char *) top);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_WM_TIMEOUT
+#define DEFAULT_WM_TIMEOUT 5000
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "Shell.h"
+#include "ShellP.h"
+#include "ShellI.h"
+#include "Vendor.h"
+#include "VendorP.h"
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <X11/Xlocale.h>
+#include <X11/ICE/ICElib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef EDITRES
+#include <X11/Xmu/Editres.h>
+#endif
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Note: per the Xt spec, the Shell geometry management assumes in
+ * several places that there is only one managed child. This is
+ * *not* a bug. Any subclass that assumes otherwise is broken.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#define BIGSIZE ((Dimension)32767)
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Default values for resource lists
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef CRAY
+void _XtShellDepth(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+void _XtShellColormap(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+void _XtShellAncestorSensitive(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+void _XtTitleEncoding(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+#else
+static void _XtShellDepth(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+static void _XtShellColormap(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+static void _XtShellAncestorSensitive(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+static void _XtTitleEncoding(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
+#endif
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Shell class record
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#define Offset(x) (XtOffsetOf(ShellRec, x))
+static XtResource shellResources[]=
+{
+ {XtNx, XtCPosition, XtRPosition, sizeof(Position),
+ Offset(core.x), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)BIGSIZE},
+ {XtNy, XtCPosition, XtRPosition, sizeof(Position),
+ Offset(core.y), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)BIGSIZE},
+ { XtNdepth, XtCDepth, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(core.depth), XtRCallProc, (XtPointer) _XtShellDepth},
+ { XtNcolormap, XtCColormap, XtRColormap, sizeof(Colormap),
+ Offset(core.colormap), XtRCallProc, (XtPointer) _XtShellColormap},
+ { XtNancestorSensitive, XtCSensitive, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(core.ancestor_sensitive), XtRCallProc,
+ (XtPointer) _XtShellAncestorSensitive},
+ { XtNallowShellResize, XtCAllowShellResize, XtRBoolean,
+ sizeof(Boolean), Offset(shell.allow_shell_resize),
+ XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)False},
+ { XtNgeometry, XtCGeometry, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+ Offset(shell.geometry), XtRString, (XtPointer)NULL},
+ { XtNcreatePopupChildProc, XtCCreatePopupChildProc, XtRFunction,
+ sizeof(XtCreatePopupChildProc), Offset(shell.create_popup_child_proc),
+ XtRFunction, NULL},
+ { XtNsaveUnder, XtCSaveUnder, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(shell.save_under), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)False},
+ { XtNpopupCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtCallbackList),
+ Offset(shell.popup_callback), XtRCallback, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ { XtNpopdownCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtCallbackList),
+ Offset(shell.popdown_callback), XtRCallback, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ { XtNoverrideRedirect, XtCOverrideRedirect,
+ XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean), Offset(shell.override_redirect),
+ XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)False},
+ { XtNvisual, XtCVisual, XtRVisual, sizeof(Visual*),
+ Offset(shell.visual), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)CopyFromParent}
+};
+
+static void ClassPartInitialize(WidgetClass);
+static void Initialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void Realize(Widget, Mask *, XSetWindowAttributes *);
+static void Resize(Widget);
+static Boolean SetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList , Cardinal *);
+static void GetValuesHook(Widget, ArgList, Cardinal*);
+static void ChangeManaged(Widget);
+static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(Widget, XtWidgetGeometry *, XtWidgetGeometry *);
+static XtGeometryResult RootGeometryManager(Widget gw, XtWidgetGeometry *request, XtWidgetGeometry *reply);
+static void Destroy(Widget);
+
+static ShellClassExtensionRec shellClassExtRec = {
+ NULL,
+ NULLQUARK,
+ XtShellExtensionVersion,
+ sizeof(ShellClassExtensionRec),
+ RootGeometryManager
+};
+
+externaldef(shellclassrec) ShellClassRec shellClassRec = {
+ { /* Core */
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &compositeClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "Shell",
+ /* size */ sizeof(ShellRec),
+ /* Class Initializer */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ ClassPartInitialize,
+ /* Class init'ed ? */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ Initialize,
+ /* initialize_notify */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ Realize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ shellResources,
+ /* resource_count */ XtNumber(shellResources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ Destroy,
+ /* resize */ Resize,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ SetValues,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ GetValuesHook,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* intrinsics version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator*/ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{ /* Composite */
+ /* geometry_manager */ GeometryManager,
+ /* change_managed */ ChangeManaged,
+ /* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{ /* Shell */
+ /* extension */ (XtPointer)&shellClassExtRec
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(shellwidgetclass) WidgetClass shellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) (&shellClassRec);
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * OverrideShell class record
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+static XtResource overrideResources[]=
+{
+ { XtNoverrideRedirect, XtCOverrideRedirect,
+ XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean), Offset(shell.override_redirect),
+ XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)True},
+ { XtNsaveUnder, XtCSaveUnder, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(shell.save_under), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)True},
+};
+
+externaldef(overrideshellclassrec) OverrideShellClassRec overrideShellClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &shellClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "OverrideShell",
+ /* size */ sizeof(OverrideShellRec),
+ /* Class Initializer */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
+ /* Class init'ed ? */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ NULL,
+ /* initialize_notify */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ overrideResources,
+ /* resource_count */ XtNumber(overrideResources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ NULL,
+ /* resize */ XtInheritResize,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* intrinsics version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* geometry_manager */ XtInheritGeometryManager,
+ /* change_managed */ XtInheritChangeManaged,
+ /* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(overrideshellwidgetclass) WidgetClass overrideShellWidgetClass =
+ (WidgetClass) (&overrideShellClassRec);
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * WMShell class record
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#undef Offset
+#define Offset(x) (XtOffsetOf(WMShellRec, x))
+
+static int default_unspecified_shell_int = XtUnspecifiedShellInt;
+/*
+ * Warning, casting XtUnspecifiedShellInt (which is -1) to an (XtPointer)
+ * can result is loss of bits on some machines (i.e. crays)
+ */
+
+static XtResource wmResources[]=
+{
+ { XtNtitle, XtCTitle, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+ Offset(wm.title), XtRString, NULL},
+ { XtNtitleEncoding, XtCTitleEncoding, XtRAtom, sizeof(Atom),
+ Offset(wm.title_encoding),
+ XtRCallProc, (XtPointer) _XtTitleEncoding},
+ { XtNwmTimeout, XtCWmTimeout, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.wm_timeout), XtRImmediate,(XtPointer)DEFAULT_WM_TIMEOUT},
+ { XtNwaitForWm, XtCWaitForWm, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(wm.wait_for_wm), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)True},
+ { XtNtransient, XtCTransient, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(wm.transient), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)False},
+/* size_hints minus things stored in core */
+ { XtNbaseWidth, XtCBaseWidth, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.base_width),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNbaseHeight, XtCBaseHeight, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.base_height),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNwinGravity, XtCWinGravity, XtRGravity, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.win_gravity),
+ XtRGravity, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNminWidth, XtCMinWidth, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.min_width),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNminHeight, XtCMinHeight, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.min_height),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNmaxWidth, XtCMaxWidth, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.max_width),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNmaxHeight, XtCMaxHeight, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.max_height),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNwidthInc, XtCWidthInc, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.width_inc),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNheightInc, XtCHeightInc, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.height_inc),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNminAspectX, XtCMinAspectX, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.min_aspect.x),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNminAspectY, XtCMinAspectY, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.min_aspect.y),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNmaxAspectX, XtCMaxAspectX, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.max_aspect.x),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNmaxAspectY, XtCMaxAspectY, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.size_hints.max_aspect.y),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+/* wm_hints */
+ { XtNinput, XtCInput, XtRBool, sizeof(Bool),
+ Offset(wm.wm_hints.input), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)False},
+ { XtNinitialState, XtCInitialState, XtRInitialState, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.wm_hints.initial_state),
+ XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)NormalState},
+ { XtNiconPixmap, XtCIconPixmap, XtRBitmap, sizeof(Pixmap),
+ Offset(wm.wm_hints.icon_pixmap), XtRPixmap, NULL},
+ { XtNiconWindow, XtCIconWindow, XtRWindow, sizeof(Window),
+ Offset(wm.wm_hints.icon_window), XtRWindow, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ { XtNiconX, XtCIconX, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.wm_hints.icon_x),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNiconY, XtCIconY, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(wm.wm_hints.icon_y),
+ XtRInt, (XtPointer) &default_unspecified_shell_int},
+ { XtNiconMask, XtCIconMask, XtRBitmap, sizeof(Pixmap),
+ Offset(wm.wm_hints.icon_mask), XtRPixmap, NULL},
+ { XtNwindowGroup, XtCWindowGroup, XtRWindow, sizeof(Window),
+ Offset(wm.wm_hints.window_group),
+ XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)XtUnspecifiedWindow},
+ { XtNclientLeader, XtCClientLeader, XtRWidget, sizeof(Widget),
+ Offset(wm.client_leader), XtRWidget, NULL},
+ { XtNwindowRole, XtCWindowRole, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+ Offset(wm.window_role), XtRString, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ { XtNurgency, XtCUrgency, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(wm.urgency), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) False}
+};
+
+static void WMInitialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static Boolean WMSetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void WMDestroy(Widget);
+
+externaldef(wmshellclassrec) WMShellClassRec wmShellClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &shellClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "WMShell",
+ /* size */ sizeof(WMShellRec),
+ /* Class Initializer */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
+ /* Class init'ed ? */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ WMInitialize,
+ /* initialize_notify */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ wmResources,
+ /* resource_count */ XtNumber(wmResources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ WMDestroy,
+ /* resize */ XtInheritResize,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ WMSetValues,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* intrinsics version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* geometry_manager */ XtInheritGeometryManager,
+ /* change_managed */ XtInheritChangeManaged,
+ /* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(wmshellwidgetclass) WidgetClass wmShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) (&wmShellClassRec);
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * TransientShell class record
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#undef Offset
+#define Offset(x) (XtOffsetOf(TransientShellRec, x))
+
+static XtResource transientResources[]=
+{
+ { XtNtransient, XtCTransient, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(wm.transient), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)True},
+ { XtNtransientFor, XtCTransientFor, XtRWidget, sizeof(Widget),
+ Offset(transient.transient_for), XtRWidget, NULL},
+ { XtNsaveUnder, XtCSaveUnder, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(shell.save_under), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)True},
+};
+
+static void TransientRealize(Widget, Mask *, XSetWindowAttributes *);
+static Boolean TransientSetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+
+externaldef(transientshellclassrec) TransientShellClassRec transientShellClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &vendorShellClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "TransientShell",
+ /* size */ sizeof(TransientShellRec),
+ /* Class Initializer */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
+ /* Class init'ed ? */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ NULL,
+ /* initialize_notify */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ TransientRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ transientResources,
+ /* resource_count */ XtNumber(transientResources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ NULL,
+ /* resize */ XtInheritResize,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ TransientSetValues,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* intrinsics version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ XtInheritTranslations,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator*/ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* geometry_manager */ XtInheritGeometryManager,
+ /* change_managed */ XtInheritChangeManaged,
+ /* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(transientshellwidgetclass) WidgetClass transientShellWidgetClass =
+ (WidgetClass) (&transientShellClassRec);
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * TopLevelShell class record
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#undef Offset
+#define Offset(x) (XtOffsetOf(TopLevelShellRec, x))
+
+static XtResource topLevelResources[]=
+{
+ { XtNiconName, XtCIconName, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+ Offset(topLevel.icon_name), XtRString, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ { XtNiconNameEncoding, XtCIconNameEncoding, XtRAtom, sizeof(Atom),
+ Offset(topLevel.icon_name_encoding),
+ XtRCallProc, (XtPointer) _XtTitleEncoding},
+ { XtNiconic, XtCIconic, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(topLevel.iconic), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)False}
+};
+
+static void TopLevelInitialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static Boolean TopLevelSetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void TopLevelDestroy(Widget);
+
+externaldef(toplevelshellclassrec) TopLevelShellClassRec topLevelShellClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &vendorShellClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "TopLevelShell",
+ /* size */ sizeof(TopLevelShellRec),
+ /* Class Initializer */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
+ /* Class init'ed ? */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ TopLevelInitialize,
+ /* initialize_notify */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ topLevelResources,
+ /* resource_count */ XtNumber(topLevelResources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ TopLevelDestroy,
+ /* resize */ XtInheritResize,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ TopLevelSetValues,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* intrinsics version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ XtInheritTranslations,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* geometry_manager */ XtInheritGeometryManager,
+ /* change_managed */ XtInheritChangeManaged,
+ /* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(toplevelshellwidgetclass) WidgetClass topLevelShellWidgetClass =
+ (WidgetClass) (&topLevelShellClassRec);
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * ApplicationShell class record
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#undef Offset
+#define Offset(x) (XtOffsetOf(ApplicationShellRec, x))
+
+static XtResource applicationResources[]=
+{
+ {XtNargc, XtCArgc, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
+ Offset(application.argc), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
+ {XtNargv, XtCArgv, XtRStringArray, sizeof(String*),
+ Offset(application.argv), XtRPointer, (XtPointer) NULL}
+};
+#undef Offset
+
+static void ApplicationInitialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void ApplicationDestroy(Widget);
+static Boolean ApplicationSetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void ApplicationShellInsertChild(Widget);
+
+static CompositeClassExtensionRec compositeClassExtension = {
+ /* next_extension */ NULL,
+ /* record_type */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* version */ XtCompositeExtensionVersion,
+ /* record_size */ sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec),
+ /* accepts_objects */ TRUE,
+ /* allows_change_managed_set */ FALSE
+};
+
+
+externaldef(applicationshellclassrec) ApplicationShellClassRec applicationShellClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &topLevelShellClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "ApplicationShell",
+ /* size */ sizeof(ApplicationShellRec),
+ /* Class Initializer */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
+ /* Class init'ed ? */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ ApplicationInitialize,
+ /* initialize_notify */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ applicationResources,
+ /* resource_count */ XtNumber(applicationResources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ ApplicationDestroy,
+ /* resize */ XtInheritResize,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ ApplicationSetValues,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* intrinsics version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ XtInheritTranslations,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator*/ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* geometry_manager */ XtInheritGeometryManager,
+ /* change_managed */ XtInheritChangeManaged,
+ /* insert_child */ ApplicationShellInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ (XtPointer)&compositeClassExtension
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(applicationshellwidgetclass) WidgetClass applicationShellWidgetClass =
+ (WidgetClass) (&applicationShellClassRec);
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * SessionShell class record
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#undef Offset
+#define Offset(x) (XtOffsetOf(SessionShellRec, x))
+
+static XtResource sessionResources[]=
+{
+#ifndef XT_NO_SM
+ {XtNconnection, XtCConnection, XtRSmcConn, sizeof(SmcConn),
+ Offset(session.connection), XtRSmcConn, (XtPointer) NULL},
+#endif
+ {XtNsessionID, XtCSessionID, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+ Offset(session.session_id), XtRString, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNrestartCommand, XtCRestartCommand, XtRCommandArgArray, sizeof(String*),
+ Offset(session.restart_command), XtRPointer, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNcloneCommand, XtCCloneCommand, XtRCommandArgArray, sizeof(String*),
+ Offset(session.clone_command), XtRPointer, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNdiscardCommand, XtCDiscardCommand, XtRCommandArgArray, sizeof(String*),
+ Offset(session.discard_command), XtRPointer, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNresignCommand, XtCResignCommand, XtRCommandArgArray, sizeof(String*),
+ Offset(session.resign_command), XtRPointer, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNshutdownCommand, XtCShutdownCommand, XtRCommandArgArray, sizeof(String*),
+ Offset(session.shutdown_command), XtRPointer, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNenvironment, XtCEnvironment, XtREnvironmentArray, sizeof(String*),
+ Offset(session.environment), XtRPointer, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNcurrentDirectory, XtCCurrentDirectory, XtRDirectoryString, sizeof(String),
+ Offset(session.current_dir), XtRString, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNprogramPath, XtCProgramPath, XtRString, sizeof(String),
+ Offset(session.program_path), XtRString, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNrestartStyle, XtCRestartStyle, XtRRestartStyle, sizeof(unsigned char),
+ Offset(session.restart_style), XtRImmediate,
+ (XtPointer) SmRestartIfRunning},
+ {XtNjoinSession, XtCJoinSession, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
+ Offset(session.join_session), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) True},
+ {XtNsaveCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ Offset(session.save_callbacks), XtRCallback, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNinteractCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ Offset(session.interact_callbacks), XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL},
+ {XtNcancelCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ Offset(session.cancel_callbacks), XtRCallback, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNsaveCompleteCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ Offset(session.save_complete_callbacks), XtRCallback, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNdieCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ Offset(session.die_callbacks), XtRCallback, (XtPointer) NULL},
+ {XtNerrorCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
+ Offset(session.error_callbacks), XtRCallback, (XtPointer) NULL}
+};
+#undef Offset
+
+static void SessionInitialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+static void SessionDestroy(Widget);
+static Boolean SessionSetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
+
+static CompositeClassExtensionRec sessionCompositeClassExtension = {
+ /* next_extension */ NULL,
+ /* record_type */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* version */ XtCompositeExtensionVersion,
+ /* record_size */ sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec),
+ /* accepts_objects */ TRUE,
+ /* allows_change_managed_set */ FALSE
+};
+
+
+externaldef(sessionshellclassrec) SessionShellClassRec sessionShellClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &applicationShellClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "SessionShell",
+ /* size */ sizeof(SessionShellRec),
+ /* Class Initializer */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
+ /* Class init'ed ? */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ SessionInitialize,
+ /* initialize_notify */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ sessionResources,
+ /* resource_count */ XtNumber(sessionResources),
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ SessionDestroy,
+ /* resize */ XtInheritResize,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ SessionSetValues,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* intrinsics version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ XtInheritTranslations,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator*/ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* geometry_manager */ XtInheritGeometryManager,
+ /* change_managed */ XtInheritChangeManaged,
+ /* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ (XtPointer)&sessionCompositeClassExtension
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+externaldef(sessionshellwidgetclass) WidgetClass sessionShellWidgetClass =
+ (WidgetClass) (&sessionShellClassRec);
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ * Whew!
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+static void ComputeWMSizeHints(
+ WMShellWidget w,
+ XSizeHints *hints)
+{
+ register long flags;
+ hints->flags = flags = w->wm.size_hints.flags;
+#define copy(field) hints->field = w->wm.size_hints.field
+ if (flags & (USPosition | PPosition)) {
+ copy(x);
+ copy(y);
+ }
+ if (flags & (USSize | PSize)) {
+ copy(width);
+ copy(height);
+ }
+ if (flags & PMinSize) {
+ copy(min_width);
+ copy(min_height);
+ }
+ if (flags & PMaxSize) {
+ copy(max_width);
+ copy(max_height);
+ }
+ if (flags & PResizeInc) {
+ copy(width_inc);
+ copy(height_inc);
+ }
+ if (flags & PAspect) {
+ copy(min_aspect.x);
+ copy(min_aspect.y);
+ copy(max_aspect.x);
+ copy(max_aspect.y);
+ }
+#undef copy
+#define copy(field) hints->field = w->wm.field
+ if (flags & PBaseSize) {
+ copy(base_width);
+ copy(base_height);
+ }
+ if (flags & PWinGravity)
+ copy(win_gravity);
+#undef copy
+}
+
+static void _SetWMSizeHints(
+ WMShellWidget w)
+{
+ XSizeHints *size_hints = XAllocSizeHints();
+
+ if (size_hints == NULL) _XtAllocError("XAllocSizeHints");
+ ComputeWMSizeHints(w, size_hints);
+ XSetWMNormalHints(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w), size_hints);
+ XFree((char*)size_hints);
+}
+
+static ShellClassExtension _FindClassExtension(
+ WidgetClass widget_class)
+{
+ ShellClassExtension ext;
+ for (ext = (ShellClassExtension)((ShellWidgetClass)widget_class)
+ ->shell_class.extension;
+ ext != NULL && ext->record_type != NULLQUARK;
+ ext = (ShellClassExtension)ext->next_extension);
+
+ if (ext != NULL) {
+ if ( ext->version == XtShellExtensionVersion
+ && ext->record_size == sizeof(ShellClassExtensionRec)) {
+ /* continue */
+ } else {
+ String params[1];
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ params[0] = widget_class->core_class.class_name;
+ XtErrorMsg( "invalidExtension", "shellClassPartInitialize",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ }
+ return ext;
+}
+
+static void ClassPartInitialize(WidgetClass widget_class)
+{
+ ShellClassExtension ext = _FindClassExtension(widget_class);
+ if (ext != NULL) {
+ if (ext->root_geometry_manager == XtInheritRootGeometryManager) {
+ ext->root_geometry_manager =
+ _FindClassExtension(widget_class->core_class.superclass)
+ ->root_geometry_manager;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* if not found, spec requires XtInheritRootGeometryManager */
+ XtPointer *extP
+ = &((ShellWidgetClass)widget_class)->shell_class.extension;
+ ext = XtNew(ShellClassExtensionRec);
+ (void) memmove((char*)ext,
+ (char*)_FindClassExtension(widget_class->core_class.superclass),
+ sizeof(ShellClassExtensionRec));
+ ext->next_extension = *extP;
+ *extP = (XtPointer)ext;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void EventHandler(Widget wid, XtPointer closure, XEvent *event, Boolean *continue_to_dispatch);
+static void _popup_set_prop(ShellWidget);
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void XtCopyDefaultDepth(
+ Widget widget,
+ int offset,
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ value->addr = (XPointer)(&DefaultDepthOfScreen(XtScreenOfObject(widget)));
+}
+
+#ifndef CRAY
+static
+#endif
+void _XtShellDepth(
+ Widget widget,
+ int closure,
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ if (widget->core.parent == NULL) XtCopyDefaultDepth(widget,closure,value);
+ else _XtCopyFromParent (widget,closure,value);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void XtCopyDefaultColormap(
+ Widget widget,
+ int offset,
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ value->addr = (XPointer)(&DefaultColormapOfScreen(XtScreenOfObject(widget)));
+}
+
+#ifndef CRAY
+static
+#endif
+void _XtShellColormap(
+ Widget widget,
+ int closure,
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ if (widget->core.parent == NULL)
+ XtCopyDefaultColormap(widget,closure,value);
+ else _XtCopyFromParent (widget,closure,value);
+}
+
+#ifndef CRAY
+static
+#endif
+void _XtShellAncestorSensitive(
+ Widget widget,
+ int closure,
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ static Boolean true = True;
+ if (widget->core.parent == NULL) value->addr = (XPointer)(&true);
+ else _XtCopyFromParent (widget,closure,value);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+#ifndef CRAY
+static
+#endif
+void _XtTitleEncoding(
+ Widget widget,
+ int offset,
+ XrmValue *value)
+{
+ static Atom atom;
+ if (XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget)->langProcRec.proc) atom = None;
+ else atom = XA_STRING;
+ value->addr = (XPointer) &atom;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void Initialize(
+ Widget req,
+ Widget new,
+ ArgList args, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *num_args) /* unused */
+{
+ ShellWidget w = (ShellWidget) new;
+
+ w->shell.popped_up = FALSE;
+ w->shell.client_specified =
+ _XtShellNotReparented | _XtShellPositionValid;
+
+ if (w->core.x == BIGSIZE) {
+ w->core.x = 0;
+ if (w->core.y == BIGSIZE) w->core.y = 0;
+ } else {
+ if (w->core.y == BIGSIZE) w->core.y = 0;
+ else w->shell.client_specified |= _XtShellPPositionOK;
+ }
+
+ XtAddEventHandler(new, (EventMask) StructureNotifyMask,
+ TRUE, EventHandler, (XtPointer) NULL);
+
+#ifdef EDITRES
+ XtAddEventHandler(new, (EventMask) 0, TRUE,
+ _XEditResCheckMessages, NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void WMInitialize(
+ Widget req, Widget new,
+ ArgList args, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *num_args) /* unused */
+{
+ WMShellWidget w = (WMShellWidget) new;
+ TopLevelShellWidget tls = (TopLevelShellWidget) new; /* maybe */
+
+ if(w->wm.title == NULL) {
+ if (XtIsTopLevelShell(new) &&
+ tls->topLevel.icon_name != NULL &&
+ strlen(tls->topLevel.icon_name) != 0) {
+ w->wm.title = XtNewString(tls->topLevel.icon_name);
+ } else {
+ w->wm.title = XtNewString(w->core.name);
+ }
+ } else {
+ w->wm.title = XtNewString(w->wm.title);
+ }
+ w->wm.size_hints.flags = 0;
+ w->wm.wm_hints.flags = 0;
+ if (w->wm.window_role)
+ w->wm.window_role = XtNewString(w->wm.window_role);
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void TopLevelInitialize(
+ Widget req, Widget new,
+ ArgList args, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *num_args) /* unused */
+{
+ TopLevelShellWidget w = (TopLevelShellWidget) new;
+
+ if (w->topLevel.icon_name == NULL) {
+ w->topLevel.icon_name = XtNewString(w->core.name);
+ } else {
+ w->topLevel.icon_name = XtNewString(w->topLevel.icon_name);
+ }
+
+ if (w->topLevel.iconic)
+ w->wm.wm_hints.initial_state = IconicState;
+}
+
+static String *NewArgv(int, String *);
+static String *NewStringArray(String *);
+static void FreeStringArray(String *);
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void ApplicationInitialize(
+ Widget req, Widget new,
+ ArgList args, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *num_args) /* unused */
+{
+ ApplicationShellWidget w = (ApplicationShellWidget)new;
+
+ if (w->application.argc > 0)
+ w->application.argv = NewArgv(w->application.argc,
+ w->application.argv);
+}
+
+#define XtSaveInactive 0
+#define XtSaveActive 1
+#define XtInteractPending 2
+#define XtInteractActive 3
+
+#define XtCloneCommandMask (1L<<0)
+#define XtCurrentDirectoryMask (1L<<1)
+#define XtDiscardCommandMask (1L<<2)
+#define XtEnvironmentMask (1L<<3)
+#define XtProgramMask (1L<<4)
+#define XtResignCommandMask (1L<<5)
+#define XtRestartCommandMask (1L<<6)
+#define XtRestartStyleHintMask (1L<<7)
+#define XtShutdownCommandMask (1L<<8)
+
+static void JoinSession(SessionShellWidget);
+static void SetSessionProperties(SessionShellWidget, Boolean, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+static void StopManagingSession(SessionShellWidget, SmcConn);
+
+typedef struct _XtSaveYourselfRec {
+ XtSaveYourself next;
+ int save_type;
+ int interact_style;
+ Boolean shutdown;
+ Boolean fast;
+ Boolean cancel_shutdown;
+ int phase;
+ int interact_dialog_type;
+ Boolean request_cancel;
+ Boolean request_next_phase;
+ Boolean save_success;
+ int save_tokens;
+ int interact_tokens;
+} XtSaveYourselfRec;
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void SessionInitialize(
+ Widget req, Widget new,
+ ArgList args, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *num_args) /* unused */
+{
+#ifndef XT_NO_SM
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget)new;
+
+ if (w->session.session_id) w->session.session_id =
+ XtNewString(w->session.session_id);
+ if (w->session.restart_command) w->session.restart_command =
+ NewStringArray(w->session.restart_command);
+ if (w->session.clone_command) w->session.clone_command =
+ NewStringArray(w->session.clone_command);
+ if (w->session.discard_command) w->session.discard_command =
+ NewStringArray(w->session.discard_command);
+ if (w->session.resign_command) w->session.resign_command =
+ NewStringArray(w->session.resign_command);
+ if (w->session.shutdown_command) w->session.shutdown_command =
+ NewStringArray(w->session.shutdown_command);
+ if (w->session.environment) w->session.environment =
+ NewStringArray(w->session.environment);
+ if (w->session.current_dir) w->session.current_dir =
+ XtNewString(w->session.current_dir);
+ if (w->session.program_path) w->session.program_path =
+ XtNewString(w->session.program_path);
+
+ w->session.checkpoint_state = XtSaveInactive;
+ w->session.input_id = 0;
+ w->session.save = NULL;
+
+ if ((w->session.join_session) &&
+ (w->application.argv || w->session.restart_command))
+ JoinSession(w);
+
+ if (w->session.connection)
+ SetSessionProperties(w, True, 0L, 0L);
+#endif /* !XT_NO_SM */
+}
+
+static void Resize(
+ Widget w)
+{
+ register ShellWidget sw = (ShellWidget)w;
+ Widget childwid;
+ Cardinal i;
+ for(i = 0; i < sw->composite.num_children; i++) {
+ if (XtIsManaged(sw->composite.children[i])) {
+ childwid = sw->composite.children[i];
+ XtResizeWidget(childwid, sw->core.width, sw->core.height,
+ childwid->core.border_width);
+ break; /* can only be one managed child */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void GetGeometry(Widget, Widget);
+
+static void Realize(
+ Widget wid,
+ Mask *vmask,
+ XSetWindowAttributes *attr)
+{
+ ShellWidget w = (ShellWidget) wid;
+ Mask mask = *vmask;
+
+ if (! (w->shell.client_specified & _XtShellGeometryParsed)) {
+ /* we'll get here only if there was no child the first
+ time we were realized. If the shell was Unrealized
+ and then re-Realized, we probably don't want to
+ re-evaluate the defaults anyway.
+ */
+ GetGeometry(wid, (Widget)NULL);
+ }
+ else if (w->core.background_pixmap == XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
+ /* I attempt to inherit my child's background to avoid screen flash
+ * if there is latency between when I get resized and when my child
+ * is resized. Background=None is not satisfactory, as I want the
+ * user to get immediate feedback on the new dimensions (most
+ * particularly in the case of a non-reparenting wm). It is
+ * especially important to have the server clear any old cruft
+ * from the display when I am resized larger.
+ */
+ register Widget *childP = w->composite.children;
+ int i;
+ for (i = w->composite.num_children; i; i--, childP++) {
+ if (XtIsWidget(*childP) && XtIsManaged(*childP)) {
+ if ((*childP)->core.background_pixmap
+ != XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
+ mask &= ~(CWBackPixel);
+ mask |= CWBackPixmap;
+ attr->background_pixmap =
+ w->core.background_pixmap =
+ (*childP)->core.background_pixmap;
+ } else {
+ attr->background_pixel =
+ w->core.background_pixel =
+ (*childP)->core.background_pixel;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(w->shell.save_under) {
+ mask |= CWSaveUnder;
+ attr->save_under = TRUE;
+ }
+ if(w->shell.override_redirect) {
+ mask |= CWOverrideRedirect;
+ attr->override_redirect = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (wid->core.width == 0 || wid->core.height == 0) {
+ Cardinal count = 1;
+ XtErrorMsg("invalidDimension", "shellRealize", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Shell widget %s has zero width and/or height",
+ &wid->core.name, &count);
+ }
+ wid->core.window = XCreateWindow(XtDisplay(wid),
+ wid->core.screen->root, (int)wid->core.x, (int)wid->core.y,
+ (unsigned int)wid->core.width, (unsigned int)wid->core.height,
+ (unsigned int)wid->core.border_width, (int) wid->core.depth,
+ (unsigned int) InputOutput, w->shell.visual,
+ mask, attr);
+
+ _popup_set_prop(w);
+}
+
+
+static void _SetTransientForHint(
+ TransientShellWidget w,
+ Boolean delete)
+{
+ Window window_group;
+
+ if (w->wm.transient) {
+ if (w->transient.transient_for != NULL
+ && XtIsRealized(w->transient.transient_for))
+ window_group = XtWindow(w->transient.transient_for);
+ else if ((window_group = w->wm.wm_hints.window_group)
+ == XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup) {
+ if (delete)
+ XDeleteProperty( XtDisplay((Widget)w),
+ XtWindow((Widget)w),
+ XA_WM_TRANSIENT_FOR
+ );
+ return;
+ }
+
+ XSetTransientForHint( XtDisplay((Widget)w),
+ XtWindow((Widget)w),
+ window_group
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void TransientRealize(
+ Widget w,
+ Mask *vmask,
+ XSetWindowAttributes *attr)
+{
+ XtRealizeProc realize;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ realize =
+ transientShellWidgetClass->core_class.superclass->core_class.realize;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*realize) (w, vmask, attr);
+
+ _SetTransientForHint((TransientShellWidget)w, False);
+}
+
+static Widget GetClientLeader(
+ Widget w)
+{
+ while ((! XtIsWMShell(w) || ! ((WMShellWidget)w)->wm.client_leader)
+ && w->core.parent)
+ w = w->core.parent;
+
+ /* ASSERT: w is a WMshell with client_leader set, or w has no parent */
+
+ if (XtIsWMShell(w) && ((WMShellWidget)w)->wm.client_leader)
+ w = ((WMShellWidget)w)->wm.client_leader;
+ return w;
+}
+
+static void EvaluateWMHints(
+ WMShellWidget w)
+{
+ XWMHints *hintp = &w->wm.wm_hints;
+
+ hintp->flags = StateHint | InputHint;
+
+ if (hintp->icon_x == XtUnspecifiedShellInt)
+ hintp->icon_x = -1;
+ else
+ hintp->flags |= IconPositionHint;
+
+ if (hintp->icon_y == XtUnspecifiedShellInt)
+ hintp->icon_y = -1;
+ else
+ hintp->flags |= IconPositionHint;
+
+ if (hintp->icon_pixmap != None) hintp->flags |= IconPixmapHint;
+ if (hintp->icon_mask != None) hintp->flags |= IconMaskHint;
+ if (hintp->icon_window != None) hintp->flags |= IconWindowHint;
+
+ if (hintp->window_group == XtUnspecifiedWindow) {
+ if(w->core.parent) {
+ Widget p;
+ for (p = w->core.parent; p->core.parent; p = p->core.parent);
+ if (XtIsRealized(p)) {
+ hintp->window_group = XtWindow(p);
+ hintp->flags |= WindowGroupHint;
+ }
+ }
+ } else if (hintp->window_group != XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup)
+ hintp->flags |= WindowGroupHint;
+
+ if (w->wm.urgency) hintp->flags |= XUrgencyHint;
+}
+
+
+static void EvaluateSizeHints(
+ WMShellWidget w)
+{
+ struct _OldXSizeHints *sizep = &w->wm.size_hints;
+
+ sizep->x = w->core.x;
+ sizep->y = w->core.y;
+ sizep->width = w->core.width;
+ sizep->height = w->core.height;
+
+ if (sizep->flags & USSize) {
+ if (sizep->flags & PSize) sizep->flags &= ~PSize;
+ } else
+ sizep->flags |= PSize;
+
+ if (sizep->flags & USPosition) {
+ if (sizep->flags & PPosition) sizep->flags &= ~PPosition;
+ } else if (w->shell.client_specified & _XtShellPPositionOK)
+ sizep->flags |= PPosition;
+
+ if (sizep->min_aspect.x != XtUnspecifiedShellInt
+ || sizep->min_aspect.y != XtUnspecifiedShellInt
+ || sizep->max_aspect.x != XtUnspecifiedShellInt
+ || sizep->max_aspect.y != XtUnspecifiedShellInt) {
+ sizep->flags |= PAspect;
+ }
+ if (sizep->flags & PBaseSize
+ || w->wm.base_width != XtUnspecifiedShellInt
+ || w->wm.base_height != XtUnspecifiedShellInt) {
+ sizep->flags |= PBaseSize;
+ if (w->wm.base_width == XtUnspecifiedShellInt)
+ w->wm.base_width = 0;
+ if (w->wm.base_height == XtUnspecifiedShellInt)
+ w->wm.base_height = 0;
+ }
+ if (sizep->flags & PResizeInc
+ || sizep->width_inc != XtUnspecifiedShellInt
+ || sizep->height_inc != XtUnspecifiedShellInt) {
+ if (sizep->width_inc < 1) sizep->width_inc = 1;
+ if (sizep->height_inc < 1) sizep->height_inc = 1;
+ sizep->flags |= PResizeInc;
+ }
+ if (sizep->flags & PMaxSize
+ || sizep->max_width != XtUnspecifiedShellInt
+ || sizep->max_height != XtUnspecifiedShellInt) {
+ sizep->flags |= PMaxSize;
+ if (sizep->max_width == XtUnspecifiedShellInt)
+ sizep->max_width = BIGSIZE;
+ if (sizep->max_height == XtUnspecifiedShellInt)
+ sizep->max_height = BIGSIZE;
+ }
+ if (sizep->flags & PMinSize
+ || sizep->min_width != XtUnspecifiedShellInt
+ || sizep->min_height != XtUnspecifiedShellInt) {
+ sizep->flags |= PMinSize;
+ if (sizep->min_width == XtUnspecifiedShellInt)
+ sizep->min_width = 1;
+ if (sizep->min_height == XtUnspecifiedShellInt)
+ sizep->min_height = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+static void _popup_set_prop(
+ ShellWidget w)
+{
+ Widget p;
+ WMShellWidget wmshell = (WMShellWidget) w;
+ TopLevelShellWidget tlshell = (TopLevelShellWidget) w;
+ ApplicationShellWidget appshell = (ApplicationShellWidget) w;
+ XTextProperty icon_name;
+ XTextProperty window_name;
+ char **argv;
+ int argc;
+ XSizeHints *size_hints;
+ Window window_group;
+ XClassHint classhint;
+ Boolean copied_iname, copied_wname;
+
+ if (!XtIsWMShell((Widget)w) || w->shell.override_redirect) return;
+
+ if ((size_hints = XAllocSizeHints()) == NULL)
+ _XtAllocError("XAllocSizeHints");
+
+ copied_iname = copied_wname = False;
+ if (wmshell->wm.title_encoding == None &&
+ XmbTextListToTextProperty(XtDisplay((Widget)w),
+ (char**)&wmshell->wm.title,
+ 1, XStdICCTextStyle,
+ &window_name) >= Success) {
+ copied_wname = True;
+ } else {
+ window_name.value = (unsigned char*)wmshell->wm.title;
+ window_name.encoding = wmshell->wm.title_encoding ?
+ wmshell->wm.title_encoding : XA_STRING;
+ window_name.format = 8;
+ window_name.nitems = strlen((char *)window_name.value);
+ }
+
+ if (XtIsTopLevelShell((Widget)w)) {
+ if (tlshell->topLevel.icon_name_encoding == None &&
+ XmbTextListToTextProperty(XtDisplay((Widget)w),
+ (char**)&tlshell->topLevel.icon_name,
+ 1, XStdICCTextStyle,
+ &icon_name) >= Success) {
+ copied_iname = True;
+ } else {
+ icon_name.value = (unsigned char*)tlshell->topLevel.icon_name;
+ icon_name.encoding = tlshell->topLevel.icon_name_encoding ?
+ tlshell->topLevel.icon_name_encoding : XA_STRING;
+ icon_name.format = 8;
+ icon_name.nitems = strlen((char *)icon_name.value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ EvaluateWMHints(wmshell);
+ EvaluateSizeHints(wmshell);
+ ComputeWMSizeHints(wmshell, size_hints);
+
+ if (wmshell->wm.transient
+ && !XtIsTransientShell((Widget)w)
+ && (window_group = wmshell->wm.wm_hints.window_group)
+ != XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup) {
+
+ XSetTransientForHint(XtDisplay((Widget)w),
+ XtWindow((Widget)w),
+ window_group
+ );
+ }
+
+ classhint.res_name = w->core.name;
+ /* For the class, look up to the top of the tree */
+ for (p = (Widget)w; p->core.parent != NULL; p = p->core.parent);
+ if (XtIsApplicationShell(p)) {
+ classhint.res_class =
+ ((ApplicationShellWidget)p)->application.class;
+ } else {
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ classhint.res_class = XtClass(p)->core_class.class_name;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+
+ if (XtIsApplicationShell((Widget)w)
+ && (argc = appshell->application.argc) != -1)
+ argv = (char**)appshell->application.argv;
+ else {
+ argv = NULL;
+ argc = 0;
+ }
+
+ XSetWMProperties(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w),
+ &window_name,
+ (XtIsTopLevelShell((Widget)w)) ? &icon_name : NULL,
+ argv, argc,
+ size_hints,
+ &wmshell->wm.wm_hints,
+ &classhint);
+ XFree((char*)size_hints);
+ if (copied_wname)
+ XFree((XPointer)window_name.value);
+ if (copied_iname)
+ XFree((XPointer)icon_name.value);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)w)->langProcRec.proc) {
+ char *locale = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, (char *)NULL);
+ if (locale)
+ XChangeProperty(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w),
+ XInternAtom(XtDisplay((Widget)w),
+ "WM_LOCALE_NAME", False),
+ XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *)locale, strlen(locale));
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ p = GetClientLeader((Widget)w);
+ if (XtWindow(p))
+ XChangeProperty(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w),
+ XInternAtom(XtDisplay((Widget)w),
+ "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False),
+ XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *)(&(p->core.window)), 1);
+#ifndef XT_NO_SM
+ if (p == (Widget) w) {
+ for ( ; p->core.parent != NULL; p = p->core.parent);
+ if (XtIsSubclass(p, sessionShellWidgetClass)) {
+ String sm_client_id =
+ ((SessionShellWidget)p)->session.session_id;
+ if (sm_client_id != NULL) {
+ XChangeProperty(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w),
+ XInternAtom(XtDisplay((Widget)w),
+ "SM_CLIENT_ID", False),
+ XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *) sm_client_id,
+ strlen(sm_client_id));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* !XT_NO_SM */
+
+ if (wmshell->wm.window_role)
+ XChangeProperty(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w),
+ XInternAtom(XtDisplay((Widget)w),
+ "WM_WINDOW_ROLE", False),
+ XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *)wmshell->wm.window_role,
+ strlen(wmshell->wm.window_role));
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void EventHandler(
+ Widget wid,
+ XtPointer closure, /* unused */
+ XEvent *event,
+ Boolean *continue_to_dispatch) /* unused */
+{
+ register ShellWidget w = (ShellWidget) wid;
+ WMShellWidget wmshell = (WMShellWidget) w;
+ Boolean sizechanged = FALSE;
+
+ if(w->core.window != event->xany.window) {
+ XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(wid),
+ "invalidWindow","eventHandler",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Event with wrong window",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ switch(event->type) {
+ case ConfigureNotify:
+ if (w->core.window != event->xconfigure.window)
+ return; /* in case of SubstructureNotify */
+#define NEQ(x) ( w->core.x != event->xconfigure.x )
+ if( NEQ(width) || NEQ(height) || NEQ(border_width) ) {
+ sizechanged = TRUE;
+#undef NEQ
+ w->core.width = event->xconfigure.width;
+ w->core.height = event->xconfigure.height;
+ w->core.border_width = event->xconfigure.border_width;
+ }
+ if (event->xany.send_event /* ICCCM compliant synthetic ev */
+ /* || w->shell.override_redirect */
+ || w->shell.client_specified & _XtShellNotReparented)
+ {
+ w->core.x = event->xconfigure.x;
+ w->core.y = event->xconfigure.y;
+ w->shell.client_specified |= _XtShellPositionValid;
+ }
+ else w->shell.client_specified &= ~_XtShellPositionValid;
+ if (XtIsWMShell(wid) && !wmshell->wm.wait_for_wm) {
+ /* Consider trusting the wm again */
+ register struct _OldXSizeHints *hintp
+ = &wmshell->wm.size_hints;
+#define EQ(x) (hintp->x == w->core.x)
+ if (EQ(x) && EQ(y) && EQ(width) && EQ(height)) {
+ wmshell->wm.wait_for_wm = TRUE;
+ }
+#undef EQ
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ReparentNotify:
+ if (event->xreparent.window == XtWindow(w)) {
+ if (event->xreparent.parent !=
+ RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen(w)))
+ w->shell.client_specified &=
+ ~(_XtShellNotReparented | _XtShellPositionValid);
+ else {
+ w->core.x = event->xreparent.x;
+ w->core.y = event->xreparent.y;
+ w->shell.client_specified |=
+ (_XtShellNotReparented | _XtShellPositionValid);
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+
+ case MapNotify:
+ if (XtIsTopLevelShell(wid)) {
+ ((TopLevelShellWidget)wid)->topLevel.iconic = FALSE;
+ }
+ return;
+
+ case UnmapNotify:
+ {
+ XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
+ XtDevice device;
+ Widget p;
+
+ if (XtIsTopLevelShell(wid))
+ ((TopLevelShellWidget)wid)->topLevel.iconic = TRUE;
+
+ pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(event->xunmap.display);
+
+ device = &pdi->pointer;
+ if (device->grabType == XtPassiveServerGrab) {
+ p = device->grab.widget;
+ while (p && !(XtIsShell(p)))
+ p = p->core.parent;
+ if (p == wid)
+ device->grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+ }
+
+ device = &pdi->keyboard;
+ if (IsEitherPassiveGrab(device->grabType)) {
+ p = device->grab.widget;
+ while (p && !(XtIsShell(p)))
+ p = p->core.parent;
+ if (p == wid) {
+ device->grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
+ pdi->activatingKey = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return;
+ }
+ default:
+ return;
+ }
+ {
+ XtWidgetProc resize;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ resize = XtClass(wid)->core_class.resize;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ if (sizechanged && resize) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "Shell \"%s\" is being resized to %d %d.\n",
+ XtName(wid), wid->core.width, wid->core.height ));
+ (*resize)(wid);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void Destroy(
+ Widget wid)
+{
+ if (XtIsRealized(wid))
+ XDestroyWindow( XtDisplay(wid), XtWindow(wid) );
+}
+
+static void WMDestroy(
+ Widget wid)
+{
+ WMShellWidget w = (WMShellWidget) wid;
+
+ XtFree((char *) w->wm.title);
+ XtFree((char *) w->wm.window_role);
+}
+
+static void TopLevelDestroy(
+ Widget wid)
+{
+ TopLevelShellWidget w = (TopLevelShellWidget) wid;
+
+ XtFree((char *) w->topLevel.icon_name);
+}
+
+static void ApplicationDestroy(
+ Widget wid)
+{
+ ApplicationShellWidget w = (ApplicationShellWidget) wid;
+ if (w->application.argc > 0)
+ FreeStringArray(w->application.argv);
+}
+
+static void SessionDestroy(
+ Widget wid)
+{
+#ifndef XT_NO_SM
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) wid;
+
+ StopManagingSession(w, w->session.connection);
+ XtFree(w->session.session_id);
+ FreeStringArray(w->session.restart_command);
+ FreeStringArray(w->session.clone_command);
+ FreeStringArray(w->session.discard_command);
+ FreeStringArray(w->session.resign_command);
+ FreeStringArray(w->session.shutdown_command);
+ FreeStringArray(w->session.environment);
+ XtFree(w->session.current_dir);
+ XtFree(w->session.program_path);
+#endif /* !XT_NO_SM */
+}
+
+/*
+ * If the Shell has a width and a height which are zero, and as such
+ * suspect, and it has not yet been realized then it will grow to
+ * match the child before parsing the geometry resource.
+ *
+ */
+static void GetGeometry(
+ Widget W, Widget child)
+{
+ register ShellWidget w = (ShellWidget)W;
+ Boolean is_wmshell = XtIsWMShell(W);
+ int x, y, width, height, win_gravity = -1, flag;
+ XSizeHints hints;
+
+ if (child != NULL) {
+ /* we default to our child's size */
+ if (is_wmshell && (w->core.width == 0 || w->core.height == 0))
+ ((WMShellWidget)W)->wm.size_hints.flags |= PSize;
+ if (w->core.width == 0) w->core.width = child->core.width;
+ if (w->core.height == 0) w->core.height = child->core.height;
+ }
+ if(w->shell.geometry != NULL) {
+ char def_geom[64];
+ x = w->core.x;
+ y = w->core.y;
+ width = w->core.width;
+ height = w->core.height;
+ if (is_wmshell) {
+ WMShellPart* wm = &((WMShellWidget)w)->wm;
+ EvaluateSizeHints((WMShellWidget)w);
+ (void) memmove((char*)&hints, (char*)&wm->size_hints,
+ sizeof(struct _OldXSizeHints));
+ hints.win_gravity = wm->win_gravity;
+ if (wm->size_hints.flags & PBaseSize) {
+ width -= wm->base_width;
+ height -= wm->base_height;
+ hints.base_width = wm->base_width;
+ hints.base_height = wm->base_height;
+ }
+ else if (wm->size_hints.flags & PMinSize) {
+ width -= wm->size_hints.min_width;
+ height -= wm->size_hints.min_height;
+ }
+ if (wm->size_hints.flags & PResizeInc) {
+ width /= wm->size_hints.width_inc;
+ height /= wm->size_hints.height_inc;
+ }
+ }
+ else hints.flags = 0;
+
+ snprintf( def_geom, sizeof(def_geom), "%dx%d+%d+%d",
+ width, height, x, y );
+ flag = XWMGeometry( XtDisplay(W),
+ XScreenNumberOfScreen(XtScreen(W)),
+ w->shell.geometry, def_geom,
+ (unsigned int)w->core.border_width,
+ &hints, &x, &y, &width, &height,
+ &win_gravity
+ );
+ if (flag) {
+ if (flag & XValue) w->core.x = (Position)x;
+ if (flag & YValue) w->core.y = (Position)y;
+ if (flag & WidthValue) w->core.width = (Dimension)width;
+ if (flag & HeightValue) w->core.height = (Dimension)height;
+ }
+ else {
+ String params[2];
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+ params[0] = XtName(W);
+ params[1] = w->shell.geometry;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(W),
+ "badGeometry", "shellRealize", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Shell widget \"%s\" has an invalid geometry specification: \"%s\"",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ flag = 0;
+
+ if (is_wmshell) {
+ WMShellWidget wmshell = (WMShellWidget) w;
+ if (wmshell->wm.win_gravity == XtUnspecifiedShellInt) {
+ if (win_gravity != -1)
+ wmshell->wm.win_gravity = win_gravity;
+ else
+ wmshell->wm.win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
+ }
+ wmshell->wm.size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity;
+ if ((flag & (XValue|YValue)) == (XValue|YValue))
+ wmshell->wm.size_hints.flags |= USPosition;
+ if ((flag & (WidthValue|HeightValue)) == (WidthValue|HeightValue))
+ wmshell->wm.size_hints.flags |= USSize;
+ }
+ w->shell.client_specified |= _XtShellGeometryParsed;
+}
+
+
+static void ChangeManaged(Widget wid)
+{
+ ShellWidget w = (ShellWidget) wid;
+ Widget child = NULL;
+ Cardinal i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < w->composite.num_children; i++) {
+ if (XtIsManaged(w->composite.children[i])) {
+ child = w->composite.children[i];
+ break; /* there can only be one of them! */
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!XtIsRealized (wid)) /* then we're about to be realized... */
+ GetGeometry(wid, child);
+
+ if (child != NULL)
+ XtConfigureWidget (child, (Position)0, (Position)0,
+ w->core.width, w->core.height, (Dimension)0 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is gross, I can't wait to see if the change happened so I will ask
+ * the window manager to change my size and do the appropriate X work.
+ * I will then tell the requester that he can. Care must be taken because
+ * it is possible that some time in the future the request will be
+ * asynchronusly denied and the window reverted to it's old size/shape.
+ */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(
+ Widget wid,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *request,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *reply)
+{
+ ShellWidget shell = (ShellWidget)(wid->core.parent);
+ XtWidgetGeometry my_request;
+
+ if(shell->shell.allow_shell_resize == FALSE && XtIsRealized(wid))
+ return(XtGeometryNo);
+
+ if (request->request_mode & (CWX | CWY))
+ return(XtGeometryNo);
+
+ my_request.request_mode = (request->request_mode & XtCWQueryOnly);
+ if (request->request_mode & CWWidth) {
+ my_request.width = request->width;
+ my_request.request_mode |= CWWidth;
+ }
+ if (request->request_mode & CWHeight) {
+ my_request.height = request->height;
+ my_request.request_mode |= CWHeight;
+ }
+ if (request->request_mode & CWBorderWidth) {
+ my_request.border_width = request->border_width;
+ my_request.request_mode |= CWBorderWidth;
+ }
+ if (XtMakeGeometryRequest((Widget)shell, &my_request, NULL)
+ == XtGeometryYes) {
+ /* assert: if (request->request_mode & CWWidth) then
+ * shell->core.width == request->width
+ * assert: if (request->request_mode & CWHeight) then
+ * shell->core.height == request->height
+ *
+ * so, whatever the WM sized us to (if the Shell requested
+ * only one of the two) is now the correct child size
+ */
+
+ if (!(request->request_mode & XtCWQueryOnly)) {
+ wid->core.width = shell->core.width;
+ wid->core.height = shell->core.height;
+ if (request->request_mode & CWBorderWidth) {
+ wid->core.x = wid->core.y = -request->border_width;
+ }
+ }
+ return XtGeometryYes;
+ } else return XtGeometryNo;
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+ Widget w;
+ unsigned long request_num;
+ Boolean done;
+} QueryStruct;
+
+static Bool isMine(
+ Display *dpy,
+ register XEvent *event,
+ char *arg)
+{
+ QueryStruct *q = (QueryStruct *) arg;
+ register Widget w = q->w;
+
+ if ( (dpy != XtDisplay(w)) || (event->xany.window != XtWindow(w)) ) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (event->xany.serial >= q->request_num) {
+ if (event->type == ConfigureNotify) {
+ q->done = TRUE;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (event->type == ConfigureNotify)
+ return TRUE; /* flush old events */
+ if (event->type == ReparentNotify
+ && event->xreparent.window == XtWindow(w)) {
+ /* we might get ahead of this event, so just in case someone
+ * asks for coordinates before this event is dispatched...
+ */
+ register ShellWidget s = (ShellWidget)w;
+ if (event->xreparent.parent != RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen(w)))
+ s->shell.client_specified &= ~_XtShellNotReparented;
+ else
+ s->shell.client_specified |= _XtShellNotReparented;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Boolean _wait_for_response(
+ ShellWidget w,
+ XEvent *event,
+ unsigned long request_num)
+{
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget) w);
+ QueryStruct q;
+ unsigned long timeout;
+
+ if (XtIsWMShell((Widget)w))
+ timeout = ((WMShellWidget)w)->wm.wm_timeout;
+ else
+ timeout = DEFAULT_WM_TIMEOUT;
+
+ XFlush(XtDisplay(w));
+ q.w = (Widget) w;
+ q.request_num = request_num;
+ q.done = FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * look for match event and discard all prior configures
+ */
+ while (XCheckIfEvent(XtDisplay(w),event,isMine,(char*)&q)) {
+ if (q.done) return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ while (timeout > 0) {
+ if (_XtWaitForSomething (app,
+ FALSE, TRUE, TRUE, TRUE,
+ TRUE,
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ FALSE,
+#endif
+ &timeout) != -1) {
+ while (XCheckIfEvent(XtDisplay(w),event,isMine,(char*)&q)) {
+ if (q.done) return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static XtGeometryResult RootGeometryManager(
+ Widget gw,
+ XtWidgetGeometry *request, XtWidgetGeometry *reply)
+{
+ register ShellWidget w = (ShellWidget)gw;
+ XWindowChanges values;
+ unsigned int mask = request->request_mode;
+ XEvent event;
+ Boolean wm;
+ register struct _OldXSizeHints *hintp = NULL;
+ int oldx, oldy, oldwidth, oldheight, oldborder_width;
+ unsigned long request_num;
+
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(1));
+
+ if (XtIsWMShell(gw)) {
+ wm = True;
+ hintp = &((WMShellWidget)w)->wm.size_hints;
+ /* for draft-ICCCM wm's, need to make sure hints reflect
+ (current) reality so client can move and size separately. */
+ hintp->x = w->core.x;
+ hintp->y = w->core.y;
+ hintp->width = w->core.width;
+ hintp->height = w->core.height;
+ } else
+ wm = False;
+
+ oldx = w->core.x;
+ oldy = w->core.y;
+ oldwidth = w->core.width;
+ oldheight = w->core.height;
+ oldborder_width = w->core.border_width;
+
+#define PutBackGeometry() \
+ { w->core.x = oldx; \
+ w->core.y = oldy; \
+ w->core.width = oldwidth; \
+ w->core.height = oldheight; \
+ w->core.border_width = oldborder_width; }
+
+ if (mask & CWX) {
+ if (w->core.x == request->x) mask &= ~CWX;
+ else {
+ w->core.x = values.x = request->x;
+ if (wm) {
+ hintp->flags &= ~USPosition;
+ hintp->flags |= PPosition;
+ hintp->x = values.x;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (mask & CWY) {
+ if (w->core.y == request->y) mask &= ~CWY;
+ else {
+ w->core.y = values.y = request->y;
+ if (wm) {
+ hintp->flags &= ~USPosition;
+ hintp->flags |= PPosition;
+ hintp->y = values.y;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (mask & CWBorderWidth) {
+ if (w->core.border_width == request->border_width) {
+ mask &= ~CWBorderWidth;
+ } else
+ w->core.border_width =
+ values.border_width =
+ request->border_width;
+ }
+ if (mask & CWWidth) {
+ if (w->core.width == request->width) mask &= ~CWWidth;
+ else {
+ w->core.width = values.width = request->width;
+ if (wm) {
+ hintp->flags &= ~USSize;
+ hintp->flags |= PSize;
+ hintp->width = values.width;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (mask & CWHeight) {
+ if (w->core.height == request->height) mask &= ~CWHeight;
+ else {
+ w->core.height = values.height = request->height;
+ if (wm) {
+ hintp->flags &= ~USSize;
+ hintp->flags |= PSize;
+ hintp->height = values.height;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (mask & CWStackMode) {
+ values.stack_mode = request->stack_mode;
+ if (mask & CWSibling)
+ values.sibling = XtWindow(request->sibling);
+ }
+
+ if (!XtIsRealized((Widget)w)) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "Shell \"%s\" is not realized, return XtGeometryYes.\n",
+ XtName((Widget)w)));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ return XtGeometryYes;
+ }
+
+ request_num = NextRequest(XtDisplay(w));
+
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,"XConfiguring the Shell X window :\n"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(1));
+#ifdef XT_GEO_TATTLER
+ if (mask & CWX) { CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,"x = %d\n",values.x));}
+ if (mask & CWY) { CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,"y = %d\n",values.y));}
+ if (mask & CWWidth) { CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "width = %d\n",values.width));}
+ if (mask & CWHeight) { CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "height = %d\n",values.height));}
+ if (mask & CWBorderWidth) { CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "border_width = %d\n",values.border_width));}
+#endif
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+
+ XConfigureWindow(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w), mask,&values);
+
+ if (wm && !w->shell.override_redirect
+ && mask & (CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight | CWBorderWidth)) {
+ _SetWMSizeHints((WMShellWidget)w);
+ }
+
+ if (w->shell.override_redirect) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,"Shell \"%s\" is override redirect, return XtGeometryYes.\n", XtName((Widget)w)));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ return XtGeometryYes;
+ }
+
+
+ /* If no non-stacking bits are set, there's no way to tell whether
+ or not this worked, so assume it did */
+
+ if (!(mask & ~(CWStackMode | CWSibling))) return XtGeometryYes;
+
+ if (wm && ((WMShellWidget)w)->wm.wait_for_wm == FALSE) {
+ /* the window manager is sick
+ * so I will do the work and
+ * say no so if a new WM starts up,
+ * or the current one recovers
+ * my size requests will be visible
+ */
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,"Shell \"%s\" has wait_for_wm == FALSE, return XtGeometryNo.\n",
+ XtName((Widget)w)));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+
+ PutBackGeometry();
+ return XtGeometryNo;
+ }
+
+ if (_wait_for_response(w, &event, request_num)) {
+ /* got an event */
+ if (event.type == ConfigureNotify) {
+
+#define NEQ(x, msk) ((mask & msk) && (values.x != event.xconfigure.x))
+ if (NEQ(x, CWX) ||
+ NEQ(y, CWY) ||
+ NEQ(width, CWWidth) ||
+ NEQ(height, CWHeight) ||
+ NEQ(border_width, CWBorderWidth)) {
+#ifdef XT_GEO_TATTLER
+ if (NEQ(x, CWX)) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "received Configure X %d\n",
+ event.xconfigure.x));
+ }
+ if (NEQ(y, CWY)) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "received Configure Y %d\n",
+ event.xconfigure.y));
+ }
+ if (NEQ(width, CWWidth)) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "received Configure Width %d\n",
+ event.xconfigure.width));
+ }
+ if (NEQ(height, CWHeight)) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "received Configure Height %d\n",
+ event.xconfigure.height));
+ }
+ if (NEQ(border_width, CWBorderWidth)) {
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "received Configure BorderWidth %d\n",
+ event.xconfigure.border_width));
+ }
+#endif
+#undef NEQ
+ XPutBackEvent(XtDisplay(w), &event);
+ PutBackGeometry();
+ /*
+ * We just potentially re-ordered the event queue
+ * w.r.t. ConfigureNotifies with some trepidation.
+ * But this is probably a Good Thing because we
+ * will know the new true state of the world sooner
+ * this way.
+ */
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "ConfigureNotify failed, return XtGeometryNo.\n"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+
+ return XtGeometryNo;
+ }
+ else {
+ w->core.width = event.xconfigure.width;
+ w->core.height = event.xconfigure.height;
+ w->core.border_width = event.xconfigure.border_width;
+ if (event.xany.send_event || /* ICCCM compliant synth */
+ w->shell.client_specified & _XtShellNotReparented) {
+
+ w->core.x = event.xconfigure.x;
+ w->core.y = event.xconfigure.y;
+ w->shell.client_specified |= _XtShellPositionValid;
+ }
+ else w->shell.client_specified &= ~_XtShellPositionValid;
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "ConfigureNotify succeed, return XtGeometryYes.\n"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ return XtGeometryYes;
+ }
+ } else if (!wm) {
+ PutBackGeometry();
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "Not wm, return XtGeometryNo.\n"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ return XtGeometryNo;
+ } else XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)w),
+ "internalError", "shell", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Shell's window manager interaction is broken",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ } else if (wm) { /* no event */
+ ((WMShellWidget)w)->wm.wait_for_wm = FALSE; /* timed out; must be broken */
+ }
+ PutBackGeometry();
+#undef PutBackGeometry
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)w,
+ "Timeout passed?, return XtGeometryNo.\n"));
+ CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
+ return XtGeometryNo;
+ }
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static Boolean SetValues(
+ Widget old, Widget ref, Widget new,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ ShellWidget nw = (ShellWidget) new;
+ ShellWidget ow = (ShellWidget) old;
+ Mask mask = 0;
+ XSetWindowAttributes attr;
+
+ if (!XtIsRealized(new))
+ return False;
+
+ if (ow->shell.save_under != nw->shell.save_under) {
+ mask = CWSaveUnder;
+ attr.save_under = nw->shell.save_under;
+ }
+
+ if (ow->shell.override_redirect != nw->shell.override_redirect) {
+ mask |= CWOverrideRedirect;
+ attr.override_redirect = nw->shell.override_redirect;
+ }
+
+ if (mask) {
+ XChangeWindowAttributes(XtDisplay(new),XtWindow(new), mask, &attr);
+ if ((mask & CWOverrideRedirect) && !nw->shell.override_redirect)
+ _popup_set_prop(nw);
+ }
+
+ if (! (ow->shell.client_specified & _XtShellPositionValid)) {
+ Cardinal n;
+
+ for (n = *num_args; n; n--, args++) {
+ if (strcmp(XtNx, args->name) == 0) {
+ _XtShellGetCoordinates((Widget)ow, &ow->core.x,
+ &ow->core.y);
+ } else if (strcmp(XtNy, args->name) == 0) {
+ _XtShellGetCoordinates((Widget)ow, &ow->core.x,
+ &ow->core.y);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static Boolean WMSetValues(
+ Widget old, Widget ref, Widget new,
+ ArgList args, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *num_args) /* unused */
+{
+ WMShellWidget nwmshell = (WMShellWidget) new;
+ WMShellWidget owmshell = (WMShellWidget) old;
+ Boolean set_prop
+ = XtIsRealized(new) && !nwmshell->shell.override_redirect;
+ Boolean title_changed;
+
+ EvaluateSizeHints(nwmshell);
+
+#define NEQ(f) (nwmshell->wm.size_hints.f != owmshell->wm.size_hints.f)
+
+ if (set_prop
+ && (NEQ(flags) || NEQ(min_width) || NEQ(min_height)
+ || NEQ(max_width) || NEQ(max_height)
+ || NEQ(width_inc) || NEQ(height_inc)
+ || NEQ(min_aspect.x) || NEQ(min_aspect.y)
+ || NEQ(max_aspect.x) || NEQ(max_aspect.y)
+#undef NEQ
+#define NEQ(f) (nwmshell->wm.f != owmshell->wm.f)
+
+ || NEQ(base_width) || NEQ(base_height) || NEQ(win_gravity))) {
+ _SetWMSizeHints(nwmshell);
+ }
+#undef NEQ
+
+ if (nwmshell->wm.title != owmshell->wm.title) {
+ XtFree(owmshell->wm.title);
+ if (! nwmshell->wm.title) nwmshell->wm.title = "";
+ nwmshell->wm.title = XtNewString(nwmshell->wm.title);
+ title_changed = True;
+ } else
+ title_changed = False;
+
+ if (set_prop
+ && (title_changed ||
+ nwmshell->wm.title_encoding != owmshell->wm.title_encoding)) {
+
+ XTextProperty title;
+ Boolean copied = False;
+
+ if (nwmshell->wm.title_encoding == None &&
+ XmbTextListToTextProperty(XtDisplay(new),
+ (char**)&nwmshell->wm.title,
+ 1, XStdICCTextStyle,
+ &title) >= Success) {
+ copied = True;
+ } else {
+ title.value = (unsigned char*)nwmshell->wm.title;
+ title.encoding = nwmshell->wm.title_encoding ?
+ nwmshell->wm.title_encoding : XA_STRING;
+ title.format = 8;
+ title.nitems = strlen(nwmshell->wm.title);
+ }
+ XSetWMName(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new), &title);
+ if (copied)
+ XFree((XPointer)title.value);
+ }
+
+ EvaluateWMHints(nwmshell);
+
+#define NEQ(f) (nwmshell->wm.wm_hints.f != owmshell->wm.wm_hints.f)
+
+ if (set_prop
+ && (NEQ(flags) || NEQ(input) || NEQ(initial_state)
+ || NEQ(icon_x) || NEQ(icon_y)
+ || NEQ(icon_pixmap) || NEQ(icon_mask) || NEQ(icon_window)
+ || NEQ(window_group))) {
+
+ XSetWMHints(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new), &nwmshell->wm.wm_hints);
+ }
+#undef NEQ
+
+ if (XtIsRealized(new) &&
+ nwmshell->wm.transient != owmshell->wm.transient) {
+ if (nwmshell->wm.transient) {
+ if (!XtIsTransientShell(new) &&
+ !nwmshell->shell.override_redirect &&
+ nwmshell->wm.wm_hints.window_group !=
+ XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup)
+ XSetTransientForHint(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new),
+ nwmshell->wm.wm_hints.window_group);
+ }
+ else XDeleteProperty(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new),
+ XA_WM_TRANSIENT_FOR);
+ }
+
+ if (nwmshell->wm.client_leader != owmshell->wm.client_leader
+ && XtWindow(new) && !nwmshell->shell.override_redirect) {
+ Widget leader = GetClientLeader(new);
+ if (XtWindow(leader))
+ XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new),
+ XInternAtom(XtDisplay(new),
+ "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False),
+ XA_WINDOW, 32, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *) &(leader->core.window), 1);
+ }
+
+ if (nwmshell->wm.window_role != owmshell->wm.window_role) {
+ XtFree(owmshell->wm.window_role);
+ if (set_prop && nwmshell->wm.window_role) {
+ XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new),
+ XInternAtom(XtDisplay(new), "WM_WINDOW_ROLE",
+ False),
+ XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *)nwmshell->wm.window_role,
+ strlen(nwmshell->wm.window_role));
+ } else if (XtIsRealized(new) && ! nwmshell->wm.window_role) {
+ XDeleteProperty(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new),
+ XInternAtom(XtDisplay(new), "WM_WINDOW_ROLE",
+ False));
+ }
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static Boolean TransientSetValues(
+ Widget oldW, Widget refW, Widget newW,
+ ArgList args, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *num_args) /* unused */
+{
+ TransientShellWidget old = (TransientShellWidget)oldW;
+ TransientShellWidget new = (TransientShellWidget)newW;
+
+ if (XtIsRealized(newW)
+ && ((new->wm.transient && !old->wm.transient)
+ || ((new->transient.transient_for != old->transient.transient_for)
+ || (new->transient.transient_for == NULL
+ && (new->wm.wm_hints.window_group
+ != old->wm.wm_hints.window_group))))) {
+
+ _SetTransientForHint(new, True);
+ }
+ return False;
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static Boolean TopLevelSetValues(
+ Widget oldW, Widget refW, Widget newW,
+ ArgList args, /* unused */
+ Cardinal *num_args) /* unused */
+{
+ TopLevelShellWidget old = (TopLevelShellWidget)oldW;
+ TopLevelShellWidget new = (TopLevelShellWidget)newW;
+ Boolean name_changed;
+
+ if (old->topLevel.icon_name != new->topLevel.icon_name) {
+ XtFree((XtPointer)old->topLevel.icon_name);
+ if (! new->topLevel.icon_name) new->topLevel.icon_name = "";
+ new->topLevel.icon_name = XtNewString(new->topLevel.icon_name);
+ name_changed = True;
+ } else
+ name_changed = False;
+
+ if (XtIsRealized(newW)) {
+ if (new->topLevel.iconic != old->topLevel.iconic) {
+ if (new->topLevel.iconic)
+ XIconifyWindow(XtDisplay(newW),
+ XtWindow(newW),
+ XScreenNumberOfScreen(XtScreen(newW))
+ );
+ else {
+ Boolean map = new->shell.popped_up;
+ XtPopup(newW, XtGrabNone);
+ if (map) XMapWindow(XtDisplay(newW), XtWindow(newW));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!new->shell.override_redirect &&
+ (name_changed ||
+ (old->topLevel.icon_name_encoding
+ != new->topLevel.icon_name_encoding))) {
+
+ XTextProperty icon_name;
+ Boolean copied = False;
+
+ if (new->topLevel.icon_name_encoding == None &&
+ XmbTextListToTextProperty(XtDisplay(newW),
+ (char**) &new->topLevel.icon_name,
+ 1, XStdICCTextStyle,
+ &icon_name) >= Success) {
+ copied = True;
+ } else {
+ icon_name.value = (unsigned char *)new->topLevel.icon_name;
+ icon_name.encoding = new->topLevel.icon_name_encoding ?
+ new->topLevel.icon_name_encoding : XA_STRING;
+ icon_name.format = 8;
+ icon_name.nitems = strlen((char *)icon_name.value);
+ }
+ XSetWMIconName(XtDisplay(newW), XtWindow(newW), &icon_name);
+ if (copied)
+ XFree((XPointer)icon_name.value);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (new->topLevel.iconic != old->topLevel.iconic) {
+ if (new->topLevel.iconic)
+ new->wm.wm_hints.initial_state = IconicState;
+ }
+ return False;
+}
+
+static String * NewArgv(
+ int count,
+ String *str) /* do not assume it's terminated by a NULL element */
+{
+ Cardinal nbytes = 0;
+ Cardinal num = 0;
+ String *newarray, *new;
+ String *strarray = str;
+ String sptr;
+
+ if (count <= 0 || !str) return NULL;
+
+ for (num = count; num--; str++) {
+ nbytes += strlen(*str);
+ nbytes++;
+ }
+ num = (count+1) * sizeof(String);
+ new = newarray = (String *) __XtMalloc(num + nbytes);
+ sptr = ((char *) new) + num;
+
+ for (str = strarray; count--; str++) {
+ *new = sptr;
+ strcpy(*new, *str);
+ new++;
+ sptr = strchr(sptr, '\0');
+ sptr++;
+ }
+ *new = NULL;
+ return newarray;
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static Boolean ApplicationSetValues(
+ Widget current, Widget request, Widget new,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ ApplicationShellWidget nw = (ApplicationShellWidget) new;
+ ApplicationShellWidget cw = (ApplicationShellWidget) current;
+
+ if (cw->application.argc != nw->application.argc ||
+ cw->application.argv != nw->application.argv) {
+
+ if (nw->application.argc > 0)
+ nw->application.argv = NewArgv(nw->application.argc,
+ nw->application.argv);
+ if (cw->application.argc > 0)
+ FreeStringArray(cw->application.argv);
+
+ if (XtIsRealized(new) && !nw->shell.override_redirect) {
+ if (nw->application.argc >= 0 && nw->application.argv)
+ XSetCommand(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new),
+ nw->application.argv, nw->application.argc);
+ else
+ XDeleteProperty(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new), XA_WM_COMMAND);
+ }
+ }
+ return False;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static Boolean SessionSetValues(
+ Widget current, Widget request, Widget new,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+#ifndef XT_NO_SM
+ SessionShellWidget nw = (SessionShellWidget) new;
+ SessionShellWidget cw = (SessionShellWidget) current;
+ unsigned long set_mask = 0UL;
+ unsigned long unset_mask = 0UL;
+ Boolean initialize = False;
+
+ if (cw->session.session_id != nw->session.session_id) {
+ nw->session.session_id = XtNewString(nw->session.session_id);
+ XtFree(cw->session.session_id);
+ }
+
+ if (cw->session.clone_command != nw->session.clone_command) {
+ if (nw->session.clone_command) {
+ nw->session.clone_command =
+ NewStringArray(nw->session.clone_command);
+ set_mask |= XtCloneCommandMask;
+ } else unset_mask |= XtCloneCommandMask;
+ FreeStringArray(cw->session.clone_command);
+ }
+
+ if (cw->session.current_dir != nw->session.current_dir) {
+ if (nw->session.current_dir) {
+ nw->session.current_dir =
+ XtNewString(nw->session.current_dir);
+ set_mask |= XtCurrentDirectoryMask;
+ } else unset_mask |= XtCurrentDirectoryMask;
+ XtFree((char *) cw->session.current_dir);
+ }
+
+ if (cw->session.discard_command != nw->session.discard_command) {
+ if (nw->session.discard_command) {
+ nw->session.discard_command =
+ NewStringArray(nw->session.discard_command);
+ set_mask |= XtDiscardCommandMask;
+ } else unset_mask |= XtDiscardCommandMask;
+ FreeStringArray(cw->session.discard_command);
+ }
+
+ if (cw->session.environment != nw->session.environment) {
+ if (nw->session.environment) {
+ nw->session.environment =
+ NewStringArray(nw->session.environment);
+ set_mask |= XtEnvironmentMask;
+ } else unset_mask |= XtEnvironmentMask;
+ FreeStringArray(cw->session.environment);
+ }
+
+ if (cw->session.program_path != nw->session.program_path) {
+ if (nw->session.program_path) {
+ nw->session.program_path =
+ XtNewString(nw->session.program_path);
+ set_mask |= XtProgramMask;
+ } else unset_mask |= XtProgramMask;
+ XtFree((char *) cw->session.program_path);
+ }
+
+ if (cw->session.resign_command != nw->session.resign_command) {
+ if (nw->session.resign_command) {
+ nw->session.resign_command =
+ NewStringArray(nw->session.resign_command);
+ set_mask |= XtResignCommandMask;
+ } else set_mask |= XtResignCommandMask;
+ FreeStringArray(cw->session.resign_command);
+ }
+
+ if (cw->session.restart_command != nw->session.restart_command) {
+ if (nw->session.restart_command) {
+ nw->session.restart_command =
+ NewStringArray(nw->session.restart_command);
+ set_mask |= XtRestartCommandMask;
+ } else unset_mask |= XtRestartCommandMask;
+ FreeStringArray(cw->session.restart_command);
+ }
+
+ if (cw->session.restart_style != nw->session.restart_style)
+ set_mask |= XtRestartStyleHintMask;
+
+ if (cw->session.shutdown_command != nw->session.shutdown_command) {
+ if (nw->session.shutdown_command) {
+ nw->session.shutdown_command =
+ NewStringArray(nw->session.shutdown_command);
+ set_mask |= XtShutdownCommandMask;
+ } else unset_mask |= XtShutdownCommandMask;
+ FreeStringArray(cw->session.shutdown_command);
+ }
+
+ if ((!cw->session.join_session && nw->session.join_session) ||
+ (!cw->session.connection && nw->session.connection)) {
+ JoinSession(nw);
+ initialize = True;
+ }
+
+ if (nw->session.connection && (set_mask || unset_mask || initialize))
+ SetSessionProperties((SessionShellWidget) new, initialize, set_mask, unset_mask);
+
+ if ((cw->session.join_session && !nw->session.join_session) ||
+ (cw->session.connection && !nw->session.connection))
+ StopManagingSession(nw, nw->session.connection);
+#endif /* !XT_NO_SM */
+
+ if (cw->wm.client_leader != nw->wm.client_leader ||
+ cw->session.session_id != nw->session.session_id) {
+ Widget leader;
+ if (cw->session.session_id) {
+ leader = GetClientLeader(current);
+ if (XtWindow(leader))
+ XDeleteProperty(XtDisplay(leader), XtWindow(leader),
+ XInternAtom(XtDisplay(leader), "SM_CLIENT_ID",
+ False));
+ }
+ if (nw->session.session_id) {
+ leader = GetClientLeader(new);
+ if (XtWindow(leader))
+ XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(leader), XtWindow(leader),
+ XInternAtom(XtDisplay(leader), "SM_CLIENT_ID",
+ False),
+ XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
+ (unsigned char *) nw->session.session_id,
+ strlen(nw->session.session_id));
+ }
+ }
+ return False;
+}
+
+void _XtShellGetCoordinates(
+ Widget widget,
+ Position* x,
+ Position* y)
+{
+ ShellWidget w = (ShellWidget)widget;
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget) &&
+ !(w->shell.client_specified & _XtShellPositionValid)) {
+ int tmpx, tmpy;
+ Window tmpchild;
+ (void) XTranslateCoordinates(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w),
+ RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreen(w)),
+ (int) -w->core.border_width,
+ (int) -w->core.border_width,
+ &tmpx, &tmpy, &tmpchild);
+ w->core.x = tmpx;
+ w->core.y = tmpy;
+ w->shell.client_specified |= _XtShellPositionValid;
+ }
+ *x = w->core.x;
+ *y = w->core.y;
+}
+
+static void GetValuesHook(
+ Widget widget,
+ ArgList args,
+ Cardinal* num_args)
+{
+ ShellWidget w = (ShellWidget) widget;
+
+ /* x and y resource values may be invalid after a shell resize */
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget) &&
+ !(w->shell.client_specified & _XtShellPositionValid)) {
+ Cardinal n;
+ Position x, y;
+
+ for (n = *num_args; n; n--, args++) {
+ if (strcmp(XtNx, args->name) == 0) {
+ _XtShellGetCoordinates(widget, &x, &y);
+ _XtCopyToArg((char *) &x, &args->value, sizeof(Position));
+ } else if (strcmp(XtNy, args->name) == 0) {
+ _XtShellGetCoordinates(widget, &x, &y);
+ _XtCopyToArg((char *) &y, &args->value, sizeof(Position));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void ApplicationShellInsertChild(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ if (! XtIsWidget(widget) && XtIsRectObj(widget)) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidClass", "applicationShellInsertChild", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "ApplicationShell does not accept RectObj children; ignored",
+ (String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
+ }
+ else {
+ XtWidgetProc insert_child;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ insert_child =
+ ((CompositeWidgetClass)applicationShellClassRec.core_class.
+ superclass)->composite_class.insert_child;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ (*insert_child) (widget);
+ }
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+
+ Session Protocol Participation
+
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+#define XtSessionCheckpoint 0
+#define XtSessionInteract 1
+
+static void CallSaveCallbacks(SessionShellWidget );
+static String *EditCommand(String, String *, String *);
+static Boolean ExamineToken(XtPointer);
+static void GetIceEvent(XtPointer, int *, XtInputId *);
+static XtCheckpointToken GetToken(Widget, int);
+static void XtCallCancelCallbacks(SmcConn, SmPointer);
+static void XtCallDieCallbacks(SmcConn, SmPointer);
+static void XtCallSaveCallbacks(SmcConn, SmPointer, int, Bool, int, Bool);
+static void XtCallSaveCompleteCallbacks(SmcConn, SmPointer);
+
+#ifndef XT_NO_SM
+static void StopManagingSession(
+ SessionShellWidget w,
+ SmcConn connection) /* connection to close, if any */
+{
+ if (connection)
+ SmcCloseConnection(connection, 0, NULL);
+
+ if (w->session.input_id) {
+ XtRemoveInput(w->session.input_id);
+ w->session.input_id = 0;
+ }
+ w->session.connection = NULL;
+}
+
+#define XT_MSG_LENGTH 256
+static void JoinSession(
+ SessionShellWidget w)
+{
+ IceConn ice_conn;
+ SmcCallbacks smcb;
+ char * sm_client_id;
+ unsigned long mask;
+ static char context; /* used to guarantee the connection isn't shared */
+
+ smcb.save_yourself.callback = XtCallSaveCallbacks;
+ smcb.die.callback = XtCallDieCallbacks;
+ smcb.save_complete.callback = XtCallSaveCompleteCallbacks;
+ smcb.shutdown_cancelled.callback = XtCallCancelCallbacks;
+ smcb.save_yourself.client_data = smcb.die.client_data =
+ smcb.save_complete.client_data =
+ smcb.shutdown_cancelled.client_data = (SmPointer) w;
+ mask = SmcSaveYourselfProcMask | SmcDieProcMask |
+ SmcSaveCompleteProcMask | SmcShutdownCancelledProcMask;
+
+ if (w->session.connection) {
+ SmcModifyCallbacks(w->session.connection, mask, &smcb);
+ sm_client_id = SmcClientID(w->session.connection);
+ } else if (getenv("SESSION_MANAGER")) {
+ char error_msg[XT_MSG_LENGTH];
+ error_msg[0] = '\0';
+ w->session.connection =
+ SmcOpenConnection(NULL, &context, SmProtoMajor, SmProtoMinor,
+ mask, &smcb, w->session.session_id,
+ &sm_client_id, XT_MSG_LENGTH, error_msg);
+ if (error_msg[0]) {
+ String params[1];
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ params[0] = error_msg;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget) w),
+ "sessionManagement", "SmcOpenConnection",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Tried to connect to session manager, %s",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (w->session.connection) {
+ if (w->session.session_id == NULL
+ || (strcmp(w->session.session_id, sm_client_id) != 0)) {
+ XtFree(w->session.session_id);
+ w->session.session_id = XtNewString(sm_client_id);
+ }
+ free(sm_client_id);
+ ice_conn = SmcGetIceConnection(w->session.connection);
+ w->session.input_id =
+ XtAppAddInput(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)w),
+ IceConnectionNumber(ice_conn),
+ (XtPointer) XtInputReadMask,
+ GetIceEvent, (XtPointer) w);
+
+ w->session.restart_command =
+ EditCommand(w->session.session_id, w->session.restart_command,
+ w->application.argv);
+
+ if (! w->session.clone_command) w->session.clone_command =
+ EditCommand(NULL, NULL, w->session.restart_command);
+
+ if (! w->session.program_path)
+ w->session.program_path = w->session.restart_command
+ ? XtNewString(w->session.restart_command[0]) : NULL;
+ }
+}
+#undef XT_MSG_LENGTH
+
+#endif /* !XT_NO_SM */
+
+static String * NewStringArray(String *str)
+{
+ Cardinal nbytes = 0;
+ Cardinal num = 0;
+ String *newarray, *new;
+ String *strarray = str;
+ String sptr;
+
+ if (!str) return NULL;
+
+ for (num = 0; *str; num++, str++) {
+ nbytes += strlen(*str);
+ nbytes++;
+ }
+ num = (num + 1) * sizeof(String);
+ new = newarray = (String *) __XtMalloc(num + nbytes);
+ sptr = ((char *) new) + num;
+
+ for (str = strarray; *str; str++) {
+ *new = sptr;
+ strcpy(*new, *str);
+ new++;
+ sptr = strchr(sptr, '\0');
+ sptr++;
+ }
+ *new = NULL;
+ return newarray;
+}
+
+static void FreeStringArray(String *str)
+{
+ if (str)
+ XtFree((char *) str);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef XT_NO_SM
+static SmProp * CardPack(
+ char *name,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ unsigned char *prop = (unsigned char *) closure;
+ SmProp *p;
+
+ p = (SmProp *) __XtMalloc(sizeof(SmProp) + sizeof(SmPropValue));
+ p->vals = (SmPropValue *) (((char *) p) + sizeof(SmProp));
+ p->num_vals = 1;
+ p->type = SmCARD8;
+ p->name = name;
+ p->vals->length = 1;
+ p->vals->value = (SmPointer) prop;
+ return p;
+}
+
+static SmProp * ArrayPack(char *name, XtPointer closure)
+{
+ String prop = *(String *) closure;
+ SmProp *p;
+
+ p = (SmProp *) __XtMalloc(sizeof(SmProp) + sizeof(SmPropValue));
+ p->vals = (SmPropValue *) (((char *) p) + sizeof(SmProp));
+ p->num_vals = 1;
+ p->type = SmARRAY8;
+ p->name = name;
+ p->vals->length = strlen(prop) + 1;
+ p->vals->value = prop;
+ return p;
+}
+
+static SmProp * ListPack(
+ char *name,
+ XtPointer closure)
+{
+ String *prop = *(String **) closure;
+ SmProp *p;
+ String *ptr;
+ SmPropValue *vals;
+ int n = 0;
+
+ for (ptr = prop; *ptr; ptr++)
+ n++;
+ p = (SmProp*) __XtMalloc(sizeof(SmProp) + (Cardinal)(n*sizeof(SmPropValue)));
+ p->vals = (SmPropValue *) (((char *) p) + sizeof(SmProp));
+ p->num_vals = n;
+ p->type = SmLISTofARRAY8;
+ p->name = name;
+ for (ptr = prop, vals = p->vals; *ptr; ptr++, vals++) {
+ vals->length = strlen(*ptr) + 1;
+ vals->value = *ptr;
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+
+static void FreePacks(
+ SmProp **props,
+ int num_props)
+{
+ while (--num_props >= 0)
+ XtFree((char *) props[num_props]);
+}
+
+typedef SmProp* (*PackProc)(char *, XtPointer);
+
+typedef struct PropertyRec {
+ char * name;
+ int offset;
+ PackProc proc;
+} PropertyRec, *PropertyTable;
+
+#define Offset(x) (XtOffsetOf(SessionShellRec, x))
+static PropertyRec propertyTable[] = {
+ {SmCloneCommand, Offset(session.clone_command), ListPack},
+ {SmCurrentDirectory, Offset(session.current_dir), ArrayPack},
+ {SmDiscardCommand, Offset(session.discard_command), ListPack},
+ {SmEnvironment, Offset(session.environment), ListPack},
+ {SmProgram, Offset(session.program_path), ArrayPack},
+ {SmResignCommand, Offset(session.resign_command), ListPack},
+ {SmRestartCommand, Offset(session.restart_command), ListPack},
+ {SmRestartStyleHint, Offset(session.restart_style), CardPack},
+ {SmShutdownCommand, Offset(session.shutdown_command), ListPack}
+};
+#undef Offset
+
+#define XT_NUM_SM_PROPS 11
+
+static void SetSessionProperties(
+ SessionShellWidget w,
+ Boolean initialize,
+ unsigned long set_mask,
+ unsigned long unset_mask)
+{
+ PropertyTable p = propertyTable;
+ int n;
+ int num_props = 0;
+ XtPointer *addr;
+ unsigned long mask;
+ SmProp *props[XT_NUM_SM_PROPS];
+ char *pnames[XT_NUM_SM_PROPS];
+
+ if (w->session.connection == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (initialize) {
+ char nam_buf[32];
+ char pid[12];
+ String user_name;
+ String pidp = pid;
+
+ /* set all non-NULL session properties, the UserID and the ProcessID */
+ for (n = XtNumber(propertyTable); n; n--, p++) {
+ addr = (XtPointer *) ((char *) w + p->offset);
+ if (p->proc == CardPack) {
+ if (*(unsigned char *)addr)
+ props[num_props++] =(*(p->proc))(p->name, (XtPointer)addr);
+ }
+ else if (* addr)
+ props[num_props++] = (*(p->proc))(p->name, (XtPointer)addr);
+
+ }
+ user_name = _XtGetUserName(nam_buf, sizeof nam_buf);
+ if (user_name)
+ props[num_props++] = ArrayPack(SmUserID, &user_name);
+ snprintf(pid, sizeof(pid), "%ld", (long)getpid());
+ props[num_props++] = ArrayPack(SmProcessID, &pidp);
+
+ if (num_props) {
+ SmcSetProperties(w->session.connection, num_props, props);
+ FreePacks(props, num_props);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (set_mask) {
+ mask = 1L;
+ for (n = XtNumber(propertyTable); n; n--, p++, mask <<= 1)
+ if (mask & set_mask) {
+ addr = (XtPointer *) ((char *) w + p->offset);
+ props[num_props++] = (*(p->proc))(p->name, (XtPointer)addr);
+ }
+ SmcSetProperties(w->session.connection, num_props, props);
+ FreePacks(props, num_props);
+ }
+
+ if (unset_mask) {
+ mask = 1L;
+ num_props = 0;
+ for (n = XtNumber(propertyTable); n; n--, p++, mask <<= 1)
+ if (mask & unset_mask)
+ pnames[num_props++] = p->name;
+ SmcDeleteProperties(w->session.connection, num_props, pnames);
+ }
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void GetIceEvent(
+ XtPointer client_data,
+ int * source,
+ XtInputId * id)
+{
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) client_data;
+ IceProcessMessagesStatus status;
+
+ status = IceProcessMessages(SmcGetIceConnection(w->session.connection),
+ NULL, NULL);
+
+ if (status == IceProcessMessagesIOError) {
+ StopManagingSession(w, w->session.connection);
+ XtCallCallbackList((Widget)w, w->session.error_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer) NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+static void CleanUpSave(
+ SessionShellWidget w)
+{
+ XtSaveYourself next = w->session.save->next;
+ XtFree((char *)w->session.save);
+ w->session.save = next;
+ if (w->session.save)
+ CallSaveCallbacks(w);
+}
+
+static void CallSaveCallbacks(
+ SessionShellWidget w)
+{
+ XtCheckpointToken token;
+
+ if (XtHasCallbacks((Widget) w, XtNsaveCallback) != XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ /* if the application makes no attempt to save state, report failure */
+ SmcSaveYourselfDone(w->session.connection, False);
+ CleanUpSave(w);
+ } else {
+ w->session.checkpoint_state = XtSaveActive;
+ token = GetToken((Widget) w, XtSessionCheckpoint);
+ _XtCallConditionalCallbackList((Widget)w, w->session.save_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)token, ExamineToken);
+ XtSessionReturnToken(token);
+ }
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void XtCallSaveCallbacks(
+ SmcConn connection, /* unused */
+ SmPointer client_data,
+ int save_type,
+ Bool shutdown,
+ int interact,
+ Bool fast)
+{
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) client_data;
+ XtSaveYourself save;
+ XtSaveYourself prev;
+
+ save = XtNew(XtSaveYourselfRec);
+ save->next = NULL;
+ save->save_type = save_type;
+ save->interact_style = interact;
+ save->shutdown = shutdown;
+ save->fast = fast;
+ save->cancel_shutdown = False;
+ save->phase = 1;
+ save->interact_dialog_type = SmDialogNormal;
+ save->request_cancel = save->request_next_phase = False;
+ save->save_success = True;
+ save->save_tokens = save->interact_tokens = 0;
+
+ prev = (XtSaveYourself) &w->session.save;
+ while (prev->next)
+ prev = prev->next;
+ prev->next = save;
+
+ if (w->session.checkpoint_state == XtSaveInactive)
+ CallSaveCallbacks(w);
+}
+
+static void XtInteractPermission(
+ SmcConn connection,
+ SmPointer data)
+{
+ Widget w = (Widget) data;
+ SessionShellWidget sw = (SessionShellWidget) data;
+ XtCheckpointToken token;
+ XtCallbackProc callback;
+ XtPointer client_data;
+
+
+ _XtPeekCallback(w, sw->session.interact_callbacks, &callback,
+ &client_data);
+ if (callback) {
+ sw->session.checkpoint_state = XtInteractActive;
+ token = GetToken(w, XtSessionInteract);
+ XtRemoveCallback(w, XtNinteractCallback, callback, client_data);
+ (*callback)(w, client_data, (XtPointer) token);
+ } else if (! sw->session.save->cancel_shutdown) {
+ SmcInteractDone(connection, False);
+ }
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void XtCallSaveCompleteCallbacks(
+ SmcConn connection,
+ SmPointer client_data)
+{
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) client_data;
+
+ XtCallCallbackList((Widget)w, w->session.save_complete_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer) NULL);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void XtCallNextPhaseCallbacks(
+ SmcConn connection, /* unused */
+ SmPointer client_data)
+{
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) client_data;
+ w->session.save->phase = 2;
+ CallSaveCallbacks(w);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void XtCallDieCallbacks(
+ SmcConn connection, /* unused */
+ SmPointer client_data)
+{
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) client_data;
+
+ StopManagingSession(w, w->session.connection);
+ XtCallCallbackList((Widget)w, w->session.die_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer) NULL);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void XtCallCancelCallbacks(
+ SmcConn connection, /* unused */
+ SmPointer client_data)
+{
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) client_data;
+ Boolean call_interacts = False;
+
+ if (w->session.checkpoint_state != XtSaveInactive) {
+ w->session.save->cancel_shutdown = True;
+ call_interacts = (w->session.save->interact_style !=
+ SmInteractStyleNone);
+ }
+
+ XtCallCallbackList((Widget)w, w->session.cancel_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer) NULL);
+
+ if (call_interacts) {
+ w->session.save->interact_style = SmInteractStyleNone;
+ XtInteractPermission(w->session.connection, (SmPointer) w);
+ }
+
+ if (w->session.checkpoint_state != XtSaveInactive) {
+ if (w->session.save->save_tokens == 0 &&
+ w->session.checkpoint_state == XtSaveActive) {
+ w->session.checkpoint_state = XtSaveInactive;
+ SmcSaveYourselfDone(w->session.connection,
+ w->session.save->save_success);
+ CleanUpSave(w);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static XtCheckpointToken GetToken(
+ Widget widget,
+ int type)
+{
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) widget;
+ XtCheckpointToken token;
+ XtSaveYourself save = w->session.save;
+
+ if (type == XtSessionCheckpoint)
+ w->session.save->save_tokens++;
+ else if (type == XtSessionInteract)
+ w->session.save->interact_tokens++;
+ else
+ return (XtCheckpointToken) NULL;
+
+ token = (XtCheckpointToken) __XtMalloc(sizeof(XtCheckpointTokenRec));
+ token->save_type = save->save_type;
+ token->interact_style = save->interact_style;
+ token->shutdown = save->shutdown;
+ token->fast = save->fast;
+ token->cancel_shutdown = save->cancel_shutdown;
+ token->phase = save->phase;
+ token->interact_dialog_type = save->interact_dialog_type;
+ token->request_cancel = save->request_cancel;
+ token->request_next_phase = save->request_next_phase;
+ token->save_success = save->save_success;
+ token->type = type;
+ token->widget = widget;
+ return token;
+}
+
+XtCheckpointToken XtSessionGetToken(Widget widget)
+{
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) widget;
+ XtCheckpointToken token = NULL;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (w->session.checkpoint_state)
+ token = GetToken(widget, XtSessionCheckpoint);
+
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return token;
+}
+
+static Boolean ExamineToken(
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ XtCheckpointToken token = (XtCheckpointToken) call_data;
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) token->widget;
+
+ if (token->interact_dialog_type == SmDialogError)
+ w->session.save->interact_dialog_type = SmDialogError;
+ if (token->request_next_phase)
+ w->session.save->request_next_phase = True;
+ if (! token->save_success)
+ w->session.save->save_success = False;
+
+ token->interact_dialog_type = w->session.save->interact_dialog_type;
+ token->request_next_phase = w->session.save->request_next_phase;
+ token->save_success = w->session.save->save_success;
+ token->cancel_shutdown = w->session.save->cancel_shutdown;
+
+ return True;
+}
+
+void XtSessionReturnToken(XtCheckpointToken token)
+{
+ SessionShellWidget w = (SessionShellWidget) token->widget;
+ Boolean has_some;
+ Boolean phase_done;
+ XtCallbackProc callback;
+ XtPointer client_data;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON((Widget)w);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+
+ has_some = (XtHasCallbacks(token->widget, XtNinteractCallback)
+ == XtCallbackHasSome);
+
+ (void) ExamineToken((XtPointer) token);
+
+ if (token->type == XtSessionCheckpoint) {
+ w->session.save->save_tokens--;
+ if (has_some && w->session.checkpoint_state == XtSaveActive) {
+ w->session.checkpoint_state = XtInteractPending;
+ SmcInteractRequest(w->session.connection,
+ w->session.save->interact_dialog_type,
+ XtInteractPermission, (SmPointer) w);
+ }
+ XtFree((char*) token);
+ } else {
+ if (token->request_cancel)
+ w->session.save->request_cancel = True;
+ token->request_cancel = w->session.save->request_cancel;
+ if (has_some) {
+ _XtPeekCallback((Widget)w, w->session.interact_callbacks,
+ &callback, &client_data);
+ XtRemoveCallback((Widget)w, XtNinteractCallback,
+ callback, client_data);
+ (*callback)((Widget)w, client_data, (XtPointer)token);
+ } else {
+ w->session.save->interact_tokens--;
+ if (w->session.save->interact_tokens == 0) {
+ w->session.checkpoint_state = XtSaveActive;
+ if (! w->session.save->cancel_shutdown)
+ SmcInteractDone(w->session.connection,
+ w->session.save->request_cancel);
+ }
+ XtFree((char *) token);
+ }
+ }
+
+ phase_done = (w->session.save->save_tokens == 0 &&
+ w->session.checkpoint_state == XtSaveActive);
+
+ if (phase_done) {
+ if (w->session.save->request_next_phase &&
+ w->session.save->phase == 1) {
+ SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase2(w->session.connection,
+ XtCallNextPhaseCallbacks,
+ (SmPointer)w);
+ } else {
+ w->session.checkpoint_state = XtSaveInactive;
+ SmcSaveYourselfDone(w->session.connection,
+ w->session.save->save_success);
+ CleanUpSave(w);
+ }
+ }
+
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+static Boolean IsInArray(
+ String str,
+ String *sarray)
+{
+ if (str == NULL || sarray == NULL)
+ return False;
+ for (; *sarray; sarray++) {
+ if (strcmp(*sarray, str) == 0)
+ return True;
+ }
+ return False;
+}
+
+static String* EditCommand(
+ String str, /* if not NULL, the sm_client_id */
+ String *src1, /* first choice */
+ String *src2) /* alternate */
+{
+ Boolean have;
+ Boolean want;
+ int count;
+ String *sarray;
+ String *s;
+ String *new;
+
+ want = (str != NULL);
+ sarray = (src1 ? src1 : src2);
+ if (! sarray) return NULL;
+ have = IsInArray("-xtsessionID", sarray);
+ if ((want && have) || (!want && !have)) {
+ if (sarray == src1)
+ return src1;
+ else
+ return NewStringArray(sarray);
+ }
+
+ count = 0;
+ for (s = sarray; *s; s++)
+ count++;
+
+ if (want) {
+ s = new = (String *) __XtMalloc((Cardinal)(count+3) * sizeof(String*));
+ *s = *sarray; s++; sarray++;
+ *s = "-xtsessionID"; s++;
+ *s = str; s++;
+ for (; --count > 0; s++, sarray++)
+ *s = *sarray;
+ *s = (String) NULL;
+ } else {
+ if (count < 3)
+ return NewStringArray(sarray);
+ s = new = (String *) __XtMalloc((Cardinal)(count-1) * sizeof(String*));
+ for (; --count >= 0; sarray++) {
+ if (strcmp(*sarray, "-xtsessionID") == 0) {
+ sarray++;
+ count--;
+ } else {
+ *s = *sarray;
+ s++;
+ }
+ }
+ *s = (String) NULL;
+ }
+ s = new;
+ new = NewStringArray(new);
+ XtFree((char *)s);
+ return new;
+}
+
+#endif /* !XT_NO_SM */
--- /dev/null
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/* TMaction.c -- maintains the state table of actions for the translation
+ * manager.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) && !defined(NORCONST)
+#define RConst const
+#else
+#define RConst /**/
+#endif
+
+static String XtNtranslationError = "translationError";
+
+typedef struct _CompiledAction{
+ XrmQuark signature;
+ XtActionProc proc;
+}CompiledAction, *CompiledActionTable;
+
+
+#define GetClassActions(wc) \
+ ((wc->core_class.actions) \
+? (((TMClassCache)wc->core_class.actions)->actions) \
+: NULL)
+
+static CompiledActionTable CompileActionTable(
+ register RConst struct _XtActionsRec *actions,
+ register Cardinal count, /* may be 0 */
+ Boolean stat, /* if False, copy before compiling in place */
+ Boolean perm) /* if False, use XrmStringToQuark */
+{
+ register CompiledActionTable cActions;
+ register int i;
+ CompiledAction hold;
+ CompiledActionTable cTableHold;
+ XrmQuark (*func)(_Xconst char*);
+
+ if (!count)
+ return (CompiledActionTable) NULL;
+ func = (perm ? XrmPermStringToQuark : XrmStringToQuark);
+
+ if (! stat) {
+ cTableHold = cActions = (CompiledActionTable)
+ __XtMalloc(count * sizeof(CompiledAction));
+
+ for (i=count; --i >= 0; cActions++, actions++) {
+ cActions->proc = actions->proc;
+ cActions->signature = (*func)(actions->string);
+ }
+ } else {
+ cTableHold = (CompiledActionTable) actions;
+
+ for (i=count; --i >= 0; actions++)
+ ((CompiledActionTable) actions)->signature =
+ (*func)(actions->string);
+ }
+ cActions = cTableHold;
+
+ /* Insertion sort. Whatever sort is used, it must be stable. */
+ for (i=1; (Cardinal) i <= count - 1; i++) {
+ register Cardinal j;
+ hold = cActions[i];
+ j = i;
+ while (j && cActions[j-1].signature > hold.signature) {
+ cActions[j] = cActions[j-1];
+ j--;
+ }
+ cActions[j] = hold;
+ }
+
+ return cActions;
+}
+
+
+typedef struct _ActionListRec *ActionList;
+typedef struct _ActionListRec {
+ ActionList next;
+ CompiledActionTable table;
+ TMShortCard count;
+} ActionListRec;
+
+static void ReportUnboundActions(
+ XtTranslations xlations,
+ TMBindData bindData)
+{
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
+ Cardinal num_unbound = 0;
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ char* message;
+ char messagebuf[1000];
+ String params[1];
+ register Cardinal num_chars = 0;
+ register Cardinal i, j;
+ XtActionProc *procs;
+
+ for (i=0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++) {
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex)
+ procs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
+ else
+ procs = TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
+
+ stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
+ for (j=0; j < stateTree->numQuarks; j++) {
+ if (procs[j] == NULL) {
+ String s = XrmQuarkToString(stateTree->quarkTbl[j]);
+ if (num_unbound != 0)
+ num_chars += 2;
+ num_chars += strlen(s);
+ num_unbound++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (num_unbound == 0)
+ return;
+ message = XtStackAlloc (num_chars + 1, messagebuf);
+ if (message != NULL) {
+ *message = '\0';
+ num_unbound = 0;
+ stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
+ for (i=0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++) {
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex)
+ procs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
+ else
+ procs = TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
+
+ stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
+ for (j=0; j < stateTree->numQuarks; j++) {
+ if (procs[j] == NULL) {
+ String s = XrmQuarkToString(stateTree->quarkTbl[j]);
+ if (num_unbound != 0)
+ (void) strcat(message, ", ");
+ (void) strcat(message, s);
+ num_unbound++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ message[num_chars] = '\0';
+ params[0] = message;
+ XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationError,"unboundActions",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Actions not found: %s",
+ params, &num_params);
+ XtStackFree (message, messagebuf);
+ }
+}
+
+
+static CompiledAction *SearchActionTable(
+ XrmQuark signature,
+ CompiledActionTable actionTable,
+ Cardinal numActions)
+{
+ register int i, left, right;
+
+ left = 0;
+ right = numActions - 1;
+ while (left <= right) {
+ i = (left + right) >> 1;
+ if (signature < actionTable[i].signature)
+ right = i - 1;
+ else if (signature > actionTable[i].signature)
+ left = i + 1;
+ else {
+ while (i && actionTable[i - 1].signature == signature)
+ i--;
+ return &actionTable[i];
+ }
+ }
+ return (CompiledAction *) NULL;
+}
+
+static int BindActions(
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
+ XtActionProc *procs,
+ CompiledActionTable compiledActionTable,
+ TMShortCard numActions,
+ Cardinal *ndxP)
+{
+ register int unbound = stateTree->numQuarks - *ndxP;
+ CompiledAction* action;
+ register Cardinal ndx;
+ register Boolean savedNdx = False;
+
+ for (ndx = *ndxP; ndx < stateTree->numQuarks; ndx++) {
+ if (procs[ndx] == NULL) {
+ /* attempt to bind it */
+ XrmQuark q = stateTree->quarkTbl[ndx];
+
+ action = SearchActionTable(q, compiledActionTable, numActions);
+ if (action) {
+ procs[ndx] = action->proc;
+ unbound--;
+ } else if (!savedNdx) {
+ *ndxP= ndx;
+ savedNdx = True;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* already bound, leave it alone */
+ unbound--;
+ }
+ }
+ return unbound;
+}
+
+typedef struct _TMBindCacheStatusRec{
+ unsigned int boundInClass:1;
+ unsigned int boundInHierarchy:1;
+ unsigned int boundInContext:1;
+ unsigned int notFullyBound:1;
+ unsigned int refCount:28;
+}TMBindCacheStatusRec, *TMBindCacheStatus;
+
+typedef struct _TMBindCacheRec{
+ struct _TMBindCacheRec *next;
+ TMBindCacheStatusRec status;
+ TMStateTree stateTree;
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ WidgetClass widgetClass;
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+ XtActionProc procs[1]; /* variable length */
+}TMBindCacheRec, *TMBindCache;
+
+typedef struct _TMClassCacheRec {
+ CompiledActionTable actions;
+ TMBindCacheRec *bindCache;
+}TMClassCacheRec, *TMClassCache;
+
+#define IsPureClassBind(bc) \
+ (bc->status.boundInClass && \
+ !(bc->status.boundInHierarchy || \
+ bc->status.boundInContext || \
+ bc->status.notFullyBound))
+
+#define GetClassCache(w) \
+ ((TMClassCache)w->core.widget_class->core_class.actions)
+
+
+static int BindProcs(
+ Widget widget,
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
+ XtActionProc *procs,
+ TMBindCacheStatus bindStatus)
+{
+ register WidgetClass class;
+ register ActionList actionList;
+ int unbound = -1, newUnbound = -1;
+ Cardinal ndx = 0;
+ Widget w = widget;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ do {
+ class = w->core.widget_class;
+ do {
+ if (class->core_class.actions != NULL)
+ unbound =
+ BindActions(stateTree,
+ procs,
+ GetClassActions(class),
+ class->core_class.num_actions,
+ &ndx);
+ class = class->core_class.superclass;
+ } while (unbound != 0 && class != NULL);
+ if (unbound < (int)stateTree->numQuarks)
+ bindStatus->boundInClass = True;
+ else
+ bindStatus->boundInClass = False;
+ if (newUnbound == -1)
+ newUnbound = unbound;
+ w = XtParent(w);
+ } while (unbound != 0 && w != NULL);
+
+ if (newUnbound > unbound)
+ bindStatus->boundInHierarchy = True;
+ else
+ bindStatus->boundInHierarchy = False;
+
+ if (unbound) {
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+ newUnbound = unbound;
+ for (actionList = app->action_table;
+ unbound != 0 && actionList != NULL;
+ actionList = actionList->next) {
+ unbound = BindActions(stateTree,
+ procs,
+ actionList->table,
+ actionList->count,
+ &ndx);
+ }
+ if (newUnbound > unbound)
+ bindStatus->boundInContext = True;
+ else
+ bindStatus->boundInContext = False;
+
+ } else {
+ bindStatus->boundInContext = False;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return unbound;
+}
+
+static XtActionProc *TryBindCache(
+ Widget widget,
+ TMStateTree stateTree)
+{
+ TMClassCache classCache;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ classCache = GetClassCache(widget);
+
+ if (classCache == NULL)
+ {
+ WidgetClass wc = XtClass(widget);
+
+ wc->core_class.actions = (XtActionList)
+ _XtInitializeActionData(NULL, 0, True);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TMBindCache bindCache =
+ (TMBindCache)(classCache->bindCache);
+ for (; bindCache; bindCache = bindCache->next)
+ {
+ if (IsPureClassBind(bindCache) &&
+ (stateTree == bindCache->stateTree))
+ {
+ bindCache->status.refCount++;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return &bindCache->procs[0];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * The class record actions field will point to the bind cache header
+ * after this call is made out of coreClassPartInit.
+ */
+XtPointer _XtInitializeActionData(
+ register struct _XtActionsRec *actions,
+ register Cardinal count,
+ _XtBoolean inPlace)
+{
+ TMClassCache classCache;
+
+ classCache = XtNew(TMClassCacheRec);
+ classCache->actions = CompileActionTable(actions, count, inPlace, True);
+ classCache->bindCache = NULL;
+ return (XtPointer)classCache;
+}
+
+
+#define TM_BIND_CACHE_REALLOC 2
+
+static XtActionProc *EnterBindCache(
+ Widget w,
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
+ XtActionProc *procs,
+ TMBindCacheStatus bindStatus)
+{
+ TMClassCache classCache;
+ TMBindCache* bindCachePtr;
+ TMShortCard procsSize;
+ TMBindCache bindCache;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ classCache = GetClassCache(w);
+ bindCachePtr = &classCache->bindCache;
+ procsSize = stateTree->numQuarks * sizeof(XtActionProc);
+
+ for (bindCache = *bindCachePtr;
+ (*bindCachePtr);
+ bindCachePtr = &(*bindCachePtr)->next, bindCache = *bindCachePtr)
+ {
+ TMBindCacheStatus cacheStatus = &bindCache->status;
+
+ if ((bindStatus->boundInClass == cacheStatus->boundInClass) &&
+ (bindStatus->boundInHierarchy == cacheStatus->boundInHierarchy) &&
+ (bindStatus->boundInContext == cacheStatus->boundInContext) &&
+ (bindCache->stateTree == (TMStateTree)stateTree) &&
+ !XtMemcmp(&bindCache->procs[0], procs, procsSize))
+ {
+ bindCache->status.refCount++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (*bindCachePtr == NULL)
+ {
+ *bindCachePtr =
+ bindCache = (TMBindCache)
+ __XtMalloc(sizeof(TMBindCacheRec) +
+ (procsSize - sizeof(XtActionProc)));
+ bindCache->next = NULL;
+ bindCache->status = *bindStatus;
+ bindCache->status.refCount = 1;
+ bindCache->stateTree = (TMStateTree)stateTree;
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ bindCache->widgetClass = XtClass(w);
+ if (_XtGlobalTM.numBindCache == _XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTblSize)
+ {
+ _XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTblSize += 16;
+ _XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTbl = (TMBindCache *)
+ XtRealloc((char *)_XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTbl,
+ ((_XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTblSize) *
+ sizeof(TMBindCache)));
+ }
+ _XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTbl[_XtGlobalTM.numBindCache++] = bindCache;
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+ XtMemmove((XtPointer)&bindCache->procs[0],
+ (XtPointer)procs, procsSize);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return &bindCache->procs[0];
+}
+
+static void RemoveFromBindCache(
+ Widget w,
+ XtActionProc *procs)
+{
+ TMClassCache classCache;
+ TMBindCache* bindCachePtr;
+ TMBindCache bindCache;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext (w);
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ classCache = GetClassCache(w);
+ bindCachePtr = (TMBindCache *)&classCache->bindCache;
+
+ for (bindCache = *bindCachePtr;
+ *bindCachePtr;
+ bindCachePtr = &(*bindCachePtr)->next, bindCache = *bindCachePtr)
+ {
+ if (&bindCache->procs[0] == procs)
+ {
+ if (--bindCache->status.refCount == 0)
+ {
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ TMShortCard j;
+ Boolean found = False;
+ TMBindCache *tbl = _XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTbl;
+
+ for (j = 0; j < _XtGlobalTM.numBindCache; j++) {
+ if (found)
+ tbl[j-1] = tbl[j];
+ if (tbl[j] == bindCache)
+ found = True;
+ }
+ if (!found)
+ XtWarning("where's the action ??? ");
+ else
+ _XtGlobalTM.numBindCache--;
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+ *bindCachePtr = bindCache->next;
+ bindCache->next = app->free_bindings;
+ app->free_bindings = bindCache;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void RemoveAccelerators(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure, XtPointer data)
+{
+ Widget destination = (Widget)closure;
+ TMComplexBindProcs bindProcs;
+ XtTranslations stackXlations[16];
+ XtTranslations *xlationsList, destXlations;
+ TMShortCard i, numXlations = 0;
+
+ if ((destXlations = destination->core.tm.translations) == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ XtNtranslationError,"nullTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Can't remove accelerators from NULL table",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ xlationsList = (XtTranslations *)
+ XtStackAlloc((destXlations->numStateTrees * sizeof(XtTranslations)),
+ stackXlations);
+
+ for (i = 0, bindProcs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(destination->core.tm.proc_table, i);
+ i < destXlations->numStateTrees;
+ i++, bindProcs++) {
+ if (bindProcs->widget == widget) {
+ /*
+ * if it's being destroyed don't do all the work
+ */
+ if (destination->core.being_destroyed) {
+ bindProcs->procs = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ xlationsList[numXlations] = bindProcs->aXlations;
+ numXlations++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (numXlations == 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ XtNtranslationError,"nullTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Tried to remove nonexistent accelerators",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ else {
+ if (!destination->core.being_destroyed)
+ for (i = 0; i < numXlations; i++)
+ _XtUnmergeTranslations(destination, xlationsList[i]);
+ }
+ XtStackFree((char *)xlationsList, stackXlations);
+}
+
+void _XtBindActions(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTM tm)
+{
+ XtTranslations xlations = tm->translations;
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree;
+ int globalUnbound = 0;
+ Cardinal i;
+ TMBindData bindData = (TMBindData)tm->proc_table;
+ TMSimpleBindProcs simpleBindProcs = NULL;
+ TMComplexBindProcs complexBindProcs = NULL;
+ XtActionProc *newProcs;
+ Widget bindWidget;
+
+ if ((xlations == NULL) || widget->core.being_destroyed)
+ return;
+
+ stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++)
+ {
+ stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex) {
+ complexBindProcs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, i);
+ if (complexBindProcs->widget) {
+ bindWidget = complexBindProcs->widget;
+
+ if (bindWidget->core.destroy_callbacks != NULL)
+ _XtAddCallbackOnce((InternalCallbackList *)
+ &bindWidget->core.destroy_callbacks,
+ RemoveAccelerators,
+ (XtPointer)widget);
+ else
+ _XtAddCallback((InternalCallbackList *)
+ &bindWidget->core.destroy_callbacks,
+ RemoveAccelerators,
+ (XtPointer)widget);
+ }
+ else
+ bindWidget = widget;
+ }
+ else {
+ simpleBindProcs = TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, i);
+ bindWidget = widget;
+ }
+ if ((newProcs =
+ TryBindCache(bindWidget,(TMStateTree)stateTree)) == NULL)
+ {
+ XtActionProc *procs, stackProcs[256];
+ int localUnbound;
+ TMBindCacheStatusRec bcStatusRec;
+
+ procs = (XtActionProc *)
+ XtStackAlloc(stateTree->numQuarks * sizeof(XtActionProc),
+ stackProcs);
+ XtBZero((XtPointer)procs,
+ stateTree->numQuarks * sizeof(XtActionProc));
+
+ localUnbound = BindProcs(bindWidget,
+ stateTree,
+ procs,
+ &bcStatusRec);
+
+ if (localUnbound)
+ bcStatusRec.notFullyBound = True;
+ else
+ bcStatusRec.notFullyBound = False;
+
+ newProcs =
+ EnterBindCache(bindWidget,
+ stateTree,
+ procs,
+ &bcStatusRec);
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)procs, (XtPointer)stackProcs);
+ globalUnbound += localUnbound;
+ }
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex)
+ complexBindProcs->procs = newProcs;
+ else
+ simpleBindProcs->procs = newProcs;
+ }
+ if (globalUnbound)
+ ReportUnboundActions(xlations,
+ (TMBindData)tm->proc_table);
+}
+
+
+void _XtUnbindActions(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTranslations xlations,
+ TMBindData bindData)
+{
+ Cardinal i;
+ Widget bindWidget;
+ XtActionProc *procs;
+
+ if ((xlations == NULL) || !XtIsRealized(widget)) return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++) {
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex) {
+ TMComplexBindProcs complexBindProcs;
+
+ complexBindProcs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, i);
+
+ if (complexBindProcs->widget) {
+ /*
+ * check for this being an accelerator binding whose
+ * source is gone ( set by RemoveAccelerators)
+ */
+ if (complexBindProcs->procs == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ XtRemoveCallback(complexBindProcs->widget,
+ XtNdestroyCallback,
+ RemoveAccelerators,
+ (XtPointer)widget);
+ bindWidget = complexBindProcs->widget;
+ }
+ else
+ bindWidget = widget;
+ procs = complexBindProcs->procs;
+ complexBindProcs->procs = NULL;
+ }
+ else {
+ TMSimpleBindProcs simpleBindProcs;
+ simpleBindProcs = TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData,i);
+ procs = simpleBindProcs->procs;
+ simpleBindProcs->procs = NULL;
+ bindWidget = widget;
+ }
+ RemoveFromBindCache(bindWidget, procs);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef notdef
+void _XtRemoveBindProcsByIndex(
+ Widget w,
+ TMBindData bindData,
+ TMShortCard ndx)
+{
+ TMShortCard i = ndx;
+ TMBindProcs bindProcs = (TMBindProcs)&bindData->bindTbl[0];
+
+ RemoveFromBindCache(bindProcs->widget ? bindProcs->widget : w,
+ bindProcs[i].procs);
+
+ for (; i < bindData->bindTblSize; i++)
+ bindProcs[i] = bindProcs[i+1];
+}
+#endif /* notdef */
+
+/*
+ * used to free all copied action tables, called from DestroyAppContext
+ */
+void _XtFreeActions(
+ ActionList actions)
+{
+ ActionList curr, next;
+
+ for (curr = actions; curr;) {
+ next = curr->next;
+ XtFree((char *)curr->table);
+ XtFree((char *)curr);
+ curr = next;
+ }
+}
+
+void XtAddActions(
+ XtActionList actions,
+ Cardinal num_actions)
+{
+ XtAppAddActions(_XtDefaultAppContext(), actions, num_actions);
+}
+
+void XtAppAddActions(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XtActionList actions,
+ Cardinal num_actions)
+{
+ register ActionList rec;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ rec = XtNew(ActionListRec);
+ rec->next = app->action_table;
+ app->action_table = rec;
+ rec->table = CompileActionTable(actions, num_actions, False, False);
+ rec->count = num_actions;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtGetActionList(
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ XtActionList* actions_return,
+ Cardinal* num_actions_return)
+{
+ XtActionList list;
+ CompiledActionTable table;
+ int i;
+
+ *actions_return = NULL;
+ *num_actions_return = 0;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (! widget_class->core_class.class_inited) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+ if (! (widget_class->core_class.class_inited & WidgetClassFlag)) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+ *num_actions_return = widget_class->core_class.num_actions;
+ if (*num_actions_return) {
+ list = *actions_return = (XtActionList)
+ __XtMalloc(*num_actions_return * sizeof(XtActionsRec));
+ table = GetClassActions(widget_class);
+ if (table != NULL) {
+ for (i= (*num_actions_return); --i >= 0; list++, table++) {
+ list->string = XrmQuarkToString(table->signature);
+ list->proc = table->proc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Pop-up and Grab stuff
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+static Widget _XtFindPopup(
+ Widget widget,
+ String name)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+ register XrmQuark q;
+ register Widget w;
+
+ q = XrmStringToQuark(name);
+
+ for (w=widget; w != NULL; w=w->core.parent)
+ for (i=0; i<w->core.num_popups; i++)
+ if (w->core.popup_list[i]->core.xrm_name == q)
+ return w->core.popup_list[i];
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void XtMenuPopupAction(
+ Widget widget,
+ XEvent *event,
+ String *params,
+ Cardinal *num_params)
+{
+ Boolean spring_loaded;
+ register Widget popup_shell;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (*num_params != 1) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ "invalidParameters","xtMenuPopupAction",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "MenuPopup wants exactly one argument",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (event->type == ButtonPress)
+ spring_loaded = True;
+ else if (event->type == KeyPress || event->type == EnterNotify)
+ spring_loaded = False;
+ else {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ "invalidPopup","unsupportedOperation",XtCXtToolkitError,
+"Pop-up menu creation is only supported on ButtonPress, KeyPress or EnterNotify events.",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ popup_shell = _XtFindPopup(widget, params[0]);
+ if (popup_shell == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ "invalidPopup","xtMenuPopup",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Can't find popup widget \"%s\" in XtMenuPopup",
+ params, num_params);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (spring_loaded) _XtPopup(popup_shell, XtGrabExclusive, TRUE);
+ else _XtPopup(popup_shell, XtGrabNonexclusive, FALSE);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void _XtMenuPopdownAction(
+ Widget widget,
+ XEvent *event,
+ String *params,
+ Cardinal *num_params)
+{
+ Widget popup_shell;
+
+ if (*num_params == 0) {
+ XtPopdown(widget);
+ } else if (*num_params == 1) {
+ popup_shell = _XtFindPopup(widget, params[0]);
+ if (popup_shell == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidPopup","xtMenuPopdown",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Can't find popup widget \"%s\" in XtMenuPopdown",
+ params, num_params);
+ return;
+ }
+ XtPopdown(popup_shell);
+ } else {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidParameters","xtMenuPopdown",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtMenuPopdown called with num_params != 0 or 1",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+static XtActionsRec RConst tmActions[] = {
+ {"XtMenuPopup", XtMenuPopupAction},
+ {"XtMenuPopdown", _XtMenuPopdownAction},
+ {"MenuPopup", XtMenuPopupAction}, /* old & obsolete */
+ {"MenuPopdown", _XtMenuPopdownAction}, /* ditto */
+#ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS
+ {"XtDisplayTranslations", _XtDisplayTranslations},
+ {"XtDisplayAccelerators", _XtDisplayAccelerators},
+ {"XtDisplayInstalledAccelerators", _XtDisplayInstalledAccelerators},
+#endif
+};
+
+
+void _XtPopupInitialize(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ register ActionList rec;
+
+ /*
+ * The _XtGlobalTM.newMatchSemantics flag determines whether
+ * we support old or new matching
+ * behavior. This is mainly an issue of whether subsequent lhs will
+ * get pushed up in the match table if a lhs containing thier initial
+ * sequence has already been encountered. Currently inited to False;
+ */
+#ifdef NEW_TM
+ _XtGlobalTM.newMatchSemantics = True;
+#else
+ _XtGlobalTM.newMatchSemantics = False;
+#endif
+
+ rec = XtNew(ActionListRec);
+ rec->next = app->action_table;
+ app->action_table = rec;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ rec->table = CompileActionTable(tmActions, XtNumber(tmActions), False,
+ True);
+ rec->count = XtNumber(tmActions);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ _XtGrabInitialize(app);
+}
+
+
+void XtCallActionProc(
+ Widget widget,
+ _Xconst char* action,
+ XEvent *event,
+ String *params,
+ Cardinal num_params)
+{
+ CompiledAction* actionP;
+ XrmQuark q = XrmStringToQuark(action);
+ Widget w = widget;
+ XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
+ ActionList actionList;
+ Cardinal i;
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass,
+ "XtCallActionProc first argument is not a subclass of Core");
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ do {
+ WidgetClass class = XtClass(w);
+ do {
+ if ((actionP = GetClassActions(class)) != NULL)
+ for (i = 0;
+ i < class->core_class.num_actions;
+ i++, actionP++) {
+
+ if (actionP->signature == q) {
+ ActionHook hook = app->action_hook_list;
+ while (hook != NULL) {
+ (*hook->proc)( widget,
+ hook->closure,
+ (String)action,
+ event,
+ params,
+ &num_params
+ );
+ hook= hook->next;
+ }
+ (*(actionP->proc))
+ (widget, event, params, &num_params);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ class = class->core_class.superclass;
+ } while (class != NULL);
+ w = XtParent(w);
+ } while (w != NULL);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ for (actionList = app->action_table;
+ actionList != NULL;
+ actionList = actionList->next) {
+
+ for (i = 0, actionP = actionList->table;
+ i < actionList->count;
+ i++, actionP++) {
+ if (actionP->signature == q) {
+ ActionHook hook = app->action_hook_list;
+ while (hook != NULL) {
+ (*hook->proc)( widget,
+ hook->closure,
+ (String)action,
+ event,
+ params,
+ &num_params
+ );
+ hook= hook->next;
+ }
+ (*(actionP->proc))
+ (widget, event, params, &num_params);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ {
+ String params[2];
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+ params[0] = (String)action;
+ params[1] = XtName(widget);
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ "noActionProc", "xtCallActionProc", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "No action proc named \"%s\" is registered for widget \"%s\"",
+ params, &num_params
+ );
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void _XtDoFreeBindings(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ TMBindCache bcp;
+
+ while (app->free_bindings) {
+ bcp = app->free_bindings->next;
+ XtFree ((char *) app->free_bindings);
+ app->free_bindings = bcp;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+typedef struct _GrabActionRec {
+ struct _GrabActionRec* next;
+ XtActionProc action_proc;
+ Boolean owner_events;
+ unsigned int event_mask;
+ int pointer_mode, keyboard_mode;
+} GrabActionRec;
+
+static GrabActionRec *grabActionList = NULL;
+
+static void GrabAllCorrectKeys(
+ Widget widget,
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch,
+ GrabActionRec* grabP)
+{
+ Display *dpy = XtDisplay(widget);
+ KeyCode *keycodes, *keycodeP;
+ Cardinal keycount;
+ Modifiers careOn = 0;
+ Modifiers careMask = 0;
+
+ if (modMatch->lateModifiers) {
+ Boolean resolved;
+ resolved = _XtComputeLateBindings(dpy, modMatch->lateModifiers,
+ &careOn, &careMask);
+ if (!resolved) return;
+ }
+ careOn |= modMatch->modifiers;
+ careMask |= modMatch->modifierMask;
+
+ XtKeysymToKeycodeList(
+ dpy,
+ (KeySym)typeMatch->eventCode,
+ &keycodes,
+ &keycount
+ );
+ if (keycount == 0) return;
+ for (keycodeP = keycodes; keycount--; keycodeP++) {
+ if (modMatch->standard) {
+ /* find standard modifiers that produce this keysym */
+ KeySym keysym;
+ int std_mods, least_mod;
+ Modifiers modifiers_return;
+ XtTranslateKeycode( dpy, *keycodeP, (Modifiers)0,
+ &modifiers_return, &keysym );
+ if (careOn & modifiers_return)
+ return;
+ if (keysym == typeMatch->eventCode) {
+ XtGrabKey(widget, *keycodeP, careOn,
+ grabP->owner_events,
+ grabP->pointer_mode,
+ grabP->keyboard_mode
+ );
+ /* continue; */ /* grab all modifier combinations */
+ }
+ least_mod = modifiers_return & (~modifiers_return + 1);
+ for (std_mods = modifiers_return;
+ std_mods >= least_mod; std_mods--) {
+ Modifiers dummy;
+ /* check all useful combinations of modifier bits */
+ if (modifiers_return & std_mods &&
+ !(~modifiers_return & std_mods)) {
+ XtTranslateKeycode( dpy, *keycodeP,
+ (Modifiers)std_mods,
+ &dummy, &keysym );
+ if (keysym == typeMatch->eventCode) {
+ XtGrabKey(widget, *keycodeP,
+ careOn | (Modifiers) std_mods,
+ grabP->owner_events,
+ grabP->pointer_mode,
+ grabP->keyboard_mode
+ );
+ /* break; */ /* grab all modifier combinations */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else /* !event->standard */ {
+ XtGrabKey(widget, *keycodeP, careOn,
+ grabP->owner_events,
+ grabP->pointer_mode,
+ grabP->keyboard_mode
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)keycodes);
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+ TMShortCard count;
+ Widget widget;
+ GrabActionRec *grabP;
+}DoGrabRec;
+
+static Boolean DoGrab(
+ StatePtr state,
+ XtPointer data)
+{
+ DoGrabRec *doGrabP = (DoGrabRec *)data;
+ GrabActionRec* grabP = doGrabP->grabP;
+ Widget widget = doGrabP->widget;
+ TMShortCard count = doGrabP->count;
+ TMShortCard typeIndex = state->typeIndex;
+ TMShortCard modIndex = state->modIndex;
+ ActionRec *action;
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch;
+ Modifiers careOn = 0;
+ Modifiers careMask = 0;
+ Boolean resolved;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ typeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(typeIndex);
+ modMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(modIndex);
+
+ for (action = state->actions; action; action = action->next)
+ if (count == action->idx) break;
+ if (!action) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ switch (typeMatch->eventType) {
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ if (modMatch->lateModifiers) {
+ resolved = _XtComputeLateBindings(XtDisplay(widget),
+ modMatch->lateModifiers,
+ &careOn, &careMask);
+ if (!resolved) break;
+ }
+ careOn |= modMatch->modifiers;
+ XtGrabButton(
+ widget,
+ (unsigned) typeMatch->eventCode,
+ careOn,
+ grabP->owner_events,
+ grabP->event_mask,
+ grabP->pointer_mode,
+ grabP->keyboard_mode,
+ None,
+ None
+ );
+ break;
+
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ GrabAllCorrectKeys(widget, typeMatch, modMatch, grabP);
+ break;
+
+ case EnterNotify:
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "invalidPopup","unsupportedOperation",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Pop-up menu creation is only supported on Button, Key or EnterNotify events.",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ break;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+}
+
+void _XtRegisterGrabs(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ XtTranslations xlations = widget->core.tm.translations;
+ TMComplexStateTree *stateTreePtr;
+ unsigned int count;
+ TMShortCard i;
+ TMBindData bindData = (TMBindData) widget->core.tm.proc_table;
+ XtActionProc *procs;
+
+ if (! XtIsRealized(widget) || widget->core.being_destroyed)
+ return;
+
+ /* walk the widget instance action bindings table looking for */
+ /* actions registered as grab actions. */
+ /* when you find one, do a grab on the triggering event */
+
+ if (xlations == NULL) return;
+ stateTreePtr = (TMComplexStateTree *) xlations->stateTreeTbl;
+ if (*stateTreePtr == NULL) return;
+ for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++, stateTreePtr++) {
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex)
+ procs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
+ else
+ procs = TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
+ for (count=0; count < (*stateTreePtr)->numQuarks; count++) {
+ GrabActionRec* grabP;
+ DoGrabRec doGrab;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (grabP = grabActionList; grabP != NULL; grabP = grabP->next) {
+ if (grabP->action_proc == procs[count]) {
+ /* we've found a "grabber" in the action table. Find the
+ * states that call this action. Note that if there is
+ * more than one "grabber" in the action table, we end
+ * up searching all of the states multiple times.
+ */
+ doGrab.widget = widget;
+ doGrab.grabP = grabP;
+ doGrab.count = count;
+ _XtTraverseStateTree((TMStateTree)*stateTreePtr,
+ DoGrab,
+ (XtPointer)&doGrab);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void XtRegisterGrabAction(
+ XtActionProc action_proc,
+ _XtBoolean owner_events,
+ unsigned int event_mask,
+ int pointer_mode,
+ int keyboard_mode)
+{
+ GrabActionRec* actionP;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (actionP = grabActionList; actionP != NULL; actionP = actionP->next) {
+ if (actionP->action_proc == action_proc) break;
+ }
+ if (actionP == NULL) {
+ actionP = XtNew(GrabActionRec);
+ actionP->action_proc = action_proc;
+ actionP->next = grabActionList;
+ grabActionList = actionP;
+ }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ else
+ if ( actionP->owner_events != owner_events
+ || actionP->event_mask != event_mask
+ || actionP->pointer_mode != pointer_mode
+ || actionP->keyboard_mode != keyboard_mode) {
+ Cardinal n = 0;
+ XtWarningMsg(
+ "argsReplaced", "xtRegisterGrabAction", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtRegisterGrabAction called on same proc with different args",
+ NULL, &n);
+ }
+#endif /*DEBUG*/
+
+ actionP->owner_events = owner_events;
+ actionP->event_mask = event_mask;
+ actionP->pointer_mode = pointer_mode;
+ actionP->keyboard_mode = keyboard_mode;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void _XtGrabInitialize(
+ XtAppContext app)
+{
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (grabActionList == NULL)
+ XtRegisterGrabAction( XtMenuPopupAction, True,
+ (unsigned)(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask),
+ GrabModeAsync,
+ GrabModeAsync
+ );
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#define XK_MISCELLANY
+#define XK_LATIN1
+#define XK_LATIN2
+#define XK_LATIN3
+#define XK_LATIN4
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include <X11/keysymdef.h>
+#ifdef XKB
+#include <X11/XKBlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#define FLUSHKEYCACHE(ctx) \
+ bzero((char *)&ctx->keycache, sizeof(TMKeyCache))
+
+/*
+ * The following array reorders the modifier bits so that the most common ones
+ * (used by a translator) are in the top-most bits with respect to the size of
+ * the keycache. The array currently just reverses the bits as a good guess.
+ * This might be more trouble than it is worth, but it seems to help.
+ */
+
+#define FM(i) i >> (8 - TMKEYCACHELOG2)
+static const unsigned char modmix[256] = {
+FM(0x0f), FM(0x8f), FM(0x4f), FM(0xcf), FM(0x2f), FM(0xaf), FM(0x6f), FM(0xef),
+FM(0x1f), FM(0x9f), FM(0x5f), FM(0xdf), FM(0x3f), FM(0xbf), FM(0x7f), FM(0xff),
+FM(0x07), FM(0x87), FM(0x47), FM(0xc7), FM(0x27), FM(0xa7), FM(0x67), FM(0xe7),
+FM(0x17), FM(0x97), FM(0x57), FM(0xd7), FM(0x37), FM(0xb7), FM(0x77), FM(0xf7),
+FM(0x0b), FM(0x8b), FM(0x4b), FM(0xcb), FM(0x2b), FM(0xab), FM(0x6b), FM(0xeb),
+FM(0x1b), FM(0x9b), FM(0x5b), FM(0xdb), FM(0x3b), FM(0xbb), FM(0x7b), FM(0xfb),
+FM(0x03), FM(0x83), FM(0x43), FM(0xc3), FM(0x23), FM(0xa3), FM(0x63), FM(0xe3),
+FM(0x13), FM(0x93), FM(0x53), FM(0xd3), FM(0x33), FM(0xb3), FM(0x73), FM(0xf3),
+FM(0x0d), FM(0x8d), FM(0x4d), FM(0xcd), FM(0x2d), FM(0xad), FM(0x6d), FM(0xed),
+FM(0x1d), FM(0x9d), FM(0x5d), FM(0xdd), FM(0x3d), FM(0xbd), FM(0x7d), FM(0xfd),
+FM(0x05), FM(0x85), FM(0x45), FM(0xc5), FM(0x25), FM(0xa5), FM(0x65), FM(0xe5),
+FM(0x15), FM(0x95), FM(0x55), FM(0xd5), FM(0x35), FM(0xb5), FM(0x75), FM(0xf5),
+FM(0x09), FM(0x89), FM(0x49), FM(0xc9), FM(0x29), FM(0xa9), FM(0x69), FM(0xe9),
+FM(0x19), FM(0x99), FM(0x59), FM(0xd9), FM(0x39), FM(0xb9), FM(0x79), FM(0xf9),
+FM(0x01), FM(0x81), FM(0x41), FM(0xc1), FM(0x21), FM(0xa1), FM(0x61), FM(0xe1),
+FM(0x11), FM(0x91), FM(0x51), FM(0xd1), FM(0x31), FM(0xb1), FM(0x71), FM(0xf1),
+FM(0x00), FM(0x8e), FM(0x4e), FM(0xce), FM(0x2e), FM(0xae), FM(0x6e), FM(0xee),
+FM(0x1e), FM(0x9e), FM(0x5e), FM(0xde), FM(0x3e), FM(0xbe), FM(0x7e), FM(0xfe),
+FM(0x08), FM(0x88), FM(0x48), FM(0xc8), FM(0x28), FM(0xa8), FM(0x68), FM(0xe8),
+FM(0x18), FM(0x98), FM(0x58), FM(0xd8), FM(0x38), FM(0xb8), FM(0x78), FM(0xf8),
+FM(0x04), FM(0x84), FM(0x44), FM(0xc4), FM(0x24), FM(0xa4), FM(0x64), FM(0xe4),
+FM(0x14), FM(0x94), FM(0x54), FM(0xd4), FM(0x34), FM(0xb4), FM(0x74), FM(0xf4),
+FM(0x0c), FM(0x8c), FM(0x4c), FM(0xcc), FM(0x2c), FM(0xac), FM(0x6c), FM(0xec),
+FM(0x1c), FM(0x9c), FM(0x5c), FM(0xdc), FM(0x3c), FM(0xbc), FM(0x7c), FM(0xfc),
+FM(0x02), FM(0x82), FM(0x42), FM(0xc2), FM(0x22), FM(0xa2), FM(0x62), FM(0xe2),
+FM(0x12), FM(0x92), FM(0x52), FM(0xd2), FM(0x32), FM(0xb2), FM(0x72), FM(0xf2),
+FM(0x0a), FM(0x8a), FM(0x4a), FM(0xca), FM(0x2a), FM(0xaa), FM(0x6a), FM(0xea),
+FM(0x1a), FM(0x9a), FM(0x5a), FM(0xda), FM(0x3a), FM(0xba), FM(0x7a), FM(0xfa),
+FM(0x06), FM(0x86), FM(0x46), FM(0xc6), FM(0x26), FM(0xa6), FM(0x66), FM(0xe6),
+FM(0x16), FM(0x96), FM(0x56), FM(0xd6), FM(0x36), FM(0xb6), FM(0x76), FM(0xf6),
+FM(0x0e), FM(0x8e), FM(0x4e), FM(0xce), FM(0x2e), FM(0xae), FM(0x6e), FM(0xee),
+FM(0x1e), FM(0x9e), FM(0x5e), FM(0xde), FM(0x3e), FM(0xbe), FM(0x7e), FM(0xfe)
+};
+#undef FM
+
+#define MOD_RETURN(ctx, key) (ctx)->keycache.modifiers_return[key]
+
+#define TRANSLATE(ctx,pd,dpy,key,mod,mod_ret,sym_ret) \
+{ \
+ int _i_ = (((key) - (pd)->min_keycode + modmix[(mod) & 0xff]) & \
+ (TMKEYCACHESIZE-1)); \
+ if ((key) == 0) { /* Xlib XIM composed input */ \
+ mod_ret = 0; \
+ sym_ret = 0; \
+ } else if ( /* not Xlib XIM composed input */ \
+ (ctx)->keycache.keycode[_i_] == (key) && \
+ (ctx)->keycache.modifiers[_i_] == (mod)) { \
+ mod_ret = MOD_RETURN(ctx, key); \
+ sym_ret = (ctx)->keycache.keysym[_i_]; \
+ } else { \
+ XtTranslateKeycode(dpy, key, mod, &mod_ret, &sym_ret); \
+ (ctx)->keycache.keycode[_i_] = key; \
+ (ctx)->keycache.modifiers[_i_] = (unsigned char)(mod); \
+ (ctx)->keycache.keysym[_i_] = sym_ret; \
+ MOD_RETURN(ctx, key) = (unsigned char)mod_ret; \
+ } \
+}
+
+#define UPDATE_CACHE(ctx, pd, key, mod, mod_ret, sym_ret) \
+{ \
+ int _i_ = (((key) - (pd)->min_keycode + modmix[(mod) & 0xff]) & \
+ (TMKEYCACHESIZE-1)); \
+ (ctx)->keycache.keycode[_i_] = key; \
+ (ctx)->keycache.modifiers[_i_] = (unsigned char)(mod); \
+ (ctx)->keycache.keysym[_i_] = sym_ret; \
+ MOD_RETURN(ctx, key) = (unsigned char)mod_ret; \
+}
+
+/* usual number of expected keycodes in XtKeysymToKeycodeList */
+#define KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE 10
+
+Boolean _XtComputeLateBindings(
+ Display *dpy,
+ LateBindingsPtr lateModifiers,
+ Modifiers *computed,
+ Modifiers *computedMask)
+{
+ int i,j,ref;
+ ModToKeysymTable* temp;
+ XtPerDisplay perDisplay;
+ Boolean found;
+ KeySym tempKeysym = NoSymbol;
+
+ perDisplay = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ if (perDisplay == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "displayError","invalidDisplay",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Can't find display structure",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ _InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, perDisplay);
+ for (ref=0; lateModifiers[ref].keysym; ref++) {
+ found = FALSE;
+ for (i=0;i<8;i++) {
+ temp = &(perDisplay->modsToKeysyms[i]);
+ for (j=0;j<temp->count;j++){
+ if (perDisplay->modKeysyms[temp->idx+j] ==
+ lateModifiers[ref].keysym) {
+ *computedMask = *computedMask | temp->mask;
+ if (!lateModifiers[ref].knot)
+ *computed |= temp->mask;
+ tempKeysym = lateModifiers[ref].keysym;
+ found = TRUE; break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (found) break;
+ }
+ if (!found && !lateModifiers[ref].knot)
+ if (!lateModifiers[ref].pair && (tempKeysym == NoSymbol))
+ return FALSE;
+ /* if you didn't find the modifier and the modifier must be
+ asserted then return FALSE. If you didn't find the modifier
+ and the modifier must be off, then it is OK . Don't
+ return FALSE if this is the first member of a pair or if
+ it is the second member of a pair when the first member
+ was bound to a modifier */
+ if (!lateModifiers[ref].pair) tempKeysym = NoSymbol;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void _XtAllocTMContext(
+ XtPerDisplay pd)
+{
+ TMKeyContext ctx;
+ ctx = (TMKeyContext)_XtHeapAlloc(&pd->heap,
+ sizeof(TMKeyContextRec));
+ ctx->event = NULL;
+ ctx->serial = 0;
+ ctx->keysym = NoSymbol;
+ ctx->modifiers = 0;
+ FLUSHKEYCACHE(ctx);
+ pd->tm_context = ctx;
+}
+
+static unsigned int num_bits(unsigned long mask)
+{
+ register unsigned long y;
+
+ y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333;
+ y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333);
+ return ((unsigned int) (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077));
+}
+
+Boolean _XtMatchUsingDontCareMods(
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch,
+ TMEventPtr eventSeq)
+{
+ Modifiers modifiers_return;
+ KeySym keysym_return;
+ Modifiers useful_mods;
+ int i, num_modbits;
+ Modifiers computed = 0;
+ Modifiers computedMask = 0;
+ Boolean resolved = TRUE;
+ Display *dpy = eventSeq->xev->xany.display;
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ TMKeyContext tm_context;
+
+ if (modMatch->lateModifiers != NULL)
+ resolved = _XtComputeLateBindings(dpy, modMatch->lateModifiers,
+ &computed, &computedMask);
+ if (!resolved) return FALSE;
+ computed |= modMatch->modifiers;
+ computedMask |= modMatch->modifierMask; /* gives do-care mask */
+
+ if ( (computed & computedMask) ==
+ (eventSeq->event.modifiers & computedMask) ) {
+
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ tm_context = pd->tm_context;
+ TRANSLATE(tm_context, pd, dpy, (KeyCode)eventSeq->event.eventCode,
+ (unsigned)0, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
+
+ if ((keysym_return & typeMatch->eventCodeMask) == typeMatch->eventCode ) {
+ tm_context->event = eventSeq->xev;
+ tm_context->serial = eventSeq->xev->xany.serial;
+ tm_context->keysym = keysym_return;
+ tm_context->modifiers = (Modifiers)0;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ useful_mods = ~computedMask & modifiers_return;
+ if (useful_mods == 0) return FALSE;
+
+ switch (num_modbits = num_bits(useful_mods)) {
+ case 1:
+ case 8:
+ /*
+ * one modbit should never happen, in fact the implementation
+ * of XtTranslateKey and XmTranslateKey guarantee that it
+ * won't, so don't care if the loop is set up for the case
+ * when one modbit is set.
+ * The performance implications of all eight modbits being
+ * set is horrendous. This isn't a problem with Xt/Xaw based
+ * applications. We can only hope that Motif's virtual
+ * modifiers won't result in all eight modbits being set.
+ */
+ for (i = useful_mods; i > 0; i--) {
+ TRANSLATE(tm_context, pd, dpy, eventSeq->event.eventCode,
+ (Modifiers)i, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
+ if (keysym_return ==
+ (typeMatch->eventCode & typeMatch->eventCodeMask)) {
+ tm_context->event = eventSeq->xev;
+ tm_context->serial = eventSeq->xev->xany.serial;
+ tm_context->keysym = keysym_return;
+ tm_context->modifiers = (Modifiers)i;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default: /* (2..7) */
+ {
+ /*
+ * Only translate using combinations of the useful modifiers.
+ * to minimize the chance of invalidating the cache.
+ */
+ static char pows[] = { 0, 1, 3, 7, 15, 31, 63, 127 };
+ Modifiers tmod, mod_masks[8];
+ int j;
+ for (tmod = 1, i = 0; tmod <= (Mod5Mask<<1); tmod <<= 1)
+ if (tmod & useful_mods) mod_masks[i++] = tmod;
+ for (j = (int) pows[num_modbits]; j > 0; j--) {
+ tmod = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < num_modbits; i++)
+ if (j & (1<<i)) tmod |= mod_masks[i];
+ TRANSLATE(tm_context, pd, dpy, eventSeq->event.eventCode,
+ tmod, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
+ if (keysym_return ==
+ (typeMatch->eventCode & typeMatch->eventCodeMask)) {
+ tm_context->event = eventSeq->xev;
+ tm_context->serial = eventSeq->xev->xany.serial;
+ tm_context->keysym = keysym_return;
+ tm_context->modifiers = (Modifiers)i;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ } /* switch (num_modbits) */
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void XtConvertCase(
+ Display *dpy,
+ KeySym keysym,
+ KeySym *lower_return,
+ KeySym *upper_return)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ CaseConverterPtr ptr;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+
+ *lower_return = *upper_return = keysym;
+ for (ptr=pd->case_cvt; ptr; ptr = ptr->next)
+ if (ptr->start <= keysym && keysym <= ptr->stop) {
+ (*ptr->proc)(dpy, keysym, lower_return, upper_return);
+ return;
+ }
+ XConvertCase(keysym, lower_return, upper_return);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+Boolean _XtMatchUsingStandardMods (
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch,
+ TMEventPtr eventSeq)
+{
+ Modifiers modifiers_return;
+ KeySym keysym_return;
+ Modifiers computed= 0;
+ Modifiers computedMask = 0;
+ Boolean resolved = TRUE;
+ Display *dpy = eventSeq->xev->xany.display;
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ TMKeyContext tm_context = pd->tm_context;
+ Modifiers translateModifiers;
+
+ /* To maximize cache utilization, we mask off nonstandard modifiers
+ before cache lookup. For a given key translator, standard modifiers
+ are constant per KeyCode. If a key translator uses no standard
+ modifiers this implementation will never reference the cache.
+ */
+
+ modifiers_return = MOD_RETURN(tm_context, eventSeq->event.eventCode);
+ if (!modifiers_return) {
+ XtTranslateKeycode(dpy, (KeyCode)eventSeq->event.eventCode,
+ eventSeq->event.modifiers, &modifiers_return,
+ &keysym_return);
+ translateModifiers = eventSeq->event.modifiers & modifiers_return;
+ UPDATE_CACHE(tm_context, pd, eventSeq->event.eventCode,
+ translateModifiers, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
+ } else {
+ translateModifiers = eventSeq->event.modifiers & modifiers_return;
+ TRANSLATE(tm_context, pd, dpy, (KeyCode)eventSeq->event.eventCode,
+ translateModifiers, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
+ }
+
+ if ((typeMatch->eventCode & typeMatch->eventCodeMask) ==
+ (keysym_return & typeMatch->eventCodeMask)) {
+ if (modMatch->lateModifiers != NULL)
+ resolved = _XtComputeLateBindings(dpy, modMatch->lateModifiers,
+ &computed, &computedMask);
+ if (!resolved) return FALSE;
+ computed |= modMatch->modifiers;
+ computedMask |= modMatch->modifierMask;
+
+ if ((computed & computedMask) ==
+ (eventSeq->event.modifiers & ~modifiers_return & computedMask)) {
+ tm_context->event = eventSeq->xev;
+ tm_context->serial = eventSeq->xev->xany.serial;
+ tm_context->keysym = keysym_return;
+ tm_context->modifiers = translateModifiers;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+void _XtBuildKeysymTables(
+ Display *dpy,
+ register XtPerDisplay pd)
+{
+ ModToKeysymTable *table;
+ int maxCount,i,j,k,tempCount,idx;
+ KeySym keysym,tempKeysym;
+ XModifierKeymap* modKeymap;
+ KeyCode keycode;
+#define KeysymTableSize 16
+
+ FLUSHKEYCACHE(pd->tm_context);
+ if (pd->keysyms)
+ XFree( (char *)pd->keysyms );
+ pd->keysyms_serial = NextRequest(dpy);
+ pd->keysyms = XGetKeyboardMapping(dpy, pd->min_keycode,
+ pd->max_keycode-pd->min_keycode+1,
+ &pd->keysyms_per_keycode);
+ if (pd->modKeysyms)
+ XtFree((char *)pd->modKeysyms);
+ if (pd->modsToKeysyms)
+ XtFree((char *)pd->modsToKeysyms);
+ pd->modKeysyms = (KeySym*)__XtMalloc((Cardinal)KeysymTableSize*sizeof(KeySym));
+ maxCount = KeysymTableSize;
+ tempCount = 0;
+
+ table = (ModToKeysymTable*)__XtMalloc((Cardinal)8*sizeof(ModToKeysymTable));
+ pd->modsToKeysyms = table;
+
+ table[0].mask = ShiftMask;
+ table[1].mask = LockMask;
+ table[2].mask = ControlMask;
+ table[3].mask = Mod1Mask;
+ table[4].mask = Mod2Mask;
+ table[5].mask = Mod3Mask;
+ table[6].mask = Mod4Mask;
+ table[7].mask = Mod5Mask;
+ tempKeysym = 0;
+
+ modKeymap = XGetModifierMapping(dpy);
+ for (i=0;i<32;i++)
+ pd->isModifier[i] = 0;
+ pd->mode_switch = 0;
+ pd->num_lock = 0;
+ for (i=0;i<8;i++) {
+ table[i].idx = tempCount;
+ table[i].count = 0;
+ for (j=0;j<modKeymap->max_keypermod;j++) {
+ keycode = modKeymap->modifiermap[i*modKeymap->max_keypermod+j];
+ if (keycode != 0) {
+ pd->isModifier[keycode>>3] |= 1 << (keycode & 7);
+ for (k=0; k<pd->keysyms_per_keycode;k++) {
+ idx = ((keycode-pd->min_keycode)*
+ pd->keysyms_per_keycode)+k;
+ keysym = pd->keysyms[idx];
+ if ((keysym == XK_Mode_switch) && (i > 2))
+ pd->mode_switch |= 1 << i;
+ if ((keysym == XK_Num_Lock) && (i > 2))
+ pd->num_lock |= 1 << i;
+ if (keysym != 0 && keysym != tempKeysym ){
+ if (tempCount==maxCount) {
+ maxCount += KeysymTableSize;
+ pd->modKeysyms = (KeySym*)XtRealloc(
+ (char*)pd->modKeysyms,
+ (unsigned) (maxCount*sizeof(KeySym)) );
+ }
+ pd->modKeysyms[tempCount++] = keysym;
+ table[i].count++;
+ tempKeysym = keysym;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ pd->lock_meaning = NoSymbol;
+ for (i = 0; i < table[1].count; i++) {
+ keysym = pd->modKeysyms[table[1].idx + i];
+ if (keysym == XK_Caps_Lock) {
+ pd->lock_meaning = XK_Caps_Lock;
+ break;
+ } else if (keysym == XK_Shift_Lock) {
+ pd->lock_meaning = XK_Shift_Lock;
+ }
+ }
+ XFreeModifiermap(modKeymap);
+}
+
+void XtTranslateKeycode (
+ Display *dpy,
+ _XtKeyCode keycode,
+ Modifiers modifiers,
+ Modifiers *modifiers_return,
+ KeySym *keysym_return)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ _InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd);
+ (*pd->defaultKeycodeTranslator)(
+ dpy,keycode,modifiers,modifiers_return,keysym_return);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+/* This code should match XTranslateKey (internal, sigh) in Xlib */
+void XtTranslateKey(
+ register Display *dpy,
+ _XtKeyCode keycode,
+ Modifiers modifiers,
+ Modifiers *modifiers_return,
+ KeySym *keysym_return)
+{
+#ifndef XKB
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ int per;
+ register KeySym *syms;
+ KeySym sym, lsym, usym;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ *modifiers_return = (ShiftMask|LockMask) | pd->mode_switch | pd->num_lock;
+ if (((int)keycode < pd->min_keycode) || ((int)keycode > pd->max_keycode)) {
+ *keysym_return = NoSymbol;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ per = pd->keysyms_per_keycode;
+ syms = &pd->keysyms[(keycode - pd->min_keycode) * per];
+ while ((per > 2) && (syms[per - 1] == NoSymbol))
+ per--;
+ if ((per > 2) && (modifiers & pd->mode_switch)) {
+ syms += 2;
+ per -= 2;
+ }
+ if ((modifiers & pd->num_lock) &&
+ (per > 1 && (IsKeypadKey(syms[1]) || IsPrivateKeypadKey(syms[1])))) {
+ if ((modifiers & ShiftMask) ||
+ ((modifiers & LockMask) && (pd->lock_meaning == XK_Shift_Lock)))
+ *keysym_return = syms[0];
+ else
+ *keysym_return = syms[1];
+ } else if (!(modifiers & ShiftMask) &&
+ (!(modifiers & LockMask) || (pd->lock_meaning == NoSymbol))) {
+ if ((per == 1) || (syms[1] == NoSymbol))
+ XtConvertCase(dpy, syms[0], keysym_return, &usym);
+ else
+ *keysym_return = syms[0];
+ } else if (!(modifiers & LockMask) ||
+ (pd->lock_meaning != XK_Caps_Lock)) {
+ if ((per == 1) || ((usym = syms[1]) == NoSymbol))
+ XtConvertCase(dpy, syms[0], &lsym, &usym);
+ *keysym_return = usym;
+ } else {
+ if ((per == 1) || ((sym = syms[1]) == NoSymbol))
+ sym = syms[0];
+ XtConvertCase(dpy, sym, &lsym, &usym);
+ if (!(modifiers & ShiftMask) && (sym != syms[0]) &&
+ ((sym != usym) || (lsym == usym)))
+ XtConvertCase(dpy, syms[0], &lsym, &usym);
+ *keysym_return = usym;
+ }
+
+ if (*keysym_return == XK_VoidSymbol)
+ *keysym_return = NoSymbol;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+#else
+ XkbLookupKeySym(dpy, keycode, modifiers, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
+#endif
+}
+
+void XtSetKeyTranslator(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XtKeyProc translator)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+
+ pd->defaultKeycodeTranslator = translator;
+ FLUSHKEYCACHE(pd->tm_context);
+ /* XXX should now redo grabs */
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtRegisterCaseConverter(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XtCaseProc proc,
+ KeySym start,
+ KeySym stop)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ CaseConverterPtr ptr, prev;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+
+ ptr = (CaseConverterPtr) __XtMalloc(sizeof(CaseConverterRec));
+ ptr->start = start;
+ ptr->stop = stop;
+ ptr->proc = proc;
+ ptr->next = pd->case_cvt;
+ pd->case_cvt = ptr;
+
+ /* Remove obsolete case converters from the list */
+ prev = ptr;
+ for (ptr=ptr->next; ptr; ptr=prev->next) {
+ if (start <= ptr->start && stop >= ptr->stop) {
+ prev->next = ptr->next;
+ XtFree((char *)ptr);
+ }
+ else prev = ptr;
+ }
+ FLUSHKEYCACHE(pd->tm_context);
+ /* XXX should now redo grabs */
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+KeySym *XtGetKeysymTable(
+ Display *dpy,
+ KeyCode *min_keycode_return,
+ int *keysyms_per_keycode_return)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ KeySym* retval;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ _InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd);
+ *min_keycode_return = pd->min_keycode; /* %%% */
+ *keysyms_per_keycode_return = pd->keysyms_per_keycode;
+ retval = pd->keysyms;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+void XtKeysymToKeycodeList(
+ Display *dpy,
+ KeySym keysym,
+ KeyCode **keycodes_return,
+ Cardinal *keycount_return)
+{
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+ unsigned keycode;
+ int per, match;
+ register KeySym *syms;
+ register int i, j;
+ KeySym lsym, usym;
+ unsigned maxcodes = 0;
+ unsigned ncodes = 0;
+ KeyCode *keycodes, *codeP = NULL;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ _InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd);
+ keycodes = NULL;
+ per = pd->keysyms_per_keycode;
+ for (syms = pd->keysyms, keycode = (unsigned) pd->min_keycode;
+ (int)keycode <= pd->max_keycode;
+ syms += per, keycode++) {
+ match = 0;
+ for (j = 0; j < per; j++) {
+ if (syms[j] == keysym) {
+ match = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!match)
+ for (i = 1; i < 5; i += 2) {
+ if ((per == i) || ((per > i) && (syms[i] == NoSymbol))) {
+ XtConvertCase(dpy, syms[i-1], &lsym, &usym);
+ if ((lsym == keysym) || (usym == keysym)) {
+ match = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (match) {
+ if (ncodes == maxcodes) {
+ KeyCode *old = keycodes;
+ maxcodes += KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE;
+ keycodes = (KeyCode*)__XtMalloc(maxcodes*sizeof(KeyCode));
+ if (ncodes) {
+ (void) memmove((char *)keycodes, (char *)old,
+ ncodes*sizeof(KeyCode) );
+ XtFree((char *)old);
+ }
+ codeP = &keycodes[ncodes];
+ }
+ *codeP++ = (KeyCode) keycode;
+ ncodes++;
+ }
+ }
+ *keycodes_return = keycodes;
+ *keycount_return = ncodes;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifndef NOTASCII
+#define XK_LATIN1
+#endif
+#define XK_MISCELLANY
+#include <X11/keysymdef.h>
+
+#ifdef CACHE_TRANSLATIONS
+# ifdef REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS
+# define CACHED XtCacheAll | XtCacheRefCount
+# else
+# define CACHED XtCacheAll
+# endif
+#else
+# define CACHED XtCacheNone
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+static String XtNtranslationParseError = "translationParseError";
+
+typedef int EventType;
+
+typedef String (*ParseProc)(
+ String /* str; */,
+ Opaque /* closure; */,
+ EventPtr /* event; */,
+ Boolean* /* error */);
+
+typedef TMShortCard Value;
+typedef void (*ModifierProc)(Value, LateBindingsPtr*, Boolean, Value*);
+
+typedef struct _ModifierRec {
+ const char *name;
+ XrmQuark signature;
+ ModifierProc modifierParseProc;
+ Value value;
+} ModifierRec, *ModifierKeys;
+
+typedef struct _EventKey {
+ const char *event;
+ XrmQuark signature;
+ EventType eventType;
+ ParseProc parseDetail;
+ Opaque closure;
+}EventKey, *EventKeys;
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ XrmQuark signature;
+ Value value;
+} NameValueRec, *NameValueTable;
+
+static void ParseModImmed(Value, LateBindingsPtr*, Boolean, Value*);
+static void ParseModSym(Value, LateBindingsPtr*, Boolean, Value*);
+static String PanicModeRecovery(String);
+static String CheckForPoundSign(String, _XtTranslateOp, _XtTranslateOp *);
+static KeySym StringToKeySym(String, Boolean *);
+static ModifierRec modifiers[] = {
+ {"Shift", 0, ParseModImmed,ShiftMask},
+ {"Lock", 0, ParseModImmed,LockMask},
+ {"Ctrl", 0, ParseModImmed,ControlMask},
+ {"Mod1", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod1Mask},
+ {"Mod2", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod2Mask},
+ {"Mod3", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod3Mask},
+ {"Mod4", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod4Mask},
+ {"Mod5", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod5Mask},
+ {"Meta", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Meta_L},
+ {"m", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Meta_L},
+ {"h", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Hyper_L},
+ {"su", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Super_L},
+ {"a", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Alt_L},
+ {"Hyper", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Hyper_L},
+ {"Super", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Super_L},
+ {"Alt", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Alt_L},
+ {"Button1", 0, ParseModImmed,Button1Mask},
+ {"Button2", 0, ParseModImmed,Button2Mask},
+ {"Button3", 0, ParseModImmed,Button3Mask},
+ {"Button4", 0, ParseModImmed,Button4Mask},
+ {"Button5", 0, ParseModImmed,Button5Mask},
+ {"c", 0, ParseModImmed,ControlMask},
+ {"s", 0, ParseModImmed,ShiftMask},
+ {"l", 0, ParseModImmed,LockMask},
+};
+
+static NameValueRec buttonNames[] = {
+ {"Button1", 0, Button1},
+ {"Button2", 0, Button2},
+ {"Button3", 0, Button3},
+ {"Button4", 0, Button4},
+ {"Button5", 0, Button5},
+ {NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
+};
+
+static NameValueRec motionDetails[] = {
+ {"Normal", 0, NotifyNormal},
+ {"Hint", 0, NotifyHint},
+ {NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
+};
+
+static NameValueRec notifyModes[] = {
+ {"Normal", 0, NotifyNormal},
+ {"Grab", 0, NotifyGrab},
+ {"Ungrab", 0, NotifyUngrab},
+ {"WhileGrabbed", 0, NotifyWhileGrabbed},
+ {NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
+};
+
+#if 0
+static NameValueRec notifyDetail[] = {
+ {"Ancestor", 0, NotifyAncestor},
+ {"Virtual", 0, NotifyVirtual},
+ {"Inferior", 0, NotifyInferior},
+ {"Nonlinear", 0, NotifyNonlinear},
+ {"NonlinearVirtual", 0, NotifyNonlinearVirtual},
+ {"Pointer", 0, NotifyPointer},
+ {"PointerRoot", 0, NotifyPointerRoot},
+ {"DetailNone", 0, NotifyDetailNone},
+ {NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
+};
+
+static NameValueRec visibilityNotify[] = {
+ {"Unobscured", 0, VisibilityUnobscured},
+ {"PartiallyObscured", 0, VisibilityPartiallyObscured},
+ {"FullyObscured", 0, VisibilityFullyObscured},
+ {NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
+};
+
+static NameValueRec circulation[] = {
+ {"OnTop", 0, PlaceOnTop},
+ {"OnBottom", 0, PlaceOnBottom},
+ {NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
+};
+
+static NameValueRec propertyChanged[] = {
+ {"NewValue", 0, PropertyNewValue},
+ {"Delete", 0, PropertyDelete},
+ {NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
+};
+#endif /*0*/
+
+static NameValueRec mappingNotify[] = {
+ {"Modifier", 0, MappingModifier},
+ {"Keyboard", 0, MappingKeyboard},
+ {"Pointer", 0, MappingPointer},
+ {NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
+};
+
+static String ParseKeySym(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
+static String ParseKeyAndModifiers(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
+static String ParseTable(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
+static String ParseImmed(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
+static String ParseAddModifier(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
+static String ParseNone(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
+static String ParseAtom(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
+
+static EventKey events[] = {
+
+/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
+
+{"KeyPress", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeySym, NULL},
+{"Key", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeySym, NULL},
+{"KeyDown", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeySym, NULL},
+{"Ctrl", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeyAndModifiers,(Opaque)ControlMask},
+{"Shift", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeyAndModifiers,(Opaque)ShiftMask},
+{"Meta", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeyAndModifiers,(Opaque)NULL},
+{"KeyUp", NULLQUARK, KeyRelease, ParseKeySym, NULL},
+{"KeyRelease", NULLQUARK, KeyRelease, ParseKeySym, NULL},
+
+{"ButtonPress", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseTable,(Opaque)buttonNames},
+{"BtnDown", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseTable,(Opaque)buttonNames},
+{"Btn1Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button1},
+{"Btn2Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button2},
+{"Btn3Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button3},
+{"Btn4Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button4},
+{"Btn5Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button5},
+
+/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
+
+{"ButtonRelease", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseTable,(Opaque)buttonNames},
+{"BtnUp", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseTable,(Opaque)buttonNames},
+{"Btn1Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button1},
+{"Btn2Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button2},
+{"Btn3Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button3},
+{"Btn4Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button4},
+{"Btn5Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button5},
+
+{"MotionNotify", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)motionDetails},
+{"PtrMoved", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)motionDetails},
+{"Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)motionDetails},
+{"MouseMoved", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)motionDetails},
+{"BtnMotion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)AnyButtonMask},
+{"Btn1Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button1Mask},
+{"Btn2Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button2Mask},
+{"Btn3Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button3Mask},
+{"Btn4Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button4Mask},
+{"Btn5Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button5Mask},
+
+{"EnterNotify", NULLQUARK, EnterNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
+{"Enter", NULLQUARK, EnterNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
+{"EnterWindow", NULLQUARK, EnterNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
+
+{"LeaveNotify", NULLQUARK, LeaveNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
+{"LeaveWindow", NULLQUARK, LeaveNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
+{"Leave", NULLQUARK, LeaveNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
+
+/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
+
+{"FocusIn", NULLQUARK, FocusIn, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
+
+{"FocusOut", NULLQUARK, FocusOut, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
+
+{"KeymapNotify", NULLQUARK, KeymapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Keymap", NULLQUARK, KeymapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"Expose", NULLQUARK, Expose, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"GraphicsExpose", NULLQUARK, GraphicsExpose, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"GrExp", NULLQUARK, GraphicsExpose, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"NoExpose", NULLQUARK, NoExpose, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"NoExp", NULLQUARK, NoExpose, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"VisibilityNotify",NULLQUARK, VisibilityNotify,ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Visible", NULLQUARK, VisibilityNotify,ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"CreateNotify", NULLQUARK, CreateNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Create", NULLQUARK, CreateNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
+
+{"DestroyNotify", NULLQUARK, DestroyNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Destroy", NULLQUARK, DestroyNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"UnmapNotify", NULLQUARK, UnmapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Unmap", NULLQUARK, UnmapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"MapNotify", NULLQUARK, MapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Map", NULLQUARK, MapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"MapRequest", NULLQUARK, MapRequest, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"MapReq", NULLQUARK, MapRequest, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"ReparentNotify", NULLQUARK, ReparentNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Reparent", NULLQUARK, ReparentNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"ConfigureNotify", NULLQUARK, ConfigureNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Configure", NULLQUARK, ConfigureNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"ConfigureRequest",NULLQUARK, ConfigureRequest,ParseNone, NULL},
+{"ConfigureReq", NULLQUARK, ConfigureRequest,ParseNone, NULL},
+
+/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
+
+{"GravityNotify", NULLQUARK, GravityNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Grav", NULLQUARK, GravityNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"ResizeRequest", NULLQUARK, ResizeRequest, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"ResReq", NULLQUARK, ResizeRequest, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"CirculateNotify", NULLQUARK, CirculateNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Circ", NULLQUARK, CirculateNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"CirculateRequest",NULLQUARK, CirculateRequest,ParseNone, NULL},
+{"CircReq", NULLQUARK, CirculateRequest,ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"PropertyNotify", NULLQUARK, PropertyNotify, ParseAtom, NULL},
+{"Prop", NULLQUARK, PropertyNotify, ParseAtom, NULL},
+
+{"SelectionClear", NULLQUARK, SelectionClear, ParseAtom, NULL},
+{"SelClr", NULLQUARK, SelectionClear, ParseAtom, NULL},
+
+{"SelectionRequest",NULLQUARK, SelectionRequest,ParseAtom, NULL},
+{"SelReq", NULLQUARK, SelectionRequest,ParseAtom, NULL},
+
+/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
+
+{"SelectionNotify", NULLQUARK, SelectionNotify, ParseAtom, NULL},
+{"Select", NULLQUARK, SelectionNotify, ParseAtom, NULL},
+
+{"ColormapNotify", NULLQUARK, ColormapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+{"Clrmap", NULLQUARK, ColormapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
+
+{"ClientMessage", NULLQUARK, ClientMessage, ParseAtom, NULL},
+{"Message", NULLQUARK, ClientMessage, ParseAtom, NULL},
+
+{"MappingNotify", NULLQUARK, MappingNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)mappingNotify},
+{"Mapping", NULLQUARK, MappingNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)mappingNotify},
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+# ifdef notdef
+{"Timer", NULLQUARK, _XtTimerEventType,ParseNone, NULL},
+# endif /* notdef */
+{"EventTimer", NULLQUARK, _XtEventTimerEventType,ParseNone,NULL},
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
+
+};
+
+#ifndef __UNIXOS2__
+#define IsNewline(str) ((str) == '\n')
+#else
+#define IsNewline(str) ((str) == '\n' || (str) == '\r')
+#endif
+
+#define ScanFor(str, ch) \
+ while ((*(str) != (ch)) && (*(str) != '\0') && !IsNewline(*(str))) (str)++
+
+#define ScanNumeric(str) while ('0' <= *(str) && *(str) <= '9') (str)++
+
+#define ScanAlphanumeric(str) \
+ while (('A' <= *(str) && *(str) <= 'Z') || \
+ ('a' <= *(str) && *(str) <= 'z') || \
+ ('0' <= *(str) && *(str) <= '9')) (str)++
+
+#ifndef __UNIXOS2__
+#define ScanWhitespace(str) \
+ while (*(str) == ' ' || *(str) == '\t') (str)++
+#else
+#define ScanWhitespace(str) \
+ while (*(str) == ' ' || *(str) == '\t' || *(str) == '\r') (str)++
+#endif
+
+static Boolean initialized = FALSE;
+static XrmQuark QMeta;
+static XrmQuark QCtrl;
+static XrmQuark QNone;
+static XrmQuark QAny;
+
+static void FreeEventSeq(
+ EventSeqPtr eventSeq)
+{
+ register EventSeqPtr evs = eventSeq;
+
+ while (evs != NULL) {
+ evs->state = (StatePtr) evs;
+ if (evs->next != NULL
+ && evs->next->state == (StatePtr) evs->next)
+ evs->next = NULL;
+ evs = evs->next;
+ }
+
+ evs = eventSeq;
+ while (evs != NULL) {
+ register EventPtr event = evs;
+ evs = evs->next;
+ if (evs == event) evs = NULL;
+ XtFree((char *)event);
+ }
+}
+
+static void CompileNameValueTable(
+ NameValueTable table)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i=0; table[i].name; i++)
+ table[i].signature = XrmPermStringToQuark(table[i].name);
+}
+
+static int OrderEvents(_Xconst void *a, _Xconst void *b)
+{
+ return ((((_Xconst EventKey *)a)->signature <
+ ((_Xconst EventKey *)b)->signature) ? -1 : 1);
+}
+
+static void Compile_XtEventTable(
+ EventKeys table,
+ Cardinal count)
+{
+ register int i;
+ register EventKeys entry = table;
+
+ for (i=count; --i >= 0; entry++)
+ entry->signature = XrmPermStringToQuark(entry->event);
+ qsort(table, count, sizeof(EventKey), OrderEvents);
+}
+
+static int OrderModifiers(_Xconst void *a, _Xconst void *b)
+{
+ return ((((_Xconst ModifierRec *)a)->signature <
+ ((_Xconst ModifierRec *)b)->signature) ? -1 : 1);
+}
+
+static void Compile_XtModifierTable(
+ ModifierKeys table,
+ Cardinal count)
+{
+ register int i;
+ register ModifierKeys entry = table;
+
+ for (i=count; --i >= 0; entry++)
+ entry->signature = XrmPermStringToQuark(entry->name);
+ qsort(table, count, sizeof(ModifierRec), OrderModifiers);
+}
+
+static String PanicModeRecovery(
+ String str)
+{
+ ScanFor(str,'\n');
+ if (*str == '\n') str++;
+ return str;
+
+}
+
+
+static void Syntax(
+ String str0,String str1)
+{
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+ String params[2];
+
+ params[0] = str0;
+ params[1] = str1;
+ XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError,"parseError",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "translation table syntax error: %s %s",params,&num_params);
+}
+
+
+
+static Cardinal LookupTMEventType(
+ String eventStr,
+ Boolean *error)
+{
+ register int i = 0, left, right;
+ register XrmQuark signature;
+ static int previous = 0;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if ((signature = StringToQuark(eventStr)) == events[previous].signature) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return (Cardinal) previous;
+ }
+
+ left = 0;
+ right = XtNumber(events) - 1;
+ while (left <= right) {
+ i = (left + right) >> 1;
+ if (signature < events[i].signature)
+ right = i - 1;
+ else if (signature > events[i].signature)
+ left = i + 1;
+ else {
+ previous = i;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return (Cardinal) i;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Syntax("Unknown event type : ",eventStr);
+ *error = TRUE;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return (Cardinal) i;
+}
+
+static void StoreLateBindings(
+ KeySym keysymL,
+ Boolean notL,
+ KeySym keysymR,
+ Boolean notR,
+ LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings)
+{
+ LateBindingsPtr temp;
+ Boolean pair = FALSE;
+ unsigned long count,number;
+ if (lateBindings != NULL){
+ temp = *lateBindings;
+ if (temp != NULL) {
+ for (count = 0; temp[count].keysym; count++){/*EMPTY*/}
+ }
+ else count = 0;
+ if (! keysymR){
+ number = 1;pair = FALSE;
+ } else{
+ number = 2;pair = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ temp = (LateBindingsPtr)XtRealloc((char *)temp,
+ (unsigned)((count+number+1) * sizeof(LateBindings)) );
+ *lateBindings = temp;
+ temp[count].knot = notL;
+ temp[count].pair = pair;
+ if (count == 0)
+ temp[count].ref_count = 1;
+ temp[count++].keysym = keysymL;
+ if (keysymR){
+ temp[count].knot = notR;
+ temp[count].pair = FALSE;
+ temp[count].ref_count = 0;
+ temp[count++].keysym = keysymR;
+ }
+ temp[count].knot = temp[count].pair = FALSE;
+ temp[count].ref_count = 0;
+ temp[count].keysym = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static void _XtParseKeysymMod(
+ String name,
+ LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings,
+ Boolean notFlag,
+ Value *valueP,
+ Boolean *error)
+{
+ KeySym keySym;
+ keySym = StringToKeySym(name, error);
+ *valueP = 0;
+ if (keySym != NoSymbol) {
+ StoreLateBindings(keySym,notFlag,(KeySym) NULL,FALSE,lateBindings);
+ }
+}
+
+static Boolean _XtLookupModifier(
+ XrmQuark signature,
+ LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings,
+ Boolean notFlag,
+ Value *valueP,
+ Bool constMask)
+{
+ register int i, left, right;
+ static int previous = 0;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (signature == modifiers[previous].signature) {
+ if (constMask) *valueP = modifiers[previous].value;
+ else /* if (modifiers[previous].modifierParseProc) always true */
+ (*modifiers[previous].modifierParseProc)
+ (modifiers[previous].value, lateBindings, notFlag, valueP);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ left = 0;
+ right = XtNumber(modifiers) - 1;
+ while (left <= right) {
+ i = (left + right) >> 1;
+ if (signature < modifiers[i].signature)
+ right = i - 1;
+ else if (signature > modifiers[i].signature)
+ left = i + 1;
+ else {
+ previous = i;
+ if (constMask) *valueP = modifiers[i].value;
+ else /* if (modifiers[i].modifierParseProc) always true */
+ (*modifiers[i].modifierParseProc)
+ (modifiers[i].value, lateBindings, notFlag, valueP);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+static String ScanIdent(
+ register String str)
+{
+ ScanAlphanumeric(str);
+ while (
+ ('A' <= *str && *str <= 'Z')
+ || ('a' <= *str && *str <= 'z')
+ || ('0' <= *str && *str <= '9')
+ || (*str == '-')
+ || (*str == '_')
+ || (*str == '$')
+ ) str++;
+ return str;
+}
+
+static String FetchModifierToken(
+ String str,
+ XrmQuark *token_return)
+{
+ String start = str;
+
+ if (*str == '$') {
+ *token_return = QMeta;
+ str++;
+ return str;
+ }
+ if (*str == '^') {
+ *token_return = QCtrl;
+ str++;
+ return str;
+ }
+ str = ScanIdent(str);
+ if (start != str) {
+ char modStrbuf[100];
+ char* modStr;
+
+ modStr = XtStackAlloc ((size_t)(str - start + 1), modStrbuf);
+ if (modStr == NULL) _XtAllocError (NULL);
+ (void) memmove(modStr, start, str-start);
+ modStr[str-start] = '\0';
+ *token_return = XrmStringToQuark(modStr);
+ XtStackFree (modStr, modStrbuf);
+ return str;
+ }
+ return str;
+}
+
+static String ParseModifiers(
+ register String str,
+ EventPtr event,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ register String start;
+ Boolean notFlag, exclusive, keysymAsMod;
+ Value maskBit;
+ XrmQuark Qmod;
+
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ start = str;
+ str = FetchModifierToken(str, &Qmod);
+ exclusive = FALSE;
+ if (start != str) {
+ if (Qmod == QNone) {
+ event->event.modifierMask = ~0;
+ event->event.modifiers = 0;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ return str;
+ } else if (Qmod == QAny) { /*backward compatability*/
+ event->event.modifierMask = 0;
+ event->event.modifiers = AnyModifier;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ return str;
+ }
+ str = start; /*if plain modifier, reset to beginning */
+ }
+ else while (*str == '!' || *str == ':') {
+ if (*str == '!') {
+ exclusive = TRUE;
+ str++;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ }
+ if (*str == ':') {
+ event->event.standard = TRUE;
+ str++;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (*str != '<') {
+ if (*str == '~') {
+ notFlag = TRUE;
+ str++;
+ } else
+ notFlag = FALSE;
+ if (*str == '@') {
+ keysymAsMod = TRUE;
+ str++;
+ }
+ else keysymAsMod = FALSE;
+ start = str;
+ str = FetchModifierToken(str, &Qmod);
+ if (start == str) {
+ Syntax("Modifier or '<' expected","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ }
+ if (keysymAsMod) {
+ _XtParseKeysymMod(XrmQuarkToString(Qmod),
+ &event->event.lateModifiers,
+ notFlag,&maskBit, error);
+ if (*error)
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+
+ } else
+ if (!_XtLookupModifier(Qmod, &event->event.lateModifiers,
+ notFlag, &maskBit, FALSE)) {
+ Syntax("Unknown modifier name: ", XrmQuarkToString(Qmod));
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ }
+ event->event.modifierMask |= maskBit;
+ if (notFlag) event->event.modifiers &= ~maskBit;
+ else event->event.modifiers |= maskBit;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ }
+ if (exclusive) event->event.modifierMask = ~0;
+ return str;
+}
+
+static String ParseXtEventType(
+ register String str,
+ EventPtr event,
+ Cardinal *tmEventP,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ String start = str;
+ char eventTypeStrbuf[100];
+ char* eventTypeStr;
+
+ ScanAlphanumeric(str);
+ eventTypeStr = XtStackAlloc ((size_t)(str - start + 1), eventTypeStrbuf);
+ if (eventTypeStr == NULL) _XtAllocError (NULL);
+ (void) memmove(eventTypeStr, start, str-start);
+ eventTypeStr[str-start] = '\0';
+ *tmEventP = LookupTMEventType(eventTypeStr,error);
+ XtStackFree (eventTypeStr, eventTypeStrbuf);
+ if (*error)
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ event->event.eventType = events[*tmEventP].eventType;
+ return str;
+}
+
+static unsigned long StrToHex(
+ String str)
+{
+ register char c;
+ register unsigned long val = 0;
+
+ while ((c = *str)) {
+ if ('0' <= c && c <= '9') val = val*16+c-'0';
+ else if ('a' <= c && c <= 'z') val = val*16+c-'a'+10;
+ else if ('A' <= c && c <= 'Z') val = val*16+c-'A'+10;
+ else return 0;
+ str++;
+ }
+
+ return val;
+}
+
+static unsigned long StrToOct(
+ String str)
+{
+ register char c;
+ register unsigned long val = 0;
+
+ while ((c = *str)) {
+ if ('0' <= c && c <= '7') val = val*8+c-'0'; else return 0;
+ str++;
+ }
+
+ return val;
+}
+
+static unsigned long StrToNum(
+ String str)
+{
+ register char c;
+ register unsigned long val = 0;
+
+ if (*str == '0') {
+ str++;
+ if (*str == 'x' || *str == 'X') return StrToHex(++str);
+ else return StrToOct(str);
+ }
+
+ while ((c = *str)) {
+ if ('0' <= c && c <= '9') val = val*10+c-'0';
+ else return 0;
+ str++;
+ }
+
+ return val;
+}
+
+static KeySym StringToKeySym(
+ String str,
+ Boolean *error)
+{
+ KeySym k;
+
+ if (str == NULL || *str == '\0') return (KeySym) 0;
+
+#ifndef NOTASCII
+ /* special case single character ASCII, for speed */
+ if (*(str+1) == '\0') {
+ if (' ' <= *str && *str <= '~') return XK_space + (*str - ' ');
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if ('0' <= *str && *str <= '9') return (KeySym) StrToNum(str);
+ k = XStringToKeysym(str);
+ if (k != NoSymbol) return k;
+
+#ifdef NOTASCII
+ /* fall-back case to preserve backwards compatibility; no-one
+ * should be relying upon this!
+ */
+ if (*(str+1) == '\0') return (KeySym) *str;
+#endif
+
+ Syntax("Unknown keysym name: ", str);
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return NoSymbol;
+}
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void ParseModImmed(
+ Value value,
+ LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings,
+ Boolean notFlag,
+ Value* valueP)
+{
+ *valueP = value;
+}
+
+ /* is only valid with keysyms that have an _L and _R in their name;
+ * and ignores keysym lookup errors (i.e. assumes only valid keysyms)
+ */
+static void ParseModSym(
+ Value value,
+ LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings,
+ Boolean notFlag,
+ Value* valueP)
+{
+ register KeySym keysymL = (KeySym)value;
+ register KeySym keysymR = keysymL + 1; /* valid for supported keysyms */
+ StoreLateBindings(keysymL,notFlag,keysymR,notFlag,lateBindings);
+ *valueP = 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef sparc
+/*
+ * The stupid optimizer in SunOS 4.0.3 and below generates bogus code that
+ * causes the value of the most recently used variable to be returned instead
+ * of the value passed in.
+ */
+static String stupid_optimizer_kludge;
+#define BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(val) stupid_optimizer_kludge = (val)
+#else
+#define BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(val) val
+#endif
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static String ParseImmed(
+ register String str,
+ register Opaque closure,
+ register EventPtr event,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ event->event.eventCode = (unsigned long)closure;
+ event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0UL;
+
+ return BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(str);
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static String ParseAddModifier(
+ register String str,
+ register Opaque closure,
+ register EventPtr event,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ register unsigned long modval = (unsigned long)closure;
+ event->event.modifiers |= modval;
+ if (modval != AnyButtonMask) /* AnyButtonMask is don't-care mask */
+ event->event.modifierMask |= modval;
+
+ return BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(str);
+}
+
+
+static String ParseKeyAndModifiers(
+ String str,
+ Opaque closure,
+ EventPtr event,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ str = ParseKeySym(str, closure, event,error);
+ if ((unsigned long) closure == 0) {
+ Value metaMask; /* unused */
+ (void) _XtLookupModifier(QMeta, &event->event.lateModifiers, FALSE,
+ &metaMask, FALSE);
+ } else {
+ event->event.modifiers |= (unsigned long) closure;
+ event->event.modifierMask |= (unsigned long) closure;
+ }
+ return str;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static String ParseKeySym(
+ register String str,
+ Opaque closure,
+ EventPtr event,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ char *start;
+ char keySymNamebuf[100];
+ char* keySymName;
+
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+
+ if (*str == '\\') {
+ keySymName = keySymNamebuf;
+ str++;
+ keySymName[0] = *str;
+ if (*str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) str++;
+ keySymName[1] = '\0';
+ event->event.eventCode = StringToKeySym(keySymName, error);
+ event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0L;
+ } else if (*str == ',' || *str == ':' ||
+ /* allow leftparen to be single char symbol,
+ * for backwards compatibility
+ */
+ (*str == '(' && *(str+1) >= '0' && *(str+1) <= '9')) {
+ keySymName = keySymNamebuf; /* just so we can stackfree it later */
+ /* no detail */
+ event->event.eventCode = 0L;
+ event->event.eventCodeMask = 0L;
+ } else {
+ start = str;
+ while (
+ *str != ','
+ && *str != ':'
+ && *str != ' '
+ && *str != '\t'
+ && !IsNewline(*str)
+ && (*str != '(' || *(str+1) <= '0' || *(str+1) >= '9')
+ && *str != '\0') str++;
+ keySymName = XtStackAlloc ((size_t)(str - start + 1), keySymNamebuf);
+ (void) memmove(keySymName, start, str-start);
+ keySymName[str-start] = '\0';
+ event->event.eventCode = StringToKeySym(keySymName, error);
+ event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0L;
+ }
+ if (*error) {
+ /* We never get here when keySymName hasn't been allocated */
+ if (keySymName[0] == '<') {
+ /* special case for common error */
+ XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError, "missingComma",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "... possibly due to missing ',' in event sequence.",
+ (String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
+ }
+ XtStackFree (keySymName, keySymNamebuf);
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ }
+ if (event->event.standard)
+ event->event.matchEvent = _XtMatchUsingStandardMods;
+ else
+ event->event.matchEvent = _XtMatchUsingDontCareMods;
+
+ XtStackFree (keySymName, keySymNamebuf);
+
+ return str;
+}
+
+static String ParseTable(
+ register String str,
+ Opaque closure,
+ EventPtr event,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ register String start = str;
+ register XrmQuark signature;
+ NameValueTable table = (NameValueTable) closure;
+ char tableSymName[100];
+
+ event->event.eventCode = 0L;
+ ScanAlphanumeric(str);
+ if (str == start) {event->event.eventCodeMask = 0L; return str; }
+ if (str-start >= 99) {
+ Syntax("Invalid Detail Type (string is too long).", "");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return str;
+ }
+ (void) memmove(tableSymName, start, str-start);
+ tableSymName[str-start] = '\0';
+ signature = StringToQuark(tableSymName);
+ for (; table->signature != NULLQUARK; table++)
+ if (table->signature == signature) {
+ event->event.eventCode = table->value;
+ event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0L;
+ return str;
+ }
+
+ Syntax("Unknown Detail Type: ", tableSymName);
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static String ParseNone(
+ String str,
+ Opaque closure,
+ EventPtr event,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ event->event.eventCode = 0;
+ event->event.eventCodeMask = 0;
+
+ return BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(str);
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static String ParseAtom(
+ String str,
+ Opaque closure,
+ EventPtr event,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+
+ if (*str == ',' || *str == ':') {
+ /* no detail */
+ event->event.eventCode = 0L;
+ event->event.eventCodeMask = 0L;
+ } else {
+ char *start, atomName[1000];
+ start = str;
+ while (
+ *str != ','
+ && *str != ':'
+ && *str != ' '
+ && *str != '\t'
+ && !IsNewline(*str)
+ && *str != '\0') str++;
+ if (str-start >= 999) {
+ Syntax( "Atom name must be less than 1000 characters long.", "" );
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return str;
+ }
+ (void) memmove(atomName, start, str-start);
+ atomName[str-start] = '\0';
+ event->event.eventCode = XrmStringToQuark(atomName);
+ event->event.matchEvent = _XtMatchAtom;
+ }
+ return str;
+}
+
+static ModifierMask buttonModifierMasks[] = {
+ 0, Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask
+};
+static String ParseRepeat(String, int *, Boolean *, Boolean *);
+
+static String ParseEvent(
+ register String str,
+ EventPtr event,
+ int* reps,
+ Boolean* plus,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ Cardinal tmEvent;
+
+ str = ParseModifiers(str, event,error);
+ if (*error) return str;
+ if (*str != '<') {
+ Syntax("Missing '<' while parsing event type.","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ }
+ else str++;
+ str = ParseXtEventType(str, event, &tmEvent,error);
+ if (*error) return str;
+ if (*str != '>'){
+ Syntax("Missing '>' while parsing event type","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ }
+ else str++;
+ if (*str == '(') {
+ str = ParseRepeat(str, reps, plus, error);
+ if (*error) return str;
+ }
+ str = (*(events[tmEvent].parseDetail))(
+ str, events[tmEvent].closure, event,error);
+ if (*error) return str;
+
+/* gross hack! ||| this kludge is related to the X11 protocol deficiency w.r.t.
+ * modifiers in grabs.
+ */
+ if ((event->event.eventType == ButtonRelease)
+ && (event->event.modifiers | event->event.modifierMask) /* any */
+ && (event->event.modifiers != AnyModifier))
+ {
+ event->event.modifiers
+ |= buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
+ /* the button that is going up will always be in the modifiers... */
+ }
+
+ return str;
+}
+
+static String ParseQuotedStringEvent(
+ register String str,
+ register EventPtr event,
+ Boolean *error)
+{
+ Value metaMask;
+ char s[2];
+
+ if (*str=='^') {
+ str++;
+ event->event.modifiers = ControlMask;
+ } else if (*str == '$') {
+ str++;
+ (void) _XtLookupModifier(QMeta, &event->event.lateModifiers, FALSE,
+ &metaMask, FALSE);
+ }
+ if (*str == '\\')
+ str++;
+ s[0] = *str;
+ s[1] = '\0';
+ if (*str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) str++;
+ event->event.eventType = KeyPress;
+ event->event.eventCode = StringToKeySym(s, error);
+ if (*error) return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0L;
+ event->event.matchEvent = _XtMatchUsingStandardMods;
+ event->event.standard = TRUE;
+
+ return str;
+}
+
+
+static EventSeqRec timerEventRec = {
+ {0, 0, NULL, _XtEventTimerEventType, 0L, 0L, NULL, False},
+ /* (StatePtr) -1 */ NULL,
+ NULL,
+ NULL
+};
+
+static void RepeatDown(
+ EventPtr *eventP,
+ int reps,
+ ActionPtr **actionsP)
+{
+ EventRec upEventRec;
+ register EventPtr event, downEvent;
+ EventPtr upEvent = &upEventRec;
+ register int i;
+
+ downEvent = event = *eventP;
+ *upEvent = *downEvent;
+ upEvent->event.eventType = ((event->event.eventType == ButtonPress) ?
+ ButtonRelease : KeyRelease);
+ if ((upEvent->event.eventType == ButtonRelease)
+ && (upEvent->event.modifiers != AnyModifier)
+ && (upEvent->event.modifiers | upEvent->event.modifierMask))
+ upEvent->event.modifiers
+ |= buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
+
+ if (event->event.lateModifiers)
+ event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += (reps - 1) * 2;
+
+ for (i=1; i<reps; i++) {
+
+ /* up */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *upEvent;
+
+ /* timer */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = timerEventRec;
+
+ /* down */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *downEvent;
+
+ }
+
+ event->next = NULL;
+ *eventP = event;
+ *actionsP = &event->actions;
+}
+
+static void RepeatDownPlus(
+ EventPtr *eventP,
+ int reps,
+ ActionPtr **actionsP)
+{
+ EventRec upEventRec;
+ register EventPtr event, downEvent, lastDownEvent = NULL;
+ EventPtr upEvent = &upEventRec;
+ register int i;
+
+ downEvent = event = *eventP;
+ *upEvent = *downEvent;
+ upEvent->event.eventType = ((event->event.eventType == ButtonPress) ?
+ ButtonRelease : KeyRelease);
+ if ((upEvent->event.eventType == ButtonRelease)
+ && (upEvent->event.modifiers != AnyModifier)
+ && (upEvent->event.modifiers | upEvent->event.modifierMask))
+ upEvent->event.modifiers
+ |= buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
+
+ if (event->event.lateModifiers)
+ event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps * 2 - 1;
+
+ for (i=0; i<reps; i++) {
+
+ if (i > 0) {
+ /* down */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *downEvent;
+ }
+ lastDownEvent = event;
+
+ /* up */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *upEvent;
+
+ /* timer */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = timerEventRec;
+
+ }
+
+ event->next = lastDownEvent;
+ *eventP = event;
+ *actionsP = &lastDownEvent->actions;
+}
+
+static void RepeatUp(
+ EventPtr *eventP,
+ int reps,
+ ActionPtr **actionsP)
+{
+ EventRec upEventRec;
+ register EventPtr event, downEvent;
+ EventPtr upEvent = &upEventRec;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* the event currently sitting in *eventP is an "up" event */
+ /* we want to make it a "down" event followed by an "up" event, */
+ /* so that sequence matching on the "state" side works correctly. */
+
+ downEvent = event = *eventP;
+ *upEvent = *downEvent;
+ downEvent->event.eventType = ((event->event.eventType == ButtonRelease) ?
+ ButtonPress : KeyPress);
+ if ((downEvent->event.eventType == ButtonPress)
+ && (downEvent->event.modifiers != AnyModifier)
+ && (downEvent->event.modifiers | downEvent->event.modifierMask))
+ downEvent->event.modifiers
+ &= ~buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
+
+ if (event->event.lateModifiers)
+ event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps * 2 - 1;
+
+ /* up */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *upEvent;
+
+ for (i=1; i<reps; i++) {
+
+ /* timer */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = timerEventRec;
+
+ /* down */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *downEvent;
+
+ /* up */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *upEvent;
+
+ }
+
+ event->next = NULL;
+ *eventP = event;
+ *actionsP = &event->actions;
+}
+
+static void RepeatUpPlus(
+ EventPtr *eventP,
+ int reps,
+ ActionPtr **actionsP)
+{
+ EventRec upEventRec;
+ register EventPtr event, downEvent, lastUpEvent = NULL;
+ EventPtr upEvent = &upEventRec;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* the event currently sitting in *eventP is an "up" event */
+ /* we want to make it a "down" event followed by an "up" event, */
+ /* so that sequence matching on the "state" side works correctly. */
+
+ downEvent = event = *eventP;
+ *upEvent = *downEvent;
+ downEvent->event.eventType = ((event->event.eventType == ButtonRelease) ?
+ ButtonPress : KeyPress);
+ if ((downEvent->event.eventType == ButtonPress)
+ && (downEvent->event.modifiers != AnyModifier)
+ && (downEvent->event.modifiers | downEvent->event.modifierMask))
+ downEvent->event.modifiers
+ &= ~buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
+
+ if (event->event.lateModifiers)
+ event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps * 2;
+
+ for (i=0; i<reps; i++) {
+
+ /* up */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ lastUpEvent = event = event->next;
+ *event = *upEvent;
+
+ /* timer */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = timerEventRec;
+
+ /* down */
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *downEvent;
+
+ }
+
+ event->next = lastUpEvent;
+ *eventP = event;
+ *actionsP = &lastUpEvent->actions;
+}
+
+static void RepeatOther(
+ EventPtr *eventP,
+ int reps,
+ ActionPtr **actionsP)
+{
+ register EventPtr event, tempEvent;
+ register int i;
+
+ tempEvent = event = *eventP;
+
+ if (event->event.lateModifiers)
+ event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps - 1;
+
+ for (i=1; i<reps; i++) {
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *tempEvent;
+ }
+
+ *eventP = event;
+ *actionsP = &event->actions;
+}
+
+static void RepeatOtherPlus(
+ EventPtr *eventP,
+ int reps,
+ ActionPtr **actionsP)
+{
+ register EventPtr event, tempEvent;
+ register int i;
+
+ tempEvent = event = *eventP;
+
+ if (event->event.lateModifiers)
+ event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps - 1;
+
+ for (i=1; i<reps; i++) {
+ event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
+ event = event->next;
+ *event = *tempEvent;
+ }
+
+ event->next = event;
+ *eventP = event;
+ *actionsP = &event->actions;
+}
+
+static void RepeatEvent(
+ EventPtr *eventP,
+ int reps,
+ Boolean plus,
+ ActionPtr **actionsP)
+{
+ switch ((*eventP)->event.eventType) {
+
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case KeyPress:
+ if (plus) RepeatDownPlus(eventP, reps, actionsP);
+ else RepeatDown(eventP, reps, actionsP);
+ break;
+
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ if (plus) RepeatUpPlus(eventP, reps, actionsP);
+ else RepeatUp(eventP, reps, actionsP);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if (plus) RepeatOtherPlus(eventP, reps, actionsP);
+ else RepeatOther(eventP, reps, actionsP);
+ }
+}
+
+static String ParseRepeat(
+ register String str,
+ int *reps,
+ Boolean *plus, Boolean *error)
+{
+
+ /*** Parse the repetitions, for double click etc... ***/
+ if (*str != '(' || !(isdigit(str[1]) || str[1] == '+' || str[1] == ')'))
+ return str;
+ str++;
+ if (isdigit(*str)) {
+ String start = str;
+ char repStr[7];
+ size_t len;
+
+ ScanNumeric(str);
+ len = (str - start);
+ if (len < sizeof repStr) {
+ (void) memmove(repStr, start, len);
+ repStr[len] = '\0';
+ *reps = StrToNum(repStr);
+ } else {
+ Syntax("Repeat count too large.", "");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return str;
+ }
+ }
+ if (*reps == 0) {
+ Syntax("Missing repeat count.","");
+ *error = True;
+ return str;
+ }
+
+ if (*str == '+') {
+ *plus = TRUE;
+ str++;
+ }
+ if (*str == ')')
+ str++;
+ else {
+ Syntax("Missing ')'.","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return str;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * ParseEventSeq
+ * Parses the left hand side of a translation table production
+ * up to, and consuming the ":".
+ * Takes a pointer to a char* (where to start parsing) and returns an
+ * event seq (in a passed in variable), having updated the String
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+static String ParseEventSeq(
+ register String str,
+ EventSeqPtr *eventSeqP,
+ ActionPtr **actionsP,
+ Boolean *error)
+{
+ EventSeqPtr *nextEvent = eventSeqP;
+
+ *eventSeqP = NULL;
+
+ while ( *str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) {
+ static Event nullEvent =
+ {0, 0,NULL, 0, 0L, 0L,_XtRegularMatch,FALSE};
+ EventPtr event;
+
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+
+ if (*str == '"') {
+ str++;
+ while (*str != '"' && *str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) {
+ event = XtNew(EventRec);
+ event->event = nullEvent;
+ event->state = /* (StatePtr) -1 */ NULL;
+ event->next = NULL;
+ event->actions = NULL;
+ str = ParseQuotedStringEvent(str, event,error);
+ if (*error) {
+ XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError, "nonLatin1",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "... probably due to non-Latin1 character in quoted string",
+ (String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ }
+ *nextEvent = event;
+ *actionsP = &event->actions;
+ nextEvent = &event->next;
+ }
+ if (*str != '"') {
+ Syntax("Missing '\"'.","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ }
+ else str++;
+ } else {
+ int reps = 0;
+ Boolean plus = FALSE;
+
+ event = XtNew(EventRec);
+ event->event = nullEvent;
+ event->state = /* (StatePtr) -1 */ NULL;
+ event->next = NULL;
+ event->actions = NULL;
+
+ str = ParseEvent(str, event, &reps, &plus, error);
+ if (*error) return str;
+ *nextEvent = event;
+ *actionsP = &event->actions;
+ if (reps > 1 || plus)
+ RepeatEvent(&event, reps, plus, actionsP);
+ nextEvent = &event->next;
+ }
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ if (*str == ':') break;
+ else {
+ if (*str != ',') {
+ Syntax("',' or ':' expected while parsing event sequence.","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ } else str++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (*str != ':') {
+ Syntax("Missing ':'after event sequence.","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+ } else str++;
+
+ return str;
+}
+
+
+static String ParseActionProc(
+ register String str,
+ XrmQuark *actionProcNameP,
+ Boolean *error)
+{
+ register String start = str;
+ char procName[200];
+
+ str = ScanIdent(str);
+ if (str-start >= 199) {
+ Syntax("Action procedure name is longer than 199 chars","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return str;
+ }
+ (void) memmove(procName, start, str-start);
+ procName[str-start] = '\0';
+ *actionProcNameP = XrmStringToQuark( procName );
+ return str;
+}
+
+
+static String ParseString(
+ register String str,
+ String *strP)
+{
+ register String start;
+
+ if (*str == '"') {
+ register unsigned prev_len, len;
+ str++;
+ start = str;
+ *strP = NULL;
+ prev_len = 0;
+
+ while (*str != '"' && *str != '\0') {
+ /* \" produces double quote embedded in a quoted parameter
+ * \\" produces backslash as last character of a quoted parameter
+ */
+ if (*str == '\\' &&
+ (*(str+1) == '"' || (*(str+1) == '\\' && *(str+2) == '"'))) {
+ len = prev_len + (str-start+2);
+ *strP = XtRealloc(*strP, len);
+ (void) memmove(*strP + prev_len, start, str-start);
+ prev_len = len-1;
+ str++;
+ (*strP)[prev_len-1] = *str;
+ (*strP)[prev_len] = '\0';
+ start = str+1;
+ }
+ str++;
+ }
+ len = prev_len + (str-start+1);
+ *strP = XtRealloc(*strP, len);
+ (void) memmove( *strP + prev_len, start, str-start);
+ (*strP)[len-1] = '\0';
+ if (*str == '"') str++; else
+ XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError,"parseString",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,"Missing '\"'.",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ } else {
+ /* scan non-quoted string, stop on whitespace, ',' or ')' */
+ start = str;
+ while (*str != ' '
+ && *str != '\t'
+ && *str != ','
+ && *str != ')'
+ && !IsNewline(*str)
+ && *str != '\0') str++;
+ *strP = __XtMalloc((unsigned)(str-start+1));
+ (void) memmove(*strP, start, str-start);
+ (*strP)[str-start] = '\0';
+ }
+ return str;
+}
+
+
+static String ParseParamSeq(
+ register String str,
+ String **paramSeqP,
+ Cardinal *paramNumP)
+{
+ typedef struct _ParamRec *ParamPtr;
+ typedef struct _ParamRec {
+ ParamPtr next;
+ String param;
+ } ParamRec;
+
+ ParamPtr params = NULL;
+ register Cardinal num_params = 0;
+ register Cardinal i;
+
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ while (*str != ')' && *str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) {
+ String newStr;
+ str = ParseString(str, &newStr);
+ if (newStr != NULL) {
+ ParamPtr temp = (ParamRec*)
+ ALLOCATE_LOCAL( (unsigned)sizeof(ParamRec) );
+ if (temp == NULL) _XtAllocError (NULL);
+
+ num_params++;
+ temp->next = params;
+ params = temp;
+ temp->param = newStr;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ if (*str == ',') {
+ str++;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (num_params != 0) {
+ String *paramP = (String *)
+ __XtMalloc( (unsigned)(num_params+1) * sizeof(String) );
+ *paramSeqP = paramP;
+ *paramNumP = num_params;
+ paramP += num_params; /* list is LIFO right now */
+ *paramP-- = NULL;
+ for (i=0; i < num_params; i++) {
+ ParamPtr next = params->next;
+ *paramP-- = params->param;
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL( (char *)params );
+ params = next;
+ }
+ } else {
+ *paramSeqP = NULL;
+ *paramNumP = 0;
+ }
+
+ return str;
+}
+
+static String ParseAction(
+ String str,
+ ActionPtr actionP,
+ XrmQuark* quarkP,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ str = ParseActionProc(str, quarkP, error);
+ if (*error) return str;
+
+ if (*str == '(') {
+ str++;
+ str = ParseParamSeq(str, &actionP->params, &actionP->num_params);
+ } else {
+ Syntax("Missing '(' while parsing action sequence","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return str;
+ }
+ if (*str == ')') str++;
+ else{
+ Syntax("Missing ')' while parsing action sequence","");
+ *error = TRUE;
+ return str;
+ }
+ return str;
+}
+
+
+static String ParseActionSeq(
+ TMParseStateTree parseTree,
+ String str,
+ ActionPtr *actionsP,
+ Boolean *error)
+{
+ ActionPtr *nextActionP = actionsP;
+
+ *actionsP = NULL;
+ while (*str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) {
+ register ActionPtr action;
+ XrmQuark quark;
+
+ action = XtNew(ActionRec);
+ action->params = NULL;
+ action->num_params = 0;
+ action->next = NULL;
+
+ str = ParseAction(str, action, &quark, error);
+ if (*error) return PanicModeRecovery(str);
+
+ action->idx = _XtGetQuarkIndex(parseTree, quark);
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ *nextActionP = action;
+ nextActionP = &action->next;
+ }
+ if (IsNewline(*str)) str++;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ return str;
+}
+
+
+static void ShowProduction(
+ String currentProduction)
+{
+ Cardinal num_params = 1;
+ String params[1];
+ size_t len;
+ char *eol, *production, productionbuf[500];
+
+#ifdef __UNIXOS2__
+ eol = strchr(currentProduction, '\r');
+ if (!eol) /* try '\n' as well below */
+#endif
+ eol = strchr(currentProduction, '\n');
+ if (eol) len = eol - currentProduction;
+ else len = strlen (currentProduction);
+ production = XtStackAlloc (len + 1, productionbuf);
+ if (production == NULL) _XtAllocError (NULL);
+ (void) memmove(production, currentProduction, len);
+ production[len] = '\0';
+
+ params[0] = production;
+ XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError, "showLine", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "... found while parsing '%s'", params, &num_params);
+
+ XtStackFree (production, productionbuf);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * ParseTranslationTableProduction
+ * Parses one line of event bindings.
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+static String ParseTranslationTableProduction(
+ TMParseStateTree parseTree,
+ register String str,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ EventSeqPtr eventSeq = NULL;
+ ActionPtr *actionsP;
+ String production = str;
+
+ actionsP = NULL;
+ str = ParseEventSeq(str, &eventSeq, &actionsP,error);
+ if (*error == TRUE) {
+ ShowProduction(production);
+ FreeEventSeq(eventSeq);
+ return (str);
+ }
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ str = ParseActionSeq(parseTree, str, actionsP, error);
+ if (*error == TRUE) {
+ ShowProduction(production);
+ FreeEventSeq(eventSeq);
+ return (str);
+ }
+
+ _XtAddEventSeqToStateTree(eventSeq, parseTree);
+ FreeEventSeq(eventSeq);
+ return (str);
+}
+
+static String CheckForPoundSign(
+ String str,
+ _XtTranslateOp defaultOp,
+ _XtTranslateOp *actualOpRtn)
+{
+ String start;
+ char operation[20];
+ _XtTranslateOp opType;
+
+ opType = defaultOp;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ if (*str == '#') {
+ int len;
+ str++;
+ start = str;
+ str = ScanIdent(str);
+ len = MIN(19, str-start);
+ (void) memmove(operation, start, len);
+ operation[len] = '\0';
+ if (!strcmp(operation,"replace"))
+ opType = XtTableReplace;
+ else if (!strcmp(operation,"augment"))
+ opType = XtTableAugment;
+ else if (!strcmp(operation,"override"))
+ opType = XtTableOverride;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ if (IsNewline(*str)) {
+ str++;
+ ScanWhitespace(str);
+ }
+ }
+ *actualOpRtn = opType;
+ return str;
+}
+
+static XtTranslations ParseTranslationTable(
+ String source,
+ Boolean isAccelerator,
+ _XtTranslateOp defaultOp,
+ Boolean* error)
+{
+ XtTranslations xlations;
+ TMStateTree stateTrees[8];
+ TMParseStateTreeRec parseTreeRec, *parseTree = &parseTreeRec;
+ XrmQuark stackQuarks[200];
+ TMBranchHeadRec stackBranchHeads[200];
+ StatePtr stackComplexBranchHeads[200];
+ _XtTranslateOp actualOp;
+
+ if (source == NULL)
+ return (XtTranslations)NULL;
+
+ source = CheckForPoundSign(source, defaultOp, &actualOp);
+ if (isAccelerator && actualOp == XtTableReplace)
+ actualOp = defaultOp;
+
+ parseTree->isSimple = TRUE;
+ parseTree->mappingNotifyInterest = FALSE;
+ parseTree->isAccelerator = isAccelerator;
+ parseTree->isStackBranchHeads =
+ parseTree->isStackQuarks =
+ parseTree->isStackComplexBranchHeads = TRUE;
+
+ parseTree->numQuarks =
+ parseTree->numBranchHeads =
+ parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads = 0;
+
+ parseTree->quarkTblSize =
+ parseTree->branchHeadTblSize =
+ parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize = 200;
+
+ parseTree->quarkTbl = stackQuarks;
+ parseTree->branchHeadTbl = stackBranchHeads;
+ parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl = stackComplexBranchHeads;
+
+ while (source != NULL && *source != '\0') {
+ source = ParseTranslationTableProduction(parseTree, source, error);
+ if (*error == TRUE) break;
+ }
+ stateTrees[0] = _XtParseTreeToStateTree(parseTree);
+
+ if (!parseTree->isStackQuarks)
+ XtFree((char *)parseTree->quarkTbl);
+ if (!parseTree->isStackBranchHeads)
+ XtFree((char *)parseTree->branchHeadTbl);
+ if (!parseTree->isStackComplexBranchHeads)
+ XtFree((char *)parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl);
+
+ xlations = _XtCreateXlations(stateTrees, 1, NULL, NULL);
+ xlations->operation = actualOp;
+
+#ifdef notdef
+ XtFree(stateTrees);
+#endif /* notdef */
+ return xlations;
+}
+
+/*** public procedures ***/
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable(
+ Display* dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr from,
+ XrmValuePtr to,
+ XtPointer *closure)
+{
+ String str;
+ Boolean error = FALSE;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "wrongParameters","cvtStringToAcceleratorTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to AcceleratorTable conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ str = (String)(from->addr);
+ if (str == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "badParameters","cvtStringToAcceleratorTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to AcceleratorTable conversion needs string",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (to->addr != NULL) {
+ if (to->size < sizeof(XtAccelerators)) {
+ to->size = sizeof(XtAccelerators);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ *(XtAccelerators*)to->addr =
+ (XtAccelerators) ParseTranslationTable(str, TRUE, XtTableAugment, &error);
+ }
+ else {
+ static XtAccelerators staticStateTable;
+ staticStateTable =
+ (XtAccelerators) ParseTranslationTable(str, TRUE, XtTableAugment, &error);
+ to->addr = (XPointer) &staticStateTable;
+ to->size = sizeof(XtAccelerators);
+ }
+ if (error == TRUE)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "parseError","cvtStringToAcceleratorTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to AcceleratorTable conversion encountered errors",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return (error != TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean
+XtCvtStringToTranslationTable(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr from,
+ XrmValuePtr to,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ String str;
+ Boolean error = FALSE;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "wrongParameters","cvtStringToTranslationTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to TranslationTable conversion needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ str = (String)(from->addr);
+ if (str == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "badParameters","cvtStringToTranslation",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to TranslationTable conversion needs string",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (to->addr != NULL) {
+ if (to->size < sizeof(XtTranslations)) {
+ to->size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ *(XtTranslations*)to->addr =
+ ParseTranslationTable(str, FALSE, XtTableReplace, &error);
+ }
+ else {
+ static XtTranslations staticStateTable;
+ staticStateTable =
+ ParseTranslationTable(str, FALSE, XtTableReplace, &error);
+ to->addr = (XPointer) &staticStateTable;
+ to->size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
+ }
+ if (error == TRUE)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
+ "parseError","cvtStringToTranslationTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to TranslationTable conversion encountered errors",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return (error != TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Parses a user's or applications translation table
+ */
+XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable(
+ _Xconst char* source)
+{
+ Boolean error = FALSE;
+ XtAccelerators ret =
+ (XtAccelerators) ParseTranslationTable ((char *)source, TRUE, XtTableAugment, &error);
+ if (error == TRUE)
+ XtWarningMsg ("parseError", "cvtStringToAcceleratorTable",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to AcceleratorTable conversion encountered errors",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable(
+ _Xconst char* source)
+{
+ Boolean error = FALSE;
+ XtTranslations ret = ParseTranslationTable((char *)source, FALSE, XtTableReplace, &error);
+ if (error == TRUE)
+ XtWarningMsg ("parseError",
+ "cvtStringToTranslationTable", XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "String to TranslationTable conversion encountered errors",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void _XtTranslateInitialize(void)
+{
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (initialized) {
+ XtWarningMsg("translationError","xtTranslateInitialize",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,"Initializing Translation manager twice.",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ initialized = TRUE;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ QMeta = XrmPermStringToQuark("Meta");
+ QCtrl = XrmPermStringToQuark("Ctrl");
+ QNone = XrmPermStringToQuark("None");
+ QAny = XrmPermStringToQuark("Any");
+
+ Compile_XtEventTable( events, XtNumber(events) );
+ Compile_XtModifierTable( modifiers, XtNumber(modifiers) );
+ CompileNameValueTable( buttonNames );
+ CompileNameValueTable( notifyModes );
+ CompileNameValueTable( motionDetails );
+#if 0
+ CompileNameValueTable( notifyDetail );
+ CompileNameValueTable( visibilityNotify );
+ CompileNameValueTable( circulation );
+ CompileNameValueTable( propertyChanged );
+#endif
+ CompileNameValueTable( mappingNotify );
+}
+
+void _XtAddTMConverters(
+ ConverterTable table)
+{
+ _XtTableAddConverter(table,
+ _XtQString,
+ XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRTranslationTable),
+ XtCvtStringToTranslationTable, (XtConvertArgList) NULL,
+ (Cardinal)0, True, CACHED, _XtFreeTranslations, True);
+ _XtTableAddConverter(table, _XtQString,
+ XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRAcceleratorTable),
+ XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable, (XtConvertArgList) NULL,
+ (Cardinal)0, True, CACHED, _XtFreeTranslations, True);
+ _XtTableAddConverter(table,
+ XrmPermStringToQuark( _XtRStateTablePair ),
+ XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRTranslationTable),
+ _XtCvtMergeTranslations, (XtConvertArgList) NULL,
+ (Cardinal)0, True, CACHED, _XtFreeTranslations, True);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+typedef struct _TMStringBufRec{
+ String start;
+ String current;
+ Cardinal max;
+}TMStringBufRec, *TMStringBuf;
+
+
+#define STR_THRESHOLD 25
+#define STR_INCAMOUNT 100
+#define CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb) \
+if (sb->current - sb->start > (int)sb->max - STR_THRESHOLD) \
+{ String old = sb->start; \
+ sb->start = XtRealloc(old, (Cardinal)(sb->max += STR_INCAMOUNT)); \
+ sb->current = sb->current - old + sb->start; \
+}
+
+#define ExpandForChars(sb, nchars ) \
+ if ((unsigned)(sb->current - sb->start) > sb->max - STR_THRESHOLD - nchars) { \
+ String old = sb->start; \
+ sb->start = XtRealloc(old, \
+ (Cardinal)(sb->max += STR_INCAMOUNT + nchars)); \
+ sb->current = sb->current - old + sb->start; \
+ }
+
+#define ExpandToFit(sb, more) \
+{ \
+ size_t l = strlen(more); \
+ ExpandForChars(sb, l); \
+ }
+
+static void PrintModifiers(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ unsigned long mask, unsigned long mod)
+{
+ Boolean notfirst = False;
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+
+ if (mask == ~0UL && mod == 0) {
+ *sb->current++ = '!';
+ *sb->current = '\0';
+ return;
+ }
+
+#define PRINTMOD(modmask,modstring) \
+ if (mask & modmask) { \
+ if (! (mod & modmask)) { \
+ *sb->current++ = '~'; \
+ notfirst = True; \
+ } \
+ else if (notfirst) \
+ *sb->current++ = ' '; \
+ else notfirst = True; \
+ strcpy(sb->current, modstring); \
+ sb->current += strlen(sb->current); \
+ }
+
+ PRINTMOD(ShiftMask, "Shift");
+ PRINTMOD(ControlMask, "Ctrl"); /* name is not CtrlMask... */
+ PRINTMOD(LockMask, "Lock");
+ PRINTMOD(Mod1Mask, "Mod1");
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+ PRINTMOD(Mod2Mask, "Mod2");
+ PRINTMOD(Mod3Mask, "Mod3");
+ PRINTMOD(Mod4Mask, "Mod4");
+ PRINTMOD(Mod5Mask, "Mod5");
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+ PRINTMOD(Button1Mask, "Button1");
+ PRINTMOD(Button2Mask, "Button2");
+ PRINTMOD(Button3Mask, "Button3");
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+ PRINTMOD(Button4Mask, "Button4");
+ PRINTMOD(Button5Mask, "Button5");
+
+#undef PRINTMOD
+}
+
+static void PrintEventType(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ unsigned long event)
+{
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+ switch (event) {
+#define PRINTEVENT(event, name) case event: (void) strcpy(sb->current, name); break;
+ PRINTEVENT(KeyPress, "<KeyPress>")
+ PRINTEVENT(KeyRelease, "<KeyRelease>")
+ PRINTEVENT(ButtonPress, "<ButtonPress>")
+ PRINTEVENT(ButtonRelease, "<ButtonRelease>")
+ PRINTEVENT(MotionNotify, "<MotionNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(EnterNotify, "<EnterNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(LeaveNotify, "<LeaveNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(FocusIn, "<FocusIn>")
+ PRINTEVENT(FocusOut, "<FocusOut>")
+ PRINTEVENT(KeymapNotify, "<KeymapNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(Expose, "<Expose>")
+ PRINTEVENT(GraphicsExpose, "<GraphicsExpose>")
+ PRINTEVENT(NoExpose, "<NoExpose>")
+ PRINTEVENT(VisibilityNotify, "<VisibilityNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(CreateNotify, "<CreateNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(DestroyNotify, "<DestroyNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(UnmapNotify, "<UnmapNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(MapNotify, "<MapNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(MapRequest, "<MapRequest>")
+ PRINTEVENT(ReparentNotify, "<ReparentNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(ConfigureNotify, "<ConfigureNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(ConfigureRequest, "<ConfigureRequest>")
+ PRINTEVENT(GravityNotify, "<GravityNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(ResizeRequest, "<ResizeRequest>")
+ PRINTEVENT(CirculateNotify, "<CirculateNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(CirculateRequest, "<CirculateRequest>")
+ PRINTEVENT(PropertyNotify, "<PropertyNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(SelectionClear, "<SelectionClear>")
+ PRINTEVENT(SelectionRequest, "<SelectionRequest>")
+ PRINTEVENT(SelectionNotify, "<SelectionNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(ColormapNotify, "<ColormapNotify>")
+ PRINTEVENT(ClientMessage, "<ClientMessage>")
+ case _XtEventTimerEventType:
+ (void) strcpy(sb->current,"<EventTimer>");
+ break;
+ default:
+ (void) sprintf(sb->current, "<0x%x>", (int) event);
+#undef PRINTEVENT
+ }
+ sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
+}
+
+static void PrintCode(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ unsigned long mask, unsigned long code)
+{
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+ if (mask != 0) {
+ if (mask != ~0UL)
+ (void) sprintf(sb->current, "0x%lx:0x%lx", mask, code);
+ else (void) sprintf(sb->current, /*"0x%lx"*/ "%d", (unsigned)code);
+ sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
+ }
+}
+
+static void PrintKeysym(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ KeySym keysym)
+{
+ String keysymName;
+
+ if (keysym == 0) return;
+
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+ keysymName = XKeysymToString(keysym);
+ if (keysymName == NULL)
+ PrintCode(sb,~0UL,(unsigned long)keysym);
+ else {
+ ExpandToFit(sb, keysymName);
+ strcpy(sb->current, keysymName);
+ sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
+ }
+}
+
+static void PrintAtom(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ Display *dpy,
+ Atom atom)
+{
+ String atomName;
+
+ if (atom == 0) return;
+
+ atomName = (dpy ? XGetAtomName(dpy, atom) : NULL);
+
+ if (! atomName)
+ PrintCode(sb,~0UL,(unsigned long)atom);
+ else {
+ ExpandToFit( sb, atomName );
+ strcpy(sb->current, atomName);
+ sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
+ XFree(atomName);
+ }
+}
+
+static void PrintLateModifiers(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ LateBindingsPtr lateModifiers)
+{
+ for (; lateModifiers->keysym; lateModifiers++) {
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+ if (lateModifiers->knot) {
+ *sb->current++ = '~';
+ } else {
+ *sb->current++ = ' ';
+ }
+ strcpy(sb->current, XKeysymToString(lateModifiers->keysym));
+ sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
+ if (lateModifiers->pair) {
+ *(sb->current -= 2) = '\0'; /* strip "_L" */
+ lateModifiers++; /* skip _R keysym */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void PrintEvent(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ register TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
+ register TMModifierMatch modMatch,
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ if (modMatch->standard) *sb->current++ = ':';
+
+ PrintModifiers(sb, modMatch->modifierMask, modMatch->modifiers);
+ if (modMatch->lateModifiers != NULL)
+ PrintLateModifiers(sb, modMatch->lateModifiers);
+ PrintEventType(sb, typeMatch->eventType);
+ switch (typeMatch->eventType) {
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ PrintKeysym(sb, (KeySym)typeMatch->eventCode);
+ break;
+
+ case PropertyNotify:
+ case SelectionClear:
+ case SelectionRequest:
+ case SelectionNotify:
+ case ClientMessage:
+ PrintAtom(sb, dpy, (Atom)typeMatch->eventCode);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ PrintCode(sb, typeMatch->eventCodeMask, typeMatch->eventCode);
+ }
+}
+
+static void PrintParams(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ String *params,
+ Cardinal num_params)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+ for (i = 0; i<num_params; i++) {
+ ExpandToFit( sb, params[i] );
+ if (i != 0) {
+ *sb->current++ = ',';
+ *sb->current++ = ' ';
+ }
+ *sb->current++ = '"';
+ strcpy(sb->current, params[i]);
+ sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
+ *sb->current++ = '"';
+ }
+ *sb->current = '\0';
+}
+
+static void PrintActions(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ register ActionPtr actions,
+ XrmQuark *quarkTbl,
+ Widget accelWidget)
+{
+ while (actions != NULL) {
+ String proc;
+
+ *sb->current++ = ' ';
+
+ if (accelWidget) {
+ /* accelerator */
+ String name = XtName(accelWidget);
+ int nameLen = strlen(name);
+ ExpandForChars(sb, nameLen );
+ XtMemmove(sb->current, name, nameLen );
+ sb->current += nameLen;
+ *sb->current++ = '`';
+ }
+ proc = XrmQuarkToString(quarkTbl[actions->idx]);
+ ExpandToFit( sb, proc );
+ strcpy(sb->current, proc);
+ sb->current += strlen(proc);
+ *sb->current++ = '(';
+ PrintParams(sb, actions->params, actions->num_params);
+ *sb->current++ = ')';
+ actions = actions->next;
+ }
+ *sb->current = '\0';
+}
+
+static Boolean LookAheadForCycleOrMulticlick(
+ register StatePtr state,
+ StatePtr *state_return, /* state to print, usually startState */
+ int *countP,
+ StatePtr *nextLevelP)
+{
+ int repeatCount = 0;
+ StatePtr startState = state;
+ Boolean isCycle = startState->isCycleEnd;
+ TMTypeMatch sTypeMatch;
+ TMModifierMatch sModMatch;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ sTypeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(startState->typeIndex);
+ sModMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(startState->modIndex);
+
+ *state_return = startState;
+
+ for (state = state->nextLevel; state != NULL; state = state->nextLevel) {
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(state->typeIndex);
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(state->modIndex);
+
+ /* try to pick up the correct state with actions, to be printed */
+ /* This is to accommodate <ButtonUp>(2+), for example */
+ if (state->isCycleStart)
+ *state_return = state;
+
+ if (state->isCycleEnd) {
+ *countP = repeatCount;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return True;
+ }
+ if ((startState->typeIndex == state->typeIndex) &&
+ (startState->modIndex == state->modIndex)) {
+ repeatCount++;
+ *nextLevelP = state;
+ }
+ else if (typeMatch->eventType == _XtEventTimerEventType)
+ continue;
+ else /* not same event as starting event and not timer */ {
+ unsigned int type = sTypeMatch->eventType;
+ unsigned int t = typeMatch->eventType;
+ if ( (type == ButtonPress && t != ButtonRelease)
+ || (type == ButtonRelease && t != ButtonPress)
+ || (type == KeyPress && t != KeyRelease)
+ || (type == KeyRelease && t != KeyPress)
+ || typeMatch->eventCode != sTypeMatch->eventCode
+ || modMatch->modifiers != sModMatch->modifiers
+ || modMatch->modifierMask != sModMatch->modifierMask
+ || modMatch->lateModifiers != sModMatch->lateModifiers
+ || typeMatch->eventCodeMask != sTypeMatch->eventCodeMask
+ || typeMatch->matchEvent != sTypeMatch->matchEvent
+ || modMatch->standard != sModMatch->standard)
+ /* not inverse of starting event, either */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *countP = repeatCount;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return isCycle;
+}
+
+static void PrintComplexState(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ Boolean includeRHS,
+ StatePtr state,
+ TMStateTree stateTree,
+ Widget accelWidget,
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ int clickCount = 0;
+ Boolean cycle;
+ StatePtr nextLevel = NULL;
+ StatePtr triggerState = NULL;
+
+ /* print the current state */
+ if (! state) return;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ cycle = LookAheadForCycleOrMulticlick(state, &triggerState, &clickCount,
+ &nextLevel);
+
+ PrintEvent(sb, TMGetTypeMatch(triggerState->typeIndex),
+ TMGetModifierMatch(triggerState->modIndex), dpy);
+
+ if (cycle || clickCount) {
+ if (clickCount)
+ sprintf(sb->current, "(%d%s)", clickCount+1, cycle ? "+" : "");
+ else
+ (void) strncpy(sb->current, "(+)", 4);
+ sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
+ if (! state->actions && nextLevel)
+ state = nextLevel;
+ while (! state->actions && ! state->isCycleEnd)
+ state = state->nextLevel; /* should be trigger state */
+ }
+
+ if (state->actions) {
+ if (includeRHS) {
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+ *sb->current++ = ':';
+ PrintActions(sb,
+ state->actions,
+ ((TMSimpleStateTree)stateTree)->quarkTbl,
+ accelWidget);
+ *sb->current++ = '\n';
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if (state->nextLevel && !cycle && !clickCount)
+ *sb->current++ = ',';
+ else {
+ /* no actions are attached to this production */
+ *sb->current++ = ':';
+ *sb->current++ = '\n';
+ }
+ }
+ *sb->current = '\0';
+
+ /* print succeeding states */
+ if (state->nextLevel && !cycle && !clickCount)
+ PrintComplexState(sb, includeRHS, state->nextLevel,
+ stateTree, accelWidget, dpy);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+typedef struct{
+ TMShortCard tIndex;
+ TMShortCard bIndex;
+}PrintRec, *Print;
+
+static int FindNextMatch(
+ PrintRec *printData,
+ TMShortCard numPrints,
+ XtTranslations xlations,
+ TMBranchHead branchHead,
+ StatePtr nextLevel,
+ TMShortCard startIndex)
+{
+ TMShortCard i;
+ TMComplexStateTree stateTree;
+ StatePtr currState, candState;
+ Boolean noMatch = True;
+ TMBranchHead prBranchHead;
+
+ for (i = startIndex; noMatch && i < numPrints; i++) {
+ stateTree = (TMComplexStateTree)
+ xlations->stateTreeTbl[printData[i].tIndex];
+ prBranchHead =
+ &(stateTree->branchHeadTbl[printData[i].bIndex]);
+
+ if ((prBranchHead->typeIndex == branchHead->typeIndex) &&
+ (prBranchHead->modIndex == branchHead->modIndex)) {
+ if (prBranchHead->isSimple) {
+ if (!nextLevel)
+ return i;
+ }
+ else {
+ currState = TMComplexBranchHead(stateTree, prBranchHead);
+ currState = currState->nextLevel;
+ candState = nextLevel;
+ for (;
+ ((currState && !currState->isCycleEnd) &&
+ (candState && !candState->isCycleEnd));
+ currState = currState->nextLevel,
+ candState = candState->nextLevel) {
+ if ((currState->typeIndex != candState->typeIndex) ||
+ (currState->modIndex != candState->modIndex))
+ break;
+ }
+ if (candState == currState) {
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return TM_NO_MATCH;
+}
+
+static void ProcessLaterMatches(
+ PrintRec *printData,
+ XtTranslations xlations,
+ TMShortCard tIndex,
+ int bIndex,
+ TMShortCard *numPrintsRtn)
+{
+ TMComplexStateTree stateTree;
+ int i, j;
+ TMBranchHead branchHead, matchBranch = NULL;
+
+ for (i = tIndex; i < (int)xlations->numStateTrees; i++) {
+ stateTree = (TMComplexStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
+ if (i == tIndex) {
+ matchBranch = &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[bIndex];
+ j = bIndex+1;
+ }
+ else j = 0;
+ for (branchHead = &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[j];
+ j < (int)stateTree->numBranchHeads;
+ j++, branchHead++) {
+ if ((branchHead->typeIndex == matchBranch->typeIndex) &&
+ (branchHead->modIndex == matchBranch->modIndex)) {
+ StatePtr state;
+ if (!branchHead->isSimple)
+ state = TMComplexBranchHead(stateTree, branchHead);
+ else
+ state = NULL;
+ if ((!branchHead->isSimple || branchHead->hasActions) &&
+ (FindNextMatch(printData,
+ *numPrintsRtn,
+ xlations,
+ branchHead,
+ (state ? state->nextLevel : NULL),
+ 0) == TM_NO_MATCH)) {
+ printData[*numPrintsRtn].tIndex = i;
+ printData[*numPrintsRtn].bIndex = j;
+ (*numPrintsRtn)++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void ProcessStateTree(
+ PrintRec *printData,
+ XtTranslations xlations,
+ TMShortCard tIndex,
+ TMShortCard *numPrintsRtn)
+{
+ TMComplexStateTree stateTree;
+ int i;
+ TMBranchHead branchHead;
+
+ stateTree = (TMComplexStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[tIndex];
+
+ for (i = 0, branchHead = stateTree->branchHeadTbl;
+ i < (int)stateTree->numBranchHeads;
+ i++, branchHead++) {
+ StatePtr state;
+ if (!branchHead->isSimple)
+ state = TMComplexBranchHead(stateTree, branchHead);
+ else
+ state = NULL;
+ if (FindNextMatch(printData, *numPrintsRtn, xlations, branchHead,
+ (state ? state->nextLevel : NULL), 0)
+ == TM_NO_MATCH) {
+ if (!branchHead->isSimple || branchHead->hasActions) {
+ printData[*numPrintsRtn].tIndex = tIndex;
+ printData[*numPrintsRtn].bIndex = i;
+ (*numPrintsRtn)++;
+ }
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (_XtGlobalTM.newMatchSemantics == False)
+ ProcessLaterMatches(printData,
+ xlations,
+ tIndex,
+ i,
+ numPrintsRtn);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void PrintState(
+ TMStringBuf sb,
+ TMStateTree tree,
+ TMBranchHead branchHead,
+ Boolean includeRHS,
+ Widget accelWidget,
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ TMComplexStateTree stateTree = (TMComplexStateTree)tree;
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (branchHead->isSimple) {
+ PrintEvent(sb,
+ TMGetTypeMatch(branchHead->typeIndex),
+ TMGetModifierMatch(branchHead->modIndex),
+ dpy);
+ if (includeRHS) {
+ ActionRec actRec;
+
+ CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
+ *sb->current++ = ':';
+ actRec.idx = TMBranchMore(branchHead);
+ actRec.num_params = 0;
+ actRec.params = NULL;
+ actRec.next = NULL;
+ PrintActions(sb,
+ &actRec,
+ stateTree->quarkTbl,
+ accelWidget);
+ *sb->current++ = '\n';
+ }
+ else
+ *sb->current++ = ',';
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ if (!branchHead->hasActions)
+ printf(" !! no actions !! ");
+#endif
+ }
+ else { /* it's a complex branchHead */
+ StatePtr state = TMComplexBranchHead(stateTree, branchHead);
+ PrintComplexState(sb,
+ includeRHS,
+ state,
+ tree,
+ accelWidget,
+ (Display *)NULL);
+ }
+ *sb->current = '\0';
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+String _XtPrintXlations(
+ Widget w,
+ XtTranslations xlations,
+ Widget accelWidget,
+ _XtBoolean includeRHS)
+{
+ register Cardinal i;
+#define STACKPRINTSIZE 250
+ PrintRec stackPrints[STACKPRINTSIZE];
+ PrintRec *prints;
+ TMStringBufRec sbRec, *sb = &sbRec;
+ TMShortCard numPrints, maxPrints;
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ TMBindData bindData = (TMBindData)w->core.tm.proc_table;
+ Boolean hasAccel = (accelWidget ? True : False);
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+ if (xlations == NULL) return NULL;
+
+ sb->current = sb->start = __XtMalloc((Cardinal)1000);
+ sb->max = 1000;
+ maxPrints = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++)
+ maxPrints +=
+ ((TMSimpleStateTree)(xlations->stateTreeTbl[i]))->numBranchHeads;
+ prints = (PrintRec *)
+ XtStackAlloc(maxPrints * sizeof(PrintRec), stackPrints);
+
+ numPrints = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++)
+ ProcessStateTree(prints, xlations, i, &numPrints);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < numPrints; i++) {
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)
+ xlations->stateTreeTbl[prints[i].tIndex];
+ TMBranchHead branchHead =
+ &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[prints[i].bIndex];
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ TMComplexBindProcs complexBindProcs;
+
+ if (hasAccel == False) {
+ accelWidget = NULL;
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex) {
+ complexBindProcs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, 0);
+ accelWidget = complexBindProcs[prints[i].tIndex].widget;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+ PrintState(sb, (TMStateTree)stateTree, branchHead,
+ includeRHS, accelWidget, XtDisplay(w));
+ }
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)prints, (XtPointer)stackPrints);
+ return (sb->start);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void _XtDisplayTranslations(
+ Widget widget,
+ XEvent *event,
+ String *params,
+ Cardinal *num_params)
+{
+ String xString;
+
+ xString = _XtPrintXlations(widget,
+ widget->core.tm.translations,
+ NULL,
+ True);
+ if (xString) {
+ printf("%s\n",xString);
+ XtFree(xString);
+ }
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void _XtDisplayAccelerators(
+ Widget widget,
+ XEvent *event,
+ String *params,
+ Cardinal *num_params)
+{
+ String xString;
+
+
+ xString = _XtPrintXlations(widget,
+ widget->core.accelerators,
+ NULL,
+ True);
+ if (xString) {
+ printf("%s\n",xString);
+ XtFree(xString);
+ }
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+void _XtDisplayInstalledAccelerators(
+ Widget widget,
+ XEvent *event,
+ String *params,
+ Cardinal *num_params)
+{
+ Widget eventWidget
+ = XtWindowToWidget(event->xany.display, event->xany.window);
+ register Cardinal i;
+ TMStringBufRec sbRec, *sb = &sbRec;
+ XtTranslations xlations;
+#define STACKPRINTSIZE 250
+ PrintRec stackPrints[STACKPRINTSIZE];
+ PrintRec *prints;
+ TMShortCard numPrints, maxPrints;
+ TMBindData bindData ;
+ TMComplexBindProcs complexBindProcs;
+
+ if ((eventWidget == NULL) ||
+ (eventWidget->core.tm.translations == NULL) )
+ return;
+
+ xlations = eventWidget->core.tm.translations;
+ bindData = (TMBindData) eventWidget->core.tm.proc_table;
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex == False)
+ return;
+
+ sb->current = sb->start = __XtMalloc((Cardinal)1000);
+ sb->start[0] = '\0';
+ sb->max = 1000;
+ maxPrints = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++)
+ maxPrints +=
+ ((TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i])->numBranchHeads;
+ prints = (PrintRec *)
+ XtStackAlloc(maxPrints * sizeof(PrintRec), stackPrints);
+
+ numPrints = 0;
+
+ complexBindProcs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, 0);
+ for (i = 0;
+ i < xlations->numStateTrees;
+ i++, complexBindProcs++) {
+ if (complexBindProcs->widget)
+ {
+ ProcessStateTree(prints, xlations, i, &numPrints);
+ }
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < numPrints; i++) {
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)
+ xlations->stateTreeTbl[prints[i].tIndex];
+ TMBranchHead branchHead =
+ &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[prints[i].bIndex];
+
+ complexBindProcs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, 0);
+
+ PrintState(sb, (TMStateTree)stateTree, branchHead, True,
+ complexBindProcs[prints[i].tIndex].widget,
+ XtDisplay(widget));
+ }
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)prints, (XtPointer)stackPrints);
+ printf("%s\n", sb->start);
+ XtFree(sb->start);
+}
+#endif /*NO_MIT_HACKS*/
+
+String _XtPrintActions(
+ register ActionRec *actions,
+ XrmQuark *quarkTbl)
+{
+ TMStringBufRec sbRec, *sb = &sbRec;
+
+ sb->max = 1000;
+ sb->current = sb->start = __XtMalloc((Cardinal)1000);
+ PrintActions(sb,
+ actions,
+ quarkTbl,
+ (Widget)NULL);
+ return sb->start;
+}
+
+String _XtPrintState(
+ TMStateTree stateTree,
+ TMBranchHead branchHead)
+{
+ TMStringBufRec sbRec, *sb = &sbRec;
+
+ sb->current = sb->start = __XtMalloc((Cardinal)1000);
+ sb->max = 1000;
+ PrintState(sb, stateTree, branchHead,
+ True, (Widget)NULL, (Display *)NULL);
+ return sb->start;
+}
+
+
+String _XtPrintEventSeq(
+ register EventSeqPtr eventSeq,
+ Display *dpy)
+{
+ TMStringBufRec sbRec, *sb = &sbRec;
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch;
+#define MAXSEQS 100
+ EventSeqPtr eventSeqs[MAXSEQS];
+ TMShortCard i, j;
+ Boolean cycle = False;
+
+ sb->current = sb->start = __XtMalloc((Cardinal)1000);
+ sb->max = 1000;
+ for (i = 0;
+ i < MAXSEQS && eventSeq != NULL && !cycle;
+ eventSeq = eventSeq->next, i++)
+ {
+ eventSeqs[i] = eventSeq;
+ for (j = 0; j < i && !cycle; j++)
+ if (eventSeqs[j] == eventSeq)
+ cycle = True;
+ }
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
+ typeMatch =
+ TMGetTypeMatch(_XtGetTypeIndex(&eventSeqs[j]->event));
+ modMatch =
+ TMGetModifierMatch(_XtGetModifierIndex(&eventSeqs[j]->event));
+ PrintEvent(sb, typeMatch, modMatch, dpy);
+ if (j < i)
+ *sb->current++ = ',';
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return sb->start;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/* TMstate.c -- maintains the state table of actions for the translation
+ * manager.
+ */
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+#ifndef TM_NO_MATCH
+#define TM_NO_MATCH (-2)
+#endif /* TM_NO_MATCH */
+
+/* forward definitions */
+static StatePtr NewState(TMParseStateTree, TMShortCard, TMShortCard);
+
+
+static String XtNtranslationError = "translationError";
+
+#ifndef __EMX__
+TMGlobalRec _XtGlobalTM; /* initialized to zero K&R */
+#else
+TMGlobalRec _XtGlobalTM = {0};
+#endif
+
+#define MatchIncomingEvent(tmEvent, typeMatch, modMatch) \
+ (typeMatch->eventType == tmEvent->event.eventType && \
+ (typeMatch->matchEvent != NULL) && \
+ (*typeMatch->matchEvent)(typeMatch, modMatch, tmEvent))
+
+
+#define NumStateTrees(xlations) \
+ ((translateData->isSimple) ? 1 : (TMComplexXlations(xlations))->numTrees)
+
+static TMShortCard GetBranchHead(
+ TMParseStateTree parseTree,
+ TMShortCard typeIndex,
+ TMShortCard modIndex,
+ Boolean isDummy)
+{
+#define TM_BRANCH_HEAD_TBL_ALLOC 8
+#define TM_BRANCH_HEAD_TBL_REALLOC 8
+
+ TMBranchHead branchHead = parseTree->branchHeadTbl;
+ TMShortCard newSize, i;
+
+ /*
+ * dummy is used as a place holder for later matching in old-style
+ * matching behavior. If there's already an entry we don't need
+ * another dummy.
+ */
+ if (isDummy) {
+ for (i = 0; i < parseTree->numBranchHeads; i++, branchHead++) {
+ if ((branchHead->typeIndex == typeIndex) &&
+ (branchHead->modIndex == modIndex))
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ if (parseTree->numBranchHeads == parseTree->branchHeadTblSize)
+ {
+ if (parseTree->branchHeadTblSize == 0)
+ parseTree->branchHeadTblSize += TM_BRANCH_HEAD_TBL_ALLOC;
+ else
+ parseTree->branchHeadTblSize +=
+ TM_BRANCH_HEAD_TBL_REALLOC;
+ newSize = (parseTree->branchHeadTblSize * sizeof(TMBranchHeadRec));
+ if (parseTree->isStackBranchHeads) {
+ TMBranchHead oldBranchHeadTbl = parseTree->branchHeadTbl;
+ parseTree->branchHeadTbl = (TMBranchHead) __XtMalloc(newSize);
+ XtMemmove(parseTree->branchHeadTbl, oldBranchHeadTbl, newSize);
+ parseTree->isStackBranchHeads = False;
+ }
+ else {
+ parseTree->branchHeadTbl = (TMBranchHead)
+ XtRealloc((char *)parseTree->branchHeadTbl,
+ (parseTree->branchHeadTblSize *
+ sizeof(TMBranchHeadRec)));
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ _XtGlobalTM.numBranchHeads++;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+ branchHead =
+ &parseTree->branchHeadTbl[parseTree->numBranchHeads++];
+ branchHead->typeIndex = typeIndex;
+ branchHead->modIndex = modIndex;
+ branchHead->more = 0;
+ branchHead->isSimple = True;
+ branchHead->hasActions = False;
+ branchHead->hasCycles = False;
+ return parseTree->numBranchHeads-1;
+}
+
+TMShortCard _XtGetQuarkIndex(
+ TMParseStateTree parseTree,
+ XrmQuark quark)
+{
+#define TM_QUARK_TBL_ALLOC 16
+#define TM_QUARK_TBL_REALLOC 16
+ TMShortCard i = parseTree->numQuarks;
+
+ for (i=0; i < parseTree->numQuarks; i++)
+ if (parseTree->quarkTbl[i] == quark)
+ break;
+
+ if (i == parseTree->numQuarks)
+ {
+ if (parseTree->numQuarks == parseTree->quarkTblSize)
+ {
+ TMShortCard newSize;
+
+ if (parseTree->quarkTblSize == 0)
+ parseTree->quarkTblSize += TM_QUARK_TBL_ALLOC;
+ else
+ parseTree->quarkTblSize += TM_QUARK_TBL_REALLOC;
+ newSize = (parseTree->quarkTblSize * sizeof(XrmQuark));
+
+ if (parseTree->isStackQuarks) {
+ XrmQuark *oldquarkTbl = parseTree->quarkTbl;
+ parseTree->quarkTbl = (XrmQuark *) __XtMalloc(newSize);
+ XtMemmove(parseTree->quarkTbl, oldquarkTbl, newSize);
+ parseTree->isStackQuarks = False;
+ }
+ else {
+ parseTree->quarkTbl = (XrmQuark *)
+ XtRealloc((char *)parseTree->quarkTbl,
+ (parseTree->quarkTblSize *
+ sizeof(XrmQuark)));
+ }
+ }
+ parseTree->quarkTbl[parseTree->numQuarks++] = quark;
+ }
+ return i;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get an entry from the parseTrees complex branchHead tbl. If there's none
+ * there then allocate one
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static TMShortCard GetComplexBranchIndex(
+ TMParseStateTree parseTree,
+ TMShortCard typeIndex,
+ TMShortCard modIndex)
+{
+#define TM_COMPLEXBRANCH_HEAD_TBL_ALLOC 8
+#define TM_COMPLEXBRANCH_HEAD_TBL_REALLOC 4
+
+ if (parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads == parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize) {
+ TMShortCard newSize;
+
+ if (parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize == 0)
+ parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize += TM_COMPLEXBRANCH_HEAD_TBL_ALLOC;
+ else
+ parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize += TM_COMPLEXBRANCH_HEAD_TBL_REALLOC;
+
+ newSize = (parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize * sizeof(StatePtr));
+
+ if (parseTree->isStackComplexBranchHeads) {
+ StatePtr *oldcomplexBranchHeadTbl
+ = parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl;
+ parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl = (StatePtr *) __XtMalloc(newSize);
+ XtMemmove(parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl,
+ oldcomplexBranchHeadTbl, newSize);
+ parseTree->isStackComplexBranchHeads = False;
+ }
+ else {
+ parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl = (StatePtr *)
+ XtRealloc((char *)parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl,
+ (parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize *
+ sizeof(StatePtr)));
+ }
+ }
+ parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads++] = NULL;
+ return parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads-1;
+}
+
+TMShortCard _XtGetTypeIndex(
+ Event *event)
+{
+ TMShortCard i, j = TM_TYPE_SEGMENT_SIZE;
+ TMShortCard typeIndex = 0;
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
+ TMTypeMatch segment = NULL;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (i = 0; i < _XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatchSegments; i++) {
+ segment = _XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTbl[i];
+ for (j = 0;
+ typeIndex < _XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatches && j < TM_TYPE_SEGMENT_SIZE;
+ j++, typeIndex++)
+ {
+ typeMatch = &(segment[j]);
+ if (event->eventType == typeMatch->eventType &&
+ event->eventCode == typeMatch->eventCode &&
+ event->eventCodeMask == typeMatch->eventCodeMask &&
+ event->matchEvent == typeMatch->matchEvent) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return typeIndex;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (j == TM_TYPE_SEGMENT_SIZE) {
+ if (_XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatchSegments == _XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTblSize) {
+ _XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTblSize += 4;
+ _XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTbl = (TMTypeMatch *)
+ XtRealloc((char *)_XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTbl,
+ (_XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTblSize * sizeof(TMTypeMatch)));
+ }
+ _XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTbl[_XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatchSegments++] =
+ segment = (TMTypeMatch)
+ __XtMalloc(TM_TYPE_SEGMENT_SIZE * sizeof(TMTypeMatchRec));
+ j = 0;
+ }
+ typeMatch = &segment[j];
+ typeMatch->eventType = event->eventType;
+ typeMatch->eventCode = event->eventCode;
+ typeMatch->eventCodeMask = event->eventCodeMask;
+ typeMatch->matchEvent = event->matchEvent;
+ _XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatches++;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return typeIndex;
+}
+
+static Boolean CompareLateModifiers(
+ LateBindingsPtr lateBind1P,
+ LateBindingsPtr lateBind2P)
+{
+ LateBindingsPtr late1P = lateBind1P;
+ LateBindingsPtr late2P = lateBind2P;
+
+ if (late1P != NULL || late2P != NULL) {
+ int i = 0;
+ int j = 0;
+ if (late1P != NULL)
+ for (; late1P->keysym != NoSymbol; i++) late1P++;
+ if (late2P != NULL)
+ for (; late2P->keysym != NoSymbol; j++) late2P++;
+ if (i != j) return FALSE;
+ late1P--;
+ while (late1P >= lateBind1P) {
+ Boolean last = True;
+ for (late2P = lateBind2P + i - 1;
+ late2P >= lateBind2P;
+ late2P--) {
+ if (late1P->keysym == late2P->keysym
+ && late1P->knot == late2P->knot) {
+ j--;
+ if (last) i--;
+ break;
+ }
+ last = False;
+ }
+ late1P--;
+ }
+ if (j != 0) return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+TMShortCard _XtGetModifierIndex(
+ Event *event)
+{
+ TMShortCard i, j = TM_MOD_SEGMENT_SIZE;
+ TMShortCard modIndex = 0;
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch;
+ TMModifierMatch segment = NULL;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (i = 0; i < _XtGlobalTM.numModMatchSegments; i++) {
+ segment = _XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl[i];
+ for (j = 0;
+ modIndex < _XtGlobalTM.numModMatches && j < TM_MOD_SEGMENT_SIZE;
+ j++, modIndex++) {
+ modMatch = &(segment[j]);
+ if (event->modifiers == modMatch->modifiers &&
+ event->modifierMask == modMatch->modifierMask &&
+ event->standard == modMatch->standard &&
+ ((!event->lateModifiers && !modMatch->lateModifiers) ||
+ CompareLateModifiers(event->lateModifiers,
+ modMatch->lateModifiers))) {
+ /*
+ * if we found a match then we can free the parser's
+ * late modifiers. If there isn't a match we use the
+ * parser's copy
+ */
+ if (event->lateModifiers &&
+ --event->lateModifiers->ref_count == 0) {
+ XtFree((char *)event->lateModifiers);
+ event->lateModifiers = NULL;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return modIndex;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (j == TM_MOD_SEGMENT_SIZE) {
+ if (_XtGlobalTM.numModMatchSegments == _XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTblSize) {
+ _XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTblSize += 4;
+ _XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl = (TMModifierMatch *)
+ XtRealloc((char *)_XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl,
+ (_XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTblSize * sizeof(TMModifierMatch)));
+ }
+ _XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl[_XtGlobalTM.numModMatchSegments++] =
+ segment = (TMModifierMatch)
+ __XtMalloc(TM_MOD_SEGMENT_SIZE * sizeof(TMModifierMatchRec));
+ j = 0;
+ }
+ modMatch = &segment[j];
+ modMatch->modifiers = event->modifiers;;
+ modMatch->modifierMask = event->modifierMask;
+ modMatch->standard = event->standard;
+ /*
+ * We use the parser's copy of the late binding array
+ */
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ if (event->lateModifiers)
+ _XtGlobalTM.numLateBindings++;
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+ modMatch->lateModifiers = event->lateModifiers;
+ _XtGlobalTM.numModMatches++;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return modIndex;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * This is called from the SimpleStateHandler to match a stateTree
+ * entry to the event coming in
+ */
+static int MatchBranchHead(
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
+ int startIndex,
+ TMEventPtr event)
+{
+ TMBranchHead branchHead = &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[startIndex];
+ int i;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (i = startIndex;
+ i < (int)stateTree->numBranchHeads;
+ i++, branchHead++)
+ {
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch;
+
+ typeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(branchHead->typeIndex);
+ modMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(branchHead->modIndex);
+
+ if (MatchIncomingEvent(event, typeMatch, modMatch)) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return (TM_NO_MATCH);
+}
+
+Boolean _XtRegularMatch(
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch,
+ TMEventPtr eventSeq)
+{
+ Modifiers computed =0;
+ Modifiers computedMask =0;
+ Boolean resolved = TRUE;
+ if (typeMatch->eventCode != (eventSeq->event.eventCode &
+ typeMatch->eventCodeMask)) return FALSE;
+ if (modMatch->lateModifiers != NULL)
+ resolved = _XtComputeLateBindings(eventSeq->xev->xany.display,
+ modMatch->lateModifiers,
+ &computed, &computedMask);
+ if (!resolved) return FALSE;
+ computed |= modMatch->modifiers;
+ computedMask |= modMatch->modifierMask;
+
+ return ( (computed & computedMask) ==
+ (eventSeq->event.modifiers & computedMask));
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean _XtMatchAtom(
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch,
+ TMEventPtr eventSeq)
+{
+ Atom atom;
+
+ atom = XInternAtom(eventSeq->xev->xany.display,
+ XrmQuarkToString(typeMatch->eventCode),
+ False);
+ return (atom == eventSeq->event.eventCode);
+}
+
+#define IsOn(vec,idx) ((vec)[(idx)>>3] & (1 << ((idx) & 7)))
+
+/*
+ * there are certain cases where you want to ignore the event and stay
+ * in the same state.
+ */
+static Boolean Ignore(
+ TMEventPtr event)
+{
+ Display *dpy;
+ XtPerDisplay pd;
+
+ if (event->event.eventType == MotionNotify)
+ return TRUE;
+ if (!(event->event.eventType == KeyPress ||
+ event->event.eventType == KeyRelease))
+ return FALSE;
+ dpy = event->xev->xany.display;
+ pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
+ _InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd);
+ return IsOn(pd->isModifier, event->event.eventCode) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}
+
+
+static void XEventToTMEvent(
+ XEvent *event,
+ TMEventPtr tmEvent)
+{
+ tmEvent->xev = event;
+ tmEvent->event.eventCodeMask = 0;
+ tmEvent->event.modifierMask = 0;
+ tmEvent->event.eventType = event->type;
+ tmEvent->event.lateModifiers = NULL;
+ tmEvent->event.matchEvent = NULL;
+ tmEvent->event.standard = FALSE;
+
+ switch (event->type) {
+
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xkey.keycode;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = event->xkey.state;
+ break;
+
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xbutton.button;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = event->xbutton.state;
+ break;
+
+ case MotionNotify:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xmotion.is_hint;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = event->xmotion.state;
+ break;
+
+ case EnterNotify:
+ case LeaveNotify:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xcrossing.mode;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = event->xcrossing.state;
+ break;
+
+ case PropertyNotify:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xproperty.atom;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case SelectionClear:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xselectionclear.selection;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case SelectionRequest:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xselectionrequest.selection;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case SelectionNotify:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xselection.selection;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case ClientMessage:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xclient.message_type;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case MappingNotify:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xmapping.request;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case FocusIn:
+ case FocusOut:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xfocus.mode;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ tmEvent->event.eventCode = 0;
+ tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static unsigned long GetTime(
+ XtTM tm,
+ XEvent *event)
+{
+ switch (event->type) {
+
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ return event->xkey.time;
+
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ return event->xbutton.time;
+
+ default:
+ return tm->lastEventTime;
+
+ }
+
+}
+
+static void HandleActions(
+ Widget w,
+ XEvent *event,
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
+ Widget accelWidget,
+ XtActionProc *procs,
+ ActionRec *actions)
+{
+ ActionHook actionHookList;
+ Widget bindWidget;
+
+ bindWidget = accelWidget ? accelWidget : w;
+ if (accelWidget && !XtIsSensitive(accelWidget) &&
+ (event->type == KeyPress || event->type == KeyRelease ||
+ event->type == ButtonPress || event->type == ButtonRelease ||
+ event->type == MotionNotify || event->type == EnterNotify ||
+ event->type == LeaveNotify || event->type == FocusIn ||
+ event->type == FocusOut))
+ return;
+
+ actionHookList = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w)->action_hook_list;
+
+ while (actions != NULL) {
+ /* perform any actions */
+ if (procs[actions->idx] != NULL) {
+ if (actionHookList) {
+ ActionHook hook;
+ ActionHook next_hook;
+ String procName =
+ XrmQuarkToString(stateTree->quarkTbl[actions->idx] );
+
+ for (hook = actionHookList; hook != NULL; ) {
+ /*
+ * Need to cache hook->next because the following action
+ * proc may free hook via XtRemoveActionHook making
+ * hook->next invalid upon return from the action proc.
+ */
+ next_hook = hook->next;
+ (*hook->proc)(bindWidget,
+ hook->closure,
+ procName,
+ event,
+ actions->params,
+ &actions->num_params
+ );
+ hook = next_hook;
+ }
+ }
+ (*(procs[actions->idx]))
+ (bindWidget, event,
+ actions->params, &actions->num_params );
+ }
+ actions = actions->next;
+ }
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned int isCycleStart:1;
+ unsigned int isCycleEnd:1;
+ TMShortCard typeIndex;
+ TMShortCard modIndex;
+}MatchPairRec, *MatchPair;
+
+typedef struct TMContextRec{
+ TMShortCard numMatches;
+ TMShortCard maxMatches;
+ MatchPair matches;
+}TMContextRec, *TMContext;
+
+static TMContextRec contextCache[2];
+
+#define GetContextPtr(tm) ((TMContext *)&(tm->current_state))
+
+#define TM_CONTEXT_MATCHES_ALLOC 4
+#define TM_CONTEXT_MATCHES_REALLOC 2
+
+static void PushContext(
+ TMContext *contextPtr,
+ StatePtr newState)
+{
+ TMContext context = *contextPtr;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (context == NULL)
+ {
+ if (contextCache[0].numMatches == 0)
+ context = &contextCache[0];
+ else if (contextCache[1].numMatches == 0)
+ context = &contextCache[1];
+ if (!context)
+ {
+ context = XtNew(TMContextRec);
+ context->matches = NULL;
+ context->numMatches =
+ context->maxMatches = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (context->numMatches &&
+ context->matches[context->numMatches-1].isCycleEnd)
+ {
+ TMShortCard i;
+ for (i = 0;
+ i < context->numMatches &&
+ !(context->matches[i].isCycleStart);
+ i++){};
+ if (i < context->numMatches)
+ context->numMatches = i+1;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ else
+ XtWarning("pushing cycle end with no cycle start");
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (context->numMatches == context->maxMatches)
+ {
+ if (context->maxMatches == 0)
+ context->maxMatches += TM_CONTEXT_MATCHES_ALLOC;
+ else
+ context->maxMatches += TM_CONTEXT_MATCHES_REALLOC;
+ context->matches = (MatchPairRec *)
+ XtRealloc((char *)context->matches,
+ context->maxMatches * sizeof(MatchPairRec));
+ }
+ context->matches[context->numMatches].isCycleStart = newState->isCycleStart;
+ context->matches[context->numMatches].isCycleEnd = newState->isCycleEnd;
+ context->matches[context->numMatches].typeIndex = newState->typeIndex;
+ context->matches[context->numMatches++].modIndex = newState->modIndex;
+ *contextPtr = context;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static void FreeContext(
+ TMContext *contextPtr)
+{
+ TMContext context = NULL;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ if (&contextCache[0] == *contextPtr)
+ context = &contextCache[0];
+ else if (&contextCache[1] == *contextPtr)
+ context = &contextCache[1];
+
+ if (context)
+ context->numMatches = 0;
+ else if (*contextPtr)
+ {
+ if ((*contextPtr)->matches)
+ XtFree ((char *) ((*contextPtr)->matches));
+ XtFree((char *)*contextPtr);
+ }
+
+ *contextPtr = NULL;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static int MatchExact(
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
+ int startIndex,
+ TMShortCard typeIndex,
+ TMShortCard modIndex)
+{
+ TMBranchHead branchHead = &(stateTree->branchHeadTbl[startIndex]);
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = startIndex;
+ i < (int)stateTree->numBranchHeads;
+ i++, branchHead++)
+ {
+ if ((branchHead->typeIndex == typeIndex) &&
+ (branchHead->modIndex == modIndex))
+ return i;
+ }
+ return (TM_NO_MATCH);
+}
+
+
+
+static void HandleSimpleState(
+ Widget w,
+ XtTM tmRecPtr,
+ TMEventRec *curEventPtr)
+{
+ XtTranslations xlations = tmRecPtr->translations;
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree;
+ TMContext *contextPtr = GetContextPtr(tmRecPtr);
+ TMShortCard i;
+ ActionRec *actions = NULL;
+ Boolean matchExact = False;
+ Boolean match = False;
+ StatePtr complexMatchState = NULL;
+ int currIndex;
+ TMShortCard typeIndex = 0, modIndex = 0;
+ int matchTreeIndex = TM_NO_MATCH;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
+
+ for (i = 0;
+ ((!match || !complexMatchState) && (i < xlations->numStateTrees));
+ i++){
+ stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
+ currIndex = -1;
+ /*
+ * don't process this tree if we're only looking for a
+ * complexMatchState and there are no complex states
+ */
+ while (!(match && stateTree->isSimple) &&
+ ((!match || !complexMatchState) && (currIndex != TM_NO_MATCH))) {
+ currIndex++;
+ if (matchExact)
+ currIndex = MatchExact(stateTree,currIndex,typeIndex,modIndex);
+ else
+ currIndex = MatchBranchHead(stateTree,currIndex,curEventPtr);
+ if (currIndex != TM_NO_MATCH) {
+ TMBranchHead branchHead;
+ StatePtr currState;
+
+ branchHead = &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[currIndex];
+ if (branchHead->isSimple)
+ currState = NULL;
+ else
+ currState = ((TMComplexStateTree)stateTree)
+ ->complexBranchHeadTbl[TMBranchMore(branchHead)];
+
+ /*
+ * first check for a complete match
+ */
+ if (!match) {
+ if (branchHead->hasActions) {
+ if (branchHead->isSimple) {
+ static ActionRec dummyAction;
+
+ dummyAction.idx = TMBranchMore(branchHead);
+ actions = &dummyAction;
+ }
+ else
+ actions = currState->actions;
+ tmRecPtr->lastEventTime =
+ GetTime(tmRecPtr, curEventPtr->xev);
+ FreeContext((TMContext
+ *)&tmRecPtr->current_state);
+ match = True;
+ matchTreeIndex = i;
+ }
+ /*
+ * if it doesn't have actions and
+ * it's bc mode then it's a potential match node that is
+ * used to match later sequences.
+ */
+ if (!TMNewMatchSemantics() && !matchExact) {
+ matchExact = True;
+ typeIndex = branchHead->typeIndex;
+ modIndex = branchHead->modIndex;
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * check for it being an event sequence which can be
+ * a future match
+ */
+ if (!branchHead->isSimple &&
+ !branchHead->hasActions &&
+ !complexMatchState)
+ complexMatchState = currState;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (match)
+ {
+ TMBindData bindData = (TMBindData) tmRecPtr->proc_table;
+ XtActionProc *procs;
+ Widget accelWidget;
+
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex) {
+ TMComplexBindProcs bindProcs =
+ TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, matchTreeIndex);
+ procs = bindProcs->procs;
+ accelWidget = bindProcs->widget;
+ }
+ else {
+ TMSimpleBindProcs bindProcs =
+ TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, matchTreeIndex);
+ procs = bindProcs->procs;
+ accelWidget = NULL;
+ }
+ HandleActions
+ (w,
+ curEventPtr->xev,
+ (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[matchTreeIndex],
+ accelWidget,
+ procs,
+ actions);
+ }
+ if (complexMatchState)
+ PushContext(contextPtr, complexMatchState);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+static int MatchComplexBranch(
+ TMComplexStateTree stateTree,
+ int startIndex,
+ TMContext context,
+ StatePtr *leafStateRtn)
+{
+ TMShortCard i;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (i = startIndex; i < stateTree->numComplexBranchHeads; i++)
+ {
+ StatePtr candState;
+ TMShortCard numMatches = context->numMatches;
+ MatchPair statMatch = context->matches;
+
+ for (candState = stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[i];
+ numMatches && candState;
+ numMatches--, statMatch++, candState = candState->nextLevel)
+ {
+ if ((statMatch->typeIndex != candState->typeIndex) ||
+ (statMatch->modIndex != candState->modIndex))
+ break;
+ }
+ if (numMatches == 0) {
+ *leafStateRtn = candState;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ *leafStateRtn = NULL;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return (TM_NO_MATCH);
+}
+
+static StatePtr TryCurrentTree(
+ TMComplexStateTree *stateTreePtr,
+ XtTM tmRecPtr,
+ TMEventRec *curEventPtr)
+{
+ StatePtr candState = NULL, matchState = NULL;
+ TMContext *contextPtr = GetContextPtr(tmRecPtr);
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch;
+ int currIndex = -1;
+
+ /*
+ * we want the first sequence that both matches and has actions.
+ * we keep on looking till we find both
+ */
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ while ((currIndex =
+ MatchComplexBranch(*stateTreePtr,
+ ++currIndex,
+ (*contextPtr),
+ &candState))
+ != TM_NO_MATCH) {
+ if (candState != NULL) {
+ typeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(candState->typeIndex);
+ modMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(candState->modIndex);
+
+ /* does this state's index match? --> done */
+ if (MatchIncomingEvent(curEventPtr, typeMatch, modMatch))
+ {
+ if (candState->actions) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return candState;
+ }
+ else
+ matchState = candState;
+ }
+ /* is this an event timer? */
+ if (typeMatch->eventType == _XtEventTimerEventType) {
+ StatePtr nextState = candState->nextLevel;
+
+ /* does the succeeding state match? */
+ if (nextState != NULL) {
+ TMTypeMatch nextTypeMatch;
+ TMModifierMatch nextModMatch;
+
+ nextTypeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(nextState->typeIndex);
+ nextModMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(nextState->modIndex);
+
+ /* is it within the timeout? */
+ if (MatchIncomingEvent(curEventPtr,
+ nextTypeMatch,
+ nextModMatch)) {
+ XEvent *xev = curEventPtr->xev;
+ unsigned long time = GetTime(tmRecPtr, xev);
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(xev->xany.display);
+ unsigned long delta = pd->multi_click_time;
+
+ if ((tmRecPtr->lastEventTime + delta) >= time) {
+ if (nextState->actions) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return candState;
+ }
+ else
+ matchState = candState;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return matchState;
+}
+
+static void HandleComplexState(
+ Widget w,
+ XtTM tmRecPtr,
+ TMEventRec *curEventPtr)
+{
+ XtTranslations xlations = tmRecPtr->translations;
+ TMContext *contextPtr = GetContextPtr(tmRecPtr);
+ TMShortCard i, matchTreeIndex = 0;
+ StatePtr matchState = NULL, candState;
+ TMComplexStateTree *stateTreePtr =
+ (TMComplexStateTree *)&xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ for (i = 0;
+ i < xlations->numStateTrees;
+ i++, stateTreePtr++) {
+ /*
+ * some compilers sign extend Boolean bit fields so test for
+ * false |||
+ */
+ if (((*stateTreePtr)->isSimple == False) &&
+ (candState = TryCurrentTree(stateTreePtr,
+ tmRecPtr,
+ curEventPtr))) {
+ if (!matchState || candState->actions) {
+ matchTreeIndex = i;
+ matchState = candState;
+ if (candState->actions)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (matchState == NULL){
+ /* couldn't find it... */
+ if (!Ignore(curEventPtr))
+ {
+ FreeContext(contextPtr);
+ HandleSimpleState(w, tmRecPtr, curEventPtr);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ TMBindData bindData = (TMBindData) tmRecPtr->proc_table;
+ XtActionProc *procs;
+ Widget accelWidget;
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
+
+ typeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(matchState->typeIndex);
+
+ PushContext(contextPtr, matchState);
+ if (typeMatch->eventType == _XtEventTimerEventType) {
+ matchState = matchState->nextLevel;
+ PushContext(contextPtr, matchState);
+ }
+ tmRecPtr->lastEventTime = GetTime (tmRecPtr, curEventPtr->xev);
+
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex) {
+ TMComplexBindProcs bindProcs =
+ TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, matchTreeIndex);
+ procs = bindProcs->procs;
+ accelWidget = bindProcs->widget;
+ }
+ else {
+ TMSimpleBindProcs bindProcs =
+ TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, matchTreeIndex);
+ procs = bindProcs->procs;
+ accelWidget = NULL;
+ }
+ HandleActions(w,
+ curEventPtr->xev,
+ (TMSimpleStateTree)
+ xlations->stateTreeTbl[matchTreeIndex],
+ accelWidget,
+ procs,
+ matchState->actions);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+}
+
+
+void _XtTranslateEvent (
+ Widget w,
+ XEvent * event)
+{
+ XtTM tmRecPtr = &w->core.tm;
+ TMEventRec curEvent;
+ StatePtr current_state = tmRecPtr->current_state;
+
+ XEventToTMEvent (event, &curEvent);
+
+ if (! tmRecPtr->translations) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w),
+ XtNtranslationError,"nullTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Can't translate event through NULL table",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return ;
+ }
+ if (current_state == NULL)
+ HandleSimpleState(w, tmRecPtr, &curEvent);
+ else
+ HandleComplexState(w, tmRecPtr, &curEvent);
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static StatePtr NewState(
+ TMParseStateTree stateTree,
+ TMShortCard typeIndex,
+ TMShortCard modIndex)
+{
+ StatePtr state = XtNew(StateRec);
+
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ _XtGlobalTM.numComplexStates++;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+ state->typeIndex = typeIndex;
+ state->modIndex = modIndex;
+ state->nextLevel = NULL;
+ state->actions = NULL;
+ state->isCycleStart = state->isCycleEnd = False;
+ return state;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This routine is an iterator for state trees. If the func returns
+ * true then iteration is over.
+ */
+void _XtTraverseStateTree(
+ TMStateTree tree,
+ _XtTraversalProc func,
+ XtPointer data)
+{
+ TMComplexStateTree stateTree = (TMComplexStateTree)tree;
+ TMBranchHead currBH;
+ TMShortCard i;
+ StateRec dummyStateRec, *dummyState = &dummyStateRec;
+ ActionRec dummyActionRec, *dummyAction = &dummyActionRec;
+ Boolean firstSimple = True;
+ StatePtr currState;
+
+ /* first traverse the complex states */
+ if (stateTree->isSimple == False)
+ for (i = 0; i < stateTree->numComplexBranchHeads; i++) {
+ currState = stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[i];
+ for (; currState; currState = currState->nextLevel) {
+ if (func(currState, data))
+ return;
+ if (currState->isCycleEnd)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* now traverse the simple ones */
+ for (i = 0, currBH = stateTree->branchHeadTbl;
+ i < stateTree->numBranchHeads;
+ i++, currBH++)
+ {
+ if (currBH->isSimple && currBH->hasActions)
+ {
+ if (firstSimple)
+ {
+ XtBZero((char *) dummyState, sizeof(StateRec));
+ XtBZero((char *) dummyAction, sizeof(ActionRec));
+ dummyState->actions = dummyAction;
+ firstSimple = False;
+ }
+ dummyState->typeIndex = currBH->typeIndex;
+ dummyState->modIndex = currBH->modIndex;
+ dummyAction->idx = currBH->more;
+ if (func(dummyState, data))
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static EventMask EventToMask(
+ TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
+ TMModifierMatch modMatch)
+{
+ EventMask returnMask;
+ unsigned long eventType = typeMatch->eventType;
+
+ if (eventType == MotionNotify) {
+ Modifiers modifierMask = modMatch->modifierMask;
+ Modifiers tempMask;
+
+ returnMask = 0;
+ if (modifierMask == 0) {
+ if (modMatch->modifiers == AnyButtonMask)
+ return ButtonMotionMask;
+ else
+ return PointerMotionMask;
+ }
+ tempMask = modifierMask &
+ (Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask
+ | Button4Mask | Button5Mask);
+ if (tempMask == 0)
+ return PointerMotionMask;
+ if (tempMask & Button1Mask)
+ returnMask |= Button1MotionMask;
+ if (tempMask & Button2Mask)
+ returnMask |= Button2MotionMask;
+ if (tempMask & Button3Mask)
+ returnMask |= Button3MotionMask;
+ if (tempMask & Button4Mask)
+ returnMask |= Button4MotionMask;
+ if (tempMask & Button5Mask)
+ returnMask |= Button5MotionMask;
+ return returnMask;
+ }
+ returnMask = _XtConvertTypeToMask(eventType);
+ if (returnMask == (StructureNotifyMask|SubstructureNotifyMask))
+ returnMask = StructureNotifyMask;
+ return returnMask;
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void DispatchMappingNotify(
+ Widget widget, /* will be NULL from _RefreshMapping */
+ XtPointer closure, /* real Widget */
+ XtPointer call_data) /* XEvent* */
+{
+ _XtTranslateEvent( (Widget)closure, (XEvent*)call_data);
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void RemoveFromMappingCallbacks(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer closure, /* target widget */
+ XtPointer call_data)
+{
+ _XtRemoveCallback( &_XtGetPerDisplay(XtDisplay(widget))->mapping_callbacks,
+ DispatchMappingNotify,
+ closure
+ );
+}
+
+static Boolean AggregateEventMask(
+ StatePtr state,
+ XtPointer data)
+{
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ *((EventMask *)data) |= EventToMask(TMGetTypeMatch(state->typeIndex),
+ TMGetModifierMatch(state->modIndex));
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return False;
+}
+
+void _XtInstallTranslations(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ XtTranslations xlations;
+ Cardinal i;
+ TMStateTree stateTree;
+ Boolean mappingNotifyInterest = False;
+
+ xlations = widget->core.tm.translations;
+ if (xlations == NULL) return;
+
+ /*
+ * check for somebody stuffing the translations directly into the
+ * instance structure. We will end up being called again out of
+ * ComposeTranslations but we *should* have bindings by then
+ */
+ if (widget->core.tm.proc_table == NULL) {
+ _XtMergeTranslations(widget, NULL, XtTableReplace);
+ /*
+ * if we're realized then we'll be called out of
+ * ComposeTranslations
+ */
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget))
+ return;
+ }
+
+ xlations->eventMask = 0;
+ for (i = 0;
+ i < xlations->numStateTrees;
+ i++)
+ {
+ stateTree = xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
+ _XtTraverseStateTree(stateTree,
+ AggregateEventMask,
+ (XtPointer)&xlations->eventMask);
+ mappingNotifyInterest |= stateTree->simple.mappingNotifyInterest;
+ }
+ /* double click needs to make sure that you have selected on both
+ button down and up. */
+
+ if (xlations->eventMask & ButtonPressMask)
+ xlations->eventMask |= ButtonReleaseMask;
+ if (xlations->eventMask & ButtonReleaseMask)
+ xlations->eventMask |= ButtonPressMask;
+
+ if (mappingNotifyInterest) {
+ XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
+ if (pd->mapping_callbacks)
+ _XtAddCallbackOnce(&(pd->mapping_callbacks),
+ DispatchMappingNotify,
+ (XtPointer)widget);
+ else
+ _XtAddCallback(&(pd->mapping_callbacks),
+ DispatchMappingNotify,
+ (XtPointer)widget);
+
+ if (widget->core.destroy_callbacks != NULL)
+ _XtAddCallbackOnce( (InternalCallbackList *)
+ &widget->core.destroy_callbacks,
+ RemoveFromMappingCallbacks,
+ (XtPointer)widget
+ );
+ else
+ _XtAddCallback((InternalCallbackList *)
+ &widget->core.destroy_callbacks,
+ RemoveFromMappingCallbacks,
+ (XtPointer)widget
+ );
+ }
+ _XtBindActions(widget, (XtTM)&widget->core.tm);
+ _XtRegisterGrabs(widget);
+}
+
+void _XtRemoveTranslations(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ Cardinal i;
+ TMSimpleStateTree stateTree;
+ Boolean mappingNotifyInterest = False;
+ XtTranslations xlations = widget->core.tm.translations;
+
+ if (xlations == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0;
+ i < xlations->numStateTrees;
+ i++)
+ {
+ stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
+ mappingNotifyInterest |= stateTree->mappingNotifyInterest;
+ }
+ if (mappingNotifyInterest)
+ RemoveFromMappingCallbacks(widget, (XtPointer)widget, NULL);
+}
+
+static void _XtUninstallTranslations(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ XtTranslations xlations = widget->core.tm.translations;
+
+ _XtUnbindActions(widget,
+ xlations,
+ (TMBindData)widget->core.tm.proc_table);
+ _XtRemoveTranslations(widget);
+ widget->core.tm.translations = NULL;
+ FreeContext((TMContext *)&widget->core.tm.current_state);
+}
+
+void _XtDestroyTMData(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ TMComplexBindData cBindData;
+
+ _XtUninstallTranslations(widget);
+
+ if ((cBindData = (TMComplexBindData)widget->core.tm.proc_table)) {
+ if (cBindData->isComplex) {
+ ATranslations aXlations, nXlations;
+
+ nXlations = (ATranslations) cBindData->accel_context;
+ while (nXlations){
+ aXlations = nXlations;
+ nXlations = nXlations->next;
+ XtFree((char *)aXlations);
+ }
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)cBindData);
+ }
+}
+
+/*** Public procedures ***/
+
+
+void XtUninstallTranslations(
+ Widget widget)
+{
+ EventMask oldMask;
+ Widget hookobj;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ if (! widget->core.tm.translations) {
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+ oldMask = widget->core.tm.translations->eventMask;
+ _XtUninstallTranslations(widget);
+ if (XtIsRealized(widget) && oldMask)
+ XSelectInput(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
+ XtBuildEventMask(widget));
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHuninstallTranslations;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+XtTranslations _XtCreateXlations(
+ TMStateTree *stateTrees,
+ TMShortCard numStateTrees,
+ XtTranslations first,
+ XtTranslations second)
+{
+ XtTranslations xlations;
+ TMShortCard i;
+
+ xlations = (XtTranslations)
+ __XtMalloc(sizeof(TranslationData) +
+ (numStateTrees-1) * sizeof(TMStateTree));
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (_XtGlobalTM.numTms == _XtGlobalTM.tmTblSize) {
+ _XtGlobalTM.tmTblSize += 16;
+ _XtGlobalTM.tmTbl = (XtTranslations *)
+ XtRealloc((char *)_XtGlobalTM.tmTbl,
+ _XtGlobalTM.tmTblSize * sizeof(XtTranslations));
+ }
+ _XtGlobalTM.tmTbl[_XtGlobalTM.numTms++] = xlations;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+
+ xlations->composers[0] = first;
+ xlations->composers[1] = second;
+ xlations->hasBindings = False;
+ xlations->operation = XtTableReplace;
+
+ for (i = 0;i < numStateTrees; i++)
+ {
+ xlations->stateTreeTbl[i] = (TMStateTree) stateTrees[i];
+ stateTrees[i]->simple.refCount++;
+ }
+ xlations->numStateTrees = numStateTrees;
+ xlations->eventMask = 0;
+ return xlations;
+}
+
+TMStateTree _XtParseTreeToStateTree(
+ TMParseStateTree parseTree)
+{
+ TMSimpleStateTree simpleTree;
+ unsigned int tableSize;
+
+ if (parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads) {
+ TMComplexStateTree complexTree;
+
+ complexTree = XtNew(TMComplexStateTreeRec);
+ complexTree->isSimple = False;
+ tableSize = parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads * sizeof(StatePtr);
+ complexTree->complexBranchHeadTbl = (StatePtr *)
+ __XtMalloc(tableSize);
+ XtMemmove(complexTree->complexBranchHeadTbl,
+ parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl, tableSize);
+ complexTree->numComplexBranchHeads =
+ parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads;
+ simpleTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)complexTree;
+ }
+ else {
+ simpleTree = XtNew(TMSimpleStateTreeRec);
+ simpleTree->isSimple = True;
+ }
+ simpleTree->isAccelerator = parseTree->isAccelerator;
+ simpleTree->refCount = 0;
+ simpleTree->mappingNotifyInterest = parseTree->mappingNotifyInterest;
+
+ tableSize = parseTree->numBranchHeads * sizeof(TMBranchHeadRec);
+ simpleTree->branchHeadTbl = (TMBranchHead)
+ __XtMalloc(tableSize);
+ XtMemmove(simpleTree->branchHeadTbl, parseTree->branchHeadTbl, tableSize);
+ simpleTree->numBranchHeads = parseTree->numBranchHeads;
+
+ tableSize = parseTree->numQuarks * sizeof(XrmQuark);
+ simpleTree->quarkTbl = (XrmQuark *) __XtMalloc(tableSize);
+ XtMemmove(simpleTree->quarkTbl, parseTree->quarkTbl, tableSize);
+ simpleTree->numQuarks = parseTree->numQuarks;
+
+ return (TMStateTree)simpleTree;
+}
+
+static void FreeActions(
+ ActionPtr actions)
+{
+ ActionPtr action;
+ TMShortCard i;
+ for (action = actions; action;) {
+ ActionPtr nextAction = action->next;
+ for (i = action->num_params; i;) {
+ XtFree( action->params[--i] );
+ }
+ XtFree( (char*)action->params );
+ XtFree((char*) action);
+ action = nextAction;
+ }
+}
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void AmbigActions(
+ EventSeqPtr initialEvent,
+ StatePtr *state,
+ TMParseStateTree stateTree)
+{
+ String params[3];
+ Cardinal numParams = 0;
+
+ params[numParams++] = _XtPrintEventSeq(initialEvent, NULL);
+ params[numParams++] = _XtPrintActions((*state)->actions,
+ stateTree->quarkTbl);
+ XtWarningMsg (XtNtranslationError,"oldActions",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Previous entry was: %s %s", params, &numParams);
+ XtFree((char *)params[0]);
+ XtFree((char *)params[1]);
+ numParams = 0;
+ params[numParams++] = _XtPrintActions(initialEvent->actions,
+ stateTree->quarkTbl);
+ XtWarningMsg (XtNtranslationError,"newActions",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "New actions are:%s", params, &numParams);
+ XtFree((char *)params[0]);
+ XtWarningMsg (XtNtranslationError,"ambiguousActions",
+ XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Overriding earlier translation manager actions.",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ FreeActions((*state)->actions);
+ (*state)->actions = NULL;
+}
+
+
+void _XtAddEventSeqToStateTree(
+ EventSeqPtr eventSeq,
+ TMParseStateTree stateTree)
+{
+ StatePtr *state;
+ EventSeqPtr initialEvent = eventSeq;
+ TMBranchHead branchHead;
+ TMShortCard idx, modIndex, typeIndex;
+
+ if (eventSeq == NULL) return;
+
+ /* note that all states in the event seq passed in start out null */
+ /* we fill them in with the matching state as we traverse the list */
+
+ /*
+ * We need to free the parser data structures !!!
+ */
+
+ typeIndex = _XtGetTypeIndex(&eventSeq->event);
+ modIndex = _XtGetModifierIndex(&eventSeq->event);
+ idx = GetBranchHead(stateTree, typeIndex, modIndex, False);
+ branchHead = &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[idx];
+
+ /*
+ * Need to check for pre-existing actions with same lhs |||
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * Check for optimized case. Don't assume that the eventSeq has actions.
+ */
+ if (!eventSeq->next &&
+ eventSeq->actions &&
+ !eventSeq->actions->next &&
+ !eventSeq->actions->num_params)
+ {
+ if (eventSeq->event.eventType == MappingNotify)
+ stateTree->mappingNotifyInterest = True;
+ branchHead->hasActions = True;
+ branchHead->more = eventSeq->actions->idx;
+ FreeActions(eventSeq->actions);
+ eventSeq->actions = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ branchHead->isSimple = False;
+ if (!eventSeq->next)
+ branchHead->hasActions = True;
+ branchHead->more = GetComplexBranchIndex(stateTree, typeIndex, modIndex);
+ state = &stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[TMBranchMore(branchHead)];
+
+ for (;;) {
+ *state = NewState(stateTree, typeIndex, modIndex);
+
+ if (eventSeq->event.eventType == MappingNotify)
+ stateTree->mappingNotifyInterest = True;
+
+ /* *state now points at state record matching event */
+ eventSeq->state = *state;
+
+ if (eventSeq->actions != NULL) {
+ if ((*state)->actions != NULL)
+ AmbigActions(initialEvent, state, stateTree);
+ (*state)->actions = eventSeq->actions;
+#ifdef TRACE_TM
+ LOCK_PROCESS
+ _XtGlobalTM.numComplexActions++;
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+#endif /* TRACE_TM */
+ }
+
+ if (((eventSeq = eventSeq->next) == NULL) || (eventSeq->state))
+ break;
+
+ state = &(*state)->nextLevel;
+ typeIndex = _XtGetTypeIndex(&eventSeq->event);
+ modIndex = _XtGetModifierIndex(&eventSeq->event);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (!TMNewMatchSemantics()) {
+ /*
+ * force a potential empty entry into the branch head
+ * table in order to emulate old matching behavior
+ */
+ (void) GetBranchHead(stateTree, typeIndex, modIndex, True);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ }
+
+ if (eventSeq && eventSeq->state) {
+ /* we've been here before... must be a cycle in the event seq. */
+ branchHead->hasCycles = True;
+ (*state)->nextLevel = eventSeq->state;
+ eventSeq->state->isCycleStart = True;
+ (*state)->isCycleEnd = TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Internal Converter for merging. Old and New must both be valid xlations
+ */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+Boolean _XtCvtMergeTranslations(
+ Display *dpy,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args,
+ XrmValuePtr from,
+ XrmValuePtr to,
+ XtPointer *closure_ret)
+{
+ XtTranslations first, second, xlations;
+ TMStateTree *stateTrees, stackStateTrees[16];
+ TMShortCard numStateTrees, i;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtWarningMsg("invalidParameters","mergeTranslations",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "MergeTM to TranslationTable needs no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ if (to->addr != NULL && to->size < sizeof(XtTranslations)) {
+ to->size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ first = ((TMConvertRec*)from->addr)->old;
+ second = ((TMConvertRec*)from->addr)->new;
+
+ numStateTrees = first->numStateTrees + second->numStateTrees;
+
+ stateTrees = (TMStateTree *)
+ XtStackAlloc(numStateTrees * sizeof(TMStateTree), stackStateTrees);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < first->numStateTrees; i++)
+ stateTrees[i] = first->stateTreeTbl[i];
+ for (i = 0; i < second->numStateTrees; i++)
+ stateTrees[i + first->numStateTrees] = second->stateTreeTbl[i];
+
+ xlations = _XtCreateXlations(stateTrees, numStateTrees, first, second);
+
+ if (to->addr != NULL) {
+ *(XtTranslations*)to->addr = xlations;
+ }
+ else {
+ static XtTranslations staticStateTable;
+ staticStateTable = xlations;
+ to->addr= (XPointer)&staticStateTable;
+ to->size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
+ }
+
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)stateTrees, (XtPointer)stackStateTrees);
+ return True;
+}
+
+
+static XtTranslations MergeThem(
+ Widget dest,
+ XtTranslations first,
+ XtTranslations second)
+{
+ XtCacheRef cache_ref;
+ static XrmQuark from_type = NULLQUARK, to_type;
+ XrmValue from, to;
+ TMConvertRec convert_rec;
+ XtTranslations newTable;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (from_type == NULLQUARK) {
+ from_type = XrmPermStringToQuark(_XtRStateTablePair);
+ to_type = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRTranslationTable);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ from.addr = (XPointer)&convert_rec;
+ from.size = sizeof(TMConvertRec);
+ to.addr = (XPointer)&newTable;
+ to.size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
+ convert_rec.old = first;
+ convert_rec.new = second;
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (! _XtConvert(dest, from_type, &from, to_type, &to, &cache_ref)) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+#ifndef REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS
+
+ if (cache_ref)
+ XtAddCallback(dest, XtNdestroyCallback,
+ XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef, (XtPointer)cache_ref);
+
+#endif
+
+ return newTable;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Unmerge will recursively traverse the xlation compose tree and
+ * generate a new xlation that is the result of all instances of
+ * xlations being removed. It currently doesn't differentiate between
+ * the potential that an xlation will be both an accelerator and
+ * normal. This is not supported by the spec anyway.
+ */
+static XtTranslations UnmergeTranslations(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTranslations xlations,
+ XtTranslations unmergeXlations,
+ TMShortCard currIndex,
+ TMComplexBindProcs oldBindings,
+ TMShortCard numOldBindings,
+ TMComplexBindProcs newBindings,
+ TMShortCard *numNewBindingsRtn)
+
+{
+ XtTranslations first, second, result;
+
+ if (!xlations || (xlations == unmergeXlations))
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (xlations->composers[0]) {
+ first = UnmergeTranslations(widget, xlations->composers[0],
+ unmergeXlations, currIndex,
+ oldBindings, numOldBindings,
+ newBindings, numNewBindingsRtn);
+ }
+ else
+ first = NULL;
+
+ if (xlations->composers[1]) {
+ second = UnmergeTranslations(widget, xlations->composers[1],
+ unmergeXlations,
+ currIndex +
+ xlations->composers[0]->numStateTrees,
+ oldBindings, numOldBindings,
+ newBindings, numNewBindingsRtn);
+ }
+ else
+ second = NULL;
+
+ if (first || second) {
+ if (first && second) {
+ if ((first != xlations->composers[0]) ||
+ (second != xlations->composers[1]))
+ result = MergeThem(widget, first, second);
+ else result = xlations;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (first)
+ result = first;
+ else
+ result = second;
+ }
+ } else { /* only update for leaf nodes */
+ if (numOldBindings) {
+ Cardinal i;
+ for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++) {
+ if (xlations->stateTreeTbl[i]->simple.isAccelerator)
+ newBindings[*numNewBindingsRtn] =
+ oldBindings[currIndex + i];
+ (*numNewBindingsRtn)++;
+ }
+ }
+ result = xlations;
+ }
+ return result;
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+ XtTranslations xlations;
+ TMComplexBindProcs bindings;
+}MergeBindRec, *MergeBind;
+
+static XtTranslations MergeTranslations(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTranslations oldXlations,
+ XtTranslations newXlations,
+ _XtTranslateOp operation,
+ Widget source,
+ TMComplexBindProcs oldBindings,
+ TMComplexBindProcs newBindings,
+ TMShortCard *numNewRtn)
+{
+ XtTranslations newTable = NULL, xlations;
+ TMComplexBindProcs bindings;
+ TMShortCard i, j;
+ TMStateTree *treePtr;
+ TMShortCard numNew = *numNewRtn;
+ MergeBindRec bindPair[2];
+
+ /* If the new translation has an accelerator context then pull it
+ * off and pass it and the real xlations in to the caching merge
+ * routine.
+ */
+ if (newXlations->hasBindings) {
+ xlations = ((ATranslations) newXlations)->xlations;
+ bindings = (TMComplexBindProcs)
+ &((ATranslations) newXlations)->bindTbl[0];
+ }
+ else {
+ xlations = newXlations;
+ bindings = NULL;
+ }
+ switch(operation) {
+ case XtTableReplace:
+ newTable = bindPair[0].xlations = xlations;
+ bindPair[0].bindings = bindings;
+ bindPair[1].xlations = NULL;
+ bindPair[1].bindings = NULL;
+ break;
+ case XtTableAugment:
+ bindPair[0].xlations = oldXlations;
+ bindPair[0].bindings = oldBindings;
+ bindPair[1].xlations = xlations;
+ bindPair[1].bindings = bindings;
+ newTable = NULL;
+ break;
+ case XtTableOverride:
+ bindPair[0].xlations = xlations;
+ bindPair[0].bindings = bindings;
+ bindPair[1].xlations = oldXlations;
+ bindPair[1].bindings = oldBindings;
+ newTable = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!newTable)
+ newTable = MergeThem(widget, bindPair[0].xlations, bindPair[1].xlations);
+
+ for (i = 0, numNew = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+ if (bindPair[i].xlations)
+ for (j = 0; j < bindPair[i].xlations->numStateTrees; j++, numNew++) {
+ if (bindPair[i].xlations->stateTreeTbl[j]->simple.isAccelerator) {
+ if (bindPair[i].bindings)
+ newBindings[numNew] = bindPair[i].bindings[j];
+ else {
+ newBindings[numNew].widget = source;
+ newBindings[numNew].aXlations =
+ bindPair[i].xlations;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ *numNewRtn = numNew;
+ treePtr = &newTable->stateTreeTbl[0];
+ for (i = 0; i < newTable->numStateTrees; i++, treePtr++)
+ (*treePtr)->simple.refCount++;
+ return newTable;
+}
+
+static TMBindData MakeBindData(
+ TMComplexBindProcs bindings,
+ TMShortCard numBindings,
+ TMBindData oldBindData)
+{
+ TMLongCard bytes;
+ TMShortCard i;
+ Boolean isComplex;
+ TMBindData bindData;
+
+ if (numBindings == 0)
+ return NULL;
+ for (i = 0; i < numBindings; i++)
+ if (bindings[i].widget)
+ break;
+ isComplex = (i < numBindings);
+ if (isComplex)
+ bytes = (sizeof(TMComplexBindDataRec) +
+ ((numBindings - 1) *
+ sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec)));
+ else
+ bytes = (sizeof(TMSimpleBindDataRec) +
+ ((numBindings - 1) *
+ sizeof(TMSimpleBindProcsRec)));
+
+ bindData = (TMBindData) __XtCalloc(sizeof(char), bytes);
+ bindData->simple.isComplex = isComplex;
+ if (isComplex) {
+ TMComplexBindData cBindData = (TMComplexBindData)bindData;
+ /*
+ * If there were any accelerator contexts in the old bindData
+ * then propagate them to the new one.
+ */
+ if (oldBindData && oldBindData->simple.isComplex)
+ cBindData->accel_context =
+ ((TMComplexBindData) oldBindData)->accel_context;
+ XtMemmove((char *)&cBindData->bindTbl[0], (char *)bindings,
+ numBindings * sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec));
+ }
+ return bindData;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This routine is the central clearinghouse for merging translations
+ * into a widget. It takes care of preping the action bindings for
+ * realize time and calling the converter or doing a straight merge if
+ * the destination is empty.
+ */
+static Boolean ComposeTranslations(
+ Widget dest,
+ _XtTranslateOp operation,
+ Widget source,
+ XtTranslations newXlations)
+{
+ XtTranslations newTable, oldXlations;
+ XtTranslations accNewXlations;
+ EventMask oldMask = 0;
+ TMBindData bindData;
+ TMComplexBindProcs oldBindings = NULL;
+ TMShortCard numOldBindings = 0, numNewBindings = 0, numBytes;
+ TMComplexBindProcsRec stackBindings[16], *newBindings;
+
+ /*
+ * how should we be handling the refcount decrement for the
+ * replaced translation table ???
+ */
+ if (!newXlations)
+ {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(dest),
+ XtNtranslationError,"nullTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "table to (un)merge must not be null",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return False;
+ }
+
+ accNewXlations = newXlations;
+ newXlations = ((newXlations->hasBindings)
+ ? ((ATranslations)newXlations)->xlations
+ : newXlations);
+
+ if (!(oldXlations = dest->core.tm.translations))
+ operation = XtTableReplace;
+
+ /*
+ * try to avoid generation of duplicate state trees. If the source
+ * isn't simple (1 state Tree) then it's too much hassle
+ */
+ if (((operation == XtTableAugment) ||
+ (operation == XtTableOverride)) &&
+ (newXlations->numStateTrees == 1)) {
+ Cardinal i;
+ for (i = 0; i < oldXlations->numStateTrees; i++)
+ if (oldXlations->stateTreeTbl[i] ==
+ newXlations->stateTreeTbl[0])
+ break;
+ if (i < oldXlations->numStateTrees) {
+ if (operation == XtTableAugment) {
+ /*
+ * we don't need to do anything since it's already
+ * there
+ */
+ return True;
+ }
+ else {/* operation == XtTableOverride */
+ /*
+ * We'll get rid of the duplicate trees throughout the
+ * and leave it with a pruned translation table. This
+ * will only work if the same table has been merged
+ * into this table (or one of it's composers
+ */
+ _XtUnmergeTranslations(dest, newXlations);
+ /*
+ * reset oldXlations so we're back in sync
+ */
+ if (!(oldXlations = dest->core.tm.translations))
+ operation = XtTableReplace;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ bindData = (TMBindData) dest->core.tm.proc_table;
+ if (bindData) {
+ numOldBindings = (oldXlations ? oldXlations->numStateTrees : 0);
+ if (bindData->simple.isComplex)
+ oldBindings = &((TMComplexBindData)bindData)->bindTbl[0];
+ else
+ oldBindings = (TMComplexBindProcs)
+ (&((TMSimpleBindData)bindData)->bindTbl[0]);
+ }
+
+ numBytes =(((oldXlations ? oldXlations->numStateTrees : 0)
+ + newXlations->numStateTrees) * sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec));
+ newBindings = (TMComplexBindProcs) XtStackAlloc(numBytes, stackBindings);
+ XtBZero((char *)newBindings, numBytes);
+
+ if (operation == XtTableUnmerge) {
+ newTable = UnmergeTranslations(dest,
+ oldXlations,
+ newXlations,
+ 0,
+ oldBindings, numOldBindings,
+ newBindings, &numNewBindings);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ /* check for no match for unmerge */
+ if (newTable == oldXlations) {
+ XtWarning("attempt to unmerge invalid table");
+ XtStackFree((char *)newBindings, (char *)stackBindings);
+ return(newTable != NULL);
+ }
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+ }
+ else {
+ newTable = MergeTranslations(dest,
+ oldXlations,
+ accNewXlations,
+ operation,
+ source,
+ oldBindings,
+ newBindings,
+ &numNewBindings);
+ }
+ if (XtIsRealized(dest)) {
+ oldMask = 0;
+ if (oldXlations)
+ oldMask = oldXlations->eventMask;
+ _XtUninstallTranslations(dest);
+ }
+
+ dest->core.tm.proc_table =
+ (XtActionProc *) MakeBindData(newBindings, numNewBindings, bindData);
+
+ if (bindData) XtFree((char *)bindData);
+
+ dest->core.tm.translations = newTable;
+
+ if (XtIsRealized(dest)) {
+ EventMask mask = 0;
+ _XtInstallTranslations(dest);
+ if (newTable)
+ mask = newTable->eventMask;
+ if (mask != oldMask)
+ XSelectInput(XtDisplay(dest), XtWindow(dest),
+ XtBuildEventMask(dest));
+ }
+ XtStackFree((XtPointer)newBindings, (XtPointer)stackBindings);
+ return(newTable != NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * If a GetValues is done on a translation resource that contains
+ * accelerators we need to return the accelerator context in addition
+ * to the pure translations. Since this means returning memory that
+ * the client controlls but we still own, we will track the "headers"
+ * that we return (via a linked list pointed to from the bindData) and
+ * free it at destroy time.
+ */
+XtTranslations _XtGetTranslationValue(
+ Widget w)
+{
+ XtTM tmRecPtr = (XtTM) &w->core.tm;
+ ATranslations *aXlationsPtr;
+ TMComplexBindData cBindData = (TMComplexBindData) tmRecPtr->proc_table;
+ XtTranslations xlations = tmRecPtr->translations;
+
+ if (!xlations || !cBindData || !cBindData->isComplex)
+ return xlations;
+
+ /* Walk the list looking to see if we already have generated a
+ * header for the currently installed translations. If we have,
+ * just return that header. Otherwise create a new header.
+ */
+ for (aXlationsPtr = (ATranslations *) &cBindData->accel_context;
+ *aXlationsPtr && (*aXlationsPtr)->xlations != xlations;
+ aXlationsPtr = &(*aXlationsPtr)->next)
+ ;
+ if (*aXlationsPtr)
+ return (XtTranslations) *aXlationsPtr;
+ else {
+ /* create a new aXlations context */
+ ATranslations aXlations;
+ Cardinal numBindings = xlations->numStateTrees;
+
+ (*aXlationsPtr) = aXlations = (ATranslations)
+ __XtMalloc(sizeof(ATranslationData) +
+ (numBindings - 1) * sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec));
+
+ aXlations->hasBindings = True;
+ aXlations->xlations = xlations;
+ aXlations->next = NULL;
+ XtMemmove((char *) &aXlations->bindTbl[0],
+ (char *) &cBindData->bindTbl[0],
+ numBindings * sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec));
+ return (XtTranslations) aXlations;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void RemoveStateTree(
+ TMStateTree tree)
+{
+#ifdef REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS
+ TMComplexStateTree stateTree = (TMComplexStateTree)tree;
+
+ if (--stateTree->refCount == 0) {
+ /*
+ * should we free/refcount the match recs ?
+ */
+ if (!stateTree->isSimple) {
+ StatePtr currState, nextState;
+ TMShortCard i;
+ for (i = 0; i < stateTree->numComplexBranchHeads; i++) {
+ currState =
+ nextState =
+ stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[i];
+ for (; nextState;){
+ FreeActions(currState->actions);
+ currState->actions = NULL;
+ if (!currState->isCycleEnd)
+ nextState = currState->nextLevel;
+ else
+ nextState = NULL;
+ XtFree( (char*)currState );
+ }
+ }
+ XtFree((char*)stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl);
+ }
+ XtFree((char*)stateTree->branchHeadTbl);
+ XtFree((char*)stateTree);
+ }
+#endif /* REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS */
+}
+
+void _XtRemoveStateTreeByIndex(
+ XtTranslations xlations,
+ TMShortCard i)
+{
+ TMStateTree *stateTrees = xlations->stateTreeTbl;
+
+ RemoveStateTree(stateTrees[i]);
+ xlations->numStateTrees--;
+
+ for (; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++)
+ {
+ stateTrees[i] = stateTrees[i+1];
+ }
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void _XtFreeTranslations(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ XrmValuePtr toVal,
+ XtPointer closure,
+ XrmValuePtr args,
+ Cardinal *num_args)
+{
+ XtTranslations xlations;
+ int i;
+
+ if (*num_args != 0)
+ XtAppWarningMsg(app,
+ "invalidParameters","freeTranslations",XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Freeing XtTranslations requires no extra arguments",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+
+ xlations = *(XtTranslations*)toVal->addr;
+ for (i = 0; i < (int)xlations->numStateTrees; i++)
+ RemoveStateTree(xlations->stateTreeTbl[i]);
+ XtFree((char *)xlations);
+}
+
+/* The spec is not clear on when actions specified in accelerators are bound;
+ * Bind them at Realize the same as translations
+ */
+void XtInstallAccelerators(
+ Widget destination, Widget source)
+{
+ XtTranslations aXlations;
+ _XtTranslateOp op;
+ String buf;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(destination);
+
+ /*
+ * test that it was parsed as an accelarator table. Even though
+ * there doesn't need to be a distinction it makes life easier if
+ * we honor the spec implication that aXlations is an accelerator
+ */
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if ((!XtIsWidget(source)) ||
+ ((aXlations = source->core.accelerators) == NULL) ||
+ (aXlations->stateTreeTbl[0]->simple.isAccelerator == False)) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ aXlations = source->core.accelerators;
+ op = aXlations->operation;
+
+ if (ComposeTranslations(destination, op, source, aXlations) &&
+ (XtClass(source)->core_class.display_accelerator != NULL)) {
+
+ buf = _XtPrintXlations(destination, aXlations, source, False);
+ (*(XtClass(source)->core_class.display_accelerator))(source,buf);
+ XtFree(buf);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtInstallAllAccelerators(
+ Widget destination,
+ Widget source)
+{
+ Cardinal i;
+ CompositeWidget cw;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(destination);
+
+ /* Recurse down normal children */
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ if (XtIsComposite(source)) {
+ cw = (CompositeWidget) source;
+ for (i = 0; i < cw->composite.num_children; i++) {
+ XtInstallAllAccelerators(destination,cw->composite.children[i]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Recurse down popup children */
+ if (XtIsWidget(source)) {
+ for (i = 0; i < source->core.num_popups; i++) {
+ XtInstallAllAccelerators(destination,source->core.popup_list[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Finally, apply procedure to this widget */
+ XtInstallAccelerators(destination,source);
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+#if 0 /* dead code */
+static _XtTranslateOp _XtGetTMOperation(
+ XtTranslations xlations)
+{
+ return ((xlations->hasBindings)
+ ? ((ATranslations)xlations)->xlations->operation
+ : xlations->operation);
+}
+#endif
+
+void XtAugmentTranslations(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTranslations new)
+{
+ Widget hookobj;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (void)ComposeTranslations(widget, XtTableAugment, (Widget)NULL, new);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHaugmentTranslations;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void XtOverrideTranslations(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTranslations new)
+{
+ Widget hookobj;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ (void) ComposeTranslations(widget, XtTableOverride, (Widget)NULL, new);
+ hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
+ if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
+ XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
+
+ call_data.type = XtHoverrideTranslations;
+ call_data.widget = widget;
+ XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
+ ((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
+ (XtPointer)&call_data);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void _XtMergeTranslations(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTranslations newXlations,
+ _XtTranslateOp op)
+{
+ if (!newXlations){
+ if (!widget->core.tm.translations)
+ return;
+ else {
+ newXlations = widget->core.tm.translations;
+ widget->core.tm.translations = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ (void) ComposeTranslations(widget,
+ op,
+ (Widget)NULL,
+ newXlations);
+}
+
+void _XtUnmergeTranslations(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTranslations xlations)
+{
+ ComposeTranslations(widget, XtTableUnmerge, (Widget)NULL, xlations);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/************************************************************
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+
+#define xmalloc __XtMalloc
+#define xfree XtFree
+#include <X11/Xthreads.h>
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define NDEBUG
+#endif
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+typedef struct _ThreadStack {
+ unsigned int size;
+ int sp;
+ struct _Tstack {
+ xthread_t t;
+ xcondition_t c;
+ } *st;
+} ThreadStack;
+
+typedef struct _LockRec {
+ xmutex_t mutex;
+ int level;
+ ThreadStack stack;
+#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ xthread_t holder;
+ xcondition_t cond;
+#endif
+} LockRec;
+
+
+#define STACK_INCR 16
+
+static LockPtr process_lock = NULL;
+
+static void
+InitProcessLock(void)
+{
+ if(!process_lock) {
+ process_lock = XtNew(LockRec);
+ process_lock->mutex = xmutex_malloc();
+ xmutex_init(process_lock->mutex);
+ process_lock->level = 0;
+#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ process_lock->cond = xcondition_malloc();
+ xcondition_init(process_lock->cond);
+ xthread_clear_id(process_lock->holder);
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+ProcessLock(void)
+{
+#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ xmutex_lock(process_lock->mutex);
+ process_lock->level++;
+#else
+ xthread_t this_thread = xthread_self();
+
+ xmutex_lock(process_lock->mutex);
+
+ if (!xthread_have_id(process_lock->holder)) {
+ process_lock->holder = this_thread;
+ xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (xthread_equal(process_lock->holder,this_thread)) {
+ process_lock->level++;
+ xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ while(xthread_have_id(process_lock->holder))
+ xcondition_wait(process_lock->cond, process_lock->mutex);
+
+ process_lock->holder = this_thread;
+ assert(xthread_equal(process_lock->holder, this_thread));
+ xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+ProcessUnlock(void)
+{
+#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ process_lock->level--;
+ xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
+#else
+ xmutex_lock(process_lock->mutex);
+ assert(xthread_equal(process_lock->holder, xthread_self()));
+ if (process_lock->level != 0) {
+ process_lock->level--;
+ xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ xthread_clear_id(process_lock->holder);
+ xcondition_signal(process_lock->cond);
+
+ xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static void
+AppLock(XtAppContext app)
+{
+ LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
+#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
+ app_lock->level++;
+#else
+ xthread_t self = xthread_self();
+ xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
+ if (!xthread_have_id(app_lock->holder)) {
+ app_lock->holder = self;
+ assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
+ xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self)) {
+ app_lock->level++;
+ xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
+ return;
+ }
+ while(xthread_have_id(app_lock->holder)) {
+ xcondition_wait(app_lock->cond, app_lock->mutex);
+ }
+ app_lock->holder = self;
+ assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
+ xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+AppUnlock(XtAppContext app)
+{
+ LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
+#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ app_lock->level--;
+ xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
+#else
+ xthread_t self;
+
+ self = xthread_self();
+ xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
+ assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
+ if (app_lock->level != 0) {
+ app_lock->level--;
+ xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
+ return;
+ }
+ xthread_clear_id(app_lock->holder);
+ xcondition_signal(app_lock->cond);
+ xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+YieldAppLock(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ Boolean* push_thread,
+ Boolean* pushed_thread,
+ int* level)
+{
+ LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
+ xthread_t self = xthread_self();
+#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
+ assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
+#endif
+ *level = app_lock->level;
+ if (*push_thread) {
+ *push_thread = FALSE;
+ *pushed_thread = TRUE;
+
+ if(app_lock->stack.sp == (int)app_lock->stack.size - 1) {
+ unsigned ii;
+ app_lock->stack.st = (struct _Tstack *)
+ XtRealloc ((char *)app_lock->stack.st,
+ (app_lock->stack.size + STACK_INCR) * sizeof (struct _Tstack));
+ ii = app_lock->stack.size;
+ app_lock->stack.size += STACK_INCR;
+ for ( ; ii < app_lock->stack.size; ii++) {
+ app_lock->stack.st[ii].c = xcondition_malloc();
+ xcondition_init(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c);
+ }
+ }
+ app_lock->stack.st[++(app_lock->stack.sp)].t = self;
+ }
+#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ while (app_lock->level > 0) {
+ app_lock->level--;
+ xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
+ }
+#else
+ xcondition_signal(app_lock->cond);
+ app_lock->level = 0;
+ xthread_clear_id(app_lock->holder);
+ xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+RestoreAppLock(
+ XtAppContext app,
+ int level,
+ Boolean* pushed_thread)
+{
+ LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
+ xthread_t self = xthread_self();
+ xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
+#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ app_lock->level++;
+#else
+ while(xthread_have_id(app_lock->holder)) {
+ xcondition_wait(app_lock->cond, app_lock->mutex);
+ }
+#endif
+ if (!xthread_equal(app_lock->stack.st[app_lock->stack.sp].t, self)) {
+ int ii;
+ for (ii = app_lock->stack.sp - 1; ii >= 0; ii--) {
+ if (xthread_equal(app_lock->stack.st[ii].t, self)) {
+ xcondition_wait(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c, app_lock->mutex);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ while(xthread_have_id(app_lock->holder)) {
+ xcondition_wait(app_lock->cond, app_lock->mutex);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ while (app_lock->level < level) {
+ xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
+ app_lock->level++;
+ }
+#else
+ app_lock->holder = self;
+ app_lock->level = level;
+ assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
+#endif
+ if (*pushed_thread) {
+ *pushed_thread = FALSE;
+ (app_lock->stack.sp)--;
+ if (app_lock->stack.sp >= 0) {
+ xcondition_signal (app_lock->stack.st[app_lock->stack.sp].c);
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+FreeAppLock(XtAppContext app)
+{
+ unsigned ii;
+ LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
+
+ if(app_lock) {
+ xmutex_clear(app_lock->mutex);
+ xmutex_free(app_lock->mutex);
+#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ xcondition_clear(app_lock->cond);
+ xcondition_free(app_lock->cond);
+#endif
+ if(app_lock->stack.st != (struct _Tstack *)NULL) {
+ for (ii = 0; ii < app_lock->stack.size; ii++) {
+ xcondition_clear(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c);
+ xcondition_free(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c);
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)app_lock->stack.st);
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)app_lock);
+ app->lock_info = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+InitAppLock(XtAppContext app)
+{
+ int ii;
+ LockPtr app_lock;
+
+ app->lock = AppLock;
+ app->unlock = AppUnlock;
+ app->yield_lock = YieldAppLock;
+ app->restore_lock = RestoreAppLock;
+ app->free_lock = FreeAppLock;
+
+ app_lock = app->lock_info = XtNew(LockRec);
+ app_lock->mutex = xmutex_malloc();
+ xmutex_init(app_lock->mutex);
+ app_lock->level = 0;
+#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
+ app_lock->cond = xcondition_malloc();
+ xcondition_init(app_lock->cond);
+ xthread_clear_id(app_lock->holder);
+#endif
+ app_lock->stack.size = STACK_INCR;
+ app_lock->stack.sp = -1;
+ app_lock->stack.st =
+ (struct _Tstack *)__XtMalloc(sizeof(struct _Tstack)*STACK_INCR);
+ for (ii = 0; ii < STACK_INCR; ii++) {
+ app_lock->stack.st[ii].c = xcondition_malloc();
+ xcondition_init(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(XTHREADS) */
+
+void XtAppLock(XtAppContext app)
+{
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ if(app->lock)
+ (*app->lock)(app);
+#endif
+}
+
+void XtAppUnlock(XtAppContext app)
+{
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ if(app->unlock)
+ (*app->unlock)(app);
+#endif
+}
+
+void XtProcessLock(void)
+{
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ if(_XtProcessLock)
+ (*_XtProcessLock)();
+#endif
+}
+
+void XtProcessUnlock(void)
+{
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ if(_XtProcessUnlock)
+ (*_XtProcessUnlock)();
+#endif
+}
+
+Boolean XtToolkitThreadInitialize(void)
+{
+#ifdef XTHREADS
+ if (_XtProcessLock == NULL) {
+#ifdef xthread_init
+ xthread_init();
+#endif
+ InitProcessLock();
+ _XtProcessLock = ProcessLock;
+ _XtProcessUnlock = ProcessUnlock;
+ _XtInitAppLock = InitAppLock;
+ }
+ return True;
+#else
+ return False;
+#endif
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1885, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "Shell.h"
+#include "VarargsI.h"
+#include "CreateI.h"
+
+#if (defined(SUNSHLIB) || defined(AIXSHLIB)) && defined(SHAREDCODE)
+#define XtToolkitInitialize _XtToolkitInitialize
+#endif /* (SUNSHLIB || AIXSHLIB) && SHAREDCODE */
+
+static Widget
+_XtVaCreateWidget(
+ String name,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ va_list var,
+ int count)
+{
+ register Widget widget;
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args = NULL;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+
+ _XtVaToTypedArgList(var, count, &typed_args, &num_args);
+
+ widget = _XtCreateWidget(name, widget_class, parent, (ArgList)NULL,
+ (Cardinal)0, typed_args, num_args);
+
+ if (typed_args != NULL) {
+ XtFree((XtPointer)typed_args);
+ }
+
+ return widget;
+}
+
+
+Widget
+XtVaCreateWidget(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ register Widget widget;
+ int total_count, typed_count;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(parent);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ va_start(var,parent);
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var,parent);
+ widget = _XtVaCreateWidget((String)name, widget_class, parent, var,
+ total_count);
+ va_end(var);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return widget;
+}
+
+
+Widget
+XtVaCreateManagedWidget(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ register Widget widget;
+ int total_count, typed_count;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(parent);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ va_start(var,parent);
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var,parent);
+ widget = _XtVaCreateWidget((String)name, widget_class, parent, var,
+ total_count);
+ XtManageChild(widget);
+ va_end(var);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return widget;
+}
+
+
+Widget
+XtVaAppCreateShell(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* class,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Display* display,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ register Widget widget;
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args = NULL;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+ int total_count, typed_count;
+ DPY_TO_APPCON(display);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ va_start(var,display);
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var,display);
+
+ _XtVaToTypedArgList(var, total_count, &typed_args, &num_args);
+ widget = _XtAppCreateShell((String)name, (String)class, widget_class,
+ display, (ArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0, typed_args, num_args);
+ if (typed_args != NULL) {
+ XtFree((XtPointer)typed_args);
+ }
+
+ va_end(var);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return widget;
+}
+
+
+Widget
+XtVaCreatePopupShell(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ Widget parent,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ register Widget widget;
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args = NULL;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+ int total_count, typed_count;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(parent);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ va_start(var,parent);
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var,parent);
+
+ _XtVaToTypedArgList(var, total_count, &typed_args, &num_args);
+ widget = _XtCreatePopupShell((String)name, widget_class, parent,
+ (ArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0, typed_args, num_args);
+ if (typed_args != NULL) {
+ XtFree((XtPointer)typed_args);
+ }
+
+ va_end(var);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ return widget;
+}
+
+void
+XtVaSetValues(Widget widget, ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ ArgList args = NULL;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+ int total_count, typed_count;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ va_start(var,widget);
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var,widget);
+
+ _XtVaToArgList(widget, var, total_count, &args, &num_args);
+ XtSetValues(widget, args, num_args);
+ _XtFreeArgList(args, total_count, typed_count);
+
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+ va_end(var);
+}
+
+
+void
+XtVaSetSubvalues(XtPointer base, XtResourceList resources, Cardinal num_resources, ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ ArgList args;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+ int total_count, typed_count;
+
+ va_start(var, num_resources);
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+ va_end(var);
+
+ if (typed_count != 0) {
+ XtWarning("XtVaTypedArg is not valid in XtVaSetSubvalues()\n");
+ }
+
+ va_start(var, num_resources);
+ _XtVaToArgList((Widget)NULL, var, total_count, &args, &num_args);
+
+ XtSetSubvalues(base, resources, num_resources, args, num_args);
+
+ if (num_args != 0) {
+ XtFree((XtPointer)args);
+ }
+
+ va_end(var);
+}
+
+Widget
+_XtVaOpenApplication(
+ XtAppContext *app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescList options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ va_list var_args)
+{
+ XtAppContext app_con;
+ Display * dpy;
+ register int saved_argc = *argc_in_out;
+ Widget root;
+ String attr;
+ int count = 0;
+ XtTypedArgList typed_args;
+
+ XtToolkitInitialize(); /* cannot be moved into _XtAppInit */
+
+ dpy = _XtAppInit(&app_con, (String)application_class, options, num_options,
+ argc_in_out, &argv_in_out, fallback_resources);
+
+ typed_args = (XtTypedArgList) __XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(XtTypedArg));
+ attr = va_arg (var_args, String);
+ for(; attr != NULL; attr = va_arg (var_args, String)) {
+ if (strcmp(attr, XtVaTypedArg) == 0) {
+ typed_args[count].name = va_arg(var_args, String);
+ typed_args[count].type = va_arg(var_args, String);
+ typed_args[count].value = va_arg(var_args, XtArgVal);
+ typed_args[count].size = va_arg(var_args, int);
+ } else {
+ typed_args[count].name = attr;
+ typed_args[count].type = NULL;
+ typed_args[count].value = va_arg(var_args, XtArgVal);
+ typed_args[count].size = 0;
+ }
+ count++;
+ typed_args = (XtTypedArgList)
+ XtRealloc((char *) typed_args,
+ (unsigned) (count + 1) * sizeof(XtTypedArg));
+ }
+ typed_args[count].name = NULL;
+
+ va_end (var_args);
+
+ root =
+ XtVaAppCreateShell( NULL, application_class,
+ widget_class, dpy,
+ XtNscreen, (XtArgVal)DefaultScreenOfDisplay(dpy),
+ XtNargc, (XtArgVal)saved_argc,
+ XtNargv, (XtArgVal)argv_in_out,
+ XtVaNestedList, (XtVarArgsList)typed_args,
+ NULL );
+
+ if (app_context_return != NULL)
+ *app_context_return = app_con;
+
+ XtFree((XtPointer)typed_args);
+ XtFree((XtPointer)argv_in_out);
+ return(root);
+}
+
+Widget
+_XtVaAppInitialize(
+ XtAppContext *app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescList options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources,
+ va_list var_args)
+{
+ return _XtVaOpenApplication(app_context_return, application_class,
+ options, num_options,
+ argc_in_out, argv_in_out, fallback_resources,
+ applicationShellWidgetClass, var_args);
+}
+
+#if !((defined(SUNSHLIB) || defined(AIXSHLIB)) && defined(SHAREDCODE))
+
+/*
+ * If not used as a shared library, we still need a front end to
+ * _XtVaOpenApplication and to _XtVaAppInitialize.
+ */
+
+Widget
+XtVaOpenApplication(
+ XtAppContext *app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescList options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+
+ va_start(var, widget_class);
+ return _XtVaOpenApplication(app_context_return, (String)application_class,
+ options, num_options, argc_in_out, argv_in_out,
+ fallback_resources, widget_class, var);
+}
+
+Widget
+XtVaAppInitialize(
+ XtAppContext *app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescList options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+
+ va_start(var, fallback_resources);
+ return _XtVaOpenApplication(app_context_return, (String)application_class,
+ options, num_options, argc_in_out, argv_in_out,
+ fallback_resources,
+ applicationShellWidgetClass, var);
+}
+
+#endif /* !((SUNSHLIB || AIXSHLIB) && SHAREDCODE) */
+
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "VarargsI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+static String XtNxtGetTypedArg = "xtGetTypedArg";
+
+void
+XtVaGetSubresources(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtPointer base,
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* class,
+ XtResourceList resources,
+ Cardinal num_resources,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ XtTypedArgList args;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+ int total_count, typed_count;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ va_start(var, num_resources);
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var, num_resources);
+
+ _XtVaToTypedArgList(var, total_count, &args, &num_args);
+
+ _XtGetSubresources(widget, base, name, class, resources, num_resources,
+ NULL, 0, args, num_args);
+
+ if (num_args != 0) {
+ XtFree((XtPointer)args);
+ }
+
+ va_end(var);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+void
+XtVaGetApplicationResources(Widget widget, XtPointer base, XtResourceList resources, Cardinal num_resources, ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ XtTypedArgList args;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+ int total_count, typed_count;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ va_start(var,num_resources);
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var,num_resources);
+
+ _XtVaToTypedArgList(var, total_count, &args, &num_args);
+
+ _XtGetApplicationResources(widget, base, resources, num_resources,
+ NULL, 0, args, num_args);
+
+ if (num_args != 0) {
+ XtFree((XtPointer)args);
+ }
+
+ va_end(var);
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+
+static void
+GetTypedArg(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_arg,
+ XtResourceList resources,
+ Cardinal num_resources)
+{
+ String from_type = NULL;
+ Cardinal from_size = 0;
+ XrmValue from_val, to_val;
+ register Cardinal i;
+ Arg arg;
+ XtPointer value;
+
+ /* note we presume that the XtResourceList to be un-compiled */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_resources; i++) {
+ if (StringToName(typed_arg->name) == StringToName(resources[i].resource_name)) {
+ from_type = resources[i].resource_type;
+ from_size = resources[i].resource_size;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (i == num_resources) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "unknownType", XtNxtGetTypedArg, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Unable to find type of resource for conversion",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ value = ALLOCATE_LOCAL(from_size);
+ if (value == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
+ XtSetArg(arg, typed_arg->name, value);
+ XtGetValues(widget, &arg, 1);
+
+ from_val.size = from_size;
+ from_val.addr = (XPointer)value;
+ to_val.addr = (XPointer)typed_arg->value;
+ to_val.size = typed_arg->size;
+
+ if (!XtConvertAndStore(widget, from_type, &from_val,
+ typed_arg->type, &to_val)) {
+ if (to_val.size > (unsigned) typed_arg->size) {
+ String params[2];
+ Cardinal num_params = 2;
+ params[0] = typed_arg->type;
+ params[1] = XtName(widget);
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "insufficientSpace", XtNxtGetTypedArg, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Insufficient space for converted type '%s' in widget '%s'",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ else {
+ String params[3];
+ Cardinal num_params = 3;
+ params[0] = from_type;
+ params[1] = typed_arg->type;
+ params[2] = XtName(widget);
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "conversionFailed", XtNxtGetTypedArg, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Type conversion (%s to %s) failed for widget '%s'",
+ params, &num_params);
+ }
+ }
+ DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(value);
+}
+
+static int
+GetNestedArg(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTypedArgList avlist,
+ ArgList args,
+ XtResourceList resources,
+ Cardinal num_resources)
+{
+ int count = 0;
+
+ for (; avlist->name != NULL; avlist++) {
+ if (avlist->type != NULL) {
+ GetTypedArg(widget, avlist, resources, num_resources);
+ } else if(strcmp(avlist->name, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
+ count += GetNestedArg(widget, (XtTypedArgList)avlist->value,
+ args, resources, num_resources);
+ } else {
+ (args+count)->name = avlist->name;
+ (args+count)->value = avlist->value;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(count);
+}
+
+void
+XtVaGetValues(Widget widget, ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ String attr;
+ ArgList args;
+ XtTypedArg typed_arg;
+ XtResourceList resources = (XtResourceList)NULL;
+ Cardinal num_resources;
+ int count, total_count, typed_count;
+ WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
+
+ LOCK_APP(app);
+ va_start(var,widget);
+
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+
+ if (total_count != typed_count) {
+ args = (ArgList)__XtMalloc((unsigned)((total_count - typed_count)
+ * sizeof(Arg)));
+ }
+ else args = NULL; /* for lint; really unused */
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var,widget);
+ for(attr = va_arg(var, String), count = 0 ; attr != NULL;
+ attr = va_arg(var, String)) {
+ if (strcmp(attr, XtVaTypedArg) == 0) {
+ typed_arg.name = va_arg(var, String);
+ typed_arg.type = va_arg(var, String);
+ typed_arg.value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ typed_arg.size = va_arg(var, int);
+
+ if (resources == NULL) {
+ XtGetResourceList(XtClass(widget), &resources,&num_resources);
+ }
+
+ GetTypedArg(widget, &typed_arg, resources, num_resources);
+ } else if (strcmp(attr, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
+ if (resources == NULL) {
+ XtGetResourceList(XtClass(widget),&resources, &num_resources);
+ }
+
+ count += GetNestedArg(widget, va_arg(var, XtTypedArgList),
+ (args+count), resources, num_resources);
+ } else {
+ args[count].name = attr;
+ args[count].value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ count ++;
+ }
+ }
+ va_end(var);
+
+ if (resources != (XtResourceList)NULL) {
+ XtFree((XtPointer)resources);
+ }
+
+ if (total_count != typed_count) {
+ XtGetValues(widget, args, count);
+ XtFree((XtPointer)args);
+ }
+ UNLOCK_APP(app);
+}
+
+void
+XtVaGetSubvalues(XtPointer base,XtResourceList resources, Cardinal num_resources, ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ ArgList args;
+ Cardinal num_args;
+ int total_count, typed_count;
+
+ va_start(var,num_resources);
+
+ _XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
+
+ if (typed_count != 0) {
+ XtWarning("XtVaTypedArg is an invalid argument to XtVaGetSubvalues()\n");
+ }
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var,num_resources);
+ _XtVaToArgList((Widget)NULL, var, total_count, &args, &num_args);
+ va_end(var);
+
+ XtGetSubvalues(base, resources, num_resources, args, num_args);
+
+ if (num_args != 0) {
+ XtFree((XtPointer)args);
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "VarargsI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+
+static String XtNxtConvertVarToArgList = "xtConvertVarToArgList";
+
+/*
+ * Given a nested list, _XtCountNestedList() returns counts of the
+ * total number of attribute-value pairs and the count of those
+ * attributes that are typed. The list is counted recursively.
+ */
+static void
+_XtCountNestedList(
+ XtTypedArgList avlist,
+ int *total_count,
+ int *typed_count)
+{
+ for (; avlist->name != NULL; avlist++) {
+ if (strcmp(avlist->name, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
+ _XtCountNestedList((XtTypedArgList)avlist->value, total_count,
+ typed_count);
+ } else {
+ if (avlist->type != NULL) {
+ ++(*typed_count);
+ }
+ ++(*total_count);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Given a variable length attribute-value list, _XtCountVaList()
+ * returns counts of the total number of attribute-value pairs,
+ * and the count of the number of those attributes that are typed.
+ * The list is counted recursively.
+ */
+void
+_XtCountVaList(va_list var, int* total_count, int* typed_count)
+{
+ String attr;
+
+ *total_count = 0;
+ *typed_count = 0;
+
+ for(attr = va_arg(var, String) ; attr != NULL;
+ attr = va_arg(var, String)) {
+ if (strcmp(attr, XtVaTypedArg) == 0) {
+ (void)va_arg(var, String);
+ (void)va_arg(var, String);
+ (void)va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ (void)va_arg(var, int);
+ ++(*total_count);
+ ++(*typed_count);
+ } else if (strcmp(attr, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
+ _XtCountNestedList(va_arg(var, XtTypedArgList), total_count,
+ typed_count);
+ } else {
+ (void)va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ ++(*total_count);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Given a variable length attribute-value list, XtVaCreateArgsList()
+ * constructs an attribute-value list of type XtTypedArgList and
+ * returns the list.
+ */
+XtVarArgsList
+XtVaCreateArgsList(XtPointer unused, ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ XtTypedArgList avlist;
+ int count = 0;
+ String attr;
+
+ /*
+ * Count the number of attribute-value pairs in the list.
+ * Note: The count is required only to allocate enough space to store
+ * the list. Therefore nested lists are not counted recursively.
+ */
+ va_start(var,unused);
+ for(attr = va_arg(var, String) ; attr != NULL;
+ attr = va_arg(var, String)) {
+ ++count;
+ if (strcmp(attr, XtVaTypedArg) == 0) {
+ (void)va_arg(var, String);
+ (void)va_arg(var, String);
+ (void)va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ (void)va_arg(var, int);
+ } else {
+ (void)va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ }
+ }
+ va_end(var);
+
+ va_start(var,unused);
+ avlist = _XtVaCreateTypedArgList(var, count);
+ va_end(var);
+ return (XtVarArgsList)avlist;
+}
+
+
+XtTypedArgList _XtVaCreateTypedArgList(va_list var, register int count)
+{
+ String attr;
+ XtTypedArgList avlist;
+
+ avlist = (XtTypedArgList)
+ __XtCalloc((int)count + 1, (unsigned)sizeof(XtTypedArg));
+
+ for(attr = va_arg(var, String), count = 0; attr != NULL;
+ attr = va_arg(var, String)) {
+ if (strcmp(attr, XtVaTypedArg) == 0) {
+ avlist[count].name = va_arg(var, String);
+ avlist[count].type = va_arg(var, String);
+ avlist[count].value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ avlist[count].size = va_arg(var, int);
+ } else {
+ avlist[count].name = attr;
+ avlist[count].type = NULL;
+ avlist[count].value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ }
+ ++count;
+ }
+ avlist[count].name = NULL;
+
+ return avlist;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * TypedArgToArg() invokes a resource converter to convert the
+ * passed typed arg into a name/value pair and stores the name/value
+ * pair in the passed Arg structure. If memory is allocated for the
+ * converted value, the address is returned in the value field of
+ * memory_return; otherwise that field is NULL. The function returns
+ * 1 if the conversion succeeded and 0 if the conversion failed.
+ */
+static int
+TypedArgToArg(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTypedArgList typed_arg,
+ ArgList arg_return,
+ XtResourceList resources,
+ Cardinal num_resources,
+ ArgList memory_return)
+{
+ String to_type = NULL;
+ XrmValue from_val, to_val;
+
+
+ if (widget == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "nullWidget", XtNxtConvertVarToArgList, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "XtVaTypedArg conversion needs non-NULL widget handle",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return(0);
+ }
+
+ /* again we assume that the XtResourceList is un-compiled */
+
+ for (; num_resources--; resources++)
+ if (strcmp(typed_arg->name, resources->resource_name) == 0) {
+ to_type = resources->resource_type;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (to_type == NULL) {
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "unknownType", XtNxtConvertVarToArgList, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Unable to find type of resource for conversion",
+ (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return(0);
+ }
+
+ to_val.addr = NULL;
+ from_val.size = typed_arg->size;
+ if ((strcmp(typed_arg->type, XtRString) == 0) ||
+ ((unsigned) typed_arg->size > sizeof(XtArgVal))) {
+ from_val.addr = (XPointer)typed_arg->value;
+ } else {
+ from_val.addr = (XPointer)&typed_arg->value;
+ }
+
+ LOCK_PROCESS;
+ XtConvertAndStore(widget, typed_arg->type, &from_val, to_type, &to_val);
+
+ if (to_val.addr == NULL) {
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+ XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
+ "conversionFailed", XtNxtConvertVarToArgList, XtCXtToolkitError,
+ "Type conversion failed", (String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
+ return(0);
+ }
+
+ arg_return->name = typed_arg->name;
+ memory_return->value = (XtArgVal) NULL;
+
+ if (strcmp(to_type, XtRString) == 0) {
+ arg_return->value = (XtArgVal) to_val.addr;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (to_val.size == sizeof(long))
+ arg_return->value = (XtArgVal) *(long *)to_val.addr;
+ else if (to_val.size == sizeof(int))
+ arg_return->value = (XtArgVal) *(int *)to_val.addr;
+ else if (to_val.size == sizeof(short))
+ arg_return->value = (XtArgVal) *(short *)to_val.addr;
+ else if (to_val.size == sizeof(char))
+ arg_return->value = (XtArgVal) *(char *)to_val.addr;
+ else if (to_val.size == sizeof(XtArgVal))
+ arg_return->value = *(XtArgVal *)to_val.addr;
+ else if (to_val.size > sizeof(XtArgVal)) {
+ arg_return->value = (XtArgVal) __XtMalloc(to_val.size);
+ memory_return->value = (XtArgVal)
+ memcpy((void *)arg_return->value, to_val.addr, to_val.size);
+ }
+ }
+ UNLOCK_PROCESS;
+
+ return(1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * NestedArgtoArg() converts the passed nested list into
+ * an ArgList/count.
+ */
+static int
+NestedArgtoArg(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtTypedArgList avlist,
+ ArgList args,
+ XtResourceList resources,
+ Cardinal num_resources,
+ ArgList memory_return)
+{
+ int count = 0;
+
+ for (; avlist->name != NULL; avlist++) {
+ if (avlist->type != NULL) {
+ /* If widget is NULL, the typed arg is ignored */
+ if (widget != NULL) {
+ /* this is a typed arg */
+ count += TypedArgToArg(widget, avlist, (args+count),
+ resources, num_resources,
+ (memory_return+count));
+ }
+ } else if (strcmp(avlist->name, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
+ count += NestedArgtoArg(widget, (XtTypedArgList)avlist->value,
+ (args+count), resources, num_resources,
+ (memory_return+count));
+ } else {
+ (args+count)->name = avlist->name;
+ (args+count)->value = avlist->value;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(count);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free memory allocated through _XtVaToArgList. The actual args array
+ * size is expected to be total_count * 2, where total_count is the number
+ * of elements needed for resource representations. The lower half of the
+ * array contains pairs of resource names and values as usual. For each
+ * element [n] in the lower half of the array, the value field of the
+ * corresponding element [n + total_count] in the upper half of the array
+ * has been pressed into service in order to note whether the resource value
+ * is a pointer to memory that was allocated in TypedArgToArg. In the
+ * upper half, if the value field is not NULL, it contains the address of
+ * memory which should now be freed. That memory could have been allocated
+ * only as a result of the conversion of typed arguments. Therefore, if
+ * there were no typed arguments in the original varargs, there is no need
+ * to examine the upper half of the array. In the choice of data structure
+ * to make this representation, priority was given to the wish to retrofit
+ * the release of memory around the existing signature of _XtVaToArgList.
+ */
+void
+_XtFreeArgList(
+ ArgList args, /* as returned by _XtVaToArgList */
+ int total_count, /* argument count returned by _XtCountVaList */
+ int typed_count) /* typed arg count returned by _XtCountVaList */
+{
+ ArgList p;
+
+ if (args) {
+ if (typed_count)
+ for (p = args + total_count; total_count--; ++p) {
+ XtFree((char *)p->value);
+ }
+ XtFree((char *)args);
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void GetResources(Widget widget, XtResourceList *res_list,
+ Cardinal *number);
+
+
+/*
+ * Given a variable argument list, _XtVaToArgList() returns the
+ * equivalent ArgList and count. _XtVaToArgList() handles nested
+ * lists and typed arguments. If typed arguments are present, the
+ * ArgList should be freed with _XtFreeArgList.
+ */
+void
+_XtVaToArgList(
+ Widget widget,
+ va_list var,
+ int max_count,
+ ArgList *args_return,
+ Cardinal *num_args_return)
+{
+ String attr;
+ int count;
+ ArgList args = (ArgList)NULL;
+ XtTypedArg typed_arg;
+ XtResourceList resources = (XtResourceList)NULL;
+ Cardinal num_resources;
+ Boolean fetched_resource_list = False;
+
+ if (max_count == 0) {
+ *num_args_return = 0;
+ *args_return = (ArgList)NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ args = (ArgList)__XtMalloc((unsigned)(max_count * 2 * sizeof(Arg)));
+ for (count = max_count * 2; --count >= 0; )
+ args[count].value = (XtArgVal) NULL;
+ count = 0;
+
+ for(attr = va_arg(var, String) ; attr != NULL;
+ attr = va_arg(var, String)) {
+ if (strcmp(attr, XtVaTypedArg) == 0) {
+ typed_arg.name = va_arg(var, String);
+ typed_arg.type = va_arg(var, String);
+ typed_arg.value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ typed_arg.size = va_arg(var, int);
+
+ /* if widget is NULL, typed args are ignored */
+ if (widget != NULL) {
+ if (!fetched_resource_list) {
+ GetResources(widget, &resources, &num_resources);
+ fetched_resource_list = True;
+ }
+ count += TypedArgToArg(widget, &typed_arg, &args[count],
+ resources, num_resources,
+ &args[max_count + count]);
+ }
+ } else if (strcmp(attr, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
+ if (widget != NULL) {
+ if (!fetched_resource_list) {
+ GetResources(widget, &resources, &num_resources);
+ fetched_resource_list = True;
+ }
+ }
+
+ count += NestedArgtoArg(widget, va_arg(var, XtTypedArgList),
+ &args[count], resources, num_resources,
+ &args[max_count + count]);
+ } else {
+ args[count].name = attr;
+ args[count].value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ count ++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ XtFree((XtPointer)resources);
+
+ *num_args_return = (Cardinal)count;
+ *args_return = (ArgList)args;
+}
+
+/* Function Name: GetResources
+ * Description: Retreives the normal and constraint resources
+ * for this widget.
+ * Arguments: widget - the widget.
+ * RETURNED res_list - the list of resource for this widget
+ * RETURNED number - the number of resources in the above list.
+ * Returns: none
+ */
+
+static void
+GetResources(
+ Widget widget,
+ XtResourceList * res_list,
+ Cardinal * number)
+{
+ Widget parent = XtParent(widget);
+
+ XtInitializeWidgetClass(XtClass(widget));
+ XtGetResourceList(XtClass(widget), res_list, number);
+
+ if (!XtIsShell(widget) && parent && XtIsConstraint(parent)) {
+ XtResourceList res, constraint, cons_top;
+ Cardinal num_constraint, temp;
+
+ XtGetConstraintResourceList(XtClass(parent), &constraint,
+ &num_constraint);
+
+ cons_top = constraint;
+ *res_list = (XtResourceList) XtRealloc((char*)*res_list,
+ ((*number + num_constraint) *
+ sizeof(XtResource)));
+
+ for (temp= num_constraint, res= *res_list + *number; temp != 0; temp--)
+ *res++ = *constraint++;
+
+ *number += num_constraint;
+ XtFree( (XtPointer) cons_top);
+ }
+}
+
+static int NestedArgtoTypedArg(
+ XtTypedArgList args,
+ XtTypedArgList avlist)
+{
+ int count = 0;
+
+ for (; avlist->name != NULL; avlist++) {
+ if (avlist->type != NULL) {
+ (args+count)->name = avlist->name;
+ (args+count)->type = avlist->type;
+ (args+count)->size = avlist->size;
+ (args+count)->value = avlist->value;
+ ++count;
+ } else if(strcmp(avlist->name, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
+ count += NestedArgtoTypedArg((args+count),
+ (XtTypedArgList)avlist->value);
+ } else {
+ (args+count)->name = avlist->name;
+ (args+count)->type = NULL;
+ (args+count)->value = avlist->value;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+ return(count);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Given a variable argument list, _XtVaToTypedArgList() returns
+ * the equivalent TypedArgList. _XtVaToTypedArgList() handles nested
+ * lists.
+ * Note: _XtVaToTypedArgList() does not do type conversions.
+ */
+void
+_XtVaToTypedArgList(
+ va_list var,
+ int max_count,
+ XtTypedArgList *args_return,
+ Cardinal *num_args_return)
+{
+ XtTypedArgList args = NULL;
+ String attr;
+ int count;
+
+ args = (XtTypedArgList)
+ __XtMalloc((unsigned)(max_count * sizeof(XtTypedArg)));
+
+ for(attr = va_arg(var, String), count = 0 ; attr != NULL;
+ attr = va_arg(var, String)) {
+ if (strcmp(attr, XtVaTypedArg) == 0) {
+ args[count].name = va_arg(var, String);
+ args[count].type = va_arg(var, String);
+ args[count].value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ args[count].size = va_arg(var, int);
+ ++count;
+ } else if (strcmp(attr, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
+ count += NestedArgtoTypedArg(&args[count],
+ va_arg(var, XtTypedArgList));
+ } else {
+ args[count].name = attr;
+ args[count].type = NULL;
+ args[count].value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *args_return = args;
+ *num_args_return = count;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/* Make sure all wm properties can make it out of the resource manager */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "StringDefs.h"
+#include "Shell.h"
+#include "ShellP.h"
+#include "Vendor.h"
+#include "VendorP.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Vendor shell class record
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(__UNIXOS2__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__)
+/* to fix the EditRes problem because of wrong linker semantics */
+extern WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass;
+
+#if defined(__UNIXOS2__)
+unsigned long _DLL_InitTerm(unsigned long mod,unsigned long flag)
+{
+ switch (flag) {
+ case 0: /*called on init*/
+ _CRT_init();
+ vendorShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass)(&vendorShellClassRec);
+ return 1;
+ case 1: /*called on exit*/
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__)
+int __stdcall
+DllMain(unsigned long mod_handle, unsigned long flag, void *routine)
+{
+ switch (flag)
+ {
+ case 1: /* DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH - process attach */
+ vendorShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass)(&vendorShellClassRec);
+ break;
+ case 0: /* DLL_PROCESS_DETACH - process detach */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+externaldef(vendorshellclassrec) VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec = {
+ {
+ /* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &wmShellClassRec,
+ /* class_name */ "VendorShell",
+ /* size */ sizeof(VendorShellRec),
+ /* Class Initializer */ NULL,
+ /* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
+ /* Class init'ed ? */ FALSE,
+ /* initialize */ NULL,
+ /* initialize_notify */ NULL,
+ /* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
+ /* actions */ NULL,
+ /* num_actions */ 0,
+ /* resources */ NULL,
+ /* resource_count */ 0,
+ /* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
+ /* compress_motion */ FALSE,
+ /* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
+ /* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
+ /* visible_interest */ FALSE,
+ /* destroy */ NULL,
+ /* resize */ XtInheritResize,
+ /* expose */ NULL,
+ /* set_values */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+ /* get_values_hook */ NULL,
+ /* accept_focus */ NULL,
+ /* intrinsics version */ XtVersion,
+ /* callback offsets */ NULL,
+ /* tm_table */ NULL,
+ /* query_geometry */ NULL,
+ /* display_accelerator */ NULL,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* geometry_manager */ XtInheritGeometryManager,
+ /* change_managed */ XtInheritChangeManaged,
+ /* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
+ /* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ },{
+ /* extension */ NULL
+ }
+};
+
+#if !defined(AIXSHLIB) || !defined(SHAREDCODE)
+externaldef(vendorshellwidgetclass) WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass =
+ (WidgetClass) (&vendorShellClassRec);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+#if (defined(SUNSHLIB) || defined(AIXSHLIB)) && !defined(SHAREDCODE)
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "IntrinsicI.h"
+#include "VarargsI.h"
+#include "ShellP.h"
+#include "VendorP.h"
+#include "CreateI.h"
+
+
+#if defined(AIXSHLIB) || defined(__UNIXOS2__)
+WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &vendorShellClassRec;
+
+static void _XtVendorInitialize()
+{
+ transientShellWidgetClass->core_class.superclass =
+ (WidgetClass) &vendorShellClassRec;
+ topLevelShellWidgetClass->core_class.superclass =
+ (WidgetClass) &vendorShellClassRec;
+}
+
+#define VENDORINIT _XtVendorInitialize();
+
+#else
+
+#define VENDORINIT /* as nothing */
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SUNSHLIB
+/*
+ * _XtInherit needs to be statically linked since it is compared against as
+ * well as called.
+ */
+void _XtInherit()
+{
+ extern void __XtInherit();
+ __XtInherit();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The following routine will be called by every toolkit
+ * application, forcing this file to be statically linked.
+ *
+ * Note: XtInitialize, XtAppInitialize, and XtOpenApplication
+ * call XtToolkitInitialize.
+ */
+
+void XtToolkitInitialize()
+{
+ extern void _XtToolkitInitialize();
+ VENDORINIT
+ _XtToolkitInitialize();
+}
+
+Widget
+XtInitialize(
+ _Xconst char* name,
+ _Xconst char* classname,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc,
+ String *argv)
+{
+ extern Widget _XtInitialize();
+ VENDORINIT
+ return _XtInitialize (name, classname, options, num_options, argc, argv);
+}
+
+Widget
+XtAppInitialize(
+ XtAppContext * app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources,
+ ArgList args_in,
+ Cardinal num_args_in)
+{
+ extern Widget _XtAppInitialize();
+ VENDORINIT
+ return _XtAppInitialize (app_context_return, application_class, options,
+ num_options, argc_in_out, argv_in_out,
+ fallback_resources, args_in, num_args_in);
+}
+
+Widget
+XtVaAppInitialize(
+ XtAppContext *app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescList options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ extern Widget _XtVaAppInitialize();
+
+ VENDORINIT
+ va_start(var, fallback_resources);
+ return _XtVaAppInitialize(app_context_return, application_class, options,
+ num_options, argc_in_out, argv_in_out,
+ fallback_resources, var);
+}
+
+Widget
+XtOpenApplication(
+ XtAppContext * app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescRec *options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ ArgList args_in,
+ Cardinal num_args_in)
+{
+ extern Widget _XtOpenApplication();
+ VENDORINIT
+ return _XtOpenApplication (app_context_return, application_class, options,
+ num_options, argc_in_out, argv_in_out,
+ fallback_resources, widget_class,
+ args_in, num_args_in);
+}
+
+Widget
+XtVaOpenApplication(
+ XtAppContext *app_context_return,
+ _Xconst char* application_class,
+ XrmOptionDescList options,
+ Cardinal num_options,
+ int *argc_in_out,
+ String *argv_in_out,
+ String *fallback_resources,
+ WidgetClass widget_class,
+ ...)
+{
+ va_list var;
+ extern Widget _XtVaOpenApplication();
+
+ VENDORINIT
+ va_start(var, widget_class);
+ return _XtVaOpenApplication(app_context_return, application_class, options,
+ num_options, argc_in_out, argv_in_out,
+ fallback_resources, widget_class, var);
+}
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef lint
+static int dummy; /* avoid warning from ranlib */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SUNSHLIB or AIXSHLIB */
+
+#if defined(SUNSHLIB) && !defined(SHAREDCODE)
+
+int _XtInheritTranslations = 0;
+
+extern CompositeClassRec compositeClassRec;
+WidgetClass compositeWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &compositeClassRec;
+
+extern ConstraintClassRec constraintClassRec;
+WidgetClass constraintWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &constraintClassRec;
+
+extern WidgetClassRec widgetClassRec;
+WidgetClass widgetClass = &widgetClassRec;
+WidgetClass coreWidgetClass = &widgetClassRec;
+
+extern ObjectClassRec objectClassRec;
+WidgetClass objectClass = (WidgetClass)&objectClassRec;
+
+extern RectObjClassRec rectObjClassRec;
+WidgetClass rectObjClass = (WidgetClass)&rectObjClassRec;
+
+extern ShellClassRec shellClassRec;
+WidgetClass shellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &shellClassRec;
+
+extern OverrideShellClassRec overrideShellClassRec;
+WidgetClass overrideShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &overrideShellClassRec;
+
+extern WMShellClassRec wmShellClassRec;
+WidgetClass wmShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &wmShellClassRec;
+
+extern TransientShellClassRec transientShellClassRec;
+WidgetClass transientShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &transientShellClassRec;
+
+extern TopLevelShellClassRec topLevelShellClassRec;
+WidgetClass topLevelShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &topLevelShellClassRec;
+
+extern ApplicationShellClassRec applicationShellClassRec;
+WidgetClass applicationShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &applicationShellClassRec;
+
+extern SessionShellClassRec sessionShellClassRec;
+WidgetClass sessionShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &sessionShellClassRec;
+
+extern HookObjClassRec hookObjClassRec;
+WidgetClass hookObjectClass = (WidgetClass) &hookObjClassRec;
+
+#endif /* SUNSHLIB */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static const char *program_name;
+
+/* Just a long string of characters to pull from */
+const char test_chars[] =
+ "|000 nul|001 soh|002 stx|003 etx|004 eot|005 enq|006 ack|007 bel|"
+ "|010 bs |011 ht |012 nl |013 vt |014 np |015 cr |016 so |017 si |"
+ "|020 dle|021 dc1|022 dc2|023 dc3|024 dc4|025 nak|026 syn|027 etb|"
+ "|030 can|031 em |032 sub|033 esc|034 fs |035 gs |036 rs |037 us |"
+ "|040 sp |041 ! |042 \" |043 # |044 $ |045 % |046 & |047 ' |"
+ "|050 ( |051 ) |052 * |053 + |054 , |055 - |056 . |057 / |"
+ "|060 0 |061 1 |062 2 |063 3 |064 4 |065 5 |066 6 |067 7 |"
+ "|070 8 |071 9 |072 : |073 ; |074 < |075 = |076 > |077 ? |"
+ "|100 @ |101 A |102 B |103 C |104 D |105 E |106 F |107 G |"
+ "|110 H |111 I |112 J |113 K |114 L |115 M |116 N |117 O |"
+ "|120 P |121 Q |122 R |123 S |124 T |125 U |126 V |127 W |"
+ "|130 X |131 Y |132 Z |133 [ |134 \\ |135 ] |136 ^ |137 _ |"
+ "|140 ` |141 a |142 b |143 c |144 d |145 e |146 f |147 g |"
+ "|150 h |151 i |152 j |153 k |154 l |155 m |156 n |157 o |"
+ "|160 p |161 q |162 r |163 s |164 t |165 u |166 v |167 w |"
+ "|170 x |171 y |172 z |173 { |174 | |175 } |176 ~ |177 del|"
+ "| 00 nul| 01 soh| 02 stx| 03 etx| 04 eot| 05 enq| 06 ack| 07 bel|"
+ "| 08 bs | 09 ht | 0a nl | 0b vt | 0c np | 0d cr | 0e so | 0f si |"
+ "| 10 dle| 11 dc1| 12 dc2| 13 dc3| 14 dc4| 15 nak| 16 syn| 17 etb|"
+ "| 18 can| 19 em | 1a sub| 1b esc| 1c fs | 1d gs | 1e rs | 1f us |"
+ "| 20 sp | 21 ! | 22 \" | 23 # | 24 $ | 25 % | 26 & | 27 ' |"
+ "| 28 ( | 29 ) | 2a * | 2b + | 2c , | 2d - | 2e . | 2f / |"
+ "| 30 0 | 31 1 | 32 2 | 33 3 | 34 4 | 35 5 | 36 6 | 37 7 |"
+ "| 38 8 | 39 9 | 3a : | 3b ; | 3c < | 3d = | 3e > | 3f ? |"
+ "| 40 @ | 41 A | 42 B | 43 C | 44 D | 45 E | 46 F | 47 G |"
+ "| 48 H | 49 I | 4a J | 4b K | 4c L | 4d M | 4e N | 4f O |"
+ "| 50 P | 51 Q | 52 R | 53 S | 54 T | 55 U | 56 V | 57 W |"
+ "| 58 X | 59 Y | 5a Z | 5b [ | 5c \\ | 5d ] | 5e ^ | 5f _ |"
+ "| 60 ` | 61 a | 62 b | 63 c | 64 d | 65 e | 66 f | 67 g |"
+ "| 68 h | 69 i | 6a j | 6b k | 6c l | 6d m | 6e n | 6f o |"
+ "| 70 p | 71 q | 72 r | 73 s | 74 t | 75 u | 76 v | 77 w |"
+ "| 78 x | 79 y | 7a z | 7b { | 7c | | 7d } | 7e ~ | 7f del|";
+
+
+/* Test a simple short string & int */
+static void test_XtAsprintf_short(void)
+{
+ char snbuf[1024];
+ char *asbuf;
+ gint32 r = g_test_rand_int();
+ int snlen, aslen;
+
+ snlen = snprintf(snbuf, sizeof(snbuf), "%s: %d\n", program_name, r);
+ aslen = XtAsprintf(&asbuf, "%s: %d\n", program_name, r);
+
+ g_assert(asbuf != NULL);
+ g_assert(snlen == aslen);
+ g_assert(strcmp(snbuf, asbuf) == 0);
+ g_assert(asbuf[aslen] == '\0');
+}
+
+/* Test a string long enough to be past the 256 character limit that
+ makes XtAsprintf re-run snprintf after allocating memory */
+static void test_XtAsprintf_long(void)
+{
+ char *asbuf;
+ int aslen;
+ gint r1 = g_test_rand_int_range(0, 256);
+ gint r2 = g_test_rand_int_range(1024, sizeof(test_chars) - r1);
+
+ aslen = XtAsprintf(&asbuf, "%.*s", r2, test_chars + r1);
+
+ g_assert(asbuf != NULL);
+ g_assert(aslen == r2);
+ g_assert(strncmp(asbuf, test_chars + r1, r2) == 0);
+ g_assert(asbuf[aslen] == '\0');
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char** argv)
+{
+ program_name = argv[0];
+
+ g_test_init(&argc, &argv, NULL);
+ g_test_bug_base("https://bugzilla.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=");
+
+ g_test_add_func("/Alloc/XtAsprintf/short", test_XtAsprintf_short);
+ g_test_add_func("/Alloc/XtAsprintf/long", test_XtAsprintf_long);
+
+ return g_test_run();
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <glib.h>
+
+/* Test for Solaris bug 4163152 XtCvtIntToPixmap() gets a SIGBUS in 64-bit
+ Fixed by libXt commit 16d9941f3aa38dde115cbff639e131761c1b36d0
+ */
+static void test_XtCvtIntToPixmap(void)
+{
+ Display *display = NULL; /* not actually used */
+ Boolean status;
+ XrmValue args[2];
+ Cardinal num_args;
+ XrmValue fromVal;
+ XrmValue toVal;
+ Pixmap res;
+ XtPointer *closure_ret = NULL;
+ int num[2];
+
+
+ XtToolkitInitialize();
+
+ num[0] = 7;
+ num[1] = -1;
+
+ num_args = 0;
+ fromVal.addr = (XtPointer) num;
+ fromVal.size = sizeof(int);
+ toVal.addr = (XtPointer) &res;
+ toVal.size = sizeof(Pixmap);
+
+ status = XtCvtIntToPixmap(display, &args[0], &num_args,
+ &fromVal, &toVal, closure_ret);
+
+ g_assert(res == num[0]);
+
+
+ num[0] = -1;
+ num[1] = 7;
+
+ num_args = 0;
+ fromVal.addr = (XtPointer) (&num[1]);
+ fromVal.size = sizeof(int);
+ toVal.addr = (XtPointer) &res;
+ toVal.size = sizeof(Pixmap);
+
+ status = XtCvtIntToPixmap(display, &args[0], &num_args,
+ &fromVal, &toVal, closure_ret);
+
+ g_assert(res == num[1]);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char** argv)
+{
+ g_test_init(&argc, &argv, NULL);
+ g_test_bug_base("https://bugzilla.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=");
+
+ g_test_add_func("/Converters/XtCvtIntToPixmap", test_XtCvtIntToPixmap);
+
+ return g_test_run();
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+/* Test XtAppMainLoop without a display doesn't wait for an XEvent.
+ Based on https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34715 */
+static void _Tick(XtPointer baton, XtIntervalId* id)
+{
+ static int count = 0;
+ XtAppContext app = (XtAppContext)baton;
+
+ count ++;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ printf("%d beep!\n", count);
+#endif
+
+ if (3 == count)
+ XtAppSetExitFlag(app);
+ else
+ XtAppAddTimeOut(app, 1000, _Tick, app);
+}
+
+static sigjmp_buf jump_env;
+
+static void sigalrm (int sig)
+{
+ siglongjmp(jump_env, 1);
+}
+
+static void test_XtAppMainLoop_34715(void)
+{
+ XtAppContext app;
+ struct sigaction sa;
+
+ XtToolkitInitialize();
+ app = XtCreateApplicationContext();
+ XtAppAddTimeOut(app, 1000, _Tick, app);
+
+ /* AppTimeouts should finish and exit in 3 seconds.
+ Give them 10 seconds just in case system is busy, then fail. */
+ sa.sa_handler = sigalrm;
+ sa.sa_flags = SA_RESTART;
+ sigemptyset (&sa.sa_mask);
+
+ if (sigsetjmp(jump_env, 1) == 0) {
+ sigaction(SIGALRM, &sa, NULL);
+ alarm(10);
+
+ XtAppMainLoop(app);
+ } else {
+ g_assert(XtAppGetExitFlag(app) == TRUE);
+ g_assert(0 /* timed out */);
+ }
+ g_assert(XtAppGetExitFlag(app) == TRUE);
+ XtDestroyApplicationContext(app);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char** argv)
+{
+ g_test_init(&argc, &argv, NULL);
+ g_test_bug_base("https://bugzilla.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=");
+
+ g_test_add_func("/Event/XtAppMainLoop/34715", test_XtAppMainLoop_34715);
+
+ return g_test_run();
+}
--- /dev/null
+if ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS
+if HAVE_GLIB
+check_PROGRAMS = Alloc Converters Event
+
+TESTS=$(check_PROGRAMS)
+
+AM_CFLAGS = $(CWARNFLAGS) $(XT_CFLAGS) $(GLIB_CFLAGS)
+INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/include -I$(top_builddir)/include
+LDADD= $(top_builddir)/src/libXt.la $(GLIB_LIBS)
+
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = $(MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV)
+
+endif HAVE_GLIB
+endif ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS
--- /dev/null
+noinst_PROGRAMS = makestrs
+
+CC = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ Shell.ht \
+ StrDefs.ct \
+ StrDefs.ht \
+ string.list
+
+AM_CFLAGS = $(XT_CFLAGS)
+makestrs_SOURCES = makestrs.c
+
+
+# Man page
+appmandir = $(APP_MAN_DIR)
+
+appman_PRE = makestrs.man
+
+noinst_DATA = $(appman_PRE:man=@APP_MAN_SUFFIX@)
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(appman_PRE)
+CLEANFILES = $(noinst_DATA)
+
+SUFFIXES = .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
+
+# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure
+.man.$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX):
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtShell_h
+#define _XtShell_h
+
+#include <X11/SM/SMlib.h>
+#include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Shell Widget
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+/*
+ * Shell-specific resources names, classes, and a representation type.
+ */
+
+#ifndef XTSTRINGDEFINES
+#define _XtShell_h_Const const
+#endif
+
+<<<STRING_TABLE_GOES_HERE>>>
+
+#ifndef XTSTRINGDEFINES
+#undef _XtShell_h_Const
+#endif
+
+/* Class record constants */
+
+typedef struct _ShellClassRec *ShellWidgetClass;
+typedef struct _OverrideShellClassRec *OverrideShellWidgetClass;
+typedef struct _WMShellClassRec *WMShellWidgetClass;
+typedef struct _TransientShellClassRec *TransientShellWidgetClass;
+typedef struct _TopLevelShellClassRec *TopLevelShellWidgetClass;
+typedef struct _ApplicationShellClassRec *ApplicationShellWidgetClass;
+typedef struct _SessionShellClassRec *SessionShellWidgetClass;
+
+#ifndef SHELL
+externalref WidgetClass shellWidgetClass;
+externalref WidgetClass overrideShellWidgetClass;
+externalref WidgetClass wmShellWidgetClass;
+externalref WidgetClass transientShellWidgetClass;
+externalref WidgetClass topLevelShellWidgetClass;
+externalref WidgetClass applicationShellWidgetClass;
+externalref WidgetClass sessionShellWidgetClass;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _XtShell_h */
+/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#define Const const
+
+<<<STRING_TABLE_GOES_HERE>>>
+
--- /dev/null
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _XtStringDefs_h_
+#define _XtStringDefs_h_
+
+#ifndef XTSTRINGDEFINES
+#define _XtStringDefs_h_Const const
+#endif
+
+<<<STRING_TABLE_GOES_HERE>>>
+
+#ifndef XTSTRINGDEFINES
+#undef _XtStringDefs_h_Const
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _XtStringDefs_h_ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+*/
+
+/* Constructs string definitions */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+typedef struct _TableEnt {
+ struct _TableEnt* next;
+ char* left;
+ char* right;
+ int offset;
+} TableEnt;
+
+typedef struct _Table {
+ struct _Table* next;
+ TableEnt* tableent;
+ TableEnt* tableentcurrent;
+ TableEnt** tableenttail;
+ char* name;
+ int offset;
+} Table;
+
+typedef struct _File {
+ struct _File* next;
+ FILE* tmpl;
+ char* name;
+ Table* table;
+ Table* tablecurrent;
+ Table** tabletail;
+} File;
+
+static File* file = NULL;
+static File* filecurrent = NULL;
+static File** filetail = &file;
+static char* conststr;
+static char* prefixstr = NULL;
+static char* featurestr = NULL;
+static char* ctmplstr = NULL;
+static char* fileprotstr;
+static char* externrefstr;
+static char* externdefstr;
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+# define FALSE 0
+# define TRUE !(FALSE)
+#endif
+
+static int solaris_abi_names = FALSE;
+
+#define X_DEFAULT_ABI 0
+#define X_ARRAYPER_ABI 1
+#define X_INTEL_ABI 2
+#define X_INTEL_ABI_BC 3
+#define X_SPARC_ABI 4
+#define X_FUNCTION_ABI 5
+
+#define X_MAGIC_STRING "<<<STRING_TABLE_GOES_HERE>>>"
+
+/* Wrapper for fopen()
+ * Prepend filename with an includedir which can be specified on the
+ * commandline. Needed to separate source and build directories.
+ */
+static char* includedir = NULL;
+static FILE *ifopen(const char *file, const char *mode)
+{
+ size_t len;
+ char *buffer;
+ FILE *ret;
+
+ if (includedir == NULL)
+ return fopen(file, mode);
+
+ len = strlen(file) + strlen(includedir) + 1;
+ buffer = (char*)malloc(len + 1);
+ if (buffer == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ strcpy(buffer, includedir);
+ strcat(buffer, "/");
+ strcat(buffer, file);
+
+ ret = fopen(buffer, mode);
+
+ free(buffer);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void WriteHeaderProlog (FILE *f, File *phile)
+{
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ (void) fprintf (f, "#ifdef %s\n", featurestr);
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next) {
+ if (strcmp (te->left, "RAtom") == 0) {
+ (void) fprintf (f,
+ "#ifndef %s%s\n#define %s%s \"%s\"\n#endif\n",
+ prefixstr, te->left, prefixstr, te->left, te->right);
+ } else {
+ (void) fprintf (f,
+ "#define %s%s \"%s\"\n",
+ prefixstr, te->left, te->right);
+ }
+ }
+ (void) fprintf (f, "%s", "#else\n");
+}
+
+static void IntelABIWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
+{
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ WriteHeaderProlog (f, phile);
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next) {
+ (void) fprintf (f, "%s %sConst char %s[];\n",
+ externrefstr, conststr ? conststr : fileprotstr, t->name);
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ (void) fprintf (f,
+ "#ifndef %s%s\n#define %s%s ((char*)&%s[%d])\n#endif\n",
+ prefixstr, te->left, prefixstr, te->left, t->name, te->offset);
+ }
+
+ (void) fprintf (f, "#endif /* %s */\n", featurestr);
+}
+
+static void SPARCABIWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
+{
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ (void) fprintf (f, "#define %s%s \"%s\"\n",
+ prefixstr, te->left, te->right);
+}
+
+static void FunctionWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
+{
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ WriteHeaderProlog (f, phile);
+
+ (void) fprintf (f, "%s %sConst char* %s();\n",
+ externrefstr, conststr ? conststr : fileprotstr,
+ phile->table->name);
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ (void) fprintf (f,
+ "#ifndef %s%s\n#define %s%s (%s(%d))\n#endif\n",
+ prefixstr, te->left, prefixstr, te->left, phile->table->name,
+ te->offset);
+
+ (void) fprintf (f, "#endif /* %s */\n", featurestr);
+}
+
+static void ArrayperWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
+{
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ WriteHeaderProlog (f, phile);
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ (void) fprintf (f,
+ "#ifndef %s%s\n%s %sConst char %s%s[];\n#endif\n",
+ prefixstr, te->left,
+ externrefstr, conststr ? conststr : fileprotstr,
+ prefixstr, te->left);
+
+ (void) fprintf (f, "#endif /* %s */\n", featurestr);
+}
+
+static void DefaultWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
+{
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ WriteHeaderProlog (f, phile);
+
+ (void) fprintf (f, "%s %sConst char %s[];\n",
+ externrefstr, conststr ? conststr : fileprotstr,
+ phile->table->name);
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ (void) fprintf (f,
+ "#ifndef %s%s\n#define %s%s ((char*)&%s[%d])\n#endif\n",
+ prefixstr, te->left, prefixstr, te->left, phile->table->name,
+ te->offset);
+
+ (void) fprintf (f, "#endif /* %s */\n", featurestr);
+}
+
+static void CopyTmplProlog (FILE *tmpl, FILE *f)
+{
+ char buf[1024];
+ static const char* magic_string = X_MAGIC_STRING;
+ int magic_string_len = strlen (magic_string);
+
+ while (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, tmpl)) {
+ if (strncmp (buf, magic_string, magic_string_len) == 0) {
+ return;
+ }
+ (void) fputs (buf, f);
+ }
+}
+
+static void CopyTmplEpilog (FILE *tmpl, FILE *f)
+{
+ char buf[1024];
+
+ while (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, tmpl))
+ (void) fputs (buf, f);
+}
+
+static const char* abistring[] = {
+ "Default", "Array per string", "Intel", "Intel BC", "SPARC", "Function" };
+
+static void WriteHeader (char *tagline, File *phile, int abi)
+{
+ FILE* f;
+ char* tmp;
+ static void (*headerproc[])(FILE *f, File *phile) = {
+ DefaultWriteHeader, ArrayperWriteHeader,
+ IntelABIWriteHeader, IntelABIWriteHeader,
+ SPARCABIWriteHeader, FunctionWriteHeader };
+
+ if ((f = fopen (phile->name, "w+")) == NULL) exit (1);
+
+ if (phile->tmpl) CopyTmplProlog (phile->tmpl, f);
+
+ (void) fprintf (f,
+ "%s\n%s\n/* %s ABI version -- Do not edit */\n",
+ "/* $Xorg: makestrs.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:17 xorgcvs Exp $ */",
+ "/* This file is automatically generated. */",
+ abistring[abi]);
+
+ if (tagline) (void) fprintf (f, "/* %s */\n\n", tagline);
+
+ /* do the right thing for Motif, i.e. avoid _XmXmStrDefs_h_ */
+ if (strcmp (prefixstr, "Xm") == 0) {
+ if ((fileprotstr = malloc (strlen (phile->name) + 3)) == NULL)
+ exit (1);
+ (void) sprintf (fileprotstr, "_%s_", phile->name);
+ } else {
+ if ((fileprotstr = malloc (strlen (phile->name) + strlen (prefixstr) + 3)) == NULL)
+ exit (1);
+ (void) sprintf (fileprotstr, "_%s%s_", prefixstr, phile->name);
+ }
+
+ for (tmp = fileprotstr; *tmp; tmp++) if (*tmp == '.') *tmp = '_';
+
+ (*headerproc[abi])(f, phile);
+
+ if (phile->tmpl) CopyTmplEpilog (phile->tmpl, f);
+
+ (void) free (fileprotstr);
+ (void) fclose (phile->tmpl);
+ (void) fclose (f);
+}
+
+static void WriteSourceLine (TableEnt *te, int abi, int fudge)
+{
+ char* c;
+
+ for (c = te->right; *c; c++) (void) printf ("'%c',", *c);
+ (void) printf ("%c", '0');
+ if (te->next || fudge) (void) printf ("%c", ',');
+ (void) printf ("%s", "\n");
+}
+
+static const char* const_string = "%s %sConst char %s[] = {\n";
+
+static void IntelABIWriteSource (int abi)
+{
+ File* phile;
+
+ for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next) {
+ (void) printf (const_string, externdefstr,
+ conststr ? conststr : "", t->name);
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ WriteSourceLine (te, abi, 0);
+ (void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void IntelABIBCWriteSource (int abi)
+{
+ File* phile;
+
+ for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ (void) printf (const_string, externdefstr,
+ conststr ? conststr : "", phile->table->name);
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ WriteSourceLine (te, abi, t->next ? 1 : 0);
+ (void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
+
+ if (phile->table->next) {
+ (void) printf (const_string, externdefstr,
+ conststr ? conststr : "", phile->table->next->name);
+ for (t = phile->table->next; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ WriteSourceLine (te, abi, 0);
+ (void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void FunctionWriteSource (int abi)
+{
+ File* phile;
+
+ for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ (void) printf ("static %sConst char _%s[] = {\n",
+ conststr ? conststr : "", phile->table->name);
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ WriteSourceLine (te, abi, t->next ? 1 : 0);
+ (void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
+
+ (void) printf ("%sConst char* %s(index)\n int index;\n{\n return &_%s[index];\n}\n\n",
+ conststr ? conststr : "",
+ phile->table->name, phile->table->name);
+ }
+}
+
+static void ArrayperWriteSource (int abi)
+{
+ File* phile;
+ static int done_atom;
+
+ for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next) {
+ if (strcmp (te->left, "RAtom") == 0) {
+ if (done_atom) return;
+ done_atom = 1;
+ }
+ (void) printf ("%s %sConst char %s%s[] = \"%s\";\n",
+ externdefstr, conststr ? conststr : "",
+ prefixstr,
+ te->left, te->right);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void DefaultWriteSource (int abi)
+{
+ File* phile;
+
+ for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ (void) printf (const_string, externdefstr, conststr ? conststr : "",
+ phile->table->name);
+
+ for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
+ WriteSourceLine (te, abi, t->next ? 1 : 0);
+ (void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
+ }
+}
+
+static void WriteSource(char *tagline, int abi)
+{
+ static void (*sourceproc[])(int) = {
+ DefaultWriteSource, ArrayperWriteSource,
+ IntelABIWriteSource, IntelABIBCWriteSource,
+ DefaultWriteSource, FunctionWriteSource };
+
+ FILE* tmpl;
+
+ if (ctmplstr) {
+ tmpl = ifopen (ctmplstr, "r");
+
+ if (tmpl) CopyTmplProlog (tmpl, stdout);
+ else {
+ (void) fprintf (stderr, "Expected template %s, not found\n",
+ ctmplstr);
+ exit (1);
+ }
+ } else
+ tmpl = NULL;
+
+
+ (void) printf ("%s\n%s\n/* %s ABI version -- Do not edit */\n",
+ "/* $Xorg: makestrs.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:17 xorgcvs Exp $ */",
+ "/* This file is automatically generated. */",
+ abistring[abi]);
+
+ if (tagline) (void) printf ("/* %s */\n\n", tagline);
+
+ (*sourceproc[abi])(abi);
+
+ if (tmpl) CopyTmplEpilog (tmpl, stdout);
+}
+
+static void DoLine(char *buf)
+{
+#define X_NO_TOKEN 0
+#define X_FILE_TOKEN 1
+#define X_TABLE_TOKEN 2
+#define X_PREFIX_TOKEN 3
+#define X_FEATURE_TOKEN 4
+#define X_EXTERNREF_TOKEN 5
+#define X_EXTERNDEF_TOKEN 6
+#define X_CTMPL_TOKEN 7
+#define X_HTMPL_TOKEN 8
+#define X_CONST_TOKEN 9
+
+ int token;
+ char lbuf[1024];
+ static const char* file_str = "#file";
+ static const char* table_str = "#table";
+ static const char* prefix_str = "#prefix";
+ static const char* feature_str = "#feature";
+ static const char* externref_str = "#externref";
+ static const char* externdef_str = "#externdef";
+ static const char* ctmpl_str = "#ctmpl";
+ static const char* htmpl_str = "#htmpl";
+ static const char* const_str = "#const";
+
+ if (strncmp (buf, file_str, strlen (file_str)) == 0)
+ token = X_FILE_TOKEN;
+ else if (strncmp (buf, table_str, strlen (table_str)) == 0)
+ token = X_TABLE_TOKEN;
+ else if (strncmp (buf, prefix_str, strlen (prefix_str)) == 0)
+ token = X_PREFIX_TOKEN;
+ else if (strncmp (buf, feature_str, strlen (feature_str)) == 0)
+ token = X_FEATURE_TOKEN;
+ else if (strncmp (buf, externref_str, strlen (externref_str)) == 0)
+ token = X_EXTERNREF_TOKEN;
+ else if (strncmp (buf, externdef_str, strlen (externdef_str)) == 0)
+ token = X_EXTERNDEF_TOKEN;
+ else if (strncmp (buf, ctmpl_str, strlen (ctmpl_str)) == 0)
+ token = X_CTMPL_TOKEN;
+ else if (strncmp (buf, htmpl_str, strlen (htmpl_str)) == 0)
+ token = X_HTMPL_TOKEN;
+ else if (strncmp (buf, const_str, strlen (const_str)) == 0)
+ token = X_CONST_TOKEN;
+ else
+ token = X_NO_TOKEN;
+
+ switch (token) {
+ case X_FILE_TOKEN:
+ {
+ File* phile;
+
+ if ((phile = (File*) malloc (sizeof(File))) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ if ((phile->name = malloc (strlen (buf + strlen (file_str)) + 1)) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ (void) strcpy (phile->name, buf + strlen (file_str) + 1);
+ phile->table = NULL;
+ phile->tablecurrent = NULL;
+ phile->tabletail = &phile->table;
+ phile->next = NULL;
+ phile->tmpl = NULL;
+
+ *filetail = phile;
+ filetail = &phile->next;
+ filecurrent = phile;
+ }
+ break;
+ case X_TABLE_TOKEN:
+ {
+ Table* table;
+ if ((table = (Table*) malloc (sizeof(Table))) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ if ((table->name = malloc (strlen (buf + strlen (table_str)) + 1)) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ (void) strcpy (table->name, buf + strlen (table_str) + 1);
+ if (solaris_abi_names) {
+ if (strcmp(table->name, "XtStringsR6") == 0) {
+ strcpy(table->name, "XtR6Strings");
+ } else if (strcmp(table->name, "XtShellStringsR6") == 0) {
+ strcpy(table->name, "XtR6ShellStrings");
+ }
+ }
+ table->tableent = NULL;
+ table->tableentcurrent = NULL;
+ table->tableenttail = &table->tableent;
+ table->next = NULL;
+ table->offset = 0;
+
+ *filecurrent->tabletail = table;
+ filecurrent->tabletail = &table->next;
+ filecurrent->tablecurrent = table;
+ }
+ break;
+ case X_PREFIX_TOKEN:
+ if ((prefixstr = malloc (strlen (buf + strlen (prefix_str)) + 1)) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ (void) strcpy (prefixstr, buf + strlen (prefix_str) + 1);
+ break;
+ case X_FEATURE_TOKEN:
+ if ((featurestr = malloc (strlen (buf + strlen (feature_str)) + 1)) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ (void) strcpy (featurestr, buf + strlen (feature_str) + 1);
+ break;
+ case X_EXTERNREF_TOKEN:
+ if ((externrefstr = malloc (strlen (buf + strlen (externref_str)) + 1)) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ (void) strcpy (externrefstr, buf + strlen (externref_str) + 1);
+ break;
+ case X_EXTERNDEF_TOKEN:
+ if ((externdefstr = malloc (strlen (buf + strlen (externdef_str)) + 1)) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ (void) strcpy (externdefstr, buf + strlen (externdef_str) + 1);
+ break;
+ case X_CTMPL_TOKEN:
+ if ((ctmplstr = malloc (strlen (buf + strlen (ctmpl_str)) + 1)) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ (void) strcpy (ctmplstr, buf + strlen (ctmpl_str) + 1);
+ break;
+ case X_HTMPL_TOKEN:
+ if ((filecurrent->tmpl = ifopen (buf + strlen (htmpl_str) + 1, "r")) == NULL) {
+ (void) fprintf (stderr,
+ "Expected template %s, not found\n", htmpl_str);
+ exit (1);
+ }
+ break;
+ case X_CONST_TOKEN:
+ if ((conststr = malloc (strlen (buf + strlen (const_str)) + 1)) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ (void) strcpy (conststr, buf + strlen (const_str) + 1);
+ break;
+ default:
+ {
+ char* right;
+ TableEnt* tableent;
+ int llen;
+ int rlen;
+ int len;
+
+ if ((right = index(buf, ' ')))
+ *right++ = 0;
+ else
+ right = buf + 1;
+ if (buf[0] == 'H') {
+ strcpy (lbuf, prefixstr);
+ strcat (lbuf, right);
+ right = lbuf;
+ }
+
+ llen = len = strlen(buf) + 1;
+ rlen = strlen(right) + 1;
+ if (right != buf + 1) len += rlen;
+ if ((tableent = (TableEnt*)malloc(sizeof(TableEnt) + len)) == NULL)
+ exit(1);
+ tableent->left = (char *)(tableent + 1);
+ strcpy(tableent->left, buf);
+ if (llen != len) {
+ tableent->right = tableent->left + llen;
+ strcpy(tableent->right, right);
+ } else {
+ tableent->right = tableent->left + 1;
+ }
+ tableent->next = NULL;
+
+ *filecurrent->tablecurrent->tableenttail = tableent;
+ filecurrent->tablecurrent->tableenttail = &tableent->next;
+ filecurrent->tablecurrent->tableentcurrent = tableent;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void IntelABIIndexEntries (File *file)
+{
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+
+ for (t = file->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next) {
+ te->offset = t->offset;
+ t->offset += strlen (te->right);
+ t->offset++;
+ }
+}
+
+static void DefaultIndexEntries (File *file)
+{
+ Table* t;
+ TableEnt* te;
+ int offset = 0;
+
+ for (t = file->table; t; t = t->next)
+ for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next) {
+ te->offset = offset;
+ offset += strlen (te->right);
+ offset++;
+ }
+}
+
+static void IndexEntries (File *file, int abi)
+{
+ switch (abi) {
+ case X_SPARC_ABI:
+ break;
+ case X_INTEL_ABI:
+ case X_INTEL_ABI_BC:
+ IntelABIIndexEntries (file);
+ break;
+ default:
+ DefaultIndexEntries (file);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static char* DoComment (char *line)
+{
+ char* tag;
+ char* eol;
+ char* ret;
+ int len;
+
+ /* assume that the first line with two '$' in it is the RCS tag line */
+ if ((tag = index (line, '$')) == NULL) return NULL;
+ if ((eol = index (tag + 1, '$')) == NULL) return NULL;
+ len = eol - tag;
+ if ((ret = malloc (len)) == NULL)
+ exit (1);
+ (void) strncpy (ret, tag + 1, len - 1);
+ ret[len - 2] = 0;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int len, i;
+ char* tagline = NULL;
+ File* phile;
+ FILE *f;
+ char buf[1024];
+ int abi =
+#ifndef ARRAYPERSTR
+ X_DEFAULT_ABI;
+#else
+ X_ARRAYPER_ABI;
+#endif
+
+ f = stdin;
+ if (argc > 1) {
+ for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-f") == 0) {
+ if (++i < argc)
+ f = fopen (argv[i], "r");
+ else
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-i") == 0) {
+ if (++i < argc)
+ includedir = argv[i];
+ else
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-sparcabi") == 0)
+ abi = X_SPARC_ABI;
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-intelabi") == 0)
+ abi = X_INTEL_ABI;
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-functionabi") == 0)
+ abi = X_FUNCTION_ABI;
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-earlyR6bc") == 0 && abi == X_INTEL_ABI)
+ abi = X_INTEL_ABI_BC;
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-arrayperabi") == 0)
+ abi = X_ARRAYPER_ABI;
+#ifdef ARRAYPERSTR
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-defaultabi") == 0)
+ abi = X_DEFAULT_ABI;
+#endif
+ if (strcmp (argv[i], "-solarisabinames") == 0)
+ solaris_abi_names = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (f == NULL) return 1;
+ while (fgets(buf, sizeof buf, f)) {
+ if (!buf[0] || buf[0] == '\n')
+ continue;
+ if (buf[0] == '!') {
+ if (tagline) continue;
+ tagline = DoComment (buf);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (buf[(len = strlen (buf) - 1)] == '\n') buf[len] = '\0';
+ DoLine(buf);
+ }
+ for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
+ if (abi != X_ARRAYPER_ABI) IndexEntries (phile, abi);
+ WriteHeader (tagline, phile, abi);
+ }
+ WriteSource(tagline, abi);
+ return 0;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+.\" documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+.\" the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+.\" documentation.
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+.\" THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+.\" SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not
+.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from The
+.\" Open Group.
+.\"
+.TH MAKESTRS 1 __xorgversion__
+.SH NAME
+makestrs \- makes string table C source and header(s)
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B makestrs [-f source] [-i includedir] [-abioptions ...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I makestrs
+command creates string table C source files and headers.
+If
+.I -f
+.I source
+is not specified
+.I makestrs
+will read from
+.IR stdin .
+The C source file is always written to
+.IR stdout .
+.I makestrs
+creates one or more C header files as specified in the source file.
+The following options may be specified:
+.IR -sparcabi ,
+.IR -intelabi ,
+.IR -functionabi ,
+.IR -arrayperabi ,
+and
+.I -defaultabi.
+.LP
+.I -sparcabi
+is used on SPARC platforms conforming to the SPARC
+Compliance Definition, i.e. SVR4/Solaris.
+.LP
+.I -intelabi
+is used on Intel platforms conforming to the System
+V Application Binary Interface, i.e. SVR4.
+.LP
+.I -earlyR6abi
+may be used in addition to
+.I -intelabi
+for situations
+where the vendor wishes to maintain binary compatibility between
+X11R6 public-patch 11 (and earlier) and X11R6 public-patch 12 (and later).
+.LP
+.I -functionabi
+generates a functional abi to the string table. This
+mechanism imposes a severe performance penalty and it's recommended
+that you not use it.
+.LP
+.I -arrayperabi
+results in a separate array for each string. This is
+the default behavior if makestrs was compiled with -DARRAYPERSTR
+(it almost never is).
+.LP
+.I -defaultabi
+forces the generation of the "normal" string table even
+if makestrs was compiled with -DARRAYPERSTR. Since makestrs is almost
+never compiled with -DARRAYPERSTR this is the default behavior if
+no abioptions are specified.
+.LP
+.I -i includedir
+forces the reading of templates from the includedir instead of the local
+directory. This is useful to have separate source and build directories.
+.SH SYNTAX
+The syntax for string-list file is (items in square brackets are optional):
+.RS 4
+\&#prefix <text>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\&#feature <text>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\&#externref <text>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\&#externdef [<text>]
+.RE
+.RS 4
+[#ctempl <text>]
+.RE
+.LP
+.RS 4
+\&#file <filename>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\&#table <tablename>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+[#htempl]
+.RE
+.RS 4
+<text>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\&...
+.RE
+.RS 4
+<text>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+[#table <tablename>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+<text>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\&...
+.RE
+.RS 4
+<text>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\& ...
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\&#table <tablename>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\& ...]
+.RE
+.RS 4
+[#file <filename>
+.RE
+.RS 4
+\& ...]
+.RE
+.LP
+In words you may have one or more #file directives. Each #file may have
+one or more #table directives.
+.LP
+The #prefix directive determines the string that makestr will prefix
+to each definition.
+.LP
+The #feature directive determines the string that makestr will use
+for the feature-test macro, e.g. X[TM]STRINGDEFINES.
+.LP
+The #externref directive determines the string that makestr will use
+for the extern clause, typically this will be "extern" but Motif wants
+it to be "externalref"
+.LP
+The #externdef directive determines the string that makestr will use
+for the declaration, typically this will be the null string (note that
+makestrs requires a trailing space in this case, i.e. "#externdef "),
+and Motif will use "externaldef(_xmstrings).
+.LP
+The #ctmpl directive determines the name of the file used as a template
+for the C source file that is generated
+.LP
+Each #file <filename> directive will result in a corresponding header
+file by that name containing the appropriate definitions as specified
+by command line options. A single C source file containing the
+declarations for the definitions in all the headers will be printed
+to stdout.
+.LP
+The #htmpl directive determines the name of the file used as a template
+for the C header file that is generated.
+.LP
+Each #table <tablename> directive will be processed in accordance with
+the ABI. On most platforms all tables will be catenated into a single
+table with the name of the first table for that file. To conform to
+the Intel ABI separate tables will be generated with the names indicated.
+.LP
+The template files specified by the #ctmpl and #htmpl directives
+are processed by copying line for line from the template file to
+the appropriate output file. The line containing the string
+.I <<<STRING_TABLE_GOES_HERE>>>
+is not copied to the output file. The appropriate data is then
+copied to the output file and then the remainder of the template
+file is copied to the output file.
+.SH BUGS
+makestrs is not very forgiving of syntax errors. Sometimes you need
+a trailing space after # directives, other times they will mess you
+up. No warning messages are emitted.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+SPARC Compliance Definition 2.2., SPARC International Inc.,
+535 Middlefield Road, Suite 210, Menlo Park, CA 94025
+.LP
+System V Application Binary Interface, Third Edition,
+ISBN 0-13-100439-5
+UNIX Press, PTR Prentice Hall, 113 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs,
+NJ 07632
+.LP
+System V Application Binary Interface, Third Edition, Intel386
+Architecture Processor Supplement
+ISBN 0-13-104670-5
+UNIX Press, PTR Prentice Hall, 113 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs,
+NJ 07632
+.LP
+System V Application Binary Interface, Third Edition, SPARC
+Architecture Processor Supplement
+ISBN 0-13-104696-9
+UNIX Press, PTR Prentice Hall, 113 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs,
+NJ 07632
--- /dev/null
+! NOTE: To maintain binary compatibility, you can only APPEND items within
+! a given list!!!!
+!
+! See the makestrs(1) manual.
+!
+
+#prefix Xt
+#feature XTSTRINGDEFINES
+#externref extern
+#externdef
+! note that the trailing space is required in the #externdef line.
+#ctmpl util/StrDefs.ct
+
+#file StringDefs.h
+#table XtStrings
+#htmpl util/StrDefs.ht
+
+Naccelerators
+NallowHoriz
+NallowVert
+NancestorSensitive
+Nbackground
+NbackgroundPixmap
+Nbitmap
+NborderColor
+Nborder borderColor
+NborderPixmap
+NborderWidth
+Ncallback
+Nchildren
+Ncolormap
+Ndepth
+NdestroyCallback
+NeditType
+Nfile
+Nfont
+NforceBars
+Nforeground
+Nfunction
+Nheight
+Nhighlight
+NhSpace
+Nindex
+NinitialResourcesPersistent
+NinnerHeight
+NinnerWidth
+NinnerWindow
+NinsertPosition
+NinternalHeight
+NinternalWidth
+NjumpProc
+Njustify
+NknobHeight
+NknobIndent
+NknobPixel
+NknobWidth
+Nlabel
+Nlength
+NlowerRight
+NmappedWhenManaged
+NmenuEntry
+Nname
+Nnotify
+NnumChildren
+Norientation
+Nparameter
+Npixmap
+NpopupCallback
+NpopdownCallback
+Nresize
+NreverseVideo
+Nscreen
+NscrollProc
+NscrollDCursor
+NscrollHCursor
+NscrollLCursor
+NscrollRCursor
+NscrollUCursor
+NscrollVCursor
+Nselection
+NselectionArray
+Nsensitive
+Nshown
+Nspace
+Nstring
+NtextOptions
+NtextSink
+NtextSource
+Nthickness
+Nthumb
+NthumbProc
+Ntop
+Ntranslations
+NunrealizeCallback
+Nupdate
+NuseBottom
+NuseRight
+Nvalue
+NvSpace
+Nwidth
+Nwindow
+Nx
+Ny
+CAccelerators
+CBackground
+CBitmap
+CBoolean
+CBorderColor
+CBorderWidth
+CCallback
+CColormap
+CColor
+CCursor
+CDepth
+CEditType
+CEventBindings
+CFile
+CFont
+CForeground
+CFraction
+CFunction
+CHeight
+CHSpace
+CIndex
+CInitialResourcesPersistent
+CInsertPosition
+CInterval
+CJustify
+CKnobIndent
+CKnobPixel
+CLabel
+CLength
+CMappedWhenManaged
+CMargin
+CMenuEntry
+CNotify
+COrientation
+CParameter
+CPixmap
+CPosition
+CReadOnly
+CResize
+CReverseVideo
+CScreen
+CScrollProc
+CScrollDCursor
+CScrollHCursor
+CScrollLCursor
+CScrollRCursor
+CScrollUCursor
+CScrollVCursor
+CSelection
+CSensitive
+CSelectionArray
+CSpace
+CString
+CTextOptions
+CTextPosition
+CTextSink
+CTextSource
+CThickness
+CThumb
+CTranslations
+CValue
+CVSpace
+CWidth
+CWindow
+CX
+CY
+RAcceleratorTable
+RAtom
+RBitmap
+RBool
+RBoolean
+RCallback
+RCallProc
+RCardinal
+RColor
+RColormap
+RCursor
+RDimension
+RDisplay
+REditMode
+REnum
+RFile
+RFloat
+RFont
+RFontStruct
+RFunction
+RGeometry
+RImmediate
+RInitialState
+RInt
+RJustify
+RLongBoolean Bool
+RObject
+ROrientation
+RPixel
+RPixmap
+RPointer
+RPosition
+RScreen
+RShort
+RString
+RStringArray
+RStringTable
+RUnsignedChar
+RTranslationTable
+RVisual
+RWidget
+RWidgetClass
+RWidgetList
+RWindow
+Eoff
+Efalse
+Eno
+Eon
+Etrue
+Eyes
+Evertical
+Ehorizontal
+EtextRead read
+EtextAppend append
+EtextEdit edit
+Extdefaultbackground
+Extdefaultforeground
+Extdefaultfont
+NfontSet
+RFontSet
+CFontSet
+
+#table XtStringsR6
+
+RGravity
+NcreateHook
+NchangeHook
+NconfigureHook
+NgeometryHook
+NdestroyHook
+Nshells
+NnumShells
+RCommandArgArray
+RDirectoryString
+REnvironmentArray
+RRestartStyle
+RSmcConn
+Hcreate
+HsetValues
+HmanageChildren
+HunmanageChildren
+HmanageSet
+HunmanageSet
+HrealizeWidget
+HunrealizeWidget
+HaddCallback
+HaddCallbacks
+HremoveCallback
+HremoveCallbacks
+HremoveAllCallbacks
+HaugmentTranslations
+HoverrideTranslations
+HuninstallTranslations
+HsetKeyboardFocus
+HsetWMColormapWindows
+HsetMappedWhenManaged
+HmapWidget
+HunmapWidget
+Hpopup
+HpopupSpringLoaded
+Hpopdown
+Hconfigure
+HpreGeometry
+HpostGeometry
+Hdestroy
+
+#file Shell.h
+#table XtShellStrings
+#htmpl util/Shell.ht
+
+NiconName
+CIconName
+NiconPixmap
+CIconPixmap
+NiconWindow
+CIconWindow
+NiconMask
+CIconMask
+NwindowGroup
+CWindowGroup
+Nvisual
+CVisual
+NtitleEncoding
+CTitleEncoding
+NsaveUnder
+CSaveUnder
+Ntransient
+CTransient
+NoverrideRedirect
+COverrideRedirect
+NtransientFor
+CTransientFor
+NiconNameEncoding
+CIconNameEncoding
+NallowShellResize
+CAllowShellResize
+NcreatePopupChildProc
+CCreatePopupChildProc
+Ntitle
+CTitle
+RAtom
+Nargc
+CArgc
+Nargv
+CArgv
+NiconX
+CIconX
+NiconY
+CIconY
+Ninput
+CInput
+Niconic
+CIconic
+NinitialState
+CInitialState
+Ngeometry
+CGeometry
+NbaseWidth
+CBaseWidth
+NbaseHeight
+CBaseHeight
+NwinGravity
+CWinGravity
+NminWidth
+CMinWidth
+NminHeight
+CMinHeight
+NmaxWidth
+CMaxWidth
+NmaxHeight
+CMaxHeight
+NwidthInc
+CWidthInc
+NheightInc
+CHeightInc
+NminAspectY
+CMinAspectY
+NmaxAspectY
+CMaxAspectY
+NminAspectX
+CMinAspectX
+NmaxAspectX
+CMaxAspectX
+NwmTimeout
+CWmTimeout
+NwaitForWm waitforwm
+CWaitForWm Waitforwm
+
+#table XtShellStringsR6
+
+Nwaitforwm
+CWaitforwm
+NclientLeader
+CClientLeader
+NwindowRole
+CWindowRole
+Nurgency
+CUrgency
+NcancelCallback
+NcloneCommand
+CCloneCommand
+Nconnection
+CConnection
+NcurrentDirectory
+CCurrentDirectory
+NdieCallback
+NdiscardCommand
+CDiscardCommand
+Nenvironment
+CEnvironment
+NinteractCallback
+NjoinSession
+CJoinSession
+NprogramPath
+CProgramPath
+NresignCommand
+CResignCommand
+NrestartCommand
+CRestartCommand
+NrestartStyle
+CRestartStyle
+NsaveCallback
+NsaveCompleteCallback
+NsessionID
+CSessionID
+NshutdownCommand
+CShutdownCommand
+NerrorCallback
+
--- /dev/null
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+appdefaultdir=@appdefaultdir@
+
+Name: Xt
+Description: X Toolkit Library
+Version: @VERSION@
+Requires: xproto x11
+Requires.private: ice sm
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lXt
projects / framework / uifw / xorg / lib / libxt.git / commitdiff